From d50ef11a8344821e9dc72d5030d239e27e478fe0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Pritpal Bedi Date: Thu, 20 May 2010 14:13:24 +0000 Subject: [PATCH] 2010-05-20 06:56 UTC-0800 Pritpal Bedi (pritpal@vouchcac.com) + contrib/hbide/qscintilla + contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qt Initial port of QScintilla ( http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/qscintilla/intro ) This port is greatly trimmed one excluding all lexer code except CPP and FLAGSHIP which are relevant to Xbase code at present. Also directory structure is normalized and sources are modified to respect them. SVN properties are eol:native, I am not sure what other properties should go inside. QScintilla actually is divided into two libs but for sake of convinience I have kept them as one. It is a base commit. In the next days a Harbour wrapped is scheduled to be built onto it and then actual application experiments will follow. On success, current edit component of hbIDE will be transferred. I am poor in looking at licensing, so please feel free to delete this commit if it does not confirm to original intent. I have also touched the sources to suppress a lot of warnings and library seems to be working fine after these changes. Still some warnings are there which I could not supress, please look. To build the lib qscintilla.hbp is there, just issue hbmk2 qscintilla.hbp while residing in hbide/qscintilla. --- harbour/ChangeLog | 29 + harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/Accessor.h | 79 + .../contrib/hbide/qscintilla/AutoComplete.cpp | 178 + .../contrib/hbide/qscintilla/AutoComplete.h | 78 + harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/CallTip.cpp | 329 + harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/CallTip.h | 87 + .../contrib/hbide/qscintilla/CellBuffer.cpp | 651 ++ harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/CellBuffer.h | 207 + .../contrib/hbide/qscintilla/CharClassify.cpp | 43 + .../contrib/hbide/qscintilla/CharClassify.h | 25 + .../contrib/hbide/qscintilla/CharacterSet.h | 58 + .../hbide/qscintilla/ContractionState.cpp | 251 + .../hbide/qscintilla/ContractionState.h | 66 + .../contrib/hbide/qscintilla/Decoration.cpp | 188 + harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/Decoration.h | 64 + harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/Document.cpp | 1820 ++++ harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/Document.h | 384 + .../hbide/qscintilla/DocumentAccessor.cpp | 199 + .../hbide/qscintilla/DocumentAccessor.h | 76 + harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/Editor.cpp | 7990 +++++++++++++++++ harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/Editor.h | 527 ++ .../hbide/qscintilla/ExternalLexer.cpp | 263 + .../contrib/hbide/qscintilla/ExternalLexer.h | 110 + .../contrib/hbide/qscintilla/Indicator.cpp | 81 + harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/Indicator.h | 32 + harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/KeyMap.cpp | 152 + harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/KeyMap.h | 51 + harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/KeyWords.cpp | 248 + harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/KeyWords.h | 90 + harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/LexCPP.cpp | 502 ++ .../contrib/hbide/qscintilla/LexFlagship.cpp | 348 + harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/License.txt | 20 + .../contrib/hbide/qscintilla/LineMarker.cpp | 309 + harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/LineMarker.h | 62 + .../contrib/hbide/qscintilla/Partitioning.h | 184 + harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/PerLine.cpp | 464 + harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/PerLine.h | 116 + harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/Platform.h | 573 ++ .../hbide/qscintilla/PositionCache.cpp | 635 ++ .../contrib/hbide/qscintilla/PositionCache.h | 166 + harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/PropSet.cpp | 755 ++ harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/PropSet.h | 104 + harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/RESearch.cpp | 983 ++ harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/RESearch.h | 75 + .../contrib/hbide/qscintilla/RunStyles.cpp | 216 + harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/RunStyles.h | 46 + harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/SString.h | 289 + harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/SVector.h | 135 + harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/SciLexer.h | 1390 +++ harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/Scintilla.h | 891 ++ .../hbide/qscintilla/ScintillaBase.cpp | 756 ++ .../contrib/hbide/qscintilla/ScintillaBase.h | 101 + .../hbide/qscintilla/ScintillaWidget.h | 59 + .../contrib/hbide/qscintilla/SplitVector.h | 249 + harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/Style.cpp | 158 + harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/Style.h | 64 + .../contrib/hbide/qscintilla/StyleContext.cpp | 55 + .../contrib/hbide/qscintilla/StyleContext.h | 179 + .../hbide/qscintilla/UniConversion.cpp | 119 + .../contrib/hbide/qscintilla/UniConversion.h | 12 + .../contrib/hbide/qscintilla/ViewStyle.cpp | 376 + harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/ViewStyle.h | 130 + .../hbide/qscintilla/WindowAccessor.cpp | 191 + .../contrib/hbide/qscintilla/WindowAccessor.h | 66 + harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/XPM.cpp | 354 + harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/XPM.h | 102 + .../contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qscintilla.hbp | 77 + .../contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qt/ListBoxQt.cpp | 321 + .../contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qt/ListBoxQt.h | 77 + .../contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qt/PlatQt.cpp | 993 ++ .../hbide/qscintilla/qt/SciClasses.cpp | 210 + .../contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qt/SciClasses.h | 119 + .../hbide/qscintilla/qt/ScintillaQt.cpp | 582 ++ .../contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qt/ScintillaQt.h | 125 + .../hbide/qscintilla/qt/moc_SciClasses.cpp | 187 + .../hbide/qscintilla/qt/moc_qscilexer.cpp | 152 + .../hbide/qscintilla/qt/moc_qscilexercpp.cpp | 90 + .../hbide/qscintilla/qt/moc_qsciscintilla.cpp | 424 + .../qscintilla/qt/moc_qsciscintillabase.cpp | 337 + .../hbide/qscintilla/qt/qsciabstractapis.cpp | 62 + .../hbide/qscintilla/qt/qsciabstractapis.h | 110 + .../contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qt/qsciapis.cpp | 961 ++ .../contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qt/qsciapis.h | 232 + .../hbide/qscintilla/qt/qscicommand.cpp | 208 + .../contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qt/qscicommand.h | 112 + .../hbide/qscintilla/qt/qscicommandset.cpp | 676 ++ .../hbide/qscintilla/qt/qscicommandset.h | 98 + .../hbide/qscintilla/qt/qscidocument.cpp | 156 + .../hbide/qscintilla/qt/qscidocument.h | 79 + .../contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qt/qsciglobal.h | 66 + .../contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qt/qscilexer.cpp | 680 ++ .../contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qt/qscilexer.h | 365 + .../hbide/qscintilla/qt/qscilexercpp.cpp | 518 ++ .../hbide/qscintilla/qt/qscilexercpp.h | 296 + .../contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qt/qscimacro.cpp | 312 + .../contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qt/qscimacro.h | 117 + .../hbide/qscintilla/qt/qsciprinter.cpp | 194 + .../contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qt/qsciprinter.h | 118 + .../hbide/qscintilla/qt/qsciscintilla.cpp | 3621 ++++++++ .../hbide/qscintilla/qt/qsciscintilla.h | 1681 ++++ .../hbide/qscintilla/qt/qsciscintillabase.cpp | 682 ++ .../hbide/qscintilla/qt/qsciscintillabase.h | 2802 ++++++ .../contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qt/qscistyle.cpp | 245 + .../contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qt/qscistyle.h | 201 + .../hbide/qscintilla/qt/qscistyledtext.cpp | 47 + .../hbide/qscintilla/qt/qscistyledtext.h | 75 + 106 files changed, 43998 insertions(+) create mode 100644 harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/Accessor.h create mode 100644 harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/AutoComplete.cpp create mode 100644 harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/AutoComplete.h create mode 100644 harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/CallTip.cpp create mode 100644 harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/CallTip.h create mode 100644 harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/CellBuffer.cpp create mode 100644 harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/CellBuffer.h create mode 100644 harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/CharClassify.cpp create mode 100644 harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/CharClassify.h create mode 100644 harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/CharacterSet.h create mode 100644 harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/ContractionState.cpp create mode 100644 harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/ContractionState.h create mode 100644 harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/Decoration.cpp create mode 100644 harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/Decoration.h create mode 100644 harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/Document.cpp create mode 100644 harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/Document.h create mode 100644 harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/DocumentAccessor.cpp create mode 100644 harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/DocumentAccessor.h create mode 100644 harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/Editor.cpp create mode 100644 harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/Editor.h create mode 100644 harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/ExternalLexer.cpp create mode 100644 harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/ExternalLexer.h create mode 100644 harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/Indicator.cpp create mode 100644 harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/Indicator.h create mode 100644 harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/KeyMap.cpp create mode 100644 harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/KeyMap.h create mode 100644 harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/KeyWords.cpp create mode 100644 harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/KeyWords.h create mode 100644 harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/LexCPP.cpp create mode 100644 harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/LexFlagship.cpp create mode 100644 harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/License.txt create mode 100644 harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/LineMarker.cpp create mode 100644 harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/LineMarker.h create mode 100644 harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/Partitioning.h create mode 100644 harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/PerLine.cpp create mode 100644 harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/PerLine.h create mode 100644 harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/Platform.h create mode 100644 harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/PositionCache.cpp create mode 100644 harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/PositionCache.h create mode 100644 harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/PropSet.cpp create mode 100644 harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/PropSet.h create mode 100644 harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/RESearch.cpp create mode 100644 harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/RESearch.h create mode 100644 harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/RunStyles.cpp create mode 100644 harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/RunStyles.h create mode 100644 harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/SString.h create mode 100644 harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/SVector.h create mode 100644 harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/SciLexer.h create mode 100644 harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/Scintilla.h create mode 100644 harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/ScintillaBase.cpp create mode 100644 harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/ScintillaBase.h create mode 100644 harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/ScintillaWidget.h create mode 100644 harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/SplitVector.h create mode 100644 harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/Style.cpp create mode 100644 harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/Style.h create mode 100644 harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/StyleContext.cpp create mode 100644 harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/StyleContext.h create mode 100644 harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/UniConversion.cpp create mode 100644 harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/UniConversion.h create mode 100644 harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/ViewStyle.cpp create mode 100644 harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/ViewStyle.h create mode 100644 harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/WindowAccessor.cpp create mode 100644 harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/WindowAccessor.h create mode 100644 harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/XPM.cpp create mode 100644 harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/XPM.h create mode 100644 harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qscintilla.hbp create mode 100644 harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qt/ListBoxQt.cpp create mode 100644 harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qt/ListBoxQt.h create mode 100644 harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qt/PlatQt.cpp create mode 100644 harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qt/SciClasses.cpp create mode 100644 harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qt/SciClasses.h create mode 100644 harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qt/ScintillaQt.cpp create mode 100644 harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qt/ScintillaQt.h create mode 100644 harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qt/moc_SciClasses.cpp create mode 100644 harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qt/moc_qscilexer.cpp create mode 100644 harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qt/moc_qscilexercpp.cpp create mode 100644 harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qt/moc_qsciscintilla.cpp create mode 100644 harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qt/moc_qsciscintillabase.cpp create mode 100644 harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qt/qsciabstractapis.cpp create mode 100644 harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qt/qsciabstractapis.h create mode 100644 harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qt/qsciapis.cpp create mode 100644 harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qt/qsciapis.h create mode 100644 harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qt/qscicommand.cpp create mode 100644 harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qt/qscicommand.h create mode 100644 harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qt/qscicommandset.cpp create mode 100644 harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qt/qscicommandset.h create mode 100644 harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qt/qscidocument.cpp create mode 100644 harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qt/qscidocument.h create mode 100644 harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qt/qsciglobal.h create mode 100644 harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qt/qscilexer.cpp create mode 100644 harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qt/qscilexer.h create mode 100644 harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qt/qscilexercpp.cpp create mode 100644 harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qt/qscilexercpp.h create mode 100644 harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qt/qscimacro.cpp create mode 100644 harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qt/qscimacro.h create mode 100644 harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qt/qsciprinter.cpp create mode 100644 harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qt/qsciprinter.h create mode 100644 harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qt/qsciscintilla.cpp create mode 100644 harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qt/qsciscintilla.h create mode 100644 harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qt/qsciscintillabase.cpp create mode 100644 harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qt/qsciscintillabase.h create mode 100644 harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qt/qscistyle.cpp create mode 100644 harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qt/qscistyle.h create mode 100644 harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qt/qscistyledtext.cpp create mode 100644 harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qt/qscistyledtext.h diff --git a/harbour/ChangeLog b/harbour/ChangeLog index d8f3a7cfed..dff2cc7f48 100644 --- a/harbour/ChangeLog +++ b/harbour/ChangeLog @@ -17,6 +17,35 @@ past entries belonging to author(s): Viktor Szakats. */ +2010-05-20 06:56 UTC-0800 Pritpal Bedi (pritpal@vouchcac.com) + + contrib/hbide/qscintilla + + contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qt + + Initial port of QScintilla ( http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/qscintilla/intro ) + + This port is greatly trimmed one excluding all lexer code + except CPP and FLAGSHIP which are relevant to Xbase code + at present. Also directory structure is normalized and sources + are modified to respect them. SVN properties are eol:native, + I am not sure what other properties should go inside. + QScintilla actually is divided into two libs but for sake + of convinience I have kept them as one. + + It is a base commit. In the next days a Harbour wrapped + is scheduled to be built onto it and then actual application + experiments will follow. On success, current edit component + of hbIDE will be transferred. + + I am poor in looking at licensing, so please feel free to + delete this commit if it does not confirm to original intent. + + I have also touched the sources to suppress a lot of warnings + and library seems to be working fine after these changes. Still + some warnings are there which I could not supress, please look. + + To build the lib qscintilla.hbp is there, just issue + hbmk2 qscintilla.hbp while residing in hbide/qscintilla. + 2010-05-20 13:40 UTC+0200 Viktor Szakats (harbour.01 syenar.hu) * utils/hbmk2/hbmk2.prg ! Fixed to ignore .cpp files in main entry detection function. diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/Accessor.h b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/Accessor.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d9db9c7bfe --- /dev/null +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/Accessor.h @@ -0,0 +1,79 @@ +// Scintilla source code edit control +/** @file Accessor.h + ** Rapid easy access to contents of a Scintilla. + **/ +// Copyright 1998-2001 by Neil Hodgson +// The License.txt file describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed. + +enum { wsSpace = 1, wsTab = 2, wsSpaceTab = 4, wsInconsistent=8}; + +class Accessor; + +typedef bool (*PFNIsCommentLeader)(Accessor &styler, int pos, int len); + +/** + * Interface to data in a Scintilla. + */ +class Accessor { +protected: + enum {extremePosition=0x7FFFFFFF}; + /** @a bufferSize is a trade off between time taken to copy the characters + * and retrieval overhead. + * @a slopSize positions the buffer before the desired position + * in case there is some backtracking. */ + enum {bufferSize=4000, slopSize=bufferSize/8}; + char buf[bufferSize+1]; + int startPos; + int endPos; + int codePage; + + virtual bool InternalIsLeadByte(char ch)=0; + virtual void Fill(int position)=0; + +public: + Accessor() : startPos(extremePosition), endPos(0), codePage(0) {} + virtual ~Accessor() {} + char operator[](int position) { + if (position < startPos || position >= endPos) { + Fill(position); + } + return buf[position - startPos]; + } + /** Safe version of operator[], returning a defined value for invalid position. */ + char SafeGetCharAt(int position, char chDefault=' ') { + if (position < startPos || position >= endPos) { + Fill(position); + if (position < startPos || position >= endPos) { + // Position is outside range of document + return chDefault; + } + } + return buf[position - startPos]; + } + bool IsLeadByte(char ch) { + return codePage && InternalIsLeadByte(ch); + } + void SetCodePage(int codePage_) { codePage = codePage_; } + + virtual bool Match(int pos, const char *s)=0; + virtual char StyleAt(int position)=0; + virtual int GetLine(int position)=0; + virtual int LineStart(int line)=0; + virtual int LevelAt(int line)=0; + virtual int Length()=0; + virtual void Flush()=0; + virtual int GetLineState(int line)=0; + virtual int SetLineState(int line, int state)=0; + virtual int GetPropertyInt(const char *key, int defaultValue=0)=0; + virtual char *GetProperties()=0; + + // Style setting + virtual void StartAt(unsigned int start, char chMask=31)=0; + virtual void SetFlags(char chFlags_, char chWhile_)=0; + virtual unsigned int GetStartSegment()=0; + virtual void StartSegment(unsigned int pos)=0; + virtual void ColourTo(unsigned int pos, int chAttr)=0; + virtual void SetLevel(int line, int level)=0; + virtual int IndentAmount(int line, int *flags, PFNIsCommentLeader pfnIsCommentLeader = 0)=0; + virtual void IndicatorFill(int start, int end, int indicator, int value)=0; +}; diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/AutoComplete.cpp b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/AutoComplete.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..af6154ea13 --- /dev/null +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/AutoComplete.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,178 @@ +// Scintilla source code edit control +/** @file AutoComplete.cxx + ** Defines the auto completion list box. + **/ +// Copyright 1998-2003 by Neil Hodgson +// The License.txt file describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed. + +#include +#include +#include + +#include "Platform.h" + +#include "PropSet.h" +#include "AutoComplete.h" + +#ifdef SCI_NAMESPACE +using namespace Scintilla; +#endif + +AutoComplete::AutoComplete() : + active(false), + separator(' '), + typesep('?'), + ignoreCase(false), + chooseSingle(false), + lb(0), + posStart(0), + startLen(0), + cancelAtStartPos(true), + autoHide(true), + dropRestOfWord(false) { + lb = ListBox::Allocate(); + stopChars[0] = '\0'; + fillUpChars[0] = '\0'; +} + +AutoComplete::~AutoComplete() { + if (lb) { + lb->Destroy(); + delete lb; + lb = 0; + } +} + +bool AutoComplete::Active() { + return active; +} + +void AutoComplete::Start(Window &parent, int ctrlID, + int position, Point location, int startLen_, + int lineHeight, bool unicodeMode) { + if (active) { + Cancel(); + } + lb->Create(parent, ctrlID, location, lineHeight, unicodeMode); + lb->Clear(); + active = true; + startLen = startLen_; + posStart = position; +} + +void AutoComplete::SetStopChars(const char *stopChars_) { + strncpy(stopChars, stopChars_, sizeof(stopChars)); + stopChars[sizeof(stopChars) - 1] = '\0'; +} + +bool AutoComplete::IsStopChar(char ch) { + return ch && strchr(stopChars, ch); +} + +void AutoComplete::SetFillUpChars(const char *fillUpChars_) { + strncpy(fillUpChars, fillUpChars_, sizeof(fillUpChars)); + fillUpChars[sizeof(fillUpChars) - 1] = '\0'; +} + +bool AutoComplete::IsFillUpChar(char ch) { + return ch && strchr(fillUpChars, ch); +} + +void AutoComplete::SetSeparator(char separator_) { + separator = separator_; +} + +char AutoComplete::GetSeparator() { + return separator; +} + +void AutoComplete::SetTypesep(char separator_) { + typesep = separator_; +} + +char AutoComplete::GetTypesep() { + return typesep; +} + +void AutoComplete::SetList(const char *list) { + lb->SetList(list, separator, typesep); +} + +void AutoComplete::Show(bool show) { + lb->Show(show); + if (show) + lb->Select(0); +} + +void AutoComplete::Cancel() { + if (lb->Created()) { + lb->Clear(); + lb->Destroy(); + active = false; + } +} + + +void AutoComplete::Move(int delta) { + int count = lb->Length(); + int current = lb->GetSelection(); + current += delta; + if (current >= count) + current = count - 1; + if (current < 0) + current = 0; + lb->Select(current); +} + +void AutoComplete::Select(const char *word) { + size_t lenWord = strlen(word); + int location = -1; + const int maxItemLen=1000; + char item[maxItemLen]; + int start = 0; // lower bound of the api array block to search + int end = lb->Length() - 1; // upper bound of the api array block to search + while ((start <= end) && (location == -1)) { // Binary searching loop + int pivot = (start + end) / 2; + lb->GetValue(pivot, item, maxItemLen); + int cond; + if (ignoreCase) + cond = CompareNCaseInsensitive(word, item, lenWord); + else + cond = strncmp(word, item, lenWord); + if (!cond) { + // Find first match + while (pivot > start) { + lb->GetValue(pivot-1, item, maxItemLen); + if (ignoreCase) + cond = CompareNCaseInsensitive(word, item, lenWord); + else + cond = strncmp(word, item, lenWord); + if (0 != cond) + break; + --pivot; + } + location = pivot; + if (ignoreCase) { + // Check for exact-case match + for (; pivot <= end; pivot++) { + lb->GetValue(pivot, item, maxItemLen); + if (!strncmp(word, item, lenWord)) { + location = pivot; + break; + } + if (CompareNCaseInsensitive(word, item, lenWord)) + break; + } + } + } else if (cond < 0) { + end = pivot - 1; + } else if (cond > 0) { + start = pivot + 1; + } + } + if (location == -1 && autoHide) + Cancel(); + else + lb->Select(location); +} + diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/AutoComplete.h b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/AutoComplete.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b10cdce82f --- /dev/null +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/AutoComplete.h @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ +// Scintilla source code edit control +/** @file AutoComplete.h + ** Defines the auto completion list box. + **/ +// Copyright 1998-2003 by Neil Hodgson +// The License.txt file describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed. + +#ifndef AUTOCOMPLETE_H +#define AUTOCOMPLETE_H + +#ifdef SCI_NAMESPACE +namespace Scintilla { +#endif + +/** + */ +class AutoComplete { + bool active; + char stopChars[256]; + char fillUpChars[256]; + char separator; + char typesep; // Type seperator + +public: + bool ignoreCase; + bool chooseSingle; + ListBox *lb; + int posStart; + int startLen; + /// Should autocompletion be canceled if editor's currentPos <= startPos? + bool cancelAtStartPos; + bool autoHide; + bool dropRestOfWord; + + AutoComplete(); + ~AutoComplete(); + + /// Is the auto completion list displayed? + bool Active(); + + /// Display the auto completion list positioned to be near a character position + void Start(Window &parent, int ctrlID, int position, Point location, + int startLen_, int lineHeight, bool unicodeMode); + + /// The stop chars are characters which, when typed, cause the auto completion list to disappear + void SetStopChars(const char *stopChars_); + bool IsStopChar(char ch); + + /// The fillup chars are characters which, when typed, fill up the selected word + void SetFillUpChars(const char *fillUpChars_); + bool IsFillUpChar(char ch); + + /// The separator character is used when interpreting the list in SetList + void SetSeparator(char separator_); + char GetSeparator(); + + /// The typesep character is used for seperating the word from the type + void SetTypesep(char separator_); + char GetTypesep(); + + /// The list string contains a sequence of words separated by the separator character + void SetList(const char *list); + + void Show(bool show); + void Cancel(); + + /// Move the current list element by delta, scrolling appropriately + void Move(int delta); + + /// Select a list element that starts with word as the current element + void Select(const char *word); +}; + +#ifdef SCI_NAMESPACE +} +#endif + +#endif diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/CallTip.cpp b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/CallTip.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..4fdc2226ee --- /dev/null +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/CallTip.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,329 @@ +// Scintilla source code edit control +/** @file CallTip.cxx + ** Code for displaying call tips. + **/ +// Copyright 1998-2001 by Neil Hodgson +// The License.txt file describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed. + +#include +#include + +#include "Platform.h" + +#include "Scintilla.h" +#include "CallTip.h" +#include + +#ifdef SCI_NAMESPACE +using namespace Scintilla; +#endif + +static const int insetX = 5; // text inset in x from calltip border +static const int widthArrow = 14; + +CallTip::CallTip() { + wCallTip = 0; + inCallTipMode = false; + posStartCallTip = 0; + val = 0; + rectUp = PRectangle(0,0,0,0); + rectDown = PRectangle(0,0,0,0); + lineHeight = 1; + startHighlight = 0; + endHighlight = 0; + tabSize = 0; + useStyleCallTip = false; // for backwards compatibility + +#ifdef __APPLE__ + // proper apple colours for the default + colourBG.desired = ColourDesired(0xff, 0xff, 0xc6); + colourUnSel.desired = ColourDesired(0, 0, 0); +#else + colourBG.desired = ColourDesired(0xff, 0xff, 0xff); + colourUnSel.desired = ColourDesired(0x80, 0x80, 0x80); +#endif + colourSel.desired = ColourDesired(0, 0, 0x80); + colourShade.desired = ColourDesired(0, 0, 0); + colourLight.desired = ColourDesired(0xc0, 0xc0, 0xc0); +} + +CallTip::~CallTip() { + font.Release(); + wCallTip.Destroy(); + delete []val; + val = 0; +} + +void CallTip::RefreshColourPalette(Palette &pal, bool want) { + pal.WantFind(colourBG, want); + pal.WantFind(colourUnSel, want); + pal.WantFind(colourSel, want); + pal.WantFind(colourShade, want); + pal.WantFind(colourLight, want); +} + +// Although this test includes 0, we should never see a \0 character. +static bool IsArrowCharacter(char ch) { + return (ch == 0) || (ch == '\001') || (ch == '\002'); +} + +// We ignore tabs unless a tab width has been set. +bool CallTip::IsTabCharacter(char ch) { + return (tabSize > 0) && (ch == '\t'); +} + +int CallTip::NextTabPos(int x) { + if (tabSize > 0) { // paranoia... not called unless this is true + x -= insetX; // position relative to text + x = (x + tabSize) / tabSize; // tab "number" + return tabSize*x + insetX; // position of next tab + } else { + return x + 1; // arbitrary + } +} + +// Draw a section of the call tip that does not include \n in one colour. +// The text may include up to numEnds tabs or arrow characters. +void CallTip::DrawChunk(Surface *surface, int &x, const char *s, + int posStart, int posEnd, int ytext, PRectangle rcClient, + bool highlight, bool draw) { + s += posStart; + int len = posEnd - posStart; + + // Divide the text into sections that are all text, or that are + // single arrows or single tab characters (if tabSize > 0). + int maxEnd = 0; + const int numEnds = 10; + int ends[numEnds + 2]; + for (int i=0;i 0) + ends[maxEnd++] = i; + ends[maxEnd++] = i+1; + } + } + ends[maxEnd++] = len; + int startSeg = 0; + int xEnd; + for (int seg = 0; seg startSeg) { + if (IsArrowCharacter(s[startSeg])) { + bool upArrow = s[startSeg] == '\001'; + rcClient.left = x; + rcClient.right = rcClient.left + widthArrow; + if (draw) { + const int halfWidth = widthArrow / 2 - 3; + const int centreX = rcClient.left + widthArrow / 2 - 1; + const int centreY = (rcClient.top + rcClient.bottom) / 2; + surface->FillRectangle(rcClient, colourBG.allocated); + PRectangle rcClientInner(rcClient.left + 1, rcClient.top + 1, + rcClient.right - 2, rcClient.bottom - 1); + surface->FillRectangle(rcClientInner, colourUnSel.allocated); + + if (upArrow) { // Up arrow + Point pts[] = { + Point(centreX - halfWidth, centreY + halfWidth / 2), + Point(centreX + halfWidth, centreY + halfWidth / 2), + Point(centreX, centreY - halfWidth + halfWidth / 2), + }; + surface->Polygon(pts, sizeof(pts) / sizeof(pts[0]), + colourBG.allocated, colourBG.allocated); + } else { // Down arrow + Point pts[] = { + Point(centreX - halfWidth, centreY - halfWidth / 2), + Point(centreX + halfWidth, centreY - halfWidth / 2), + Point(centreX, centreY + halfWidth - halfWidth / 2), + }; + surface->Polygon(pts, sizeof(pts) / sizeof(pts[0]), + colourBG.allocated, colourBG.allocated); + } + } + xEnd = rcClient.right; + offsetMain = xEnd; + if (upArrow) { + rectUp = rcClient; + } else { + rectDown = rcClient; + } + } else if (IsTabCharacter(s[startSeg])) { + xEnd = NextTabPos(x); + } else { + xEnd = x + surface->WidthText(font, s + startSeg, endSeg - startSeg); + if (draw) { + rcClient.left = x; + rcClient.right = xEnd; + surface->DrawTextTransparent(rcClient, font, ytext, + s+startSeg, endSeg - startSeg, + highlight ? colourSel.allocated : colourUnSel.allocated); + } + } + x = xEnd; + startSeg = endSeg; + } + } +} + +int CallTip::PaintContents(Surface *surfaceWindow, bool draw) { + PRectangle rcClientPos = wCallTip.GetClientPosition(); + PRectangle rcClientSize(0, 0, rcClientPos.right - rcClientPos.left, + rcClientPos.bottom - rcClientPos.top); + PRectangle rcClient(1, 1, rcClientSize.right - 1, rcClientSize.bottom - 1); + + // To make a nice small call tip window, it is only sized to fit most normal characters without accents + int ascent = surfaceWindow->Ascent(font) - surfaceWindow->InternalLeading(font); + + // For each line... + // Draw the definition in three parts: before highlight, highlighted, after highlight + int ytext = rcClient.top + ascent + 1; + rcClient.bottom = ytext + surfaceWindow->Descent(font) + 1; + char *chunkVal = val; + bool moreChunks = true; + int maxWidth = 0; + + while (moreChunks) { + char *chunkEnd = strchr(chunkVal, '\n'); + if (chunkEnd == NULL) { + chunkEnd = chunkVal + strlen(chunkVal); + moreChunks = false; + } + int chunkOffset = chunkVal - val; + int chunkLength = chunkEnd - chunkVal; + int chunkEndOffset = chunkOffset + chunkLength; + int thisStartHighlight = Platform::Maximum(startHighlight, chunkOffset); + thisStartHighlight = Platform::Minimum(thisStartHighlight, chunkEndOffset); + thisStartHighlight -= chunkOffset; + int thisEndHighlight = Platform::Maximum(endHighlight, chunkOffset); + thisEndHighlight = Platform::Minimum(thisEndHighlight, chunkEndOffset); + thisEndHighlight -= chunkOffset; + rcClient.top = ytext - ascent - 1; + + int x = insetX; // start each line at this inset + + DrawChunk(surfaceWindow, x, chunkVal, 0, thisStartHighlight, + ytext, rcClient, false, draw); + DrawChunk(surfaceWindow, x, chunkVal, thisStartHighlight, thisEndHighlight, + ytext, rcClient, true, draw); + DrawChunk(surfaceWindow, x, chunkVal, thisEndHighlight, chunkLength, + ytext, rcClient, false, draw); + + chunkVal = chunkEnd + 1; + ytext += lineHeight; + rcClient.bottom += lineHeight; + maxWidth = Platform::Maximum(maxWidth, x); + } + return maxWidth; +} + +void CallTip::PaintCT(Surface *surfaceWindow) { + if (!val) + return; + PRectangle rcClientPos = wCallTip.GetClientPosition(); + PRectangle rcClientSize(0, 0, rcClientPos.right - rcClientPos.left, + rcClientPos.bottom - rcClientPos.top); + PRectangle rcClient(1, 1, rcClientSize.right - 1, rcClientSize.bottom - 1); + + surfaceWindow->FillRectangle(rcClient, colourBG.allocated); + + offsetMain = insetX; // initial alignment assuming no arrows + PaintContents(surfaceWindow, true); + +#ifndef __APPLE__ + // OSX doesn't put borders on "help tags" + // Draw a raised border around the edges of the window + surfaceWindow->MoveTo(0, rcClientSize.bottom - 1); + surfaceWindow->PenColour(colourShade.allocated); + surfaceWindow->LineTo(rcClientSize.right - 1, rcClientSize.bottom - 1); + surfaceWindow->LineTo(rcClientSize.right - 1, 0); + surfaceWindow->PenColour(colourLight.allocated); + surfaceWindow->LineTo(0, 0); + surfaceWindow->LineTo(0, rcClientSize.bottom - 1); +#endif +} + +void CallTip::MouseClick(Point pt) { + clickPlace = 0; + if (rectUp.Contains(pt)) + clickPlace = 1; + if (rectDown.Contains(pt)) + clickPlace = 2; +} + +PRectangle CallTip::CallTipStart(int pos, Point pt, const char *defn, + const char *faceName, int size, + int codePage_, int characterSet, Window &wParent) { + clickPlace = 0; + if (val) + delete []val; + val = new char[strlen(defn) + 1]; + if (!val) + return PRectangle(); + strcpy(val, defn); + codePage = codePage_; + Surface *surfaceMeasure = Surface::Allocate(); + if (!surfaceMeasure) + return PRectangle(); + surfaceMeasure->Init(wParent.GetID()); + surfaceMeasure->SetUnicodeMode(SC_CP_UTF8 == codePage); + surfaceMeasure->SetDBCSMode(codePage); + startHighlight = 0; + endHighlight = 0; + inCallTipMode = true; + posStartCallTip = pos; + int deviceHeight = surfaceMeasure->DeviceHeightFont(size); + font.Create(faceName, characterSet, deviceHeight, false, false); + // Look for multiple lines in the text + // Only support \n here - simply means container must avoid \r! + int numLines = 1; + const char *newline; + const char *look = val; + rectUp = PRectangle(0,0,0,0); + rectDown = PRectangle(0,0,0,0); + offsetMain = insetX; // changed to right edge of any arrows + int width = PaintContents(surfaceMeasure, false) + insetX; + while ((newline = strchr(look, '\n')) != NULL) { + look = newline + 1; + numLines++; + } + lineHeight = surfaceMeasure->Height(font); + + // Extra line for border and an empty line at top and bottom. The returned + // rectangle is aligned to the right edge of the last arrow encountered in + // the tip text, else to the tip text left edge. + int height = lineHeight * numLines - surfaceMeasure->InternalLeading(font) + 2 + 2; + delete surfaceMeasure; + return PRectangle(pt.x - offsetMain, pt.y + 1, pt.x + width - offsetMain, pt.y + 1 + height); +} + +void CallTip::CallTipCancel() { + inCallTipMode = false; + if (wCallTip.Created()) { + wCallTip.Destroy(); + } +} + +void CallTip::SetHighlight(int start, int end) { + // Avoid flashing by checking something has really changed + if ((start != startHighlight) || (end != endHighlight)) { + startHighlight = start; + endHighlight = end; + if (wCallTip.Created()) { + wCallTip.InvalidateAll(); + } + } +} + +// Set the tab size (sizes > 0 enable the use of tabs). This also enables the +// use of the STYLE_CALLTIP. +void CallTip::SetTabSize(int tabSz) { + tabSize = tabSz; + useStyleCallTip = true; +} + +// It might be better to have two access functions for this and to use +// them for all settings of colours. +void CallTip::SetForeBack(const ColourPair &fore, const ColourPair &back) { + colourBG = back; + colourUnSel = fore; +} diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/CallTip.h b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/CallTip.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..bdf1123c74 --- /dev/null +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/CallTip.h @@ -0,0 +1,87 @@ +// Scintilla source code edit control +/** @file CallTip.h + ** Interface to the call tip control. + **/ +// Copyright 1998-2001 by Neil Hodgson +// The License.txt file describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed. + +#ifndef CALLTIP_H +#define CALLTIP_H + +#ifdef SCI_NAMESPACE +namespace Scintilla { +#endif + +/** + */ +class CallTip { + int startHighlight; // character offset to start and... + int endHighlight; // ...end of highlighted text + char *val; + Font font; + PRectangle rectUp; // rectangle of last up angle in the tip + PRectangle rectDown; // rectangle of last down arrow in the tip + int lineHeight; // vertical line spacing + int offsetMain; // The alignment point of the call tip + int tabSize; // Tab size in pixels, <=0 no TAB expand + bool useStyleCallTip; // if true, STYLE_CALLTIP should be used + + // Private so CallTip objects can not be copied + CallTip(const CallTip &) {} + CallTip &operator=(const CallTip &) { return *this; } + void DrawChunk(Surface *surface, int &x, const char *s, + int posStart, int posEnd, int ytext, PRectangle rcClient, + bool highlight, bool draw); + int PaintContents(Surface *surfaceWindow, bool draw); + bool IsTabCharacter(char c); + int NextTabPos(int x); + +public: + Window wCallTip; + Window wDraw; + bool inCallTipMode; + int posStartCallTip; + ColourPair colourBG; + ColourPair colourUnSel; + ColourPair colourSel; + ColourPair colourShade; + ColourPair colourLight; + int codePage; + int clickPlace; + + CallTip(); + ~CallTip(); + + /// Claim or accept palette entries for the colours required to paint a calltip. + void RefreshColourPalette(Palette &pal, bool want); + + void PaintCT(Surface *surfaceWindow); + + void MouseClick(Point pt); + + /// Setup the calltip and return a rectangle of the area required. + PRectangle CallTipStart(int pos, Point pt, const char *defn, + const char *faceName, int size, int codePage_, + int characterSet, Window &wParent); + + void CallTipCancel(); + + /// Set a range of characters to be displayed in a highlight style. + /// Commonly used to highlight the current parameter. + void SetHighlight(int start, int end); + + /// Set the tab size in pixels for the call tip. 0 or -ve means no tab expand. + void SetTabSize(int tabSz); + + /// Used to determine which STYLE_xxxx to use for call tip information + bool UseStyleCallTip() const { return useStyleCallTip;} + + // Modify foreground and background colours + void SetForeBack(const ColourPair &fore, const ColourPair &back); +}; + +#ifdef SCI_NAMESPACE +} +#endif + +#endif diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/CellBuffer.cpp b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/CellBuffer.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6ce0605897 --- /dev/null +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/CellBuffer.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,651 @@ +// Scintilla source code edit control +/** @file CellBuffer.cxx + ** Manages a buffer of cells. + **/ +// Copyright 1998-2001 by Neil Hodgson +// The License.txt file describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed. + +#include +#include +#include +#include + +#include "Platform.h" + +#include "Scintilla.h" +#include "SplitVector.h" +#include "Partitioning.h" +#include "CellBuffer.h" + +#ifdef SCI_NAMESPACE +using namespace Scintilla; +#endif + +LineVector::LineVector() : starts(256) { + Init(); +} + +LineVector::~LineVector() { + starts.DeleteAll(); +} + +void LineVector::Init() { + starts.DeleteAll(); +} + +void LineVector::SetPerLine(PerLine *pl) { + perLine = pl; +} + +void LineVector::InsertText(int line, int delta) { + starts.InsertText(line, delta); +} + +void LineVector::InsertLine(int line, int position) { + starts.InsertPartition(line, position); + if (perLine) { + perLine->InsertLine(line); + } +} + +void LineVector::SetLineStart(int line, int position) { + starts.SetPartitionStartPosition(line, position); +} + +void LineVector::RemoveLine(int line) { + starts.RemovePartition(line); + if (perLine) { + perLine->RemoveLine(line); + } +} + +int LineVector::LineFromPosition(int pos) { + return starts.PartitionFromPosition(pos); +} + +Action::Action() { + at = startAction; + position = 0; + data = 0; + lenData = 0; +} + +Action::~Action() { + Destroy(); +} + +void Action::Create(actionType at_, int position_, char *data_, int lenData_, bool mayCoalesce_) { + delete []data; + position = position_; + at = at_; + data = data_; + lenData = lenData_; + mayCoalesce = mayCoalesce_; +} + +void Action::Destroy() { + delete []data; + data = 0; +} + +void Action::Grab(Action *source) { + delete []data; + + position = source->position; + at = source->at; + data = source->data; + lenData = source->lenData; + mayCoalesce = source->mayCoalesce; + + // Ownership of source data transferred to this + source->position = 0; + source->at = startAction; + source->data = 0; + source->lenData = 0; + source->mayCoalesce = true; +} + +// The undo history stores a sequence of user operations that represent the user's view of the +// commands executed on the text. +// Each user operation contains a sequence of text insertion and text deletion actions. +// All the user operations are stored in a list of individual actions with 'start' actions used +// as delimiters between user operations. +// Initially there is one start action in the history. +// As each action is performed, it is recorded in the history. The action may either become +// part of the current user operation or may start a new user operation. If it is to be part of the +// current operation, then it overwrites the current last action. If it is to be part of a new +// operation, it is appended after the current last action. +// After writing the new action, a new start action is appended at the end of the history. +// The decision of whether to start a new user operation is based upon two factors. If a +// compound operation has been explicitly started by calling BeginUndoAction and no matching +// EndUndoAction (these calls nest) has been called, then the action is coalesced into the current +// operation. If there is no outstanding BeginUndoAction call then a new operation is started +// unless it looks as if the new action is caused by the user typing or deleting a stream of text. +// Sequences that look like typing or deletion are coalesced into a single user operation. + +UndoHistory::UndoHistory() { + + lenActions = 100; + actions = new Action[lenActions]; + maxAction = 0; + currentAction = 0; + undoSequenceDepth = 0; + savePoint = 0; + + actions[currentAction].Create(startAction); +} + +UndoHistory::~UndoHistory() { + delete []actions; + actions = 0; +} + +void UndoHistory::EnsureUndoRoom() { + // Have to test that there is room for 2 more actions in the array + // as two actions may be created by the calling function + if (currentAction >= (lenActions - 2)) { + // Run out of undo nodes so extend the array + int lenActionsNew = lenActions * 2; + Action *actionsNew = new Action[lenActionsNew]; + if (!actionsNew) + return; + for (int act = 0; act <= currentAction; act++) + actionsNew[act].Grab(&actions[act]); + delete []actions; + lenActions = lenActionsNew; + actions = actionsNew; + } +} + +void UndoHistory::AppendAction(actionType at, int position, char *data, int lengthData, + bool &startSequence, bool mayCoalesce) { + EnsureUndoRoom(); + //Platform::DebugPrintf("%% %d action %d %d %d\n", at, position, lengthData, currentAction); + //Platform::DebugPrintf("^ %d action %d %d\n", actions[currentAction - 1].at, + // actions[currentAction - 1].position, actions[currentAction - 1].lenData); + if (currentAction < savePoint) { + savePoint = -1; + } + int oldCurrentAction = currentAction; + if (currentAction >= 1) { + if (0 == undoSequenceDepth) { + // Top level actions may not always be coalesced + int targetAct = -1; + const Action *actPrevious = &(actions[currentAction + targetAct]); + // Container actions may forward the coalesce state of Scintilla Actions. + while ((actPrevious->at == containerAction) && actPrevious->mayCoalesce) { + targetAct--; + actPrevious = &(actions[currentAction + targetAct]); + } + // See if current action can be coalesced into previous action + // Will work if both are inserts or deletes and position is same + if (currentAction == savePoint) { + currentAction++; + } else if (!actions[currentAction].mayCoalesce) { + // Not allowed to coalesce if this set + currentAction++; + } else if (!mayCoalesce || !actPrevious->mayCoalesce) { + currentAction++; + } else if (at == containerAction || actions[currentAction].at == containerAction) { + ; // A coalescible containerAction + } else if ((at != actPrevious->at) && (actPrevious->at != startAction)) { + currentAction++; + } else if ((at == insertAction) && + (position != (actPrevious->position + actPrevious->lenData))) { + // Insertions must be immediately after to coalesce + currentAction++; + } else if (at == removeAction) { + if ((lengthData == 1) || (lengthData == 2)){ + if ((position + lengthData) == actPrevious->position) { + ; // Backspace -> OK + } else if (position == actPrevious->position) { + ; // Delete -> OK + } else { + // Removals must be at same position to coalesce + currentAction++; + } + } else { + // Removals must be of one character to coalesce + currentAction++; + } + } else { + // Action coalesced. + } + + } else { + // Actions not at top level are always coalesced unless this is after return to top level + if (!actions[currentAction].mayCoalesce) + currentAction++; + } + } else { + currentAction++; + } + startSequence = oldCurrentAction != currentAction; + actions[currentAction].Create(at, position, data, lengthData, mayCoalesce); + currentAction++; + actions[currentAction].Create(startAction); + maxAction = currentAction; +} + +void UndoHistory::BeginUndoAction() { + EnsureUndoRoom(); + if (undoSequenceDepth == 0) { + if (actions[currentAction].at != startAction) { + currentAction++; + actions[currentAction].Create(startAction); + maxAction = currentAction; + } + actions[currentAction].mayCoalesce = false; + } + undoSequenceDepth++; +} + +void UndoHistory::EndUndoAction() { + PLATFORM_ASSERT(undoSequenceDepth > 0); + EnsureUndoRoom(); + undoSequenceDepth--; + if (0 == undoSequenceDepth) { + if (actions[currentAction].at != startAction) { + currentAction++; + actions[currentAction].Create(startAction); + maxAction = currentAction; + } + actions[currentAction].mayCoalesce = false; + } +} + +void UndoHistory::DropUndoSequence() { + undoSequenceDepth = 0; +} + +void UndoHistory::DeleteUndoHistory() { + for (int i = 1; i < maxAction; i++) + actions[i].Destroy(); + maxAction = 0; + currentAction = 0; + actions[currentAction].Create(startAction); + savePoint = 0; +} + +void UndoHistory::SetSavePoint() { + savePoint = currentAction; +} + +bool UndoHistory::IsSavePoint() const { + return savePoint == currentAction; +} + +bool UndoHistory::CanUndo() const { + return (currentAction > 0) && (maxAction > 0); +} + +int UndoHistory::StartUndo() { + // Drop any trailing startAction + if (actions[currentAction].at == startAction && currentAction > 0) + currentAction--; + + // Count the steps in this action + int act = currentAction; + while (actions[act].at != startAction && act > 0) { + act--; + } + return currentAction - act; +} + +const Action &UndoHistory::GetUndoStep() const { + return actions[currentAction]; +} + +void UndoHistory::CompletedUndoStep() { + currentAction--; +} + +bool UndoHistory::CanRedo() const { + return maxAction > currentAction; +} + +int UndoHistory::StartRedo() { + // Drop any leading startAction + if (actions[currentAction].at == startAction && currentAction < maxAction) + currentAction++; + + // Count the steps in this action + int act = currentAction; + while (actions[act].at != startAction && act < maxAction) { + act++; + } + return act - currentAction; +} + +const Action &UndoHistory::GetRedoStep() const { + return actions[currentAction]; +} + +void UndoHistory::CompletedRedoStep() { + currentAction++; +} + +CellBuffer::CellBuffer() { + readOnly = false; + collectingUndo = true; +} + +CellBuffer::~CellBuffer() { +} + +char CellBuffer::CharAt(int position) const { + return substance.ValueAt(position); +} + +void CellBuffer::GetCharRange(char *buffer, int position, int lengthRetrieve) { + if (lengthRetrieve < 0) + return; + if (position < 0) + return; + if ((position + lengthRetrieve) > substance.Length()) { + Platform::DebugPrintf("Bad GetCharRange %d for %d of %d\n", position, + lengthRetrieve, substance.Length()); + return; + } + + for (int i=0; i((curVal & ~mask) | styleValue)); + return true; + } else { + return false; + } +} + +bool CellBuffer::SetStyleFor(int position, int lengthStyle, char styleValue, char mask) { + bool changed = false; + PLATFORM_ASSERT(lengthStyle == 0 || + (lengthStyle > 0 && lengthStyle + position <= style.Length())); + while (lengthStyle--) { + char curVal = style.ValueAt(position); + if ((curVal & mask) != styleValue) { + style.SetValueAt(position, static_cast((curVal & ~mask) | styleValue)); + changed = true; + } + position++; + } + return changed; +} + +// The char* returned is to an allocation owned by the undo history +const char *CellBuffer::DeleteChars(int position, int deleteLength, bool &startSequence) { + // InsertString and DeleteChars are the bottleneck though which all changes occur + PLATFORM_ASSERT(deleteLength > 0); + char *data = 0; + if (!readOnly) { + if (collectingUndo) { + // Save into the undo/redo stack, but only the characters - not the formatting + data = new char[deleteLength]; + for (int i = 0; i < deleteLength; i++) { + data[i] = substance.ValueAt(position + i); + } + uh.AppendAction(removeAction, position, data, deleteLength, startSequence); + } + + BasicDeleteChars(position, deleteLength); + } + return data; +} + +int CellBuffer::Length() const { + return substance.Length(); +} + +void CellBuffer::Allocate(int newSize) { + substance.ReAllocate(newSize); + style.ReAllocate(newSize); +} + +void CellBuffer::SetPerLine(PerLine *pl) { + lv.SetPerLine(pl); +} + +int CellBuffer::Lines() const { + return lv.Lines(); +} + +int CellBuffer::LineStart(int line) const { + if (line < 0) + return 0; + else if (line >= Lines()) + return Length(); + else + return lv.LineStart(line); +} + +bool CellBuffer::IsReadOnly() { + return readOnly; +} + +void CellBuffer::SetReadOnly(bool set) { + readOnly = set; +} + +void CellBuffer::SetSavePoint() { + uh.SetSavePoint(); +} + +bool CellBuffer::IsSavePoint() { + return uh.IsSavePoint(); +} + +// Without undo + +void CellBuffer::InsertLine(int line, int position) { + lv.InsertLine(line, position); +} + +void CellBuffer::RemoveLine(int line) { + lv.RemoveLine(line); +} + +void CellBuffer::BasicInsertString(int position, const char *s, int insertLength) { + if (insertLength == 0) + return; + PLATFORM_ASSERT(insertLength > 0); + + substance.InsertFromArray(position, s, 0, insertLength); + style.InsertValue(position, insertLength, 0); + + int lineInsert = lv.LineFromPosition(position) + 1; + // Point all the lines after the insertion point further along in the buffer + lv.InsertText(lineInsert-1, insertLength); + char chPrev = substance.ValueAt(position - 1); + char chAfter = substance.ValueAt(position + insertLength); + if (chPrev == '\r' && chAfter == '\n') { + // Splitting up a crlf pair at position + InsertLine(lineInsert, position); + lineInsert++; + } + char ch = ' '; + for (int i = 0; i < insertLength; i++) { + ch = s[i]; + if (ch == '\r') { + InsertLine(lineInsert, (position + i) + 1); + lineInsert++; + } else if (ch == '\n') { + if (chPrev == '\r') { + // Patch up what was end of line + lv.SetLineStart(lineInsert - 1, (position + i) + 1); + } else { + InsertLine(lineInsert, (position + i) + 1); + lineInsert++; + } + } + chPrev = ch; + } + // Joining two lines where last insertion is cr and following substance starts with lf + if (chAfter == '\n') { + if (ch == '\r') { + // End of line already in buffer so drop the newly created one + RemoveLine(lineInsert - 1); + } + } +} + +void CellBuffer::BasicDeleteChars(int position, int deleteLength) { + if (deleteLength == 0) + return; + + if ((position == 0) && (deleteLength == substance.Length())) { + // If whole buffer is being deleted, faster to reinitialise lines data + // than to delete each line. + lv.Init(); + } else { + // Have to fix up line positions before doing deletion as looking at text in buffer + // to work out which lines have been removed + + int lineRemove = lv.LineFromPosition(position) + 1; + lv.InsertText(lineRemove-1, - (deleteLength)); + char chPrev = substance.ValueAt(position - 1); + char chBefore = chPrev; + char chNext = substance.ValueAt(position); + bool ignoreNL = false; + if (chPrev == '\r' && chNext == '\n') { + // Move back one + lv.SetLineStart(lineRemove, position); + lineRemove++; + ignoreNL = true; // First \n is not real deletion + } + + char ch = chNext; + for (int i = 0; i < deleteLength; i++) { + chNext = substance.ValueAt(position + i + 1); + if (ch == '\r') { + if (chNext != '\n') { + RemoveLine(lineRemove); + } + } else if (ch == '\n') { + if (ignoreNL) { + ignoreNL = false; // Further \n are real deletions + } else { + RemoveLine(lineRemove); + } + } + + ch = chNext; + } + // May have to fix up end if last deletion causes cr to be next to lf + // or removes one of a crlf pair + char chAfter = substance.ValueAt(position + deleteLength); + if (chBefore == '\r' && chAfter == '\n') { + // Using lineRemove-1 as cr ended line before start of deletion + RemoveLine(lineRemove - 1); + lv.SetLineStart(lineRemove - 1, position + 1); + } + } + substance.DeleteRange(position, deleteLength); + style.DeleteRange(position, deleteLength); +} + +bool CellBuffer::SetUndoCollection(bool collectUndo) { + collectingUndo = collectUndo; + uh.DropUndoSequence(); + return collectingUndo; +} + +bool CellBuffer::IsCollectingUndo() { + return collectingUndo; +} + +void CellBuffer::BeginUndoAction() { + uh.BeginUndoAction(); +} + +void CellBuffer::EndUndoAction() { + uh.EndUndoAction(); +} + +void CellBuffer::AddUndoAction(int token, bool mayCoalesce) { + bool startSequence; + uh.AppendAction(containerAction, token, 0, 0, startSequence, mayCoalesce); +} + +void CellBuffer::DeleteUndoHistory() { + uh.DeleteUndoHistory(); +} + +bool CellBuffer::CanUndo() { + return uh.CanUndo(); +} + +int CellBuffer::StartUndo() { + return uh.StartUndo(); +} + +const Action &CellBuffer::GetUndoStep() const { + return uh.GetUndoStep(); +} + +void CellBuffer::PerformUndoStep() { + const Action &actionStep = uh.GetUndoStep(); + if (actionStep.at == insertAction) { + BasicDeleteChars(actionStep.position, actionStep.lenData); + } else if (actionStep.at == removeAction) { + BasicInsertString(actionStep.position, actionStep.data, actionStep.lenData); + } + uh.CompletedUndoStep(); +} + +bool CellBuffer::CanRedo() { + return uh.CanRedo(); +} + +int CellBuffer::StartRedo() { + return uh.StartRedo(); +} + +const Action &CellBuffer::GetRedoStep() const { + return uh.GetRedoStep(); +} + +void CellBuffer::PerformRedoStep() { + const Action &actionStep = uh.GetRedoStep(); + if (actionStep.at == insertAction) { + BasicInsertString(actionStep.position, actionStep.data, actionStep.lenData); + } else if (actionStep.at == removeAction) { + BasicDeleteChars(actionStep.position, actionStep.lenData); + } + uh.CompletedRedoStep(); +} + diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/CellBuffer.h b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/CellBuffer.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5af135736a --- /dev/null +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/CellBuffer.h @@ -0,0 +1,207 @@ +// Scintilla source code edit control +/** @file CellBuffer.h + ** Manages the text of the document. + **/ +// Copyright 1998-2004 by Neil Hodgson +// The License.txt file describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed. + +#ifndef CELLBUFFER_H +#define CELLBUFFER_H + +#ifdef SCI_NAMESPACE +namespace Scintilla { +#endif + +// Interface to per-line data that wants to see each line insertion and deletion +class PerLine { +public: + virtual ~PerLine() {} + virtual void InsertLine(int)=0; + virtual void RemoveLine(int)=0; +}; + +/** + * The line vector contains information about each of the lines in a cell buffer. + */ +class LineVector { + + Partitioning starts; + PerLine *perLine; + +public: + + LineVector(); + ~LineVector(); + void Init(); + void SetPerLine(PerLine *pl); + + void InsertText(int line, int delta); + void InsertLine(int line, int position); + void SetLineStart(int line, int position); + void RemoveLine(int line); + int Lines() const { + return starts.Partitions(); + } + int LineFromPosition(int pos); + int LineStart(int line) const { + return starts.PositionFromPartition(line); + } + + int MarkValue(int line); + int AddMark(int line, int marker); + void MergeMarkers(int pos); + void DeleteMark(int line, int markerNum, bool all); + void DeleteMarkFromHandle(int markerHandle); + int LineFromHandle(int markerHandle); + + void ClearLevels(); + int SetLevel(int line, int level); + int GetLevel(int line); + + int SetLineState(int line, int state); + int GetLineState(int line); + int GetMaxLineState(); + +}; + +enum actionType { insertAction, removeAction, startAction, containerAction }; + +/** + * Actions are used to store all the information required to perform one undo/redo step. + */ +class Action { +public: + actionType at; + int position; + char *data; + int lenData; + bool mayCoalesce; + + Action(); + ~Action(); + void Create(actionType at_, int position_=0, char *data_=0, int lenData_=0, bool mayCoalesce_=true); + void Destroy(); + void Grab(Action *source); +}; + +/** + * + */ +class UndoHistory { + Action *actions; + int lenActions; + int maxAction; + int currentAction; + int undoSequenceDepth; + int savePoint; + + void EnsureUndoRoom(); + +public: + UndoHistory(); + ~UndoHistory(); + + void AppendAction(actionType at, int position, char *data, int length, bool &startSequence, bool mayCoalesce=true); + + void BeginUndoAction(); + void EndUndoAction(); + void DropUndoSequence(); + void DeleteUndoHistory(); + + /// The save point is a marker in the undo stack where the container has stated that + /// the buffer was saved. Undo and redo can move over the save point. + void SetSavePoint(); + bool IsSavePoint() const; + + /// To perform an undo, StartUndo is called to retrieve the number of steps, then UndoStep is + /// called that many times. Similarly for redo. + bool CanUndo() const; + int StartUndo(); + const Action &GetUndoStep() const; + void CompletedUndoStep(); + bool CanRedo() const; + int StartRedo(); + const Action &GetRedoStep() const; + void CompletedRedoStep(); +}; + +/** + * Holder for an expandable array of characters that supports undo and line markers. + * Based on article "Data Structures in a Bit-Mapped Text Editor" + * by Wilfred J. Hansen, Byte January 1987, page 183. + */ +class CellBuffer { +private: + SplitVector substance; + SplitVector style; + bool readOnly; + + bool collectingUndo; + UndoHistory uh; + + LineVector lv; + +public: + + CellBuffer(); + ~CellBuffer(); + + /// Retrieving positions outside the range of the buffer works and returns 0 + char CharAt(int position) const; + void GetCharRange(char *buffer, int position, int lengthRetrieve); + char StyleAt(int position); + const char *BufferPointer(); + + int Length() const; + void Allocate(int newSize); + void SetPerLine(PerLine *pl); + int Lines() const; + int LineStart(int line) const; + int LineFromPosition(int pos) { return lv.LineFromPosition(pos); } + void InsertLine(int line, int position); + void RemoveLine(int line); + const char *InsertString(int position, const char *s, int insertLength, bool &startSequence); + + /// Setting styles for positions outside the range of the buffer is safe and has no effect. + /// @return true if the style of a character is changed. + bool SetStyleAt(int position, char styleValue, char mask='\377'); + bool SetStyleFor(int position, int length, char styleValue, char mask); + + const char *DeleteChars(int position, int deleteLength, bool &startSequence); + + bool IsReadOnly(); + void SetReadOnly(bool set); + + /// The save point is a marker in the undo stack where the container has stated that + /// the buffer was saved. Undo and redo can move over the save point. + void SetSavePoint(); + bool IsSavePoint(); + + /// Actions without undo + void BasicInsertString(int position, const char *s, int insertLength); + void BasicDeleteChars(int position, int deleteLength); + + bool SetUndoCollection(bool collectUndo); + bool IsCollectingUndo(); + void BeginUndoAction(); + void EndUndoAction(); + void AddUndoAction(int token, bool mayCoalesce); + void DeleteUndoHistory(); + + /// To perform an undo, StartUndo is called to retrieve the number of steps, then UndoStep is + /// called that many times. Similarly for redo. + bool CanUndo(); + int StartUndo(); + const Action &GetUndoStep() const; + void PerformUndoStep(); + bool CanRedo(); + int StartRedo(); + const Action &GetRedoStep() const; + void PerformRedoStep(); +}; + +#ifdef SCI_NAMESPACE +} +#endif + +#endif diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/CharClassify.cpp b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/CharClassify.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..acab4b2295 --- /dev/null +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/CharClassify.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +// Scintilla source code edit control +/** @file CharClassify.cxx + ** Character classifications used by Document and RESearch. + **/ +// Copyright 2006 by Neil Hodgson +// The License.txt file describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed. + +#include + +#include "CharClassify.h" + +// Shut up annoying Visual C++ warnings: +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#pragma warning(disable: 4514) +#endif + +CharClassify::CharClassify() { + SetDefaultCharClasses(true); +} + +void CharClassify::SetDefaultCharClasses(bool includeWordClass) { + // Initialize all char classes to default values + for (int ch = 0; ch < 256; ch++) { + if (ch == '\r' || ch == '\n') + charClass[ch] = ccNewLine; + else if (ch < 0x20 || ch == ' ') + charClass[ch] = ccSpace; + else if (includeWordClass && (ch >= 0x80 || isalnum(ch) || ch == '_')) + charClass[ch] = ccWord; + else + charClass[ch] = ccPunctuation; + } +} + +void CharClassify::SetCharClasses(const unsigned char *chars, cc newCharClass) { + // Apply the newCharClass to the specifed chars + if (chars) { + while (*chars) { + charClass[*chars] = static_cast(newCharClass); + chars++; + } + } +} diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/CharClassify.h b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/CharClassify.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..881d3a114b --- /dev/null +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/CharClassify.h @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +// Scintilla source code edit control +/** @file CharClassify.h + ** Character classifications used by Document and RESearch. + **/ +// Copyright 2006 by Neil Hodgson +// The License.txt file describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed. + +#ifndef CHARCLASSIFY_H +#define CHARCLASSIFY_H + +class CharClassify { +public: + CharClassify(); + + enum cc { ccSpace, ccNewLine, ccWord, ccPunctuation }; + void SetDefaultCharClasses(bool includeWordClass); + void SetCharClasses(const unsigned char *chars, cc newCharClass); + cc GetClass(unsigned char ch) const { return static_cast(charClass[ch]);} + bool IsWord(unsigned char ch) const { return static_cast(charClass[ch]) == ccWord;} + +private: + enum { maxChar=256 }; + unsigned char charClass[maxChar]; // not type cc to save space +}; +#endif diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/CharacterSet.h b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/CharacterSet.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..4e8ffbdf6f --- /dev/null +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/CharacterSet.h @@ -0,0 +1,58 @@ +// Scintilla source code edit control +/** @file CharacterSet.h + ** Encapsulates a set of characters. Used to test if a character is within a set. + **/ +// Copyright 2007 by Neil Hodgson +// The License.txt file describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed. + +class CharacterSet { + int size; + bool valueAfter; + bool *bset; +public: + enum setBase { + setNone=0, + setLower=1, + setUpper=2, + setDigits=4, + setAlpha=setLower|setUpper, + setAlphaNum=setAlpha|setDigits + }; + CharacterSet(setBase base=setNone, const char *initialSet="", int size_=0x80, bool valueAfter_=false) { + size = size_; + valueAfter = valueAfter_; + bset = new bool[size]; + for (int i=0; i < size; i++) { + bset[i] = false; + } + AddString(initialSet); + if (base & setLower) + AddString("abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz"); + if (base & setUpper) + AddString("ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ"); + if (base & setDigits) + AddString("0123456789"); + } + ~CharacterSet() { + delete []bset; + bset = 0; + size = 0; + } + void Add(int val) { + PLATFORM_ASSERT(val >= 0); + PLATFORM_ASSERT(val < size); + bset[val] = true; + } + void AddString(const char *CharacterSet) { + for (const char *cp=CharacterSet; *cp; cp++) { + int val = static_cast(*cp); + PLATFORM_ASSERT(val >= 0); + PLATFORM_ASSERT(val < size); + bset[val] = true; + } + } + bool Contains(int val) const { + PLATFORM_ASSERT(val >= 0); + return (val < size) ? bset[val] : valueAfter; + } +}; diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/ContractionState.cpp b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/ContractionState.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..08de5cf1f7 --- /dev/null +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/ContractionState.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,251 @@ +// Scintilla source code edit control +/** @file ContractionState.cxx + ** Manages visibility of lines for folding and wrapping. + **/ +// Copyright 1998-2007 by Neil Hodgson +// The License.txt file describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed. + +#include + +#include "Platform.h" + +#include "SplitVector.h" +#include "Partitioning.h" +#include "RunStyles.h" +#include "ContractionState.h" + +#ifdef SCI_NAMESPACE +using namespace Scintilla; +#endif + +ContractionState::ContractionState() : visible(0), expanded(0), heights(0), displayLines(0), linesInDocument(1) { + //InsertLine(0); +} + +ContractionState::~ContractionState() { + Clear(); +} + +void ContractionState::EnsureData() { + if (OneToOne()) { + visible = new RunStyles(); + expanded = new RunStyles(); + heights = new RunStyles(); + displayLines = new Partitioning(4); + InsertLines(0, linesInDocument); + } +} + +void ContractionState::Clear() { + delete visible; + visible = 0; + delete expanded; + expanded = 0; + delete heights; + heights = 0; + delete displayLines; + displayLines = 0; + linesInDocument = 1; +} + +int ContractionState::LinesInDoc() const { + if (OneToOne()) { + return linesInDocument; + } else { + return displayLines->Partitions() - 1; + } +} + +int ContractionState::LinesDisplayed() const { + if (OneToOne()) { + return linesInDocument; + } else { + return displayLines->PositionFromPartition(LinesInDoc()); + } +} + +int ContractionState::DisplayFromDoc(int lineDoc) const { + if (OneToOne()) { + return lineDoc; + } else { + if (lineDoc > displayLines->Partitions()) + lineDoc = displayLines->Partitions(); + return displayLines->PositionFromPartition(lineDoc); + } +} + +int ContractionState::DocFromDisplay(int lineDisplay) const { + if (OneToOne()) { + return lineDisplay; + } else { + if (lineDisplay <= 0) { + return 0; + } + if (lineDisplay > LinesDisplayed()) { + return displayLines->PartitionFromPosition(LinesDisplayed()); + } + int lineDoc = displayLines->PartitionFromPosition(lineDisplay); + PLATFORM_ASSERT(GetVisible(lineDoc)); + return lineDoc; + } +} + +void ContractionState::InsertLine(int lineDoc) { + if (OneToOne()) { + linesInDocument++; + } else { + visible->InsertSpace(lineDoc, 1); + visible->SetValueAt(lineDoc, 1); + expanded->InsertSpace(lineDoc, 1); + expanded->SetValueAt(lineDoc, 1); + heights->InsertSpace(lineDoc, 1); + heights->SetValueAt(lineDoc, 1); + int lineDisplay = DisplayFromDoc(lineDoc); + displayLines->InsertPartition(lineDoc, lineDisplay); + displayLines->InsertText(lineDoc, 1); + } +} + +void ContractionState::InsertLines(int lineDoc, int lineCount) { + for (int l = 0; l < lineCount; l++) { + InsertLine(lineDoc + l); + } + Check(); +} + +void ContractionState::DeleteLine(int lineDoc) { + if (OneToOne()) { + linesInDocument--; + } else { + if (GetVisible(lineDoc)) { + displayLines->InsertText(lineDoc, -heights->ValueAt(lineDoc)); + } + displayLines->RemovePartition(lineDoc); + visible->DeleteRange(lineDoc, 1); + expanded->DeleteRange(lineDoc, 1); + heights->DeleteRange(lineDoc, 1); + } +} + +void ContractionState::DeleteLines(int lineDoc, int lineCount) { + for (int l = 0; l < lineCount; l++) { + DeleteLine(lineDoc); + } + Check(); +} + +bool ContractionState::GetVisible(int lineDoc) const { + if (OneToOne()) { + return true; + } else { + if (lineDoc >= visible->Length()) + return true; + return visible->ValueAt(lineDoc) == 1; + } +} + +bool ContractionState::SetVisible(int lineDocStart, int lineDocEnd, bool visible_) { + if (OneToOne() && visible_) { + return false; + } else { + EnsureData(); + int delta = 0; + Check(); + if ((lineDocStart <= lineDocEnd) && (lineDocStart >= 0) && (lineDocEnd < LinesInDoc())) { + for (int line = lineDocStart; line <= lineDocEnd; line++) { + if (GetVisible(line) != visible_) { + int difference = visible_ ? heights->ValueAt(line) : -heights->ValueAt(line); + visible->SetValueAt(line, visible_ ? 1 : 0); + displayLines->InsertText(line, difference); + delta += difference; + } + } + } else { + return false; + } + Check(); + return delta != 0; + } +} + +bool ContractionState::GetExpanded(int lineDoc) const { + if (OneToOne()) { + return true; + } else { + Check(); + return expanded->ValueAt(lineDoc) == 1; + } +} + +bool ContractionState::SetExpanded(int lineDoc, bool expanded_) { + if (OneToOne() && expanded_) { + return false; + } else { + EnsureData(); + if (expanded_ != (expanded->ValueAt(lineDoc) == 1)) { + expanded->SetValueAt(lineDoc, expanded_ ? 1 : 0); + Check(); + return true; + } else { + Check(); + return false; + } + } +} + +int ContractionState::GetHeight(int lineDoc) const { + if (OneToOne()) { + return 1; + } else { + return heights->ValueAt(lineDoc); + } +} + +// Set the number of display lines needed for this line. +// Return true if this is a change. +bool ContractionState::SetHeight(int lineDoc, int height) { + if (OneToOne() && (height == 1)) { + return false; + } else { + EnsureData(); + if (GetHeight(lineDoc) != height) { + if (GetVisible(lineDoc)) { + displayLines->InsertText(lineDoc, height - GetHeight(lineDoc)); + } + heights->SetValueAt(lineDoc, height); + Check(); + return true; + } else { + Check(); + return false; + } + } +} + +void ContractionState::ShowAll() { + int lines = LinesInDoc(); + Clear(); + linesInDocument = lines; +} + +// Debugging checks + +void ContractionState::Check() const { +#ifdef CHECK_CORRECTNESS + for (int vline = 0;vline < LinesDisplayed(); vline++) { + const int lineDoc = DocFromDisplay(vline); + PLATFORM_ASSERT(GetVisible(lineDoc)); + } + for (int lineDoc = 0;lineDoc < LinesInDoc(); lineDoc++) { + const int displayThis = DisplayFromDoc(lineDoc); + const int displayNext = DisplayFromDoc(lineDoc + 1); + const int height = displayNext - displayThis; + PLATFORM_ASSERT(height >= 0); + if (GetVisible(lineDoc)) { + PLATFORM_ASSERT(GetHeight(lineDoc) == height); + } else { + PLATFORM_ASSERT(0 == height); + } + } +#endif +} diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/ContractionState.h b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/ContractionState.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ba62975128 --- /dev/null +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/ContractionState.h @@ -0,0 +1,66 @@ +// Scintilla source code edit control +/** @file ContractionState.h + ** Manages visibility of lines for folding and wrapping. + **/ +// Copyright 1998-2007 by Neil Hodgson +// The License.txt file describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed. + +#ifndef CONTRACTIONSTATE_H +#define CONTRACTIONSTATE_H + +#ifdef SCI_NAMESPACE +namespace Scintilla { +#endif + +/** + */ +class ContractionState { + // These contain 1 element for every document line. + RunStyles *visible; + RunStyles *expanded; + RunStyles *heights; + Partitioning *displayLines; + int linesInDocument; + + void EnsureData(); + + bool OneToOne() const { + // True when each document line is exactly one display line so need for + // complex data structures. + return visible == 0; + } + +public: + ContractionState(); + virtual ~ContractionState(); + + void Clear(); + + int LinesInDoc() const; + int LinesDisplayed() const; + int DisplayFromDoc(int lineDoc) const; + int DocFromDisplay(int lineDisplay) const; + + void InsertLine(int lineDoc); + void InsertLines(int lineDoc, int lineCount); + void DeleteLine(int lineDoc); + void DeleteLines(int lineDoc, int lineCount); + + bool GetVisible(int lineDoc) const; + bool SetVisible(int lineDocStart, int lineDocEnd, bool visible); + + bool GetExpanded(int lineDoc) const; + bool SetExpanded(int lineDoc, bool expanded); + + int GetHeight(int lineDoc) const; + bool SetHeight(int lineDoc, int height); + + void ShowAll(); + void Check() const; +}; + +#ifdef SCI_NAMESPACE +} +#endif + +#endif diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/Decoration.cpp b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/Decoration.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f551c7d707 --- /dev/null +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/Decoration.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,188 @@ +/** @file Decoration.cxx + ** Visual elements added over text. + **/ +// Copyright 1998-2007 by Neil Hodgson +// The License.txt file describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed. + +#include +#include +#include +#include + +#include "Platform.h" + +#include "Scintilla.h" +#include "SplitVector.h" +#include "Partitioning.h" +#include "RunStyles.h" +#include "Decoration.h" + +#ifdef SCI_NAMESPACE +using namespace Scintilla; +#endif + +Decoration::Decoration(int indicator_) : next(0), indicator(indicator_) { +} + +Decoration::~Decoration() { +} + +bool Decoration::Empty() { + return rs.starts->Partitions() == 1; +} + +DecorationList::DecorationList() : currentIndicator(0), currentValue(1), current(0), + lengthDocument(0), root(0), clickNotified(false) { +} + +DecorationList::~DecorationList() { + Decoration *deco = root; + while (deco) { + Decoration *decoNext = deco->next; + delete deco; + deco = decoNext; + } + root = 0; + current = 0; +} + +Decoration *DecorationList::DecorationFromIndicator(int indicator) { + for (Decoration *deco=root; deco; deco = deco->next) { + if (deco->indicator == indicator) { + return deco; + } + } + return 0; +} + +Decoration *DecorationList::Create(int indicator, int length) { + currentIndicator = indicator; + Decoration *decoNew = new Decoration(indicator); + decoNew->rs.InsertSpace(0, length); + + Decoration *decoPrev = 0; + Decoration *deco = root; + + while (deco && (deco->indicator < indicator)) { + decoPrev = deco; + deco = deco->next; + } + if (decoPrev == 0) { + decoNew->next = root; + root = decoNew; + } else { + decoNew->next = deco; + decoPrev->next = decoNew; + } + return decoNew; +} + +void DecorationList::Delete(int indicator) { + Decoration *decoToDelete = 0; + if (root) { + if (root->indicator == indicator) { + decoToDelete = root; + root = root->next; + } else { + Decoration *deco=root; + while (deco->next && !decoToDelete) { + if (deco->next && deco->next->indicator == indicator) { + decoToDelete = deco->next; + deco->next = decoToDelete->next; + } else { + deco = deco->next; + } + } + } + } + if (decoToDelete) { + delete decoToDelete; + current = 0; + } +} + +void DecorationList::SetCurrentIndicator(int indicator) { + currentIndicator = indicator; + current = DecorationFromIndicator(indicator); + currentValue = 1; +} + +void DecorationList::SetCurrentValue(int value) { + currentValue = value ? value : 1; +} + +bool DecorationList::FillRange(int &position, int value, int &fillLength) { + if (!current) { + current = DecorationFromIndicator(currentIndicator); + if (!current) { + current = Create(currentIndicator, lengthDocument); + } + } + bool changed = current->rs.FillRange(position, value, fillLength); + if (current->Empty()) { + Delete(currentIndicator); + } + return changed; +} + +void DecorationList::InsertSpace(int position, int insertLength) { + lengthDocument += insertLength; + for (Decoration *deco=root; deco; deco = deco->next) { + deco->rs.InsertSpace(position, insertLength); + } +} + +void DecorationList::DeleteRange(int position, int deleteLength) { + lengthDocument -= deleteLength; + Decoration *deco; + for (deco=root; deco; deco = deco->next) { + deco->rs.DeleteRange(position, deleteLength); + } + DeleteAnyEmpty(); +} + +void DecorationList::DeleteAnyEmpty() { + Decoration *deco = root; + while (deco) { + if (deco->Empty()) { + Delete(deco->indicator); + deco = root; + } else { + deco = deco->next; + } + } +} + +int DecorationList::AllOnFor(int position) { + int mask = 0; + for (Decoration *deco=root; deco; deco = deco->next) { + if (deco->rs.ValueAt(position)) { + mask |= 1 << deco->indicator; + } + } + return mask; +} + +int DecorationList::ValueAt(int indicator, int position) { + Decoration *deco = DecorationFromIndicator(indicator); + if (deco) { + return deco->rs.ValueAt(position); + } + return 0; +} + +int DecorationList::Start(int indicator, int position) { + Decoration *deco = DecorationFromIndicator(indicator); + if (deco) { + return deco->rs.StartRun(position); + } + return 0; +} + +int DecorationList::End(int indicator, int position) { + Decoration *deco = DecorationFromIndicator(indicator); + if (deco) { + return deco->rs.EndRun(position); + } + return 0; +} diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/Decoration.h b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/Decoration.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2809641afd --- /dev/null +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/Decoration.h @@ -0,0 +1,64 @@ +/** @file Decoration.h + ** Visual elements added over text. + **/ +// Copyright 1998-2007 by Neil Hodgson +// The License.txt file describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed. + +#ifndef DECORATION_H +#define DECORATION_H + +#ifdef SCI_NAMESPACE +namespace Scintilla { +#endif + +class Decoration { +public: + Decoration *next; + RunStyles rs; + int indicator; + + Decoration(int indicator_); + ~Decoration(); + + bool Empty(); +}; + +class DecorationList { + int currentIndicator; + int currentValue; + Decoration *current; + int lengthDocument; + Decoration *DecorationFromIndicator(int indicator); + Decoration *Create(int indicator, int length); + void Delete(int indicator); + void DeleteAnyEmpty(); +public: + Decoration *root; + bool clickNotified; + + DecorationList(); + ~DecorationList(); + + void SetCurrentIndicator(int indicator); + int GetCurrentIndicator() { return currentIndicator; } + + void SetCurrentValue(int value); + int GetCurrentValue() { return currentValue; } + + // Returns true if some values may have changed + bool FillRange(int &position, int value, int &fillLength); + + void InsertSpace(int position, int insertLength); + void DeleteRange(int position, int deleteLength); + + int AllOnFor(int position); + int ValueAt(int indicator, int position); + int Start(int indicator, int position); + int End(int indicator, int position); +}; + +#ifdef SCI_NAMESPACE +} +#endif + +#endif diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/Document.cpp b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/Document.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3c1537d9e9 --- /dev/null +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/Document.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,1820 @@ +// Scintilla source code edit control +/** @file Document.cxx + ** Text document that handles notifications, DBCS, styling, words and end of line. + **/ +// Copyright 1998-2003 by Neil Hodgson +// The License.txt file describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed. + +#include +#include +#include +#include + +#include "Platform.h" + +#include "Scintilla.h" +#include "SplitVector.h" +#include "Partitioning.h" +#include "RunStyles.h" +#include "CellBuffer.h" +#include "PerLine.h" +#include "CharClassify.h" +#include "Decoration.h" +#include "Document.h" +#include "RESearch.h" + +#ifdef SCI_NAMESPACE +using namespace Scintilla; +#endif + +// This is ASCII specific but is safe with chars >= 0x80 +static inline bool isspacechar(unsigned char ch) { + return (ch == ' ') || ((ch >= 0x09) && (ch <= 0x0d)); +} + +static inline bool IsPunctuation(char ch) { + return isascii(ch) && ispunct(ch); +} + +static inline bool IsADigit(char ch) { + return isascii(ch) && isdigit(ch); +} + +static inline bool IsLowerCase(char ch) { + return isascii(ch) && islower(ch); +} + +static inline bool IsUpperCase(char ch) { + return isascii(ch) && isupper(ch); +} + +Document::Document() { + refCount = 0; +#ifdef unix + eolMode = SC_EOL_LF; +#else + eolMode = SC_EOL_CRLF; +#endif + dbcsCodePage = 0; + stylingBits = 5; + stylingBitsMask = 0x1F; + stylingMask = 0; + endStyled = 0; + styleClock = 0; + enteredModification = 0; + enteredStyling = 0; + enteredReadOnlyCount = 0; + tabInChars = 8; + indentInChars = 0; + actualIndentInChars = 8; + useTabs = true; + tabIndents = true; + backspaceUnindents = false; + watchers = 0; + lenWatchers = 0; + + matchesValid = false; + regex = 0; + + perLineData[ldMarkers] = new LineMarkers(); + perLineData[ldLevels] = new LineLevels(); + perLineData[ldState] = new LineState(); + perLineData[ldMargin] = new LineAnnotation(); + perLineData[ldAnnotation] = new LineAnnotation(); + + cb.SetPerLine(this); +} + +Document::~Document() { + for (int i = 0; i < lenWatchers; i++) { + watchers[i].watcher->NotifyDeleted(this, watchers[i].userData); + } + delete []watchers; + for (int j=0; jInsertLine(line); + } +} + +void Document::RemoveLine(int line) { + for (int j=0; jRemoveLine(line); + } +} + +// Increase reference count and return its previous value. +int Document::AddRef() { + return refCount++; +} + +// Decrease reference count and return its previous value. +// Delete the document if reference count reaches zero. +int Document::Release() { + int curRefCount = --refCount; + if (curRefCount == 0) + delete this; + return curRefCount; +} + +void Document::SetSavePoint() { + cb.SetSavePoint(); + NotifySavePoint(true); +} + +int Document::GetMark(int line) { + return static_cast(perLineData[ldMarkers])->MarkValue(line); +} + +int Document::AddMark(int line, int markerNum) { + if (line <= LinesTotal()) { + int prev = static_cast(perLineData[ldMarkers])-> + AddMark(line, markerNum, LinesTotal()); + DocModification mh(SC_MOD_CHANGEMARKER, LineStart(line), 0, 0, 0, line); + NotifyModified(mh); + return prev; + } else { + return 0; + } +} + +void Document::AddMarkSet(int line, int valueSet) { + unsigned int m = valueSet; + for (int i = 0; m; i++, m >>= 1) + if (m & 1) + static_cast(perLineData[ldMarkers])-> + AddMark(line, i, LinesTotal()); + DocModification mh(SC_MOD_CHANGEMARKER, LineStart(line), 0, 0, 0, line); + NotifyModified(mh); +} + +void Document::DeleteMark(int line, int markerNum) { + static_cast(perLineData[ldMarkers])->DeleteMark(line, markerNum, false); + DocModification mh(SC_MOD_CHANGEMARKER, LineStart(line), 0, 0, 0, line); + NotifyModified(mh); +} + +void Document::DeleteMarkFromHandle(int markerHandle) { + static_cast(perLineData[ldMarkers])->DeleteMarkFromHandle(markerHandle); + DocModification mh(SC_MOD_CHANGEMARKER, 0, 0, 0, 0); + mh.line = -1; + NotifyModified(mh); +} + +void Document::DeleteAllMarks(int markerNum) { + for (int line = 0; line < LinesTotal(); line++) { + static_cast(perLineData[ldMarkers])->DeleteMark(line, markerNum, true); + } + DocModification mh(SC_MOD_CHANGEMARKER, 0, 0, 0, 0); + mh.line = -1; + NotifyModified(mh); +} + +int Document::LineFromHandle(int markerHandle) { + return static_cast(perLineData[ldMarkers])->LineFromHandle(markerHandle); +} + +int Document::LineStart(int line) const { + return cb.LineStart(line); +} + +int Document::LineEnd(int line) const { + if (line == LinesTotal() - 1) { + return LineStart(line + 1); + } else { + int position = LineStart(line + 1) - 1; + // When line terminator is CR+LF, may need to go back one more + if ((position > LineStart(line)) && (cb.CharAt(position - 1) == '\r')) { + position--; + } + return position; + } +} + +int Document::LineFromPosition(int pos) { + return cb.LineFromPosition(pos); +} + +int Document::LineEndPosition(int position) { + return LineEnd(LineFromPosition(position)); +} + +int Document::VCHomePosition(int position) { + int line = LineFromPosition(position); + int startPosition = LineStart(line); + int endLine = LineEnd(line); + int startText = startPosition; + while (startText < endLine && (cb.CharAt(startText) == ' ' || cb.CharAt(startText) == '\t' ) ) + startText++; + if (position == startText) + return startPosition; + else + return startText; +} + +int Document::SetLevel(int line, int level) { + int prev = static_cast(perLineData[ldLevels])->SetLevel(line, level, LinesTotal()); + if (prev != level) { + DocModification mh(SC_MOD_CHANGEFOLD | SC_MOD_CHANGEMARKER, + LineStart(line), 0, 0, 0, line); + mh.foldLevelNow = level; + mh.foldLevelPrev = prev; + NotifyModified(mh); + } + return prev; +} + +int Document::GetLevel(int line) { + return static_cast(perLineData[ldLevels])->GetLevel(line); +} + +void Document::ClearLevels() { + static_cast(perLineData[ldLevels])->ClearLevels(); +} + +static bool IsSubordinate(int levelStart, int levelTry) { + if (levelTry & SC_FOLDLEVELWHITEFLAG) + return true; + else + return (levelStart & SC_FOLDLEVELNUMBERMASK) < (levelTry & SC_FOLDLEVELNUMBERMASK); +} + +int Document::GetLastChild(int lineParent, int level) { + if (level == -1) + level = GetLevel(lineParent) & SC_FOLDLEVELNUMBERMASK; + int maxLine = LinesTotal(); + int lineMaxSubord = lineParent; + while (lineMaxSubord < maxLine - 1) { + EnsureStyledTo(LineStart(lineMaxSubord + 2)); + if (!IsSubordinate(level, GetLevel(lineMaxSubord + 1))) + break; + lineMaxSubord++; + } + if (lineMaxSubord > lineParent) { + if (level > (GetLevel(lineMaxSubord + 1) & SC_FOLDLEVELNUMBERMASK)) { + // Have chewed up some whitespace that belongs to a parent so seek back + if (GetLevel(lineMaxSubord) & SC_FOLDLEVELWHITEFLAG) { + lineMaxSubord--; + } + } + } + return lineMaxSubord; +} + +int Document::GetFoldParent(int line) { + int level = GetLevel(line) & SC_FOLDLEVELNUMBERMASK; + int lineLook = line - 1; + while ((lineLook > 0) && ( + (!(GetLevel(lineLook) & SC_FOLDLEVELHEADERFLAG)) || + ((GetLevel(lineLook) & SC_FOLDLEVELNUMBERMASK) >= level)) + ) { + lineLook--; + } + if ((GetLevel(lineLook) & SC_FOLDLEVELHEADERFLAG) && + ((GetLevel(lineLook) & SC_FOLDLEVELNUMBERMASK) < level)) { + return lineLook; + } else { + return -1; + } +} + +int Document::ClampPositionIntoDocument(int pos) { + return Platform::Clamp(pos, 0, Length()); +} + +bool Document::IsCrLf(int pos) { + if (pos < 0) + return false; + if (pos >= (Length() - 1)) + return false; + return (cb.CharAt(pos) == '\r') && (cb.CharAt(pos + 1) == '\n'); +} + +static const int maxBytesInDBCSCharacter=5; + +int Document::LenChar(int pos) { + if (pos < 0) { + return 1; + } else if (IsCrLf(pos)) { + return 2; + } else if (SC_CP_UTF8 == dbcsCodePage) { + unsigned char ch = static_cast(cb.CharAt(pos)); + if (ch < 0x80) + return 1; + int len = 2; + if (ch >= (0x80 + 0x40 + 0x20 + 0x10)) + len = 4; + else if (ch >= (0x80 + 0x40 + 0x20)) + len = 3; + int lengthDoc = Length(); + if ((pos + len) > lengthDoc) + return lengthDoc -pos; + else + return len; + } else if (dbcsCodePage) { + char mbstr[maxBytesInDBCSCharacter+1]; + int i; + for (i=0; i= 0x80) && (ch < (0x80 + 0x40)); +} + +static int BytesFromLead(int leadByte) { + if (leadByte > 0xF4) { + // Characters longer than 4 bytes not possible in current UTF-8 + return 0; + } else if (leadByte >= 0xF0) { + return 4; + } else if (leadByte >= 0xE0) { + return 3; + } else if (leadByte >= 0xC2) { + return 2; + } + return 0; +} + +bool Document::InGoodUTF8(int pos, int &start, int &end) { + int lead = pos; + while ((lead>0) && (pos-lead < 4) && IsTrailByte(static_cast(cb.CharAt(lead-1)))) + lead--; + start = 0; + if (lead > 0) { + start = lead-1; + } + int leadByte = static_cast(cb.CharAt(start)); + int bytes = BytesFromLead(leadByte); + if (bytes == 0) { + return false; + } else { + int trailBytes = bytes - 1; + int len = pos - lead + 1; + if (len > trailBytes) + // pos too far from lead + return false; + // Check that there are enough trails for this lead + int trail = pos + 1; + while ((trail-lead(cb.CharAt(trail)))) { + return false; + } + trail++; + } + end = start + bytes; + return true; + } +} + +// Normalise a position so that it is not halfway through a two byte character. +// This can occur in two situations - +// When lines are terminated with \r\n pairs which should be treated as one character. +// When displaying DBCS text such as Japanese. +// If moving, move the position in the indicated direction. +int Document::MovePositionOutsideChar(int pos, int moveDir, bool checkLineEnd) { + //Platform::DebugPrintf("NoCRLF %d %d\n", pos, moveDir); + // If out of range, just return minimum/maximum value. + if (pos <= 0) + return 0; + if (pos >= Length()) + return Length(); + + // PLATFORM_ASSERT(pos > 0 && pos < Length()); + if (checkLineEnd && IsCrLf(pos - 1)) { + if (moveDir > 0) + return pos + 1; + else + return pos - 1; + } + + // Not between CR and LF + + if (dbcsCodePage) { + if (SC_CP_UTF8 == dbcsCodePage) { + unsigned char ch = static_cast(cb.CharAt(pos)); + int startUTF = pos; + int endUTF = pos; + if (IsTrailByte(ch) && InGoodUTF8(pos, startUTF, endUTF)) { + // ch is a trail byte within a UTF-8 character + if (moveDir > 0) + pos = endUTF; + else + pos = startUTF; + } + } else { + // Anchor DBCS calculations at start of line because start of line can + // not be a DBCS trail byte. + int posCheck = LineStart(LineFromPosition(pos)); + while (posCheck < pos) { + char mbstr[maxBytesInDBCSCharacter+1]; + int i; + for(i=0;i pos) { + if (moveDir > 0) { + return posCheck + mbsize; + } else { + return posCheck; + } + } + posCheck += mbsize; + } + } + } + + return pos; +} + +void Document::ModifiedAt(int pos) { + if (endStyled > pos) + endStyled = pos; +} + +void Document::CheckReadOnly() { + if (cb.IsReadOnly() && enteredReadOnlyCount == 0) { + enteredReadOnlyCount++; + NotifyModifyAttempt(); + enteredReadOnlyCount--; + } +} + +// Document only modified by gateways DeleteChars, InsertString, Undo, Redo, and SetStyleAt. +// SetStyleAt does not change the persistent state of a document + +bool Document::DeleteChars(int pos, int len) { + if (len == 0) + return false; + if ((pos + len) > Length()) + return false; + CheckReadOnly(); + if (enteredModification != 0) { + return false; + } else { + enteredModification++; + if (!cb.IsReadOnly()) { + NotifyModified( + DocModification( + SC_MOD_BEFOREDELETE | SC_PERFORMED_USER, + pos, len, + 0, 0)); + int prevLinesTotal = LinesTotal(); + bool startSavePoint = cb.IsSavePoint(); + bool startSequence = false; + const char *text = cb.DeleteChars(pos, len, startSequence); + if (startSavePoint && cb.IsCollectingUndo()) + NotifySavePoint(!startSavePoint); + if ((pos < Length()) || (pos == 0)) + ModifiedAt(pos); + else + ModifiedAt(pos-1); + NotifyModified( + DocModification( + SC_MOD_DELETETEXT | SC_PERFORMED_USER | (startSequence?SC_STARTACTION:0), + pos, len, + LinesTotal() - prevLinesTotal, text)); + } + enteredModification--; + } + return !cb.IsReadOnly(); +} + +/** + * Insert a string with a length. + */ +bool Document::InsertString(int position, const char *s, int insertLength) { + if (insertLength <= 0) { + return false; + } + CheckReadOnly(); + if (enteredModification != 0) { + return false; + } else { + enteredModification++; + if (!cb.IsReadOnly()) { + NotifyModified( + DocModification( + SC_MOD_BEFOREINSERT | SC_PERFORMED_USER, + position, insertLength, + 0, s)); + int prevLinesTotal = LinesTotal(); + bool startSavePoint = cb.IsSavePoint(); + bool startSequence = false; + const char *text = cb.InsertString(position, s, insertLength, startSequence); + if (startSavePoint && cb.IsCollectingUndo()) + NotifySavePoint(!startSavePoint); + ModifiedAt(position); + NotifyModified( + DocModification( + SC_MOD_INSERTTEXT | SC_PERFORMED_USER | (startSequence?SC_STARTACTION:0), + position, insertLength, + LinesTotal() - prevLinesTotal, text)); + } + enteredModification--; + } + return !cb.IsReadOnly(); +} + +int Document::Undo() { + int newPos = -1; + CheckReadOnly(); + if (enteredModification == 0) { + enteredModification++; + if (!cb.IsReadOnly()) { + bool startSavePoint = cb.IsSavePoint(); + bool multiLine = false; + int steps = cb.StartUndo(); + //Platform::DebugPrintf("Steps=%d\n", steps); + for (int step = 0; step < steps; step++) { + const int prevLinesTotal = LinesTotal(); + const Action &action = cb.GetUndoStep(); + if (action.at == removeAction) { + NotifyModified(DocModification( + SC_MOD_BEFOREINSERT | SC_PERFORMED_UNDO, action)); + } else if (action.at == containerAction) { + DocModification dm(SC_MOD_CONTAINER | SC_PERFORMED_UNDO); + dm.token = action.position; + NotifyModified(dm); + } else { + NotifyModified(DocModification( + SC_MOD_BEFOREDELETE | SC_PERFORMED_UNDO, action)); + } + cb.PerformUndoStep(); + int cellPosition = action.position; + if (action.at != containerAction) { + ModifiedAt(cellPosition); + newPos = cellPosition; + } + + int modFlags = SC_PERFORMED_UNDO; + // With undo, an insertion action becomes a deletion notification + if (action.at == removeAction) { + newPos += action.lenData; + modFlags |= SC_MOD_INSERTTEXT; + } else if (action.at == insertAction) { + modFlags |= SC_MOD_DELETETEXT; + } + if (steps > 1) + modFlags |= SC_MULTISTEPUNDOREDO; + const int linesAdded = LinesTotal() - prevLinesTotal; + if (linesAdded != 0) + multiLine = true; + if (step == steps - 1) { + modFlags |= SC_LASTSTEPINUNDOREDO; + if (multiLine) + modFlags |= SC_MULTILINEUNDOREDO; + } + NotifyModified(DocModification(modFlags, cellPosition, action.lenData, + linesAdded, action.data)); + } + + bool endSavePoint = cb.IsSavePoint(); + if (startSavePoint != endSavePoint) + NotifySavePoint(endSavePoint); + } + enteredModification--; + } + return newPos; +} + +int Document::Redo() { + int newPos = -1; + CheckReadOnly(); + if (enteredModification == 0) { + enteredModification++; + if (!cb.IsReadOnly()) { + bool startSavePoint = cb.IsSavePoint(); + bool multiLine = false; + int steps = cb.StartRedo(); + for (int step = 0; step < steps; step++) { + const int prevLinesTotal = LinesTotal(); + const Action &action = cb.GetRedoStep(); + if (action.at == insertAction) { + NotifyModified(DocModification( + SC_MOD_BEFOREINSERT | SC_PERFORMED_REDO, action)); + } else if (action.at == containerAction) { + DocModification dm(SC_MOD_CONTAINER | SC_PERFORMED_REDO); + dm.token = action.position; + NotifyModified(dm); + } else { + NotifyModified(DocModification( + SC_MOD_BEFOREDELETE | SC_PERFORMED_REDO, action)); + } + cb.PerformRedoStep(); + if (action.at != containerAction) { + ModifiedAt(action.position); + newPos = action.position; + } + + int modFlags = SC_PERFORMED_REDO; + if (action.at == insertAction) { + newPos += action.lenData; + modFlags |= SC_MOD_INSERTTEXT; + } else if (action.at == removeAction) { + modFlags |= SC_MOD_DELETETEXT; + } + if (steps > 1) + modFlags |= SC_MULTISTEPUNDOREDO; + const int linesAdded = LinesTotal() - prevLinesTotal; + if (linesAdded != 0) + multiLine = true; + if (step == steps - 1) { + modFlags |= SC_LASTSTEPINUNDOREDO; + if (multiLine) + modFlags |= SC_MULTILINEUNDOREDO; + } + NotifyModified( + DocModification(modFlags, action.position, action.lenData, + linesAdded, action.data)); + } + + bool endSavePoint = cb.IsSavePoint(); + if (startSavePoint != endSavePoint) + NotifySavePoint(endSavePoint); + } + enteredModification--; + } + return newPos; +} + +/** + * Insert a single character. + */ +bool Document::InsertChar(int pos, char ch) { + char chs[1]; + chs[0] = ch; + return InsertString(pos, chs, 1); +} + +/** + * Insert a null terminated string. + */ +bool Document::InsertCString(int position, const char *s) { + return InsertString(position, s, strlen(s)); +} + +void Document::ChangeChar(int pos, char ch) { + DeleteChars(pos, 1); + InsertChar(pos, ch); +} + +void Document::DelChar(int pos) { + DeleteChars(pos, LenChar(pos)); +} + +void Document::DelCharBack(int pos) { + if (pos <= 0) { + return; + } else if (IsCrLf(pos - 2)) { + DeleteChars(pos - 2, 2); + } else if (dbcsCodePage) { + int startChar = MovePositionOutsideChar(pos - 1, -1, false); + DeleteChars(startChar, pos - startChar); + } else { + DeleteChars(pos - 1, 1); + } +} + +static bool isindentchar(char ch) { + return (ch == ' ') || (ch == '\t'); +} + +static int NextTab(int pos, int tabSize) { + return ((pos / tabSize) + 1) * tabSize; +} + +static void CreateIndentation(char *linebuf, int length, int indent, int tabSize, bool insertSpaces) { + length--; // ensure space for \0 + if (!insertSpaces) { + while ((indent >= tabSize) && (length > 0)) { + *linebuf++ = '\t'; + indent -= tabSize; + length--; + } + } + while ((indent > 0) && (length > 0)) { + *linebuf++ = ' '; + indent--; + length--; + } + *linebuf = '\0'; +} + +int Document::GetLineIndentation(int line) { + int indent = 0; + if ((line >= 0) && (line < LinesTotal())) { + int lineStart = LineStart(line); + int length = Length(); + for (int i = lineStart;i < length;i++) { + char ch = cb.CharAt(i); + if (ch == ' ') + indent++; + else if (ch == '\t') + indent = NextTab(indent, tabInChars); + else + return indent; + } + } + return indent; +} + +void Document::SetLineIndentation(int line, int indent) { + int indentOfLine = GetLineIndentation(line); + if (indent < 0) + indent = 0; + if (indent != indentOfLine) { + char linebuf[1000]; + CreateIndentation(linebuf, sizeof(linebuf), indent, tabInChars, !useTabs); + int thisLineStart = LineStart(line); + int indentPos = GetLineIndentPosition(line); + BeginUndoAction(); + DeleteChars(thisLineStart, indentPos - thisLineStart); + InsertCString(thisLineStart, linebuf); + EndUndoAction(); + } +} + +int Document::GetLineIndentPosition(int line) const { + if (line < 0) + return 0; + int pos = LineStart(line); + int length = Length(); + while ((pos < length) && isindentchar(cb.CharAt(pos))) { + pos++; + } + return pos; +} + +int Document::GetColumn(int pos) { + int column = 0; + int line = LineFromPosition(pos); + if ((line >= 0) && (line < LinesTotal())) { + for (int i = LineStart(line);i < pos;) { + char ch = cb.CharAt(i); + if (ch == '\t') { + column = NextTab(column, tabInChars); + i++; + } else if (ch == '\r') { + return column; + } else if (ch == '\n') { + return column; + } else if (i >= Length()) { + return column; + } else { + column++; + i = MovePositionOutsideChar(i + 1, 1, false); + } + } + } + return column; +} + +int Document::FindColumn(int line, int column) { + int position = LineStart(line); + int columnCurrent = 0; + if ((line >= 0) && (line < LinesTotal())) { + while ((columnCurrent < column) && (position < Length())) { + char ch = cb.CharAt(position); + if (ch == '\t') { + columnCurrent = NextTab(columnCurrent, tabInChars); + position++; + } else if (ch == '\r') { + return position; + } else if (ch == '\n') { + return position; + } else { + columnCurrent++; + position = MovePositionOutsideChar(position + 1, 1, false); + } + } + } + return position; +} + +void Document::Indent(bool forwards, int lineBottom, int lineTop) { + // Dedent - suck white space off the front of the line to dedent by equivalent of a tab + for (int line = lineBottom; line >= lineTop; line--) { + int indentOfLine = GetLineIndentation(line); + if (forwards) { + if (LineStart(line) < LineEnd(line)) { + SetLineIndentation(line, indentOfLine + IndentSize()); + } + } else { + SetLineIndentation(line, indentOfLine - IndentSize()); + } + } +} + +// Convert line endings for a piece of text to a particular mode. +// Stop at len or when a NUL is found. +// Caller must delete the returned pointer. +char *Document::TransformLineEnds(int *pLenOut, const char *s, size_t len, int eolMode) { + char *dest = new char[2 * len + 1]; + const char *sptr = s; + char *dptr = dest; + for (size_t i = 0; (i < len) && (*sptr != '\0'); i++) { + if (*sptr == '\n' || *sptr == '\r') { + if (eolMode == SC_EOL_CR) { + *dptr++ = '\r'; + } else if (eolMode == SC_EOL_LF) { + *dptr++ = '\n'; + } else { // eolMode == SC_EOL_CRLF + *dptr++ = '\r'; + *dptr++ = '\n'; + } + if ((*sptr == '\r') && (i+1 < len) && (*(sptr+1) == '\n')) { + i++; + sptr++; + } + sptr++; + } else { + *dptr++ = *sptr++; + } + } + *dptr++ = '\0'; + *pLenOut = (dptr - dest) - 1; + return dest; +} + +void Document::ConvertLineEnds(int eolModeSet) { + BeginUndoAction(); + + for (int pos = 0; pos < Length(); pos++) { + if (cb.CharAt(pos) == '\r') { + if (cb.CharAt(pos + 1) == '\n') { + // CRLF + if (eolModeSet == SC_EOL_CR) { + DeleteChars(pos + 1, 1); // Delete the LF + } else if (eolModeSet == SC_EOL_LF) { + DeleteChars(pos, 1); // Delete the CR + } else { + pos++; + } + } else { + // CR + if (eolModeSet == SC_EOL_CRLF) { + InsertString(pos + 1, "\n", 1); // Insert LF + pos++; + } else if (eolModeSet == SC_EOL_LF) { + InsertString(pos, "\n", 1); // Insert LF + DeleteChars(pos + 1, 1); // Delete CR + } + } + } else if (cb.CharAt(pos) == '\n') { + // LF + if (eolModeSet == SC_EOL_CRLF) { + InsertString(pos, "\r", 1); // Insert CR + pos++; + } else if (eolModeSet == SC_EOL_CR) { + InsertString(pos, "\r", 1); // Insert CR + DeleteChars(pos + 1, 1); // Delete LF + } + } + } + + EndUndoAction(); +} + +bool Document::IsWhiteLine(int line) const { + int currentChar = LineStart(line); + int endLine = LineEnd(line); + while (currentChar < endLine) { + if (cb.CharAt(currentChar) != ' ' && cb.CharAt(currentChar) != '\t') { + return false; + } + ++currentChar; + } + return true; +} + +int Document::ParaUp(int pos) { + int line = LineFromPosition(pos); + line--; + while (line >= 0 && IsWhiteLine(line)) { // skip empty lines + line--; + } + while (line >= 0 && !IsWhiteLine(line)) { // skip non-empty lines + line--; + } + line++; + return LineStart(line); +} + +int Document::ParaDown(int pos) { + int line = LineFromPosition(pos); + while (line < LinesTotal() && !IsWhiteLine(line)) { // skip non-empty lines + line++; + } + while (line < LinesTotal() && IsWhiteLine(line)) { // skip empty lines + line++; + } + if (line < LinesTotal()) + return LineStart(line); + else // end of a document + return LineEnd(line-1); +} + +CharClassify::cc Document::WordCharClass(unsigned char ch) { + if ((SC_CP_UTF8 == dbcsCodePage) && (ch >= 0x80)) + return CharClassify::ccWord; + return charClass.GetClass(ch); +} + +/** + * Used by commmands that want to select whole words. + * Finds the start of word at pos when delta < 0 or the end of the word when delta >= 0. + */ +int Document::ExtendWordSelect(int pos, int delta, bool onlyWordCharacters) { + CharClassify::cc ccStart = CharClassify::ccWord; + if (delta < 0) { + if (!onlyWordCharacters) + ccStart = WordCharClass(cb.CharAt(pos-1)); + while (pos > 0 && (WordCharClass(cb.CharAt(pos - 1)) == ccStart)) + pos--; + } else { + if (!onlyWordCharacters && pos < Length()) + ccStart = WordCharClass(cb.CharAt(pos)); + while (pos < (Length()) && (WordCharClass(cb.CharAt(pos)) == ccStart)) + pos++; + } + return MovePositionOutsideChar(pos, delta); +} + +/** + * Find the start of the next word in either a forward (delta >= 0) or backwards direction + * (delta < 0). + * This is looking for a transition between character classes although there is also some + * additional movement to transit white space. + * Used by cursor movement by word commands. + */ +int Document::NextWordStart(int pos, int delta) { + if (delta < 0) { + while (pos > 0 && (WordCharClass(cb.CharAt(pos - 1)) == CharClassify::ccSpace)) + pos--; + if (pos > 0) { + CharClassify::cc ccStart = WordCharClass(cb.CharAt(pos-1)); + while (pos > 0 && (WordCharClass(cb.CharAt(pos - 1)) == ccStart)) { + pos--; + } + } + } else { + CharClassify::cc ccStart = WordCharClass(cb.CharAt(pos)); + while (pos < (Length()) && (WordCharClass(cb.CharAt(pos)) == ccStart)) + pos++; + while (pos < (Length()) && (WordCharClass(cb.CharAt(pos)) == CharClassify::ccSpace)) + pos++; + } + return pos; +} + +/** + * Find the end of the next word in either a forward (delta >= 0) or backwards direction + * (delta < 0). + * This is looking for a transition between character classes although there is also some + * additional movement to transit white space. + * Used by cursor movement by word commands. + */ +int Document::NextWordEnd(int pos, int delta) { + if (delta < 0) { + if (pos > 0) { + CharClassify::cc ccStart = WordCharClass(cb.CharAt(pos-1)); + if (ccStart != CharClassify::ccSpace) { + while (pos > 0 && WordCharClass(cb.CharAt(pos - 1)) == ccStart) { + pos--; + } + } + while (pos > 0 && WordCharClass(cb.CharAt(pos - 1)) == CharClassify::ccSpace) { + pos--; + } + } + } else { + while (pos < Length() && WordCharClass(cb.CharAt(pos)) == CharClassify::ccSpace) { + pos++; + } + if (pos < Length()) { + CharClassify::cc ccStart = WordCharClass(cb.CharAt(pos)); + while (pos < Length() && WordCharClass(cb.CharAt(pos)) == ccStart) { + pos++; + } + } + } + return pos; +} + +/** + * Check that the character at the given position is a word or punctuation character and that + * the previous character is of a different character class. + */ +bool Document::IsWordStartAt(int pos) { + if (pos > 0) { + CharClassify::cc ccPos = WordCharClass(CharAt(pos)); + return (ccPos == CharClassify::ccWord || ccPos == CharClassify::ccPunctuation) && + (ccPos != WordCharClass(CharAt(pos - 1))); + } + return true; +} + +/** + * Check that the character at the given position is a word or punctuation character and that + * the next character is of a different character class. + */ +bool Document::IsWordEndAt(int pos) { + if (pos < Length()) { + CharClassify::cc ccPrev = WordCharClass(CharAt(pos-1)); + return (ccPrev == CharClassify::ccWord || ccPrev == CharClassify::ccPunctuation) && + (ccPrev != WordCharClass(CharAt(pos))); + } + return true; +} + +/** + * Check that the given range is has transitions between character classes at both + * ends and where the characters on the inside are word or punctuation characters. + */ +bool Document::IsWordAt(int start, int end) { + return IsWordStartAt(start) && IsWordEndAt(end); +} + +// The comparison and case changing functions here assume ASCII +// or extended ASCII such as the normal Windows code page. + +static inline char MakeUpperCase(char ch) { + if (ch < 'a' || ch > 'z') + return ch; + else + return static_cast(ch - 'a' + 'A'); +} + +static inline char MakeLowerCase(char ch) { + if (ch < 'A' || ch > 'Z') + return ch; + else + return static_cast(ch - 'A' + 'a'); +} + +/** + * Find text in document, supporting both forward and backward + * searches (just pass minPos > maxPos to do a backward search) + * Has not been tested with backwards DBCS searches yet. + */ +long Document::FindText(int minPos, int maxPos, const char *s, + bool caseSensitive, bool word, bool wordStart, bool regExp, int flags, + int *length) { + if (regExp) { + if (!regex) + regex = CreateRegexSearch(&charClass); + return regex->FindText(this, minPos, maxPos, s, caseSensitive, word, wordStart, flags, length); + } else { + + bool forward = minPos <= maxPos; + int increment = forward ? 1 : -1; + + // Range endpoints should not be inside DBCS characters, but just in case, move them. + int startPos = MovePositionOutsideChar(minPos, increment, false); + int endPos = MovePositionOutsideChar(maxPos, increment, false); + + // Compute actual search ranges needed + int lengthFind = *length; + if (lengthFind == -1) + lengthFind = static_cast(strlen(s)); + int endSearch = endPos; + if (startPos <= endPos) { + endSearch = endPos - lengthFind + 1; + } + //Platform::DebugPrintf("Find %d %d %s %d\n", startPos, endPos, ft->lpstrText, lengthFind); + char firstChar = s[0]; + if (!caseSensitive) + firstChar = static_cast(MakeUpperCase(firstChar)); + int pos = forward ? startPos : (startPos - 1); + while (forward ? (pos < endSearch) : (pos >= endSearch)) { + char ch = CharAt(pos); + if (caseSensitive) { + if (ch == firstChar) { + bool found = true; + if (pos + lengthFind > Platform::Maximum(startPos, endPos)) found = false; + for (int posMatch = 1; posMatch < lengthFind && found; posMatch++) { + ch = CharAt(pos + posMatch); + if (ch != s[posMatch]) + found = false; + } + if (found) { + if ((!word && !wordStart) || + (word && IsWordAt(pos, pos + lengthFind)) || + (wordStart && IsWordStartAt(pos))) + return pos; + } + } + } else { + if (MakeUpperCase(ch) == firstChar) { + bool found = true; + if (pos + lengthFind > Platform::Maximum(startPos, endPos)) found = false; + for (int posMatch = 1; posMatch < lengthFind && found; posMatch++) { + ch = CharAt(pos + posMatch); + if (MakeUpperCase(ch) != MakeUpperCase(s[posMatch])) + found = false; + } + if (found) { + if ((!word && !wordStart) || + (word && IsWordAt(pos, pos + lengthFind)) || + (wordStart && IsWordStartAt(pos))) + return pos; + } + } + } + pos += increment; + if (dbcsCodePage && (pos >= 0)) { + // Ensure trying to match from start of character + pos = MovePositionOutsideChar(pos, increment, false); + } + } + } + //Platform::DebugPrintf("Not found\n"); + return -1; +} + +const char *Document::SubstituteByPosition(const char *text, int *length) { + return regex->SubstituteByPosition(this, text, length); +} + +int Document::LinesTotal() const { + return cb.Lines(); +} + +void Document::ChangeCase(Range r, bool makeUpperCase) { + for (int pos = r.start; pos < r.end;) { + int len = LenChar(pos); + if (len == 1) { + char ch = CharAt(pos); + if (makeUpperCase) { + if (IsLowerCase(ch)) { + ChangeChar(pos, static_cast(MakeUpperCase(ch))); + } + } else { + if (IsUpperCase(ch)) { + ChangeChar(pos, static_cast(MakeLowerCase(ch))); + } + } + } + pos += len; + } +} + +void Document::SetDefaultCharClasses(bool includeWordClass) { + charClass.SetDefaultCharClasses(includeWordClass); +} + +void Document::SetCharClasses(const unsigned char *chars, CharClassify::cc newCharClass) { + charClass.SetCharClasses(chars, newCharClass); +} + +void Document::SetStylingBits(int bits) { + stylingBits = bits; + stylingBitsMask = (1 << stylingBits) - 1; +} + +void Document::StartStyling(int position, char mask) { + stylingMask = mask; + endStyled = position; +} + +bool Document::SetStyleFor(int length, char style) { + if (enteredStyling != 0) { + return false; + } else { + enteredStyling++; + style &= stylingMask; + int prevEndStyled = endStyled; + if (cb.SetStyleFor(endStyled, length, style, stylingMask)) { + DocModification mh(SC_MOD_CHANGESTYLE | SC_PERFORMED_USER, + prevEndStyled, length); + NotifyModified(mh); + } + endStyled += length; + enteredStyling--; + return true; + } +} + +bool Document::SetStyles(int length, const char *styles) { + if (enteredStyling != 0) { + return false; + } else { + enteredStyling++; + bool didChange = false; + int startMod = 0; + int endMod = 0; + for (int iPos = 0; iPos < length; iPos++, endStyled++) { + PLATFORM_ASSERT(endStyled < Length()); + if (cb.SetStyleAt(endStyled, styles[iPos], stylingMask)) { + if (!didChange) { + startMod = endStyled; + } + didChange = true; + endMod = endStyled; + } + } + if (didChange) { + DocModification mh(SC_MOD_CHANGESTYLE | SC_PERFORMED_USER, + startMod, endMod - startMod + 1); + NotifyModified(mh); + } + enteredStyling--; + return true; + } +} + +void Document::EnsureStyledTo(int pos) { + if ((enteredStyling == 0) && (pos > GetEndStyled())) { + IncrementStyleClock(); + // Ask the watchers to style, and stop as soon as one responds. + for (int i = 0; pos > GetEndStyled() && i < lenWatchers; i++) { + watchers[i].watcher->NotifyStyleNeeded(this, watchers[i].userData, pos); + } + } +} + +int Document::SetLineState(int line, int state) { + int statePrevious = static_cast(perLineData[ldState])->SetLineState(line, state); + if (state != statePrevious) { + DocModification mh(SC_MOD_CHANGELINESTATE, 0, 0, 0, 0, line); + NotifyModified(mh); + } + return statePrevious; +} + +int Document::GetLineState(int line) { + return static_cast(perLineData[ldState])->GetLineState(line); +} + +int Document::GetMaxLineState() { + return static_cast(perLineData[ldState])->GetMaxLineState(); +} + +StyledText Document::MarginStyledText(int line) { + LineAnnotation *pla = static_cast(perLineData[ldMargin]); + return StyledText(pla->Length(line), pla->Text(line), + pla->MultipleStyles(line), pla->Style(line), pla->Styles(line)); +} + +void Document::MarginSetText(int line, const char *text) { + static_cast(perLineData[ldMargin])->SetText(line, text); + DocModification mh(SC_MOD_CHANGEMARGIN, LineStart(line), 0, 0, 0, line); + NotifyModified(mh); +} + +void Document::MarginSetStyle(int line, int style) { + static_cast(perLineData[ldMargin])->SetStyle(line, style); +} + +void Document::MarginSetStyles(int line, const unsigned char *styles) { + static_cast(perLineData[ldMargin])->SetStyles(line, styles); +} + +int Document::MarginLength(int line) const { + return static_cast(perLineData[ldMargin])->Length(line); +} + +void Document::MarginClearAll() { + int maxEditorLine = LinesTotal(); + for (int l=0;l(perLineData[ldMargin])->ClearAll(); +} + +bool Document::AnnotationAny() const { + return static_cast(perLineData[ldAnnotation])->AnySet(); +} + +StyledText Document::AnnotationStyledText(int line) { + LineAnnotation *pla = static_cast(perLineData[ldAnnotation]); + return StyledText(pla->Length(line), pla->Text(line), + pla->MultipleStyles(line), pla->Style(line), pla->Styles(line)); +} + +void Document::AnnotationSetText(int line, const char *text) { + const int linesBefore = AnnotationLines(line); + static_cast(perLineData[ldAnnotation])->SetText(line, text); + const int linesAfter = AnnotationLines(line); + DocModification mh(SC_MOD_CHANGEANNOTATION, LineStart(line), 0, 0, 0, line); + mh.annotationLinesAdded = linesAfter - linesBefore; + NotifyModified(mh); +} + +void Document::AnnotationSetStyle(int line, int style) { + static_cast(perLineData[ldAnnotation])->SetStyle(line, style); +} + +void Document::AnnotationSetStyles(int line, const unsigned char *styles) { + static_cast(perLineData[ldAnnotation])->SetStyles(line, styles); +} + +int Document::AnnotationLength(int line) const { + return static_cast(perLineData[ldAnnotation])->Length(line); +} + +int Document::AnnotationLines(int line) const { + return static_cast(perLineData[ldAnnotation])->Lines(line); +} + +void Document::AnnotationClearAll() { + int maxEditorLine = LinesTotal(); + for (int l=0;l(perLineData[ldAnnotation])->ClearAll(); +} + +void Document::IncrementStyleClock() { + styleClock = (styleClock + 1) % 0x100000; +} + +void Document::DecorationFillRange(int position, int value, int fillLength) { + if (decorations.FillRange(position, value, fillLength)) { + DocModification mh(SC_MOD_CHANGEINDICATOR | SC_PERFORMED_USER, + position, fillLength); + NotifyModified(mh); + } +} + +bool Document::AddWatcher(DocWatcher *watcher, void *userData) { + for (int i = 0; i < lenWatchers; i++) { + if ((watchers[i].watcher == watcher) && + (watchers[i].userData == userData)) + return false; + } + WatcherWithUserData *pwNew = new WatcherWithUserData[lenWatchers + 1]; + if (!pwNew) + return false; + for (int j = 0; j < lenWatchers; j++) + pwNew[j] = watchers[j]; + pwNew[lenWatchers].watcher = watcher; + pwNew[lenWatchers].userData = userData; + delete []watchers; + watchers = pwNew; + lenWatchers++; + return true; +} + +bool Document::RemoveWatcher(DocWatcher *watcher, void *userData) { + for (int i = 0; i < lenWatchers; i++) { + if ((watchers[i].watcher == watcher) && + (watchers[i].userData == userData)) { + if (lenWatchers == 1) { + delete []watchers; + watchers = 0; + lenWatchers = 0; + } else { + WatcherWithUserData *pwNew = new WatcherWithUserData[lenWatchers]; + if (!pwNew) + return false; + for (int j = 0; j < lenWatchers - 1; j++) { + pwNew[j] = (j < i) ? watchers[j] : watchers[j + 1]; + } + delete []watchers; + watchers = pwNew; + lenWatchers--; + } + return true; + } + } + return false; +} + +void Document::NotifyModifyAttempt() { + for (int i = 0; i < lenWatchers; i++) { + watchers[i].watcher->NotifyModifyAttempt(this, watchers[i].userData); + } +} + +void Document::NotifySavePoint(bool atSavePoint) { + for (int i = 0; i < lenWatchers; i++) { + watchers[i].watcher->NotifySavePoint(this, watchers[i].userData, atSavePoint); + } +} + +void Document::NotifyModified(DocModification mh) { + if (mh.modificationType & SC_MOD_INSERTTEXT) { + decorations.InsertSpace(mh.position, mh.length); + } else if (mh.modificationType & SC_MOD_DELETETEXT) { + decorations.DeleteRange(mh.position, mh.length); + } + for (int i = 0; i < lenWatchers; i++) { + watchers[i].watcher->NotifyModified(this, mh, watchers[i].userData); + } +} + +bool Document::IsWordPartSeparator(char ch) { + return (WordCharClass(ch) == CharClassify::ccWord) && IsPunctuation(ch); +} + +int Document::WordPartLeft(int pos) { + if (pos > 0) { + --pos; + char startChar = cb.CharAt(pos); + if (IsWordPartSeparator(startChar)) { + while (pos > 0 && IsWordPartSeparator(cb.CharAt(pos))) { + --pos; + } + } + if (pos > 0) { + startChar = cb.CharAt(pos); + --pos; + if (IsLowerCase(startChar)) { + while (pos > 0 && IsLowerCase(cb.CharAt(pos))) + --pos; + if (!IsUpperCase(cb.CharAt(pos)) && !IsLowerCase(cb.CharAt(pos))) + ++pos; + } else if (IsUpperCase(startChar)) { + while (pos > 0 && IsUpperCase(cb.CharAt(pos))) + --pos; + if (!IsUpperCase(cb.CharAt(pos))) + ++pos; + } else if (IsADigit(startChar)) { + while (pos > 0 && IsADigit(cb.CharAt(pos))) + --pos; + if (!IsADigit(cb.CharAt(pos))) + ++pos; + } else if (IsPunctuation(startChar)) { + while (pos > 0 && IsPunctuation(cb.CharAt(pos))) + --pos; + if (!IsPunctuation(cb.CharAt(pos))) + ++pos; + } else if (isspacechar(startChar)) { + while (pos > 0 && isspacechar(cb.CharAt(pos))) + --pos; + if (!isspacechar(cb.CharAt(pos))) + ++pos; + } else if (!isascii(startChar)) { + while (pos > 0 && !isascii(cb.CharAt(pos))) + --pos; + if (isascii(cb.CharAt(pos))) + ++pos; + } else { + ++pos; + } + } + } + return pos; +} + +int Document::WordPartRight(int pos) { + char startChar = cb.CharAt(pos); + int length = Length(); + if (IsWordPartSeparator(startChar)) { + while (pos < length && IsWordPartSeparator(cb.CharAt(pos))) + ++pos; + startChar = cb.CharAt(pos); + } + if (!isascii(startChar)) { + while (pos < length && !isascii(cb.CharAt(pos))) + ++pos; + } else if (IsLowerCase(startChar)) { + while (pos < length && IsLowerCase(cb.CharAt(pos))) + ++pos; + } else if (IsUpperCase(startChar)) { + if (IsLowerCase(cb.CharAt(pos + 1))) { + ++pos; + while (pos < length && IsLowerCase(cb.CharAt(pos))) + ++pos; + } else { + while (pos < length && IsUpperCase(cb.CharAt(pos))) + ++pos; + } + if (IsLowerCase(cb.CharAt(pos)) && IsUpperCase(cb.CharAt(pos - 1))) + --pos; + } else if (IsADigit(startChar)) { + while (pos < length && IsADigit(cb.CharAt(pos))) + ++pos; + } else if (IsPunctuation(startChar)) { + while (pos < length && IsPunctuation(cb.CharAt(pos))) + ++pos; + } else if (isspacechar(startChar)) { + while (pos < length && isspacechar(cb.CharAt(pos))) + ++pos; + } else { + ++pos; + } + return pos; +} + +bool IsLineEndChar(char c) { + return (c == '\n' || c == '\r'); +} + +int Document::ExtendStyleRange(int pos, int delta, bool singleLine) { + int sStart = cb.StyleAt(pos); + if (delta < 0) { + while (pos > 0 && (cb.StyleAt(pos) == sStart) && (!singleLine || !IsLineEndChar(cb.CharAt(pos))) ) + pos--; + pos++; + } else { + while (pos < (Length()) && (cb.StyleAt(pos) == sStart) && (!singleLine || !IsLineEndChar(cb.CharAt(pos))) ) + pos++; + } + return pos; +} + +static char BraceOpposite(char ch) { + switch (ch) { + case '(': + return ')'; + case ')': + return '('; + case '[': + return ']'; + case ']': + return '['; + case '{': + return '}'; + case '}': + return '{'; + case '<': + return '>'; + case '>': + return '<'; + default: + return '\0'; + } +} + +// TODO: should be able to extend styled region to find matching brace +int Document::BraceMatch(int position, int /*maxReStyle*/) { + char chBrace = CharAt(position); + char chSeek = BraceOpposite(chBrace); + if (chSeek == '\0') + return - 1; + char styBrace = static_cast(StyleAt(position) & stylingBitsMask); + int direction = -1; + if (chBrace == '(' || chBrace == '[' || chBrace == '{' || chBrace == '<') + direction = 1; + int depth = 1; + position = position + direction; + while ((position >= 0) && (position < Length())) { + position = MovePositionOutsideChar(position, direction); + char chAtPos = CharAt(position); + char styAtPos = static_cast(StyleAt(position) & stylingBitsMask); + if ((position > GetEndStyled()) || (styAtPos == styBrace)) { + if (chAtPos == chBrace) + depth++; + if (chAtPos == chSeek) + depth--; + if (depth == 0) + return position; + } + position = position + direction; + } + return - 1; +} + +/** + * Implementation of RegexSearchBase for the default built-in regular expression engine + */ +class BuiltinRegex : public RegexSearchBase { +public: + BuiltinRegex(CharClassify *charClassTable) : search(charClassTable), substituted(NULL) {} + + virtual ~BuiltinRegex() { + delete substituted; + } + + virtual long FindText(Document *doc, int minPos, int maxPos, const char *s, + bool caseSensitive, bool word, bool wordStart, int flags, + int *length); + + virtual const char *SubstituteByPosition(Document* doc, const char *text, int *length); + +private: + RESearch search; + char *substituted; +}; + +// Define a way for the Regular Expression code to access the document +class DocumentIndexer : public CharacterIndexer { + Document *pdoc; + int end; +public: + DocumentIndexer(Document *pdoc_, int end_) : + pdoc(pdoc_), end(end_) { + } + + virtual ~DocumentIndexer() { + } + + virtual char CharAt(int index) { + if (index < 0 || index >= end) + return 0; + else + return pdoc->CharAt(index); + } +}; + +long BuiltinRegex::FindText(Document *doc, int minPos, int maxPos, const char *s, + bool caseSensitive, bool, bool, int flags, + int *length) { + bool posix = (flags & SCFIND_POSIX) != 0; + int increment = (minPos <= maxPos) ? 1 : -1; + + int startPos = minPos; + int endPos = maxPos; + + // Range endpoints should not be inside DBCS characters, but just in case, move them. + startPos = doc->MovePositionOutsideChar(startPos, 1, false); + endPos = doc->MovePositionOutsideChar(endPos, 1, false); + + const char *errmsg = search.Compile(s, *length, caseSensitive, posix); + if (errmsg) { + return -1; + } + // Find a variable in a property file: \$(\([A-Za-z0-9_.]+\)) + // Replace first '.' with '-' in each property file variable reference: + // Search: \$(\([A-Za-z0-9_-]+\)\.\([A-Za-z0-9_.]+\)) + // Replace: $(\1-\2) + int lineRangeStart = doc->LineFromPosition(startPos); + int lineRangeEnd = doc->LineFromPosition(endPos); + if ((increment == 1) && + (startPos >= doc->LineEnd(lineRangeStart)) && + (lineRangeStart < lineRangeEnd)) { + // the start position is at end of line or between line end characters. + lineRangeStart++; + startPos = doc->LineStart(lineRangeStart); + } + int pos = -1; + int lenRet = 0; + char searchEnd = s[*length - 1]; + int lineRangeBreak = lineRangeEnd + increment; + for (int line = lineRangeStart; line != lineRangeBreak; line += increment) { + int startOfLine = doc->LineStart(line); + int endOfLine = doc->LineEnd(line); + if (increment == 1) { + if (line == lineRangeStart) { + if ((startPos != startOfLine) && (s[0] == '^')) + continue; // Can't match start of line if start position after start of line + startOfLine = startPos; + } + if (line == lineRangeEnd) { + if ((endPos != endOfLine) && (searchEnd == '$')) + continue; // Can't match end of line if end position before end of line + endOfLine = endPos; + } + } else { + if (line == lineRangeEnd) { + if ((endPos != startOfLine) && (s[0] == '^')) + continue; // Can't match start of line if end position after start of line + startOfLine = endPos; + } + if (line == lineRangeStart) { + if ((startPos != endOfLine) && (searchEnd == '$')) + continue; // Can't match end of line if start position before end of line + endOfLine = startPos; + } + } + + DocumentIndexer di(doc, endOfLine); + int success = search.Execute(di, startOfLine, endOfLine); + if (success) { + pos = search.bopat[0]; + lenRet = search.eopat[0] - search.bopat[0]; + if (increment == -1) { + // Check for the last match on this line. + int repetitions = 1000; // Break out of infinite loop + while (success && (search.eopat[0] <= endOfLine) && (repetitions--)) { + success = search.Execute(di, pos+1, endOfLine); + if (success) { + if (search.eopat[0] <= minPos) { + pos = search.bopat[0]; + lenRet = search.eopat[0] - search.bopat[0]; + } else { + success = 0; + } + } + } + } + break; + } + } + *length = lenRet; + return pos; +} + +const char *BuiltinRegex::SubstituteByPosition(Document* doc, const char *text, int *length) { + delete []substituted; + substituted = 0; + DocumentIndexer di(doc, doc->Length()); + if (!search.GrabMatches(di)) + return 0; + unsigned int lenResult = 0; + for (int i = 0; i < *length; i++) { + if (text[i] == '\\') { + if (text[i + 1] >= '1' && text[i + 1] <= '9') { + unsigned int patNum = text[i + 1] - '0'; + lenResult += search.eopat[patNum] - search.bopat[patNum]; + i++; + } else { + switch (text[i + 1]) { + case 'a': + case 'b': + case 'f': + case 'n': + case 'r': + case 't': + case 'v': + i++; + } + lenResult++; + } + } else { + lenResult++; + } + } + substituted = new char[lenResult + 1]; + if (!substituted) + return 0; + char *o = substituted; + for (int j = 0; j < *length; j++) { + if (text[j] == '\\') { + if (text[j + 1] >= '1' && text[j + 1] <= '9') { + unsigned int patNum = text[j + 1] - '0'; + unsigned int len = search.eopat[patNum] - search.bopat[patNum]; + if (search.pat[patNum]) // Will be null if try for a match that did not occur + memcpy(o, search.pat[patNum], len); + o += len; + j++; + } else { + j++; + switch (text[j]) { + case 'a': + *o++ = '\a'; + break; + case 'b': + *o++ = '\b'; + break; + case 'f': + *o++ = '\f'; + break; + case 'n': + *o++ = '\n'; + break; + case 'r': + *o++ = '\r'; + break; + case 't': + *o++ = '\t'; + break; + case 'v': + *o++ = '\v'; + break; + default: + *o++ = '\\'; + j--; + } + } + } else { + *o++ = text[j]; + } + } + *o = '\0'; + *length = lenResult; + return substituted; +} + +#ifndef SCI_OWNREGEX + +#ifdef SCI_NAMESPACE + +RegexSearchBase *Scintilla::CreateRegexSearch(CharClassify *charClassTable) { + return new BuiltinRegex(charClassTable); +} + +#else + +RegexSearchBase *CreateRegexSearch(CharClassify *charClassTable) { + return new BuiltinRegex(charClassTable); +} + +#endif + +#endif diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/Document.h b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/Document.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6ff6c2d719 --- /dev/null +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/Document.h @@ -0,0 +1,384 @@ +// Scintilla source code edit control +/** @file Document.h + ** Text document that handles notifications, DBCS, styling, words and end of line. + **/ +// Copyright 1998-2003 by Neil Hodgson +// The License.txt file describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed. + +#ifndef DOCUMENT_H +#define DOCUMENT_H + +#ifdef SCI_NAMESPACE +namespace Scintilla { +#endif + +/** + * A Position is a position within a document between two characters or at the beginning or end. + * Sometimes used as a character index where it identifies the character after the position. + */ +typedef int Position; +const Position invalidPosition = -1; + +/** + * The range class represents a range of text in a document. + * The two values are not sorted as one end may be more significant than the other + * as is the case for the selection where the end position is the position of the caret. + * If either position is invalidPosition then the range is invalid and most operations will fail. + */ +class Range { +public: + Position start; + Position end; + + Range(Position pos=0) : + start(pos), end(pos) { + }; + Range(Position start_, Position end_) : + start(start_), end(end_) { + }; + + bool Valid() const { + return (start != invalidPosition) && (end != invalidPosition); + } + + // Is the position within the range? + bool Contains(Position pos) const { + if (start < end) { + return (pos >= start && pos <= end); + } else { + return (pos <= start && pos >= end); + } + } + + // Is the character after pos within the range? + bool ContainsCharacter(Position pos) const { + if (start < end) { + return (pos >= start && pos < end); + } else { + return (pos < start && pos >= end); + } + } + + bool Contains(Range other) const { + return Contains(other.start) && Contains(other.end); + } + + bool Overlaps(Range other) const { + return + Contains(other.start) || + Contains(other.end) || + other.Contains(start) || + other.Contains(end); + } +}; + +class DocWatcher; +class DocModification; +class Document; + +/** + * Interface class for regular expression searching + */ +class RegexSearchBase { +public: + virtual ~RegexSearchBase(){} + + virtual long FindText(Document* doc, int minPos, int maxPos, const char *s, + bool caseSensitive, bool word, bool wordStart, int flags, int *length) = 0; + + ///@return String with the substitutions, must remain valid until the next call or destruction + virtual const char *SubstituteByPosition(Document* doc, const char *text, int *length) = 0; +}; + +/// Factory function for RegexSearchBase +extern RegexSearchBase* CreateRegexSearch(CharClassify *charClassTable); + +struct StyledText { + size_t length; + const char *text; + bool multipleStyles; + size_t style; + const unsigned char *styles; + StyledText( size_t length_, const char *text_, bool multipleStyles_, int style_, const unsigned char *styles_) : + length(length_), text(text_), multipleStyles(multipleStyles_), style(style_), styles(styles_) { + } + // Return number of bytes from start to before '\n' or end of text. + // Return 1 when start is outside text + size_t LineLength(size_t start) const { + size_t cur = start; + while ((cur < length) && (text[cur] != '\n')) + cur++; + return cur-start; + } + size_t StyleAt(size_t i) const { + return multipleStyles ? styles[i] : style; + } +}; + +/** + */ +class Document : PerLine { + +public: + /** Used to pair watcher pointer with user data. */ + class WatcherWithUserData { + public: + DocWatcher *watcher; + void *userData; + WatcherWithUserData() { + watcher = 0; + userData = 0; + } + }; + + enum charClassification { ccSpace, ccNewLine, ccWord, ccPunctuation }; +private: + int refCount; + CellBuffer cb; + CharClassify charClass; + char stylingMask; + int endStyled; + int styleClock; + int enteredModification; + int enteredStyling; + int enteredReadOnlyCount; + + WatcherWithUserData *watchers; + int lenWatchers; + + // ldSize is not real data - it is for dimensions and loops + enum lineData { ldMarkers, ldLevels, ldState, ldMargin, ldAnnotation, ldSize }; + PerLine *perLineData[ldSize]; + + bool matchesValid; + RegexSearchBase* regex; + +public: + int stylingBits; + int stylingBitsMask; + + int eolMode; + /// Can also be SC_CP_UTF8 to enable UTF-8 mode + int dbcsCodePage; + int tabInChars; + int indentInChars; + int actualIndentInChars; + bool useTabs; + bool tabIndents; + bool backspaceUnindents; + + DecorationList decorations; + + Document(); + virtual ~Document(); + + int AddRef(); + int Release(); + + virtual void InsertLine(int line); + virtual void RemoveLine(int line); + + int LineFromPosition(int pos); + int ClampPositionIntoDocument(int pos); + bool IsCrLf(int pos); + int LenChar(int pos); + bool InGoodUTF8(int pos, int &start, int &end); + int MovePositionOutsideChar(int pos, int moveDir, bool checkLineEnd=true); + + // Gateways to modifying document + void ModifiedAt(int pos); + void CheckReadOnly(); + bool DeleteChars(int pos, int len); + bool InsertString(int position, const char *s, int insertLength); + int Undo(); + int Redo(); + bool CanUndo() { return cb.CanUndo(); } + bool CanRedo() { return cb.CanRedo(); } + void DeleteUndoHistory() { cb.DeleteUndoHistory(); } + bool SetUndoCollection(bool collectUndo) { + return cb.SetUndoCollection(collectUndo); + } + bool IsCollectingUndo() { return cb.IsCollectingUndo(); } + void BeginUndoAction() { cb.BeginUndoAction(); } + void EndUndoAction() { cb.EndUndoAction(); } + void AddUndoAction(int token, bool mayCoalesce) { cb.AddUndoAction(token, mayCoalesce); } + void SetSavePoint(); + bool IsSavePoint() { return cb.IsSavePoint(); } + const char *BufferPointer() { return cb.BufferPointer(); } + + int GetLineIndentation(int line); + void SetLineIndentation(int line, int indent); + int GetLineIndentPosition(int line) const; + int GetColumn(int position); + int FindColumn(int line, int column); + void Indent(bool forwards, int lineBottom, int lineTop); + static char *TransformLineEnds(int *pLenOut, const char *s, size_t len, int eolMode); + void ConvertLineEnds(int eolModeSet); + void SetReadOnly(bool set) { cb.SetReadOnly(set); } + bool IsReadOnly() { return cb.IsReadOnly(); } + + bool InsertChar(int pos, char ch); + bool InsertCString(int position, const char *s); + void ChangeChar(int pos, char ch); + void DelChar(int pos); + void DelCharBack(int pos); + + char CharAt(int position) { return cb.CharAt(position); } + void GetCharRange(char *buffer, int position, int lengthRetrieve) { + cb.GetCharRange(buffer, position, lengthRetrieve); + } + char StyleAt(int position) { return cb.StyleAt(position); } + int GetMark(int line); + int AddMark(int line, int markerNum); + void AddMarkSet(int line, int valueSet); + void DeleteMark(int line, int markerNum); + void DeleteMarkFromHandle(int markerHandle); + void DeleteAllMarks(int markerNum); + int LineFromHandle(int markerHandle); + int LineStart(int line) const; + int LineEnd(int line) const; + int LineEndPosition(int position); + int VCHomePosition(int position); + + int SetLevel(int line, int level); + int GetLevel(int line); + void ClearLevels(); + int GetLastChild(int lineParent, int level=-1); + int GetFoldParent(int line); + + void Indent(bool forwards); + int ExtendWordSelect(int pos, int delta, bool onlyWordCharacters=false); + int NextWordStart(int pos, int delta); + int NextWordEnd(int pos, int delta); + int Length() const { return cb.Length(); } + void Allocate(int newSize) { cb.Allocate(newSize); } + long FindText(int minPos, int maxPos, const char *s, + bool caseSensitive, bool word, bool wordStart, bool regExp, int flags, int *length); + long FindText(int iMessage, unsigned long wParam, long lParam); + const char *SubstituteByPosition(const char *text, int *length); + int LinesTotal() const; + + void ChangeCase(Range r, bool makeUpperCase); + + void SetDefaultCharClasses(bool includeWordClass); + void SetCharClasses(const unsigned char *chars, CharClassify::cc newCharClass); + void SetStylingBits(int bits); + void StartStyling(int position, char mask); + bool SetStyleFor(int length, char style); + bool SetStyles(int length, const char *styles); + int GetEndStyled() { return endStyled; } + void EnsureStyledTo(int pos); + int GetStyleClock() { return styleClock; } + void IncrementStyleClock(); + void DecorationFillRange(int position, int value, int fillLength); + + int SetLineState(int line, int state); + int GetLineState(int line); + int GetMaxLineState(); + + StyledText MarginStyledText(int line); + void MarginSetStyle(int line, int style); + void MarginSetStyles(int line, const unsigned char *styles); + void MarginSetText(int line, const char *text); + int MarginLength(int line) const; + void MarginClearAll(); + + bool AnnotationAny() const; + StyledText AnnotationStyledText(int line); + void AnnotationSetText(int line, const char *text); + void AnnotationSetStyle(int line, int style); + void AnnotationSetStyles(int line, const unsigned char *styles); + int AnnotationLength(int line) const; + int AnnotationLines(int line) const; + void AnnotationClearAll(); + + bool AddWatcher(DocWatcher *watcher, void *userData); + bool RemoveWatcher(DocWatcher *watcher, void *userData); + const WatcherWithUserData *GetWatchers() const { return watchers; } + int GetLenWatchers() const { return lenWatchers; } + + bool IsWordPartSeparator(char ch); + int WordPartLeft(int pos); + int WordPartRight(int pos); + int ExtendStyleRange(int pos, int delta, bool singleLine = false); + bool IsWhiteLine(int line) const; + int ParaUp(int pos); + int ParaDown(int pos); + int IndentSize() { return actualIndentInChars; } + int BraceMatch(int position, int maxReStyle); + +private: + CharClassify::cc WordCharClass(unsigned char ch); + bool IsWordStartAt(int pos); + bool IsWordEndAt(int pos); + bool IsWordAt(int start, int end); + + void NotifyModifyAttempt(); + void NotifySavePoint(bool atSavePoint); + void NotifyModified(DocModification mh); +}; + +/** + * To optimise processing of document modifications by DocWatchers, a hint is passed indicating the + * scope of the change. + * If the DocWatcher is a document view then this can be used to optimise screen updating. + */ +class DocModification { +public: + int modificationType; + int position; + int length; + int linesAdded; /**< Negative if lines deleted. */ + const char *text; /**< Only valid for changes to text, not for changes to style. */ + int line; + int foldLevelNow; + int foldLevelPrev; + int annotationLinesAdded; + int token; + + DocModification(int modificationType_, int position_=0, int length_=0, + int linesAdded_=0, const char *text_=0, int line_=0) : + modificationType(modificationType_), + position(position_), + length(length_), + linesAdded(linesAdded_), + text(text_), + line(line_), + foldLevelNow(0), + foldLevelPrev(0), + annotationLinesAdded(0), + token(0) {} + + DocModification(int modificationType_, const Action &act, int linesAdded_=0) : + modificationType(modificationType_), + position(act.position), + length(act.lenData), + linesAdded(linesAdded_), + text(act.data), + line(0), + foldLevelNow(0), + foldLevelPrev(0), + annotationLinesAdded(0), + token(0) {} +}; + +/** + * A class that wants to receive notifications from a Document must be derived from DocWatcher + * and implement the notification methods. It can then be added to the watcher list with AddWatcher. + */ +class DocWatcher { +public: + virtual ~DocWatcher() {} + + virtual void NotifyModifyAttempt(Document *doc, void *userData) = 0; + virtual void NotifySavePoint(Document *doc, void *userData, bool atSavePoint) = 0; + virtual void NotifyModified(Document *doc, DocModification mh, void *userData) = 0; + virtual void NotifyDeleted(Document *doc, void *userData) = 0; + virtual void NotifyStyleNeeded(Document *doc, void *userData, int endPos) = 0; +}; + +#ifdef SCI_NAMESPACE +} +#endif + +#endif diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/DocumentAccessor.cpp b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/DocumentAccessor.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a25979dc2c --- /dev/null +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/DocumentAccessor.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,199 @@ +// Scintilla source code edit control +/** @file DocumentAccessor.cxx + ** Rapid easy access to contents of a Scintilla. + **/ +// Copyright 1998-2001 by Neil Hodgson +// The License.txt file describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed. + +#include +#include +#include +#include + +#include "Platform.h" + +#include "PropSet.h" +#include "Accessor.h" +#include "DocumentAccessor.h" +#include "SplitVector.h" +#include "Partitioning.h" +#include "RunStyles.h" +#include "CellBuffer.h" +#include "Scintilla.h" +#include "CharClassify.h" +#include "Decoration.h" +#include "Document.h" + +#ifdef SCI_NAMESPACE +using namespace Scintilla; +#endif + +DocumentAccessor::~DocumentAccessor() { +} + +bool DocumentAccessor::InternalIsLeadByte(char ch) { + if (SC_CP_UTF8 == codePage) + // For lexing, all characters >= 0x80 are treated the + // same so none is considered a lead byte. + return false; + else + return Platform::IsDBCSLeadByte(codePage, ch); +} + +void DocumentAccessor::Fill(int position) { + if (lenDoc == -1) + lenDoc = pdoc->Length(); + startPos = position - slopSize; + if (startPos + bufferSize > lenDoc) + startPos = lenDoc - bufferSize; + if (startPos < 0) + startPos = 0; + endPos = startPos + bufferSize; + if (endPos > lenDoc) + endPos = lenDoc; + + pdoc->GetCharRange(buf, startPos, endPos-startPos); + buf[endPos-startPos] = '\0'; +} + +bool DocumentAccessor::Match(int pos, const char *s) { + for (int i=0; *s; i++) { + if (*s != SafeGetCharAt(pos+i)) + return false; + s++; + } + return true; +} + +char DocumentAccessor::StyleAt(int position) { + // Mask off all bits which aren't in the 'mask'. + return static_cast(pdoc->StyleAt(position) & mask); +} + +int DocumentAccessor::GetLine(int position) { + return pdoc->LineFromPosition(position); +} + +int DocumentAccessor::LineStart(int line) { + return pdoc->LineStart(line); +} + +int DocumentAccessor::LevelAt(int line) { + return pdoc->GetLevel(line); +} + +int DocumentAccessor::Length() { + if (lenDoc == -1) + lenDoc = pdoc->Length(); + return lenDoc; +} + +int DocumentAccessor::GetLineState(int line) { + return pdoc->GetLineState(line); +} + +int DocumentAccessor::SetLineState(int line, int state) { + return pdoc->SetLineState(line, state); +} + +void DocumentAccessor::StartAt(unsigned int start, char chMask) { + // Store the mask specified for use with StyleAt. + mask = chMask; + pdoc->StartStyling(start, chMask); + startPosStyling = start; +} + +void DocumentAccessor::StartSegment(unsigned int pos) { + startSeg = pos; +} + +void DocumentAccessor::ColourTo(unsigned int pos, int chAttr) { + // Only perform styling if non empty range + if (pos != startSeg - 1) { + PLATFORM_ASSERT(pos >= startSeg); + if (pos < startSeg) { + return; + } + + if (validLen + (pos - startSeg + 1) >= bufferSize) + Flush(); + if (validLen + (pos - startSeg + 1) >= bufferSize) { + // Too big for buffer so send directly + pdoc->SetStyleFor(pos - startSeg + 1, static_cast(chAttr)); + } else { + if (chAttr != chWhile) + chFlags = 0; + chAttr |= chFlags; + for (unsigned int i = startSeg; i <= pos; i++) { + PLATFORM_ASSERT((startPosStyling + validLen) < Length()); + styleBuf[validLen++] = static_cast(chAttr); + } + } + } + startSeg = pos+1; +} + +void DocumentAccessor::SetLevel(int line, int level) { + pdoc->SetLevel(line, level); +} + +void DocumentAccessor::Flush() { + startPos = extremePosition; + lenDoc = -1; + if (validLen > 0) { + pdoc->SetStyles(validLen, styleBuf); + startPosStyling += validLen; + validLen = 0; + } +} + +int DocumentAccessor::IndentAmount(int line, int *flags, PFNIsCommentLeader pfnIsCommentLeader) { + int end = Length(); + int spaceFlags = 0; + + // Determines the indentation level of the current line and also checks for consistent + // indentation compared to the previous line. + // Indentation is judged consistent when the indentation whitespace of each line lines + // the same or the indentation of one line is a prefix of the other. + + int pos = LineStart(line); + char ch = (*this)[pos]; + int indent = 0; + bool inPrevPrefix = line > 0; + int posPrev = inPrevPrefix ? LineStart(line-1) : 0; + while ((ch == ' ' || ch == '\t') && (pos < end)) { + if (inPrevPrefix) { + char chPrev = (*this)[posPrev++]; + if (chPrev == ' ' || chPrev == '\t') { + if (chPrev != ch) + spaceFlags |= wsInconsistent; + } else { + inPrevPrefix = false; + } + } + if (ch == ' ') { + spaceFlags |= wsSpace; + indent++; + } else { // Tab + spaceFlags |= wsTab; + if (spaceFlags & wsSpace) + spaceFlags |= wsSpaceTab; + indent = (indent / 8 + 1) * 8; + } + ch = (*this)[++pos]; + } + + *flags = spaceFlags; + indent += SC_FOLDLEVELBASE; + // if completely empty line or the start of a comment... + if ((ch == ' ' || ch == '\t' || ch == '\n' || ch == '\r') || + (pfnIsCommentLeader && (*pfnIsCommentLeader)(*this, pos, end-pos)) ) + return indent | SC_FOLDLEVELWHITEFLAG; + else + return indent; +} + +void DocumentAccessor::IndicatorFill(int start, int end, int indicator, int value) { + pdoc->decorations.SetCurrentIndicator(indicator); + pdoc->DecorationFillRange(start, value, end - start); +} diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/DocumentAccessor.h b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/DocumentAccessor.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a3a939d0d3 --- /dev/null +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/DocumentAccessor.h @@ -0,0 +1,76 @@ +// Scintilla source code edit control +/** @file DocumentAccessor.h + ** Implementation of BufferAccess and StylingAccess on a Scintilla + ** rapid easy access to contents of a Scintilla. + **/ +// Copyright 1998-2001 by Neil Hodgson +// The License.txt file describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed. + +#ifdef SCI_NAMESPACE +namespace Scintilla { +#endif + +class Document; + +/** + */ +class DocumentAccessor : public Accessor { + // Private so DocumentAccessor objects can not be copied + DocumentAccessor(const DocumentAccessor &source) : Accessor(), props(source.props) {} + DocumentAccessor &operator=(const DocumentAccessor &) { return *this; } + +protected: + Document *pdoc; + PropSet &props; + WindowID id; + int lenDoc; + + char styleBuf[bufferSize]; + int validLen; + char chFlags; + char chWhile; + unsigned int startSeg; + int startPosStyling; + int mask; + + bool InternalIsLeadByte(char ch); + void Fill(int position); + +public: + DocumentAccessor(Document *pdoc_, PropSet &props_, WindowID id_=0) : + Accessor(), pdoc(pdoc_), props(props_), id(id_), + lenDoc(-1), validLen(0), chFlags(0), chWhile(0), + startSeg(0), startPosStyling(0), + mask(127) { // Initialize the mask to be big enough for any lexer. + } + ~DocumentAccessor(); + bool Match(int pos, const char *s); + char StyleAt(int position); + int GetLine(int position); + int LineStart(int line); + int LevelAt(int line); + int Length(); + void Flush(); + int GetLineState(int line); + int SetLineState(int line, int state); + int GetPropertyInt(const char *key, int defaultValue=0) { + return props.GetInt(key, defaultValue); + } + char *GetProperties() { + return props.ToString(); + } + WindowID GetWindow() { return id; } + + void StartAt(unsigned int start, char chMask=31); + void SetFlags(char chFlags_, char chWhile_) {chFlags = chFlags_; chWhile = chWhile_; }; + unsigned int GetStartSegment() { return startSeg; } + void StartSegment(unsigned int pos); + void ColourTo(unsigned int pos, int chAttr); + void SetLevel(int line, int level); + int IndentAmount(int line, int *flags, PFNIsCommentLeader pfnIsCommentLeader = 0); + void IndicatorFill(int start, int end, int indicator, int value); +}; + +#ifdef SCI_NAMESPACE +} +#endif diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/Editor.cpp b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/Editor.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6216681147 --- /dev/null +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/Editor.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,7990 @@ +// Scintilla source code edit control +/** @file Editor.cxx + ** Main code for the edit control. + **/ +// Copyright 1998-2004 by Neil Hodgson +// The License.txt file describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed. + +#include +#include +#include +#include + +#include "Platform.h" + +#ifndef PLAT_QT +#define INCLUDE_DEPRECATED_FEATURES +#endif +#include "Scintilla.h" + +#include "SplitVector.h" +#include "Partitioning.h" +#include "RunStyles.h" +#include "ContractionState.h" +#include "CellBuffer.h" +#include "KeyMap.h" +#include "Indicator.h" +#include "XPM.h" +#include "LineMarker.h" +#include "Style.h" +#include "ViewStyle.h" +#include "CharClassify.h" +#include "Decoration.h" +#include "Document.h" +#include "PositionCache.h" +#include "Editor.h" + +#ifdef SCI_NAMESPACE +using namespace Scintilla; +#endif + +/* + return whether this modification represents an operation that + may reasonably be deferred (not done now OR [possibly] at all) +*/ +static bool CanDeferToLastStep(const DocModification& mh) { + if (mh.modificationType & (SC_MOD_BEFOREINSERT | SC_MOD_BEFOREDELETE)) + return true; // CAN skip + if (!(mh.modificationType & (SC_PERFORMED_UNDO | SC_PERFORMED_REDO))) + return false; // MUST do + if (mh.modificationType & SC_MULTISTEPUNDOREDO) + return true; // CAN skip + return false; // PRESUMABLY must do +} + +static bool CanEliminate(const DocModification& mh) { + return + (mh.modificationType & (SC_MOD_BEFOREINSERT | SC_MOD_BEFOREDELETE)) != 0; +} + +/* + return whether this modification represents the FINAL step + in a [possibly lengthy] multi-step Undo/Redo sequence +*/ +static bool IsLastStep(const DocModification& mh) { + return + (mh.modificationType & (SC_PERFORMED_UNDO | SC_PERFORMED_REDO)) != 0 + && (mh.modificationType & SC_MULTISTEPUNDOREDO) != 0 + && (mh.modificationType & SC_LASTSTEPINUNDOREDO) != 0 + && (mh.modificationType & SC_MULTILINEUNDOREDO) != 0; +} + +Caret::Caret() : + active(false), on(false), period(500) {} + +Timer::Timer() : + ticking(false), ticksToWait(0), tickerID(0) {} + +Idler::Idler() : + state(false), idlerID(0) {} + +static inline bool IsControlCharacter(int ch) { + // iscntrl returns true for lots of chars > 127 which are displayable + return ch >= 0 && ch < ' '; +} + +Editor::Editor() { + ctrlID = 0; + + stylesValid = false; + + printMagnification = 0; + printColourMode = SC_PRINT_NORMAL; + printWrapState = eWrapWord; + cursorMode = SC_CURSORNORMAL; + controlCharSymbol = 0; /* Draw the control characters */ + + hasFocus = false; + hideSelection = false; + inOverstrike = false; + errorStatus = 0; + mouseDownCaptures = true; + + bufferedDraw = true; + twoPhaseDraw = true; + + lastClickTime = 0; + dwellDelay = SC_TIME_FOREVER; + ticksToDwell = SC_TIME_FOREVER; + dwelling = false; + ptMouseLast.x = 0; + ptMouseLast.y = 0; + inDragDrop = ddNone; + dropWentOutside = false; + posDrag = invalidPosition; + posDrop = invalidPosition; + selectionType = selChar; + + lastXChosen = 0; + lineAnchor = 0; + originalAnchorPos = 0; + + selType = selStream; + moveExtendsSelection = false; + xStartSelect = 0; + xEndSelect = 0; + primarySelection = true; + + caretXPolicy = CARET_SLOP | CARET_EVEN; + caretXSlop = 50; + + caretYPolicy = CARET_EVEN; + caretYSlop = 0; + + searchAnchor = 0; + + xOffset = 0; + xCaretMargin = 50; + horizontalScrollBarVisible = true; + scrollWidth = 2000; + trackLineWidth = false; + lineWidthMaxSeen = 0; + verticalScrollBarVisible = true; + endAtLastLine = true; + caretSticky = false; + + pixmapLine = Surface::Allocate(); + pixmapSelMargin = Surface::Allocate(); + pixmapSelPattern = Surface::Allocate(); + pixmapIndentGuide = Surface::Allocate(); + pixmapIndentGuideHighlight = Surface::Allocate(); + + currentPos = 0; + anchor = 0; + + targetStart = 0; + targetEnd = 0; + searchFlags = 0; + + topLine = 0; + posTopLine = 0; + + lengthForEncode = -1; + + needUpdateUI = true; + braces[0] = invalidPosition; + braces[1] = invalidPosition; + bracesMatchStyle = STYLE_BRACEBAD; + highlightGuideColumn = 0; + + theEdge = 0; + + paintState = notPainting; + + modEventMask = SC_MODEVENTMASKALL; + + pdoc = new Document(); + pdoc->AddRef(); + pdoc->AddWatcher(this, 0); + + recordingMacro = false; + foldFlags = 0; + + wrapState = eWrapNone; + wrapWidth = LineLayout::wrapWidthInfinite; + wrapStart = wrapLineLarge; + wrapEnd = wrapLineLarge; + wrapVisualFlags = 0; + wrapVisualFlagsLocation = 0; + wrapVisualStartIndent = 0; + actualWrapVisualStartIndent = 0; + + convertPastes = true; + + hsStart = -1; + hsEnd = -1; + + llc.SetLevel(LineLayoutCache::llcCaret); + posCache.SetSize(0x400); +} + +Editor::~Editor() { + pdoc->RemoveWatcher(this, 0); + pdoc->Release(); + pdoc = 0; + DropGraphics(); + delete pixmapLine; + delete pixmapSelMargin; + delete pixmapSelPattern; + delete pixmapIndentGuide; + delete pixmapIndentGuideHighlight; +} + +void Editor::Finalise() { + SetIdle(false); + CancelModes(); +} + +void Editor::DropGraphics() { + pixmapLine->Release(); + pixmapSelMargin->Release(); + pixmapSelPattern->Release(); + pixmapIndentGuide->Release(); + pixmapIndentGuideHighlight->Release(); +} + +void Editor::InvalidateStyleData() { + stylesValid = false; + DropGraphics(); + palette.Release(); + llc.Invalidate(LineLayout::llInvalid); + posCache.Clear(); + if (selType == selRectangle) { + xStartSelect = XFromPosition(anchor); + xEndSelect = XFromPosition(currentPos); + } +} + +void Editor::InvalidateStyleRedraw() { + NeedWrapping(); + InvalidateStyleData(); + Redraw(); +} + +void Editor::RefreshColourPalette(Palette &pal, bool want) { + vs.RefreshColourPalette(pal, want); +} + +void Editor::RefreshStyleData() { + if (!stylesValid) { + stylesValid = true; + AutoSurface surface(this); + if (surface) { + vs.Refresh(*surface); + RefreshColourPalette(palette, true); + palette.Allocate(wMain); + RefreshColourPalette(palette, false); + } + SetScrollBars(); + } +} + +PRectangle Editor::GetClientRectangle() { + return wMain.GetClientPosition(); +} + +PRectangle Editor::GetTextRectangle() { + PRectangle rc = GetClientRectangle(); + rc.left += vs.fixedColumnWidth; + rc.right -= vs.rightMarginWidth; + return rc; +} + +int Editor::LinesOnScreen() { + PRectangle rcClient = GetClientRectangle(); + int htClient = rcClient.bottom - rcClient.top; + //Platform::DebugPrintf("lines on screen = %d\n", htClient / lineHeight + 1); + return htClient / vs.lineHeight; +} + +int Editor::LinesToScroll() { + int retVal = LinesOnScreen() - 1; + if (retVal < 1) + return 1; + else + return retVal; +} + +int Editor::MaxScrollPos() { + //Platform::DebugPrintf("Lines %d screen = %d maxScroll = %d\n", + //LinesTotal(), LinesOnScreen(), LinesTotal() - LinesOnScreen() + 1); + int retVal = cs.LinesDisplayed(); + if (endAtLastLine) { + retVal -= LinesOnScreen(); + } else { + retVal--; + } + if (retVal < 0) { + return 0; + } else { + return retVal; + } +} + +const char *ControlCharacterString(unsigned char ch) { + const char *reps[] = { + "NUL", "SOH", "STX", "ETX", "EOT", "ENQ", "ACK", "BEL", + "BS", "HT", "LF", "VT", "FF", "CR", "SO", "SI", + "DLE", "DC1", "DC2", "DC3", "DC4", "NAK", "SYN", "ETB", + "CAN", "EM", "SUB", "ESC", "FS", "GS", "RS", "US" + }; + if (ch < (sizeof(reps) / sizeof(reps[0]))) { + return reps[ch]; + } else { + return "BAD"; + } +} + +/** + * Convenience class to ensure LineLayout objects are always disposed. + */ +class AutoLineLayout { + LineLayoutCache &llc; + LineLayout *ll; + AutoLineLayout &operator=(const AutoLineLayout &) { return * this; } +public: + AutoLineLayout(LineLayoutCache &llc_, LineLayout *ll_) : llc(llc_), ll(ll_) {} + ~AutoLineLayout() { + llc.Dispose(ll); + ll = 0; + } + LineLayout *operator->() const { + return ll; + } + operator LineLayout *() const { + return ll; + } + void Set(LineLayout *ll_) { + llc.Dispose(ll); + ll = ll_; + } +}; + +#ifdef SCI_NAMESPACE +namespace Scintilla { +#endif + +/** + * Allows to iterate through the lines of a selection. + * Althought it can be called for a stream selection, in most cases + * it is inefficient and it should be used only for + * a rectangular or a line selection. + */ +class SelectionLineIterator { +private: + Editor *ed; + int line; ///< Current line within the iteration. + bool forward; ///< True if iterating by increasing line number, false otherwise. + int selStart, selEnd; ///< Positions of the start and end of the selection relative to the start of the document. + int minX, maxX; ///< Left and right of selection rectangle. + +public: + int lineStart, lineEnd; ///< Line numbers, first and last lines of the selection. + int startPos, endPos; ///< Positions of the beginning and end of the selection on the current line. + + void Reset() { + if (forward) { + line = lineStart; + } else { + line = lineEnd; + } + } + + SelectionLineIterator(Editor *ed_, bool forward_ = true) : line(0), startPos(0), endPos(0) { + ed = ed_; + forward = forward_; + selStart = ed->SelectionStart(); + selEnd = ed->SelectionEnd(); + lineStart = ed->pdoc->LineFromPosition(selStart); + lineEnd = ed->pdoc->LineFromPosition(selEnd); + // Left of rectangle + minX = Platform::Minimum(ed->xStartSelect, ed->xEndSelect); + // Right of rectangle + maxX = Platform::Maximum(ed->xStartSelect, ed->xEndSelect); + Reset(); + } + ~SelectionLineIterator() {} + + void SetAt(int line) { + if (line < lineStart || line > lineEnd) { + startPos = endPos = INVALID_POSITION; + } else { + if (ed->selType == ed->selRectangle) { + // Measure line and return character closest to minX + startPos = ed->PositionFromLineX(line, minX); + // Measure line and return character closest to maxX + endPos = ed->PositionFromLineX(line, maxX); + } else if (ed->selType == ed->selLines) { + startPos = ed->pdoc->LineStart(line); + endPos = ed->pdoc->LineStart(line + 1); + } else { // Stream selection, here only for completion + if (line == lineStart) { + startPos = selStart; + } else { + startPos = ed->pdoc->LineStart(line); + } + if (line == lineEnd) { + endPos = selEnd; + } else { + endPos = ed->pdoc->LineStart(line + 1); + } + } + } + } + bool Iterate() { + SetAt(line); + if (forward) { + line++; + } else { + line--; + } + return startPos != INVALID_POSITION; + } +}; + +#ifdef SCI_NAMESPACE +} +#endif + +Point Editor::LocationFromPosition(int pos) { + Point pt; + RefreshStyleData(); + if (pos == INVALID_POSITION) + return pt; + int line = pdoc->LineFromPosition(pos); + int lineVisible = cs.DisplayFromDoc(line); + //Platform::DebugPrintf("line=%d\n", line); + AutoSurface surface(this); + AutoLineLayout ll(llc, RetrieveLineLayout(line)); + if (surface && ll) { + // -1 because of adding in for visible lines in following loop. + pt.y = (lineVisible - topLine - 1) * vs.lineHeight; + pt.x = 0; + unsigned int posLineStart = pdoc->LineStart(line); + LayoutLine(line, surface, vs, ll, wrapWidth); + int posInLine = pos - posLineStart; + // In case of very long line put x at arbitrary large position + if (posInLine > ll->maxLineLength) { + pt.x = ll->positions[ll->maxLineLength] - ll->positions[ll->LineStart(ll->lines)]; + } + + for (int subLine = 0; subLine < ll->lines; subLine++) { + if ((posInLine >= ll->LineStart(subLine)) && (posInLine <= ll->LineStart(subLine + 1))) { + pt.x = ll->positions[posInLine] - ll->positions[ll->LineStart(subLine)]; + if (actualWrapVisualStartIndent != 0) { + int lineStart = ll->LineStart(subLine); + if (lineStart != 0) // Wrapped + pt.x += actualWrapVisualStartIndent * vs.aveCharWidth; + } + } + if (posInLine >= ll->LineStart(subLine)) { + pt.y += vs.lineHeight; + } + } + pt.x += vs.fixedColumnWidth - xOffset; + } + return pt; +} + +int Editor::XFromPosition(int pos) { + Point pt = LocationFromPosition(pos); + return pt.x - vs.fixedColumnWidth + xOffset; +} + +int Editor::LineFromLocation(Point pt) { + return cs.DocFromDisplay(pt.y / vs.lineHeight + topLine); +} + +void Editor::SetTopLine(int topLineNew) { + topLine = topLineNew; + posTopLine = pdoc->LineStart(cs.DocFromDisplay(topLine)); +} + +int Editor::PositionFromLocation(Point pt) { + RefreshStyleData(); + pt.x = pt.x - vs.fixedColumnWidth + xOffset; + int visibleLine = pt.y / vs.lineHeight + topLine; + if (pt.y < 0) { // Division rounds towards 0 + visibleLine = (pt.y - (vs.lineHeight - 1)) / vs.lineHeight + topLine; + } + if (visibleLine < 0) + visibleLine = 0; + int lineDoc = cs.DocFromDisplay(visibleLine); + if (lineDoc >= pdoc->LinesTotal()) + return pdoc->Length(); + unsigned int posLineStart = pdoc->LineStart(lineDoc); + int retVal = posLineStart; + AutoSurface surface(this); + AutoLineLayout ll(llc, RetrieveLineLayout(lineDoc)); + if (surface && ll) { + LayoutLine(lineDoc, surface, vs, ll, wrapWidth); + int lineStartSet = cs.DisplayFromDoc(lineDoc); + int subLine = visibleLine - lineStartSet; + if (subLine < ll->lines) { + int lineStart = ll->LineStart(subLine); + int lineEnd = ll->LineLastVisible(subLine); + int subLineStart = ll->positions[lineStart]; + + if (actualWrapVisualStartIndent != 0) { + if (lineStart != 0) // Wrapped + pt.x -= actualWrapVisualStartIndent * vs.aveCharWidth; + } + int i = ll->FindBefore(pt.x + subLineStart, lineStart, lineEnd); + while (i < lineEnd) { + if ((pt.x + subLineStart) < ((ll->positions[i] + ll->positions[i + 1]) / 2)) { + return pdoc->MovePositionOutsideChar(i + posLineStart, 1); + } + i++; + } + return lineEnd + posLineStart; + } + retVal = ll->numCharsInLine + posLineStart; + } + return retVal; +} + +// Like PositionFromLocation but INVALID_POSITION returned when not near any text. +int Editor::PositionFromLocationClose(Point pt) { + RefreshStyleData(); + PRectangle rcClient = GetTextRectangle(); + if (!rcClient.Contains(pt)) + return INVALID_POSITION; + if (pt.x < vs.fixedColumnWidth) + return INVALID_POSITION; + if (pt.y < 0) + return INVALID_POSITION; + pt.x = pt.x - vs.fixedColumnWidth + xOffset; + int visibleLine = pt.y / vs.lineHeight + topLine; + if (pt.y < 0) { // Division rounds towards 0 + visibleLine = (pt.y - (vs.lineHeight - 1)) / vs.lineHeight + topLine; + } + int lineDoc = cs.DocFromDisplay(visibleLine); + if (lineDoc < 0) + return INVALID_POSITION; + if (lineDoc >= pdoc->LinesTotal()) + return INVALID_POSITION; + AutoSurface surface(this); + AutoLineLayout ll(llc, RetrieveLineLayout(lineDoc)); + if (surface && ll) { + LayoutLine(lineDoc, surface, vs, ll, wrapWidth); + unsigned int posLineStart = pdoc->LineStart(lineDoc); + int lineStartSet = cs.DisplayFromDoc(lineDoc); + int subLine = visibleLine - lineStartSet; + if (subLine < ll->lines) { + int lineStart = ll->LineStart(subLine); + int lineEnd = ll->LineLastVisible(subLine); + int subLineStart = ll->positions[lineStart]; + + if (actualWrapVisualStartIndent != 0) { + if (lineStart != 0) // Wrapped + pt.x -= actualWrapVisualStartIndent * vs.aveCharWidth; + } + int i = ll->FindBefore(pt.x + subLineStart, lineStart, lineEnd); + while (i < lineEnd) { + if ((pt.x + subLineStart) < ((ll->positions[i] + ll->positions[i + 1]) / 2)) { + return pdoc->MovePositionOutsideChar(i + posLineStart, 1); + } + i++; + } + if (pt.x < (ll->positions[lineEnd] - subLineStart)) { + return pdoc->MovePositionOutsideChar(lineEnd + posLineStart, 1); + } + } + } + + return INVALID_POSITION; +} + +/** + * Find the document position corresponding to an x coordinate on a particular document line. + * Ensure is between whole characters when document is in multi-byte or UTF-8 mode. + */ +int Editor::PositionFromLineX(int lineDoc, int x) { + RefreshStyleData(); + if (lineDoc >= pdoc->LinesTotal()) + return pdoc->Length(); + //Platform::DebugPrintf("Position of (%d,%d) line = %d top=%d\n", pt.x, pt.y, line, topLine); + AutoSurface surface(this); + AutoLineLayout ll(llc, RetrieveLineLayout(lineDoc)); + int retVal = 0; + if (surface && ll) { + unsigned int posLineStart = pdoc->LineStart(lineDoc); + LayoutLine(lineDoc, surface, vs, ll, wrapWidth); + retVal = ll->numCharsInLine + posLineStart; + int subLine = 0; + int lineStart = ll->LineStart(subLine); + int lineEnd = ll->LineLastVisible(subLine); + int subLineStart = ll->positions[lineStart]; + + if (actualWrapVisualStartIndent != 0) { + if (lineStart != 0) // Wrapped + x -= actualWrapVisualStartIndent * vs.aveCharWidth; + } + int i = ll->FindBefore(x + subLineStart, lineStart, lineEnd); + while (i < lineEnd) { + if ((x + subLineStart) < ((ll->positions[i] + ll->positions[i + 1]) / 2)) { + retVal = pdoc->MovePositionOutsideChar(i + posLineStart, 1); + break; + } + i++; + } + } + return retVal; +} + +/** + * If painting then abandon the painting because a wider redraw is needed. + * @return true if calling code should stop drawing. + */ +bool Editor::AbandonPaint() { + if ((paintState == painting) && !paintingAllText) { + paintState = paintAbandoned; + } + return paintState == paintAbandoned; +} + +void Editor::RedrawRect(PRectangle rc) { + //Platform::DebugPrintf("Redraw %0d,%0d - %0d,%0d\n", rc.left, rc.top, rc.right, rc.bottom); + + // Clip the redraw rectangle into the client area + PRectangle rcClient = GetClientRectangle(); + if (rc.top < rcClient.top) + rc.top = rcClient.top; + if (rc.bottom > rcClient.bottom) + rc.bottom = rcClient.bottom; + if (rc.left < rcClient.left) + rc.left = rcClient.left; + if (rc.right > rcClient.right) + rc.right = rcClient.right; + + if ((rc.bottom > rc.top) && (rc.right > rc.left)) { + wMain.InvalidateRectangle(rc); + } +} + +void Editor::Redraw() { + //Platform::DebugPrintf("Redraw all\n"); + PRectangle rcClient = GetClientRectangle(); + wMain.InvalidateRectangle(rcClient); + //wMain.InvalidateAll(); +} + +void Editor::RedrawSelMargin(int line) { + if (!AbandonPaint()) { + if (vs.maskInLine) { + Redraw(); + } else { + PRectangle rcSelMargin = GetClientRectangle(); + rcSelMargin.right = vs.fixedColumnWidth; + if (line != -1) { + int position = pdoc->LineStart(line); + PRectangle rcLine = RectangleFromRange(position, position); + rcSelMargin.top = rcLine.top; + rcSelMargin.bottom = rcLine.bottom; + } + wMain.InvalidateRectangle(rcSelMargin); + } + } +} + +PRectangle Editor::RectangleFromRange(int start, int end) { + int minPos = start; + if (minPos > end) + minPos = end; + int maxPos = start; + if (maxPos < end) + maxPos = end; + int minLine = cs.DisplayFromDoc(pdoc->LineFromPosition(minPos)); + int lineDocMax = pdoc->LineFromPosition(maxPos); + int maxLine = cs.DisplayFromDoc(lineDocMax) + cs.GetHeight(lineDocMax) - 1; + PRectangle rcClient = GetTextRectangle(); + PRectangle rc; + rc.left = vs.fixedColumnWidth; + rc.top = (minLine - topLine) * vs.lineHeight; + if (rc.top < 0) + rc.top = 0; + rc.right = rcClient.right; + rc.bottom = (maxLine - topLine + 1) * vs.lineHeight; + // Ensure PRectangle is within 16 bit space + rc.top = Platform::Clamp(rc.top, -32000, 32000); + rc.bottom = Platform::Clamp(rc.bottom, -32000, 32000); + + return rc; +} + +void Editor::InvalidateRange(int start, int end) { + RedrawRect(RectangleFromRange(start, end)); +} + +int Editor::CurrentPosition() { + return currentPos; +} + +bool Editor::SelectionEmpty() { + return anchor == currentPos; +} + +int Editor::SelectionStart() { + return Platform::Minimum(currentPos, anchor); +} + +int Editor::SelectionEnd() { + return Platform::Maximum(currentPos, anchor); +} + +void Editor::SetRectangularRange() { + if (selType == selRectangle) { + xStartSelect = XFromPosition(anchor); + xEndSelect = XFromPosition(currentPos); + } +} + +void Editor::InvalidateSelection(int currentPos_, int anchor_, bool invalidateWholeSelection) { + if (anchor != anchor_ || selType == selRectangle) { + invalidateWholeSelection = true; + } + int firstAffected = currentPos; + if (invalidateWholeSelection) { + if (firstAffected > anchor) + firstAffected = anchor; + if (firstAffected > anchor_) + firstAffected = anchor_; + } + if (firstAffected > currentPos_) + firstAffected = currentPos_; + int lastAffected = currentPos; + if (invalidateWholeSelection) { + if (lastAffected < anchor) + lastAffected = anchor; + if (lastAffected < anchor_) + lastAffected = anchor_; + } + if (lastAffected < (currentPos_ + 1)) // +1 ensures caret repainted + lastAffected = (currentPos_ + 1); + needUpdateUI = true; + InvalidateRange(firstAffected, lastAffected); +} + +void Editor::SetSelection(int currentPos_, int anchor_) { + currentPos_ = pdoc->ClampPositionIntoDocument(currentPos_); + anchor_ = pdoc->ClampPositionIntoDocument(anchor_); + if ((currentPos != currentPos_) || (anchor != anchor_)) { + InvalidateSelection(currentPos_, anchor_, true); + currentPos = currentPos_; + anchor = anchor_; + } + SetRectangularRange(); + ClaimSelection(); +} + +void Editor::SetSelection(int currentPos_) { + currentPos_ = pdoc->ClampPositionIntoDocument(currentPos_); + if (currentPos != currentPos_) { + InvalidateSelection(currentPos_, anchor, false); + currentPos = currentPos_; + } + SetRectangularRange(); + ClaimSelection(); +} + +void Editor::SetEmptySelection(int currentPos_) { + selType = selStream; + moveExtendsSelection = false; + SetSelection(currentPos_, currentPos_); +} + +bool Editor::RangeContainsProtected(int start, int end) const { + if (vs.ProtectionActive()) { + if (start > end) { + int t = start; + start = end; + end = t; + } + int mask = pdoc->stylingBitsMask; + for (int pos = start; pos < end; pos++) { + if (vs.styles[pdoc->StyleAt(pos) & mask].IsProtected()) + return true; + } + } + return false; +} + +bool Editor::SelectionContainsProtected() { + // DONE, but untested...: make support rectangular selection + bool scp = false; + if (selType == selStream) { + scp = RangeContainsProtected(anchor, currentPos); + } else { + SelectionLineIterator lineIterator(this); + while (lineIterator.Iterate()) { + if (RangeContainsProtected(lineIterator.startPos, lineIterator.endPos)) { + scp = true; + break; + } + } + } + return scp; +} + +/** + * Asks document to find a good position and then moves out of any invisible positions. + */ +int Editor::MovePositionOutsideChar(int pos, int moveDir, bool checkLineEnd) { + pos = pdoc->MovePositionOutsideChar(pos, moveDir, checkLineEnd); + if (vs.ProtectionActive()) { + int mask = pdoc->stylingBitsMask; + if (moveDir > 0) { + if ((pos > 0) && vs.styles[pdoc->StyleAt(pos - 1) & mask].IsProtected()) { + while ((pos < pdoc->Length()) && + (vs.styles[pdoc->StyleAt(pos) & mask].IsProtected())) + pos++; + } + } else if (moveDir < 0) { + if (vs.styles[pdoc->StyleAt(pos) & mask].IsProtected()) { + while ((pos > 0) && + (vs.styles[pdoc->StyleAt(pos - 1) & mask].IsProtected())) + pos--; + } + } + } + return pos; +} + +int Editor::MovePositionTo(int newPos, selTypes sel, bool ensureVisible) { + int delta = newPos - currentPos; + newPos = pdoc->ClampPositionIntoDocument(newPos); + newPos = MovePositionOutsideChar(newPos, delta); + if (sel != noSel) { + selType = sel; + } + if (sel != noSel || moveExtendsSelection) { + SetSelection(newPos); + } else { + SetEmptySelection(newPos); + } + ShowCaretAtCurrentPosition(); + if (ensureVisible) { + EnsureCaretVisible(); + } + NotifyMove(newPos); + return 0; +} + +int Editor::MovePositionSoVisible(int pos, int moveDir) { + pos = pdoc->ClampPositionIntoDocument(pos); + pos = MovePositionOutsideChar(pos, moveDir); + int lineDoc = pdoc->LineFromPosition(pos); + if (cs.GetVisible(lineDoc)) { + return pos; + } else { + int lineDisplay = cs.DisplayFromDoc(lineDoc); + if (moveDir > 0) { + // lineDisplay is already line before fold as lines in fold use display line of line after fold + lineDisplay = Platform::Clamp(lineDisplay, 0, cs.LinesDisplayed()); + return pdoc->LineStart(cs.DocFromDisplay(lineDisplay)); + } else { + lineDisplay = Platform::Clamp(lineDisplay - 1, 0, cs.LinesDisplayed()); + return pdoc->LineEnd(cs.DocFromDisplay(lineDisplay)); + } + } +} + +/** + * Choose the x position that the caret will try to stick to + * as it moves up and down. + */ +void Editor::SetLastXChosen() { + Point pt = LocationFromPosition(currentPos); + lastXChosen = pt.x; +} + +void Editor::ScrollTo(int line, bool moveThumb) { + int topLineNew = Platform::Clamp(line, 0, MaxScrollPos()); + if (topLineNew != topLine) { + // Try to optimise small scrolls + int linesToMove = topLine - topLineNew; + SetTopLine(topLineNew); + ShowCaretAtCurrentPosition(); + // Perform redraw rather than scroll if many lines would be redrawn anyway. +#ifndef UNDER_CE + if ((abs(linesToMove) <= 10) && (paintState == notPainting)) { + ScrollText(linesToMove); + } else { + Redraw(); + } +#else + Redraw(); +#endif + if (moveThumb) { + SetVerticalScrollPos(); + } + } +} + +void Editor::ScrollText(int /* linesToMove */) { + //Platform::DebugPrintf("Editor::ScrollText %d\n", linesToMove); + Redraw(); +} + +void Editor::HorizontalScrollTo(int xPos) { + //Platform::DebugPrintf("HorizontalScroll %d\n", xPos); + if (xPos < 0) + xPos = 0; + if ((wrapState == eWrapNone) && (xOffset != xPos)) { + xOffset = xPos; + SetHorizontalScrollPos(); + RedrawRect(GetClientRectangle()); + } +} + +void Editor::MoveCaretInsideView(bool ensureVisible) { + PRectangle rcClient = GetTextRectangle(); + Point pt = LocationFromPosition(currentPos); + if (pt.y < rcClient.top) { + MovePositionTo(PositionFromLocation( + Point(lastXChosen, rcClient.top)), + noSel, ensureVisible); + } else if ((pt.y + vs.lineHeight - 1) > rcClient.bottom) { + int yOfLastLineFullyDisplayed = rcClient.top + (LinesOnScreen() - 1) * vs.lineHeight; + MovePositionTo(PositionFromLocation( + Point(lastXChosen, rcClient.top + yOfLastLineFullyDisplayed)), + noSel, ensureVisible); + } +} + +int Editor::DisplayFromPosition(int pos) { + int lineDoc = pdoc->LineFromPosition(pos); + int lineDisplay = cs.DisplayFromDoc(lineDoc); + AutoSurface surface(this); + AutoLineLayout ll(llc, RetrieveLineLayout(lineDoc)); + if (surface && ll) { + LayoutLine(lineDoc, surface, vs, ll, wrapWidth); + unsigned int posLineStart = pdoc->LineStart(lineDoc); + int posInLine = pos - posLineStart; + lineDisplay--; // To make up for first increment ahead. + for (int subLine = 0; subLine < ll->lines; subLine++) { + if (posInLine >= ll->LineStart(subLine)) { + lineDisplay++; + } + } + } + return lineDisplay; +} + +/** + * Ensure the caret is reasonably visible in context. + * +Caret policy in SciTE + +If slop is set, we can define a slop value. +This value defines an unwanted zone (UZ) where the caret is... unwanted. +This zone is defined as a number of pixels near the vertical margins, +and as a number of lines near the horizontal margins. +By keeping the caret away from the edges, it is seen within its context, +so it is likely that the identifier that the caret is on can be completely seen, +and that the current line is seen with some of the lines following it which are +often dependent on that line. + +If strict is set, the policy is enforced... strictly. +The caret is centred on the display if slop is not set, +and cannot go in the UZ if slop is set. + +If jumps is set, the display is moved more energetically +so the caret can move in the same direction longer before the policy is applied again. +'3UZ' notation is used to indicate three time the size of the UZ as a distance to the margin. + +If even is not set, instead of having symmetrical UZs, +the left and bottom UZs are extended up to right and top UZs respectively. +This way, we favour the displaying of useful information: the begining of lines, +where most code reside, and the lines after the caret, eg. the body of a function. + + | | | | | +slop | strict | jumps | even | Caret can go to the margin | When reaching limitÝ(caret going out of + | | | | | visibility or going into the UZ) display is... +-----+--------+-------+------+--------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------- + 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | Yes | moved to put caret on top/on right + 0 | 0 | 0 | 1 | Yes | moved by one position + 0 | 0 | 1 | 0 | Yes | moved to put caret on top/on right + 0 | 0 | 1 | 1 | Yes | centred on the caret + 0 | 1 | - | 0 | Caret is always on top/on right of display | - + 0 | 1 | - | 1 | No, caret is always centred | - + 1 | 0 | 0 | 0 | Yes | moved to put caret out of the asymmetrical UZ + 1 | 0 | 0 | 1 | Yes | moved to put caret out of the UZ + 1 | 0 | 1 | 0 | Yes | moved to put caret at 3UZ of the top or right margin + 1 | 0 | 1 | 1 | Yes | moved to put caret at 3UZ of the margin + 1 | 1 | - | 0 | Caret is always at UZ of top/right margin | - + 1 | 1 | 0 | 1 | No, kept out of UZ | moved by one position + 1 | 1 | 1 | 1 | No, kept out of UZ | moved to put caret at 3UZ of the margin +*/ +void Editor::EnsureCaretVisible(bool useMargin, bool vert, bool horiz) { + //Platform::DebugPrintf("EnsureCaretVisible %d %s\n", xOffset, useMargin ? " margin" : " "); + PRectangle rcClient = GetTextRectangle(); + //int rcClientFullWidth = rcClient.Width(); + int posCaret = currentPos; + if (posDrag >= 0) { + posCaret = posDrag; + } + Point pt = LocationFromPosition(posCaret); + Point ptBottomCaret = pt; + ptBottomCaret.y += vs.lineHeight - 1; + int lineCaret = DisplayFromPosition(posCaret); + bool bSlop, bStrict, bJump, bEven; + + // Vertical positioning + if (vert && (pt.y < rcClient.top || ptBottomCaret.y > rcClient.bottom || (caretYPolicy & CARET_STRICT) != 0)) { + int linesOnScreen = LinesOnScreen(); + int halfScreen = Platform::Maximum(linesOnScreen - 1, 2) / 2; + int newTopLine = topLine; + bSlop = (caretYPolicy & CARET_SLOP) != 0; + bStrict = (caretYPolicy & CARET_STRICT) != 0; + bJump = (caretYPolicy & CARET_JUMPS) != 0; + bEven = (caretYPolicy & CARET_EVEN) != 0; + + // It should be possible to scroll the window to show the caret, + // but this fails to remove the caret on GTK+ + if (bSlop) { // A margin is defined + int yMoveT, yMoveB; + if (bStrict) { + int yMarginT, yMarginB; + if (!useMargin) { + // In drag mode, avoid moves + // otherwise, a double click will select several lines. + yMarginT = yMarginB = 0; + } else { + // yMarginT must equal to caretYSlop, with a minimum of 1 and + // a maximum of slightly less than half the heigth of the text area. + yMarginT = Platform::Clamp(caretYSlop, 1, halfScreen); + if (bEven) { + yMarginB = yMarginT; + } else { + yMarginB = linesOnScreen - yMarginT - 1; + } + } + yMoveT = yMarginT; + if (bEven) { + if (bJump) { + yMoveT = Platform::Clamp(caretYSlop * 3, 1, halfScreen); + } + yMoveB = yMoveT; + } else { + yMoveB = linesOnScreen - yMoveT - 1; + } + if (lineCaret < topLine + yMarginT) { + // Caret goes too high + newTopLine = lineCaret - yMoveT; + } else if (lineCaret > topLine + linesOnScreen - 1 - yMarginB) { + // Caret goes too low + newTopLine = lineCaret - linesOnScreen + 1 + yMoveB; + } + } else { // Not strict + yMoveT = bJump ? caretYSlop * 3 : caretYSlop; + yMoveT = Platform::Clamp(yMoveT, 1, halfScreen); + if (bEven) { + yMoveB = yMoveT; + } else { + yMoveB = linesOnScreen - yMoveT - 1; + } + if (lineCaret < topLine) { + // Caret goes too high + newTopLine = lineCaret - yMoveT; + } else if (lineCaret > topLine + linesOnScreen - 1) { + // Caret goes too low + newTopLine = lineCaret - linesOnScreen + 1 + yMoveB; + } + } + } else { // No slop + if (!bStrict && !bJump) { + // Minimal move + if (lineCaret < topLine) { + // Caret goes too high + newTopLine = lineCaret; + } else if (lineCaret > topLine + linesOnScreen - 1) { + // Caret goes too low + if (bEven) { + newTopLine = lineCaret - linesOnScreen + 1; + } else { + newTopLine = lineCaret; + } + } + } else { // Strict or going out of display + if (bEven) { + // Always center caret + newTopLine = lineCaret - halfScreen; + } else { + // Always put caret on top of display + newTopLine = lineCaret; + } + } + } + newTopLine = Platform::Clamp(newTopLine, 0, MaxScrollPos()); + if (newTopLine != topLine) { + Redraw(); + SetTopLine(newTopLine); + SetVerticalScrollPos(); + } + } + + // Horizontal positioning + if (horiz && (wrapState == eWrapNone)) { + int halfScreen = Platform::Maximum(rcClient.Width() - 4, 4) / 2; + int xOffsetNew = xOffset; + bSlop = (caretXPolicy & CARET_SLOP) != 0; + bStrict = (caretXPolicy & CARET_STRICT) != 0; + bJump = (caretXPolicy & CARET_JUMPS) != 0; + bEven = (caretXPolicy & CARET_EVEN) != 0; + + if (bSlop) { // A margin is defined + int xMoveL, xMoveR; + if (bStrict) { + int xMarginL, xMarginR; + if (!useMargin) { + // In drag mode, avoid moves unless very near of the margin + // otherwise, a simple click will select text. + xMarginL = xMarginR = 2; + } else { + // xMargin must equal to caretXSlop, with a minimum of 2 and + // a maximum of slightly less than half the width of the text area. + xMarginR = Platform::Clamp(caretXSlop, 2, halfScreen); + if (bEven) { + xMarginL = xMarginR; + } else { + xMarginL = rcClient.Width() - xMarginR - 4; + } + } + if (bJump && bEven) { + // Jump is used only in even mode + xMoveL = xMoveR = Platform::Clamp(caretXSlop * 3, 1, halfScreen); + } else { + xMoveL = xMoveR = 0; // Not used, avoid a warning + } + if (pt.x < rcClient.left + xMarginL) { + // Caret is on the left of the display + if (bJump && bEven) { + xOffsetNew -= xMoveL; + } else { + // Move just enough to allow to display the caret + xOffsetNew -= (rcClient.left + xMarginL) - pt.x; + } + } else if (pt.x >= rcClient.right - xMarginR) { + // Caret is on the right of the display + if (bJump && bEven) { + xOffsetNew += xMoveR; + } else { + // Move just enough to allow to display the caret + xOffsetNew += pt.x - (rcClient.right - xMarginR) + 1; + } + } + } else { // Not strict + xMoveR = bJump ? caretXSlop * 3 : caretXSlop; + xMoveR = Platform::Clamp(xMoveR, 1, halfScreen); + if (bEven) { + xMoveL = xMoveR; + } else { + xMoveL = rcClient.Width() - xMoveR - 4; + } + if (pt.x < rcClient.left) { + // Caret is on the left of the display + xOffsetNew -= xMoveL; + } else if (pt.x >= rcClient.right) { + // Caret is on the right of the display + xOffsetNew += xMoveR; + } + } + } else { // No slop + if (bStrict || + (bJump && (pt.x < rcClient.left || pt.x >= rcClient.right))) { + // Strict or going out of display + if (bEven) { + // Center caret + xOffsetNew += pt.x - rcClient.left - halfScreen; + } else { + // Put caret on right + xOffsetNew += pt.x - rcClient.right + 1; + } + } else { + // Move just enough to allow to display the caret + if (pt.x < rcClient.left) { + // Caret is on the left of the display + if (bEven) { + xOffsetNew -= rcClient.left - pt.x; + } else { + xOffsetNew += pt.x - rcClient.right + 1; + } + } else if (pt.x >= rcClient.right) { + // Caret is on the right of the display + xOffsetNew += pt.x - rcClient.right + 1; + } + } + } + // In case of a jump (find result) largely out of display, adjust the offset to display the caret + if (pt.x + xOffset < rcClient.left + xOffsetNew) { + xOffsetNew = pt.x + xOffset - rcClient.left; + } else if (pt.x + xOffset >= rcClient.right + xOffsetNew) { + xOffsetNew = pt.x + xOffset - rcClient.right + 1; + if (vs.caretStyle == CARETSTYLE_BLOCK) { + // Ensure we can see a good portion of the block caret + xOffsetNew += vs.aveCharWidth; + } + } + if (xOffsetNew < 0) { + xOffsetNew = 0; + } + if (xOffset != xOffsetNew) { + xOffset = xOffsetNew; + if (xOffsetNew > 0) { + PRectangle rcText = GetTextRectangle(); + if (horizontalScrollBarVisible && + rcText.Width() + xOffset > scrollWidth) { + scrollWidth = xOffset + rcText.Width(); + SetScrollBars(); + } + } + SetHorizontalScrollPos(); + Redraw(); + } + } + UpdateSystemCaret(); +} + +void Editor::ShowCaretAtCurrentPosition() { + if (hasFocus) { + caret.active = true; + caret.on = true; + SetTicking(true); + } else { + caret.active = false; + caret.on = false; + } + InvalidateCaret(); +} + +void Editor::DropCaret() { + caret.active = false; + InvalidateCaret(); +} + +void Editor::InvalidateCaret() { + if (posDrag >= 0) + InvalidateRange(posDrag, posDrag + 1); + else + InvalidateRange(currentPos, currentPos + 1); + UpdateSystemCaret(); +} + +void Editor::UpdateSystemCaret() { +} + +void Editor::NeedWrapping(int docLineStart, int docLineEnd) { + docLineStart = Platform::Clamp(docLineStart, 0, pdoc->LinesTotal()); + if (wrapStart > docLineStart) { + wrapStart = docLineStart; + llc.Invalidate(LineLayout::llPositions); + } + if (wrapEnd < docLineEnd) { + wrapEnd = docLineEnd; + } + wrapEnd = Platform::Clamp(wrapEnd, 0, pdoc->LinesTotal()); + // Wrap lines during idle. + if ((wrapState != eWrapNone) && (wrapEnd != wrapStart)) { + SetIdle(true); + } +} + +bool Editor::WrapOneLine(Surface *surface, int lineToWrap) { + AutoLineLayout ll(llc, RetrieveLineLayout(lineToWrap)); + int linesWrapped = 1; + if (ll) { + LayoutLine(lineToWrap, surface, vs, ll, wrapWidth); + linesWrapped = ll->lines; + } + return cs.SetHeight(lineToWrap, linesWrapped + + (vs.annotationVisible ? pdoc->AnnotationLines(lineToWrap) : 0)); +} + +// Check if wrapping needed and perform any needed wrapping. +// fullwrap: if true, all lines which need wrapping will be done, +// in this single call. +// priorityWrapLineStart: If greater than zero, all lines starting from +// here to 1 page + 100 lines past will be wrapped (even if there are +// more lines under wrapping process in idle). +// If it is neither fullwrap, nor priorityWrap, then 1 page + 100 lines will be +// wrapped, if there are any wrapping going on in idle. (Generally this +// condition is called only from idler). +// Return true if wrapping occurred. +bool Editor::WrapLines(bool fullWrap, int priorityWrapLineStart) { + // If there are any pending wraps, do them during idle if possible. + int linesInOneCall = LinesOnScreen() + 100; + if (wrapState != eWrapNone) { + if (wrapStart < wrapEnd) { + if (!SetIdle(true)) { + // Idle processing not supported so full wrap required. + fullWrap = true; + } + } + if (!fullWrap && priorityWrapLineStart >= 0 && + // .. and if the paint window is outside pending wraps + (((priorityWrapLineStart + linesInOneCall) < wrapStart) || + (priorityWrapLineStart > wrapEnd))) { + // No priority wrap pending + return false; + } + } + int goodTopLine = topLine; + bool wrapOccurred = false; + if (wrapStart <= pdoc->LinesTotal()) { + if (wrapState == eWrapNone) { + if (wrapWidth != LineLayout::wrapWidthInfinite) { + wrapWidth = LineLayout::wrapWidthInfinite; + for (int lineDoc = 0; lineDoc < pdoc->LinesTotal(); lineDoc++) { + cs.SetHeight(lineDoc, 1 + + (vs.annotationVisible ? pdoc->AnnotationLines(lineDoc) : 0)); + } + wrapOccurred = true; + } + wrapStart = wrapLineLarge; + wrapEnd = wrapLineLarge; + } else { + if (wrapEnd >= pdoc->LinesTotal()) + wrapEnd = pdoc->LinesTotal(); + //ElapsedTime et; + int lineDocTop = cs.DocFromDisplay(topLine); + int subLineTop = topLine - cs.DisplayFromDoc(lineDocTop); + PRectangle rcTextArea = GetClientRectangle(); + rcTextArea.left = vs.fixedColumnWidth; + rcTextArea.right -= vs.rightMarginWidth; + wrapWidth = rcTextArea.Width(); + // Ensure all of the document is styled. + pdoc->EnsureStyledTo(pdoc->Length()); + RefreshStyleData(); + AutoSurface surface(this); + if (surface) { + bool priorityWrap = false; + int lastLineToWrap = wrapEnd; + int lineToWrap = wrapStart; + if (!fullWrap) { + if (priorityWrapLineStart >= 0) { + // This is a priority wrap. + lineToWrap = priorityWrapLineStart; + lastLineToWrap = priorityWrapLineStart + linesInOneCall; + priorityWrap = true; + } else { + // This is idle wrap. + lastLineToWrap = wrapStart + linesInOneCall; + } + if (lastLineToWrap >= wrapEnd) + lastLineToWrap = wrapEnd; + } // else do a fullWrap. + + // Platform::DebugPrintf("Wraplines: full = %d, priorityStart = %d (wrapping: %d to %d)\n", fullWrap, priorityWrapLineStart, lineToWrap, lastLineToWrap); + // Platform::DebugPrintf("Pending wraps: %d to %d\n", wrapStart, wrapEnd); + while (lineToWrap < lastLineToWrap) { + if (WrapOneLine(surface, lineToWrap)) { + wrapOccurred = true; + } + lineToWrap++; + } + if (!priorityWrap) + wrapStart = lineToWrap; + // If wrapping is done, bring it to resting position + if (wrapStart >= wrapEnd) { + wrapStart = wrapLineLarge; + wrapEnd = wrapLineLarge; + } + } + goodTopLine = cs.DisplayFromDoc(lineDocTop); + if (subLineTop < cs.GetHeight(lineDocTop)) + goodTopLine += subLineTop; + else + goodTopLine += cs.GetHeight(lineDocTop); + //double durWrap = et.Duration(true); + //Platform::DebugPrintf("Wrap:%9.6g \n", durWrap); + } + } + if (wrapOccurred) { + SetScrollBars(); + SetTopLine(Platform::Clamp(goodTopLine, 0, MaxScrollPos())); + SetVerticalScrollPos(); + } + return wrapOccurred; +} + +void Editor::LinesJoin() { + if (!RangeContainsProtected(targetStart, targetEnd)) { + pdoc->BeginUndoAction(); + bool prevNonWS = true; + for (int pos = targetStart; pos < targetEnd; pos++) { + if (IsEOLChar(pdoc->CharAt(pos))) { + targetEnd -= pdoc->LenChar(pos); + pdoc->DelChar(pos); + if (prevNonWS) { + // Ensure at least one space separating previous lines + pdoc->InsertChar(pos, ' '); + targetEnd++; + } + } else { + prevNonWS = pdoc->CharAt(pos) != ' '; + } + } + pdoc->EndUndoAction(); + } +} + +const char *Editor::StringFromEOLMode(int eolMode) { + if (eolMode == SC_EOL_CRLF) { + return "\r\n"; + } else if (eolMode == SC_EOL_CR) { + return "\r"; + } else { + return "\n"; + } +} + +void Editor::LinesSplit(int pixelWidth) { + if (!RangeContainsProtected(targetStart, targetEnd)) { + if (pixelWidth == 0) { + PRectangle rcText = GetTextRectangle(); + pixelWidth = rcText.Width(); + } + int lineStart = pdoc->LineFromPosition(targetStart); + int lineEnd = pdoc->LineFromPosition(targetEnd); + const char *eol = StringFromEOLMode(pdoc->eolMode); + pdoc->BeginUndoAction(); + for (int line = lineStart; line <= lineEnd; line++) { + AutoSurface surface(this); + AutoLineLayout ll(llc, RetrieveLineLayout(line)); + if (surface && ll) { + unsigned int posLineStart = pdoc->LineStart(line); + LayoutLine(line, surface, vs, ll, pixelWidth); + for (int subLine = 1; subLine < ll->lines; subLine++) { + pdoc->InsertCString(posLineStart + (subLine - 1) * strlen(eol) + + ll->LineStart(subLine), eol); + targetEnd += static_cast(strlen(eol)); + } + } + lineEnd = pdoc->LineFromPosition(targetEnd); + } + pdoc->EndUndoAction(); + } +} + +int Editor::SubstituteMarkerIfEmpty(int markerCheck, int markerDefault) { + if (vs.markers[markerCheck].markType == SC_MARK_EMPTY) + return markerDefault; + return markerCheck; +} + +// Avoid 64 bit compiler warnings. +// Scintilla does not support text buffers larger than 2**31 +static int istrlen(const char *s) { + return static_cast(strlen(s)); +} + +bool ValidStyledText(ViewStyle &vs, size_t styleOffset, const StyledText &st) { + if (st.multipleStyles) { + for (size_t iStyle=0;iStyle(styles[endSegment+1]) == style)) + endSegment++; + width += surface->WidthText(vs.styles[style+styleOffset].font, text + start, endSegment - start + 1); + start = endSegment + 1; + } + return width; +} + +static int WidestLineWidth(Surface *surface, ViewStyle &vs, int styleOffset, const StyledText &st) { + int widthMax = 0; + size_t start = 0; + while (start < st.length) { + size_t lenLine = st.LineLength(start); + int widthSubLine; + if (st.multipleStyles) { + widthSubLine = WidthStyledText(surface, vs, styleOffset, st.text + start, st.styles + start, lenLine); + } else { + widthSubLine = surface->WidthText(vs.styles[styleOffset + st.style].font, st.text + start, lenLine); + } + if (widthSubLine > widthMax) + widthMax = widthSubLine; + start += lenLine + 1; + } + return widthMax; +} + +void DrawStyledText(Surface *surface, ViewStyle &vs, int styleOffset, PRectangle rcText, int ascent, + const StyledText &st, size_t start, size_t length) { + + if (st.multipleStyles) { + int x = rcText.left; + size_t i = 0; + while (i < length) { + size_t end = i; + int style = st.styles[i + start]; + while (end < length-1 && st.styles[start+end+1] == style) + end++; + style += styleOffset; + int width = surface->WidthText(vs.styles[style].font, st.text + start + i, end - i + 1); + PRectangle rcSegment = rcText; + rcSegment.left = x; + rcSegment.right = x + width + 1; + surface->DrawTextNoClip(rcSegment, vs.styles[style].font, + ascent, st.text + start + i, end - i + 1, + vs.styles[style].fore.allocated, + vs.styles[style].back.allocated); + x += width; + i = end + 1; + } + } else { + int style = st.style + styleOffset; + surface->DrawTextNoClip(rcText, vs.styles[style].font, + rcText.top + vs.maxAscent, st.text, st.length, + vs.styles[style].fore.allocated, + vs.styles[style].back.allocated); + } +} + +void Editor::PaintSelMargin(Surface *surfWindow, PRectangle &rc) { + if (vs.fixedColumnWidth == 0) + return; + + PRectangle rcMargin = GetClientRectangle(); + rcMargin.right = vs.fixedColumnWidth; + + if (!rc.Intersects(rcMargin)) + return; + + Surface *surface; + if (bufferedDraw) { + surface = pixmapSelMargin; + } else { + surface = surfWindow; + } + + PRectangle rcSelMargin = rcMargin; + rcSelMargin.right = rcMargin.left; + + for (int margin = 0; margin < vs.margins; margin++) { + if (vs.ms[margin].width > 0) { + + rcSelMargin.left = rcSelMargin.right; + rcSelMargin.right = rcSelMargin.left + vs.ms[margin].width; + + if (vs.ms[margin].style != SC_MARGIN_NUMBER) { + /* alternate scheme: + if (vs.ms[margin].mask & SC_MASK_FOLDERS) + surface->FillRectangle(rcSelMargin, vs.styles[STYLE_DEFAULT].back.allocated); + else + // Required because of special way brush is created for selection margin + surface->FillRectangle(rcSelMargin, pixmapSelPattern); + */ + if (vs.ms[margin].mask & SC_MASK_FOLDERS) + // Required because of special way brush is created for selection margin + surface->FillRectangle(rcSelMargin, *pixmapSelPattern); + else { + ColourAllocated colour; + switch (vs.ms[margin].style) { + case SC_MARGIN_BACK: + colour = vs.styles[STYLE_DEFAULT].back.allocated; + break; + case SC_MARGIN_FORE: + colour = vs.styles[STYLE_DEFAULT].fore.allocated; + break; + default: + colour = vs.styles[STYLE_LINENUMBER].back.allocated; + break; + } + surface->FillRectangle(rcSelMargin, colour); + } + } else { + surface->FillRectangle(rcSelMargin, vs.styles[STYLE_LINENUMBER].back.allocated); + } + + int visibleLine = topLine; + int yposScreen = 0; + + // Work out whether the top line is whitespace located after a + // lessening of fold level which implies a 'fold tail' but which should not + // be displayed until the last of a sequence of whitespace. + bool needWhiteClosure = false; + int level = pdoc->GetLevel(cs.DocFromDisplay(topLine)); + if (level & SC_FOLDLEVELWHITEFLAG) { + int lineBack = cs.DocFromDisplay(topLine); + int levelPrev = level; + while ((lineBack > 0) && (levelPrev & SC_FOLDLEVELWHITEFLAG)) { + lineBack--; + levelPrev = pdoc->GetLevel(lineBack); + } + if (!(levelPrev & SC_FOLDLEVELHEADERFLAG)) { + if ((level & SC_FOLDLEVELNUMBERMASK) < (levelPrev & SC_FOLDLEVELNUMBERMASK)) + needWhiteClosure = true; + } + } + + // Old code does not know about new markers needed to distinguish all cases + int folderOpenMid = SubstituteMarkerIfEmpty(SC_MARKNUM_FOLDEROPENMID, + SC_MARKNUM_FOLDEROPEN); + int folderEnd = SubstituteMarkerIfEmpty(SC_MARKNUM_FOLDEREND, + SC_MARKNUM_FOLDER); + + while ((visibleLine < cs.LinesDisplayed()) && yposScreen < rcMargin.bottom) { + + PLATFORM_ASSERT(visibleLine < cs.LinesDisplayed()); + + int lineDoc = cs.DocFromDisplay(visibleLine); + PLATFORM_ASSERT(cs.GetVisible(lineDoc)); + bool firstSubLine = visibleLine == cs.DisplayFromDoc(lineDoc); + + // Decide which fold indicator should be displayed + level = pdoc->GetLevel(lineDoc); + int levelNext = pdoc->GetLevel(lineDoc + 1); + int marks = pdoc->GetMark(lineDoc); + if (!firstSubLine) + marks = 0; + int levelNum = level & SC_FOLDLEVELNUMBERMASK; + int levelNextNum = levelNext & SC_FOLDLEVELNUMBERMASK; + if (level & SC_FOLDLEVELHEADERFLAG) { + if (firstSubLine) { + if (cs.GetExpanded(lineDoc)) { + if (levelNum == SC_FOLDLEVELBASE) + marks |= 1 << SC_MARKNUM_FOLDEROPEN; + else + marks |= 1 << folderOpenMid; + } else { + if (levelNum == SC_FOLDLEVELBASE) + marks |= 1 << SC_MARKNUM_FOLDER; + else + marks |= 1 << folderEnd; + } + } else { + marks |= 1 << SC_MARKNUM_FOLDERSUB; + } + needWhiteClosure = false; + } else if (level & SC_FOLDLEVELWHITEFLAG) { + if (needWhiteClosure) { + if (levelNext & SC_FOLDLEVELWHITEFLAG) { + marks |= 1 << SC_MARKNUM_FOLDERSUB; + } else if (levelNum > SC_FOLDLEVELBASE) { + marks |= 1 << SC_MARKNUM_FOLDERMIDTAIL; + needWhiteClosure = false; + } else { + marks |= 1 << SC_MARKNUM_FOLDERTAIL; + needWhiteClosure = false; + } + } else if (levelNum > SC_FOLDLEVELBASE) { + if (levelNextNum < levelNum) { + if (levelNextNum > SC_FOLDLEVELBASE) { + marks |= 1 << SC_MARKNUM_FOLDERMIDTAIL; + } else { + marks |= 1 << SC_MARKNUM_FOLDERTAIL; + } + } else { + marks |= 1 << SC_MARKNUM_FOLDERSUB; + } + } + } else if (levelNum > SC_FOLDLEVELBASE) { + if (levelNextNum < levelNum) { + needWhiteClosure = false; + if (levelNext & SC_FOLDLEVELWHITEFLAG) { + marks |= 1 << SC_MARKNUM_FOLDERSUB; + needWhiteClosure = true; + } else if (levelNextNum > SC_FOLDLEVELBASE) { + marks |= 1 << SC_MARKNUM_FOLDERMIDTAIL; + } else { + marks |= 1 << SC_MARKNUM_FOLDERTAIL; + } + } else { + marks |= 1 << SC_MARKNUM_FOLDERSUB; + } + } + + marks &= vs.ms[margin].mask; + PRectangle rcMarker = rcSelMargin; + rcMarker.top = yposScreen; + rcMarker.bottom = yposScreen + vs.lineHeight; + if (vs.ms[margin].style == SC_MARGIN_NUMBER) { + char number[100]; + number[0] = '\0'; + if (firstSubLine) + sprintf(number, "%d", lineDoc + 1); + if (foldFlags & SC_FOLDFLAG_LEVELNUMBERS) { + int lev = pdoc->GetLevel(lineDoc); + sprintf(number, "%c%c %03X %03X", + (lev & SC_FOLDLEVELHEADERFLAG) ? 'H' : '_', + (lev & SC_FOLDLEVELWHITEFLAG) ? 'W' : '_', + lev & SC_FOLDLEVELNUMBERMASK, + lev >> 16 + ); + } + PRectangle rcNumber = rcMarker; + // Right justify + int width = surface->WidthText(vs.styles[STYLE_LINENUMBER].font, number, istrlen(number)); + int xpos = rcNumber.right - width - 3; + rcNumber.left = xpos; + surface->DrawTextNoClip(rcNumber, vs.styles[STYLE_LINENUMBER].font, + rcNumber.top + vs.maxAscent, number, istrlen(number), + vs.styles[STYLE_LINENUMBER].fore.allocated, + vs.styles[STYLE_LINENUMBER].back.allocated); + } else if (vs.ms[margin].style == SC_MARGIN_TEXT || vs.ms[margin].style == SC_MARGIN_RTEXT) { + if (firstSubLine) { + const StyledText stMargin = pdoc->MarginStyledText(lineDoc); + if (stMargin.text && ValidStyledText(vs, vs.marginStyleOffset, stMargin)) { + surface->FillRectangle(rcMarker, + vs.styles[stMargin.StyleAt(0)+vs.marginStyleOffset].back.allocated); + if (vs.ms[margin].style == SC_MARGIN_RTEXT) { + int width = WidestLineWidth(surface, vs, vs.marginStyleOffset, stMargin); + rcMarker.left = rcMarker.right - width - 3; + } + DrawStyledText(surface, vs, vs.marginStyleOffset, rcMarker, rcMarker.top + vs.maxAscent, + stMargin, 0, stMargin.length); + } + } + } + + if (marks) { + for (int markBit = 0; (markBit < 32) && marks; markBit++) { + if (marks & 1) { + vs.markers[markBit].Draw(surface, rcMarker, vs.styles[STYLE_LINENUMBER].font); + } + marks >>= 1; + } + } + + visibleLine++; + yposScreen += vs.lineHeight; + } + } + } + + PRectangle rcBlankMargin = rcMargin; + rcBlankMargin.left = rcSelMargin.right; + surface->FillRectangle(rcBlankMargin, vs.styles[STYLE_DEFAULT].back.allocated); + + if (bufferedDraw) { + surfWindow->Copy(rcMargin, Point(), *pixmapSelMargin); + } +} + +void DrawTabArrow(Surface *surface, PRectangle rcTab, int ymid) { + int ydiff = (rcTab.bottom - rcTab.top) / 2; + int xhead = rcTab.right - 1 - ydiff; + if (xhead <= rcTab.left) { + ydiff -= rcTab.left - xhead - 1; + xhead = rcTab.left - 1; + } + if ((rcTab.left + 2) < (rcTab.right - 1)) + surface->MoveTo(rcTab.left + 2, ymid); + else + surface->MoveTo(rcTab.right - 1, ymid); + surface->LineTo(rcTab.right - 1, ymid); + surface->LineTo(xhead, ymid - ydiff); + surface->MoveTo(rcTab.right - 1, ymid); + surface->LineTo(xhead, ymid + ydiff); +} + +LineLayout *Editor::RetrieveLineLayout(int lineNumber) { + int posLineStart = pdoc->LineStart(lineNumber); + int posLineEnd = pdoc->LineStart(lineNumber + 1); + PLATFORM_ASSERT(posLineEnd >= posLineStart); + int lineCaret = pdoc->LineFromPosition(currentPos); + return llc.Retrieve(lineNumber, lineCaret, + posLineEnd - posLineStart, pdoc->GetStyleClock(), + LinesOnScreen() + 1, pdoc->LinesTotal()); +} + +static bool GoodTrailByte(int v) { + return (v >= 0x80) && (v < 0xc0); +} + +bool BadUTF(const char *s, int len, int &trailBytes) { + if (trailBytes) { + trailBytes--; + return false; + } + const unsigned char *us = reinterpret_cast(s); + if (*us < 0x80) { + // Single bytes easy + return false; + } else if (*us > 0xF4) { + // Characters longer than 4 bytes not possible in current UTF-8 + return true; + } else if (*us >= 0xF0) { + // 4 bytes + if (len < 4) + return true; + if (GoodTrailByte(us[1]) && GoodTrailByte(us[2]) && GoodTrailByte(us[3])) { + trailBytes = 3; + return false; + } else { + return true; + } + } else if (*us >= 0xE0) { + // 3 bytes + if (len < 3) + return true; + if (GoodTrailByte(us[1]) && GoodTrailByte(us[2])) { + trailBytes = 2; + return false; + } else { + return true; + } + } else if (*us >= 0xC2) { + // 2 bytes + if (len < 2) + return true; + if (GoodTrailByte(us[1])) { + trailBytes = 1; + return false; + } else { + return true; + } + } else if (*us >= 0xC0) { + // Overlong encoding + return true; + } else { + // Trail byte + return true; + } +} + +/** + * Fill in the LineLayout data for the given line. + * Copy the given @a line and its styles from the document into local arrays. + * Also determine the x position at which each character starts. + */ +void Editor::LayoutLine(int line, Surface *surface, ViewStyle &vstyle, LineLayout *ll, int width) { + if (!ll) + return; + + PLATFORM_ASSERT(line < pdoc->LinesTotal()); + PLATFORM_ASSERT(ll->chars != NULL); + int posLineStart = pdoc->LineStart(line); + int posLineEnd = pdoc->LineStart(line + 1); + // If the line is very long, limit the treatment to a length that should fit in the viewport + if (posLineEnd > (posLineStart + ll->maxLineLength)) { + posLineEnd = posLineStart + ll->maxLineLength; + } + if (ll->validity == LineLayout::llCheckTextAndStyle) { + int lineLength = posLineEnd - posLineStart; + if (!vstyle.viewEOL) { + int cid = posLineEnd - 1; + while ((cid > posLineStart) && IsEOLChar(pdoc->CharAt(cid))) { + cid--; + lineLength--; + } + } + if (lineLength == ll->numCharsInLine) { + // See if chars, styles, indicators, are all the same + bool allSame = true; + const int styleMask = pdoc->stylingBitsMask; + // Check base line layout + char styleByte = 0; + int numCharsInLine = 0; + while (numCharsInLine < lineLength) { + int charInDoc = numCharsInLine + posLineStart; + char chDoc = pdoc->CharAt(charInDoc); + styleByte = pdoc->StyleAt(charInDoc); + allSame = allSame && + (ll->styles[numCharsInLine] == static_cast(styleByte & styleMask)); + allSame = allSame && + (ll->indicators[numCharsInLine] == static_cast(styleByte & ~styleMask)); + if (vstyle.styles[ll->styles[numCharsInLine]].caseForce == Style::caseMixed) + allSame = allSame && + (ll->chars[numCharsInLine] == chDoc); + else if (vstyle.styles[ll->styles[numCharsInLine]].caseForce == Style::caseLower) + allSame = allSame && + (ll->chars[numCharsInLine] == static_cast(tolower(chDoc))); + else // Style::caseUpper + allSame = allSame && + (ll->chars[numCharsInLine] == static_cast(toupper(chDoc))); + numCharsInLine++; + } + allSame = allSame && (ll->styles[numCharsInLine] == styleByte); // For eolFilled + if (allSame) { + ll->validity = LineLayout::llPositions; + } else { + ll->validity = LineLayout::llInvalid; + } + } else { + ll->validity = LineLayout::llInvalid; + } + } + if (ll->validity == LineLayout::llInvalid) { + ll->widthLine = LineLayout::wrapWidthInfinite; + ll->lines = 1; + int numCharsInLine = 0; + if (vstyle.edgeState == EDGE_BACKGROUND) { + ll->edgeColumn = pdoc->FindColumn(line, theEdge); + if (ll->edgeColumn >= posLineStart) { + ll->edgeColumn -= posLineStart; + } + } else { + ll->edgeColumn = -1; + } + + char styleByte = 0; + int styleMask = pdoc->stylingBitsMask; + ll->styleBitsSet = 0; + // Fill base line layout + for (int charInDoc = posLineStart; charInDoc < posLineEnd; charInDoc++) { + char chDoc = pdoc->CharAt(charInDoc); + styleByte = pdoc->StyleAt(charInDoc); + ll->styleBitsSet |= styleByte; + if (vstyle.viewEOL || (!IsEOLChar(chDoc))) { + ll->chars[numCharsInLine] = chDoc; + ll->styles[numCharsInLine] = static_cast(styleByte & styleMask); + ll->indicators[numCharsInLine] = static_cast(styleByte & ~styleMask); + if (vstyle.styles[ll->styles[numCharsInLine]].caseForce == Style::caseUpper) + ll->chars[numCharsInLine] = static_cast(toupper(chDoc)); + else if (vstyle.styles[ll->styles[numCharsInLine]].caseForce == Style::caseLower) + ll->chars[numCharsInLine] = static_cast(tolower(chDoc)); + numCharsInLine++; + } + } + ll->xHighlightGuide = 0; + // Extra element at the end of the line to hold end x position and act as + ll->chars[numCharsInLine] = 0; // Also triggers processing in the loops as this is a control character + ll->styles[numCharsInLine] = styleByte; // For eolFilled + ll->indicators[numCharsInLine] = 0; + + // Layout the line, determining the position of each character, + // with an extra element at the end for the end of the line. + int startseg = 0; // Start of the current segment, in char. number + int startsegx = 0; // Start of the current segment, in pixels + ll->positions[0] = 0; + unsigned int tabWidth = vstyle.spaceWidth * pdoc->tabInChars; + bool lastSegItalics = false; + Font &ctrlCharsFont = vstyle.styles[STYLE_CONTROLCHAR].font; + + int ctrlCharWidth[32] = {0}; + bool isControlNext = IsControlCharacter(ll->chars[0]); + int trailBytes = 0; + bool isBadUTFNext = IsUnicodeMode() && BadUTF(ll->chars, numCharsInLine, trailBytes); + for (int charInLine = 0; charInLine < numCharsInLine; charInLine++) { + bool isControl = isControlNext; + isControlNext = IsControlCharacter(ll->chars[charInLine + 1]); + bool isBadUTF = isBadUTFNext; + isBadUTFNext = IsUnicodeMode() && BadUTF(ll->chars + charInLine + 1, numCharsInLine - charInLine - 1, trailBytes); + if ((ll->styles[charInLine] != ll->styles[charInLine + 1]) || + isControl || isControlNext || isBadUTF || isBadUTFNext) { + ll->positions[startseg] = 0; + if (vstyle.styles[ll->styles[charInLine]].visible) { + if (isControl) { + if (ll->chars[charInLine] == '\t') { + ll->positions[charInLine + 1] = ((((startsegx + 2) / + tabWidth) + 1) * tabWidth) - startsegx; + } else if (controlCharSymbol < 32) { + int iCharInChars = ll->chars[charInLine]; // Pritpal + if (ctrlCharWidth[ iCharInChars ] == 0) { + //const char *ctrlChar = ControlCharacterString(ll->chars[charInLine]); + const char *ctrlChar = ControlCharacterString( iCharInChars ); + // +3 For a blank on front and rounded edge each side: + //ctrlCharWidth[ll->chars[charInLine]] = + ctrlCharWidth[ iCharInChars ] = + surface->WidthText(ctrlCharsFont, ctrlChar, istrlen(ctrlChar)) + 3; + } + //ll->positions[charInLine + 1] = ctrlCharWidth[ll->chars[charInLine]]; + ll->positions[charInLine + 1] = ctrlCharWidth[ iCharInChars ]; + } else { + char cc[2] = { static_cast(controlCharSymbol), '\0' }; + surface->MeasureWidths(ctrlCharsFont, cc, 1, + ll->positions + startseg + 1); + } + lastSegItalics = false; + } else if (isBadUTF) { + char hexits[3]; + sprintf(hexits, "%2X", ll->chars[charInLine] & 0xff); + ll->positions[charInLine + 1] = + surface->WidthText(ctrlCharsFont, hexits, istrlen(hexits)) + 3; + } else { // Regular character + int lenSeg = charInLine - startseg + 1; + if ((lenSeg == 1) && (' ' == ll->chars[startseg])) { + lastSegItalics = false; + // Over half the segments are single characters and of these about half are space characters. + ll->positions[charInLine + 1] = vstyle.styles[ll->styles[charInLine]].spaceWidth; + } else { + lastSegItalics = vstyle.styles[ll->styles[charInLine]].italic; + posCache.MeasureWidths(surface, vstyle, ll->styles[charInLine], ll->chars + startseg, + lenSeg, ll->positions + startseg + 1); + } + } + } else { // invisible + for (int posToZero = startseg; posToZero <= (charInLine + 1); posToZero++) { + ll->positions[posToZero] = 0; + } + } + for (int posToIncrease = startseg; posToIncrease <= (charInLine + 1); posToIncrease++) { + ll->positions[posToIncrease] += startsegx; + } + startsegx = ll->positions[charInLine + 1]; + startseg = charInLine + 1; + } + } + // Small hack to make lines that end with italics not cut off the edge of the last character + if ((startseg > 0) && lastSegItalics) { + ll->positions[startseg] += 2; + } + ll->numCharsInLine = numCharsInLine; + ll->validity = LineLayout::llPositions; + } + // Hard to cope when too narrow, so just assume there is space + if (width < 20) { + width = 20; + } + if ((ll->validity == LineLayout::llPositions) || (ll->widthLine != width)) { + ll->widthLine = width; + if (width == LineLayout::wrapWidthInfinite) { + ll->lines = 1; + } else if (width > ll->positions[ll->numCharsInLine]) { + // Simple common case where line does not need wrapping. + ll->lines = 1; + } else { + if (wrapVisualFlags & SC_WRAPVISUALFLAG_END) { + width -= vstyle.aveCharWidth; // take into account the space for end wrap mark + } + ll->lines = 0; + // Calculate line start positions based upon width. + int lastGoodBreak = 0; + int lastLineStart = 0; + int startOffset = 0; + int p = 0; + while (p < ll->numCharsInLine) { + if ((ll->positions[p + 1] - startOffset) >= width) { + if (lastGoodBreak == lastLineStart) { + // Try moving to start of last character + if (p > 0) { + lastGoodBreak = pdoc->MovePositionOutsideChar(p + posLineStart, -1) + - posLineStart; + } + if (lastGoodBreak == lastLineStart) { + // Ensure at least one character on line. + lastGoodBreak = pdoc->MovePositionOutsideChar(lastGoodBreak + posLineStart + 1, 1) + - posLineStart; + } + } + lastLineStart = lastGoodBreak; + ll->lines++; + ll->SetLineStart(ll->lines, lastGoodBreak); + startOffset = ll->positions[lastGoodBreak]; + // take into account the space for start wrap mark and indent + startOffset -= actualWrapVisualStartIndent * vstyle.aveCharWidth; + p = lastGoodBreak + 1; + continue; + } + if (p > 0) { + if (wrapState == eWrapChar) { + lastGoodBreak = pdoc->MovePositionOutsideChar(p + posLineStart, -1) + - posLineStart; + p = pdoc->MovePositionOutsideChar(p + 1 + posLineStart, 1) - posLineStart; + continue; + } else if (ll->styles[p] != ll->styles[p - 1]) { + lastGoodBreak = p; + } else if (IsSpaceOrTab(ll->chars[p - 1]) && !IsSpaceOrTab(ll->chars[p])) { + lastGoodBreak = p; + } + } + p++; + } + ll->lines++; + } + ll->validity = LineLayout::llLines; + } +} + +ColourAllocated Editor::SelectionBackground(ViewStyle &vsDraw) { + return primarySelection ? vsDraw.selbackground.allocated : vsDraw.selbackground2.allocated; +} + +ColourAllocated Editor::TextBackground(ViewStyle &vsDraw, bool overrideBackground, + ColourAllocated background, bool inSelection, bool inHotspot, int styleMain, int i, LineLayout *ll) { + if (inSelection) { + if (vsDraw.selbackset && (vsDraw.selAlpha == SC_ALPHA_NOALPHA)) { + return SelectionBackground(vsDraw); + } + } else { + if ((vsDraw.edgeState == EDGE_BACKGROUND) && + (i >= ll->edgeColumn) && + !IsEOLChar(ll->chars[i])) + return vsDraw.edgecolour.allocated; + if (inHotspot && vsDraw.hotspotBackgroundSet) + return vsDraw.hotspotBackground.allocated; + if (overrideBackground && (styleMain != STYLE_BRACELIGHT) && (styleMain != STYLE_BRACEBAD)) + return background; + } + return vsDraw.styles[styleMain].back.allocated; +} + +void Editor::DrawIndentGuide(Surface *surface, int lineVisible, int lineHeight, int start, PRectangle rcSegment, bool highlight) { + Point from(0, ((lineVisible & 1) && (lineHeight & 1)) ? 1 : 0); + PRectangle rcCopyArea(start + 1, rcSegment.top, start + 2, rcSegment.bottom); + surface->Copy(rcCopyArea, from, + highlight ? *pixmapIndentGuideHighlight : *pixmapIndentGuide); +} + +void Editor::DrawWrapMarker(Surface *surface, PRectangle rcPlace, + bool isEndMarker, ColourAllocated wrapColour) { + surface->PenColour(wrapColour); + + enum { xa = 1 }; // gap before start + int w = rcPlace.right - rcPlace.left - xa - 1; + + bool xStraight = isEndMarker; // x-mirrored symbol for start marker + bool yStraight = true; + //bool yStraight= isEndMarker; // comment in for start marker y-mirrowed + + int x0 = xStraight ? rcPlace.left : rcPlace.right - 1; + int y0 = yStraight ? rcPlace.top : rcPlace.bottom - 1; + + int dy = (rcPlace.bottom - rcPlace.top) / 5; + int y = (rcPlace.bottom - rcPlace.top) / 2 + dy; + + struct Relative { + Surface *surface; + int xBase; + int xDir; + int yBase; + int yDir; + void MoveTo(int xRelative, int yRelative) { + surface->MoveTo(xBase + xDir * xRelative, yBase + yDir * yRelative); + } + void LineTo(int xRelative, int yRelative) { + surface->LineTo(xBase + xDir * xRelative, yBase + yDir * yRelative); + } + }; + Relative rel = {surface, x0, xStraight ? 1 : -1, y0, yStraight ? 1 : -1}; + + // arrow head + rel.MoveTo(xa, y); + rel.LineTo(xa + 2*w / 3, y - dy); + rel.MoveTo(xa, y); + rel.LineTo(xa + 2*w / 3, y + dy); + + // arrow body + rel.MoveTo(xa, y); + rel.LineTo(xa + w, y); + rel.LineTo(xa + w, y - 2 * dy); + rel.LineTo(xa - 1, // on windows lineto is exclusive endpoint, perhaps GTK not... + y - 2 * dy); +} + +static void SimpleAlphaRectangle(Surface *surface, PRectangle rc, ColourAllocated fill, int alpha) { + if (alpha != SC_ALPHA_NOALPHA) { + surface->AlphaRectangle(rc, 0, fill, alpha, fill, alpha, 0); + } +} + +void Editor::DrawEOL(Surface *surface, ViewStyle &vsDraw, PRectangle rcLine, LineLayout *ll, + int line, int lineEnd, int xStart, int subLine, int subLineStart, + bool overrideBackground, ColourAllocated background, + bool drawWrapMarkEnd, ColourAllocated wrapColour) { + + int styleMask = pdoc->stylingBitsMask; + PRectangle rcSegment = rcLine; + + // Fill in a PRectangle representing the end of line characters + int xEol = ll->positions[lineEnd] - subLineStart; + rcSegment.left = xEol + xStart; + rcSegment.right = xEol + vsDraw.aveCharWidth + xStart; + int posLineEnd = pdoc->LineStart(line + 1); + bool eolInSelection = (subLine == (ll->lines - 1)) && + (posLineEnd > ll->selStart) && (posLineEnd <= ll->selEnd) && (ll->selStart != ll->selEnd); + + if (eolInSelection && vsDraw.selbackset && (line < pdoc->LinesTotal() - 1) && (vsDraw.selAlpha == SC_ALPHA_NOALPHA)) { + surface->FillRectangle(rcSegment, SelectionBackground(vsDraw)); + } else { + if (overrideBackground) { + surface->FillRectangle(rcSegment, background); + } else { + surface->FillRectangle(rcSegment, vsDraw.styles[ll->styles[ll->numCharsInLine] & styleMask].back.allocated); + } + if (eolInSelection && vsDraw.selbackset && (line < pdoc->LinesTotal() - 1) && (vsDraw.selAlpha != SC_ALPHA_NOALPHA)) { + SimpleAlphaRectangle(surface, rcSegment, SelectionBackground(vsDraw), vsDraw.selAlpha); + } + } + + rcSegment.left = xEol + vsDraw.aveCharWidth + xStart; + rcSegment.right = rcLine.right; + + if (vsDraw.selEOLFilled && eolInSelection && vsDraw.selbackset && (line < pdoc->LinesTotal() - 1) && (vsDraw.selAlpha == SC_ALPHA_NOALPHA)) { + surface->FillRectangle(rcSegment, SelectionBackground(vsDraw)); + } else { + if (overrideBackground) { + surface->FillRectangle(rcSegment, background); + } else if (vsDraw.styles[ll->styles[ll->numCharsInLine] & styleMask].eolFilled) { + surface->FillRectangle(rcSegment, vsDraw.styles[ll->styles[ll->numCharsInLine] & styleMask].back.allocated); + } else { + surface->FillRectangle(rcSegment, vsDraw.styles[STYLE_DEFAULT].back.allocated); + } + if (vsDraw.selEOLFilled && eolInSelection && vsDraw.selbackset && (line < pdoc->LinesTotal() - 1) && (vsDraw.selAlpha != SC_ALPHA_NOALPHA)) { + SimpleAlphaRectangle(surface, rcSegment, SelectionBackground(vsDraw), vsDraw.selAlpha); + } + } + + if (drawWrapMarkEnd) { + PRectangle rcPlace = rcSegment; + + if (wrapVisualFlagsLocation & SC_WRAPVISUALFLAGLOC_END_BY_TEXT) { + rcPlace.left = xEol + xStart; + rcPlace.right = rcPlace.left + vsDraw.aveCharWidth; + } else { + // draw left of the right text margin, to avoid clipping by the current clip rect + rcPlace.right = rcLine.right - vs.rightMarginWidth; + rcPlace.left = rcPlace.right - vsDraw.aveCharWidth; + } + DrawWrapMarker(surface, rcPlace, true, wrapColour); + } +} + +void Editor::DrawIndicators(Surface *surface, ViewStyle &vsDraw, int line, int xStart, + PRectangle rcLine, LineLayout *ll, int subLine, int lineEnd, bool under) { + // Draw decorators + const int posLineStart = pdoc->LineStart(line); + const int lineStart = ll->LineStart(subLine); + const int subLineStart = ll->positions[lineStart]; + const int posLineEnd = posLineStart + lineEnd; + + if (!under) { + // Draw indicators + // foreach indicator... + for (int indicnum = 0, mask = 1 << pdoc->stylingBits; mask < 0x100; indicnum++) { + if (!(mask & ll->styleBitsSet)) { + mask <<= 1; + continue; + } + int startPos = -1; + // foreach style pos in line... + for (int indicPos = lineStart; indicPos <= lineEnd; indicPos++) { + // look for starts... + if (startPos < 0) { + // NOT in indicator run, looking for START + if (indicPos < lineEnd && (ll->indicators[indicPos] & mask)) + startPos = indicPos; + } + // ... or ends + if (startPos >= 0) { + // IN indicator run, looking for END + if (indicPos >= lineEnd || !(ll->indicators[indicPos] & mask)) { + // AT end of indicator run, DRAW it! + PRectangle rcIndic( + ll->positions[startPos] + xStart - subLineStart, + rcLine.top + vsDraw.maxAscent, + ll->positions[indicPos] + xStart - subLineStart, + rcLine.top + vsDraw.maxAscent + 3); + vsDraw.indicators[indicnum].Draw(surface, rcIndic, rcLine); + // RESET control var + startPos = -1; + } + } + } + mask <<= 1; + } + } + + for (Decoration *deco = pdoc->decorations.root; deco; deco = deco->next) { + if (under == vsDraw.indicators[deco->indicator].under) { + int startPos = posLineStart + lineStart; + if (!deco->rs.ValueAt(startPos)) { + startPos = deco->rs.EndRun(startPos); + } + while ((startPos < posLineEnd) && (deco->rs.ValueAt(startPos))) { + int endPos = deco->rs.EndRun(startPos); + if (endPos > posLineEnd) + endPos = posLineEnd; + PRectangle rcIndic( + ll->positions[startPos - posLineStart] + xStart - subLineStart, + rcLine.top + vsDraw.maxAscent, + ll->positions[endPos - posLineStart] + xStart - subLineStart, + rcLine.top + vsDraw.maxAscent + 3); + vsDraw.indicators[deco->indicator].Draw(surface, rcIndic, rcLine); + startPos = deco->rs.EndRun(endPos); + } + } + } +} + +void DrawTextBlob(Surface *surface, ViewStyle &vsDraw, PRectangle rcSegment, + const char *s, ColourAllocated textBack, ColourAllocated textFore, bool twoPhaseDraw) { + if (!twoPhaseDraw) { + surface->FillRectangle(rcSegment, textBack); + } + Font &ctrlCharsFont = vsDraw.styles[STYLE_CONTROLCHAR].font; + int normalCharHeight = surface->Ascent(ctrlCharsFont) - + surface->InternalLeading(ctrlCharsFont); + PRectangle rcCChar = rcSegment; + rcCChar.left = rcCChar.left + 1; + rcCChar.top = rcSegment.top + vsDraw.maxAscent - normalCharHeight; + rcCChar.bottom = rcSegment.top + vsDraw.maxAscent + 1; + PRectangle rcCentral = rcCChar; + rcCentral.top++; + rcCentral.bottom--; + surface->FillRectangle(rcCentral, textFore); + PRectangle rcChar = rcCChar; + rcChar.left++; + rcChar.right--; + surface->DrawTextClipped(rcChar, ctrlCharsFont, + rcSegment.top + vsDraw.maxAscent, s, istrlen(s), + textBack, textFore); +} + +void Editor::DrawAnnotation(Surface *surface, ViewStyle &vsDraw, int line, int xStart, + PRectangle rcLine, LineLayout *ll, int subLine) { + int indent = pdoc->GetLineIndentation(line) * vsDraw.spaceWidth; + PRectangle rcSegment = rcLine; + int annotationLine = subLine - ll->lines; + const StyledText stAnnotation = pdoc->AnnotationStyledText(line); + if (stAnnotation.text && ValidStyledText(vsDraw, vsDraw.annotationStyleOffset, stAnnotation)) { + surface->FillRectangle(rcSegment, vsDraw.styles[0].back.allocated); + if (vs.annotationVisible == ANNOTATION_BOXED) { + // Only care about calculating width if need to draw box + int widthAnnotation = WidestLineWidth(surface, vsDraw, vsDraw.annotationStyleOffset, stAnnotation); + widthAnnotation += vsDraw.spaceWidth * 2; // Margins + rcSegment.left = xStart + indent; + rcSegment.right = rcSegment.left + widthAnnotation; + surface->PenColour(vsDraw.styles[vsDraw.annotationStyleOffset].fore.allocated); + } else { + rcSegment.left = xStart; + } + const int annotationLines = pdoc->AnnotationLines(line); + size_t start = 0; + size_t lengthAnnotation = stAnnotation.LineLength(start); + int lineInAnnotation = 0; + while ((lineInAnnotation < annotationLine) && (start < stAnnotation.length)) { + start += lengthAnnotation + 1; + lengthAnnotation = stAnnotation.LineLength(start); + lineInAnnotation++; + } + PRectangle rcText = rcSegment; + if (vs.annotationVisible == ANNOTATION_BOXED) { + surface->FillRectangle(rcText, + vsDraw.styles[stAnnotation.StyleAt(start) + vsDraw.annotationStyleOffset].back.allocated); + rcText.left += vsDraw.spaceWidth; + } + DrawStyledText(surface, vsDraw, vsDraw.annotationStyleOffset, rcText, rcText.top + vsDraw.maxAscent, + stAnnotation, start, lengthAnnotation); + if (vs.annotationVisible == ANNOTATION_BOXED) { + surface->MoveTo(rcSegment.left, rcSegment.top); + surface->LineTo(rcSegment.left, rcSegment.bottom); + surface->MoveTo(rcSegment.right, rcSegment.top); + surface->LineTo(rcSegment.right, rcSegment.bottom); + if (subLine == ll->lines){ + surface->MoveTo(rcSegment.left, rcSegment.top); + surface->LineTo(rcSegment.right, rcSegment.top); + } + if (subLine == ll->lines+annotationLines-1) { + surface->MoveTo(rcSegment.left, rcSegment.bottom - 1); + surface->LineTo(rcSegment.right, rcSegment.bottom - 1); + } + } + } +} + +void Editor::DrawLine(Surface *surface, ViewStyle &vsDraw, int line, int lineVisible, int xStart, + PRectangle rcLine, LineLayout *ll, int subLine) { + + PRectangle rcSegment = rcLine; + + // Using one font for all control characters so it can be controlled independently to ensure + // the box goes around the characters tightly. Seems to be no way to work out what height + // is taken by an individual character - internal leading gives varying results. + Font &ctrlCharsFont = vsDraw.styles[STYLE_CONTROLCHAR].font; + + // See if something overrides the line background color: Either if caret is on the line + // and background color is set for that, or if a marker is defined that forces its background + // color onto the line, or if a marker is defined but has no selection margin in which to + // display itself (as long as it's not an SC_MARK_EMPTY marker). These are checked in order + // with the earlier taking precedence. When multiple markers cause background override, + // the color for the highest numbered one is used. + bool overrideBackground = false; + ColourAllocated background; + if (caret.active && vsDraw.showCaretLineBackground && (vsDraw.caretLineAlpha == SC_ALPHA_NOALPHA) && ll->containsCaret) { + overrideBackground = true; + background = vsDraw.caretLineBackground.allocated; + } + if (!overrideBackground) { + int marks = pdoc->GetMark(line); + for (int markBit = 0; (markBit < 32) && marks; markBit++) { + if ((marks & 1) && (vsDraw.markers[markBit].markType == SC_MARK_BACKGROUND) && + (vsDraw.markers[markBit].alpha == SC_ALPHA_NOALPHA)) { + background = vsDraw.markers[markBit].back.allocated; + overrideBackground = true; + } + marks >>= 1; + } + } + if (!overrideBackground) { + if (vsDraw.maskInLine) { + int marksMasked = pdoc->GetMark(line) & vsDraw.maskInLine; + if (marksMasked) { + for (int markBit = 0; (markBit < 32) && marksMasked; markBit++) { + if ((marksMasked & 1) && (vsDraw.markers[markBit].markType != SC_MARK_EMPTY) && + (vsDraw.markers[markBit].alpha == SC_ALPHA_NOALPHA)) { + overrideBackground = true; + background = vsDraw.markers[markBit].back.allocated; + } + marksMasked >>= 1; + } + } + } + } + + bool drawWhitespaceBackground = (vsDraw.viewWhitespace != wsInvisible) && + (!overrideBackground) && (vsDraw.whitespaceBackgroundSet); + + bool inIndentation = subLine == 0; // Do not handle indentation except on first subline. + int indentWidth = pdoc->IndentSize() * vsDraw.spaceWidth; + + int posLineStart = pdoc->LineStart(line); + + int startseg = ll->LineStart(subLine); + int subLineStart = ll->positions[startseg]; + if (subLine >= ll->lines) { + DrawAnnotation(surface, vsDraw, line, xStart, rcLine, ll, subLine); + return; // No further drawing + } + int lineStart = 0; + int lineEnd = 0; + if (subLine < ll->lines) { + lineStart = ll->LineStart(subLine); + lineEnd = ll->LineStart(subLine + 1); + } + + ColourAllocated wrapColour = vsDraw.styles[STYLE_DEFAULT].fore.allocated; + if (vsDraw.whitespaceForegroundSet) + wrapColour = vsDraw.whitespaceForeground.allocated; + + bool drawWrapMarkEnd = false; + + if (wrapVisualFlags & SC_WRAPVISUALFLAG_END) { + if (subLine + 1 < ll->lines) { + drawWrapMarkEnd = ll->LineStart(subLine + 1) != 0; + } + } + + if (actualWrapVisualStartIndent != 0) { + + bool continuedWrapLine = false; + if (subLine < ll->lines) { + continuedWrapLine = ll->LineStart(subLine) != 0; + } + + if (continuedWrapLine) { + // draw continuation rect + PRectangle rcPlace = rcSegment; + + rcPlace.left = ll->positions[startseg] + xStart - subLineStart; + rcPlace.right = rcPlace.left + actualWrapVisualStartIndent * vsDraw.aveCharWidth; + + // default bgnd here.. + surface->FillRectangle(rcSegment, overrideBackground ? background : + vsDraw.styles[STYLE_DEFAULT].back.allocated); + + // main line style would be below but this would be inconsistent with end markers + // also would possibly not be the style at wrap point + //int styleMain = ll->styles[lineStart]; + //surface->FillRectangle(rcPlace, vsDraw.styles[styleMain].back.allocated); + + if (wrapVisualFlags & SC_WRAPVISUALFLAG_START) { + + if (wrapVisualFlagsLocation & SC_WRAPVISUALFLAGLOC_START_BY_TEXT) + rcPlace.left = rcPlace.right - vsDraw.aveCharWidth; + else + rcPlace.right = rcPlace.left + vsDraw.aveCharWidth; + + DrawWrapMarker(surface, rcPlace, false, wrapColour); + } + + xStart += actualWrapVisualStartIndent * vsDraw.aveCharWidth; + } + } + + // Does not take margin into account but not significant + int xStartVisible = subLineStart - xStart; + + BreakFinder bfBack(ll, lineStart, lineEnd, posLineStart, IsUnicodeMode(), xStartVisible); + int next = bfBack.First(); + + // Background drawing loop + while (twoPhaseDraw && (next < lineEnd)) { + + startseg = next; + next = bfBack.Next(); + int i = next - 1; + int iDoc = i + posLineStart; + + rcSegment.left = ll->positions[startseg] + xStart - subLineStart; + rcSegment.right = ll->positions[i + 1] + xStart - subLineStart; + // Only try to draw if really visible - enhances performance by not calling environment to + // draw strings that are completely past the right side of the window. + if ((rcSegment.left <= rcLine.right) && (rcSegment.right >= rcLine.left)) { + // Clip to line rectangle, since may have a huge position which will not work with some platforms + rcSegment.left = Platform::Maximum(rcSegment.left, rcLine.left); + rcSegment.right = Platform::Minimum(rcSegment.right, rcLine.right); + + int styleMain = ll->styles[i]; + bool inSelection = (iDoc >= ll->selStart) && (iDoc < ll->selEnd) && (ll->selStart != ll->selEnd); + bool inHotspot = (ll->hsStart != -1) && (iDoc >= ll->hsStart) && (iDoc < ll->hsEnd); + ColourAllocated textBack = TextBackground(vsDraw, overrideBackground, background, inSelection, inHotspot, styleMain, i, ll); + if (ll->chars[i] == '\t') { + // Tab display + if (drawWhitespaceBackground && + (!inIndentation || vsDraw.viewWhitespace == wsVisibleAlways)) + textBack = vsDraw.whitespaceBackground.allocated; + surface->FillRectangle(rcSegment, textBack); + } else if (IsControlCharacter(ll->chars[i])) { + // Control character display + inIndentation = false; + surface->FillRectangle(rcSegment, textBack); + } else { + // Normal text display + surface->FillRectangle(rcSegment, textBack); + if (vsDraw.viewWhitespace != wsInvisible || + (inIndentation && vsDraw.viewIndentationGuides == ivReal)) { + for (int cpos = 0; cpos <= i - startseg; cpos++) { + if (ll->chars[cpos + startseg] == ' ') { + if (drawWhitespaceBackground && + (!inIndentation || vsDraw.viewWhitespace == wsVisibleAlways)) { + PRectangle rcSpace(ll->positions[cpos + startseg] + xStart - subLineStart, + rcSegment.top, + ll->positions[cpos + startseg + 1] + xStart - subLineStart, + rcSegment.bottom); + surface->FillRectangle(rcSpace, vsDraw.whitespaceBackground.allocated); + } + } else { + inIndentation = false; + } + } + } + } + } else if (rcSegment.left > rcLine.right) { + break; + } + } + + if (twoPhaseDraw) { + DrawEOL(surface, vsDraw, rcLine, ll, line, lineEnd, + xStart, subLine, subLineStart, overrideBackground, background, + drawWrapMarkEnd, wrapColour); + } + + DrawIndicators(surface, vsDraw, line, xStart, rcLine, ll, subLine, lineEnd, true); + + if (vsDraw.edgeState == EDGE_LINE) { + int edgeX = theEdge * vsDraw.spaceWidth; + rcSegment.left = edgeX + xStart; + rcSegment.right = rcSegment.left + 1; + surface->FillRectangle(rcSegment, vsDraw.edgecolour.allocated); + } + + inIndentation = subLine == 0; // Do not handle indentation except on first subline. + // Foreground drawing loop + BreakFinder bfFore(ll, lineStart, lineEnd, posLineStart, IsUnicodeMode(), xStartVisible); + next = bfFore.First(); + + while (next < lineEnd) { + + startseg = next; + next = bfFore.Next(); + int i = next - 1; + + int iDoc = i + posLineStart; + + rcSegment.left = ll->positions[startseg] + xStart - subLineStart; + rcSegment.right = ll->positions[i + 1] + xStart - subLineStart; + // Only try to draw if really visible - enhances performance by not calling environment to + // draw strings that are completely past the right side of the window. + if ((rcSegment.left <= rcLine.right) && (rcSegment.right >= rcLine.left)) { + int styleMain = ll->styles[i]; + ColourAllocated textFore = vsDraw.styles[styleMain].fore.allocated; + Font &textFont = vsDraw.styles[styleMain].font; + //hotspot foreground + if (ll->hsStart != -1 && iDoc >= ll->hsStart && iDoc < hsEnd) { + if (vsDraw.hotspotForegroundSet) + textFore = vsDraw.hotspotForeground.allocated; + } + bool inSelection = (iDoc >= ll->selStart) && (iDoc < ll->selEnd) && (ll->selStart != ll->selEnd); + if (inSelection && (vsDraw.selforeset)) { + textFore = vsDraw.selforeground.allocated; + } + bool inHotspot = (ll->hsStart != -1) && (iDoc >= ll->hsStart) && (iDoc < ll->hsEnd); + ColourAllocated textBack = TextBackground(vsDraw, overrideBackground, background, inSelection, inHotspot, styleMain, i, ll); + if (ll->chars[i] == '\t') { + // Tab display + if (!twoPhaseDraw) { + if (drawWhitespaceBackground && + (!inIndentation || vsDraw.viewWhitespace == wsVisibleAlways)) + textBack = vsDraw.whitespaceBackground.allocated; + surface->FillRectangle(rcSegment, textBack); + } + if ((vsDraw.viewWhitespace != wsInvisible) || + (inIndentation && vsDraw.viewIndentationGuides != ivNone)) { + if (vsDraw.whitespaceForegroundSet) + textFore = vsDraw.whitespaceForeground.allocated; + surface->PenColour(textFore); + } + if (inIndentation && vsDraw.viewIndentationGuides == ivReal) { + for (int xIG = ll->positions[i] / indentWidth * indentWidth; xIG < ll->positions[i + 1]; xIG += indentWidth) { + if (xIG >= ll->positions[i] && xIG > 0) { + DrawIndentGuide(surface, lineVisible, vsDraw.lineHeight, xIG + xStart, rcSegment, + (ll->xHighlightGuide == xIG)); + } + } + } + if (vsDraw.viewWhitespace != wsInvisible) { + if (!inIndentation || vsDraw.viewWhitespace == wsVisibleAlways) { + PRectangle rcTab(rcSegment.left + 1, rcSegment.top + 4, + rcSegment.right - 1, rcSegment.bottom - vsDraw.maxDescent); + DrawTabArrow(surface, rcTab, rcSegment.top + vsDraw.lineHeight / 2); + } + } + } else if (IsControlCharacter(ll->chars[i])) { + // Control character display + inIndentation = false; + if (controlCharSymbol < 32) { + // Draw the character + const char *ctrlChar = ControlCharacterString(ll->chars[i]); + DrawTextBlob(surface, vsDraw, rcSegment, ctrlChar, textBack, textFore, twoPhaseDraw); + } else { + char cc[2] = { static_cast(controlCharSymbol), '\0' }; + surface->DrawTextNoClip(rcSegment, ctrlCharsFont, + rcSegment.top + vsDraw.maxAscent, + cc, 1, textBack, textFore); + } + } else if ((i == startseg) && (static_cast(ll->chars[i]) >= 0x80) && IsUnicodeMode()) { + char hexits[3]; + sprintf(hexits, "%2X", ll->chars[i] & 0xff); + DrawTextBlob(surface, vsDraw, rcSegment, hexits, textBack, textFore, twoPhaseDraw); + } else { + // Normal text display + if (vsDraw.styles[styleMain].visible) { + if (twoPhaseDraw) { + surface->DrawTextTransparent(rcSegment, textFont, + rcSegment.top + vsDraw.maxAscent, ll->chars + startseg, + i - startseg + 1, textFore); + } else { + surface->DrawTextNoClip(rcSegment, textFont, + rcSegment.top + vsDraw.maxAscent, ll->chars + startseg, + i - startseg + 1, textFore, textBack); + } + } + if (vsDraw.viewWhitespace != wsInvisible || + (inIndentation && vsDraw.viewIndentationGuides != ivNone)) { + for (int cpos = 0; cpos <= i - startseg; cpos++) { + if (ll->chars[cpos + startseg] == ' ') { + if (vsDraw.viewWhitespace != wsInvisible) { + if (vsDraw.whitespaceForegroundSet) + textFore = vsDraw.whitespaceForeground.allocated; + if (!inIndentation || vsDraw.viewWhitespace == wsVisibleAlways) { + int xmid = (ll->positions[cpos + startseg] + ll->positions[cpos + startseg + 1]) / 2; + if (!twoPhaseDraw && drawWhitespaceBackground && + (!inIndentation || vsDraw.viewWhitespace == wsVisibleAlways)) { + textBack = vsDraw.whitespaceBackground.allocated; + PRectangle rcSpace(ll->positions[cpos + startseg] + xStart - subLineStart, + rcSegment.top, + ll->positions[cpos + startseg + 1] + xStart - subLineStart, + rcSegment.bottom); + surface->FillRectangle(rcSpace, textBack); + } + PRectangle rcDot(xmid + xStart - subLineStart, rcSegment.top + vsDraw.lineHeight / 2, 0, 0); + rcDot.right = rcDot.left + 1; + rcDot.bottom = rcDot.top + 1; + surface->FillRectangle(rcDot, textFore); + } + } + if (inIndentation && vsDraw.viewIndentationGuides == ivReal) { + int startSpace = ll->positions[cpos + startseg]; + if (startSpace > 0 && (startSpace % indentWidth == 0)) { + DrawIndentGuide(surface, lineVisible, vsDraw.lineHeight, startSpace + xStart, rcSegment, + (ll->xHighlightGuide == ll->positions[cpos + startseg])); + } + } + } else { + inIndentation = false; + } + } + } + } + if (ll->hsStart != -1 && vsDraw.hotspotUnderline && iDoc >= ll->hsStart && iDoc < ll->hsEnd ) { + PRectangle rcUL = rcSegment; + rcUL.top = rcUL.top + vsDraw.maxAscent + 1; + rcUL.bottom = rcUL.top + 1; + if (vsDraw.hotspotForegroundSet) + surface->FillRectangle(rcUL, vsDraw.hotspotForeground.allocated); + else + surface->FillRectangle(rcUL, textFore); + } else if (vsDraw.styles[styleMain].underline) { + PRectangle rcUL = rcSegment; + rcUL.top = rcUL.top + vsDraw.maxAscent + 1; + rcUL.bottom = rcUL.top + 1; + surface->FillRectangle(rcUL, textFore); + } + } else if (rcSegment.left > rcLine.right) { + break; + } + } + if ((vsDraw.viewIndentationGuides == ivLookForward || vsDraw.viewIndentationGuides == ivLookBoth) + && (subLine == 0)) { + int indentSpace = pdoc->GetLineIndentation(line); + // Find the most recent line with some text + + int lineLastWithText = line; + while (lineLastWithText > Platform::Maximum(line-20, 0) && pdoc->IsWhiteLine(lineLastWithText)) { + lineLastWithText--; + } + if (lineLastWithText < line) { + // This line is empty, so use indentation of last line with text + int indentLastWithText = pdoc->GetLineIndentation(lineLastWithText); + int isFoldHeader = pdoc->GetLevel(lineLastWithText) & SC_FOLDLEVELHEADERFLAG; + if (isFoldHeader) { + // Level is one more level than parent + indentLastWithText += pdoc->IndentSize(); + } + if (vsDraw.viewIndentationGuides == ivLookForward) { + // In viLookForward mode, previous line only used if it is a fold header + if (isFoldHeader) { + indentSpace = Platform::Maximum(indentSpace, indentLastWithText); + } + } else { // viLookBoth + indentSpace = Platform::Maximum(indentSpace, indentLastWithText); + } + } + + int lineNextWithText = line; + while (lineNextWithText < Platform::Minimum(line+20, pdoc->LinesTotal()) && pdoc->IsWhiteLine(lineNextWithText)) { + lineNextWithText++; + } + if (lineNextWithText > line) { + // This line is empty, so use indentation of last line with text + indentSpace = Platform::Maximum(indentSpace, + pdoc->GetLineIndentation(lineNextWithText)); + } + + for (int indentPos = pdoc->IndentSize(); indentPos < indentSpace; indentPos += pdoc->IndentSize()) { + int xIndent = indentPos * vsDraw.spaceWidth; + DrawIndentGuide(surface, lineVisible, vsDraw.lineHeight, xIndent + xStart, rcSegment, + (ll->xHighlightGuide == xIndent)); + } + } + + DrawIndicators(surface, vsDraw, line, xStart, rcLine, ll, subLine, lineEnd, false); + + // End of the drawing of the current line + if (!twoPhaseDraw) { + DrawEOL(surface, vsDraw, rcLine, ll, line, lineEnd, + xStart, subLine, subLineStart, overrideBackground, background, + drawWrapMarkEnd, wrapColour); + } + if ((vsDraw.selAlpha != SC_ALPHA_NOALPHA) && (ll->selStart >= 0) && (ll->selEnd >= 0)) { + int startPosSel = (ll->selStart < posLineStart) ? posLineStart : ll->selStart; + int endPosSel = (ll->selEnd < (lineEnd + posLineStart)) ? ll->selEnd : (lineEnd + posLineStart); + if (startPosSel < endPosSel) { + rcSegment.left = xStart + ll->positions[startPosSel - posLineStart] - subLineStart; + rcSegment.right = xStart + ll->positions[endPosSel - posLineStart] - subLineStart; + rcSegment.left = Platform::Maximum(rcSegment.left, rcLine.left); + rcSegment.right = Platform::Minimum(rcSegment.right, rcLine.right); + SimpleAlphaRectangle(surface, rcSegment, SelectionBackground(vsDraw), vsDraw.selAlpha); + } + } + + // Draw any translucent whole line states + rcSegment.left = xStart; + rcSegment.right = rcLine.right - 1; + if (caret.active && vsDraw.showCaretLineBackground && ll->containsCaret) { + SimpleAlphaRectangle(surface, rcSegment, vsDraw.caretLineBackground.allocated, vsDraw.caretLineAlpha); + } + int marks = pdoc->GetMark(line); + for (int markBit = 0; (markBit < 32) && marks; markBit++) { + if ((marks & 1) && (vsDraw.markers[markBit].markType == SC_MARK_BACKGROUND)) { + SimpleAlphaRectangle(surface, rcSegment, vsDraw.markers[markBit].back.allocated, vsDraw.markers[markBit].alpha); + } + marks >>= 1; + } + if (vsDraw.maskInLine) { + int marksMasked = pdoc->GetMark(line) & vsDraw.maskInLine; + if (marksMasked) { + for (int markBit = 0; (markBit < 32) && marksMasked; markBit++) { + if ((marksMasked & 1) && (vsDraw.markers[markBit].markType != SC_MARK_EMPTY)) { + SimpleAlphaRectangle(surface, rcSegment, vsDraw.markers[markBit].back.allocated, vsDraw.markers[markBit].alpha); + } + marksMasked >>= 1; + } + } + } +} + +void Editor::DrawBlockCaret(Surface *surface, ViewStyle &vsDraw, LineLayout *ll, int subLine, int xStart, int offset, int posCaret, PRectangle rcCaret) { + + int lineStart = ll->LineStart(subLine); + int posBefore = posCaret; + int posAfter = MovePositionOutsideChar(posCaret + 1, 1); + int numCharsToDraw = posAfter - posCaret; + + // Work out where the starting and ending offsets are. We need to + // see if the previous character shares horizontal space, such as a + // glyph / combining character. If so we'll need to draw that too. + int offsetFirstChar = offset; + int offsetLastChar = offset + (posAfter - posCaret); + while ((offsetLastChar - numCharsToDraw) >= lineStart) { + if ((ll->positions[offsetLastChar] - ll->positions[offsetLastChar - numCharsToDraw]) > 0) { + // The char does not share horizontal space + break; + } + // Char shares horizontal space, update the numChars to draw + // Update posBefore to point to the prev char + posBefore = MovePositionOutsideChar(posBefore - 1, -1); + numCharsToDraw = posAfter - posBefore; + offsetFirstChar = offset - (posCaret - posBefore); + } + + // See if the next character shares horizontal space, if so we'll + // need to draw that too. + numCharsToDraw = offsetLastChar - offsetFirstChar; + while ((offsetLastChar < ll->LineStart(subLine + 1)) && (offsetLastChar <= ll->numCharsInLine)) { + // Update posAfter to point to the 2nd next char, this is where + // the next character ends, and 2nd next begins. We'll need + // to compare these two + posBefore = posAfter; + posAfter = MovePositionOutsideChar(posAfter + 1, 1); + offsetLastChar = offset + (posAfter - posCaret); + if ((ll->positions[offsetLastChar] - ll->positions[offsetLastChar - (posAfter - posBefore)]) > 0) { + // The char does not share horizontal space + break; + } + // Char shares horizontal space, update the numChars to draw + numCharsToDraw = offsetLastChar - offsetFirstChar; + } + + // We now know what to draw, update the caret drawing rectangle + rcCaret.left = ll->positions[offsetFirstChar] - ll->positions[lineStart] + xStart; + rcCaret.right = ll->positions[offsetFirstChar+numCharsToDraw] - ll->positions[lineStart] + xStart; + + // Adjust caret position to take into account any word wrapping symbols. + if ((actualWrapVisualStartIndent != 0) && (lineStart != 0)) { + int wordWrapCharWidth = actualWrapVisualStartIndent * vs.aveCharWidth; + rcCaret.left += wordWrapCharWidth; + rcCaret.right += wordWrapCharWidth; + } + + // This character is where the caret block is, we override the colours + // (inversed) for drawing the caret here. + int styleMain = ll->styles[offsetFirstChar]; + surface->DrawTextClipped(rcCaret, vsDraw.styles[styleMain].font, + rcCaret.top + vsDraw.maxAscent, ll->chars + offsetFirstChar, + numCharsToDraw, vsDraw.styles[styleMain].back.allocated, + vsDraw.caretcolour.allocated); +} + +void Editor::RefreshPixMaps(Surface *surfaceWindow) { + if (!pixmapSelPattern->Initialised()) { + const int patternSize = 8; + pixmapSelPattern->InitPixMap(patternSize, patternSize, surfaceWindow, wMain.GetID()); + // This complex procedure is to reproduce the checkerboard dithered pattern used by windows + // for scroll bars and Visual Studio for its selection margin. The colour of this pattern is half + // way between the chrome colour and the chrome highlight colour making a nice transition + // between the window chrome and the content area. And it works in low colour depths. + PRectangle rcPattern(0, 0, patternSize, patternSize); + + // Initialize default colours based on the chrome colour scheme. Typically the highlight is white. + ColourAllocated colourFMFill = vs.selbar.allocated; + ColourAllocated colourFMStripes = vs.selbarlight.allocated; + + if (!(vs.selbarlight.desired == ColourDesired(0xff, 0xff, 0xff))) { + // User has chosen an unusual chrome colour scheme so just use the highlight edge colour. + // (Typically, the highlight colour is white.) + colourFMFill = vs.selbarlight.allocated; + } + + if (vs.foldmarginColourSet) { + // override default fold margin colour + colourFMFill = vs.foldmarginColour.allocated; + } + if (vs.foldmarginHighlightColourSet) { + // override default fold margin highlight colour + colourFMStripes = vs.foldmarginHighlightColour.allocated; + } + + pixmapSelPattern->FillRectangle(rcPattern, colourFMFill); + pixmapSelPattern->PenColour(colourFMStripes); + for (int stripe = 0; stripe < patternSize; stripe++) { + // Alternating 1 pixel stripes is same as checkerboard. + pixmapSelPattern->MoveTo(0, stripe * 2); + pixmapSelPattern->LineTo(patternSize, stripe * 2 - patternSize); + } + } + + if (!pixmapIndentGuide->Initialised()) { + // 1 extra pixel in height so can handle odd/even positions and so produce a continuous line + pixmapIndentGuide->InitPixMap(1, vs.lineHeight + 1, surfaceWindow, wMain.GetID()); + pixmapIndentGuideHighlight->InitPixMap(1, vs.lineHeight + 1, surfaceWindow, wMain.GetID()); + PRectangle rcIG(0, 0, 1, vs.lineHeight); + pixmapIndentGuide->FillRectangle(rcIG, vs.styles[STYLE_INDENTGUIDE].back.allocated); + pixmapIndentGuide->PenColour(vs.styles[STYLE_INDENTGUIDE].fore.allocated); + pixmapIndentGuideHighlight->FillRectangle(rcIG, vs.styles[STYLE_BRACELIGHT].back.allocated); + pixmapIndentGuideHighlight->PenColour(vs.styles[STYLE_BRACELIGHT].fore.allocated); + for (int stripe = 1; stripe < vs.lineHeight + 1; stripe += 2) { + pixmapIndentGuide->MoveTo(0, stripe); + pixmapIndentGuide->LineTo(2, stripe); + pixmapIndentGuideHighlight->MoveTo(0, stripe); + pixmapIndentGuideHighlight->LineTo(2, stripe); + } + } + + if (bufferedDraw) { + if (!pixmapLine->Initialised()) { + PRectangle rcClient = GetClientRectangle(); + pixmapLine->InitPixMap(rcClient.Width(), vs.lineHeight, + surfaceWindow, wMain.GetID()); + pixmapSelMargin->InitPixMap(vs.fixedColumnWidth, + rcClient.Height(), surfaceWindow, wMain.GetID()); + } + } +} + +void Editor::Paint(Surface *surfaceWindow, PRectangle rcArea) { + //Platform::DebugPrintf("Paint:%1d (%3d,%3d) ... (%3d,%3d)\n", + // paintingAllText, rcArea.left, rcArea.top, rcArea.right, rcArea.bottom); + + pixmapLine->Release(); + RefreshStyleData(); + RefreshPixMaps(surfaceWindow); + + PRectangle rcClient = GetClientRectangle(); + //Platform::DebugPrintf("Client: (%3d,%3d) ... (%3d,%3d) %d\n", + // rcClient.left, rcClient.top, rcClient.right, rcClient.bottom); + + surfaceWindow->SetPalette(&palette, true); + pixmapLine->SetPalette(&palette, !hasFocus); + + int screenLinePaintFirst = rcArea.top / vs.lineHeight; + // The area to be painted plus one extra line is styled. + // The extra line is to determine when a style change, such as starting a comment flows on to other lines. + int lineStyleLast = topLine + (rcArea.bottom - 1) / vs.lineHeight + 1; + //Platform::DebugPrintf("Paint lines = %d .. %d\n", topLine + screenLinePaintFirst, lineStyleLast); + int endPosPaint = pdoc->Length(); + if (lineStyleLast < cs.LinesDisplayed()) + endPosPaint = pdoc->LineStart(cs.DocFromDisplay(lineStyleLast) + 1); + + int xStart = vs.fixedColumnWidth - xOffset; + int ypos = 0; + if (!bufferedDraw) + ypos += screenLinePaintFirst * vs.lineHeight; + int yposScreen = screenLinePaintFirst * vs.lineHeight; + + // Ensure we are styled as far as we are painting. + pdoc->EnsureStyledTo(endPosPaint); + bool paintAbandonedByStyling = paintState == paintAbandoned; + if (needUpdateUI) { + // Deselect palette by selecting a temporary palette + Palette palTemp; + surfaceWindow->SetPalette(&palTemp, true); + + NotifyUpdateUI(); + needUpdateUI = false; + + RefreshStyleData(); + RefreshPixMaps(surfaceWindow); + surfaceWindow->SetPalette(&palette, true); + pixmapLine->SetPalette(&palette, !hasFocus); + } + + // Call priority lines wrap on a window of lines which are likely + // to rendered with the following paint (that is wrap the visible + // lines first). + int startLineToWrap = cs.DocFromDisplay(topLine) - 5; + if (startLineToWrap < 0) + startLineToWrap = -1; + if (WrapLines(false, startLineToWrap)) { + // The wrapping process has changed the height of some lines so + // abandon this paint for a complete repaint. + if (AbandonPaint()) { + return; + } + RefreshPixMaps(surfaceWindow); // In case pixmaps invalidated by scrollbar change + } + PLATFORM_ASSERT(pixmapSelPattern->Initialised()); + + PaintSelMargin(surfaceWindow, rcArea); + + PRectangle rcRightMargin = rcClient; + rcRightMargin.left = rcRightMargin.right - vs.rightMarginWidth; + if (rcArea.Intersects(rcRightMargin)) { + surfaceWindow->FillRectangle(rcRightMargin, vs.styles[STYLE_DEFAULT].back.allocated); + } + + if (paintState == paintAbandoned) { + // Either styling or NotifyUpdateUI noticed that painting is needed + // outside the current painting rectangle + //Platform::DebugPrintf("Abandoning paint\n"); + if (wrapState != eWrapNone) { + if (paintAbandonedByStyling) { + // Styling has spilled over a line end, such as occurs by starting a multiline + // comment. The width of subsequent text may have changed, so rewrap. + NeedWrapping(cs.DocFromDisplay(topLine)); + } + } + return; + } + //Platform::DebugPrintf("start display %d, offset = %d\n", pdoc->Length(), xOffset); + + // Do the painting + if (rcArea.right > vs.fixedColumnWidth) { + + Surface *surface = surfaceWindow; + if (bufferedDraw) { + surface = pixmapLine; + PLATFORM_ASSERT(pixmapLine->Initialised()); + } + surface->SetUnicodeMode(IsUnicodeMode()); + surface->SetDBCSMode(CodePage()); + + int visibleLine = topLine + screenLinePaintFirst; + + int posCaret = currentPos; + if (posDrag >= 0) + posCaret = posDrag; + int lineCaret = pdoc->LineFromPosition(posCaret); + + // Remove selection margin from drawing area so text will not be drawn + // on it in unbuffered mode. + PRectangle rcTextArea = rcClient; + rcTextArea.left = vs.fixedColumnWidth; + rcTextArea.right -= vs.rightMarginWidth; + surfaceWindow->SetClip(rcTextArea); + + // Loop on visible lines + //double durLayout = 0.0; + //double durPaint = 0.0; + //double durCopy = 0.0; + //ElapsedTime etWhole; + int lineDocPrevious = -1; // Used to avoid laying out one document line multiple times + AutoLineLayout ll(llc, 0); + SelectionLineIterator lineIterator(this); + while (visibleLine < cs.LinesDisplayed() && yposScreen < rcArea.bottom) { + + int lineDoc = cs.DocFromDisplay(visibleLine); + // Only visible lines should be handled by the code within the loop + PLATFORM_ASSERT(cs.GetVisible(lineDoc)); + int lineStartSet = cs.DisplayFromDoc(lineDoc); + int subLine = visibleLine - lineStartSet; + + // Copy this line and its styles from the document into local arrays + // and determine the x position at which each character starts. + //ElapsedTime et; + if (lineDoc != lineDocPrevious) { + ll.Set(0); + // For rectangular selection this accesses the layout cache so should be after layout returned. + lineIterator.SetAt(lineDoc); + ll.Set(RetrieveLineLayout(lineDoc)); + LayoutLine(lineDoc, surface, vs, ll, wrapWidth); + lineDocPrevious = lineDoc; + } + //durLayout += et.Duration(true); + + if (ll) { + if (selType == selStream) { + ll->selStart = SelectionStart(); + ll->selEnd = SelectionEnd(); + } else { + ll->selStart = lineIterator.startPos; + ll->selEnd = lineIterator.endPos; + } + ll->containsCaret = lineDoc == lineCaret; + if (hideSelection) { + ll->selStart = -1; + ll->selEnd = -1; + ll->containsCaret = false; + } + + GetHotSpotRange(ll->hsStart, ll->hsEnd); + + PRectangle rcLine = rcClient; + rcLine.top = ypos; + rcLine.bottom = ypos + vs.lineHeight; + + Range rangeLine(pdoc->LineStart(lineDoc), pdoc->LineStart(lineDoc + 1)); + // Highlight the current braces if any + ll->SetBracesHighlight(rangeLine, braces, static_cast(bracesMatchStyle), + highlightGuideColumn * vs.spaceWidth); + + // Draw the line + DrawLine(surface, vs, lineDoc, visibleLine, xStart, rcLine, ll, subLine); + //durPaint += et.Duration(true); + + // Restore the previous styles for the brace highlights in case layout is in cache. + ll->RestoreBracesHighlight(rangeLine, braces); + + bool expanded = cs.GetExpanded(lineDoc); +#ifdef INCLUDE_DEPRECATED_FEATURES + if ((foldFlags & SC_FOLDFLAG_BOX) == 0) { +#endif + // Paint the line above the fold + if ((expanded && (foldFlags & SC_FOLDFLAG_LINEBEFORE_EXPANDED)) + || + (!expanded && (foldFlags & SC_FOLDFLAG_LINEBEFORE_CONTRACTED))) { + if (pdoc->GetLevel(lineDoc) & SC_FOLDLEVELHEADERFLAG) { + PRectangle rcFoldLine = rcLine; + rcFoldLine.bottom = rcFoldLine.top + 1; + surface->FillRectangle(rcFoldLine, vs.styles[STYLE_DEFAULT].fore.allocated); + } + } + // Paint the line below the fold + if ((expanded && (foldFlags & SC_FOLDFLAG_LINEAFTER_EXPANDED)) + || + (!expanded && (foldFlags & SC_FOLDFLAG_LINEAFTER_CONTRACTED))) { + if (pdoc->GetLevel(lineDoc) & SC_FOLDLEVELHEADERFLAG) { + PRectangle rcFoldLine = rcLine; + rcFoldLine.top = rcFoldLine.bottom - 1; + surface->FillRectangle(rcFoldLine, vs.styles[STYLE_DEFAULT].fore.allocated); + } + } +#ifdef INCLUDE_DEPRECATED_FEATURES + } else { + int FoldLevelCurr = (pdoc->GetLevel(lineDoc) & SC_FOLDLEVELNUMBERMASK) - SC_FOLDLEVELBASE; + int FoldLevelPrev = (pdoc->GetLevel(lineDoc - 1) & SC_FOLDLEVELNUMBERMASK) - SC_FOLDLEVELBASE; + int FoldLevelFlags = (pdoc->GetLevel(lineDoc) & ~SC_FOLDLEVELNUMBERMASK) & ~(0xFFF0000); + int indentationStep = pdoc->IndentSize(); + // Draw line above fold + if ((FoldLevelPrev < FoldLevelCurr) + || + (FoldLevelFlags & SC_FOLDLEVELBOXHEADERFLAG + && + (pdoc->GetLevel(lineDoc - 1) & SC_FOLDLEVELBOXFOOTERFLAG) == 0)) { + PRectangle rcFoldLine = rcLine; + rcFoldLine.bottom = rcFoldLine.top + 1; + rcFoldLine.left += xStart + FoldLevelCurr * vs.spaceWidth * indentationStep - 1; + surface->FillRectangle(rcFoldLine, vs.styles[STYLE_DEFAULT].fore.allocated); + } + + // Line below the fold (or below a contracted fold) + if (FoldLevelFlags & SC_FOLDLEVELBOXFOOTERFLAG + || + (!expanded && (foldFlags & SC_FOLDFLAG_LINEAFTER_CONTRACTED))) { + PRectangle rcFoldLine = rcLine; + rcFoldLine.top = rcFoldLine.bottom - 1; + rcFoldLine.left += xStart + (FoldLevelCurr) * vs.spaceWidth * indentationStep - 1; + surface->FillRectangle(rcFoldLine, vs.styles[STYLE_DEFAULT].fore.allocated); + } + + PRectangle rcBoxLine = rcLine; + // Draw vertical line for every fold level + for (int i = 0; i <= FoldLevelCurr; i++) { + rcBoxLine.left = xStart + i * vs.spaceWidth * indentationStep - 1; + rcBoxLine.right = rcBoxLine.left + 1; + surface->FillRectangle(rcBoxLine, vs.styles[STYLE_DEFAULT].fore.allocated); + } + } +#endif + + // Draw the Caret + if (lineDoc == lineCaret) { + int offset = Platform::Minimum(posCaret - rangeLine.start, ll->maxLineLength); + if (ll->InLine(offset, subLine)) { + int xposCaret = ll->positions[offset] - ll->positions[ll->LineStart(subLine)] + xStart; + + if (actualWrapVisualStartIndent != 0) { + int lineStart = ll->LineStart(subLine); + if (lineStart != 0) // Wrapped + xposCaret += actualWrapVisualStartIndent * vs.aveCharWidth; + } + if ((xposCaret >= 0) && (vs.caretWidth > 0) && (vs.caretStyle != CARETSTYLE_INVISIBLE) && + ((posDrag >= 0) || (caret.active && caret.on))) { + bool caretAtEOF = false; + bool caretAtEOL = false; + bool drawBlockCaret = false; + int widthOverstrikeCaret; + int caretWidthOffset = 0; + PRectangle rcCaret = rcLine; + + if (posCaret == pdoc->Length()) { // At end of document + caretAtEOF = true; + widthOverstrikeCaret = vs.aveCharWidth; + } else if ((posCaret - rangeLine.start) >= ll->numCharsInLine) { // At end of line + caretAtEOL = true; + widthOverstrikeCaret = vs.aveCharWidth; + } else { + widthOverstrikeCaret = ll->positions[offset + 1] - ll->positions[offset]; + } + if (widthOverstrikeCaret < 3) // Make sure its visible + widthOverstrikeCaret = 3; + + if (offset > ll->LineStart(subLine)) + caretWidthOffset = 1; // Move back so overlaps both character cells. + if (posDrag >= 0) { + /* Dragging text, use a line caret */ + rcCaret.left = xposCaret - caretWidthOffset; + rcCaret.right = rcCaret.left + vs.caretWidth; + } else if (inOverstrike) { + /* Overstrike (insert mode), use a modified bar caret */ + rcCaret.top = rcCaret.bottom - 2; + rcCaret.left = xposCaret + 1; + rcCaret.right = rcCaret.left + widthOverstrikeCaret - 1; + } else if (vs.caretStyle == CARETSTYLE_BLOCK) { + /* Block caret */ + rcCaret.left = xposCaret; + if (!caretAtEOL && !caretAtEOF && (ll->chars[offset] != '\t') && !(IsControlCharacter(ll->chars[offset]))) { + drawBlockCaret = true; + rcCaret.right = xposCaret + widthOverstrikeCaret; + } else { + rcCaret.right = xposCaret + vs.aveCharWidth; + } + } else { + /* Line caret */ + rcCaret.left = xposCaret - caretWidthOffset; + rcCaret.right = rcCaret.left + vs.caretWidth; + } + if (drawBlockCaret) { + DrawBlockCaret(surface, vs, ll, subLine, xStart, offset, posCaret, rcCaret); + } else { + surface->FillRectangle(rcCaret, vs.caretcolour.allocated); + } + } + } + } + + if (bufferedDraw) { + Point from(vs.fixedColumnWidth, 0); + PRectangle rcCopyArea(vs.fixedColumnWidth, yposScreen, + rcClient.right, yposScreen + vs.lineHeight); + surfaceWindow->Copy(rcCopyArea, from, *pixmapLine); + } + //durCopy += et.Duration(true); + } + + if (!bufferedDraw) { + ypos += vs.lineHeight; + } + + yposScreen += vs.lineHeight; + visibleLine++; + + lineWidthMaxSeen = Platform::Maximum( + lineWidthMaxSeen, ll->positions[ll->numCharsInLine]); + //gdk_flush(); + } + ll.Set(0); + //if (durPaint < 0.00000001) + // durPaint = 0.00000001; + + // Right column limit indicator + PRectangle rcBeyondEOF = rcClient; + rcBeyondEOF.left = vs.fixedColumnWidth; + rcBeyondEOF.right = rcBeyondEOF.right; + rcBeyondEOF.top = (cs.LinesDisplayed() - topLine) * vs.lineHeight; + if (rcBeyondEOF.top < rcBeyondEOF.bottom) { + surfaceWindow->FillRectangle(rcBeyondEOF, vs.styles[STYLE_DEFAULT].back.allocated); + if (vs.edgeState == EDGE_LINE) { + int edgeX = theEdge * vs.spaceWidth; + rcBeyondEOF.left = edgeX + xStart; + rcBeyondEOF.right = rcBeyondEOF.left + 1; + surfaceWindow->FillRectangle(rcBeyondEOF, vs.edgecolour.allocated); + } + } + //Platform::DebugPrintf( + //"Layout:%9.6g Paint:%9.6g Ratio:%9.6g Copy:%9.6g Total:%9.6g\n", + //durLayout, durPaint, durLayout / durPaint, durCopy, etWhole.Duration()); + NotifyPainted(); + } +} + +// Space (3 space characters) between line numbers and text when printing. +#define lineNumberPrintSpace " " + +ColourDesired InvertedLight(ColourDesired orig) { + unsigned int r = orig.GetRed(); + unsigned int g = orig.GetGreen(); + unsigned int b = orig.GetBlue(); + unsigned int l = (r + g + b) / 3; // There is a better calculation for this that matches human eye + unsigned int il = 0xff - l; + if (l == 0) + return ColourDesired(0xff, 0xff, 0xff); + r = r * il / l; + g = g * il / l; + b = b * il / l; + return ColourDesired(Platform::Minimum(r, 0xff), Platform::Minimum(g, 0xff), Platform::Minimum(b, 0xff)); +} + +// This is mostly copied from the Paint method but with some things omitted +// such as the margin markers, line numbers, selection and caret +// Should be merged back into a combined Draw method. +long Editor::FormatRange(bool draw, RangeToFormat *pfr) { + if (!pfr) + return 0; + + AutoSurface surface(pfr->hdc, this); + if (!surface) + return 0; + AutoSurface surfaceMeasure(pfr->hdcTarget, this); + if (!surfaceMeasure) { + return 0; + } + + // Can't use measurements cached for screen + posCache.Clear(); + + ViewStyle vsPrint(vs); + + // Modify the view style for printing as do not normally want any of the transient features to be printed + // Printing supports only the line number margin. + int lineNumberIndex = -1; + for (int margin = 0; margin < ViewStyle::margins; margin++) { + if ((vsPrint.ms[margin].style == SC_MARGIN_NUMBER) && (vsPrint.ms[margin].width > 0)) { + lineNumberIndex = margin; + } else { + vsPrint.ms[margin].width = 0; + } + } + vsPrint.showMarkedLines = false; + vsPrint.fixedColumnWidth = 0; + vsPrint.zoomLevel = printMagnification; + vsPrint.viewIndentationGuides = ivNone; + // Don't show the selection when printing + vsPrint.selbackset = false; + vsPrint.selforeset = false; + vsPrint.selAlpha = SC_ALPHA_NOALPHA; + vsPrint.whitespaceBackgroundSet = false; + vsPrint.whitespaceForegroundSet = false; + vsPrint.showCaretLineBackground = false; + + // Set colours for printing according to users settings + for (size_t sty = 0;sty < vsPrint.stylesSize;sty++) { + if (printColourMode == SC_PRINT_INVERTLIGHT) { + vsPrint.styles[sty].fore.desired = InvertedLight(vsPrint.styles[sty].fore.desired); + vsPrint.styles[sty].back.desired = InvertedLight(vsPrint.styles[sty].back.desired); + } else if (printColourMode == SC_PRINT_BLACKONWHITE) { + vsPrint.styles[sty].fore.desired = ColourDesired(0, 0, 0); + vsPrint.styles[sty].back.desired = ColourDesired(0xff, 0xff, 0xff); + } else if (printColourMode == SC_PRINT_COLOURONWHITE) { + vsPrint.styles[sty].back.desired = ColourDesired(0xff, 0xff, 0xff); + } else if (printColourMode == SC_PRINT_COLOURONWHITEDEFAULTBG) { + if (sty <= STYLE_DEFAULT) { + vsPrint.styles[sty].back.desired = ColourDesired(0xff, 0xff, 0xff); + } + } + } + // White background for the line numbers + vsPrint.styles[STYLE_LINENUMBER].back.desired = ColourDesired(0xff, 0xff, 0xff); + + vsPrint.Refresh(*surfaceMeasure); + // Determining width must hapen after fonts have been realised in Refresh + int lineNumberWidth = 0; + if (lineNumberIndex >= 0) { + lineNumberWidth = surfaceMeasure->WidthText(vsPrint.styles[STYLE_LINENUMBER].font, + "99999" lineNumberPrintSpace, 5 + istrlen(lineNumberPrintSpace)); + vsPrint.ms[lineNumberIndex].width = lineNumberWidth; + vsPrint.Refresh(*surfaceMeasure); // Recalculate fixedColumnWidth + } + // Ensure colours are set up + vsPrint.RefreshColourPalette(palette, true); + vsPrint.RefreshColourPalette(palette, false); + + int linePrintStart = pdoc->LineFromPosition(pfr->chrg.cpMin); + int linePrintLast = linePrintStart + (pfr->rc.bottom - pfr->rc.top) / vsPrint.lineHeight - 1; + if (linePrintLast < linePrintStart) + linePrintLast = linePrintStart; + int linePrintMax = pdoc->LineFromPosition(pfr->chrg.cpMax); + if (linePrintLast > linePrintMax) + linePrintLast = linePrintMax; + //Platform::DebugPrintf("Formatting lines=[%0d,%0d,%0d] top=%0d bottom=%0d line=%0d %0d\n", + // linePrintStart, linePrintLast, linePrintMax, pfr->rc.top, pfr->rc.bottom, vsPrint.lineHeight, + // surfaceMeasure->Height(vsPrint.styles[STYLE_LINENUMBER].font)); + int endPosPrint = pdoc->Length(); + if (linePrintLast < pdoc->LinesTotal()) + endPosPrint = pdoc->LineStart(linePrintLast + 1); + + // Ensure we are styled to where we are formatting. + pdoc->EnsureStyledTo(endPosPrint); + + int xStart = vsPrint.fixedColumnWidth + pfr->rc.left; + int ypos = pfr->rc.top; + + int lineDoc = linePrintStart; + + int nPrintPos = pfr->chrg.cpMin; + int visibleLine = 0; + int widthPrint = pfr->rc.Width() - vsPrint.fixedColumnWidth; + if (printWrapState == eWrapNone) + widthPrint = LineLayout::wrapWidthInfinite; + + while (lineDoc <= linePrintLast && ypos < pfr->rc.bottom) { + + // When printing, the hdc and hdcTarget may be the same, so + // changing the state of surfaceMeasure may change the underlying + // state of surface. Therefore, any cached state is discarded before + // using each surface. + surfaceMeasure->FlushCachedState(); + + // Copy this line and its styles from the document into local arrays + // and determine the x position at which each character starts. + LineLayout ll(8000); + LayoutLine(lineDoc, surfaceMeasure, vsPrint, &ll, widthPrint); + + ll.selStart = -1; + ll.selEnd = -1; + ll.containsCaret = false; + + PRectangle rcLine; + rcLine.left = pfr->rc.left; + rcLine.top = ypos; + rcLine.right = pfr->rc.right - 1; + rcLine.bottom = ypos + vsPrint.lineHeight; + + // When document line is wrapped over multiple display lines, find where + // to start printing from to ensure a particular position is on the first + // line of the page. + if (visibleLine == 0) { + int startWithinLine = nPrintPos - pdoc->LineStart(lineDoc); + for (int iwl = 0; iwl < ll.lines - 1; iwl++) { + if (ll.LineStart(iwl) <= startWithinLine && ll.LineStart(iwl + 1) >= startWithinLine) { + visibleLine = -iwl; + } + } + + if (ll.lines > 1 && startWithinLine >= ll.LineStart(ll.lines - 1)) { + visibleLine = -(ll.lines - 1); + } + } + + if (draw && lineNumberWidth && + (ypos + vsPrint.lineHeight <= pfr->rc.bottom) && + (visibleLine >= 0)) { + char number[100]; + sprintf(number, "%d" lineNumberPrintSpace, lineDoc + 1); + PRectangle rcNumber = rcLine; + rcNumber.right = rcNumber.left + lineNumberWidth; + // Right justify + rcNumber.left = rcNumber.right - surfaceMeasure->WidthText( + vsPrint.styles[STYLE_LINENUMBER].font, number, istrlen(number)); + surface->FlushCachedState(); + surface->DrawTextNoClip(rcNumber, vsPrint.styles[STYLE_LINENUMBER].font, + ypos + vsPrint.maxAscent, number, istrlen(number), + vsPrint.styles[STYLE_LINENUMBER].fore.allocated, + vsPrint.styles[STYLE_LINENUMBER].back.allocated); + } + + // Draw the line + surface->FlushCachedState(); + + for (int iwl = 0; iwl < ll.lines; iwl++) { + if (ypos + vsPrint.lineHeight <= pfr->rc.bottom) { + if (visibleLine >= 0) { + if (draw) { + rcLine.top = ypos; + rcLine.bottom = ypos + vsPrint.lineHeight; + DrawLine(surface, vsPrint, lineDoc, visibleLine, xStart, rcLine, &ll, iwl); + } + ypos += vsPrint.lineHeight; + } + visibleLine++; + if (iwl == ll.lines - 1) + nPrintPos = pdoc->LineStart(lineDoc + 1); + else + nPrintPos += ll.LineStart(iwl + 1) - ll.LineStart(iwl); + } + } + + ++lineDoc; + } + + // Clear cache so measurements are not used for screen + posCache.Clear(); + + return nPrintPos; +} + +int Editor::TextWidth(int style, const char *text) { + RefreshStyleData(); + AutoSurface surface(this); + if (surface) { + return surface->WidthText(vs.styles[style].font, text, istrlen(text)); + } else { + return 1; + } +} + +// Empty method is overridden on GTK+ to show / hide scrollbars +void Editor::ReconfigureScrollBars() {} + +void Editor::SetScrollBars() { + RefreshStyleData(); + + int nMax = MaxScrollPos(); + int nPage = LinesOnScreen(); + bool modified = ModifyScrollBars(nMax + nPage - 1, nPage); + if (modified) { + DwellEnd(true); + } + + // TODO: ensure always showing as many lines as possible + // May not be, if, for example, window made larger + if (topLine > MaxScrollPos()) { + SetTopLine(Platform::Clamp(topLine, 0, MaxScrollPos())); + SetVerticalScrollPos(); + Redraw(); + } + if (modified) { + if (!AbandonPaint()) + Redraw(); + } + //Platform::DebugPrintf("end max = %d page = %d\n", nMax, nPage); +} + +void Editor::ChangeSize() { + DropGraphics(); + SetScrollBars(); + if (wrapState != eWrapNone) { + PRectangle rcTextArea = GetClientRectangle(); + rcTextArea.left = vs.fixedColumnWidth; + rcTextArea.right -= vs.rightMarginWidth; + if (wrapWidth != rcTextArea.Width()) { + NeedWrapping(); + Redraw(); + } + } +} + +void Editor::AddChar(char ch) { + char s[2]; + s[0] = ch; + s[1] = '\0'; + AddCharUTF(s, 1); +} + +// AddCharUTF inserts an array of bytes which may or may not be in UTF-8. +void Editor::AddCharUTF(char *s, unsigned int len, bool treatAsDBCS) { + bool wasSelection = currentPos != anchor; + ClearSelection(); + bool charReplaceAction = false; + if (inOverstrike && !wasSelection && !RangeContainsProtected(currentPos, currentPos + 1)) { + if (currentPos < (pdoc->Length())) { + if (!IsEOLChar(pdoc->CharAt(currentPos))) { + charReplaceAction = true; + pdoc->BeginUndoAction(); + pdoc->DelChar(currentPos); + } + } + } + if (pdoc->InsertString(currentPos, s, len)) { + SetEmptySelection(currentPos + len); + } + if (charReplaceAction) { + pdoc->EndUndoAction(); + } + // If in wrap mode rewrap current line so EnsureCaretVisible has accurate information + if (wrapState != eWrapNone) { + AutoSurface surface(this); + if (surface) { + WrapOneLine(surface, pdoc->LineFromPosition(currentPos)); + } + SetScrollBars(); + } + EnsureCaretVisible(); + // Avoid blinking during rapid typing: + ShowCaretAtCurrentPosition(); + if (!caretSticky) { + SetLastXChosen(); + } + + if (treatAsDBCS) { + NotifyChar((static_cast(s[0]) << 8) | + static_cast(s[1])); + } else { + int byte = static_cast(s[0]); + if ((byte < 0xC0) || (1 == len)) { + // Handles UTF-8 characters between 0x01 and 0x7F and single byte + // characters when not in UTF-8 mode. + // Also treats \0 and naked trail bytes 0x80 to 0xBF as valid + // characters representing themselves. + } else { + // Unroll 1 to 3 byte UTF-8 sequences. See reference data at: + // http://www.cl.cam.ac.uk/~mgk25/unicode.html + // http://www.cl.cam.ac.uk/~mgk25/ucs/examples/UTF-8-test.txt + if (byte < 0xE0) { + int byte2 = static_cast(s[1]); + if ((byte2 & 0xC0) == 0x80) { + // Two-byte-character lead-byte followed by a trail-byte. + byte = (((byte & 0x1F) << 6) | (byte2 & 0x3F)); + } + // A two-byte-character lead-byte not followed by trail-byte + // represents itself. + } else if (byte < 0xF0) { + int byte2 = static_cast(s[1]); + int byte3 = static_cast(s[2]); + if (((byte2 & 0xC0) == 0x80) && ((byte3 & 0xC0) == 0x80)) { + // Three-byte-character lead byte followed by two trail bytes. + byte = (((byte & 0x0F) << 12) | ((byte2 & 0x3F) << 6) | + (byte3 & 0x3F)); + } + // A three-byte-character lead-byte not followed by two trail-bytes + // represents itself. + } + } + NotifyChar(byte); + } +} + +void Editor::ClearSelection() { + if (!SelectionContainsProtected()) { + int startPos = SelectionStart(); + if (selType == selStream) { + unsigned int chars = SelectionEnd() - startPos; + if (0 != chars) { + pdoc->BeginUndoAction(); + pdoc->DeleteChars(startPos, chars); + pdoc->EndUndoAction(); + } + } else { + pdoc->BeginUndoAction(); + SelectionLineIterator lineIterator(this, false); + while (lineIterator.Iterate()) { + startPos = lineIterator.startPos; + unsigned int chars = lineIterator.endPos - startPos; + if (0 != chars) { + pdoc->DeleteChars(startPos, chars); + } + } + pdoc->EndUndoAction(); + selType = selStream; + } + SetEmptySelection(startPos); + } +} + +void Editor::ClearAll() { + pdoc->BeginUndoAction(); + if (0 != pdoc->Length()) { + pdoc->DeleteChars(0, pdoc->Length()); + } + if (!pdoc->IsReadOnly()) { + cs.Clear(); + pdoc->AnnotationClearAll(); + pdoc->MarginClearAll(); + } + pdoc->EndUndoAction(); + anchor = 0; + currentPos = 0; + SetTopLine(0); + SetVerticalScrollPos(); + InvalidateStyleRedraw(); +} + +void Editor::ClearDocumentStyle() { + Decoration *deco = pdoc->decorations.root; + while (deco) { + // Save next in case deco deleted + Decoration *decoNext = deco->next; + if (deco->indicator < INDIC_CONTAINER) { + pdoc->decorations.SetCurrentIndicator(deco->indicator); + pdoc->DecorationFillRange(0, 0, pdoc->Length()); + } + deco = decoNext; + } + pdoc->StartStyling(0, '\377'); + pdoc->SetStyleFor(pdoc->Length(), 0); + cs.ShowAll(); + pdoc->ClearLevels(); +} + +void Editor::CopyAllowLine() { + SelectionText selectedText; + CopySelectionRange(&selectedText, true); + CopyToClipboard(selectedText); +} + +void Editor::Cut() { + pdoc->CheckReadOnly(); + if (!pdoc->IsReadOnly() && !SelectionContainsProtected()) { + Copy(); + ClearSelection(); + } +} + +void Editor::PasteRectangular(int pos, const char *ptr, int len) { + if (pdoc->IsReadOnly() || SelectionContainsProtected()) { + return; + } + currentPos = pos; + int xInsert = XFromPosition(currentPos); + int line = pdoc->LineFromPosition(currentPos); + bool prevCr = false; + pdoc->BeginUndoAction(); + for (int i = 0; i < len; i++) { + if (IsEOLChar(ptr[i])) { + if ((ptr[i] == '\r') || (!prevCr)) + line++; + if (line >= pdoc->LinesTotal()) { + if (pdoc->eolMode != SC_EOL_LF) + pdoc->InsertChar(pdoc->Length(), '\r'); + if (pdoc->eolMode != SC_EOL_CR) + pdoc->InsertChar(pdoc->Length(), '\n'); + } + // Pad the end of lines with spaces if required + currentPos = PositionFromLineX(line, xInsert); + if ((XFromPosition(currentPos) < xInsert) && (i + 1 < len)) { + for (int i = 0; i < xInsert - XFromPosition(currentPos); i++) { + pdoc->InsertChar(currentPos, ' '); + currentPos++; + } + } + prevCr = ptr[i] == '\r'; + } else { + pdoc->InsertString(currentPos, ptr + i, 1); + currentPos++; + prevCr = false; + } + } + pdoc->EndUndoAction(); + SetEmptySelection(pos); +} + +bool Editor::CanPaste() { + return !pdoc->IsReadOnly() && !SelectionContainsProtected(); +} + +void Editor::Clear() { + if (currentPos == anchor) { + if (!RangeContainsProtected(currentPos, currentPos + 1)) { + DelChar(); + } + } else { + ClearSelection(); + } + SetEmptySelection(currentPos); +} + +void Editor::SelectAll() { + SetSelection(0, pdoc->Length()); + Redraw(); +} + +void Editor::Undo() { + if (pdoc->CanUndo()) { + InvalidateCaret(); + int newPos = pdoc->Undo(); + if (newPos >= 0) + SetEmptySelection(newPos); + EnsureCaretVisible(); + } +} + +void Editor::Redo() { + if (pdoc->CanRedo()) { + int newPos = pdoc->Redo(); + if (newPos >= 0) + SetEmptySelection(newPos); + EnsureCaretVisible(); + } +} + +void Editor::DelChar() { + if (!RangeContainsProtected(currentPos, currentPos + 1)) { + pdoc->DelChar(currentPos); + } + // Avoid blinking during rapid typing: + ShowCaretAtCurrentPosition(); +} + +void Editor::DelCharBack(bool allowLineStartDeletion) { + if (currentPos == anchor) { + if (!RangeContainsProtected(currentPos - 1, currentPos)) { + int lineCurrentPos = pdoc->LineFromPosition(currentPos); + if (allowLineStartDeletion || (pdoc->LineStart(lineCurrentPos) != currentPos)) { + if (pdoc->GetColumn(currentPos) <= pdoc->GetLineIndentation(lineCurrentPos) && + pdoc->GetColumn(currentPos) > 0 && pdoc->backspaceUnindents) { + pdoc->BeginUndoAction(); + int indentation = pdoc->GetLineIndentation(lineCurrentPos); + int indentationStep = pdoc->IndentSize(); + if (indentation % indentationStep == 0) { + pdoc->SetLineIndentation(lineCurrentPos, indentation - indentationStep); + } else { + pdoc->SetLineIndentation(lineCurrentPos, indentation - (indentation % indentationStep)); + } + SetEmptySelection(pdoc->GetLineIndentPosition(lineCurrentPos)); + pdoc->EndUndoAction(); + } else { + pdoc->DelCharBack(currentPos); + } + } + } + } else { + ClearSelection(); + SetEmptySelection(currentPos); + } + // Avoid blinking during rapid typing: + ShowCaretAtCurrentPosition(); +} + +void Editor::NotifyFocus(bool) {} + +SCNotification scNotification() +{ + SCNotification scn = {{0,0,0},0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0}; + return scn; +} + +void Editor::NotifyStyleToNeeded(int endStyleNeeded) { + SCNotification scn = scNotification(); + scn.nmhdr.code = SCN_STYLENEEDED; + scn.position = endStyleNeeded; + NotifyParent(scn); +} + +void Editor::NotifyStyleNeeded(Document*, void *, int endStyleNeeded) { + NotifyStyleToNeeded(endStyleNeeded); +} + +void Editor::NotifyChar(int ch) { + //SCNotification scn = {0}; + SCNotification scn = scNotification(); + scn.nmhdr.code = SCN_CHARADDED; + scn.ch = ch; + NotifyParent(scn); + if (recordingMacro) { + char txt[2]; + txt[0] = static_cast(ch); + txt[1] = '\0'; + NotifyMacroRecord(SCI_REPLACESEL, 0, reinterpret_cast(txt)); + } +} + +void Editor::NotifySavePoint(bool isSavePoint) { + //SCNotification scn = {0}; + SCNotification scn = scNotification(); + if (isSavePoint) { + scn.nmhdr.code = SCN_SAVEPOINTREACHED; + } else { + scn.nmhdr.code = SCN_SAVEPOINTLEFT; + } + NotifyParent(scn); +} + +void Editor::NotifyModifyAttempt() { + //SCNotification scn = {0}; + SCNotification scn = scNotification(); + scn.nmhdr.code = SCN_MODIFYATTEMPTRO; + NotifyParent(scn); +} + +void Editor::NotifyDoubleClick(Point pt, bool shift, bool ctrl, bool alt) { + //SCNotification scn = {0}; + SCNotification scn = scNotification(); + scn.nmhdr.code = SCN_DOUBLECLICK; + scn.line = LineFromLocation(pt); + scn.position = PositionFromLocationClose(pt); + scn.modifiers = (shift ? SCI_SHIFT : 0) | (ctrl ? SCI_CTRL : 0) | + (alt ? SCI_ALT : 0); + NotifyParent(scn); +} + +void Editor::NotifyHotSpotDoubleClicked(int position, bool shift, bool ctrl, bool alt) { + //SCNotification scn = {0}; + SCNotification scn = scNotification(); + scn.nmhdr.code = SCN_HOTSPOTDOUBLECLICK; + scn.position = position; + scn.modifiers = (shift ? SCI_SHIFT : 0) | (ctrl ? SCI_CTRL : 0) | + (alt ? SCI_ALT : 0); + NotifyParent(scn); +} + +void Editor::NotifyHotSpotClicked(int position, bool shift, bool ctrl, bool alt) { + //SCNotification scn = {0}; + SCNotification scn = scNotification(); + scn.nmhdr.code = SCN_HOTSPOTCLICK; + scn.position = position; + scn.modifiers = (shift ? SCI_SHIFT : 0) | (ctrl ? SCI_CTRL : 0) | + (alt ? SCI_ALT : 0); + NotifyParent(scn); +} + +void Editor::NotifyUpdateUI() { + //SCNotification scn = {0}; + SCNotification scn = scNotification(); + scn.nmhdr.code = SCN_UPDATEUI; + NotifyParent(scn); +} + +void Editor::NotifyPainted() { + //SCNotification scn = {0}; + SCNotification scn = scNotification(); + scn.nmhdr.code = SCN_PAINTED; + NotifyParent(scn); +} + +void Editor::NotifyIndicatorClick(bool click, int position, bool shift, bool ctrl, bool alt) { + int mask = pdoc->decorations.AllOnFor(position); + if ((click && mask) || pdoc->decorations.clickNotified) { + //SCNotification scn = {0}; + SCNotification scn = scNotification(); + pdoc->decorations.clickNotified = click; + scn.nmhdr.code = click ? SCN_INDICATORCLICK : SCN_INDICATORRELEASE; + scn.modifiers = (shift ? SCI_SHIFT : 0) | (ctrl ? SCI_CTRL : 0) | (alt ? SCI_ALT : 0); + scn.position = position; + NotifyParent(scn); + } +} + +bool Editor::NotifyMarginClick(Point pt, bool shift, bool ctrl, bool alt) { + int marginClicked = -1; + int x = 0; + for (int margin = 0; margin < ViewStyle::margins; margin++) { + if ((pt.x > x) && (pt.x < x + vs.ms[margin].width)) + marginClicked = margin; + x += vs.ms[margin].width; + } + if ((marginClicked >= 0) && vs.ms[marginClicked].sensitive) { + //SCNotification scn = {0}; + SCNotification scn = scNotification(); + scn.nmhdr.code = SCN_MARGINCLICK; + scn.modifiers = (shift ? SCI_SHIFT : 0) | (ctrl ? SCI_CTRL : 0) | + (alt ? SCI_ALT : 0); + scn.position = pdoc->LineStart(LineFromLocation(pt)); + scn.margin = marginClicked; + NotifyParent(scn); + return true; + } else { + return false; + } +} + +void Editor::NotifyNeedShown(int pos, int len) { + //SCNotification scn = {0}; + SCNotification scn = scNotification(); + scn.nmhdr.code = SCN_NEEDSHOWN; + scn.position = pos; + scn.length = len; + NotifyParent(scn); +} + +void Editor::NotifyDwelling(Point pt, bool state) { + //SCNotification scn = {0}; + SCNotification scn = scNotification(); + scn.nmhdr.code = state ? SCN_DWELLSTART : SCN_DWELLEND; + scn.position = PositionFromLocationClose(pt); + scn.x = pt.x; + scn.y = pt.y; + NotifyParent(scn); +} + +void Editor::NotifyZoom() { + //SCNotification scn = {0}; + SCNotification scn = scNotification(); + scn.nmhdr.code = SCN_ZOOM; + NotifyParent(scn); +} + +// Notifications from document +void Editor::NotifyModifyAttempt(Document*, void *) { + //Platform::DebugPrintf("** Modify Attempt\n"); + NotifyModifyAttempt(); +} + +void Editor::NotifyMove(int position) { + position = position; +#ifdef INCLUDE_DEPRECATED_FEATURES + //SCNotification scn = {0}; + SCNotification scn = scNotification(); + scn.nmhdr.code = SCN_POSCHANGED; + scn.position = position; + NotifyParent(scn); +#endif +} + +void Editor::NotifySavePoint(Document*, void *, bool atSavePoint) { + //Platform::DebugPrintf("** Save Point %s\n", atSavePoint ? "On" : "Off"); + NotifySavePoint(atSavePoint); +} + +void Editor::CheckModificationForWrap(DocModification mh) { + if (mh.modificationType & (SC_MOD_INSERTTEXT | SC_MOD_DELETETEXT)) { + llc.Invalidate(LineLayout::llCheckTextAndStyle); + if (wrapState != eWrapNone) { + int lineDoc = pdoc->LineFromPosition(mh.position); + int lines = Platform::Maximum(0, mh.linesAdded); + NeedWrapping(lineDoc, lineDoc + lines + 1); + } + // Fix up annotation heights + int lineDoc = pdoc->LineFromPosition(mh.position); + int lines = Platform::Maximum(0, mh.linesAdded); + SetAnnotationHeights(lineDoc, lineDoc + lines + 2); + } +} + +// Move a position so it is still after the same character as before the insertion. +static inline int MovePositionForInsertion(int position, int startInsertion, int length) { + if (position > startInsertion) { + return position + length; + } + return position; +} + +// Move a position so it is still after the same character as before the deletion if that +// character is still present else after the previous surviving character. +static inline int MovePositionForDeletion(int position, int startDeletion, int length) { + if (position > startDeletion) { + int endDeletion = startDeletion + length; + if (position > endDeletion) { + return position - length; + } else { + return startDeletion; + } + } else { + return position; + } +} + +void Editor::NotifyModified(Document*, DocModification mh, void *) { + needUpdateUI = true; + if (paintState == painting) { + CheckForChangeOutsidePaint(Range(mh.position, mh.position + mh.length)); + } + if (mh.modificationType & SC_MOD_CHANGELINESTATE) { + if (paintState == painting) { + CheckForChangeOutsidePaint( + Range(pdoc->LineStart(mh.line), pdoc->LineStart(mh.line + 1))); + } else { + // Could check that change is before last visible line. + Redraw(); + } + } + if (mh.modificationType & (SC_MOD_CHANGESTYLE | SC_MOD_CHANGEINDICATOR)) { + if (mh.modificationType & SC_MOD_CHANGESTYLE) { + pdoc->IncrementStyleClock(); + } + if (paintState == notPainting) { + if (mh.position < pdoc->LineStart(topLine)) { + // Styling performed before this view + Redraw(); + } else { + InvalidateRange(mh.position, mh.position + mh.length); + } + } + if (mh.modificationType & SC_MOD_CHANGESTYLE) { + llc.Invalidate(LineLayout::llCheckTextAndStyle); + } + } else { + // Move selection and brace highlights + if (mh.modificationType & SC_MOD_INSERTTEXT) { + currentPos = MovePositionForInsertion(currentPos, mh.position, mh.length); + anchor = MovePositionForInsertion(anchor, mh.position, mh.length); + braces[0] = MovePositionForInsertion(braces[0], mh.position, mh.length); + braces[1] = MovePositionForInsertion(braces[1], mh.position, mh.length); + } else if (mh.modificationType & SC_MOD_DELETETEXT) { + currentPos = MovePositionForDeletion(currentPos, mh.position, mh.length); + anchor = MovePositionForDeletion(anchor, mh.position, mh.length); + braces[0] = MovePositionForDeletion(braces[0], mh.position, mh.length); + braces[1] = MovePositionForDeletion(braces[1], mh.position, mh.length); + } + if (cs.LinesDisplayed() < cs.LinesInDoc()) { + // Some lines are hidden so may need shown. + // TODO: check if the modified area is hidden. + if (mh.modificationType & SC_MOD_BEFOREINSERT) { + NotifyNeedShown(mh.position, 0); + } else if (mh.modificationType & SC_MOD_BEFOREDELETE) { + NotifyNeedShown(mh.position, mh.length); + } + } + if (mh.linesAdded != 0) { + // Update contraction state for inserted and removed lines + // lineOfPos should be calculated in context of state before modification, shouldn't it + int lineOfPos = pdoc->LineFromPosition(mh.position); + if (mh.linesAdded > 0) { + cs.InsertLines(lineOfPos, mh.linesAdded); + } else { + cs.DeleteLines(lineOfPos, -mh.linesAdded); + } + } + if (mh.modificationType & SC_MOD_CHANGEANNOTATION) { + int lineDoc = pdoc->LineFromPosition(mh.position); + if (vs.annotationVisible) { + cs.SetHeight(lineDoc, cs.GetHeight(lineDoc) + mh.annotationLinesAdded); + } + } + CheckModificationForWrap(mh); + if (mh.linesAdded != 0) { + // Avoid scrolling of display if change before current display + if (mh.position < posTopLine && !CanDeferToLastStep(mh)) { + int newTop = Platform::Clamp(topLine + mh.linesAdded, 0, MaxScrollPos()); + if (newTop != topLine) { + SetTopLine(newTop); + SetVerticalScrollPos(); + } + } + + //Platform::DebugPrintf("** %x Doc Changed\n", this); + // TODO: could invalidate from mh.startModification to end of screen + //InvalidateRange(mh.position, mh.position + mh.length); + if (paintState == notPainting && !CanDeferToLastStep(mh)) { + Redraw(); + } + } else { + //Platform::DebugPrintf("** %x Line Changed %d .. %d\n", this, + // mh.position, mh.position + mh.length); + if (paintState == notPainting && mh.length && !CanEliminate(mh)) { + InvalidateRange(mh.position, mh.position + mh.length); + } + } + } + + if (mh.linesAdded != 0 && !CanDeferToLastStep(mh)) { + SetScrollBars(); + } + + if ((mh.modificationType & SC_MOD_CHANGEMARKER) || (mh.modificationType & SC_MOD_CHANGEMARGIN)) { + if ((paintState == notPainting) || !PaintContainsMargin()) { + if (mh.modificationType & SC_MOD_CHANGEFOLD) { + // Fold changes can affect the drawing of following lines so redraw whole margin + RedrawSelMargin(); + } else { + RedrawSelMargin(mh.line); + } + } + } + + // NOW pay the piper WRT "deferred" visual updates + if (IsLastStep(mh)) { + SetScrollBars(); + Redraw(); + } + + // If client wants to see this modification + if (mh.modificationType & modEventMask) { + if ((mh.modificationType & (SC_MOD_CHANGESTYLE | SC_MOD_CHANGEINDICATOR)) == 0) { + // Real modification made to text of document. + NotifyChange(); // Send EN_CHANGE + } + + //SCNotification scn = {0}; + SCNotification scn = scNotification(); + scn.nmhdr.code = SCN_MODIFIED; + scn.position = mh.position; + scn.modificationType = mh.modificationType; + scn.text = mh.text; + scn.length = mh.length; + scn.linesAdded = mh.linesAdded; + scn.line = mh.line; + scn.foldLevelNow = mh.foldLevelNow; + scn.foldLevelPrev = mh.foldLevelPrev; + scn.token = mh.token; + scn.annotationLinesAdded = mh.annotationLinesAdded; + NotifyParent(scn); + } +} + +void Editor::NotifyDeleted(Document *, void *) { + /* Do nothing */ +} + +void Editor::NotifyMacroRecord(unsigned int iMessage, uptr_t wParam, sptr_t lParam) { + + // Enumerates all macroable messages + switch (iMessage) { + case SCI_CUT: + case SCI_COPY: + case SCI_PASTE: + case SCI_CLEAR: + case SCI_REPLACESEL: + case SCI_ADDTEXT: + case SCI_INSERTTEXT: + case SCI_APPENDTEXT: + case SCI_CLEARALL: + case SCI_SELECTALL: + case SCI_GOTOLINE: + case SCI_GOTOPOS: + case SCI_SEARCHANCHOR: + case SCI_SEARCHNEXT: + case SCI_SEARCHPREV: + case SCI_LINEDOWN: + case SCI_LINEDOWNEXTEND: + case SCI_PARADOWN: + case SCI_PARADOWNEXTEND: + case SCI_LINEUP: + case SCI_LINEUPEXTEND: + case SCI_PARAUP: + case SCI_PARAUPEXTEND: + case SCI_CHARLEFT: + case SCI_CHARLEFTEXTEND: + case SCI_CHARRIGHT: + case SCI_CHARRIGHTEXTEND: + case SCI_WORDLEFT: + case SCI_WORDLEFTEXTEND: + case SCI_WORDRIGHT: + case SCI_WORDRIGHTEXTEND: + case SCI_WORDPARTLEFT: + case SCI_WORDPARTLEFTEXTEND: + case SCI_WORDPARTRIGHT: + case SCI_WORDPARTRIGHTEXTEND: + case SCI_WORDLEFTEND: + case SCI_WORDLEFTENDEXTEND: + case SCI_WORDRIGHTEND: + case SCI_WORDRIGHTENDEXTEND: + case SCI_HOME: + case SCI_HOMEEXTEND: + case SCI_LINEEND: + case SCI_LINEENDEXTEND: + case SCI_HOMEWRAP: + case SCI_HOMEWRAPEXTEND: + case SCI_LINEENDWRAP: + case SCI_LINEENDWRAPEXTEND: + case SCI_DOCUMENTSTART: + case SCI_DOCUMENTSTARTEXTEND: + case SCI_DOCUMENTEND: + case SCI_DOCUMENTENDEXTEND: + case SCI_STUTTEREDPAGEUP: + case SCI_STUTTEREDPAGEUPEXTEND: + case SCI_STUTTEREDPAGEDOWN: + case SCI_STUTTEREDPAGEDOWNEXTEND: + case SCI_PAGEUP: + case SCI_PAGEUPEXTEND: + case SCI_PAGEDOWN: + case SCI_PAGEDOWNEXTEND: + case SCI_EDITTOGGLEOVERTYPE: + case SCI_CANCEL: + case SCI_DELETEBACK: + case SCI_TAB: + case SCI_BACKTAB: + case SCI_FORMFEED: + case SCI_VCHOME: + case SCI_VCHOMEEXTEND: + case SCI_VCHOMEWRAP: + case SCI_VCHOMEWRAPEXTEND: + case SCI_DELWORDLEFT: + case SCI_DELWORDRIGHT: + case SCI_DELWORDRIGHTEND: + case SCI_DELLINELEFT: + case SCI_DELLINERIGHT: + case SCI_LINECOPY: + case SCI_LINECUT: + case SCI_LINEDELETE: + case SCI_LINETRANSPOSE: + case SCI_LINEDUPLICATE: + case SCI_LOWERCASE: + case SCI_UPPERCASE: + case SCI_LINESCROLLDOWN: + case SCI_LINESCROLLUP: + case SCI_DELETEBACKNOTLINE: + case SCI_HOMEDISPLAY: + case SCI_HOMEDISPLAYEXTEND: + case SCI_LINEENDDISPLAY: + case SCI_LINEENDDISPLAYEXTEND: + case SCI_SETSELECTIONMODE: + case SCI_LINEDOWNRECTEXTEND: + case SCI_LINEUPRECTEXTEND: + case SCI_CHARLEFTRECTEXTEND: + case SCI_CHARRIGHTRECTEXTEND: + case SCI_HOMERECTEXTEND: + case SCI_VCHOMERECTEXTEND: + case SCI_LINEENDRECTEXTEND: + case SCI_PAGEUPRECTEXTEND: + case SCI_PAGEDOWNRECTEXTEND: + case SCI_SELECTIONDUPLICATE: + case SCI_COPYALLOWLINE: + break; + + // Filter out all others like display changes. Also, newlines are redundant + // with char insert messages. + case SCI_NEWLINE: + default: + // printf("Filtered out %ld of macro recording\n", iMessage); + return ; + } + + // Send notification + //SCNotification scn = {0}; + SCNotification scn = scNotification(); + scn.nmhdr.code = SCN_MACRORECORD; + scn.message = iMessage; + scn.wParam = wParam; + scn.lParam = lParam; + NotifyParent(scn); +} + +/** + * Force scroll and keep position relative to top of window. + * + * If stuttered = true and not already at first/last row, move to first/last row of window. + * If stuttered = true and already at first/last row, scroll as normal. + */ +void Editor::PageMove(int direction, selTypes sel, bool stuttered) { + int topLineNew, newPos; + + // I consider only the caretYSlop, and ignore the caretYPolicy-- is that a problem? + int currentLine = pdoc->LineFromPosition(currentPos); + int topStutterLine = topLine + caretYSlop; + int bottomStutterLine = + pdoc->LineFromPosition(PositionFromLocation( + Point(lastXChosen, direction * vs.lineHeight * LinesToScroll()))) + - caretYSlop - 1; + + if (stuttered && (direction < 0 && currentLine > topStutterLine)) { + topLineNew = topLine; + newPos = PositionFromLocation(Point(lastXChosen, vs.lineHeight * caretYSlop)); + + } else if (stuttered && (direction > 0 && currentLine < bottomStutterLine)) { + topLineNew = topLine; + newPos = PositionFromLocation(Point(lastXChosen, vs.lineHeight * (LinesToScroll() - caretYSlop))); + + } else { + Point pt = LocationFromPosition(currentPos); + + topLineNew = Platform::Clamp( + topLine + direction * LinesToScroll(), 0, MaxScrollPos()); + newPos = PositionFromLocation( + Point(lastXChosen, pt.y + direction * (vs.lineHeight * LinesToScroll()))); + } + + if (topLineNew != topLine) { + SetTopLine(topLineNew); + MovePositionTo(newPos, sel); + Redraw(); + SetVerticalScrollPos(); + } else { + MovePositionTo(newPos, sel); + } +} + +void Editor::ChangeCaseOfSelection(bool makeUpperCase) { + pdoc->BeginUndoAction(); + int startCurrent = currentPos; + int startAnchor = anchor; + if (selType == selStream) { + pdoc->ChangeCase(Range(SelectionStart(), SelectionEnd()), + makeUpperCase); + SetSelection(startCurrent, startAnchor); + } else { + SelectionLineIterator lineIterator(this, false); + while (lineIterator.Iterate()) { + pdoc->ChangeCase( + Range(lineIterator.startPos, lineIterator.endPos), + makeUpperCase); + } + // Would be nicer to keep the rectangular selection but this is complex + SetEmptySelection(startCurrent); + } + pdoc->EndUndoAction(); +} + +void Editor::LineTranspose() { + int line = pdoc->LineFromPosition(currentPos); + if (line > 0) { + pdoc->BeginUndoAction(); + int startPrev = pdoc->LineStart(line - 1); + int endPrev = pdoc->LineEnd(line - 1); + int start = pdoc->LineStart(line); + int end = pdoc->LineEnd(line); + char *line1 = CopyRange(startPrev, endPrev); + int len1 = endPrev - startPrev; + char *line2 = CopyRange(start, end); + int len2 = end - start; + pdoc->DeleteChars(start, len2); + pdoc->DeleteChars(startPrev, len1); + pdoc->InsertString(startPrev, line2, len2); + pdoc->InsertString(start - len1 + len2, line1, len1); + MovePositionTo(start - len1 + len2); + delete []line1; + delete []line2; + pdoc->EndUndoAction(); + } +} + +void Editor::Duplicate(bool forLine) { + int start = SelectionStart(); + int end = SelectionEnd(); + if (start == end) { + forLine = true; + } + if (forLine) { + int line = pdoc->LineFromPosition(currentPos); + start = pdoc->LineStart(line); + end = pdoc->LineEnd(line); + } + char *text = CopyRange(start, end); + if (forLine) { + const char *eol = StringFromEOLMode(pdoc->eolMode); + pdoc->InsertCString(end, eol); + pdoc->InsertString(end + istrlen(eol), text, end - start); + } else { + pdoc->InsertString(end, text, end - start); + } + delete []text; +} + +void Editor::CancelModes() { + moveExtendsSelection = false; +} + +void Editor::NewLine() { + ClearSelection(); + const char *eol = "\n"; + if (pdoc->eolMode == SC_EOL_CRLF) { + eol = "\r\n"; + } else if (pdoc->eolMode == SC_EOL_CR) { + eol = "\r"; + } // else SC_EOL_LF -> "\n" already set + if (pdoc->InsertCString(currentPos, eol)) { + SetEmptySelection(currentPos + istrlen(eol)); + while (*eol) { + NotifyChar(*eol); + eol++; + } + } + SetLastXChosen(); + SetScrollBars(); + EnsureCaretVisible(); + // Avoid blinking during rapid typing: + ShowCaretAtCurrentPosition(); +} + +void Editor::CursorUpOrDown(int direction, selTypes sel) { + Point pt = LocationFromPosition(currentPos); + int lineDoc = pdoc->LineFromPosition(currentPos); + Point ptStartLine = LocationFromPosition(pdoc->LineStart(lineDoc)); + int subLine = (pt.y - ptStartLine.y) / vs.lineHeight; + int commentLines = vs.annotationVisible ? pdoc->AnnotationLines(lineDoc) : 0; + int posNew = PositionFromLocation( + Point(lastXChosen, pt.y + direction * vs.lineHeight)); + if ((direction > 0) && (subLine >= (cs.GetHeight(lineDoc) - 1 - commentLines))) { + posNew = PositionFromLocation( + Point(lastXChosen, pt.y + (commentLines + 1) * vs.lineHeight)); + } + if (direction < 0) { + // Line wrapping may lead to a location on the same line, so + // seek back if that is the case. + // There is an equivalent case when moving down which skips + // over a line but as that does not trap the user it is fine. + Point ptNew = LocationFromPosition(posNew); + while ((posNew > 0) && (pt.y == ptNew.y)) { + posNew--; + ptNew = LocationFromPosition(posNew); + } + } + MovePositionTo(posNew, sel); +} + +void Editor::ParaUpOrDown(int direction, selTypes sel) { + int lineDoc, savedPos = currentPos; + do { + MovePositionTo(direction > 0 ? pdoc->ParaDown(currentPos) : pdoc->ParaUp(currentPos), sel); + lineDoc = pdoc->LineFromPosition(currentPos); + if (direction > 0) { + if (currentPos >= pdoc->Length() && !cs.GetVisible(lineDoc)) { + if (sel == noSel) { + MovePositionTo(pdoc->LineEndPosition(savedPos)); + } + break; + } + } + } while (!cs.GetVisible(lineDoc)); +} + +int Editor::StartEndDisplayLine(int pos, bool start) { + RefreshStyleData(); + int line = pdoc->LineFromPosition(pos); + AutoSurface surface(this); + AutoLineLayout ll(llc, RetrieveLineLayout(line)); + int posRet = INVALID_POSITION; + if (surface && ll) { + unsigned int posLineStart = pdoc->LineStart(line); + LayoutLine(line, surface, vs, ll, wrapWidth); + int posInLine = pos - posLineStart; + if (posInLine <= ll->maxLineLength) { + for (int subLine = 0; subLine < ll->lines; subLine++) { + if ((posInLine >= ll->LineStart(subLine)) && (posInLine <= ll->LineStart(subLine + 1))) { + if (start) { + posRet = ll->LineStart(subLine) + posLineStart; + } else { + if (subLine == ll->lines - 1) + posRet = ll->LineStart(subLine + 1) + posLineStart; + else + posRet = ll->LineStart(subLine + 1) + posLineStart - 1; + } + } + } + } + } + if (posRet == INVALID_POSITION) { + return pos; + } else { + return posRet; + } +} + +int Editor::KeyCommand(unsigned int iMessage) { + switch (iMessage) { + case SCI_LINEDOWN: + CursorUpOrDown(1); + break; + case SCI_LINEDOWNEXTEND: + CursorUpOrDown(1, selStream); + break; + case SCI_LINEDOWNRECTEXTEND: + CursorUpOrDown(1, selRectangle); + break; + case SCI_PARADOWN: + ParaUpOrDown(1); + break; + case SCI_PARADOWNEXTEND: + ParaUpOrDown(1, selStream); + break; + case SCI_LINESCROLLDOWN: + ScrollTo(topLine + 1); + MoveCaretInsideView(false); + break; + case SCI_LINEUP: + CursorUpOrDown(-1); + break; + case SCI_LINEUPEXTEND: + CursorUpOrDown(-1, selStream); + break; + case SCI_LINEUPRECTEXTEND: + CursorUpOrDown(-1, selRectangle); + break; + case SCI_PARAUP: + ParaUpOrDown(-1); + break; + case SCI_PARAUPEXTEND: + ParaUpOrDown(-1, selStream); + break; + case SCI_LINESCROLLUP: + ScrollTo(topLine - 1); + MoveCaretInsideView(false); + break; + case SCI_CHARLEFT: + if (SelectionEmpty() || moveExtendsSelection) { + MovePositionTo(MovePositionSoVisible(currentPos - 1, -1)); + } else { + MovePositionTo(SelectionStart()); + } + SetLastXChosen(); + break; + case SCI_CHARLEFTEXTEND: + MovePositionTo(MovePositionSoVisible(currentPos - 1, -1), selStream); + SetLastXChosen(); + break; + case SCI_CHARLEFTRECTEXTEND: + MovePositionTo(MovePositionSoVisible(currentPos - 1, -1), selRectangle); + SetLastXChosen(); + break; + case SCI_CHARRIGHT: + if (SelectionEmpty() || moveExtendsSelection) { + MovePositionTo(MovePositionSoVisible(currentPos + 1, 1)); + } else { + MovePositionTo(SelectionEnd()); + } + SetLastXChosen(); + break; + case SCI_CHARRIGHTEXTEND: + MovePositionTo(MovePositionSoVisible(currentPos + 1, 1), selStream); + SetLastXChosen(); + break; + case SCI_CHARRIGHTRECTEXTEND: + MovePositionTo(MovePositionSoVisible(currentPos + 1, 1), selRectangle); + SetLastXChosen(); + break; + case SCI_WORDLEFT: + MovePositionTo(MovePositionSoVisible(pdoc->NextWordStart(currentPos, -1), -1)); + SetLastXChosen(); + break; + case SCI_WORDLEFTEXTEND: + MovePositionTo(MovePositionSoVisible(pdoc->NextWordStart(currentPos, -1), -1), selStream); + SetLastXChosen(); + break; + case SCI_WORDRIGHT: + MovePositionTo(MovePositionSoVisible(pdoc->NextWordStart(currentPos, 1), 1)); + SetLastXChosen(); + break; + case SCI_WORDRIGHTEXTEND: + MovePositionTo(MovePositionSoVisible(pdoc->NextWordStart(currentPos, 1), 1), selStream); + SetLastXChosen(); + break; + + case SCI_WORDLEFTEND: + MovePositionTo(MovePositionSoVisible(pdoc->NextWordEnd(currentPos, -1), -1)); + SetLastXChosen(); + break; + case SCI_WORDLEFTENDEXTEND: + MovePositionTo(MovePositionSoVisible(pdoc->NextWordEnd(currentPos, -1), -1), selStream); + SetLastXChosen(); + break; + case SCI_WORDRIGHTEND: + MovePositionTo(MovePositionSoVisible(pdoc->NextWordEnd(currentPos, 1), 1)); + SetLastXChosen(); + break; + case SCI_WORDRIGHTENDEXTEND: + MovePositionTo(MovePositionSoVisible(pdoc->NextWordEnd(currentPos, 1), 1), selStream); + SetLastXChosen(); + break; + + case SCI_HOME: + MovePositionTo(pdoc->LineStart(pdoc->LineFromPosition(currentPos))); + SetLastXChosen(); + break; + case SCI_HOMEEXTEND: + MovePositionTo(pdoc->LineStart(pdoc->LineFromPosition(currentPos)), selStream); + SetLastXChosen(); + break; + case SCI_HOMERECTEXTEND: + MovePositionTo(pdoc->LineStart(pdoc->LineFromPosition(currentPos)), selRectangle); + SetLastXChosen(); + break; + case SCI_LINEEND: + MovePositionTo(pdoc->LineEndPosition(currentPos)); + SetLastXChosen(); + break; + case SCI_LINEENDEXTEND: + MovePositionTo(pdoc->LineEndPosition(currentPos), selStream); + SetLastXChosen(); + break; + case SCI_LINEENDRECTEXTEND: + MovePositionTo(pdoc->LineEndPosition(currentPos), selRectangle); + SetLastXChosen(); + break; + case SCI_HOMEWRAP: { + int homePos = MovePositionSoVisible(StartEndDisplayLine(currentPos, true), -1); + if (currentPos <= homePos) + homePos = pdoc->LineStart(pdoc->LineFromPosition(currentPos)); + MovePositionTo(homePos); + SetLastXChosen(); + } + break; + case SCI_HOMEWRAPEXTEND: { + int homePos = MovePositionSoVisible(StartEndDisplayLine(currentPos, true), -1); + if (currentPos <= homePos) + homePos = pdoc->LineStart(pdoc->LineFromPosition(currentPos)); + MovePositionTo(homePos, selStream); + SetLastXChosen(); + } + break; + case SCI_LINEENDWRAP: { + int endPos = MovePositionSoVisible(StartEndDisplayLine(currentPos, false), 1); + int realEndPos = pdoc->LineEndPosition(currentPos); + if (endPos > realEndPos // if moved past visible EOLs + || currentPos >= endPos) // if at end of display line already + endPos = realEndPos; + MovePositionTo(endPos); + SetLastXChosen(); + } + break; + case SCI_LINEENDWRAPEXTEND: { + int endPos = MovePositionSoVisible(StartEndDisplayLine(currentPos, false), 1); + int realEndPos = pdoc->LineEndPosition(currentPos); + if (endPos > realEndPos // if moved past visible EOLs + || currentPos >= endPos) // if at end of display line already + endPos = realEndPos; + MovePositionTo(endPos, selStream); + SetLastXChosen(); + } + break; + case SCI_DOCUMENTSTART: + MovePositionTo(0); + SetLastXChosen(); + break; + case SCI_DOCUMENTSTARTEXTEND: + MovePositionTo(0, selStream); + SetLastXChosen(); + break; + case SCI_DOCUMENTEND: + MovePositionTo(pdoc->Length()); + SetLastXChosen(); + break; + case SCI_DOCUMENTENDEXTEND: + MovePositionTo(pdoc->Length(), selStream); + SetLastXChosen(); + break; + case SCI_STUTTEREDPAGEUP: + PageMove(-1, noSel, true); + break; + case SCI_STUTTEREDPAGEUPEXTEND: + PageMove(-1, selStream, true); + break; + case SCI_STUTTEREDPAGEDOWN: + PageMove(1, noSel, true); + break; + case SCI_STUTTEREDPAGEDOWNEXTEND: + PageMove(1, selStream, true); + break; + case SCI_PAGEUP: + PageMove(-1); + break; + case SCI_PAGEUPEXTEND: + PageMove(-1, selStream); + break; + case SCI_PAGEUPRECTEXTEND: + PageMove(-1, selRectangle); + break; + case SCI_PAGEDOWN: + PageMove(1); + break; + case SCI_PAGEDOWNEXTEND: + PageMove(1, selStream); + break; + case SCI_PAGEDOWNRECTEXTEND: + PageMove(1, selRectangle); + break; + case SCI_EDITTOGGLEOVERTYPE: + inOverstrike = !inOverstrike; + DropCaret(); + ShowCaretAtCurrentPosition(); + NotifyUpdateUI(); + break; + case SCI_CANCEL: // Cancel any modes - handled in subclass + // Also unselect text + CancelModes(); + break; + case SCI_DELETEBACK: + DelCharBack(true); + if (!caretSticky) { + SetLastXChosen(); + } + EnsureCaretVisible(); + break; + case SCI_DELETEBACKNOTLINE: + DelCharBack(false); + if (!caretSticky) { + SetLastXChosen(); + } + EnsureCaretVisible(); + break; + case SCI_TAB: + Indent(true); + if (!caretSticky) { + SetLastXChosen(); + } + EnsureCaretVisible(); + ShowCaretAtCurrentPosition(); // Avoid blinking + break; + case SCI_BACKTAB: + Indent(false); + if (!caretSticky) { + SetLastXChosen(); + } + EnsureCaretVisible(); + ShowCaretAtCurrentPosition(); // Avoid blinking + break; + case SCI_NEWLINE: + NewLine(); + break; + case SCI_FORMFEED: + AddChar('\f'); + break; + case SCI_VCHOME: + MovePositionTo(pdoc->VCHomePosition(currentPos)); + SetLastXChosen(); + break; + case SCI_VCHOMEEXTEND: + MovePositionTo(pdoc->VCHomePosition(currentPos), selStream); + SetLastXChosen(); + break; + case SCI_VCHOMERECTEXTEND: + MovePositionTo(pdoc->VCHomePosition(currentPos), selRectangle); + SetLastXChosen(); + break; + case SCI_VCHOMEWRAP: { + int homePos = pdoc->VCHomePosition(currentPos); + int viewLineStart = MovePositionSoVisible(StartEndDisplayLine(currentPos, true), -1); + if ((viewLineStart < currentPos) && (viewLineStart > homePos)) + homePos = viewLineStart; + + MovePositionTo(homePos); + SetLastXChosen(); + } + break; + case SCI_VCHOMEWRAPEXTEND: { + int homePos = pdoc->VCHomePosition(currentPos); + int viewLineStart = MovePositionSoVisible(StartEndDisplayLine(currentPos, true), -1); + if ((viewLineStart < currentPos) && (viewLineStart > homePos)) + homePos = viewLineStart; + + MovePositionTo(homePos, selStream); + SetLastXChosen(); + } + break; + case SCI_ZOOMIN: + if (vs.zoomLevel < 20) { + vs.zoomLevel++; + InvalidateStyleRedraw(); + NotifyZoom(); + } + break; + case SCI_ZOOMOUT: + if (vs.zoomLevel > -10) { + vs.zoomLevel--; + InvalidateStyleRedraw(); + NotifyZoom(); + } + break; + case SCI_DELWORDLEFT: { + int startWord = pdoc->NextWordStart(currentPos, -1); + pdoc->DeleteChars(startWord, currentPos - startWord); + SetLastXChosen(); + } + break; + case SCI_DELWORDRIGHT: { + int endWord = pdoc->NextWordStart(currentPos, 1); + pdoc->DeleteChars(currentPos, endWord - currentPos); + } + break; + case SCI_DELWORDRIGHTEND: { + int endWord = pdoc->NextWordEnd(currentPos, 1); + pdoc->DeleteChars(currentPos, endWord - currentPos); + } + break; + case SCI_DELLINELEFT: { + int line = pdoc->LineFromPosition(currentPos); + int start = pdoc->LineStart(line); + pdoc->DeleteChars(start, currentPos - start); + SetLastXChosen(); + } + break; + case SCI_DELLINERIGHT: { + int line = pdoc->LineFromPosition(currentPos); + int end = pdoc->LineEnd(line); + pdoc->DeleteChars(currentPos, end - currentPos); + } + break; + case SCI_LINECOPY: { + int lineStart = pdoc->LineFromPosition(SelectionStart()); + int lineEnd = pdoc->LineFromPosition(SelectionEnd()); + CopyRangeToClipboard(pdoc->LineStart(lineStart), + pdoc->LineStart(lineEnd + 1)); + } + break; + case SCI_LINECUT: { + int lineStart = pdoc->LineFromPosition(SelectionStart()); + int lineEnd = pdoc->LineFromPosition(SelectionEnd()); + int start = pdoc->LineStart(lineStart); + int end = pdoc->LineStart(lineEnd + 1); + SetSelection(start, end); + Cut(); + SetLastXChosen(); + } + break; + case SCI_LINEDELETE: { + int line = pdoc->LineFromPosition(currentPos); + int start = pdoc->LineStart(line); + int end = pdoc->LineStart(line + 1); + pdoc->DeleteChars(start, end - start); + } + break; + case SCI_LINETRANSPOSE: + LineTranspose(); + break; + case SCI_LINEDUPLICATE: + Duplicate(true); + break; + case SCI_SELECTIONDUPLICATE: + Duplicate(false); + break; + case SCI_LOWERCASE: + ChangeCaseOfSelection(false); + break; + case SCI_UPPERCASE: + ChangeCaseOfSelection(true); + break; + case SCI_WORDPARTLEFT: + MovePositionTo(MovePositionSoVisible(pdoc->WordPartLeft(currentPos), -1)); + SetLastXChosen(); + break; + case SCI_WORDPARTLEFTEXTEND: + MovePositionTo(MovePositionSoVisible(pdoc->WordPartLeft(currentPos), -1), selStream); + SetLastXChosen(); + break; + case SCI_WORDPARTRIGHT: + MovePositionTo(MovePositionSoVisible(pdoc->WordPartRight(currentPos), 1)); + SetLastXChosen(); + break; + case SCI_WORDPARTRIGHTEXTEND: + MovePositionTo(MovePositionSoVisible(pdoc->WordPartRight(currentPos), 1), selStream); + SetLastXChosen(); + break; + case SCI_HOMEDISPLAY: + MovePositionTo(MovePositionSoVisible( + StartEndDisplayLine(currentPos, true), -1)); + SetLastXChosen(); + break; + case SCI_HOMEDISPLAYEXTEND: + MovePositionTo(MovePositionSoVisible( + StartEndDisplayLine(currentPos, true), -1), selStream); + SetLastXChosen(); + break; + case SCI_LINEENDDISPLAY: + MovePositionTo(MovePositionSoVisible( + StartEndDisplayLine(currentPos, false), 1)); + SetLastXChosen(); + break; + case SCI_LINEENDDISPLAYEXTEND: + MovePositionTo(MovePositionSoVisible( + StartEndDisplayLine(currentPos, false), 1), selStream); + SetLastXChosen(); + break; + } + return 0; +} + +int Editor::KeyDefault(int, int) { + return 0; +} + +int Editor::KeyDown(int key, bool shift, bool ctrl, bool alt, bool *consumed) { + DwellEnd(false); + int modifiers = (shift ? SCI_SHIFT : 0) | (ctrl ? SCI_CTRL : 0) | + (alt ? SCI_ALT : 0); + int msg = kmap.Find(key, modifiers); + if (msg) { + if (consumed) + *consumed = true; + return WndProc(msg, 0, 0); + } else { + if (consumed) + *consumed = false; + return KeyDefault(key, modifiers); + } +} + +void Editor::SetWhitespaceVisible(int view) { + vs.viewWhitespace = static_cast(view); +} + +int Editor::GetWhitespaceVisible() { + return vs.viewWhitespace; +} + +void Editor::Indent(bool forwards) { + //Platform::DebugPrintf("INdent %d\n", forwards); + int lineOfAnchor = pdoc->LineFromPosition(anchor); + int lineCurrentPos = pdoc->LineFromPosition(currentPos); + if (lineOfAnchor == lineCurrentPos) { + if (forwards) { + pdoc->BeginUndoAction(); + ClearSelection(); + if (pdoc->GetColumn(currentPos) <= pdoc->GetColumn(pdoc->GetLineIndentPosition(lineCurrentPos)) && + pdoc->tabIndents) { + int indentation = pdoc->GetLineIndentation(lineCurrentPos); + int indentationStep = pdoc->IndentSize(); + pdoc->SetLineIndentation(lineCurrentPos, indentation + indentationStep - indentation % indentationStep); + SetEmptySelection(pdoc->GetLineIndentPosition(lineCurrentPos)); + } else { + if (pdoc->useTabs) { + pdoc->InsertChar(currentPos, '\t'); + SetEmptySelection(currentPos + 1); + } else { + int numSpaces = (pdoc->tabInChars) - + (pdoc->GetColumn(currentPos) % (pdoc->tabInChars)); + if (numSpaces < 1) + numSpaces = pdoc->tabInChars; + for (int i = 0; i < numSpaces; i++) { + pdoc->InsertChar(currentPos + i, ' '); + } + SetEmptySelection(currentPos + numSpaces); + } + } + pdoc->EndUndoAction(); + } else { + if (pdoc->GetColumn(currentPos) <= pdoc->GetLineIndentation(lineCurrentPos) && + pdoc->tabIndents) { + pdoc->BeginUndoAction(); + int indentation = pdoc->GetLineIndentation(lineCurrentPos); + int indentationStep = pdoc->IndentSize(); + pdoc->SetLineIndentation(lineCurrentPos, indentation - indentationStep); + SetEmptySelection(pdoc->GetLineIndentPosition(lineCurrentPos)); + pdoc->EndUndoAction(); + } else { + int newColumn = ((pdoc->GetColumn(currentPos) - 1) / pdoc->tabInChars) * + pdoc->tabInChars; + if (newColumn < 0) + newColumn = 0; + int newPos = currentPos; + while (pdoc->GetColumn(newPos) > newColumn) + newPos--; + SetEmptySelection(newPos); + } + } + } else { + int anchorPosOnLine = anchor - pdoc->LineStart(lineOfAnchor); + int currentPosPosOnLine = currentPos - pdoc->LineStart(lineCurrentPos); + // Multiple lines selected so indent / dedent + int lineTopSel = Platform::Minimum(lineOfAnchor, lineCurrentPos); + int lineBottomSel = Platform::Maximum(lineOfAnchor, lineCurrentPos); + if (pdoc->LineStart(lineBottomSel) == anchor || pdoc->LineStart(lineBottomSel) == currentPos) + lineBottomSel--; // If not selecting any characters on a line, do not indent + pdoc->BeginUndoAction(); + pdoc->Indent(forwards, lineBottomSel, lineTopSel); + pdoc->EndUndoAction(); + if (lineOfAnchor < lineCurrentPos) { + if (currentPosPosOnLine == 0) + SetSelection(pdoc->LineStart(lineCurrentPos), pdoc->LineStart(lineOfAnchor)); + else + SetSelection(pdoc->LineStart(lineCurrentPos + 1), pdoc->LineStart(lineOfAnchor)); + } else { + if (anchorPosOnLine == 0) + SetSelection(pdoc->LineStart(lineCurrentPos), pdoc->LineStart(lineOfAnchor)); + else + SetSelection(pdoc->LineStart(lineCurrentPos), pdoc->LineStart(lineOfAnchor + 1)); + } + } +} + +/** + * Search of a text in the document, in the given range. + * @return The position of the found text, -1 if not found. + */ +long Editor::FindText( + uptr_t wParam, ///< Search modes : @c SCFIND_MATCHCASE, @c SCFIND_WHOLEWORD, + ///< @c SCFIND_WORDSTART, @c SCFIND_REGEXP or @c SCFIND_POSIX. + sptr_t lParam) { ///< @c TextToFind structure: The text to search for in the given range. + + TextToFind *ft = reinterpret_cast(lParam); + int lengthFound = istrlen(ft->lpstrText); + int pos = pdoc->FindText(ft->chrg.cpMin, ft->chrg.cpMax, ft->lpstrText, + (wParam & SCFIND_MATCHCASE) != 0, + (wParam & SCFIND_WHOLEWORD) != 0, + (wParam & SCFIND_WORDSTART) != 0, + (wParam & SCFIND_REGEXP) != 0, + wParam, + &lengthFound); + if (pos != -1) { + ft->chrgText.cpMin = pos; + ft->chrgText.cpMax = pos + lengthFound; + } + return pos; +} + +/** + * Relocatable search support : Searches relative to current selection + * point and sets the selection to the found text range with + * each search. + */ +/** + * Anchor following searches at current selection start: This allows + * multiple incremental interactive searches to be macro recorded + * while still setting the selection to found text so the find/select + * operation is self-contained. + */ +void Editor::SearchAnchor() { + searchAnchor = SelectionStart(); +} + +/** + * Find text from current search anchor: Must call @c SearchAnchor first. + * Used for next text and previous text requests. + * @return The position of the found text, -1 if not found. + */ +long Editor::SearchText( + unsigned int iMessage, ///< Accepts both @c SCI_SEARCHNEXT and @c SCI_SEARCHPREV. + uptr_t wParam, ///< Search modes : @c SCFIND_MATCHCASE, @c SCFIND_WHOLEWORD, + ///< @c SCFIND_WORDSTART, @c SCFIND_REGEXP or @c SCFIND_POSIX. + sptr_t lParam) { ///< The text to search for. + + const char *txt = reinterpret_cast(lParam); + int pos; + int lengthFound = istrlen(txt); + if (iMessage == SCI_SEARCHNEXT) { + pos = pdoc->FindText(searchAnchor, pdoc->Length(), txt, + (wParam & SCFIND_MATCHCASE) != 0, + (wParam & SCFIND_WHOLEWORD) != 0, + (wParam & SCFIND_WORDSTART) != 0, + (wParam & SCFIND_REGEXP) != 0, + wParam, + &lengthFound); + } else { + pos = pdoc->FindText(searchAnchor, 0, txt, + (wParam & SCFIND_MATCHCASE) != 0, + (wParam & SCFIND_WHOLEWORD) != 0, + (wParam & SCFIND_WORDSTART) != 0, + (wParam & SCFIND_REGEXP) != 0, + wParam, + &lengthFound); + } + + if (pos != -1) { + SetSelection(pos, pos + lengthFound); + } + + return pos; +} + +/** + * Search for text in the target range of the document. + * @return The position of the found text, -1 if not found. + */ +long Editor::SearchInTarget(const char *text, int length) { + int lengthFound = length; + int pos = pdoc->FindText(targetStart, targetEnd, text, + (searchFlags & SCFIND_MATCHCASE) != 0, + (searchFlags & SCFIND_WHOLEWORD) != 0, + (searchFlags & SCFIND_WORDSTART) != 0, + (searchFlags & SCFIND_REGEXP) != 0, + searchFlags, + &lengthFound); + if (pos != -1) { + targetStart = pos; + targetEnd = pos + lengthFound; + } + return pos; +} + +void Editor::GoToLine(int lineNo) { + if (lineNo > pdoc->LinesTotal()) + lineNo = pdoc->LinesTotal(); + if (lineNo < 0) + lineNo = 0; + SetEmptySelection(pdoc->LineStart(lineNo)); + ShowCaretAtCurrentPosition(); + EnsureCaretVisible(); +} + +static bool Close(Point pt1, Point pt2) { + if (abs(pt1.x - pt2.x) > 3) + return false; + if (abs(pt1.y - pt2.y) > 3) + return false; + return true; +} + +char *Editor::CopyRange(int start, int end) { + char *text = 0; + if (start < end) { + int len = end - start; + text = new char[len + 1]; + if (text) { + for (int i = 0; i < len; i++) { + text[i] = pdoc->CharAt(start + i); + } + text[len] = '\0'; + } + } + return text; +} + +void Editor::CopySelectionFromRange(SelectionText *ss, bool allowLineCopy, int start, int end) { + bool isLine = allowLineCopy && (start == end); + if (isLine) { + int currentLine = pdoc->LineFromPosition(currentPos); + start = pdoc->LineStart(currentLine); + end = pdoc->LineEnd(currentLine); + + char *text = CopyRange(start, end); + int textLen = text ? strlen(text) : 0; + // include room for \r\n\0 + textLen += 3; + char *textWithEndl = new char[textLen]; + textWithEndl[0] = '\0'; + if (text) + strncat(textWithEndl, text, textLen); + if (pdoc->eolMode != SC_EOL_LF) + strncat(textWithEndl, "\r", textLen); + if (pdoc->eolMode != SC_EOL_CR) + strncat(textWithEndl, "\n", textLen); + ss->Set(textWithEndl, strlen(textWithEndl), + pdoc->dbcsCodePage, vs.styles[STYLE_DEFAULT].characterSet, false, true); + delete []text; + } else { + ss->Set(CopyRange(start, end), end - start + 1, + pdoc->dbcsCodePage, vs.styles[STYLE_DEFAULT].characterSet, false, false); + } +} + +void Editor::CopySelectionRange(SelectionText *ss, bool allowLineCopy) { + if (selType == selStream) { + CopySelectionFromRange(ss, allowLineCopy, SelectionStart(), SelectionEnd()); + } else { + char *text = 0; + int size = 0; + SelectionLineIterator lineIterator(this); + while (lineIterator.Iterate()) { + size += lineIterator.endPos - lineIterator.startPos; + if (selType != selLines) { + size++; + if (pdoc->eolMode == SC_EOL_CRLF) { + size++; + } + } + } + if (size > 0) { + text = new char[size + 1]; + if (text) { + int j = 0; + lineIterator.Reset(); + while (lineIterator.Iterate()) { + for (int i = lineIterator.startPos; + i < lineIterator.endPos; + i++) { + text[j++] = pdoc->CharAt(i); + } + if (selType != selLines) { + if (pdoc->eolMode != SC_EOL_LF) { + text[j++] = '\r'; + } + if (pdoc->eolMode != SC_EOL_CR) { + text[j++] = '\n'; + } + } + } + text[size] = '\0'; + } + } + ss->Set(text, size + 1, pdoc->dbcsCodePage, + vs.styles[STYLE_DEFAULT].characterSet, selType == selRectangle, selType == selLines); + } +} + +void Editor::CopyRangeToClipboard(int start, int end) { + start = pdoc->ClampPositionIntoDocument(start); + end = pdoc->ClampPositionIntoDocument(end); + SelectionText selectedText; + selectedText.Set(CopyRange(start, end), end - start + 1, + pdoc->dbcsCodePage, vs.styles[STYLE_DEFAULT].characterSet, false, false); + CopyToClipboard(selectedText); +} + +void Editor::CopyText(int length, const char *text) { + SelectionText selectedText; + selectedText.Copy(text, length + 1, + pdoc->dbcsCodePage, vs.styles[STYLE_DEFAULT].characterSet, false, false); + CopyToClipboard(selectedText); +} + +void Editor::SetDragPosition(int newPos) { + if (newPos >= 0) { + newPos = MovePositionOutsideChar(newPos, 1); + posDrop = newPos; + } + if (posDrag != newPos) { + caret.on = true; + SetTicking(true); + InvalidateCaret(); + posDrag = newPos; + InvalidateCaret(); + } +} + +void Editor::DisplayCursor(Window::Cursor c) { + if (cursorMode == SC_CURSORNORMAL) + wMain.SetCursor(c); + else + wMain.SetCursor(static_cast(cursorMode)); +} + +bool Editor::DragThreshold(Point ptStart, Point ptNow) { + int xMove = ptStart.x - ptNow.x; + int yMove = ptStart.y - ptNow.y; + int distanceSquared = xMove * xMove + yMove * yMove; + return distanceSquared > 16; +} + +void Editor::StartDrag() { + // Always handled by subclasses + //SetMouseCapture(true); + //DisplayCursor(Window::cursorArrow); +} + +void Editor::DropAt(int position, const char *value, bool moving, bool rectangular) { + //Platform::DebugPrintf("DropAt %d %d\n", inDragDrop, position); + if (inDragDrop == ddDragging) + dropWentOutside = false; + + int positionWasInSelection = PositionInSelection(position); + + bool positionOnEdgeOfSelection = + (position == SelectionStart()) || (position == SelectionEnd()); + + if ((inDragDrop != ddDragging) || !(0 == positionWasInSelection) || + (positionOnEdgeOfSelection && !moving)) { + + int selStart = SelectionStart(); + int selEnd = SelectionEnd(); + + pdoc->BeginUndoAction(); + + int positionAfterDeletion = position; + if ((inDragDrop == ddDragging) && moving) { + // Remove dragged out text + if (rectangular || selType == selLines) { + SelectionLineIterator lineIterator(this); + while (lineIterator.Iterate()) { + if (position >= lineIterator.startPos) { + if (position > lineIterator.endPos) { + positionAfterDeletion -= lineIterator.endPos - lineIterator.startPos; + } else { + positionAfterDeletion -= position - lineIterator.startPos; + } + } + } + } else { + if (position > selStart) { + positionAfterDeletion -= selEnd - selStart; + } + } + ClearSelection(); + } + position = positionAfterDeletion; + + if (rectangular) { + PasteRectangular(position, value, istrlen(value)); + pdoc->EndUndoAction(); + // Should try to select new rectangle but it may not be a rectangle now so just select the drop position + SetEmptySelection(position); + } else { + position = MovePositionOutsideChar(position, currentPos - position); + if (pdoc->InsertCString(position, value)) { + SetSelection(position + istrlen(value), position); + } + pdoc->EndUndoAction(); + } + } else if (inDragDrop == ddDragging) { + SetEmptySelection(position); + } +} + +/** + * @return -1 if given position is before the selection, + * 1 if position is after the selection, + * 0 if position is inside the selection, + */ +int Editor::PositionInSelection(int pos) { + pos = MovePositionOutsideChar(pos, currentPos - pos); + if (pos < SelectionStart()) { + return -1; + } + if (pos > SelectionEnd()) { + return 1; + } + if (selType == selStream) { + return 0; + } else { + SelectionLineIterator lineIterator(this); + lineIterator.SetAt(pdoc->LineFromPosition(pos)); + if (pos < lineIterator.startPos) { + return -1; + } else if (pos > lineIterator.endPos) { + return 1; + } else { + return 0; + } + } +} + +bool Editor::PointInSelection(Point pt) { + int pos = PositionFromLocation(pt); + if (0 == PositionInSelection(pos)) { + // Probably inside, but we must make a finer test + int selStart, selEnd; + if (selType == selStream) { + selStart = SelectionStart(); + selEnd = SelectionEnd(); + } else { + SelectionLineIterator lineIterator(this); + lineIterator.SetAt(pdoc->LineFromPosition(pos)); + selStart = lineIterator.startPos; + selEnd = lineIterator.endPos; + } + if (pos == selStart) { + // see if just before selection + Point locStart = LocationFromPosition(pos); + if (pt.x < locStart.x) { + return false; + } + } + if (pos == selEnd) { + // see if just after selection + Point locEnd = LocationFromPosition(pos); + if (pt.x > locEnd.x) { + return false; + } + } + return true; + } + return false; +} + +bool Editor::PointInSelMargin(Point pt) { + // Really means: "Point in a margin" + if (vs.fixedColumnWidth > 0) { // There is a margin + PRectangle rcSelMargin = GetClientRectangle(); + rcSelMargin.right = vs.fixedColumnWidth - vs.leftMarginWidth; + return rcSelMargin.Contains(pt); + } else { + return false; + } +} + +void Editor::LineSelection(int lineCurrent_, int lineAnchor_) { + if (lineAnchor_ < lineCurrent_) { + SetSelection(pdoc->LineStart(lineCurrent_ + 1), + pdoc->LineStart(lineAnchor_)); + } else if (lineAnchor_ > lineCurrent_) { + SetSelection(pdoc->LineStart(lineCurrent_), + pdoc->LineStart(lineAnchor_ + 1)); + } else { // Same line, select it + SetSelection(pdoc->LineStart(lineAnchor_ + 1), + pdoc->LineStart(lineAnchor_)); + } +} + +void Editor::DwellEnd(bool mouseMoved) { + if (mouseMoved) + ticksToDwell = dwellDelay; + else + ticksToDwell = SC_TIME_FOREVER; + if (dwelling && (dwellDelay < SC_TIME_FOREVER)) { + dwelling = false; + NotifyDwelling(ptMouseLast, dwelling); + } +} + +void Editor::ButtonDown(Point pt, unsigned int curTime, bool shift, bool ctrl, bool alt) { + //Platform::DebugPrintf("ButtonDown %d %d = %d alt=%d %d\n", curTime, lastClickTime, curTime - lastClickTime, alt, inDragDrop); + ptMouseLast = pt; + int newPos = PositionFromLocation(pt); + newPos = MovePositionOutsideChar(newPos, currentPos - newPos); + inDragDrop = ddNone; + moveExtendsSelection = false; + + bool processed = NotifyMarginClick(pt, shift, ctrl, alt); + if (processed) + return; + + NotifyIndicatorClick(true, newPos, shift, ctrl, alt); + + bool inSelMargin = PointInSelMargin(pt); + if (shift & !inSelMargin) { + SetSelection(newPos); + } + if (((curTime - lastClickTime) < Platform::DoubleClickTime()) && Close(pt, lastClick)) { + //Platform::DebugPrintf("Double click %d %d = %d\n", curTime, lastClickTime, curTime - lastClickTime); + SetMouseCapture(true); + SetEmptySelection(newPos); + bool doubleClick = false; + // Stop mouse button bounce changing selection type + if (!Platform::MouseButtonBounce() || curTime != lastClickTime) { + if (selectionType == selChar) { + selectionType = selWord; + doubleClick = true; + } else if (selectionType == selWord) { + selectionType = selLine; + } else { + selectionType = selChar; + originalAnchorPos = currentPos; + } + } + + if (selectionType == selWord) { + if (currentPos >= originalAnchorPos) { // Moved forward + SetSelection(pdoc->ExtendWordSelect(currentPos, 1), + pdoc->ExtendWordSelect(originalAnchorPos, -1)); + } else { // Moved backward + SetSelection(pdoc->ExtendWordSelect(currentPos, -1), + pdoc->ExtendWordSelect(originalAnchorPos, 1)); + } + } else if (selectionType == selLine) { + lineAnchor = LineFromLocation(pt); + SetSelection(pdoc->LineStart(lineAnchor + 1), pdoc->LineStart(lineAnchor)); + //Platform::DebugPrintf("Triple click: %d - %d\n", anchor, currentPos); + } else { + SetEmptySelection(currentPos); + } + //Platform::DebugPrintf("Double click: %d - %d\n", anchor, currentPos); + if (doubleClick) { + NotifyDoubleClick(pt, shift, ctrl, alt); + if (PositionIsHotspot(newPos)) + NotifyHotSpotDoubleClicked(newPos, shift, ctrl, alt); + } + } else { // Single click + if (inSelMargin) { + selType = selStream; + if (ctrl) { + SelectAll(); + lastClickTime = curTime; + return; + } + if (!shift) { + lineAnchor = LineFromLocation(pt); + // Single click in margin: select whole line + LineSelection(lineAnchor, lineAnchor); + SetSelection(pdoc->LineStart(lineAnchor + 1), + pdoc->LineStart(lineAnchor)); + } else { + // Single shift+click in margin: select from line anchor to clicked line + if (anchor > currentPos) + lineAnchor = pdoc->LineFromPosition(anchor - 1); + else + lineAnchor = pdoc->LineFromPosition(anchor); + int lineStart = LineFromLocation(pt); + LineSelection(lineStart, lineAnchor); + //lineAnchor = lineStart; // Keep the same anchor for ButtonMove + } + + SetDragPosition(invalidPosition); + SetMouseCapture(true); + selectionType = selLine; + } else { + if (PointIsHotspot(pt)) { + NotifyHotSpotClicked(newPos, shift, ctrl, alt); + } + if (!shift) { + if (PointInSelection(pt) && !SelectionEmpty()) + inDragDrop = ddInitial; + else + inDragDrop = ddNone; + } + SetMouseCapture(true); + if (inDragDrop != ddInitial) { + SetDragPosition(invalidPosition); + if (!shift) { + SetEmptySelection(newPos); + } + selType = alt ? selRectangle : selStream; + selectionType = selChar; + originalAnchorPos = currentPos; + SetRectangularRange(); + } + } + } + lastClickTime = curTime; + lastXChosen = pt.x; + ShowCaretAtCurrentPosition(); +} + +bool Editor::PositionIsHotspot(int position) { + return vs.styles[pdoc->StyleAt(position) & pdoc->stylingBitsMask].hotspot; +} + +bool Editor::PointIsHotspot(Point pt) { + int pos = PositionFromLocationClose(pt); + if (pos == INVALID_POSITION) + return false; + return PositionIsHotspot(pos); +} + +void Editor::SetHotSpotRange(Point *pt) { + if (pt) { + int pos = PositionFromLocation(*pt); + + // If we don't limit this to word characters then the + // range can encompass more than the run range and then + // the underline will not be drawn properly. + int hsStart_ = pdoc->ExtendStyleRange(pos, -1, vs.hotspotSingleLine); + int hsEnd_ = pdoc->ExtendStyleRange(pos, 1, vs.hotspotSingleLine); + + // Only invalidate the range if the hotspot range has changed... + if (hsStart_ != hsStart || hsEnd_ != hsEnd) { + if (hsStart != -1) { + InvalidateRange(hsStart, hsEnd); + } + hsStart = hsStart_; + hsEnd = hsEnd_; + InvalidateRange(hsStart, hsEnd); + } + } else { + if (hsStart != -1) { + int hsStart_ = hsStart; + int hsEnd_ = hsEnd; + hsStart = -1; + hsEnd = -1; + InvalidateRange(hsStart_, hsEnd_); + } else { + hsStart = -1; + hsEnd = -1; + } + } +} + +void Editor::GetHotSpotRange(int& hsStart_, int& hsEnd_) { + hsStart_ = hsStart; + hsEnd_ = hsEnd; +} + +void Editor::ButtonMove(Point pt) { + if ((ptMouseLast.x != pt.x) || (ptMouseLast.y != pt.y)) { + DwellEnd(true); + } + + int movePos = PositionFromLocation(pt); + movePos = MovePositionOutsideChar(movePos, currentPos - movePos); + + if (inDragDrop == ddInitial) { + if (DragThreshold(ptMouseLast, pt)) { + SetMouseCapture(false); + SetDragPosition(movePos); + CopySelectionRange(&drag); + StartDrag(); + } + return; + } + + ptMouseLast = pt; + //Platform::DebugPrintf("Move %d %d\n", pt.x, pt.y); + if (HaveMouseCapture()) { + + // Slow down autoscrolling/selection + autoScrollTimer.ticksToWait -= timer.tickSize; + if (autoScrollTimer.ticksToWait > 0) + return; + autoScrollTimer.ticksToWait = autoScrollDelay; + + // Adjust selection + if (posDrag >= 0) { + SetDragPosition(movePos); + } else { + if (selectionType == selChar) { + SetSelection(movePos); + } else if (selectionType == selWord) { + // Continue selecting by word + if (movePos == originalAnchorPos) { // Didn't move + // No need to do anything. Previously this case was lumped + // in with "Moved forward", but that can be harmful in this + // case: a handler for the NotifyDoubleClick re-adjusts + // the selection for a fancier definition of "word" (for + // example, in Perl it is useful to include the leading + // '$', '%' or '@' on variables for word selection). In this + // the ButtonMove() called via Tick() for auto-scrolling + // could result in the fancier word selection adjustment + // being unmade. + } else if (movePos > originalAnchorPos) { // Moved forward + SetSelection(pdoc->ExtendWordSelect(movePos, 1), + pdoc->ExtendWordSelect(originalAnchorPos, -1)); + } else { // Moved backward + SetSelection(pdoc->ExtendWordSelect(movePos, -1), + pdoc->ExtendWordSelect(originalAnchorPos, 1)); + } + } else { + // Continue selecting by line + int lineMove = LineFromLocation(pt); + LineSelection(lineMove, lineAnchor); + } + } + // While dragging to make rectangular selection, we don't want the current + // position to jump to the end of smaller or empty lines. + //xEndSelect = pt.x - vs.fixedColumnWidth + xOffset; + xEndSelect = XFromPosition(movePos); + + // Autoscroll + PRectangle rcClient = GetClientRectangle(); + if (pt.y > rcClient.bottom) { + int lineMove = cs.DisplayFromDoc(LineFromLocation(pt)); + if (lineMove < 0) { + lineMove = cs.DisplayFromDoc(pdoc->LinesTotal() - 1); + } + ScrollTo(lineMove - LinesOnScreen() + 1); + Redraw(); + } else if (pt.y < rcClient.top) { + int lineMove = cs.DisplayFromDoc(LineFromLocation(pt)); + ScrollTo(lineMove - 1); + Redraw(); + } + EnsureCaretVisible(false, false, true); + + if (hsStart != -1 && !PositionIsHotspot(movePos)) + SetHotSpotRange(NULL); + + } else { + if (vs.fixedColumnWidth > 0) { // There is a margin + if (PointInSelMargin(pt)) { + DisplayCursor(Window::cursorReverseArrow); + return; // No need to test for selection + } + } + // Display regular (drag) cursor over selection + if (PointInSelection(pt) && !SelectionEmpty()) { + DisplayCursor(Window::cursorArrow); + } else if (PointIsHotspot(pt)) { + DisplayCursor(Window::cursorHand); + SetHotSpotRange(&pt); + } else { + DisplayCursor(Window::cursorText); + SetHotSpotRange(NULL); + } + } +} + +void Editor::ButtonUp(Point pt, unsigned int curTime, bool ctrl) { + //Platform::DebugPrintf("ButtonUp %d %d\n", HaveMouseCapture(), inDragDrop); + int newPos = PositionFromLocation(pt); + newPos = MovePositionOutsideChar(newPos, currentPos - newPos); + if (inDragDrop == ddInitial) { + inDragDrop = ddNone; + SetEmptySelection(newPos); + } + if (HaveMouseCapture()) { + if (PointInSelMargin(pt)) { + DisplayCursor(Window::cursorReverseArrow); + } else { + DisplayCursor(Window::cursorText); + SetHotSpotRange(NULL); + } + ptMouseLast = pt; + SetMouseCapture(false); + int newPos = PositionFromLocation(pt); + newPos = MovePositionOutsideChar(newPos, currentPos - newPos); + NotifyIndicatorClick(false, newPos, false, false, false); + if (inDragDrop == ddDragging) { + int selStart = SelectionStart(); + int selEnd = SelectionEnd(); + if (selStart < selEnd) { + if (drag.len) { + if (ctrl) { + if (pdoc->InsertString(newPos, drag.s, drag.len)) { + SetSelection(newPos, newPos + drag.len); + } + } else if (newPos < selStart) { + pdoc->DeleteChars(selStart, drag.len); + if (pdoc->InsertString(newPos, drag.s, drag.len)) { + SetSelection(newPos, newPos + drag.len); + } + } else if (newPos > selEnd) { + pdoc->DeleteChars(selStart, drag.len); + newPos -= drag.len; + if (pdoc->InsertString(newPos, drag.s, drag.len)) { + SetSelection(newPos, newPos + drag.len); + } + } else { + SetEmptySelection(newPos); + } + drag.Free(); + } + selectionType = selChar; + } + } else { + if (selectionType == selChar) { + SetSelection(newPos); + } + } + SetRectangularRange(); + lastClickTime = curTime; + lastClick = pt; + lastXChosen = pt.x; + if (selType == selStream) { + SetLastXChosen(); + } + inDragDrop = ddNone; + EnsureCaretVisible(false); + } +} + +// Called frequently to perform background UI including +// caret blinking and automatic scrolling. +void Editor::Tick() { + if (HaveMouseCapture()) { + // Auto scroll + ButtonMove(ptMouseLast); + } + if (caret.period > 0) { + timer.ticksToWait -= timer.tickSize; + if (timer.ticksToWait <= 0) { + caret.on = !caret.on; + timer.ticksToWait = caret.period; + if (caret.active) { + InvalidateCaret(); + } + } + } + if (horizontalScrollBarVisible && trackLineWidth && (lineWidthMaxSeen > scrollWidth)) { + scrollWidth = lineWidthMaxSeen; + SetScrollBars(); + } + if ((dwellDelay < SC_TIME_FOREVER) && + (ticksToDwell > 0) && + (!HaveMouseCapture())) { + ticksToDwell -= timer.tickSize; + if (ticksToDwell <= 0) { + dwelling = true; + NotifyDwelling(ptMouseLast, dwelling); + } + } +} + +bool Editor::Idle() { + + bool idleDone; + + bool wrappingDone = wrapState == eWrapNone; + + if (!wrappingDone) { + // Wrap lines during idle. + WrapLines(false, -1); + // No more wrapping + if (wrapStart == wrapEnd) + wrappingDone = true; + } + + // Add more idle things to do here, but make sure idleDone is + // set correctly before the function returns. returning + // false will stop calling this idle funtion until SetIdle() is + // called again. + + idleDone = wrappingDone; // && thatDone && theOtherThingDone... + + return !idleDone; +} + +void Editor::SetFocusState(bool focusState) { + hasFocus = focusState; + NotifyFocus(hasFocus); + if (hasFocus) { + ShowCaretAtCurrentPosition(); + } else { + CancelModes(); + DropCaret(); + } +} + +bool Editor::PaintContains(PRectangle rc) { + if (rc.Empty()) { + return true; + } else { + return rcPaint.Contains(rc); + } +} + +bool Editor::PaintContainsMargin() { + PRectangle rcSelMargin = GetClientRectangle(); + rcSelMargin.right = vs.fixedColumnWidth; + return PaintContains(rcSelMargin); +} + +void Editor::CheckForChangeOutsidePaint(Range r) { + if (paintState == painting && !paintingAllText) { + //Platform::DebugPrintf("Checking range in paint %d-%d\n", r.start, r.end); + if (!r.Valid()) + return; + + PRectangle rcRange = RectangleFromRange(r.start, r.end); + PRectangle rcText = GetTextRectangle(); + if (rcRange.top < rcText.top) { + rcRange.top = rcText.top; + } + if (rcRange.bottom > rcText.bottom) { + rcRange.bottom = rcText.bottom; + } + + if (!PaintContains(rcRange)) { + AbandonPaint(); + } + } +} + +void Editor::SetBraceHighlight(Position pos0, Position pos1, int matchStyle) { + if ((pos0 != braces[0]) || (pos1 != braces[1]) || (matchStyle != bracesMatchStyle)) { + if ((braces[0] != pos0) || (matchStyle != bracesMatchStyle)) { + CheckForChangeOutsidePaint(Range(braces[0])); + CheckForChangeOutsidePaint(Range(pos0)); + braces[0] = pos0; + } + if ((braces[1] != pos1) || (matchStyle != bracesMatchStyle)) { + CheckForChangeOutsidePaint(Range(braces[1])); + CheckForChangeOutsidePaint(Range(pos1)); + braces[1] = pos1; + } + bracesMatchStyle = matchStyle; + if (paintState == notPainting) { + Redraw(); + } + } +} + +void Editor::SetAnnotationHeights(int start, int end) { + if (vs.annotationVisible) { + for (int line=start; lineAnnotationLines(line) + 1); + } + } +} + +void Editor::SetDocPointer(Document *document) { + //Platform::DebugPrintf("** %x setdoc to %x\n", pdoc, document); + pdoc->RemoveWatcher(this, 0); + pdoc->Release(); + if (document == NULL) { + pdoc = new Document(); + } else { + pdoc = document; + } + pdoc->AddRef(); + + // Ensure all positions within document + selType = selStream; + currentPos = 0; + anchor = 0; + targetStart = 0; + targetEnd = 0; + + braces[0] = invalidPosition; + braces[1] = invalidPosition; + + // Reset the contraction state to fully shown. + cs.Clear(); + cs.InsertLines(0, pdoc->LinesTotal() - 1); + SetAnnotationHeights(0, pdoc->LinesTotal()); + llc.Deallocate(); + NeedWrapping(); + + pdoc->AddWatcher(this, 0); + SetScrollBars(); + Redraw(); +} + +void Editor::SetAnnotationVisible(int visible) { + if (vs.annotationVisible != visible) { + bool changedFromOrToHidden = ((vs.annotationVisible != 0) != (visible != 0)); + vs.annotationVisible = visible; + if (changedFromOrToHidden) { + int dir = vs.annotationVisible ? 1 : -1; + for (int line=0; lineLinesTotal(); line++) { + int annotationLines = pdoc->AnnotationLines(line); + if (annotationLines > 0) { + cs.SetHeight(line, cs.GetHeight(line) + annotationLines * dir); + } + } + } + } +} + +/** + * Recursively expand a fold, making lines visible except where they have an unexpanded parent. + */ +void Editor::Expand(int &line, bool doExpand) { + int lineMaxSubord = pdoc->GetLastChild(line); + line++; + while (line <= lineMaxSubord) { + if (doExpand) + cs.SetVisible(line, line, true); + int level = pdoc->GetLevel(line); + if (level & SC_FOLDLEVELHEADERFLAG) { + if (doExpand && cs.GetExpanded(line)) { + Expand(line, true); + } else { + Expand(line, false); + } + } else { + line++; + } + } +} + +void Editor::ToggleContraction(int line) { + if (line >= 0) { + if ((pdoc->GetLevel(line) & SC_FOLDLEVELHEADERFLAG) == 0) { + line = pdoc->GetFoldParent(line); + if (line < 0) + return; + } + + if (cs.GetExpanded(line)) { + int lineMaxSubord = pdoc->GetLastChild(line); + cs.SetExpanded(line, 0); + if (lineMaxSubord > line) { + cs.SetVisible(line + 1, lineMaxSubord, false); + + int lineCurrent = pdoc->LineFromPosition(currentPos); + if (lineCurrent > line && lineCurrent <= lineMaxSubord) { + // This does not re-expand the fold + EnsureCaretVisible(); + } + + SetScrollBars(); + Redraw(); + } + + } else { + if (!(cs.GetVisible(line))) { + EnsureLineVisible(line, false); + GoToLine(line); + } + cs.SetExpanded(line, 1); + Expand(line, true); + SetScrollBars(); + Redraw(); + } + } +} + +/** + * Recurse up from this line to find any folds that prevent this line from being visible + * and unfold them all. + */ +void Editor::EnsureLineVisible(int lineDoc, bool enforcePolicy) { + + // In case in need of wrapping to ensure DisplayFromDoc works. + WrapLines(true, -1); + + if (!cs.GetVisible(lineDoc)) { + int lineParent = pdoc->GetFoldParent(lineDoc); + if (lineParent >= 0) { + if (lineDoc != lineParent) + EnsureLineVisible(lineParent, enforcePolicy); + if (!cs.GetExpanded(lineParent)) { + cs.SetExpanded(lineParent, 1); + Expand(lineParent, true); + } + } + SetScrollBars(); + Redraw(); + } + if (enforcePolicy) { + int lineDisplay = cs.DisplayFromDoc(lineDoc); + if (visiblePolicy & VISIBLE_SLOP) { + if ((topLine > lineDisplay) || ((visiblePolicy & VISIBLE_STRICT) && (topLine + visibleSlop > lineDisplay))) { + SetTopLine(Platform::Clamp(lineDisplay - visibleSlop, 0, MaxScrollPos())); + SetVerticalScrollPos(); + Redraw(); + } else if ((lineDisplay > topLine + LinesOnScreen() - 1) || + ((visiblePolicy & VISIBLE_STRICT) && (lineDisplay > topLine + LinesOnScreen() - 1 - visibleSlop))) { + SetTopLine(Platform::Clamp(lineDisplay - LinesOnScreen() + 1 + visibleSlop, 0, MaxScrollPos())); + SetVerticalScrollPos(); + Redraw(); + } + } else { + if ((topLine > lineDisplay) || (lineDisplay > topLine + LinesOnScreen() - 1) || (visiblePolicy & VISIBLE_STRICT)) { + SetTopLine(Platform::Clamp(lineDisplay - LinesOnScreen() / 2 + 1, 0, MaxScrollPos())); + SetVerticalScrollPos(); + Redraw(); + } + } + } +} + +int Editor::ReplaceTarget(bool replacePatterns, const char *text, int length) { + pdoc->BeginUndoAction(); + if (length == -1) + length = istrlen(text); + if (replacePatterns) { + text = pdoc->SubstituteByPosition(text, &length); + if (!text) { + pdoc->EndUndoAction(); + return 0; + } + } + if (targetStart != targetEnd) + pdoc->DeleteChars(targetStart, targetEnd - targetStart); + targetEnd = targetStart; + pdoc->InsertString(targetStart, text, length); + targetEnd = targetStart + length; + pdoc->EndUndoAction(); + return length; +} + +bool Editor::IsUnicodeMode() const { + return pdoc && (SC_CP_UTF8 == pdoc->dbcsCodePage); +} + +int Editor::CodePage() const { + if (pdoc) + return pdoc->dbcsCodePage; + else + return 0; +} + +int Editor::WrapCount(int line) { + AutoSurface surface(this); + AutoLineLayout ll(llc, RetrieveLineLayout(line)); + + if (surface && ll) { + LayoutLine(line, surface, vs, ll, wrapWidth); + return ll->lines; + } else { + return 1; + } +} + +void Editor::AddStyledText(char *buffer, int appendLength) { + // The buffer consists of alternating character bytes and style bytes + size_t textLength = appendLength / 2; + char *text = new char[textLength]; + if (text) { + size_t i; + for (i = 0;i < textLength;i++) { + text[i] = buffer[i*2]; + } + pdoc->InsertString(CurrentPosition(), text, textLength); + for (i = 0;i < textLength;i++) { + text[i] = buffer[i*2+1]; + } + pdoc->StartStyling(CurrentPosition(), static_cast(0xff)); + pdoc->SetStyles(textLength, text); + delete []text; + } + SetEmptySelection(currentPos + textLength); +} + +static bool ValidMargin(unsigned long wParam) { + return wParam < ViewStyle::margins; +} + +static char *CharPtrFromSPtr(sptr_t lParam) { + return reinterpret_cast(lParam); +} + +void Editor::StyleSetMessage(unsigned int iMessage, uptr_t wParam, sptr_t lParam) { + vs.EnsureStyle(wParam); + switch (iMessage) { + case SCI_STYLESETFORE: + vs.styles[wParam].fore.desired = ColourDesired(lParam); + break; + case SCI_STYLESETBACK: + vs.styles[wParam].back.desired = ColourDesired(lParam); + break; + case SCI_STYLESETBOLD: + vs.styles[wParam].bold = lParam != 0; + break; + case SCI_STYLESETITALIC: + vs.styles[wParam].italic = lParam != 0; + break; + case SCI_STYLESETEOLFILLED: + vs.styles[wParam].eolFilled = lParam != 0; + break; + case SCI_STYLESETSIZE: + vs.styles[wParam].size = lParam; + break; + case SCI_STYLESETFONT: + if (lParam != 0) { + vs.SetStyleFontName(wParam, CharPtrFromSPtr(lParam)); + } + break; + case SCI_STYLESETUNDERLINE: + vs.styles[wParam].underline = lParam != 0; + break; + case SCI_STYLESETCASE: + vs.styles[wParam].caseForce = static_cast(lParam); + break; + case SCI_STYLESETCHARACTERSET: + vs.styles[wParam].characterSet = lParam; + break; + case SCI_STYLESETVISIBLE: + vs.styles[wParam].visible = lParam != 0; + break; + case SCI_STYLESETCHANGEABLE: + vs.styles[wParam].changeable = lParam != 0; + break; + case SCI_STYLESETHOTSPOT: + vs.styles[wParam].hotspot = lParam != 0; + break; + } + InvalidateStyleRedraw(); +} + +sptr_t Editor::StyleGetMessage(unsigned int iMessage, uptr_t wParam, sptr_t lParam) { + vs.EnsureStyle(wParam); + switch (iMessage) { + case SCI_STYLEGETFORE: + return vs.styles[wParam].fore.desired.AsLong(); + case SCI_STYLEGETBACK: + return vs.styles[wParam].back.desired.AsLong(); + case SCI_STYLEGETBOLD: + return vs.styles[wParam].bold ? 1 : 0; + case SCI_STYLEGETITALIC: + return vs.styles[wParam].italic ? 1 : 0; + case SCI_STYLEGETEOLFILLED: + return vs.styles[wParam].eolFilled ? 1 : 0; + case SCI_STYLEGETSIZE: + return vs.styles[wParam].size; + case SCI_STYLEGETFONT: + if (lParam != 0) + strcpy(CharPtrFromSPtr(lParam), vs.styles[wParam].fontName); + return strlen(vs.styles[wParam].fontName); + case SCI_STYLEGETUNDERLINE: + return vs.styles[wParam].underline ? 1 : 0; + case SCI_STYLEGETCASE: + return static_cast(vs.styles[wParam].caseForce); + case SCI_STYLEGETCHARACTERSET: + return vs.styles[wParam].characterSet; + case SCI_STYLEGETVISIBLE: + return vs.styles[wParam].visible ? 1 : 0; + case SCI_STYLEGETCHANGEABLE: + return vs.styles[wParam].changeable ? 1 : 0; + case SCI_STYLEGETHOTSPOT: + return vs.styles[wParam].hotspot ? 1 : 0; + } + return 0; +} + +sptr_t Editor::WndProc(unsigned int iMessage, uptr_t wParam, sptr_t lParam) { + //Platform::DebugPrintf("S start wnd proc %d %d %d\n",iMessage, wParam, lParam); + + // Optional macro recording hook + if (recordingMacro) + NotifyMacroRecord(iMessage, wParam, lParam); + + switch (iMessage) { + + case SCI_GETTEXT: { + if (lParam == 0) + return pdoc->Length() + 1; + if (wParam == 0) + return 0; + char *ptr = CharPtrFromSPtr(lParam); + unsigned int iChar = 0; + for (; iChar < wParam - 1; iChar++) + ptr[iChar] = pdoc->CharAt(iChar); + ptr[iChar] = '\0'; + return iChar; + } + + case SCI_SETTEXT: { + if (lParam == 0) + return 0; + pdoc->BeginUndoAction(); + pdoc->DeleteChars(0, pdoc->Length()); + SetEmptySelection(0); + pdoc->InsertCString(0, CharPtrFromSPtr(lParam)); + pdoc->EndUndoAction(); + return 1; + } + + case SCI_GETTEXTLENGTH: + return pdoc->Length(); + + case SCI_CUT: + Cut(); + SetLastXChosen(); + break; + + case SCI_COPY: + Copy(); + break; + + case SCI_COPYALLOWLINE: + CopyAllowLine(); + break; + + case SCI_COPYRANGE: + CopyRangeToClipboard(wParam, lParam); + break; + + case SCI_COPYTEXT: + CopyText(wParam, CharPtrFromSPtr(lParam)); + break; + + case SCI_PASTE: + Paste(); + if (!caretSticky) { + SetLastXChosen(); + } + EnsureCaretVisible(); + break; + + case SCI_CLEAR: + Clear(); + SetLastXChosen(); + EnsureCaretVisible(); + break; + + case SCI_UNDO: + Undo(); + SetLastXChosen(); + break; + + case SCI_CANUNDO: + return (pdoc->CanUndo() && !pdoc->IsReadOnly()) ? 1 : 0; + + case SCI_EMPTYUNDOBUFFER: + pdoc->DeleteUndoHistory(); + return 0; + + case SCI_GETFIRSTVISIBLELINE: + return topLine; + + case SCI_GETLINE: { // Risk of overwriting the end of the buffer + int lineStart = pdoc->LineStart(wParam); + int lineEnd = pdoc->LineStart(wParam + 1); + if (lParam == 0) { + return lineEnd - lineStart; + } + char *ptr = CharPtrFromSPtr(lParam); + int iPlace = 0; + for (int iChar = lineStart; iChar < lineEnd; iChar++) { + ptr[iPlace++] = pdoc->CharAt(iChar); + } + return iPlace; + } + + case SCI_GETLINECOUNT: + if (pdoc->LinesTotal() == 0) + return 1; + else + return pdoc->LinesTotal(); + + case SCI_GETMODIFY: + return !pdoc->IsSavePoint(); + + case SCI_SETSEL: { + int nStart = static_cast(wParam); + int nEnd = static_cast(lParam); + if (nEnd < 0) + nEnd = pdoc->Length(); + if (nStart < 0) + nStart = nEnd; // Remove selection + selType = selStream; + SetSelection(nEnd, nStart); + EnsureCaretVisible(); + } + break; + + case SCI_GETSELTEXT: { + if (lParam == 0) { + if (selType == selStream) { + return 1 + SelectionEnd() - SelectionStart(); + } else { + // TODO: why is selLines handled the slow way? + int size = 0; + int extraCharsPerLine = 0; + if (selType != selLines) + extraCharsPerLine = (pdoc->eolMode == SC_EOL_CRLF) ? 2 : 1; + SelectionLineIterator lineIterator(this); + while (lineIterator.Iterate()) { + size += lineIterator.endPos + extraCharsPerLine - lineIterator.startPos; + } + + return 1 + size; + } + } + SelectionText selectedText; + CopySelectionRange(&selectedText); + char *ptr = CharPtrFromSPtr(lParam); + int iChar = 0; + if (selectedText.len) { + for (; iChar < selectedText.len; iChar++) + ptr[iChar] = selectedText.s[iChar]; + } else { + ptr[0] = '\0'; + } + return iChar; + } + + case SCI_LINEFROMPOSITION: + if (static_cast(wParam) < 0) + return 0; + return pdoc->LineFromPosition(wParam); + + case SCI_POSITIONFROMLINE: + if (static_cast(wParam) < 0) + wParam = pdoc->LineFromPosition(SelectionStart()); + if (wParam == 0) + return 0; // Even if there is no text, there is a first line that starts at 0 + if (static_cast(wParam) > pdoc->LinesTotal()) + return -1; + //if (wParam > pdoc->LineFromPosition(pdoc->Length())) // Useful test, anyway... + // return -1; + return pdoc->LineStart(wParam); + + // Replacement of the old Scintilla interpretation of EM_LINELENGTH + case SCI_LINELENGTH: + if ((static_cast(wParam) < 0) || + (static_cast(wParam) > pdoc->LineFromPosition(pdoc->Length()))) + return 0; + return pdoc->LineStart(wParam + 1) - pdoc->LineStart(wParam); + + case SCI_REPLACESEL: { + if (lParam == 0) + return 0; + pdoc->BeginUndoAction(); + ClearSelection(); + char *replacement = CharPtrFromSPtr(lParam); + pdoc->InsertCString(currentPos, replacement); + pdoc->EndUndoAction(); + SetEmptySelection(currentPos + istrlen(replacement)); + EnsureCaretVisible(); + } + break; + + case SCI_SETTARGETSTART: + targetStart = wParam; + break; + + case SCI_GETTARGETSTART: + return targetStart; + + case SCI_SETTARGETEND: + targetEnd = wParam; + break; + + case SCI_GETTARGETEND: + return targetEnd; + + case SCI_TARGETFROMSELECTION: + if (currentPos < anchor) { + targetStart = currentPos; + targetEnd = anchor; + } else { + targetStart = anchor; + targetEnd = currentPos; + } + break; + + case SCI_REPLACETARGET: + PLATFORM_ASSERT(lParam); + return ReplaceTarget(false, CharPtrFromSPtr(lParam), wParam); + + case SCI_REPLACETARGETRE: + PLATFORM_ASSERT(lParam); + return ReplaceTarget(true, CharPtrFromSPtr(lParam), wParam); + + case SCI_SEARCHINTARGET: + PLATFORM_ASSERT(lParam); + return SearchInTarget(CharPtrFromSPtr(lParam), wParam); + + case SCI_SETSEARCHFLAGS: + searchFlags = wParam; + break; + + case SCI_GETSEARCHFLAGS: + return searchFlags; + + case SCI_POSITIONBEFORE: + return pdoc->MovePositionOutsideChar(wParam - 1, -1, true); + + case SCI_POSITIONAFTER: + return pdoc->MovePositionOutsideChar(wParam + 1, 1, true); + + case SCI_LINESCROLL: + ScrollTo(topLine + lParam); + HorizontalScrollTo(xOffset + wParam * vs.spaceWidth); + return 1; + + case SCI_SETXOFFSET: + xOffset = wParam; + SetHorizontalScrollPos(); + Redraw(); + break; + + case SCI_GETXOFFSET: + return xOffset; + + case SCI_CHOOSECARETX: + SetLastXChosen(); + break; + + case SCI_SCROLLCARET: + EnsureCaretVisible(); + break; + + case SCI_SETREADONLY: + pdoc->SetReadOnly(wParam != 0); + return 1; + + case SCI_GETREADONLY: + return pdoc->IsReadOnly(); + + case SCI_CANPASTE: + return CanPaste(); + + case SCI_POINTXFROMPOSITION: + if (lParam < 0) { + return 0; + } else { + Point pt = LocationFromPosition(lParam); + return pt.x; + } + + case SCI_POINTYFROMPOSITION: + if (lParam < 0) { + return 0; + } else { + Point pt = LocationFromPosition(lParam); + return pt.y; + } + + case SCI_FINDTEXT: + return FindText(wParam, lParam); + + case SCI_GETTEXTRANGE: { + if (lParam == 0) + return 0; + TextRange *tr = reinterpret_cast(lParam); + int cpMax = tr->chrg.cpMax; + if (cpMax == -1) + cpMax = pdoc->Length(); + PLATFORM_ASSERT(cpMax <= pdoc->Length()); + int len = cpMax - tr->chrg.cpMin; // No -1 as cpMin and cpMax are referring to inter character positions + pdoc->GetCharRange(tr->lpstrText, tr->chrg.cpMin, len); + // Spec says copied text is terminated with a NUL + tr->lpstrText[len] = '\0'; + return len; // Not including NUL + } + + case SCI_HIDESELECTION: + hideSelection = wParam != 0; + Redraw(); + break; + + case SCI_FORMATRANGE: + return FormatRange(wParam != 0, reinterpret_cast(lParam)); + + case SCI_GETMARGINLEFT: + return vs.leftMarginWidth; + + case SCI_GETMARGINRIGHT: + return vs.rightMarginWidth; + + case SCI_SETMARGINLEFT: + vs.leftMarginWidth = lParam; + InvalidateStyleRedraw(); + break; + + case SCI_SETMARGINRIGHT: + vs.rightMarginWidth = lParam; + InvalidateStyleRedraw(); + break; + + // Control specific mesages + + case SCI_ADDTEXT: { + if (lParam == 0) + return 0; + pdoc->InsertString(CurrentPosition(), CharPtrFromSPtr(lParam), wParam); + SetEmptySelection(currentPos + wParam); + return 0; + } + + case SCI_ADDSTYLEDTEXT: + if (lParam) + AddStyledText(CharPtrFromSPtr(lParam), wParam); + return 0; + + case SCI_INSERTTEXT: { + if (lParam == 0) + return 0; + int insertPos = wParam; + if (static_cast(wParam) == -1) + insertPos = CurrentPosition(); + int newCurrent = CurrentPosition(); + char *sz = CharPtrFromSPtr(lParam); + pdoc->InsertCString(insertPos, sz); + if (newCurrent > insertPos) + newCurrent += istrlen(sz); + SetEmptySelection(newCurrent); + return 0; + } + + case SCI_APPENDTEXT: + pdoc->InsertString(pdoc->Length(), CharPtrFromSPtr(lParam), wParam); + return 0; + + case SCI_CLEARALL: + ClearAll(); + return 0; + + case SCI_CLEARDOCUMENTSTYLE: + ClearDocumentStyle(); + return 0; + + case SCI_SETUNDOCOLLECTION: + pdoc->SetUndoCollection(wParam != 0); + return 0; + + case SCI_GETUNDOCOLLECTION: + return pdoc->IsCollectingUndo(); + + case SCI_BEGINUNDOACTION: + pdoc->BeginUndoAction(); + return 0; + + case SCI_ENDUNDOACTION: + pdoc->EndUndoAction(); + return 0; + + case SCI_GETCARETPERIOD: + return caret.period; + + case SCI_SETCARETPERIOD: + caret.period = wParam; + break; + + case SCI_SETWORDCHARS: { + pdoc->SetDefaultCharClasses(false); + if (lParam == 0) + return 0; + pdoc->SetCharClasses(reinterpret_cast(lParam), CharClassify::ccWord); + } + break; + + case SCI_SETWHITESPACECHARS: { + if (lParam == 0) + return 0; + pdoc->SetCharClasses(reinterpret_cast(lParam), CharClassify::ccSpace); + } + break; + + case SCI_SETCHARSDEFAULT: + pdoc->SetDefaultCharClasses(true); + break; + + case SCI_GETLENGTH: + return pdoc->Length(); + + case SCI_ALLOCATE: + pdoc->Allocate(wParam); + break; + + case SCI_GETCHARAT: + return pdoc->CharAt(wParam); + + case SCI_SETCURRENTPOS: + SetSelection(wParam, anchor); + break; + + case SCI_GETCURRENTPOS: + return currentPos; + + case SCI_SETANCHOR: + SetSelection(currentPos, wParam); + break; + + case SCI_GETANCHOR: + return anchor; + + case SCI_SETSELECTIONSTART: + SetSelection(Platform::Maximum(currentPos, wParam), wParam); + break; + + case SCI_GETSELECTIONSTART: + return Platform::Minimum(anchor, currentPos); + + case SCI_SETSELECTIONEND: + SetSelection(wParam, Platform::Minimum(anchor, wParam)); + break; + + case SCI_GETSELECTIONEND: + return Platform::Maximum(anchor, currentPos); + + case SCI_SETPRINTMAGNIFICATION: + printMagnification = wParam; + break; + + case SCI_GETPRINTMAGNIFICATION: + return printMagnification; + + case SCI_SETPRINTCOLOURMODE: + printColourMode = wParam; + break; + + case SCI_GETPRINTCOLOURMODE: + return printColourMode; + + case SCI_SETPRINTWRAPMODE: + printWrapState = (wParam == SC_WRAP_WORD) ? eWrapWord : eWrapNone; + break; + + case SCI_GETPRINTWRAPMODE: + return printWrapState; + + case SCI_GETSTYLEAT: + if (static_cast(wParam) >= pdoc->Length()) + return 0; + else + return pdoc->StyleAt(wParam); + + case SCI_REDO: + Redo(); + break; + + case SCI_SELECTALL: + SelectAll(); + break; + + case SCI_SETSAVEPOINT: + pdoc->SetSavePoint(); + break; + + case SCI_GETSTYLEDTEXT: { + if (lParam == 0) + return 0; + TextRange *tr = reinterpret_cast(lParam); + int iPlace = 0; + for (int iChar = tr->chrg.cpMin; iChar < tr->chrg.cpMax; iChar++) { + tr->lpstrText[iPlace++] = pdoc->CharAt(iChar); + tr->lpstrText[iPlace++] = pdoc->StyleAt(iChar); + } + tr->lpstrText[iPlace] = '\0'; + tr->lpstrText[iPlace + 1] = '\0'; + return iPlace; + } + + case SCI_CANREDO: + return (pdoc->CanRedo() && !pdoc->IsReadOnly()) ? 1 : 0; + + case SCI_MARKERLINEFROMHANDLE: + return pdoc->LineFromHandle(wParam); + + case SCI_MARKERDELETEHANDLE: + pdoc->DeleteMarkFromHandle(wParam); + break; + + case SCI_GETVIEWWS: + return vs.viewWhitespace; + + case SCI_SETVIEWWS: + vs.viewWhitespace = static_cast(wParam); + Redraw(); + break; + + case SCI_POSITIONFROMPOINT: + return PositionFromLocation(Point(wParam, lParam)); + + case SCI_POSITIONFROMPOINTCLOSE: + return PositionFromLocationClose(Point(wParam, lParam)); + + case SCI_GOTOLINE: + GoToLine(wParam); + break; + + case SCI_GOTOPOS: + SetEmptySelection(wParam); + EnsureCaretVisible(); + Redraw(); + break; + + case SCI_GETCURLINE: { + int lineCurrentPos = pdoc->LineFromPosition(currentPos); + int lineStart = pdoc->LineStart(lineCurrentPos); + unsigned int lineEnd = pdoc->LineStart(lineCurrentPos + 1); + if (lParam == 0) { + return 1 + lineEnd - lineStart; + } + PLATFORM_ASSERT(wParam > 0); + char *ptr = CharPtrFromSPtr(lParam); + unsigned int iPlace = 0; + for (unsigned int iChar = lineStart; iChar < lineEnd && iPlace < wParam - 1; iChar++) { + ptr[iPlace++] = pdoc->CharAt(iChar); + } + ptr[iPlace] = '\0'; + return currentPos - lineStart; + } + + case SCI_GETENDSTYLED: + return pdoc->GetEndStyled(); + + case SCI_GETEOLMODE: + return pdoc->eolMode; + + case SCI_SETEOLMODE: + pdoc->eolMode = wParam; + break; + + case SCI_STARTSTYLING: + pdoc->StartStyling(wParam, static_cast(lParam)); + break; + + case SCI_SETSTYLING: + pdoc->SetStyleFor(wParam, static_cast(lParam)); + break; + + case SCI_SETSTYLINGEX: // Specify a complete styling buffer + if (lParam == 0) + return 0; + pdoc->SetStyles(wParam, CharPtrFromSPtr(lParam)); + break; + + case SCI_SETBUFFEREDDRAW: + bufferedDraw = wParam != 0; + break; + + case SCI_GETBUFFEREDDRAW: + return bufferedDraw; + + case SCI_GETTWOPHASEDRAW: + return twoPhaseDraw; + + case SCI_SETTWOPHASEDRAW: + twoPhaseDraw = wParam != 0; + InvalidateStyleRedraw(); + break; + + case SCI_SETTABWIDTH: + if (wParam > 0) { + pdoc->tabInChars = wParam; + if (pdoc->indentInChars == 0) + pdoc->actualIndentInChars = pdoc->tabInChars; + } + InvalidateStyleRedraw(); + break; + + case SCI_GETTABWIDTH: + return pdoc->tabInChars; + + case SCI_SETINDENT: + pdoc->indentInChars = wParam; + if (pdoc->indentInChars != 0) + pdoc->actualIndentInChars = pdoc->indentInChars; + else + pdoc->actualIndentInChars = pdoc->tabInChars; + InvalidateStyleRedraw(); + break; + + case SCI_GETINDENT: + return pdoc->indentInChars; + + case SCI_SETUSETABS: + pdoc->useTabs = wParam != 0; + InvalidateStyleRedraw(); + break; + + case SCI_GETUSETABS: + return pdoc->useTabs; + + case SCI_SETLINEINDENTATION: + pdoc->SetLineIndentation(wParam, lParam); + break; + + case SCI_GETLINEINDENTATION: + return pdoc->GetLineIndentation(wParam); + + case SCI_GETLINEINDENTPOSITION: + return pdoc->GetLineIndentPosition(wParam); + + case SCI_SETTABINDENTS: + pdoc->tabIndents = wParam != 0; + break; + + case SCI_GETTABINDENTS: + return pdoc->tabIndents; + + case SCI_SETBACKSPACEUNINDENTS: + pdoc->backspaceUnindents = wParam != 0; + break; + + case SCI_GETBACKSPACEUNINDENTS: + return pdoc->backspaceUnindents; + + case SCI_SETMOUSEDWELLTIME: + dwellDelay = wParam; + ticksToDwell = dwellDelay; + break; + + case SCI_GETMOUSEDWELLTIME: + return dwellDelay; + + case SCI_WORDSTARTPOSITION: + return pdoc->ExtendWordSelect(wParam, -1, lParam != 0); + + case SCI_WORDENDPOSITION: + return pdoc->ExtendWordSelect(wParam, 1, lParam != 0); + + case SCI_SETWRAPMODE: + switch (wParam) { + case SC_WRAP_WORD: + wrapState = eWrapWord; + break; + case SC_WRAP_CHAR: + wrapState = eWrapChar; + break; + default: + wrapState = eWrapNone; + break; + } + xOffset = 0; + InvalidateStyleRedraw(); + ReconfigureScrollBars(); + break; + + case SCI_GETWRAPMODE: + return wrapState; + + case SCI_SETWRAPVISUALFLAGS: + wrapVisualFlags = wParam; + actualWrapVisualStartIndent = wrapVisualStartIndent; + if ((wrapVisualFlags & SC_WRAPVISUALFLAG_START) && (actualWrapVisualStartIndent == 0)) + actualWrapVisualStartIndent = 1; // must indent to show start visual + InvalidateStyleRedraw(); + ReconfigureScrollBars(); + break; + + case SCI_GETWRAPVISUALFLAGS: + return wrapVisualFlags; + + case SCI_SETWRAPVISUALFLAGSLOCATION: + wrapVisualFlagsLocation = wParam; + InvalidateStyleRedraw(); + break; + + case SCI_GETWRAPVISUALFLAGSLOCATION: + return wrapVisualFlagsLocation; + + case SCI_SETWRAPSTARTINDENT: + wrapVisualStartIndent = wParam; + actualWrapVisualStartIndent = wrapVisualStartIndent; + if ((wrapVisualFlags & SC_WRAPVISUALFLAG_START) && (actualWrapVisualStartIndent == 0)) + actualWrapVisualStartIndent = 1; // must indent to show start visual + InvalidateStyleRedraw(); + ReconfigureScrollBars(); + break; + + case SCI_GETWRAPSTARTINDENT: + return wrapVisualStartIndent; + + case SCI_SETLAYOUTCACHE: + llc.SetLevel(wParam); + break; + + case SCI_GETLAYOUTCACHE: + return llc.GetLevel(); + + case SCI_SETPOSITIONCACHE: + posCache.SetSize(wParam); + break; + + case SCI_GETPOSITIONCACHE: + return posCache.GetSize(); + + case SCI_SETSCROLLWIDTH: + PLATFORM_ASSERT(wParam > 0); + if ((wParam > 0) && (wParam != static_cast(scrollWidth))) { + lineWidthMaxSeen = 0; + scrollWidth = wParam; + SetScrollBars(); + } + break; + + case SCI_GETSCROLLWIDTH: + return scrollWidth; + + case SCI_SETSCROLLWIDTHTRACKING: + trackLineWidth = wParam != 0; + break; + + case SCI_GETSCROLLWIDTHTRACKING: + return trackLineWidth; + + case SCI_LINESJOIN: + LinesJoin(); + break; + + case SCI_LINESSPLIT: + LinesSplit(wParam); + break; + + case SCI_TEXTWIDTH: + PLATFORM_ASSERT(wParam < vs.stylesSize); + PLATFORM_ASSERT(lParam); + return TextWidth(wParam, CharPtrFromSPtr(lParam)); + + case SCI_TEXTHEIGHT: + return vs.lineHeight; + + case SCI_SETENDATLASTLINE: + PLATFORM_ASSERT((wParam == 0) || (wParam == 1)); + if (endAtLastLine != (wParam != 0)) { + endAtLastLine = wParam != 0; + SetScrollBars(); + } + break; + + case SCI_GETENDATLASTLINE: + return endAtLastLine; + + case SCI_SETCARETSTICKY: + PLATFORM_ASSERT((wParam == 0) || (wParam == 1)); + if (caretSticky != (wParam != 0)) { + caretSticky = wParam != 0; + } + break; + + case SCI_GETCARETSTICKY: + return caretSticky; + + case SCI_TOGGLECARETSTICKY: + caretSticky = !caretSticky; + break; + + case SCI_GETCOLUMN: + return pdoc->GetColumn(wParam); + + case SCI_FINDCOLUMN: + return pdoc->FindColumn(wParam, lParam); + + case SCI_SETHSCROLLBAR : + if (horizontalScrollBarVisible != (wParam != 0)) { + horizontalScrollBarVisible = wParam != 0; + SetScrollBars(); + ReconfigureScrollBars(); + } + break; + + case SCI_GETHSCROLLBAR: + return horizontalScrollBarVisible; + + case SCI_SETVSCROLLBAR: + if (verticalScrollBarVisible != (wParam != 0)) { + verticalScrollBarVisible = wParam != 0; + SetScrollBars(); + ReconfigureScrollBars(); + } + break; + + case SCI_GETVSCROLLBAR: + return verticalScrollBarVisible; + + case SCI_SETINDENTATIONGUIDES: + vs.viewIndentationGuides = IndentView(wParam); + Redraw(); + break; + + case SCI_GETINDENTATIONGUIDES: + return vs.viewIndentationGuides; + + case SCI_SETHIGHLIGHTGUIDE: + if ((highlightGuideColumn != static_cast(wParam)) || (wParam > 0)) { + highlightGuideColumn = wParam; + Redraw(); + } + break; + + case SCI_GETHIGHLIGHTGUIDE: + return highlightGuideColumn; + + case SCI_GETLINEENDPOSITION: + return pdoc->LineEnd(wParam); + + case SCI_SETCODEPAGE: + if (ValidCodePage(wParam)) { + pdoc->dbcsCodePage = wParam; + InvalidateStyleRedraw(); + } + break; + + case SCI_GETCODEPAGE: + return pdoc->dbcsCodePage; + + case SCI_SETUSEPALETTE: + palette.allowRealization = wParam != 0; + InvalidateStyleRedraw(); + break; + + case SCI_GETUSEPALETTE: + return palette.allowRealization; + + // Marker definition and setting + case SCI_MARKERDEFINE: + if (wParam <= MARKER_MAX) + vs.markers[wParam].markType = lParam; + InvalidateStyleData(); + RedrawSelMargin(); + break; + + case SCI_MARKERSYMBOLDEFINED: + if (wParam <= MARKER_MAX) + return vs.markers[wParam].markType; + else + return 0; + + case SCI_MARKERSETFORE: + if (wParam <= MARKER_MAX) + vs.markers[wParam].fore.desired = ColourDesired(lParam); + InvalidateStyleData(); + RedrawSelMargin(); + break; + case SCI_MARKERSETBACK: + if (wParam <= MARKER_MAX) + vs.markers[wParam].back.desired = ColourDesired(lParam); + InvalidateStyleData(); + RedrawSelMargin(); + break; + case SCI_MARKERSETALPHA: + if (wParam <= MARKER_MAX) + vs.markers[wParam].alpha = lParam; + InvalidateStyleRedraw(); + break; + case SCI_MARKERADD: { + int markerID = pdoc->AddMark(wParam, lParam); + return markerID; + } + case SCI_MARKERADDSET: + if (lParam != 0) + pdoc->AddMarkSet(wParam, lParam); + break; + + case SCI_MARKERDELETE: + pdoc->DeleteMark(wParam, lParam); + break; + + case SCI_MARKERDELETEALL: + pdoc->DeleteAllMarks(static_cast(wParam)); + break; + + case SCI_MARKERGET: + return pdoc->GetMark(wParam); + + case SCI_MARKERNEXT: { + int lt = pdoc->LinesTotal(); + for (int iLine = wParam; iLine < lt; iLine++) { + if ((pdoc->GetMark(iLine) & lParam) != 0) + return iLine; + } + } + return -1; + + case SCI_MARKERPREVIOUS: { + for (int iLine = wParam; iLine >= 0; iLine--) { + if ((pdoc->GetMark(iLine) & lParam) != 0) + return iLine; + } + } + return -1; + + case SCI_MARKERDEFINEPIXMAP: + if (wParam <= MARKER_MAX) { + vs.markers[wParam].SetXPM(CharPtrFromSPtr(lParam)); + }; + InvalidateStyleData(); + RedrawSelMargin(); + break; + + case SCI_SETMARGINTYPEN: + if (ValidMargin(wParam)) { + vs.ms[wParam].style = lParam; + InvalidateStyleRedraw(); + } + break; + + case SCI_GETMARGINTYPEN: + if (ValidMargin(wParam)) + return vs.ms[wParam].style; + else + return 0; + + case SCI_SETMARGINWIDTHN: + if (ValidMargin(wParam)) { + // Short-circuit if the width is unchanged, to avoid unnecessary redraw. + if (vs.ms[wParam].width != lParam) { + vs.ms[wParam].width = lParam; + InvalidateStyleRedraw(); + } + } + break; + + case SCI_GETMARGINWIDTHN: + if (ValidMargin(wParam)) + return vs.ms[wParam].width; + else + return 0; + + case SCI_SETMARGINMASKN: + if (ValidMargin(wParam)) { + vs.ms[wParam].mask = lParam; + InvalidateStyleRedraw(); + } + break; + + case SCI_GETMARGINMASKN: + if (ValidMargin(wParam)) + return vs.ms[wParam].mask; + else + return 0; + + case SCI_SETMARGINSENSITIVEN: + if (ValidMargin(wParam)) { + vs.ms[wParam].sensitive = lParam != 0; + InvalidateStyleRedraw(); + } + break; + + case SCI_GETMARGINSENSITIVEN: + if (ValidMargin(wParam)) + return vs.ms[wParam].sensitive ? 1 : 0; + else + return 0; + + case SCI_STYLECLEARALL: + vs.ClearStyles(); + InvalidateStyleRedraw(); + break; + + case SCI_STYLESETFORE: + case SCI_STYLESETBACK: + case SCI_STYLESETBOLD: + case SCI_STYLESETITALIC: + case SCI_STYLESETEOLFILLED: + case SCI_STYLESETSIZE: + case SCI_STYLESETFONT: + case SCI_STYLESETUNDERLINE: + case SCI_STYLESETCASE: + case SCI_STYLESETCHARACTERSET: + case SCI_STYLESETVISIBLE: + case SCI_STYLESETCHANGEABLE: + case SCI_STYLESETHOTSPOT: + StyleSetMessage(iMessage, wParam, lParam); + break; + + case SCI_STYLEGETFORE: + case SCI_STYLEGETBACK: + case SCI_STYLEGETBOLD: + case SCI_STYLEGETITALIC: + case SCI_STYLEGETEOLFILLED: + case SCI_STYLEGETSIZE: + case SCI_STYLEGETFONT: + case SCI_STYLEGETUNDERLINE: + case SCI_STYLEGETCASE: + case SCI_STYLEGETCHARACTERSET: + case SCI_STYLEGETVISIBLE: + case SCI_STYLEGETCHANGEABLE: + case SCI_STYLEGETHOTSPOT: + return StyleGetMessage(iMessage, wParam, lParam); + + case SCI_STYLERESETDEFAULT: + vs.ResetDefaultStyle(); + InvalidateStyleRedraw(); + break; + case SCI_SETSTYLEBITS: + vs.EnsureStyle((1 << wParam) - 1); + pdoc->SetStylingBits(wParam); + break; + + case SCI_GETSTYLEBITS: + return pdoc->stylingBits; + + case SCI_SETLINESTATE: + return pdoc->SetLineState(wParam, lParam); + + case SCI_GETLINESTATE: + return pdoc->GetLineState(wParam); + + case SCI_GETMAXLINESTATE: + return pdoc->GetMaxLineState(); + + case SCI_GETCARETLINEVISIBLE: + return vs.showCaretLineBackground; + case SCI_SETCARETLINEVISIBLE: + vs.showCaretLineBackground = wParam != 0; + InvalidateStyleRedraw(); + break; + case SCI_GETCARETLINEBACK: + return vs.caretLineBackground.desired.AsLong(); + case SCI_SETCARETLINEBACK: + vs.caretLineBackground.desired = wParam; + InvalidateStyleRedraw(); + break; + case SCI_GETCARETLINEBACKALPHA: + return vs.caretLineAlpha; + case SCI_SETCARETLINEBACKALPHA: + vs.caretLineAlpha = wParam; + InvalidateStyleRedraw(); + break; + + // Folding messages + + case SCI_VISIBLEFROMDOCLINE: + return cs.DisplayFromDoc(wParam); + + case SCI_DOCLINEFROMVISIBLE: + return cs.DocFromDisplay(wParam); + + case SCI_WRAPCOUNT: + return WrapCount(wParam); + + case SCI_SETFOLDLEVEL: { + int prev = pdoc->SetLevel(wParam, lParam); + if (prev != lParam) + RedrawSelMargin(); + return prev; + } + + case SCI_GETFOLDLEVEL: + return pdoc->GetLevel(wParam); + + case SCI_GETLASTCHILD: + return pdoc->GetLastChild(wParam, lParam); + + case SCI_GETFOLDPARENT: + return pdoc->GetFoldParent(wParam); + + case SCI_SHOWLINES: + cs.SetVisible(wParam, lParam, true); + SetScrollBars(); + Redraw(); + break; + + case SCI_HIDELINES: + if (wParam > 0) + cs.SetVisible(wParam, lParam, false); + SetScrollBars(); + Redraw(); + break; + + case SCI_GETLINEVISIBLE: + return cs.GetVisible(wParam); + + case SCI_SETFOLDEXPANDED: + if (cs.SetExpanded(wParam, lParam != 0)) { + RedrawSelMargin(); + } + break; + + case SCI_GETFOLDEXPANDED: + return cs.GetExpanded(wParam); + + case SCI_SETFOLDFLAGS: + foldFlags = wParam; + Redraw(); + break; + + case SCI_TOGGLEFOLD: + ToggleContraction(wParam); + break; + + case SCI_ENSUREVISIBLE: + EnsureLineVisible(wParam, false); + break; + + case SCI_ENSUREVISIBLEENFORCEPOLICY: + EnsureLineVisible(wParam, true); + break; + + case SCI_SEARCHANCHOR: + SearchAnchor(); + break; + + case SCI_SEARCHNEXT: + case SCI_SEARCHPREV: + return SearchText(iMessage, wParam, lParam); + +#ifdef INCLUDE_DEPRECATED_FEATURES + case SCI_SETCARETPOLICY: // Deprecated + caretXPolicy = caretYPolicy = wParam; + caretXSlop = caretYSlop = lParam; + break; +#endif + + case SCI_SETXCARETPOLICY: + caretXPolicy = wParam; + caretXSlop = lParam; + break; + + case SCI_SETYCARETPOLICY: + caretYPolicy = wParam; + caretYSlop = lParam; + break; + + case SCI_SETVISIBLEPOLICY: + visiblePolicy = wParam; + visibleSlop = lParam; + break; + + case SCI_LINESONSCREEN: + return LinesOnScreen(); + + case SCI_SETSELFORE: + vs.selforeset = wParam != 0; + vs.selforeground.desired = ColourDesired(lParam); + InvalidateStyleRedraw(); + break; + + case SCI_SETSELBACK: + vs.selbackset = wParam != 0; + vs.selbackground.desired = ColourDesired(lParam); + InvalidateStyleRedraw(); + break; + + case SCI_SETSELALPHA: + vs.selAlpha = wParam; + InvalidateStyleRedraw(); + break; + + case SCI_GETSELALPHA: + return vs.selAlpha; + + case SCI_GETSELEOLFILLED: + return vs.selEOLFilled; + + case SCI_SETSELEOLFILLED: + vs.selEOLFilled = wParam != 0; + InvalidateStyleRedraw(); + break; + + case SCI_SETWHITESPACEFORE: + vs.whitespaceForegroundSet = wParam != 0; + vs.whitespaceForeground.desired = ColourDesired(lParam); + InvalidateStyleRedraw(); + break; + + case SCI_SETWHITESPACEBACK: + vs.whitespaceBackgroundSet = wParam != 0; + vs.whitespaceBackground.desired = ColourDesired(lParam); + InvalidateStyleRedraw(); + break; + + case SCI_SETCARETFORE: + vs.caretcolour.desired = ColourDesired(wParam); + InvalidateStyleRedraw(); + break; + + case SCI_GETCARETFORE: + return vs.caretcolour.desired.AsLong(); + + case SCI_SETCARETSTYLE: + //if (wParam >= CARETSTYLE_INVISIBLE && wParam <= CARETSTYLE_BLOCK) + if ( wParam <= CARETSTYLE_BLOCK ) + vs.caretStyle = wParam; + else + /* Default to the line caret */ + vs.caretStyle = CARETSTYLE_LINE; + InvalidateStyleRedraw(); + break; + + case SCI_GETCARETSTYLE: + return vs.caretStyle; + + case SCI_SETCARETWIDTH: + if (wParam <= 0) + vs.caretWidth = 0; + else if (wParam >= 3) + vs.caretWidth = 3; + else + vs.caretWidth = wParam; + InvalidateStyleRedraw(); + break; + + case SCI_GETCARETWIDTH: + return vs.caretWidth; + + case SCI_ASSIGNCMDKEY: + kmap.AssignCmdKey(Platform::LowShortFromLong(wParam), + Platform::HighShortFromLong(wParam), lParam); + break; + + case SCI_CLEARCMDKEY: + kmap.AssignCmdKey(Platform::LowShortFromLong(wParam), + Platform::HighShortFromLong(wParam), SCI_NULL); + break; + + case SCI_CLEARALLCMDKEYS: + kmap.Clear(); + break; + + case SCI_INDICSETSTYLE: + if (wParam <= INDIC_MAX) { + vs.indicators[wParam].style = lParam; + InvalidateStyleRedraw(); + } + break; + + case SCI_INDICGETSTYLE: + return (wParam <= INDIC_MAX) ? vs.indicators[wParam].style : 0; + + case SCI_INDICSETFORE: + if (wParam <= INDIC_MAX) { + vs.indicators[wParam].fore.desired = ColourDesired(lParam); + InvalidateStyleRedraw(); + } + break; + + case SCI_INDICGETFORE: + return (wParam <= INDIC_MAX) ? vs.indicators[wParam].fore.desired.AsLong() : 0; + + case SCI_INDICSETUNDER: + if (wParam <= INDIC_MAX) { + vs.indicators[wParam].under = lParam != 0; + InvalidateStyleRedraw(); + } + break; + + case SCI_INDICGETUNDER: + return (wParam <= INDIC_MAX) ? vs.indicators[wParam].under : 0; + + case SCI_INDICSETALPHA: + if (wParam <= INDIC_MAX && lParam >=0 && lParam <= 100) { + vs.indicators[wParam].fillAlpha = lParam; + InvalidateStyleRedraw(); + } + break; + + case SCI_INDICGETALPHA: + return (wParam <= INDIC_MAX) ? vs.indicators[wParam].fillAlpha : 0; + + case SCI_SETINDICATORCURRENT: + pdoc->decorations.SetCurrentIndicator(wParam); + break; + case SCI_GETINDICATORCURRENT: + return pdoc->decorations.GetCurrentIndicator(); + case SCI_SETINDICATORVALUE: + pdoc->decorations.SetCurrentValue(wParam); + break; + case SCI_GETINDICATORVALUE: + return pdoc->decorations.GetCurrentValue(); + + case SCI_INDICATORFILLRANGE: + pdoc->DecorationFillRange(wParam, pdoc->decorations.GetCurrentValue(), lParam); + break; + + case SCI_INDICATORCLEARRANGE: + pdoc->DecorationFillRange(wParam, 0, lParam); + break; + + case SCI_INDICATORALLONFOR: + return pdoc->decorations.AllOnFor(wParam); + + case SCI_INDICATORVALUEAT: + return pdoc->decorations.ValueAt(wParam, lParam); + + case SCI_INDICATORSTART: + return pdoc->decorations.Start(wParam, lParam); + + case SCI_INDICATOREND: + return pdoc->decorations.End(wParam, lParam); + + case SCI_LINEDOWN: + case SCI_LINEDOWNEXTEND: + case SCI_PARADOWN: + case SCI_PARADOWNEXTEND: + case SCI_LINEUP: + case SCI_LINEUPEXTEND: + case SCI_PARAUP: + case SCI_PARAUPEXTEND: + case SCI_CHARLEFT: + case SCI_CHARLEFTEXTEND: + case SCI_CHARRIGHT: + case SCI_CHARRIGHTEXTEND: + case SCI_WORDLEFT: + case SCI_WORDLEFTEXTEND: + case SCI_WORDRIGHT: + case SCI_WORDRIGHTEXTEND: + case SCI_WORDLEFTEND: + case SCI_WORDLEFTENDEXTEND: + case SCI_WORDRIGHTEND: + case SCI_WORDRIGHTENDEXTEND: + case SCI_HOME: + case SCI_HOMEEXTEND: + case SCI_LINEEND: + case SCI_LINEENDEXTEND: + case SCI_HOMEWRAP: + case SCI_HOMEWRAPEXTEND: + case SCI_LINEENDWRAP: + case SCI_LINEENDWRAPEXTEND: + case SCI_DOCUMENTSTART: + case SCI_DOCUMENTSTARTEXTEND: + case SCI_DOCUMENTEND: + case SCI_DOCUMENTENDEXTEND: + + case SCI_STUTTEREDPAGEUP: + case SCI_STUTTEREDPAGEUPEXTEND: + case SCI_STUTTEREDPAGEDOWN: + case SCI_STUTTEREDPAGEDOWNEXTEND: + + case SCI_PAGEUP: + case SCI_PAGEUPEXTEND: + case SCI_PAGEDOWN: + case SCI_PAGEDOWNEXTEND: + case SCI_EDITTOGGLEOVERTYPE: + case SCI_CANCEL: + case SCI_DELETEBACK: + case SCI_TAB: + case SCI_BACKTAB: + case SCI_NEWLINE: + case SCI_FORMFEED: + case SCI_VCHOME: + case SCI_VCHOMEEXTEND: + case SCI_VCHOMEWRAP: + case SCI_VCHOMEWRAPEXTEND: + case SCI_ZOOMIN: + case SCI_ZOOMOUT: + case SCI_DELWORDLEFT: + case SCI_DELWORDRIGHT: + case SCI_DELWORDRIGHTEND: + case SCI_DELLINELEFT: + case SCI_DELLINERIGHT: + case SCI_LINECOPY: + case SCI_LINECUT: + case SCI_LINEDELETE: + case SCI_LINETRANSPOSE: + case SCI_LINEDUPLICATE: + case SCI_LOWERCASE: + case SCI_UPPERCASE: + case SCI_LINESCROLLDOWN: + case SCI_LINESCROLLUP: + case SCI_WORDPARTLEFT: + case SCI_WORDPARTLEFTEXTEND: + case SCI_WORDPARTRIGHT: + case SCI_WORDPARTRIGHTEXTEND: + case SCI_DELETEBACKNOTLINE: + case SCI_HOMEDISPLAY: + case SCI_HOMEDISPLAYEXTEND: + case SCI_LINEENDDISPLAY: + case SCI_LINEENDDISPLAYEXTEND: + case SCI_LINEDOWNRECTEXTEND: + case SCI_LINEUPRECTEXTEND: + case SCI_CHARLEFTRECTEXTEND: + case SCI_CHARRIGHTRECTEXTEND: + case SCI_HOMERECTEXTEND: + case SCI_VCHOMERECTEXTEND: + case SCI_LINEENDRECTEXTEND: + case SCI_PAGEUPRECTEXTEND: + case SCI_PAGEDOWNRECTEXTEND: + case SCI_SELECTIONDUPLICATE: + return KeyCommand(iMessage); + + case SCI_BRACEHIGHLIGHT: + SetBraceHighlight(static_cast(wParam), lParam, STYLE_BRACELIGHT); + break; + + case SCI_BRACEBADLIGHT: + SetBraceHighlight(static_cast(wParam), -1, STYLE_BRACEBAD); + break; + + case SCI_BRACEMATCH: + // wParam is position of char to find brace for, + // lParam is maximum amount of text to restyle to find it + return pdoc->BraceMatch(wParam, lParam); + + case SCI_GETVIEWEOL: + return vs.viewEOL; + + case SCI_SETVIEWEOL: + vs.viewEOL = wParam != 0; + InvalidateStyleRedraw(); + break; + + case SCI_SETZOOM: + vs.zoomLevel = wParam; + InvalidateStyleRedraw(); + NotifyZoom(); + break; + + case SCI_GETZOOM: + return vs.zoomLevel; + + case SCI_GETEDGECOLUMN: + return theEdge; + + case SCI_SETEDGECOLUMN: + theEdge = wParam; + InvalidateStyleRedraw(); + break; + + case SCI_GETEDGEMODE: + return vs.edgeState; + + case SCI_SETEDGEMODE: + vs.edgeState = wParam; + InvalidateStyleRedraw(); + break; + + case SCI_GETEDGECOLOUR: + return vs.edgecolour.desired.AsLong(); + + case SCI_SETEDGECOLOUR: + vs.edgecolour.desired = ColourDesired(wParam); + InvalidateStyleRedraw(); + break; + + case SCI_GETDOCPOINTER: + return reinterpret_cast(pdoc); + + case SCI_SETDOCPOINTER: + CancelModes(); + SetDocPointer(reinterpret_cast(lParam)); + return 0; + + case SCI_CREATEDOCUMENT: { + Document *doc = new Document(); + if (doc) { + doc->AddRef(); + } + return reinterpret_cast(doc); + } + + case SCI_ADDREFDOCUMENT: + (reinterpret_cast(lParam))->AddRef(); + break; + + case SCI_RELEASEDOCUMENT: + (reinterpret_cast(lParam))->Release(); + break; + + case SCI_SETMODEVENTMASK: + modEventMask = wParam; + return 0; + + case SCI_GETMODEVENTMASK: + return modEventMask; + + case SCI_CONVERTEOLS: + pdoc->ConvertLineEnds(wParam); + SetSelection(currentPos, anchor); // Ensure selection inside document + return 0; + + case SCI_SETLENGTHFORENCODE: + lengthForEncode = wParam; + return 0; + + case SCI_SELECTIONISRECTANGLE: + return selType == selRectangle ? 1 : 0; + + case SCI_SETSELECTIONMODE: { + switch (wParam) { + case SC_SEL_STREAM: + moveExtendsSelection = !moveExtendsSelection || (selType != selStream); + selType = selStream; + break; + case SC_SEL_RECTANGLE: + moveExtendsSelection = !moveExtendsSelection || (selType != selRectangle); + selType = selRectangle; + break; + case SC_SEL_LINES: + moveExtendsSelection = !moveExtendsSelection || (selType != selLines); + selType = selLines; + break; + default: + moveExtendsSelection = !moveExtendsSelection || (selType != selStream); + selType = selStream; + } + InvalidateSelection(currentPos, anchor, true); + } + case SCI_GETSELECTIONMODE: + switch (selType) { + case selStream: + return SC_SEL_STREAM; + case selRectangle: + return SC_SEL_RECTANGLE; + case selLines: + return SC_SEL_LINES; + default: // ?! + return SC_SEL_STREAM; + } + case SCI_GETLINESELSTARTPOSITION: { + SelectionLineIterator lineIterator(this); + lineIterator.SetAt(wParam); + return lineIterator.startPos; + } + case SCI_GETLINESELENDPOSITION: { + SelectionLineIterator lineIterator(this); + lineIterator.SetAt(wParam); + return lineIterator.endPos; + } + + case SCI_SETOVERTYPE: + inOverstrike = wParam != 0; + break; + + case SCI_GETOVERTYPE: + return inOverstrike ? 1 : 0; + + case SCI_SETFOCUS: + SetFocusState(wParam != 0); + break; + + case SCI_GETFOCUS: + return hasFocus; + + case SCI_SETSTATUS: + errorStatus = wParam; + break; + + case SCI_GETSTATUS: + return errorStatus; + + case SCI_SETMOUSEDOWNCAPTURES: + mouseDownCaptures = wParam != 0; + break; + + case SCI_GETMOUSEDOWNCAPTURES: + return mouseDownCaptures; + + case SCI_SETCURSOR: + cursorMode = wParam; + DisplayCursor(Window::cursorText); + break; + + case SCI_GETCURSOR: + return cursorMode; + + case SCI_SETCONTROLCHARSYMBOL: + controlCharSymbol = wParam; + break; + + case SCI_GETCONTROLCHARSYMBOL: + return controlCharSymbol; + + case SCI_STARTRECORD: + recordingMacro = true; + return 0; + + case SCI_STOPRECORD: + recordingMacro = false; + return 0; + + case SCI_MOVECARETINSIDEVIEW: + MoveCaretInsideView(); + break; + + case SCI_SETFOLDMARGINCOLOUR: + vs.foldmarginColourSet = wParam != 0; + vs.foldmarginColour.desired = ColourDesired(lParam); + InvalidateStyleRedraw(); + break; + + case SCI_SETFOLDMARGINHICOLOUR: + vs.foldmarginHighlightColourSet = wParam != 0; + vs.foldmarginHighlightColour.desired = ColourDesired(lParam); + InvalidateStyleRedraw(); + break; + + case SCI_SETHOTSPOTACTIVEFORE: + vs.hotspotForegroundSet = wParam != 0; + vs.hotspotForeground.desired = ColourDesired(lParam); + InvalidateStyleRedraw(); + break; + + case SCI_GETHOTSPOTACTIVEFORE: + return vs.hotspotForeground.desired.AsLong(); + + case SCI_SETHOTSPOTACTIVEBACK: + vs.hotspotBackgroundSet = wParam != 0; + vs.hotspotBackground.desired = ColourDesired(lParam); + InvalidateStyleRedraw(); + break; + + case SCI_GETHOTSPOTACTIVEBACK: + return vs.hotspotBackground.desired.AsLong(); + + case SCI_SETHOTSPOTACTIVEUNDERLINE: + vs.hotspotUnderline = wParam != 0; + InvalidateStyleRedraw(); + break; + + case SCI_GETHOTSPOTACTIVEUNDERLINE: + return vs.hotspotUnderline ? 1 : 0; + + case SCI_SETHOTSPOTSINGLELINE: + vs.hotspotSingleLine = wParam != 0; + InvalidateStyleRedraw(); + break; + + case SCI_GETHOTSPOTSINGLELINE: + return vs.hotspotSingleLine ? 1 : 0; + + case SCI_SETPASTECONVERTENDINGS: + convertPastes = wParam != 0; + break; + + case SCI_GETPASTECONVERTENDINGS: + return convertPastes ? 1 : 0; + + case SCI_GETCHARACTERPOINTER: + return reinterpret_cast(pdoc->BufferPointer()); + + case SCI_SETEXTRAASCENT: + vs.extraAscent = wParam; + InvalidateStyleRedraw(); + break; + + case SCI_GETEXTRAASCENT: + return vs.extraAscent; + + case SCI_SETEXTRADESCENT: + vs.extraDescent = wParam; + InvalidateStyleRedraw(); + break; + + case SCI_GETEXTRADESCENT: + return vs.extraDescent; + + case SCI_MARGINSETSTYLEOFFSET: + vs.marginStyleOffset = wParam; + InvalidateStyleRedraw(); + break; + + case SCI_MARGINGETSTYLEOFFSET: + return vs.marginStyleOffset; + + case SCI_MARGINSETTEXT: + pdoc->MarginSetText(wParam, CharPtrFromSPtr(lParam)); + break; + + case SCI_MARGINGETTEXT: { + const StyledText st = pdoc->MarginStyledText(wParam); + if (lParam) { + if (st.text) + memcpy(CharPtrFromSPtr(lParam), st.text, st.length); + else + strcpy(CharPtrFromSPtr(lParam), ""); + } + return st.length; + } + + case SCI_MARGINSETSTYLE: + pdoc->MarginSetStyle(wParam, lParam); + break; + + case SCI_MARGINGETSTYLE: { + const StyledText st = pdoc->MarginStyledText(wParam); + return st.style; + } + + case SCI_MARGINSETSTYLES: + pdoc->MarginSetStyles(wParam, reinterpret_cast(lParam)); + break; + + case SCI_MARGINGETSTYLES: { + const StyledText st = pdoc->MarginStyledText(wParam); + if (lParam) { + if (st.styles) + memcpy(CharPtrFromSPtr(lParam), st.styles, st.length); + else + strcpy(CharPtrFromSPtr(lParam), ""); + } + return st.styles ? st.length : 0; + } + + case SCI_MARGINTEXTCLEARALL: + pdoc->MarginClearAll(); + break; + + case SCI_ANNOTATIONSETTEXT: + pdoc->AnnotationSetText(wParam, CharPtrFromSPtr(lParam)); + break; + + case SCI_ANNOTATIONGETTEXT: { + const StyledText st = pdoc->AnnotationStyledText(wParam); + if (lParam) { + if (st.text) + memcpy(CharPtrFromSPtr(lParam), st.text, st.length); + else + strcpy(CharPtrFromSPtr(lParam), ""); + } + return st.length; + } + + case SCI_ANNOTATIONGETSTYLE: { + const StyledText st = pdoc->AnnotationStyledText(wParam); + return st.style; + } + + case SCI_ANNOTATIONSETSTYLE: + pdoc->AnnotationSetStyle(wParam, lParam); + break; + + case SCI_ANNOTATIONSETSTYLES: + pdoc->AnnotationSetStyles(wParam, reinterpret_cast(lParam)); + break; + + case SCI_ANNOTATIONGETSTYLES: { + const StyledText st = pdoc->AnnotationStyledText(wParam); + if (lParam) { + if (st.styles) + memcpy(CharPtrFromSPtr(lParam), st.styles, st.length); + else + strcpy(CharPtrFromSPtr(lParam), ""); + } + return st.styles ? st.length : 0; + } + + case SCI_ANNOTATIONGETLINES: + return pdoc->AnnotationLines(wParam); + + case SCI_ANNOTATIONCLEARALL: + pdoc->AnnotationClearAll(); + break; + + case SCI_ANNOTATIONSETVISIBLE: + SetAnnotationVisible(wParam); + break; + + case SCI_ANNOTATIONGETVISIBLE: + return vs.annotationVisible; + + case SCI_ANNOTATIONSETSTYLEOFFSET: + vs.annotationStyleOffset = wParam; + InvalidateStyleRedraw(); + break; + + case SCI_ANNOTATIONGETSTYLEOFFSET: + return vs.annotationStyleOffset; + + case SCI_ADDUNDOACTION: + pdoc->AddUndoAction(wParam, lParam & UNDO_MAY_COALESCE); + break; + + default: + return DefWndProc(iMessage, wParam, lParam); + } + //Platform::DebugPrintf("end wnd proc\n"); + return 0l; +} diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/Editor.h b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/Editor.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..35564ca8cb --- /dev/null +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/Editor.h @@ -0,0 +1,527 @@ +// Scintilla source code edit control +/** @file Editor.h + ** Defines the main editor class. + **/ +// Copyright 1998-2003 by Neil Hodgson +// The License.txt file describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed. + +#ifndef EDITOR_H +#define EDITOR_H + +#ifdef SCI_NAMESPACE +namespace Scintilla { +#endif + +/** + */ +class Caret { +public: + bool active; + bool on; + int period; + + Caret(); +}; + +/** + */ +class Timer { +public: + bool ticking; + int ticksToWait; + enum {tickSize = 100}; + TickerID tickerID; + + Timer(); +}; + +/** + */ +class Idler { +public: + bool state; + IdlerID idlerID; + + Idler(); +}; + +/** + * Hold a piece of text selected for copying or dragging. + * The text is expected to hold a terminating '\0' and this is counted in len. + */ +class SelectionText { +public: + char *s; + int len; + bool rectangular; + bool lineCopy; + int codePage; + int characterSet; + SelectionText() : s(0), len(0), rectangular(false), lineCopy(false), codePage(0), characterSet(0) {} + ~SelectionText() { + Free(); + } + void Free() { + Set(0, 0, 0, 0, false, false); + } + void Set(char *s_, int len_, int codePage_, int characterSet_, bool rectangular_, bool lineCopy_) { + delete []s; + s = s_; + if (s) + len = len_; + else + len = 0; + codePage = codePage_; + characterSet = characterSet_; + rectangular = rectangular_; + lineCopy = lineCopy_; + } + void Copy(const char *s_, int len_, int codePage_, int characterSet_, bool rectangular_, bool lineCopy_) { + delete []s; + s = new char[len_]; + if (s) { + len = len_; + for (int i = 0; i < len_; i++) { + s[i] = s_[i]; + } + } else { + len = 0; + } + codePage = codePage_; + characterSet = characterSet_; + rectangular = rectangular_; + lineCopy = lineCopy_; + } + void Copy(const SelectionText &other) { + Copy(other.s, other.len, other.codePage, other.characterSet, other.rectangular, other.lineCopy); + } +}; + +/** + */ +class Editor : public DocWatcher { + // Private so Editor objects can not be copied + Editor(const Editor &) : DocWatcher() {} + Editor &operator=(const Editor &) { return *this; } + +protected: // ScintillaBase subclass needs access to much of Editor + + /** On GTK+, Scintilla is a container widget holding two scroll bars + * whereas on Windows there is just one window with both scroll bars turned on. */ + Window wMain; ///< The Scintilla parent window + + /** Style resources may be expensive to allocate so are cached between uses. + * When a style attribute is changed, this cache is flushed. */ + bool stylesValid; + ViewStyle vs; + Palette palette; + + int printMagnification; + int printColourMode; + int printWrapState; + int cursorMode; + int controlCharSymbol; + + bool hasFocus; + bool hideSelection; + bool inOverstrike; + int errorStatus; + bool mouseDownCaptures; + + /** In bufferedDraw mode, graphics operations are drawn to a pixmap and then copied to + * the screen. This avoids flashing but is about 30% slower. */ + bool bufferedDraw; + /** In twoPhaseDraw mode, drawing is performed in two phases, first the background + * and then the foreground. This avoids chopping off characters that overlap the next run. */ + bool twoPhaseDraw; + + int xOffset; ///< Horizontal scrolled amount in pixels + int xCaretMargin; ///< Ensure this many pixels visible on both sides of caret + bool horizontalScrollBarVisible; + int scrollWidth; + bool trackLineWidth; + int lineWidthMaxSeen; + bool verticalScrollBarVisible; + bool endAtLastLine; + bool caretSticky; + + Surface *pixmapLine; + Surface *pixmapSelMargin; + Surface *pixmapSelPattern; + Surface *pixmapIndentGuide; + Surface *pixmapIndentGuideHighlight; + + LineLayoutCache llc; + PositionCache posCache; + + KeyMap kmap; + + Caret caret; + Timer timer; + Timer autoScrollTimer; + enum { autoScrollDelay = 200 }; + + Idler idler; + + Point lastClick; + unsigned int lastClickTime; + int dwellDelay; + int ticksToDwell; + bool dwelling; + enum { selChar, selWord, selLine } selectionType; + Point ptMouseLast; + enum { ddNone, ddInitial, ddDragging } inDragDrop; + bool dropWentOutside; + int posDrag; + int posDrop; + int lastXChosen; + int lineAnchor; + int originalAnchorPos; + int currentPos; + int anchor; + int targetStart; + int targetEnd; + int searchFlags; + int topLine; + int posTopLine; + int lengthForEncode; + + bool needUpdateUI; + Position braces[2]; + int bracesMatchStyle; + int highlightGuideColumn; + + int theEdge; + + enum { notPainting, painting, paintAbandoned } paintState; + PRectangle rcPaint; + bool paintingAllText; + + int modEventMask; + + SelectionText drag; + enum selTypes { noSel, selStream, selRectangle, selLines }; + selTypes selType; + bool moveExtendsSelection; + int xStartSelect; ///< x position of start of rectangular selection + int xEndSelect; ///< x position of end of rectangular selection + bool primarySelection; + + int caretXPolicy; + int caretXSlop; ///< Ensure this many pixels visible on both sides of caret + + int caretYPolicy; + int caretYSlop; ///< Ensure this many lines visible on both sides of caret + + int visiblePolicy; + int visibleSlop; + + int searchAnchor; + + bool recordingMacro; + + int foldFlags; + ContractionState cs; + + // Hotspot support + int hsStart; + int hsEnd; + + // Wrapping support + enum { eWrapNone, eWrapWord, eWrapChar } wrapState; + enum { wrapLineLarge = 0x7ffffff }; + int wrapWidth; + int wrapStart; + int wrapEnd; + int wrapVisualFlags; + int wrapVisualFlagsLocation; + int wrapVisualStartIndent; + int actualWrapVisualStartIndent; + + bool convertPastes; + + Document *pdoc; + + Editor(); + virtual ~Editor(); + virtual void Initialise() = 0; + virtual void Finalise(); + + void InvalidateStyleData(); + void InvalidateStyleRedraw(); + virtual void RefreshColourPalette(Palette &pal, bool want); + void RefreshStyleData(); + void DropGraphics(); + + virtual PRectangle GetClientRectangle(); + PRectangle GetTextRectangle(); + + int LinesOnScreen(); + int LinesToScroll(); + int MaxScrollPos(); + Point LocationFromPosition(int pos); + int XFromPosition(int pos); + int PositionFromLocation(Point pt); + int PositionFromLocationClose(Point pt); + int PositionFromLineX(int line, int x); + int LineFromLocation(Point pt); + void SetTopLine(int topLineNew); + + bool AbandonPaint(); + void RedrawRect(PRectangle rc); + void Redraw(); + void RedrawSelMargin(int line=-1); + PRectangle RectangleFromRange(int start, int end); + void InvalidateRange(int start, int end); + + int CurrentPosition(); + bool SelectionEmpty(); + int SelectionStart(); + int SelectionEnd(); + void SetRectangularRange(); + void InvalidateSelection(int currentPos_, int anchor_, bool invalidateWholeSelection); + void SetSelection(int currentPos_, int anchor_); + void SetSelection(int currentPos_); + void SetEmptySelection(int currentPos_); + bool RangeContainsProtected(int start, int end) const; + bool SelectionContainsProtected(); + int MovePositionOutsideChar(int pos, int moveDir, bool checkLineEnd=true); + int MovePositionTo(int newPos, selTypes sel=noSel, bool ensureVisible=true); + int MovePositionSoVisible(int pos, int moveDir); + void SetLastXChosen(); + + void ScrollTo(int line, bool moveThumb=true); + virtual void ScrollText(int linesToMove); + void HorizontalScrollTo(int xPos); + void MoveCaretInsideView(bool ensureVisible=true); + int DisplayFromPosition(int pos); + void EnsureCaretVisible(bool useMargin=true, bool vert=true, bool horiz=true); + void ShowCaretAtCurrentPosition(); + void DropCaret(); + void InvalidateCaret(); + virtual void UpdateSystemCaret(); + + void NeedWrapping(int docLineStart = 0, int docLineEnd = wrapLineLarge); + bool WrapOneLine(Surface *surface, int lineToWrap); + bool WrapLines(bool fullWrap, int priorityWrapLineStart); + void LinesJoin(); + void LinesSplit(int pixelWidth); + + int SubstituteMarkerIfEmpty(int markerCheck, int markerDefault); + void PaintSelMargin(Surface *surface, PRectangle &rc); + LineLayout *RetrieveLineLayout(int lineNumber); + void LayoutLine(int line, Surface *surface, ViewStyle &vstyle, LineLayout *ll, + int width=LineLayout::wrapWidthInfinite); + ColourAllocated SelectionBackground(ViewStyle &vsDraw); + ColourAllocated TextBackground(ViewStyle &vsDraw, bool overrideBackground, ColourAllocated background, bool inSelection, bool inHotspot, int styleMain, int i, LineLayout *ll); + void DrawIndentGuide(Surface *surface, int lineVisible, int lineHeight, int start, PRectangle rcSegment, bool highlight); + void DrawWrapMarker(Surface *surface, PRectangle rcPlace, bool isEndMarker, ColourAllocated wrapColour); + void DrawEOL(Surface *surface, ViewStyle &vsDraw, PRectangle rcLine, LineLayout *ll, + int line, int lineEnd, int xStart, int subLine, int subLineStart, + bool overrideBackground, ColourAllocated background, + bool drawWrapMark, ColourAllocated wrapColour); + void DrawIndicators(Surface *surface, ViewStyle &vsDraw, int line, int xStart, + PRectangle rcLine, LineLayout *ll, int subLine, int lineEnd, bool under); + void DrawAnnotation(Surface *surface, ViewStyle &vsDraw, int line, int xStart, + PRectangle rcLine, LineLayout *ll, int subLine); + void DrawLine(Surface *surface, ViewStyle &vsDraw, int line, int lineVisible, int xStart, + PRectangle rcLine, LineLayout *ll, int subLine=0); + void DrawBlockCaret(Surface *surface, ViewStyle &vsDraw, LineLayout *ll, int subLine, int xStart, int offset, int posCaret, PRectangle rcCaret); + void RefreshPixMaps(Surface *surfaceWindow); + void Paint(Surface *surfaceWindow, PRectangle rcArea); + long FormatRange(bool draw, RangeToFormat *pfr); + int TextWidth(int style, const char *text); + + virtual void SetVerticalScrollPos() = 0; + virtual void SetHorizontalScrollPos() = 0; + virtual bool ModifyScrollBars(int nMax, int nPage) = 0; + virtual void ReconfigureScrollBars(); + void SetScrollBars(); + void ChangeSize(); + + void AddChar(char ch); + virtual void AddCharUTF(char *s, unsigned int len, bool treatAsDBCS=false); + void ClearSelection(); + void ClearAll(); + void ClearDocumentStyle(); + void Cut(); + void PasteRectangular(int pos, const char *ptr, int len); + virtual void Copy() = 0; + virtual void CopyAllowLine(); + virtual bool CanPaste(); + virtual void Paste() = 0; + void Clear(); + void SelectAll(); + void Undo(); + void Redo(); + void DelChar(); + void DelCharBack(bool allowLineStartDeletion); + virtual void ClaimSelection() = 0; + + virtual void NotifyChange() = 0; + virtual void NotifyFocus(bool focus); + virtual int GetCtrlID() { return ctrlID; } + virtual void NotifyParent(SCNotification scn) = 0; + virtual void NotifyStyleToNeeded(int endStyleNeeded); + void NotifyChar(int ch); + void NotifyMove(int position); + void NotifySavePoint(bool isSavePoint); + void NotifyModifyAttempt(); + virtual void NotifyDoubleClick(Point pt, bool shift, bool ctrl, bool alt); + void NotifyHotSpotClicked(int position, bool shift, bool ctrl, bool alt); + void NotifyHotSpotDoubleClicked(int position, bool shift, bool ctrl, bool alt); + void NotifyUpdateUI(); + void NotifyPainted(); + void NotifyIndicatorClick(bool click, int position, bool shift, bool ctrl, bool alt); + bool NotifyMarginClick(Point pt, bool shift, bool ctrl, bool alt); + void NotifyNeedShown(int pos, int len); + void NotifyDwelling(Point pt, bool state); + void NotifyZoom(); + + void NotifyModifyAttempt(Document *document, void *userData); + void NotifySavePoint(Document *document, void *userData, bool atSavePoint); + void CheckModificationForWrap(DocModification mh); + void NotifyModified(Document *document, DocModification mh, void *userData); + void NotifyDeleted(Document *document, void *userData); + void NotifyStyleNeeded(Document *doc, void *userData, int endPos); + void NotifyMacroRecord(unsigned int iMessage, uptr_t wParam, sptr_t lParam); + + void PageMove(int direction, selTypes sel=noSel, bool stuttered = false); + void ChangeCaseOfSelection(bool makeUpperCase); + void LineTranspose(); + void Duplicate(bool forLine); + virtual void CancelModes(); + void NewLine(); + void CursorUpOrDown(int direction, selTypes sel=noSel); + void ParaUpOrDown(int direction, selTypes sel=noSel); + int StartEndDisplayLine(int pos, bool start); + virtual int KeyCommand(unsigned int iMessage); + virtual int KeyDefault(int /* key */, int /*modifiers*/); + int KeyDown(int key, bool shift, bool ctrl, bool alt, bool *consumed=0); + + int GetWhitespaceVisible(); + void SetWhitespaceVisible(int view); + + void Indent(bool forwards); + + long FindText(uptr_t wParam, sptr_t lParam); + void SearchAnchor(); + long SearchText(unsigned int iMessage, uptr_t wParam, sptr_t lParam); + long SearchInTarget(const char *text, int length); + void GoToLine(int lineNo); + + virtual void CopyToClipboard(const SelectionText &selectedText) = 0; + char *CopyRange(int start, int end); + void CopySelectionFromRange(SelectionText *ss, bool allowLineCopy, int start, int end); + void CopySelectionRange(SelectionText *ss, bool allowLineCopy=false); + void CopyRangeToClipboard(int start, int end); + void CopyText(int length, const char *text); + void SetDragPosition(int newPos); + virtual void DisplayCursor(Window::Cursor c); + virtual bool DragThreshold(Point ptStart, Point ptNow); + virtual void StartDrag(); + void DropAt(int position, const char *value, bool moving, bool rectangular); + /** PositionInSelection returns 0 if position in selection, -1 if position before selection, and 1 if after. + * Before means either before any line of selection or before selection on its line, with a similar meaning to after. */ + int PositionInSelection(int pos); + bool PointInSelection(Point pt); + bool PointInSelMargin(Point pt); + void LineSelection(int lineCurrent_, int lineAnchor_); + void DwellEnd(bool mouseMoved); + virtual void ButtonDown(Point pt, unsigned int curTime, bool shift, bool ctrl, bool alt); + void ButtonMove(Point pt); + void ButtonUp(Point pt, unsigned int curTime, bool ctrl); + + void Tick(); + bool Idle(); + virtual void SetTicking(bool on) = 0; + virtual bool SetIdle(bool) { return false; } + virtual void SetMouseCapture(bool on) = 0; + virtual bool HaveMouseCapture() = 0; + void SetFocusState(bool focusState); + + virtual bool PaintContains(PRectangle rc); + bool PaintContainsMargin(); + void CheckForChangeOutsidePaint(Range r); + void SetBraceHighlight(Position pos0, Position pos1, int matchStyle); + + void SetAnnotationHeights(int start, int end); + void SetDocPointer(Document *document); + + void SetAnnotationVisible(int visible); + + void Expand(int &line, bool doExpand); + void ToggleContraction(int line); + void EnsureLineVisible(int lineDoc, bool enforcePolicy); + int ReplaceTarget(bool replacePatterns, const char *text, int length=-1); + + bool PositionIsHotspot(int position); + bool PointIsHotspot(Point pt); + void SetHotSpotRange(Point *pt); + void GetHotSpotRange(int& hsStart, int& hsEnd); + + int CodePage() const; + virtual bool ValidCodePage(int /* codePage */) const { return true; } + int WrapCount(int line); + void AddStyledText(char *buffer, int appendLength); + + virtual sptr_t DefWndProc(unsigned int iMessage, uptr_t wParam, sptr_t lParam) = 0; + void StyleSetMessage(unsigned int iMessage, uptr_t wParam, sptr_t lParam); + sptr_t StyleGetMessage(unsigned int iMessage, uptr_t wParam, sptr_t lParam); + + static const char *StringFromEOLMode(int eolMode); + +public: + // Public so the COM thunks can access it. + bool IsUnicodeMode() const; + // Public so scintilla_send_message can use it. + virtual sptr_t WndProc(unsigned int iMessage, uptr_t wParam, sptr_t lParam); + // Public so scintilla_set_id can use it. + int ctrlID; + friend class AutoSurface; + friend class SelectionLineIterator; +}; + +/** + * A smart pointer class to ensure Surfaces are set up and deleted correctly. + */ +class AutoSurface { +private: + Surface *surf; +public: + AutoSurface(Editor *ed) : surf(0) { + if (ed->wMain.GetID()) { + surf = Surface::Allocate(); + if (surf) { + surf->Init(ed->wMain.GetID()); + surf->SetUnicodeMode(SC_CP_UTF8 == ed->CodePage()); + surf->SetDBCSMode(ed->CodePage()); + } + } + } + AutoSurface(SurfaceID sid, Editor *ed) : surf(0) { + if (ed->wMain.GetID()) { + surf = Surface::Allocate(); + if (surf) { + surf->Init(sid, ed->wMain.GetID()); + surf->SetUnicodeMode(SC_CP_UTF8 == ed->CodePage()); + surf->SetDBCSMode(ed->CodePage()); + } + } + } + ~AutoSurface() { + delete surf; + } + Surface *operator->() const { + return surf; + } + operator Surface *() const { + return surf; + } +}; + +#ifdef SCI_NAMESPACE +} +#endif + +#endif diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/ExternalLexer.cpp b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/ExternalLexer.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a4e29e314a --- /dev/null +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/ExternalLexer.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,263 @@ +// Scintilla source code edit control +/** @file ExternalLexer.cxx + ** Support external lexers in DLLs. + **/ +// Copyright 2001 Simon Steele , portions copyright Neil Hodgson. +// The License.txt file describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed. + +#include +#include +#include +#include + +#include "Platform.h" + +#include "Scintilla.h" + +#include "SciLexer.h" +#include "PropSet.h" +#include "Accessor.h" +#include "DocumentAccessor.h" +#include "KeyWords.h" +#include "ExternalLexer.h" + +#ifdef SCI_NAMESPACE +using namespace Scintilla; +#endif + +LexerManager *LexerManager::theInstance = NULL; + +//------------------------------------------ +// +// ExternalLexerModule +// +//------------------------------------------ + +char **WordListsToStrings(WordList *val[]) { + int dim = 0; + while (val[dim]) + dim++; + char **wls = new char * [dim + 1]; + for (int i = 0;i < dim;i++) { + SString words; + words = ""; + for (int n = 0; n < val[i]->len; n++) { + words += val[i]->words[n]; + if (n != val[i]->len - 1) + words += " "; + } + wls[i] = new char[words.length() + 1]; + strcpy(wls[i], words.c_str()); + } + wls[dim] = 0; + return wls; +} + +void DeleteWLStrings(char *strs[]) { + int dim = 0; + while (strs[dim]) { + delete strs[dim]; + dim++; + } + delete [] strs; +} + +void ExternalLexerModule::Lex(unsigned int startPos, int lengthDoc, int initStyle, + WordList *keywordlists[], Accessor &styler) const { + if (!fneLexer) + return ; + + char **kwds = WordListsToStrings(keywordlists); + char *ps = styler.GetProperties(); + + // The accessor passed in is always a DocumentAccessor so this cast and the subsequent + // access will work. Can not use the stricter dynamic_cast as that requires RTTI. + DocumentAccessor &da = static_cast(styler); + WindowID wID = da.GetWindow(); + + fneLexer(externalLanguage, startPos, lengthDoc, initStyle, kwds, wID, ps); + + delete ps; + DeleteWLStrings(kwds); +} + +void ExternalLexerModule::Fold(unsigned int startPos, int lengthDoc, int initStyle, + WordList *keywordlists[], Accessor &styler) const { + if (!fneFolder) + return ; + + char **kwds = WordListsToStrings(keywordlists); + char *ps = styler.GetProperties(); + + // The accessor passed in is always a DocumentAccessor so this cast and the subsequent + // access will work. Can not use the stricter dynamic_cast as that requires RTTI. + DocumentAccessor &da = static_cast(styler); + WindowID wID = da.GetWindow(); + + fneFolder(externalLanguage, startPos, lengthDoc, initStyle, kwds, wID, ps); + + delete ps; + DeleteWLStrings(kwds); +} + +void ExternalLexerModule::SetExternal(ExtLexerFunction fLexer, ExtFoldFunction fFolder, int index) { + fneLexer = fLexer; + fneFolder = fFolder; + externalLanguage = index; +} + +//------------------------------------------ +// +// LexerLibrary +// +//------------------------------------------ + +LexerLibrary::LexerLibrary(const char* ModuleName) { + // Initialise some members... + first = NULL; + last = NULL; + + // Load the DLL + lib = DynamicLibrary::Load(ModuleName); + if (lib->IsValid()) { + m_sModuleName = ModuleName; + //Cannot use reinterpret_cast because: ANSI C++ forbids casting between pointers to functions and objects + GetLexerCountFn GetLexerCount = (GetLexerCountFn)(sptr_t)lib->FindFunction("GetLexerCount"); + + if (GetLexerCount) { + ExternalLexerModule *lex; + LexerMinder *lm; + + // Find functions in the DLL + GetLexerNameFn GetLexerName = (GetLexerNameFn)(sptr_t)lib->FindFunction("GetLexerName"); + ExtLexerFunction Lexer = (ExtLexerFunction)(sptr_t)lib->FindFunction("Lex"); + ExtFoldFunction Folder = (ExtFoldFunction)(sptr_t)lib->FindFunction("Fold"); + + // Assign a buffer for the lexer name. + char lexname[100]; + strcpy(lexname, ""); + + int nl = GetLexerCount(); + + for (int i = 0; i < nl; i++) { + GetLexerName(i, lexname, 100); + lex = new ExternalLexerModule(SCLEX_AUTOMATIC, NULL, lexname, NULL); + + // Create a LexerMinder so we don't leak the ExternalLexerModule... + lm = new LexerMinder; + lm->self = lex; + lm->next = NULL; + if (first != NULL) { + last->next = lm; + last = lm; + } else { + first = lm; + last = lm; + } + + // The external lexer needs to know how to call into its DLL to + // do its lexing and folding, we tell it here. Folder may be null. + lex->SetExternal(Lexer, Folder, i); + } + } + } + next = NULL; +} + +LexerLibrary::~LexerLibrary() { + Release(); + delete lib; +} + +void LexerLibrary::Release() { + //TODO maintain a list of lexers created, and delete them! + LexerMinder *lm; + LexerMinder *lmNext; + lm = first; + while (NULL != lm) { + lmNext = lm->next; + delete lm->self; + delete lm; + lm = lmNext; + } + + first = NULL; + last = NULL; +} + +//------------------------------------------ +// +// LexerManager +// +//------------------------------------------ + +/// Return the single LexerManager instance... +LexerManager *LexerManager::GetInstance() { + if(!theInstance) + theInstance = new LexerManager; + return theInstance; +} + +/// Delete any LexerManager instance... +void LexerManager::DeleteInstance() +{ + if(theInstance) { + delete theInstance; + theInstance = NULL; + } +} + +/// protected constructor - this is a singleton... +LexerManager::LexerManager() { + first = NULL; + last = NULL; +} + +LexerManager::~LexerManager() { + Clear(); +} + +void LexerManager::Load(const char* path) +{ + LoadLexerLibrary(path); +} + +void LexerManager::LoadLexerLibrary(const char* module) +{ + LexerLibrary *lib = new LexerLibrary(module); + if (NULL != first) { + last->next = lib; + last = lib; + } else { + first = lib; + last = lib; + } +} + +void LexerManager::Clear() +{ + if (NULL != first) { + LexerLibrary *cur = first; + LexerLibrary *next; + while (cur) { + next = cur->next; + delete cur; + cur = next; + } + first = NULL; + last = NULL; + } +} + +//------------------------------------------ +// +// LexerManager +// +//------------------------------------------ + +LMMinder::~LMMinder() +{ + LexerManager::DeleteInstance(); +} + +LMMinder minder; diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/ExternalLexer.h b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/ExternalLexer.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..942a001ae5 --- /dev/null +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/ExternalLexer.h @@ -0,0 +1,110 @@ +// Scintilla source code edit control +/** @file ExternalLexer.h + ** Support external lexers in DLLs. + **/ +// Copyright 2001 Simon Steele , portions copyright Neil Hodgson. +// The License.txt file describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed. + +#ifndef EXTERNALLEXER_H +#define EXTERNALLEXER_H + +#if PLAT_WIN +#define EXT_LEXER_DECL __stdcall +#elif PLAT_QT +#include +#if defined(Q_OS_WIN32) || defined(Q_OS_WIN64) +#define EXT_LEXER_DECL __stdcall +#else +#define EXT_LEXER_DECL +#endif +#else +#define EXT_LEXER_DECL +#endif + +#ifdef SCI_NAMESPACE +namespace Scintilla { +#endif + +// External Lexer function definitions... +typedef void (EXT_LEXER_DECL *ExtLexerFunction)(unsigned int lexer, unsigned int startPos, int length, int initStyle, + char *words[], WindowID window, char *props); +typedef void (EXT_LEXER_DECL *ExtFoldFunction)(unsigned int lexer, unsigned int startPos, int length, int initStyle, + char *words[], WindowID window, char *props); +typedef void* (EXT_LEXER_DECL *GetLexerFunction)(unsigned int Index); +typedef int (EXT_LEXER_DECL *GetLexerCountFn)(); +typedef void (EXT_LEXER_DECL *GetLexerNameFn)(unsigned int Index, char *name, int buflength); + +//class DynamicLibrary; + +/// Sub-class of LexerModule to use an external lexer. +class ExternalLexerModule : protected LexerModule { +protected: + ExtLexerFunction fneLexer; + ExtFoldFunction fneFolder; + int externalLanguage; + char name[100]; +public: + ExternalLexerModule(int language_, LexerFunction fnLexer_, + const char *languageName_=0, LexerFunction fnFolder_=0) : LexerModule(language_, fnLexer_, 0, fnFolder_){ + strncpy(name, languageName_, sizeof(name)); + languageName = name; + }; + virtual void Lex(unsigned int startPos, int lengthDoc, int initStyle, + WordList *keywordlists[], Accessor &styler) const; + virtual void Fold(unsigned int startPos, int lengthDoc, int initStyle, + WordList *keywordlists[], Accessor &styler) const; + virtual void SetExternal(ExtLexerFunction fLexer, ExtFoldFunction fFolder, int index); +}; + +/// LexerMinder points to an ExternalLexerModule - so we don't leak them. +class LexerMinder { +public: + ExternalLexerModule *self; + LexerMinder *next; +}; + +/// LexerLibrary exists for every External Lexer DLL, contains LexerMinders. +class LexerLibrary { + DynamicLibrary *lib; + LexerMinder *first; + LexerMinder *last; + +public: + LexerLibrary(const char* ModuleName); + ~LexerLibrary(); + void Release(); + + LexerLibrary *next; + SString m_sModuleName; +}; + +/// LexerManager manages external lexers, contains LexerLibrarys. +class LexerManager { +public: + ~LexerManager(); + + static LexerManager *GetInstance(); + static void DeleteInstance(); + + void Load(const char* path); + void Clear(); + +private: + LexerManager(); + static LexerManager *theInstance; + + void LoadLexerLibrary(const char* module); + LexerLibrary *first; + LexerLibrary *last; +}; + +class LMMinder { +public: + ~LMMinder(); +}; + +#ifdef SCI_NAMESPACE +} +#endif + +#endif diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/Indicator.cpp b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/Indicator.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..da9531224a --- /dev/null +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/Indicator.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,81 @@ +// Scintilla source code edit control +/** @file Indicator.cxx + ** Defines the style of indicators which are text decorations such as underlining. + **/ +// Copyright 1998-2001 by Neil Hodgson +// The License.txt file describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed. + +#include "Platform.h" + +#include "Scintilla.h" +#include "Indicator.h" + +#ifdef SCI_NAMESPACE +using namespace Scintilla; +#endif + +void Indicator::Draw(Surface *surface, const PRectangle &rc, const PRectangle &rcLine) { + surface->PenColour(fore.allocated); + int ymid = (rc.bottom + rc.top) / 2; + if (style == INDIC_SQUIGGLE) { + surface->MoveTo(rc.left, rc.top); + int x = rc.left + 2; + int y = 2; + while (x < rc.right) { + surface->LineTo(x, rc.top + y); + x += 2; + y = 2 - y; + } + surface->LineTo(rc.right, rc.top + y); // Finish the line + } else if (style == INDIC_TT) { + surface->MoveTo(rc.left, ymid); + int x = rc.left + 5; + while (x < rc.right) { + surface->LineTo(x, ymid); + surface->MoveTo(x-3, ymid); + surface->LineTo(x-3, ymid+2); + x++; + surface->MoveTo(x, ymid); + x += 5; + } + surface->LineTo(rc.right, ymid); // Finish the line + if (x - 3 <= rc.right) { + surface->MoveTo(x-3, ymid); + surface->LineTo(x-3, ymid+2); + } + } else if (style == INDIC_DIAGONAL) { + int x = rc.left; + while (x < rc.right) { + surface->MoveTo(x, rc.top+2); + int endX = x+3; + int endY = rc.top - 1; + if (endX > rc.right) { + endY += endX - rc.right; + endX = rc.right; + } + surface->LineTo(endX, endY); + x += 4; + } + } else if (style == INDIC_STRIKE) { + surface->MoveTo(rc.left, rc.top - 4); + surface->LineTo(rc.right, rc.top - 4); + } else if (style == INDIC_HIDDEN) { + // Draw nothing + } else if (style == INDIC_BOX) { + surface->MoveTo(rc.left, ymid+1); + surface->LineTo(rc.right, ymid+1); + surface->LineTo(rc.right, rcLine.top+1); + surface->LineTo(rc.left, rcLine.top+1); + surface->LineTo(rc.left, ymid+1); + } else if (style == INDIC_ROUNDBOX) { + PRectangle rcBox = rcLine; + rcBox.top = rcLine.top + 1; + rcBox.left = rc.left; + rcBox.right = rc.right; + surface->AlphaRectangle(rcBox, 1, fore.allocated, fillAlpha, fore.allocated, 50, 0); + } else { // Either INDIC_PLAIN or unknown + surface->MoveTo(rc.left, ymid); + surface->LineTo(rc.right, ymid); + } +} + diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/Indicator.h b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/Indicator.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..42b56f07e7 --- /dev/null +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/Indicator.h @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +// Scintilla source code edit control +/** @file Indicator.h + ** Defines the style of indicators which are text decorations such as underlining. + **/ +// Copyright 1998-2001 by Neil Hodgson +// The License.txt file describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed. + +#ifndef INDICATOR_H +#define INDICATOR_H + +#ifdef SCI_NAMESPACE +namespace Scintilla { +#endif + +/** + */ +class Indicator { +public: + int style; + bool under; + ColourPair fore; + int fillAlpha; + Indicator() : style(INDIC_PLAIN), under(false), fore(ColourDesired(0,0,0)), fillAlpha(30) { + } + void Draw(Surface *surface, const PRectangle &rc, const PRectangle &rcLine); +}; + +#ifdef SCI_NAMESPACE +} +#endif + +#endif diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/KeyMap.cpp b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/KeyMap.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c223d5b59a --- /dev/null +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/KeyMap.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,152 @@ +// Scintilla source code edit control +/** @file KeyMap.cxx + ** Defines a mapping between keystrokes and commands. + **/ +// Copyright 1998-2003 by Neil Hodgson +// The License.txt file describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed. + +#include "Platform.h" + +#include "Scintilla.h" + +#include "KeyMap.h" + +#ifdef SCI_NAMESPACE +using namespace Scintilla; +#endif + +KeyMap::KeyMap() : kmap(0), len(0), alloc(0) { + for (int i = 0; MapDefault[i].key; i++) { + AssignCmdKey(MapDefault[i].key, + MapDefault[i].modifiers, + MapDefault[i].msg); + } +} + +KeyMap::~KeyMap() { + Clear(); +} + +void KeyMap::Clear() { + delete []kmap; + kmap = 0; + len = 0; + alloc = 0; +} + +void KeyMap::AssignCmdKey(int key, int modifiers, unsigned int msg) { + if ((len+1) >= alloc) { + KeyToCommand *ktcNew = new KeyToCommand[alloc + 5]; + if (!ktcNew) + return; + for (int k = 0; k < len; k++) + ktcNew[k] = kmap[k]; + alloc += 5; + delete []kmap; + kmap = ktcNew; + } + for (int keyIndex = 0; keyIndex < len; keyIndex++) { + if ((key == kmap[keyIndex].key) && (modifiers == kmap[keyIndex].modifiers)) { + kmap[keyIndex].msg = msg; + return; + } + } + kmap[len].key = key; + kmap[len].modifiers = modifiers; + kmap[len].msg = msg; + len++; +} + +unsigned int KeyMap::Find(int key, int modifiers) { + for (int i = 0; i < len; i++) { + if ((key == kmap[i].key) && (modifiers == kmap[i].modifiers)) { + return kmap[i].msg; + } + } + return 0; +} + +const KeyToCommand KeyMap::MapDefault[] = { + {SCK_DOWN, SCI_NORM, SCI_LINEDOWN}, + {SCK_DOWN, SCI_SHIFT, SCI_LINEDOWNEXTEND}, + {SCK_DOWN, SCI_CTRL, SCI_LINESCROLLDOWN}, + {SCK_DOWN, SCI_ASHIFT, SCI_LINEDOWNRECTEXTEND}, + {SCK_UP, SCI_NORM, SCI_LINEUP}, + {SCK_UP, SCI_SHIFT, SCI_LINEUPEXTEND}, + {SCK_UP, SCI_CTRL, SCI_LINESCROLLUP}, + {SCK_UP, SCI_ASHIFT, SCI_LINEUPRECTEXTEND}, + {'[', SCI_CTRL, SCI_PARAUP}, + {'[', SCI_CSHIFT, SCI_PARAUPEXTEND}, + {']', SCI_CTRL, SCI_PARADOWN}, + {']', SCI_CSHIFT, SCI_PARADOWNEXTEND}, + {SCK_LEFT, SCI_NORM, SCI_CHARLEFT}, + {SCK_LEFT, SCI_SHIFT, SCI_CHARLEFTEXTEND}, + {SCK_LEFT, SCI_CTRL, SCI_WORDLEFT}, + {SCK_LEFT, SCI_CSHIFT, SCI_WORDLEFTEXTEND}, + {SCK_LEFT, SCI_ASHIFT, SCI_CHARLEFTRECTEXTEND}, + {SCK_RIGHT, SCI_NORM, SCI_CHARRIGHT}, + {SCK_RIGHT, SCI_SHIFT, SCI_CHARRIGHTEXTEND}, + {SCK_RIGHT, SCI_CTRL, SCI_WORDRIGHT}, + {SCK_RIGHT, SCI_CSHIFT, SCI_WORDRIGHTEXTEND}, + {SCK_RIGHT, SCI_ASHIFT, SCI_CHARRIGHTRECTEXTEND}, + {'/', SCI_CTRL, SCI_WORDPARTLEFT}, + {'/', SCI_CSHIFT, SCI_WORDPARTLEFTEXTEND}, + {'\\', SCI_CTRL, SCI_WORDPARTRIGHT}, + {'\\', SCI_CSHIFT, SCI_WORDPARTRIGHTEXTEND}, + {SCK_HOME, SCI_NORM, SCI_VCHOME}, + {SCK_HOME, SCI_SHIFT, SCI_VCHOMEEXTEND}, + {SCK_HOME, SCI_CTRL, SCI_DOCUMENTSTART}, + {SCK_HOME, SCI_CSHIFT, SCI_DOCUMENTSTARTEXTEND}, + {SCK_HOME, SCI_ALT, SCI_HOMEDISPLAY}, +// {SCK_HOME, SCI_ASHIFT, SCI_HOMEDISPLAYEXTEND}, + {SCK_HOME, SCI_ASHIFT, SCI_VCHOMERECTEXTEND}, + {SCK_END, SCI_NORM, SCI_LINEEND}, + {SCK_END, SCI_SHIFT, SCI_LINEENDEXTEND}, + {SCK_END, SCI_CTRL, SCI_DOCUMENTEND}, + {SCK_END, SCI_CSHIFT, SCI_DOCUMENTENDEXTEND}, + {SCK_END, SCI_ALT, SCI_LINEENDDISPLAY}, +// {SCK_END, SCI_ASHIFT, SCI_LINEENDDISPLAYEXTEND}, + {SCK_END, SCI_ASHIFT, SCI_LINEENDRECTEXTEND}, + {SCK_PRIOR, SCI_NORM, SCI_PAGEUP}, + {SCK_PRIOR, SCI_SHIFT, SCI_PAGEUPEXTEND}, + {SCK_PRIOR, SCI_ASHIFT, SCI_PAGEUPRECTEXTEND}, + {SCK_NEXT, SCI_NORM, SCI_PAGEDOWN}, + {SCK_NEXT, SCI_SHIFT, SCI_PAGEDOWNEXTEND}, + {SCK_NEXT, SCI_ASHIFT, SCI_PAGEDOWNRECTEXTEND}, + {SCK_DELETE, SCI_NORM, SCI_CLEAR}, + {SCK_DELETE, SCI_SHIFT, SCI_CUT}, + {SCK_DELETE, SCI_CTRL, SCI_DELWORDRIGHT}, + {SCK_DELETE, SCI_CSHIFT, SCI_DELLINERIGHT}, + {SCK_INSERT, SCI_NORM, SCI_EDITTOGGLEOVERTYPE}, + {SCK_INSERT, SCI_SHIFT, SCI_PASTE}, + {SCK_INSERT, SCI_CTRL, SCI_COPY}, + {SCK_ESCAPE, SCI_NORM, SCI_CANCEL}, + {SCK_BACK, SCI_NORM, SCI_DELETEBACK}, + {SCK_BACK, SCI_SHIFT, SCI_DELETEBACK}, + {SCK_BACK, SCI_CTRL, SCI_DELWORDLEFT}, + {SCK_BACK, SCI_ALT, SCI_UNDO}, + {SCK_BACK, SCI_CSHIFT, SCI_DELLINELEFT}, + {'Z', SCI_CTRL, SCI_UNDO}, + {'Y', SCI_CTRL, SCI_REDO}, + {'X', SCI_CTRL, SCI_CUT}, + {'C', SCI_CTRL, SCI_COPY}, + {'V', SCI_CTRL, SCI_PASTE}, + {'A', SCI_CTRL, SCI_SELECTALL}, + {SCK_TAB, SCI_NORM, SCI_TAB}, + {SCK_TAB, SCI_SHIFT, SCI_BACKTAB}, + {SCK_RETURN, SCI_NORM, SCI_NEWLINE}, + {SCK_RETURN, SCI_SHIFT, SCI_NEWLINE}, + {SCK_ADD, SCI_CTRL, SCI_ZOOMIN}, + {SCK_SUBTRACT, SCI_CTRL, SCI_ZOOMOUT}, + {SCK_DIVIDE, SCI_CTRL, SCI_SETZOOM}, + //'L', SCI_CTRL, SCI_FORMFEED, + {'L', SCI_CTRL, SCI_LINECUT}, + {'L', SCI_CSHIFT, SCI_LINEDELETE}, + {'T', SCI_CSHIFT, SCI_LINECOPY}, + {'T', SCI_CTRL, SCI_LINETRANSPOSE}, + {'D', SCI_CTRL, SCI_SELECTIONDUPLICATE}, + {'U', SCI_CTRL, SCI_LOWERCASE}, + {'U', SCI_CSHIFT, SCI_UPPERCASE}, + {0,0,0}, +}; + diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/KeyMap.h b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/KeyMap.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..fd9005de84 --- /dev/null +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/KeyMap.h @@ -0,0 +1,51 @@ +// Scintilla source code edit control +/** @file KeyMap.h + ** Defines a mapping between keystrokes and commands. + **/ +// Copyright 1998-2001 by Neil Hodgson +// The License.txt file describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed. + +#ifndef KEYTOCOMMAND_H +#define KEYTOCOMMAND_H + +#ifdef SCI_NAMESPACE +namespace Scintilla { +#endif + +#define SCI_NORM 0 +#define SCI_SHIFT SCMOD_SHIFT +#define SCI_CTRL SCMOD_CTRL +#define SCI_ALT SCMOD_ALT +#define SCI_CSHIFT (SCI_CTRL | SCI_SHIFT) +#define SCI_ASHIFT (SCI_ALT | SCI_SHIFT) + +/** + */ +class KeyToCommand { +public: + int key; + int modifiers; + unsigned int msg; +}; + +/** + */ +class KeyMap { + KeyToCommand *kmap; + int len; + int alloc; + static const KeyToCommand MapDefault[]; + +public: + KeyMap(); + ~KeyMap(); + void Clear(); + void AssignCmdKey(int key, int modifiers, unsigned int msg); + unsigned int Find(int key, int modifiers); // 0 returned on failure +}; + +#ifdef SCI_NAMESPACE +} +#endif + +#endif diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/KeyWords.cpp b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/KeyWords.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..9209424258 --- /dev/null +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/KeyWords.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,248 @@ +// Scintilla source code edit control +/** @file KeyWords.cxx + ** Colourise for particular languages. + **/ +// Copyright 1998-2002 by Neil Hodgson +// The License.txt file describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed. + +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include + +#include "Platform.h" + +#include "PropSet.h" +#include "Accessor.h" +#include "KeyWords.h" +#include "Scintilla.h" +#include "SciLexer.h" + +#ifdef SCI_NAMESPACE +using namespace Scintilla; +#endif + +const LexerModule *LexerModule::base = 0; +int LexerModule::nextLanguage = SCLEX_AUTOMATIC+1; + +LexerModule::LexerModule(int language_, + LexerFunction fnLexer_, + const char *languageName_, + LexerFunction fnFolder_, + const char * const wordListDescriptions_[], + int styleBits_) : + language(language_), + fnLexer(fnLexer_), + fnFolder(fnFolder_), + wordListDescriptions(wordListDescriptions_), + styleBits(styleBits_), + languageName(languageName_) { + next = base; + base = this; + if (language == SCLEX_AUTOMATIC) { + language = nextLanguage; + nextLanguage++; + } +} + +int LexerModule::GetNumWordLists() const { + if (wordListDescriptions == NULL) { + return -1; + } else { + int numWordLists = 0; + + while (wordListDescriptions[numWordLists]) { + ++numWordLists; + } + + return numWordLists; + } +} + +const char *LexerModule::GetWordListDescription(int index) const { + static const char *emptyStr = ""; + + PLATFORM_ASSERT(index < GetNumWordLists()); + if (index >= GetNumWordLists()) { + return emptyStr; + } else { + return wordListDescriptions[index]; + } +} + +int LexerModule::GetStyleBitsNeeded() const { + return styleBits; +} + +const LexerModule *LexerModule::Find(int language) { + const LexerModule *lm = base; + while (lm) { + if (lm->language == language) { + return lm; + } + lm = lm->next; + } + return 0; +} + +const LexerModule *LexerModule::Find(const char *languageName) { + if (languageName) { + const LexerModule *lm = base; + while (lm) { + if (lm->languageName && 0 == strcmp(lm->languageName, languageName)) { + return lm; + } + lm = lm->next; + } + } + return 0; +} + +void LexerModule::Lex(unsigned int startPos, int lengthDoc, int initStyle, + WordList *keywordlists[], Accessor &styler) const { + if (fnLexer) + fnLexer(startPos, lengthDoc, initStyle, keywordlists, styler); +} + +void LexerModule::Fold(unsigned int startPos, int lengthDoc, int initStyle, + WordList *keywordlists[], Accessor &styler) const { + if (fnFolder) { + int lineCurrent = styler.GetLine(startPos); + // Move back one line in case deletion wrecked current line fold state + if (lineCurrent > 0) { + lineCurrent--; + int newStartPos = styler.LineStart(lineCurrent); + lengthDoc += startPos - newStartPos; + startPos = newStartPos; + initStyle = 0; + if (startPos > 0) { + initStyle = styler.StyleAt(startPos - 1); + } + } + fnFolder(startPos, lengthDoc, initStyle, keywordlists, styler); + } +} + +// Alternative historical name for Scintilla_LinkLexers +int wxForceScintillaLexers(void) { + return Scintilla_LinkLexers(); +} + +// To add or remove a lexer, add or remove its file and run LexGen.py. + +// Force a reference to all of the Scintilla lexers so that the linker will +// not remove the code of the lexers. +int Scintilla_LinkLexers() { + static int forcer = 0; + +// Shorten the code that declares a lexer and ensures it is linked in by calling a method. +#define LINK_LEXER(lexer) extern LexerModule lexer; forcer += lexer.GetLanguage(); + + LINK_LEXER(lmCPP); + LINK_LEXER(lmFlagShip); + +#if 0 +//++Autogenerated -- run src/LexGen.py to regenerate +//**\(\tLINK_LEXER(\*);\n\) + LINK_LEXER(lmAbaqus); + LINK_LEXER(lmAda); + LINK_LEXER(lmAns1); + LINK_LEXER(lmAPDL); + LINK_LEXER(lmAsm); + LINK_LEXER(lmASP); + LINK_LEXER(lmASY); + LINK_LEXER(lmAU3); + LINK_LEXER(lmAVE); + LINK_LEXER(lmBaan); + LINK_LEXER(lmBash); + LINK_LEXER(lmBatch); + LINK_LEXER(lmBlitzBasic); + LINK_LEXER(lmBullant); + LINK_LEXER(lmCaml); + LINK_LEXER(lmClw); + LINK_LEXER(lmClwNoCase); + LINK_LEXER(lmCmake); + LINK_LEXER(lmCOBOL); + LINK_LEXER(lmConf); + LINK_LEXER(lmCPP); + LINK_LEXER(lmCPPNoCase); + LINK_LEXER(lmCsound); + LINK_LEXER(lmCss); + LINK_LEXER(lmD); + LINK_LEXER(lmDiff); + LINK_LEXER(lmEiffel); + LINK_LEXER(lmEiffelkw); + LINK_LEXER(lmErlang); + LINK_LEXER(lmErrorList); + LINK_LEXER(lmESCRIPT); + LINK_LEXER(lmF77); + LINK_LEXER(lmFlagShip); + LINK_LEXER(lmForth); + LINK_LEXER(lmFortran); + LINK_LEXER(lmFreeBasic); + LINK_LEXER(lmGAP); + LINK_LEXER(lmGui4Cli); + LINK_LEXER(lmHaskell); + LINK_LEXER(lmHTML); + LINK_LEXER(lmInno); + LINK_LEXER(lmKix); + LINK_LEXER(lmLatex); + LINK_LEXER(lmLISP); + LINK_LEXER(lmLot); + LINK_LEXER(lmLout); + LINK_LEXER(lmLua); + LINK_LEXER(lmMagikSF); + LINK_LEXER(lmMake); + LINK_LEXER(lmMatlab); + LINK_LEXER(lmMETAPOST); + LINK_LEXER(lmMMIXAL); + LINK_LEXER(lmMSSQL); + LINK_LEXER(lmMySQL); + LINK_LEXER(lmNimrod); + LINK_LEXER(lmNncrontab); + LINK_LEXER(lmNsis); + LINK_LEXER(lmNull); + LINK_LEXER(lmOctave); + LINK_LEXER(lmOpal); + LINK_LEXER(lmPascal); + LINK_LEXER(lmPB); + LINK_LEXER(lmPerl); + LINK_LEXER(lmPHP); + LINK_LEXER(lmPHPSCRIPT); + LINK_LEXER(lmPLM); + LINK_LEXER(lmPo); + LINK_LEXER(lmPOV); + LINK_LEXER(lmPowerPro); + LINK_LEXER(lmPowerShell); + LINK_LEXER(lmProgress); + LINK_LEXER(lmProps); + LINK_LEXER(lmPS); + LINK_LEXER(lmPureBasic); + LINK_LEXER(lmPython); + LINK_LEXER(lmR); + LINK_LEXER(lmREBOL); + LINK_LEXER(lmRuby); + LINK_LEXER(lmScriptol); + LINK_LEXER(lmSmalltalk); + LINK_LEXER(lmSML); + LINK_LEXER(lmSorc); + LINK_LEXER(lmSpecman); + LINK_LEXER(lmSpice); + LINK_LEXER(lmSQL); + LINK_LEXER(lmTACL); + LINK_LEXER(lmTADS3); + LINK_LEXER(lmTAL); + LINK_LEXER(lmTCL); + LINK_LEXER(lmTeX); + LINK_LEXER(lmVB); + LINK_LEXER(lmVBScript); + LINK_LEXER(lmVerilog); + LINK_LEXER(lmVHDL); + LINK_LEXER(lmXML); + LINK_LEXER(lmYAML); + +//--Autogenerated -- end of automatically generated section +#endif + return 1; +} diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/KeyWords.h b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/KeyWords.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6abae59453 --- /dev/null +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/KeyWords.h @@ -0,0 +1,90 @@ +// Scintilla source code edit control +/** @file KeyWords.h + ** Colourise for particular languages. + **/ +// Copyright 1998-2001 by Neil Hodgson +// The License.txt file describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed. + +#ifdef SCI_NAMESPACE +namespace Scintilla { +#endif + +typedef void (*LexerFunction)(unsigned int startPos, int lengthDoc, int initStyle, + WordList *keywordlists[], Accessor &styler); + +/** + * A LexerModule is responsible for lexing and folding a particular language. + * The class maintains a list of LexerModules which can be searched to find a + * module appropriate to a particular language. + */ +class LexerModule { +protected: + const LexerModule *next; + int language; + LexerFunction fnLexer; + LexerFunction fnFolder; + const char * const * wordListDescriptions; + int styleBits; + + static const LexerModule *base; + static int nextLanguage; + +public: + const char *languageName; + LexerModule(int language_, + LexerFunction fnLexer_, + const char *languageName_=0, + LexerFunction fnFolder_=0, + const char * const wordListDescriptions_[] = NULL, + int styleBits_=5); + virtual ~LexerModule() { + } + int GetLanguage() const { return language; } + + // -1 is returned if no WordList information is available + int GetNumWordLists() const; + const char *GetWordListDescription(int index) const; + + int GetStyleBitsNeeded() const; + + virtual void Lex(unsigned int startPos, int lengthDoc, int initStyle, + WordList *keywordlists[], Accessor &styler) const; + virtual void Fold(unsigned int startPos, int lengthDoc, int initStyle, + WordList *keywordlists[], Accessor &styler) const; + static const LexerModule *Find(int language); + static const LexerModule *Find(const char *languageName); +}; + +#ifdef SCI_NAMESPACE +} +#endif + +/** + * Check if a character is a space. + * This is ASCII specific but is safe with chars >= 0x80. + */ +inline bool isspacechar(unsigned char ch) { + return (ch == ' ') || ((ch >= 0x09) && (ch <= 0x0d)); +} + +inline bool iswordchar(char ch) { + return isascii(ch) && (isalnum(ch) || ch == '.' || ch == '_'); +} + +inline bool iswordstart(char ch) { + return isascii(ch) && (isalnum(ch) || ch == '_'); +} + +inline bool isoperator(char ch) { + if (isascii(ch) && isalnum(ch)) + return false; + // '.' left out as it is used to make up numbers + if (ch == '%' || ch == '^' || ch == '&' || ch == '*' || + ch == '(' || ch == ')' || ch == '-' || ch == '+' || + ch == '=' || ch == '|' || ch == '{' || ch == '}' || + ch == '[' || ch == ']' || ch == ':' || ch == ';' || + ch == '<' || ch == '>' || ch == ',' || ch == '/' || + ch == '?' || ch == '!' || ch == '.' || ch == '~') + return true; + return false; +} diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/LexCPP.cpp b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/LexCPP.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..9a8d49bb63 --- /dev/null +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/LexCPP.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,502 @@ +// Scintilla source code edit control +/** @file LexCPP.cxx + ** Lexer for C++, C, Java, and JavaScript. + **/ +// Copyright 1998-2005 by Neil Hodgson +// The License.txt file describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed. + +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include + +#include "Platform.h" + +#include "PropSet.h" +#include "Accessor.h" +#include "StyleContext.h" +#include "KeyWords.h" +#include "Scintilla.h" +#include "SciLexer.h" +#include "CharacterSet.h" + +#ifdef SCI_NAMESPACE +using namespace Scintilla; +#endif + +static bool IsSpaceEquiv(int state) { + return (state <= SCE_C_COMMENTDOC) || + // including SCE_C_DEFAULT, SCE_C_COMMENT, SCE_C_COMMENTLINE + (state == SCE_C_COMMENTLINEDOC) || (state == SCE_C_COMMENTDOCKEYWORD) || + (state == SCE_C_COMMENTDOCKEYWORDERROR); +} + +// Preconditions: sc.currentPos points to a character after '+' or '-'. +// The test for pos reaching 0 should be redundant, +// and is in only for safety measures. +// Limitation: this code will give the incorrect answer for code like +// a = b+++/ptn/... +// Putting a space between the '++' post-inc operator and the '+' binary op +// fixes this, and is highly recommended for readability anyway. +static bool FollowsPostfixOperator(StyleContext &sc, Accessor &styler) { + int pos = (int) sc.currentPos; + while (--pos > 0) { + char ch = styler[pos]; + if (ch == '+' || ch == '-') { + return styler[pos - 1] == ch; + } + } + return false; +} + +static void ColouriseCppDoc(unsigned int startPos, int length, int initStyle, WordList *keywordlists[], + Accessor &styler, bool caseSensitive) { + + WordList &keywords = *keywordlists[0]; + WordList &keywords2 = *keywordlists[1]; + WordList &keywords3 = *keywordlists[2]; + WordList &keywords4 = *keywordlists[3]; + + // property styling.within.preprocessor + // For C++ code, determines whether all preprocessor code is styled in the preprocessor style (0, the default) + // or only from the initial # to the end of the command word(1). + bool stylingWithinPreprocessor = styler.GetPropertyInt("styling.within.preprocessor") != 0; + + CharacterSet setOKBeforeRE(CharacterSet::setNone, "([{=,:;!%^&*|?~+-"); + CharacterSet setCouldBePostOp(CharacterSet::setNone, "+-"); + + CharacterSet setDoxygen(CharacterSet::setAlpha, "$@\\&<>#{}[]"); + + CharacterSet setWordStart(CharacterSet::setAlpha, "_", 0x80, true); + CharacterSet setWord(CharacterSet::setAlphaNum, "._", 0x80, true); + + // property lexer.cpp.allow.dollars + // Set to 0 to disallow the '$' character in identifiers with the cpp lexer. + if (styler.GetPropertyInt("lexer.cpp.allow.dollars", 1) != 0) { + setWordStart.Add('$'); + setWord.Add('$'); + } + + int chPrevNonWhite = ' '; + int visibleChars = 0; + bool lastWordWasUUID = false; + int styleBeforeDCKeyword = SCE_C_DEFAULT; + bool continuationLine = false; + bool isIncludePreprocessor = false; + + if (initStyle == SCE_C_PREPROCESSOR) { + // Set continuationLine if last character of previous line is '\' + int lineCurrent = styler.GetLine(startPos); + if (lineCurrent > 0) { + int chBack = styler.SafeGetCharAt(startPos-1, 0); + int chBack2 = styler.SafeGetCharAt(startPos-2, 0); + int lineEndChar = '!'; + if (chBack2 == '\r' && chBack == '\n') { + lineEndChar = styler.SafeGetCharAt(startPos-3, 0); + } else if (chBack == '\n' || chBack == '\r') { + lineEndChar = chBack2; + } + continuationLine = lineEndChar == '\\'; + } + } + + // look back to set chPrevNonWhite properly for better regex colouring + if (startPos > 0) { + int back = startPos; + while (--back && IsSpaceEquiv(styler.StyleAt(back))) + ; + if (styler.StyleAt(back) == SCE_C_OPERATOR) { + chPrevNonWhite = styler.SafeGetCharAt(back); + } + } + + StyleContext sc(startPos, length, initStyle, styler); + + for (; sc.More(); sc.Forward()) { + + if (sc.atLineStart) { + if (sc.state == SCE_C_STRING) { + // Prevent SCE_C_STRINGEOL from leaking back to previous line which + // ends with a line continuation by locking in the state upto this position. + sc.SetState(SCE_C_STRING); + } + // Reset states to begining of colourise so no surprises + // if different sets of lines lexed. + visibleChars = 0; + lastWordWasUUID = false; + isIncludePreprocessor = false; + } + + // Handle line continuation generically. + if (sc.ch == '\\') { + if (sc.chNext == '\n' || sc.chNext == '\r') { + sc.Forward(); + if (sc.ch == '\r' && sc.chNext == '\n') { + sc.Forward(); + } + continuationLine = true; + continue; + } + } + + // Determine if the current state should terminate. + switch (sc.state) { + case SCE_C_OPERATOR: + sc.SetState(SCE_C_DEFAULT); + break; + case SCE_C_NUMBER: + // We accept almost anything because of hex. and number suffixes + if (!setWord.Contains(sc.ch)) { + sc.SetState(SCE_C_DEFAULT); + } + break; + case SCE_C_IDENTIFIER: + if (!setWord.Contains(sc.ch) || (sc.ch == '.')) { + char s[1000]; + if (caseSensitive) { + sc.GetCurrent(s, sizeof(s)); + } else { + sc.GetCurrentLowered(s, sizeof(s)); + } + if (keywords.InList(s)) { + lastWordWasUUID = strcmp(s, "uuid") == 0; + sc.ChangeState(SCE_C_WORD); + } else if (keywords2.InList(s)) { + sc.ChangeState(SCE_C_WORD2); + } else if (keywords4.InList(s)) { + sc.ChangeState(SCE_C_GLOBALCLASS); + } + sc.SetState(SCE_C_DEFAULT); + } + break; + case SCE_C_PREPROCESSOR: + if (sc.atLineStart && !continuationLine) { + sc.SetState(SCE_C_DEFAULT); + } else if (stylingWithinPreprocessor) { + if (IsASpace(sc.ch)) { + sc.SetState(SCE_C_DEFAULT); + } + } else { + if (sc.Match('/', '*') || sc.Match('/', '/')) { + sc.SetState(SCE_C_DEFAULT); + } + } + break; + case SCE_C_COMMENT: + if (sc.Match('*', '/')) { + sc.Forward(); + sc.ForwardSetState(SCE_C_DEFAULT); + } + break; + case SCE_C_COMMENTDOC: + if (sc.Match('*', '/')) { + sc.Forward(); + sc.ForwardSetState(SCE_C_DEFAULT); + } else if (sc.ch == '@' || sc.ch == '\\') { // JavaDoc and Doxygen support + // Verify that we have the conditions to mark a comment-doc-keyword + if ((IsASpace(sc.chPrev) || sc.chPrev == '*') && (!IsASpace(sc.chNext))) { + styleBeforeDCKeyword = SCE_C_COMMENTDOC; + sc.SetState(SCE_C_COMMENTDOCKEYWORD); + } + } + break; + case SCE_C_COMMENTLINE: + if (sc.atLineStart) { + sc.SetState(SCE_C_DEFAULT); + } + break; + case SCE_C_COMMENTLINEDOC: + if (sc.atLineStart) { + sc.SetState(SCE_C_DEFAULT); + } else if (sc.ch == '@' || sc.ch == '\\') { // JavaDoc and Doxygen support + // Verify that we have the conditions to mark a comment-doc-keyword + if ((IsASpace(sc.chPrev) || sc.chPrev == '/' || sc.chPrev == '!') && (!IsASpace(sc.chNext))) { + styleBeforeDCKeyword = SCE_C_COMMENTLINEDOC; + sc.SetState(SCE_C_COMMENTDOCKEYWORD); + } + } + break; + case SCE_C_COMMENTDOCKEYWORD: + if ((styleBeforeDCKeyword == SCE_C_COMMENTDOC) && sc.Match('*', '/')) { + sc.ChangeState(SCE_C_COMMENTDOCKEYWORDERROR); + sc.Forward(); + sc.ForwardSetState(SCE_C_DEFAULT); + } else if (!setDoxygen.Contains(sc.ch)) { + char s[100]; + if (caseSensitive) { + sc.GetCurrent(s, sizeof(s)); + } else { + sc.GetCurrentLowered(s, sizeof(s)); + } + if (!IsASpace(sc.ch) || !keywords3.InList(s + 1)) { + sc.ChangeState(SCE_C_COMMENTDOCKEYWORDERROR); + } + sc.SetState(styleBeforeDCKeyword); + } + break; + case SCE_C_STRING: + if (sc.atLineEnd) { + sc.ChangeState(SCE_C_STRINGEOL); + } else if (isIncludePreprocessor) { + if (sc.ch == '>') { + sc.ForwardSetState(SCE_C_DEFAULT); + isIncludePreprocessor = false; + } + } else if (sc.ch == '\\') { + if (sc.chNext == '\"' || sc.chNext == '\'' || sc.chNext == '\\') { + sc.Forward(); + } + } else if (sc.ch == '\"') { + sc.ForwardSetState(SCE_C_DEFAULT); + } + break; + case SCE_C_CHARACTER: + if (sc.atLineEnd) { + sc.ChangeState(SCE_C_STRINGEOL); + } else if (sc.ch == '\\') { + if (sc.chNext == '\"' || sc.chNext == '\'' || sc.chNext == '\\') { + sc.Forward(); + } + } else if (sc.ch == '\'') { + sc.ForwardSetState(SCE_C_DEFAULT); + } + break; + case SCE_C_REGEX: + if (sc.atLineStart) { + sc.SetState(SCE_C_DEFAULT); + } else if (sc.ch == '/') { + sc.Forward(); + while ((sc.ch < 0x80) && islower(sc.ch)) + sc.Forward(); // gobble regex flags + sc.SetState(SCE_C_DEFAULT); + } else if (sc.ch == '\\') { + // Gobble up the quoted character + if (sc.chNext == '\\' || sc.chNext == '/') { + sc.Forward(); + } + } + break; + case SCE_C_STRINGEOL: + if (sc.atLineStart) { + sc.SetState(SCE_C_DEFAULT); + } + break; + case SCE_C_VERBATIM: + if (sc.ch == '\"') { + if (sc.chNext == '\"') { + sc.Forward(); + } else { + sc.ForwardSetState(SCE_C_DEFAULT); + } + } + break; + case SCE_C_UUID: + if (sc.ch == '\r' || sc.ch == '\n' || sc.ch == ')') { + sc.SetState(SCE_C_DEFAULT); + } + } + + // Determine if a new state should be entered. + if (sc.state == SCE_C_DEFAULT) { + if (sc.Match('@', '\"')) { + sc.SetState(SCE_C_VERBATIM); + sc.Forward(); + } else if (IsADigit(sc.ch) || (sc.ch == '.' && IsADigit(sc.chNext))) { + if (lastWordWasUUID) { + sc.SetState(SCE_C_UUID); + lastWordWasUUID = false; + } else { + sc.SetState(SCE_C_NUMBER); + } + } else if (setWordStart.Contains(sc.ch) || (sc.ch == '@')) { + if (lastWordWasUUID) { + sc.SetState(SCE_C_UUID); + lastWordWasUUID = false; + } else { + sc.SetState(SCE_C_IDENTIFIER); + } + } else if (sc.Match('/', '*')) { + if (sc.Match("/**") || sc.Match("/*!")) { // Support of Qt/Doxygen doc. style + sc.SetState(SCE_C_COMMENTDOC); + } else { + sc.SetState(SCE_C_COMMENT); + } + sc.Forward(); // Eat the * so it isn't used for the end of the comment + } else if (sc.Match('/', '/')) { + if ((sc.Match("///") && !sc.Match("////")) || sc.Match("//!")) + // Support of Qt/Doxygen doc. style + sc.SetState(SCE_C_COMMENTLINEDOC); + else + sc.SetState(SCE_C_COMMENTLINE); + } else if (sc.ch == '/' && setOKBeforeRE.Contains(chPrevNonWhite) && + (!setCouldBePostOp.Contains(chPrevNonWhite) || !FollowsPostfixOperator(sc, styler))) { + sc.SetState(SCE_C_REGEX); // JavaScript's RegEx + } else if (sc.ch == '\"') { + sc.SetState(SCE_C_STRING); + isIncludePreprocessor = false; // ensure that '>' won't end the string + } else if (isIncludePreprocessor && sc.ch == '<') { + sc.SetState(SCE_C_STRING); + } else if (sc.ch == '\'') { + sc.SetState(SCE_C_CHARACTER); + } else if (sc.ch == '#' && visibleChars == 0) { + // Preprocessor commands are alone on their line + sc.SetState(SCE_C_PREPROCESSOR); + // Skip whitespace between # and preprocessor word + do { + sc.Forward(); + } while ((sc.ch == ' ' || sc.ch == '\t') && sc.More()); + if (sc.atLineEnd) { + sc.SetState(SCE_C_DEFAULT); + } else if (sc.Match("include")) { + isIncludePreprocessor = true; + } + } else if (isoperator(static_cast(sc.ch))) { + sc.SetState(SCE_C_OPERATOR); + } + } + + if (!IsASpace(sc.ch) && !IsSpaceEquiv(sc.state)) { + chPrevNonWhite = sc.ch; + visibleChars++; + } + continuationLine = false; + } + sc.Complete(); +} + +static bool IsStreamCommentStyle(int style) { + return style == SCE_C_COMMENT || + style == SCE_C_COMMENTDOC || + style == SCE_C_COMMENTDOCKEYWORD || + style == SCE_C_COMMENTDOCKEYWORDERROR; +} + +// Store both the current line's fold level and the next lines in the +// level store to make it easy to pick up with each increment +// and to make it possible to fiddle the current level for "} else {". +static void FoldCppDoc(unsigned int startPos, int length, int initStyle, + WordList *[], Accessor &styler) { + + // property fold.comment + // This option enables folding multi-line comments and explicit fold points when using the C++ lexer. + // Explicit fold points allows adding extra folding by placing a //{ comment at the start and a //} + // at the end of a section that should fold. + bool foldComment = styler.GetPropertyInt("fold.comment") != 0; + + // property fold.preprocessor + // This option enables folding preprocessor directives when using the C++ lexer. + // Includes C#'s explicit #region and #endregion folding directives. + bool foldPreprocessor = styler.GetPropertyInt("fold.preprocessor") != 0; + + bool foldCompact = styler.GetPropertyInt("fold.compact", 1) != 0; + + // property fold.at.else + // This option enables C++ folding on a "} else {" line of an if statement. + bool foldAtElse = styler.GetPropertyInt("fold.at.else", 0) != 0; + + unsigned int endPos = startPos + length; + int visibleChars = 0; + int lineCurrent = styler.GetLine(startPos); + int levelCurrent = SC_FOLDLEVELBASE; + if (lineCurrent > 0) + levelCurrent = styler.LevelAt(lineCurrent-1) >> 16; + int levelMinCurrent = levelCurrent; + int levelNext = levelCurrent; + char chNext = styler[startPos]; + int styleNext = styler.StyleAt(startPos); + int style = initStyle; + for (unsigned int i = startPos; i < endPos; i++) { + char ch = chNext; + chNext = styler.SafeGetCharAt(i + 1); + int stylePrev = style; + style = styleNext; + styleNext = styler.StyleAt(i + 1); + bool atEOL = (ch == '\r' && chNext != '\n') || (ch == '\n'); + if (foldComment && IsStreamCommentStyle(style)) { + if (!IsStreamCommentStyle(stylePrev) && (stylePrev != SCE_C_COMMENTLINEDOC)) { + levelNext++; + } else if (!IsStreamCommentStyle(styleNext) && (styleNext != SCE_C_COMMENTLINEDOC) && !atEOL) { + // Comments don't end at end of line and the next character may be unstyled. + levelNext--; + } + } + if (foldComment && (style == SCE_C_COMMENTLINE)) { + if ((ch == '/') && (chNext == '/')) { + char chNext2 = styler.SafeGetCharAt(i + 2); + if (chNext2 == '{') { + levelNext++; + } else if (chNext2 == '}') { + levelNext--; + } + } + } + if (foldPreprocessor && (style == SCE_C_PREPROCESSOR)) { + if (ch == '#') { + unsigned int j = i + 1; + while ((j < endPos) && IsASpaceOrTab(styler.SafeGetCharAt(j))) { + j++; + } + if (styler.Match(j, "region") || styler.Match(j, "if")) { + levelNext++; + } else if (styler.Match(j, "end")) { + levelNext--; + } + } + } + if (style == SCE_C_OPERATOR) { + if (ch == '{') { + // Measure the minimum before a '{' to allow + // folding on "} else {" + if (levelMinCurrent > levelNext) { + levelMinCurrent = levelNext; + } + levelNext++; + } else if (ch == '}') { + levelNext--; + } + } + if (!IsASpace(ch)) + visibleChars++; + if (atEOL || (i == endPos-1)) { + int levelUse = levelCurrent; + if (foldAtElse) { + levelUse = levelMinCurrent; + } + int lev = levelUse | levelNext << 16; + if (visibleChars == 0 && foldCompact) + lev |= SC_FOLDLEVELWHITEFLAG; + if (levelUse < levelNext) + lev |= SC_FOLDLEVELHEADERFLAG; + if (lev != styler.LevelAt(lineCurrent)) { + styler.SetLevel(lineCurrent, lev); + } + lineCurrent++; + levelCurrent = levelNext; + levelMinCurrent = levelCurrent; + visibleChars = 0; + } + } +} + +static const char * const cppWordLists[] = { + "Primary keywords and identifiers", + "Secondary keywords and identifiers", + "Documentation comment keywords", + "Unused", + "Global classes and typedefs", + 0, + }; + +static void ColouriseCppDocSensitive(unsigned int startPos, int length, int initStyle, WordList *keywordlists[], + Accessor &styler) { + ColouriseCppDoc(startPos, length, initStyle, keywordlists, styler, true); +} + +static void ColouriseCppDocInsensitive(unsigned int startPos, int length, int initStyle, WordList *keywordlists[], + Accessor &styler) { + ColouriseCppDoc(startPos, length, initStyle, keywordlists, styler, false); +} + +LexerModule lmCPP(SCLEX_CPP, ColouriseCppDocSensitive, "cpp", FoldCppDoc, cppWordLists); +LexerModule lmCPPNoCase(SCLEX_CPPNOCASE, ColouriseCppDocInsensitive, "cppnocase", FoldCppDoc, cppWordLists); diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/LexFlagship.cpp b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/LexFlagship.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f0c794e766 --- /dev/null +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/LexFlagship.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,348 @@ +// Scintilla source code edit control +/** @file LexFlagShip.cxx + ** Lexer for Harbour and FlagShip. + ** (Syntactically compatible to other xBase dialects, like Clipper, dBase, Clip, FoxPro etc.) + **/ +// Copyright 2005 by Randy Butler +// Copyright 2010 by Xavi (Harbour) +// Copyright 1998-2003 by Neil Hodgson +// The License.txt file describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed. + +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include + +#include "Platform.h" + +#include "PropSet.h" +#include "Accessor.h" +#include "StyleContext.h" +#include "KeyWords.h" +#include "Scintilla.h" +#include "SciLexer.h" +#include "CharacterSet.h" + +#ifdef SCI_NAMESPACE +using namespace Scintilla; +#endif + +// Extended to accept accented characters +static inline bool IsAWordChar(int ch) +{ + return ch >= 0x80 || + (isalnum(ch) || ch == '_'); +} + +static void ColouriseFlagShipDoc(unsigned int startPos, int length, int initStyle, + WordList *keywordlists[], Accessor &styler) +{ + + WordList &keywords = *keywordlists[0]; + WordList &keywords2 = *keywordlists[1]; + WordList &keywords3 = *keywordlists[2]; + WordList &keywords4 = *keywordlists[3]; + WordList &keywords5 = *keywordlists[4]; + + // property lexer.flagship.styling.within.preprocessor + // For Harbour code, determines whether all preprocessor code is styled in the preprocessor style (0) or only from the + // initial # to the end of the command word(1, the default). It also determines how to present text, dump, and disabled code. + bool stylingWithinPreprocessor = styler.GetPropertyInt("lexer.flagship.styling.within.preprocessor", 1) != 0; + + CharacterSet setDoxygen(CharacterSet::setAlpha, "$@\\&<>#{}[]"); + + int visibleChars = 0; + int closeStringChar = 0; + int styleBeforeDCKeyword = SCE_FS_DEFAULT; + bool bEnableCode = initStyle < SCE_FS_DISABLEDCODE; + + StyleContext sc(startPos, length, initStyle, styler); + + for (; sc.More(); sc.Forward()) { + + // Determine if the current state should terminate. + switch (sc.state) { + case SCE_FS_OPERATOR: + case SCE_FS_OPERATOR_C: + case SCE_FS_WORDOPERATOR: + sc.SetState(bEnableCode ? SCE_FS_DEFAULT : SCE_FS_DEFAULT_C); + break; + case SCE_FS_IDENTIFIER: + case SCE_FS_IDENTIFIER_C: + if (!IsAWordChar(sc.ch)) { + char s[64]; + sc.GetCurrentLowered(s, sizeof(s)); + if (keywords.InList(s)) { + sc.ChangeState(bEnableCode ? SCE_FS_KEYWORD : SCE_FS_KEYWORD_C); + } else if (keywords2.InList(s)) { + sc.ChangeState(bEnableCode ? SCE_FS_KEYWORD2 : SCE_FS_KEYWORD2_C); + } else if (bEnableCode && keywords3.InList(s)) { + sc.ChangeState(SCE_FS_KEYWORD3); + } else if (bEnableCode && keywords4.InList(s)) { + sc.ChangeState(SCE_FS_KEYWORD4); + }// Else, it is really an identifier... + sc.SetState(bEnableCode ? SCE_FS_DEFAULT : SCE_FS_DEFAULT_C); + } + break; + case SCE_FS_NUMBER: + case SCE_FS_NUMBER_C: + if (!IsAWordChar(sc.ch) && sc.ch != '.') { + sc.SetState(bEnableCode ? SCE_FS_DEFAULT : SCE_FS_DEFAULT_C); + } + break; + case SCE_FS_CONSTANT: + if (!IsAWordChar(sc.ch)) { + sc.SetState(SCE_FS_DEFAULT); + } + break; + case SCE_FS_STRING: + case SCE_FS_STRING_C: + if (sc.ch == closeStringChar) { + sc.ForwardSetState(bEnableCode ? SCE_FS_DEFAULT : SCE_FS_DEFAULT_C); + } else if (sc.atLineEnd) { + sc.ChangeState(bEnableCode ? SCE_FS_STRINGEOL : SCE_FS_STRINGEOL_C); + } + break; + case SCE_FS_STRINGEOL: + case SCE_FS_STRINGEOL_C: + if (sc.atLineStart) { + sc.SetState(bEnableCode ? SCE_FS_DEFAULT : SCE_FS_DEFAULT_C); + } + break; + case SCE_FS_COMMENTDOC: + case SCE_FS_COMMENTDOC_C: + if (sc.Match('*', '/')) { + sc.Forward(); + sc.ForwardSetState(bEnableCode ? SCE_FS_DEFAULT : SCE_FS_DEFAULT_C); + } else if (sc.ch == '@' || sc.ch == '\\') { // JavaDoc and Doxygen support + // Verify that we have the conditions to mark a comment-doc-keyword + if ((IsASpace(sc.chPrev) || sc.chPrev == '*') && (!IsASpace(sc.chNext))) { + styleBeforeDCKeyword = bEnableCode ? SCE_FS_COMMENTDOC : SCE_FS_COMMENTDOC_C; + sc.SetState(SCE_FS_COMMENTDOCKEYWORD); + } + } + break; + case SCE_FS_COMMENT: + case SCE_FS_COMMENTLINE: + if (sc.atLineStart) { + sc.SetState(SCE_FS_DEFAULT); + } + break; + case SCE_FS_COMMENTLINEDOC: + case SCE_FS_COMMENTLINEDOC_C: + if (sc.atLineStart) { + sc.SetState(bEnableCode ? SCE_FS_DEFAULT : SCE_FS_DEFAULT_C); + } else if (sc.ch == '@' || sc.ch == '\\') { // JavaDoc and Doxygen support + // Verify that we have the conditions to mark a comment-doc-keyword + if ((IsASpace(sc.chPrev) || sc.chPrev == '/' || sc.chPrev == '!') && (!IsASpace(sc.chNext))) { + styleBeforeDCKeyword = bEnableCode ? SCE_FS_COMMENTLINEDOC : SCE_FS_COMMENTLINEDOC_C; + sc.SetState(SCE_FS_COMMENTDOCKEYWORD); + } + } + break; + case SCE_FS_COMMENTDOCKEYWORD: + if ((styleBeforeDCKeyword == SCE_FS_COMMENTDOC || styleBeforeDCKeyword == SCE_FS_COMMENTDOC_C) && + sc.Match('*', '/')) { + sc.ChangeState(SCE_FS_COMMENTDOCKEYWORDERROR); + sc.Forward(); + sc.ForwardSetState(bEnableCode ? SCE_FS_DEFAULT : SCE_FS_DEFAULT_C); + } else if (!setDoxygen.Contains(sc.ch)) { + char s[64]; + sc.GetCurrentLowered(s, sizeof(s)); + if (!IsASpace(sc.ch) || !keywords5.InList(s + 1)) { + sc.ChangeState(SCE_FS_COMMENTDOCKEYWORDERROR); + } + sc.SetState(styleBeforeDCKeyword); + } + break; + case SCE_FS_PREPROCESSOR: + case SCE_FS_PREPROCESSOR_C: + if (sc.atLineEnd) { + if (!(sc.chPrev == ';' || sc.GetRelative(-2) == ';')) { + sc.SetState(bEnableCode ? SCE_FS_DEFAULT : SCE_FS_DEFAULT_C); + } + } else if (stylingWithinPreprocessor) { + if (IsASpaceOrTab(sc.ch)) { + sc.SetState(bEnableCode ? SCE_FS_DEFAULT : SCE_FS_DEFAULT_C); + } + } else if (sc.Match('/', '*') || sc.Match('/', '/') || sc.Match('&', '&')) { + sc.SetState(bEnableCode ? SCE_FS_DEFAULT : SCE_FS_DEFAULT_C); + } + break; + case SCE_FS_DISABLEDCODE: + if (sc.ch == '#' && visibleChars == 0) { + sc.SetState(bEnableCode ? SCE_FS_PREPROCESSOR : SCE_FS_PREPROCESSOR_C); + do { // Skip whitespace between # and preprocessor word + sc.Forward(); + } while (IsASpaceOrTab(sc.ch) && sc.More()); + if (sc.MatchIgnoreCase("pragma")) { + sc.Forward(6); + do { // Skip more whitespace until keyword + sc.Forward(); + } while (IsASpaceOrTab(sc.ch) && sc.More()); + if (sc.MatchIgnoreCase("enddump") || sc.MatchIgnoreCase("__endtext")) { + bEnableCode = true; + sc.SetState(SCE_FS_DISABLEDCODE); + sc.Forward(sc.ch == '_' ? 8 : 6); + sc.ForwardSetState(SCE_FS_DEFAULT); + } else { + sc.ChangeState(SCE_FS_DISABLEDCODE); + } + } else { + sc.ChangeState(SCE_FS_DISABLEDCODE); + } + } + break; + case SCE_FS_DATE: + if (sc.ch == '}') { + sc.ForwardSetState(SCE_FS_DEFAULT); + } else if (sc.atLineEnd) { + sc.ChangeState(SCE_FS_STRINGEOL); + } + } + + // Determine if a new state should be entered. + if (sc.state == SCE_FS_DEFAULT || sc.state == SCE_FS_DEFAULT_C) { + if (bEnableCode && + (sc.MatchIgnoreCase(".and.") || sc.MatchIgnoreCase(".not."))) { + sc.SetState(SCE_FS_WORDOPERATOR); + sc.Forward(4); + } else if (bEnableCode && sc.MatchIgnoreCase(".or.")) { + sc.SetState(SCE_FS_WORDOPERATOR); + sc.Forward(3); + } else if (bEnableCode && + (sc.MatchIgnoreCase(".t.") || sc.MatchIgnoreCase(".f.") || + (!IsAWordChar(sc.GetRelative(3)) && sc.MatchIgnoreCase("nil")))) { + sc.SetState(SCE_FS_CONSTANT); + sc.Forward(2); + } else if (sc.Match('/', '*')) { + sc.SetState(bEnableCode ? SCE_FS_COMMENTDOC : SCE_FS_COMMENTDOC_C); + sc.Forward(); + } else if (bEnableCode && sc.Match('&', '&')) { + sc.SetState(SCE_FS_COMMENTLINE); + sc.Forward(); + } else if (sc.Match('/', '/')) { + sc.SetState(bEnableCode ? SCE_FS_COMMENTLINEDOC : SCE_FS_COMMENTLINEDOC_C); + sc.Forward(); + } else if (bEnableCode && sc.ch == '*' && visibleChars == 0) { + sc.SetState(SCE_FS_COMMENT); + } else if (sc.ch == '\"' || sc.ch == '\'') { + sc.SetState(bEnableCode ? SCE_FS_STRING : SCE_FS_STRING_C); + closeStringChar = sc.ch; + } else if (closeStringChar == '>' && sc.ch == '<') { + sc.SetState(bEnableCode ? SCE_FS_STRING : SCE_FS_STRING_C); + } else if (sc.ch == '#' && visibleChars == 0) { + sc.SetState(bEnableCode ? SCE_FS_PREPROCESSOR : SCE_FS_PREPROCESSOR_C); + do { // Skip whitespace between # and preprocessor word + sc.Forward(); + } while (IsASpaceOrTab(sc.ch) && sc.More()); + if (sc.atLineEnd) { + sc.SetState(bEnableCode ? SCE_FS_DEFAULT : SCE_FS_DEFAULT_C); + } else if (sc.MatchIgnoreCase("include")) { + if (stylingWithinPreprocessor) { + closeStringChar = '>'; + } + } else if (sc.MatchIgnoreCase("pragma")) { + sc.Forward(6); + do { // Skip more whitespace until keyword + sc.Forward(); + } while (IsASpaceOrTab(sc.ch) && sc.More()); + if (sc.MatchIgnoreCase("begindump") || sc.MatchIgnoreCase("__cstream")) { + bEnableCode = false; + if (stylingWithinPreprocessor) { + sc.SetState(SCE_FS_DISABLEDCODE); + sc.Forward(8); + sc.ForwardSetState(SCE_FS_DEFAULT_C); + } else { + sc.SetState(SCE_FS_DISABLEDCODE); + } + } else if (sc.MatchIgnoreCase("enddump") || sc.MatchIgnoreCase("__endtext")) { + bEnableCode = true; + sc.SetState(SCE_FS_DISABLEDCODE); + sc.Forward(sc.ch == '_' ? 8 : 6); + sc.ForwardSetState(SCE_FS_DEFAULT); + } + } + } else if (bEnableCode && sc.ch == '{') { + int p = 0; + int chSeek; + unsigned int endPos(startPos + length); + do { // Skip whitespace + chSeek = sc.GetRelative(++p); + } while (IsASpaceOrTab(chSeek) && (sc.currentPos + p < endPos)); + if (chSeek == '^') { + sc.SetState(SCE_FS_DATE); + } else { + sc.SetState(SCE_FS_OPERATOR); + } + } else if (IsADigit(sc.ch) || (sc.ch == '.' && IsADigit(sc.chNext))) { + sc.SetState(bEnableCode ? SCE_FS_NUMBER : SCE_FS_NUMBER_C); + } else if (IsAWordChar(sc.ch)) { + sc.SetState(bEnableCode ? SCE_FS_IDENTIFIER : SCE_FS_IDENTIFIER_C); + } else if (isoperator(static_cast(sc.ch)) || (bEnableCode && sc.ch == '@')) { + sc.SetState(bEnableCode ? SCE_FS_OPERATOR : SCE_FS_OPERATOR_C); + } + } + + if (sc.atLineEnd) { + visibleChars = 0; + closeStringChar = 0; + } + if (!IsASpace(sc.ch)) { + visibleChars++; + } + } + sc.Complete(); +} + +static void FoldFlagShipDoc(unsigned int startPos, int length, int, + WordList *[], Accessor &styler) +{ + + int endPos = startPos + length; + + // Backtrack to previous line in case need to fix its fold status + int lineCurrent = styler.GetLine(startPos); + if (startPos > 0 && lineCurrent > 0) { + lineCurrent--; + startPos = styler.LineStart(lineCurrent); + } + int spaceFlags = 0; + int indentCurrent = styler.IndentAmount(lineCurrent, &spaceFlags); + char chNext = styler[startPos]; + for (int i = startPos; i < endPos; i++) { + char ch = chNext; + chNext = styler.SafeGetCharAt(i + 1); + + if ((ch == '\r' && chNext != '\n') || (ch == '\n') || (i == endPos-1)) { + int lev = indentCurrent; + int indentNext = styler.IndentAmount(lineCurrent + 1, &spaceFlags); + if (!(indentCurrent & SC_FOLDLEVELWHITEFLAG)) { + if ((indentCurrent & SC_FOLDLEVELNUMBERMASK) < (indentNext & SC_FOLDLEVELNUMBERMASK)) { + lev |= SC_FOLDLEVELHEADERFLAG; + } else if (indentNext & SC_FOLDLEVELWHITEFLAG) { + int spaceFlags2 = 0; + int indentNext2 = styler.IndentAmount(lineCurrent + 2, &spaceFlags2); + if ((indentCurrent & SC_FOLDLEVELNUMBERMASK) < (indentNext2 & SC_FOLDLEVELNUMBERMASK)) { + lev |= SC_FOLDLEVELHEADERFLAG; + } + } + } + indentCurrent = indentNext; + styler.SetLevel(lineCurrent, lev); + lineCurrent++; + } + } +} + +static const char * const FSWordListDesc[] = { + "Keywords Commands", + "Std Library Functions", + "Procedure, return, exit", + "Class (oop)", + "Doxygen keywords", + 0 +}; + +LexerModule lmFlagShip(SCLEX_FLAGSHIP, ColouriseFlagShipDoc, "flagship", FoldFlagShipDoc, FSWordListDesc); diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/License.txt b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/License.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..cbe25b2fc2 --- /dev/null +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/License.txt @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +License for Scintilla and SciTE + +Copyright 1998-2003 by Neil Hodgson + +All Rights Reserved + +Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its +documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, +provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that +both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in +supporting documentation. + +NEIL HODGSON DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS +SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY +AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL NEIL HODGSON BE LIABLE FOR ANY +SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES +WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, +WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER +TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE +OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/LineMarker.cpp b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/LineMarker.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..4c5a1683ca --- /dev/null +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/LineMarker.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,309 @@ +// Scintilla source code edit control +/** @file LineMarker.cxx + ** Defines the look of a line marker in the margin . + **/ +// Copyright 1998-2003 by Neil Hodgson +// The License.txt file describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed. + +#include + +#include "Platform.h" + +#include "Scintilla.h" +#include "XPM.h" +#include "LineMarker.h" + +#ifdef SCI_NAMESPACE +using namespace Scintilla; +#endif + +void LineMarker::RefreshColourPalette(Palette &pal, bool want) { + pal.WantFind(fore, want); + pal.WantFind(back, want); + if (pxpm) { + pxpm->RefreshColourPalette(pal, want); + } +} + +void LineMarker::SetXPM(const char *textForm) { + delete pxpm; + pxpm = new XPM(textForm); + markType = SC_MARK_PIXMAP; +} + +void LineMarker::SetXPM(const char * const *linesForm) { + delete pxpm; + pxpm = new XPM(linesForm); + markType = SC_MARK_PIXMAP; +} + +static void DrawBox(Surface *surface, int centreX, int centreY, int armSize, ColourAllocated fore, ColourAllocated back) { + PRectangle rc; + rc.left = centreX - armSize; + rc.top = centreY - armSize; + rc.right = centreX + armSize + 1; + rc.bottom = centreY + armSize + 1; + surface->RectangleDraw(rc, back, fore); +} + +static void DrawCircle(Surface *surface, int centreX, int centreY, int armSize, ColourAllocated fore, ColourAllocated back) { + PRectangle rcCircle; + rcCircle.left = centreX - armSize; + rcCircle.top = centreY - armSize; + rcCircle.right = centreX + armSize + 1; + rcCircle.bottom = centreY + armSize + 1; + surface->Ellipse(rcCircle, back, fore); +} + +static void DrawPlus(Surface *surface, int centreX, int centreY, int armSize, ColourAllocated fore) { + PRectangle rcV(centreX, centreY - armSize + 2, centreX + 1, centreY + armSize - 2 + 1); + surface->FillRectangle(rcV, fore); + PRectangle rcH(centreX - armSize + 2, centreY, centreX + armSize - 2 + 1, centreY+1); + surface->FillRectangle(rcH, fore); +} + +static void DrawMinus(Surface *surface, int centreX, int centreY, int armSize, ColourAllocated fore) { + PRectangle rcH(centreX - armSize + 2, centreY, centreX + armSize - 2 + 1, centreY+1); + surface->FillRectangle(rcH, fore); +} + +void LineMarker::Draw(Surface *surface, PRectangle &rcWhole, Font &fontForCharacter) { + if ((markType == SC_MARK_PIXMAP) && (pxpm)) { + pxpm->Draw(surface, rcWhole); + return; + } + // Restrict most shapes a bit + PRectangle rc = rcWhole; + rc.top++; + rc.bottom--; + int minDim = Platform::Minimum(rc.Width(), rc.Height()); + minDim--; // Ensure does not go beyond edge + int centreX = (rc.right + rc.left) / 2; + int centreY = (rc.bottom + rc.top) / 2; + int dimOn2 = minDim / 2; + int dimOn4 = minDim / 4; + int blobSize = dimOn2-1; + int armSize = dimOn2-2; + if (rc.Width() > (rc.Height() * 2)) { + // Wide column is line number so move to left to try to avoid overlapping number + centreX = rc.left + dimOn2 + 1; + } + if (markType == SC_MARK_ROUNDRECT) { + PRectangle rcRounded = rc; + rcRounded.left = rc.left + 1; + rcRounded.right = rc.right - 1; + surface->RoundedRectangle(rcRounded, fore.allocated, back.allocated); + } else if (markType == SC_MARK_CIRCLE) { + PRectangle rcCircle; + rcCircle.left = centreX - dimOn2; + rcCircle.top = centreY - dimOn2; + rcCircle.right = centreX + dimOn2; + rcCircle.bottom = centreY + dimOn2; + surface->Ellipse(rcCircle, fore.allocated, back.allocated); + } else if (markType == SC_MARK_ARROW) { + Point pts[] = { + Point(centreX - dimOn4, centreY - dimOn2), + Point(centreX - dimOn4, centreY + dimOn2), + Point(centreX + dimOn2 - dimOn4, centreY), + }; + surface->Polygon(pts, sizeof(pts) / sizeof(pts[0]), + fore.allocated, back.allocated); + + } else if (markType == SC_MARK_ARROWDOWN) { + Point pts[] = { + Point(centreX - dimOn2, centreY - dimOn4), + Point(centreX + dimOn2, centreY - dimOn4), + Point(centreX, centreY + dimOn2 - dimOn4), + }; + surface->Polygon(pts, sizeof(pts) / sizeof(pts[0]), + fore.allocated, back.allocated); + + } else if (markType == SC_MARK_PLUS) { + Point pts[] = { + Point(centreX - armSize, centreY - 1), + Point(centreX - 1, centreY - 1), + Point(centreX - 1, centreY - armSize), + Point(centreX + 1, centreY - armSize), + Point(centreX + 1, centreY - 1), + Point(centreX + armSize, centreY -1), + Point(centreX + armSize, centreY +1), + Point(centreX + 1, centreY + 1), + Point(centreX + 1, centreY + armSize), + Point(centreX - 1, centreY + armSize), + Point(centreX - 1, centreY + 1), + Point(centreX - armSize, centreY + 1), + }; + surface->Polygon(pts, sizeof(pts) / sizeof(pts[0]), + fore.allocated, back.allocated); + + } else if (markType == SC_MARK_MINUS) { + Point pts[] = { + Point(centreX - armSize, centreY - 1), + Point(centreX + armSize, centreY -1), + Point(centreX + armSize, centreY +1), + Point(centreX - armSize, centreY + 1), + }; + surface->Polygon(pts, sizeof(pts) / sizeof(pts[0]), + fore.allocated, back.allocated); + + } else if (markType == SC_MARK_SMALLRECT) { + PRectangle rcSmall; + rcSmall.left = rc.left + 1; + rcSmall.top = rc.top + 2; + rcSmall.right = rc.right - 1; + rcSmall.bottom = rc.bottom - 2; + surface->RectangleDraw(rcSmall, fore.allocated, back.allocated); + + } else if (markType == SC_MARK_EMPTY || markType == SC_MARK_BACKGROUND) { + // An invisible marker so don't draw anything + + } else if (markType == SC_MARK_VLINE) { + surface->PenColour(back.allocated); + surface->MoveTo(centreX, rcWhole.top); + surface->LineTo(centreX, rcWhole.bottom); + + } else if (markType == SC_MARK_LCORNER) { + surface->PenColour(back.allocated); + surface->MoveTo(centreX, rcWhole.top); + surface->LineTo(centreX, rc.top + dimOn2); + surface->LineTo(rc.right - 2, rc.top + dimOn2); + + } else if (markType == SC_MARK_TCORNER) { + surface->PenColour(back.allocated); + surface->MoveTo(centreX, rcWhole.top); + surface->LineTo(centreX, rcWhole.bottom); + surface->MoveTo(centreX, rc.top + dimOn2); + surface->LineTo(rc.right - 2, rc.top + dimOn2); + + } else if (markType == SC_MARK_LCORNERCURVE) { + surface->PenColour(back.allocated); + surface->MoveTo(centreX, rcWhole.top); + surface->LineTo(centreX, rc.top + dimOn2-3); + surface->LineTo(centreX+3, rc.top + dimOn2); + surface->LineTo(rc.right - 1, rc.top + dimOn2); + + } else if (markType == SC_MARK_TCORNERCURVE) { + surface->PenColour(back.allocated); + surface->MoveTo(centreX, rcWhole.top); + surface->LineTo(centreX, rcWhole.bottom); + + surface->MoveTo(centreX, rc.top + dimOn2-3); + surface->LineTo(centreX+3, rc.top + dimOn2); + surface->LineTo(rc.right - 1, rc.top + dimOn2); + + } else if (markType == SC_MARK_BOXPLUS) { + surface->PenColour(back.allocated); + DrawBox(surface, centreX, centreY, blobSize, fore.allocated, back.allocated); + DrawPlus(surface, centreX, centreY, blobSize, back.allocated); + + } else if (markType == SC_MARK_BOXPLUSCONNECTED) { + surface->PenColour(back.allocated); + DrawBox(surface, centreX, centreY, blobSize, fore.allocated, back.allocated); + DrawPlus(surface, centreX, centreY, blobSize, back.allocated); + + surface->MoveTo(centreX, centreY + blobSize); + surface->LineTo(centreX, rcWhole.bottom); + + surface->MoveTo(centreX, rcWhole.top); + surface->LineTo(centreX, centreY - blobSize); + + } else if (markType == SC_MARK_BOXMINUS) { + surface->PenColour(back.allocated); + DrawBox(surface, centreX, centreY, blobSize, fore.allocated, back.allocated); + DrawMinus(surface, centreX, centreY, blobSize, back.allocated); + + surface->MoveTo(centreX, centreY + blobSize); + surface->LineTo(centreX, rcWhole.bottom); + + } else if (markType == SC_MARK_BOXMINUSCONNECTED) { + surface->PenColour(back.allocated); + DrawBox(surface, centreX, centreY, blobSize, fore.allocated, back.allocated); + DrawMinus(surface, centreX, centreY, blobSize, back.allocated); + + surface->MoveTo(centreX, centreY + blobSize); + surface->LineTo(centreX, rcWhole.bottom); + + surface->MoveTo(centreX, rcWhole.top); + surface->LineTo(centreX, centreY - blobSize); + + } else if (markType == SC_MARK_CIRCLEPLUS) { + DrawCircle(surface, centreX, centreY, blobSize, fore.allocated, back.allocated); + surface->PenColour(back.allocated); + DrawPlus(surface, centreX, centreY, blobSize, back.allocated); + + } else if (markType == SC_MARK_CIRCLEPLUSCONNECTED) { + DrawCircle(surface, centreX, centreY, blobSize, fore.allocated, back.allocated); + surface->PenColour(back.allocated); + DrawPlus(surface, centreX, centreY, blobSize, back.allocated); + + surface->MoveTo(centreX, centreY + blobSize); + surface->LineTo(centreX, rcWhole.bottom); + + surface->MoveTo(centreX, rcWhole.top); + surface->LineTo(centreX, centreY - blobSize); + + } else if (markType == SC_MARK_CIRCLEMINUS) { + DrawCircle(surface, centreX, centreY, blobSize, fore.allocated, back.allocated); + surface->PenColour(back.allocated); + DrawMinus(surface, centreX, centreY, blobSize, back.allocated); + + surface->MoveTo(centreX, centreY + blobSize); + surface->LineTo(centreX, rcWhole.bottom); + + } else if (markType == SC_MARK_CIRCLEMINUSCONNECTED) { + DrawCircle(surface, centreX, centreY, blobSize, fore.allocated, back.allocated); + surface->PenColour(back.allocated); + DrawMinus(surface, centreX, centreY, blobSize, back.allocated); + + surface->MoveTo(centreX, centreY + blobSize); + surface->LineTo(centreX, rcWhole.bottom); + + surface->MoveTo(centreX, rcWhole.top); + surface->LineTo(centreX, centreY - blobSize); + + } else if (markType >= SC_MARK_CHARACTER) { + char character[1]; + character[0] = static_cast(markType - SC_MARK_CHARACTER); + int width = surface->WidthText(fontForCharacter, character, 1); + rc.left += (rc.Width() - width) / 2; + rc.right = rc.left + width; + surface->DrawTextClipped(rc, fontForCharacter, rc.bottom - 2, + character, 1, fore.allocated, back.allocated); + + } else if (markType == SC_MARK_DOTDOTDOT) { + int right = centreX - 6; + for (int b=0; b<3; b++) { + PRectangle rcBlob(right, rc.bottom - 4, right + 2, rc.bottom-2); + surface->FillRectangle(rcBlob, fore.allocated); + right += 5; + } + } else if (markType == SC_MARK_ARROWS) { + surface->PenColour(fore.allocated); + int right = centreX - 2; + for (int b=0; b<3; b++) { + surface->MoveTo(right - 4, centreY - 4); + surface->LineTo(right, centreY); + surface->LineTo(right - 5, centreY + 5); + right += 4; + } + } else if (markType == SC_MARK_SHORTARROW) { + Point pts[] = { + Point(centreX, centreY + dimOn2), + Point(centreX + dimOn2, centreY), + Point(centreX, centreY - dimOn2), + Point(centreX, centreY - dimOn4), + Point(centreX - dimOn4, centreY - dimOn4), + Point(centreX - dimOn4, centreY + dimOn4), + Point(centreX, centreY + dimOn4), + Point(centreX, centreY + dimOn2), + }; + surface->Polygon(pts, sizeof(pts) / sizeof(pts[0]), + fore.allocated, back.allocated); + } else if (markType == SC_MARK_LEFTRECT) { + PRectangle rcLeft = rcWhole; + rcLeft.right = rcLeft.left + 4; + surface->FillRectangle(rcLeft, back.allocated); + } else { // SC_MARK_FULLRECT + surface->FillRectangle(rcWhole, back.allocated); + } +} diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/LineMarker.h b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/LineMarker.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3cb4139f08 --- /dev/null +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/LineMarker.h @@ -0,0 +1,62 @@ +// Scintilla source code edit control +/** @file LineMarker.h + ** Defines the look of a line marker in the margin . + **/ +// Copyright 1998-2003 by Neil Hodgson +// The License.txt file describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed. + +#ifndef LINEMARKER_H +#define LINEMARKER_H + +#ifdef SCI_NAMESPACE +namespace Scintilla { +#endif + +/** + */ +class LineMarker { +public: + int markType; + ColourPair fore; + ColourPair back; + int alpha; + XPM *pxpm; + LineMarker() { + markType = SC_MARK_CIRCLE; + fore = ColourDesired(0,0,0); + back = ColourDesired(0xff,0xff,0xff); + alpha = SC_ALPHA_NOALPHA; + pxpm = NULL; + } + LineMarker(const LineMarker &) { + // Defined to avoid pxpm being blindly copied, not as real copy constructor + markType = SC_MARK_CIRCLE; + fore = ColourDesired(0,0,0); + back = ColourDesired(0xff,0xff,0xff); + alpha = SC_ALPHA_NOALPHA; + pxpm = NULL; + } + ~LineMarker() { + delete pxpm; + } + LineMarker &operator=(const LineMarker &) { + // Defined to avoid pxpm being blindly copied, not as real assignment operator + markType = SC_MARK_CIRCLE; + fore = ColourDesired(0,0,0); + back = ColourDesired(0xff,0xff,0xff); + alpha = SC_ALPHA_NOALPHA; + delete pxpm; + pxpm = NULL; + return *this; + } + void RefreshColourPalette(Palette &pal, bool want); + void SetXPM(const char *textForm); + void SetXPM(const char * const *linesForm); + void Draw(Surface *surface, PRectangle &rc, Font &fontForCharacter); +}; + +#ifdef SCI_NAMESPACE +} +#endif + +#endif diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/Partitioning.h b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/Partitioning.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..752e69614c --- /dev/null +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/Partitioning.h @@ -0,0 +1,184 @@ +// Scintilla source code edit control +/** @file Partitioning.h + ** Data structure used to partition an interval. Used for holding line start/end positions. + **/ +// Copyright 1998-2007 by Neil Hodgson +// The License.txt file describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed. + +#ifndef PARTITIONING_H +#define PARTITIONING_H + +/// A split vector of integers with a method for adding a value to all elements +/// in a range. +/// Used by the Partitioning class. + +class SplitVectorWithRangeAdd : public SplitVector { +public: + SplitVectorWithRangeAdd(int growSize_) { + SetGrowSize(growSize_); + ReAllocate(growSize_); + } + ~SplitVectorWithRangeAdd() { + } + void RangeAddDelta(int start, int end, int delta) { + // end is 1 past end, so end-start is number of elements to change + int i = 0; + int rangeLength = end - start; + int range1Length = rangeLength; + int part1Left = part1Length - start; + if (range1Length > part1Left) + range1Length = part1Left; + while (i < range1Length) { + body[start++] += delta; + i++; + } + start += gapLength; + while (i < rangeLength) { + body[start++] += delta; + i++; + } + } +}; + +/// Divide an interval into multiple partitions. +/// Useful for breaking a document down into sections such as lines. + +class Partitioning { +private: + // To avoid calculating all the partition positions whenever any text is inserted + // there may be a step somewhere in the list. + int stepPartition; + int stepLength; + SplitVectorWithRangeAdd *body; + + // Move step forward + void ApplyStep(int partitionUpTo) { + if (stepLength != 0) { + body->RangeAddDelta(stepPartition+1, partitionUpTo + 1, stepLength); + } + stepPartition = partitionUpTo; + if (stepPartition >= body->Length()-1) { + stepPartition = body->Length()-1; + stepLength = 0; + } + } + + // Move step backward + void BackStep(int partitionDownTo) { + if (stepLength != 0) { + body->RangeAddDelta(partitionDownTo+1, stepPartition+1, -stepLength); + } + stepPartition = partitionDownTo; + } + + void Allocate(int growSize) { + body = new SplitVectorWithRangeAdd(growSize); + stepPartition = 0; + stepLength = 0; + body->Insert(0, 0); // This value stays 0 for ever + body->Insert(1, 0); // This is the end of the first partition and will be the start of the second + } + +public: + Partitioning(int growSize) { + Allocate(growSize); + } + + ~Partitioning() { + delete body; + body = 0; + } + + int Partitions() const { + return body->Length()-1; + } + + void InsertPartition(int partition, int pos) { + if (stepPartition < partition) { + ApplyStep(partition); + } + body->Insert(partition, pos); + stepPartition++; + } + + void SetPartitionStartPosition(int partition, int pos) { + ApplyStep(partition+1); + if ((partition < 0) || (partition > body->Length())) { + return; + } + body->SetValueAt(partition, pos); + } + + void InsertText(int partitionInsert, int delta) { + // Point all the partitions after the insertion point further along in the buffer + if (stepLength != 0) { + if (partitionInsert >= stepPartition) { + // Fill in up to the new insertion point + ApplyStep(partitionInsert); + stepLength += delta; + } else if (partitionInsert >= (stepPartition - body->Length() / 10)) { + // Close to step but before so move step back + BackStep(partitionInsert); + stepLength += delta; + } else { + ApplyStep(body->Length()-1); + stepPartition = partitionInsert; + stepLength = delta; + } + } else { + stepPartition = partitionInsert; + stepLength = delta; + } + } + + void RemovePartition(int partition) { + if (partition > stepPartition) { + ApplyStep(partition); + stepPartition--; + } else { + stepPartition--; + } + body->Delete(partition); + } + + int PositionFromPartition(int partition) const { + PLATFORM_ASSERT(partition >= 0); + PLATFORM_ASSERT(partition < body->Length()); + if ((partition < 0) || (partition >= body->Length())) { + return 0; + } + int pos = body->ValueAt(partition); + if (partition > stepPartition) + pos += stepLength; + return pos; + } + + int PartitionFromPosition(int pos) { + if (body->Length() <= 1) + return 0; + if (pos >= (PositionFromPartition(body->Length()-1))) + return body->Length() - 1 - 1; + int lower = 0; + int upper = body->Length()-1; + do { + int middle = (upper + lower + 1) / 2; // Round high + int posMiddle = body->ValueAt(middle); + if (middle > stepPartition) + posMiddle += stepLength; + if (pos < posMiddle) { + upper = middle - 1; + } else { + lower = middle; + } + } while (lower < upper); + return lower; + } + + void DeleteAll() { + int growSize = body->GetGrowSize(); + delete body; + Allocate(growSize); + } +}; + +#endif diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/PerLine.cpp b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/PerLine.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..29cdfbfa55 --- /dev/null +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/PerLine.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,464 @@ +// Scintilla source code edit control +/** @file PerLine.cxx + ** Manages data associated with each line of the document + **/ +// Copyright 1998-2009 by Neil Hodgson +// The License.txt file describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed. + +#include + +#include "Platform.h" + +#include "Scintilla.h" +#include "SplitVector.h" +#include "Partitioning.h" +#include "CellBuffer.h" +#include "PerLine.h" + +#ifdef SCI_NAMESPACE +using namespace Scintilla; +#endif + +MarkerHandleSet::MarkerHandleSet() { + root = 0; +} + +MarkerHandleSet::~MarkerHandleSet() { + MarkerHandleNumber *mhn = root; + while (mhn) { + MarkerHandleNumber *mhnToFree = mhn; + mhn = mhn->next; + delete mhnToFree; + } + root = 0; +} + +int MarkerHandleSet::Length() const { + int c = 0; + MarkerHandleNumber *mhn = root; + while (mhn) { + c++; + mhn = mhn->next; + } + return c; +} + +int MarkerHandleSet::NumberFromHandle(int handle) const { + MarkerHandleNumber *mhn = root; + while (mhn) { + if (mhn->handle == handle) { + return mhn->number; + } + mhn = mhn->next; + } + return - 1; +} + +int MarkerHandleSet::MarkValue() const { + unsigned int m = 0; + MarkerHandleNumber *mhn = root; + while (mhn) { + m |= (1 << mhn->number); + mhn = mhn->next; + } + return m; +} + +bool MarkerHandleSet::Contains(int handle) const { + MarkerHandleNumber *mhn = root; + while (mhn) { + if (mhn->handle == handle) { + return true; + } + mhn = mhn->next; + } + return false; +} + +bool MarkerHandleSet::InsertHandle(int handle, int markerNum) { + MarkerHandleNumber *mhn = new MarkerHandleNumber; + if (!mhn) + return false; + mhn->handle = handle; + mhn->number = markerNum; + mhn->next = root; + root = mhn; + return true; +} + +void MarkerHandleSet::RemoveHandle(int handle) { + MarkerHandleNumber **pmhn = &root; + while (*pmhn) { + MarkerHandleNumber *mhn = *pmhn; + if (mhn->handle == handle) { + *pmhn = mhn->next; + delete mhn; + return; + } + pmhn = &((*pmhn)->next); + } +} + +bool MarkerHandleSet::RemoveNumber(int markerNum) { + bool performedDeletion = false; + MarkerHandleNumber **pmhn = &root; + while (*pmhn) { + MarkerHandleNumber *mhn = *pmhn; + if (mhn->number == markerNum) { + *pmhn = mhn->next; + delete mhn; + performedDeletion = true; + } else { + pmhn = &((*pmhn)->next); + } + } + return performedDeletion; +} + +void MarkerHandleSet::CombineWith(MarkerHandleSet *other) { + MarkerHandleNumber **pmhn = &root; + while (*pmhn) { + pmhn = &((*pmhn)->next); + } + *pmhn = other->root; + other->root = 0; +} + +LineMarkers::~LineMarkers() { + for (int line = 0; line < markers.Length(); line++) { + delete markers[line]; + markers[line] = 0; + } + markers.DeleteAll(); +} + +void LineMarkers::InsertLine(int line) { + if (markers.Length()) { + markers.Insert(line, 0); + } +} + +void LineMarkers::RemoveLine(int line) { + // Retain the markers from the deleted line by oring them into the previous line + if (markers.Length()) { + if (line > 0) { + MergeMarkers(line - 1); + } + markers.Delete(line); + } +} + +int LineMarkers::LineFromHandle(int markerHandle) { + if (markers.Length()) { + for (int line = 0; line < markers.Length(); line++) { + if (markers[line]) { + if (markers[line]->Contains(markerHandle)) { + return line; + } + } + } + } + return -1; +} + +void LineMarkers::MergeMarkers(int pos) { + if (markers[pos + 1] != NULL) { + if (markers[pos] == NULL) + markers[pos] = new MarkerHandleSet; + markers[pos]->CombineWith(markers[pos + 1]); + delete markers[pos + 1]; + markers[pos + 1] = NULL; + } +} + +int LineMarkers::MarkValue(int line) { + if (markers.Length() && (line >= 0) && (line < markers.Length()) && markers[line]) + return markers[line]->MarkValue(); + else + return 0; +} + +int LineMarkers::AddMark(int line, int markerNum, int lines) { + handleCurrent++; + if (!markers.Length()) { + // No existing markers so allocate one element per line + markers.InsertValue(0, lines, 0); + } + if (!markers[line]) { + // Need new structure to hold marker handle + markers[line] = new MarkerHandleSet(); + if (!markers[line]) + return - 1; + } + markers[line]->InsertHandle(handleCurrent, markerNum); + + return handleCurrent; +} + +void LineMarkers::DeleteMark(int line, int markerNum, bool all) { + if (markers.Length() && (line >= 0) && (line < markers.Length()) && markers[line]) { + if (markerNum == -1) { + delete markers[line]; + markers[line] = NULL; + } else { + bool performedDeletion = markers[line]->RemoveNumber(markerNum); + while (all && performedDeletion) { + performedDeletion = markers[line]->RemoveNumber(markerNum); + } + if (markers[line]->Length() == 0) { + delete markers[line]; + markers[line] = NULL; + } + } + } +} + +void LineMarkers::DeleteMarkFromHandle(int markerHandle) { + int line = LineFromHandle(markerHandle); + if (line >= 0) { + markers[line]->RemoveHandle(markerHandle); + if (markers[line]->Length() == 0) { + delete markers[line]; + markers[line] = NULL; + } + } +} + +LineLevels::~LineLevels() { +} + +void LineLevels::InsertLine(int line) { + if (levels.Length()) { + int level = SC_FOLDLEVELBASE; + if ((line > 0) && (line < levels.Length())) { + level = levels[line-1] & ~SC_FOLDLEVELWHITEFLAG; + } + levels.InsertValue(line, 1, level); + } +} + +void LineLevels::RemoveLine(int line) { + if (levels.Length()) { + // Move up following lines but merge header flag from this line + // to line before to avoid a temporary disappearence causing expansion. + int firstHeader = levels[line] & SC_FOLDLEVELHEADERFLAG; + levels.Delete(line); + if (line > 0) + levels[line-1] |= firstHeader; + } +} + +void LineLevels::ExpandLevels(int sizeNew) { + levels.InsertValue(levels.Length(), sizeNew - levels.Length(), SC_FOLDLEVELBASE); +} + +void LineLevels::ClearLevels() { + levels.DeleteAll(); +} + +int LineLevels::SetLevel(int line, int level, int lines) { + int prev = 0; + if ((line >= 0) && (line < lines)) { + if (!levels.Length()) { + ExpandLevels(lines + 1); + } + prev = levels[line]; + if (prev != level) { + levels[line] = level; + } + } + return prev; +} + +int LineLevels::GetLevel(int line) { + if (levels.Length() && (line >= 0) && (line < levels.Length())) { + return levels[line]; + } else { + return SC_FOLDLEVELBASE; + } +} + +LineState::~LineState() { +} + +void LineState::InsertLine(int line) { + if (lineStates.Length()) { + lineStates.EnsureLength(line); + lineStates.Insert(line, 0); + } +} + +void LineState::RemoveLine(int line) { + if (lineStates.Length() > line) { + lineStates.Delete(line); + } +} + +int LineState::SetLineState(int line, int state) { + lineStates.EnsureLength(line + 1); + int stateOld = lineStates[line]; + lineStates[line] = state; + return stateOld; +} + +int LineState::GetLineState(int line) { + lineStates.EnsureLength(line + 1); + return lineStates[line]; +} + +int LineState::GetMaxLineState() { + return lineStates.Length(); +} + +static int NumberLines(const char *text) { + if (text) { + int newLines = 0; + while (*text) { + if (*text == '\n') + newLines++; + text++; + } + return newLines+1; + } else { + return 0; + } +} + +// Each allocated LineAnnotation is a char array which starts with an AnnotationHeader +// and then has text and optional styles. + +static const int IndividualStyles = 0x100; + +struct AnnotationHeader { + short style; // Style IndividualStyles implies array of styles + short lines; + int length; +}; + +LineAnnotation::~LineAnnotation() { + ClearAll(); +} + +void LineAnnotation::InsertLine(int line) { + if (annotations.Length()) { + annotations.Insert(line, 0); + } +} + +void LineAnnotation::RemoveLine(int line) { + if (annotations.Length() && (line < annotations.Length())) { + delete []annotations[line]; + annotations.Delete(line); + } +} + +bool LineAnnotation::AnySet() const { + return annotations.Length() > 0; +} + +bool LineAnnotation::MultipleStyles(int line) const { + if (annotations.Length() && (line < annotations.Length()) && annotations[line]) + return reinterpret_cast(annotations[line])->style == IndividualStyles; + else + return 0; +} + +int LineAnnotation::Style(int line) { + if (annotations.Length() && (line < annotations.Length()) && annotations[line]) + return reinterpret_cast(annotations[line])->style; + else + return 0; +} + +const char *LineAnnotation::Text(int line) const { + if (annotations.Length() && (line < annotations.Length()) && annotations[line]) + return annotations[line]+sizeof(AnnotationHeader); + else + return 0; +} + +const unsigned char *LineAnnotation::Styles(int line) const { + if (annotations.Length() && (line < annotations.Length()) && annotations[line] && MultipleStyles(line)) + return reinterpret_cast(annotations[line] + sizeof(AnnotationHeader) + Length(line)); + else + return 0; +} + +static char *AllocateAnnotation(int length, int style) { + size_t len = sizeof(AnnotationHeader) + length + ((style == IndividualStyles) ? length : 0); + char *ret = new char[len]; + memset(ret, 0, len); + return ret; +} + +void LineAnnotation::SetText(int line, const char *text) { + if (text) { + annotations.EnsureLength(line+1); + int style = Style(line); + if (annotations[line]) { + delete []annotations[line]; + } + annotations[line] = AllocateAnnotation(strlen(text), style); + AnnotationHeader *pah = reinterpret_cast(annotations[line]); + pah->style = static_cast(style); + pah->length = strlen(text); + pah->lines = static_cast(NumberLines(text)); + memcpy(annotations[line]+sizeof(AnnotationHeader), text, pah->length); + } else { + if (annotations.Length() && (line < annotations.Length()) && annotations[line]) { + delete []annotations[line]; + annotations[line] = 0; + } + } +} + +void LineAnnotation::ClearAll() { + for (int line = 0; line < annotations.Length(); line++) { + delete []annotations[line]; + annotations[line] = 0; + } + annotations.DeleteAll(); +} + +void LineAnnotation::SetStyle(int line, int style) { + annotations.EnsureLength(line+1); + if (!annotations[line]) { + annotations[line] = AllocateAnnotation(0, style); + } + reinterpret_cast(annotations[line])->style = static_cast(style); +} + +void LineAnnotation::SetStyles(int line, const unsigned char *styles) { + annotations.EnsureLength(line+1); + if (!annotations[line]) { + annotations[line] = AllocateAnnotation(0, IndividualStyles); + } else { + AnnotationHeader *pahSource = reinterpret_cast(annotations[line]); + if (pahSource->style != IndividualStyles) { + char *allocation = AllocateAnnotation(pahSource->length, IndividualStyles); + AnnotationHeader *pahAlloc = reinterpret_cast(allocation); + pahAlloc->length = pahSource->length; + pahAlloc->lines = pahSource->lines; + memcpy(allocation + sizeof(AnnotationHeader), annotations[line] + sizeof(AnnotationHeader), pahSource->length); + delete []annotations[line]; + annotations[line] = allocation; + } + } + AnnotationHeader *pah = reinterpret_cast(annotations[line]); + pah->style = IndividualStyles; + memcpy(annotations[line] + sizeof(AnnotationHeader) + pah->length, styles, pah->length); +} + +int LineAnnotation::Length(int line) const { + if (annotations.Length() && (line < annotations.Length()) && annotations[line]) + return reinterpret_cast(annotations[line])->length; + else + return 0; +} + +int LineAnnotation::Lines(int line) const { + if (annotations.Length() && (line < annotations.Length()) && annotations[line]) + return reinterpret_cast(annotations[line])->lines; + else + return 0; +} diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/PerLine.h b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/PerLine.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8f3368b826 --- /dev/null +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/PerLine.h @@ -0,0 +1,116 @@ +// Scintilla source code edit control +/** @file PerLine.h + ** Manages data associated with each line of the document + **/ +// Copyright 1998-2009 by Neil Hodgson +// The License.txt file describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed. + +#ifndef PERLINE_H +#define PERLINE_H + +#ifdef SCI_NAMESPACE +namespace Scintilla { +#endif + +/** + * This holds the marker identifier and the marker type to display. + * MarkerHandleNumbers are members of lists. + */ +struct MarkerHandleNumber { + int handle; + int number; + MarkerHandleNumber *next; +}; + +/** + * A marker handle set contains any number of MarkerHandleNumbers. + */ +class MarkerHandleSet { + MarkerHandleNumber *root; + +public: + MarkerHandleSet(); + ~MarkerHandleSet(); + int Length() const; + int NumberFromHandle(int handle) const; + int MarkValue() const; ///< Bit set of marker numbers. + bool Contains(int handle) const; + bool InsertHandle(int handle, int markerNum); + void RemoveHandle(int handle); + bool RemoveNumber(int markerNum); + void CombineWith(MarkerHandleSet *other); +}; + +class LineMarkers : public PerLine { + SplitVector markers; + /// Handles are allocated sequentially and should never have to be reused as 32 bit ints are very big. + int handleCurrent; +public: + LineMarkers() : handleCurrent(0) { + } + virtual ~LineMarkers(); + virtual void InsertLine(int line); + virtual void RemoveLine(int line); + + int MarkValue(int line); + int AddMark(int line, int marker, int lines); + void MergeMarkers(int pos); + void DeleteMark(int line, int markerNum, bool all); + void DeleteMarkFromHandle(int markerHandle); + int LineFromHandle(int markerHandle); +}; + +class LineLevels : public PerLine { + SplitVector levels; +public: + virtual ~LineLevels(); + virtual void InsertLine(int line); + virtual void RemoveLine(int line); + + void ExpandLevels(int sizeNew=-1); + void ClearLevels(); + int SetLevel(int line, int level, int lines); + int GetLevel(int line); +}; + +class LineState : public PerLine { + SplitVector lineStates; +public: + LineState() { + } + virtual ~LineState(); + virtual void InsertLine(int line); + virtual void RemoveLine(int line); + + int SetLineState(int line, int state); + int GetLineState(int line); + int GetMaxLineState(); +}; + +class LineAnnotation : public PerLine { + SplitVector annotations; +public: + LineAnnotation() { + } + virtual ~LineAnnotation(); + virtual void InsertLine(int line); + virtual void RemoveLine(int line); + + bool AnySet() const; + bool MultipleStyles(int line) const; + int Style(int line); + const char *Text(int line) const; + const unsigned char *Styles(int line) const; + void SetText(int line, const char *text); + void ClearAll(); + void SetStyle(int line, int style); + void SetStyles(int line, const unsigned char *styles); + int Length(int line) const; + int Lines(int line) const; +}; + +#ifdef SCI_NAMESPACE +} +#endif + +#endif diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/Platform.h b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/Platform.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..9c93b22bcc --- /dev/null +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/Platform.h @@ -0,0 +1,573 @@ +// Scintilla source code edit control +/** @file Platform.h + ** Interface to platform facilities. Also includes some basic utilities. + ** Implemented in PlatGTK.cxx for GTK+/Linux, PlatWin.cxx for Windows, and PlatWX.cxx for wxWindows. + **/ +// Copyright 1998-2003 by Neil Hodgson +// The License.txt file describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed. + +#ifndef PLATFORM_H +#define PLATFORM_H + +// PLAT_QT is Qt on any supported platform +// PLAT_GTK = GTK+ on Linux or Win32 +// PLAT_GTK_WIN32 is defined additionally when running PLAT_GTK under Win32 +// PLAT_WIN = Win32 API on Win32 OS +// PLAT_WX is wxWindows on any supported platform + +#define PLAT_QT 0 +#define PLAT_GTK 0 +#define PLAT_GTK_WIN32 0 +#define PLAT_MACOSX 0 +#define PLAT_WIN 0 +#define PLAT_WX 0 +#define PLAT_FOX 0 + +#if defined(FOX) +#undef PLAT_FOX +#define PLAT_FOX 1 + +#elif defined(QT) +#undef PLAT_QT +#define PLAT_QT 1 +// This is needed to work around an HP-UX bug with Qt4. +#include + +#elif defined(__WX__) +#undef PLAT_WX +#define PLAT_WX 1 + +#elif defined(GTK) +#undef PLAT_GTK +#define PLAT_GTK 1 + +#if defined(__WIN32__) || defined(_MSC_VER) +#undef PLAT_GTK_WIN32 +#define PLAT_GTK_WIN32 1 +#endif + +#elif defined(MACOSX) +#undef PLAT_MACOSX +#define PLAT_MACOSX 1 + +#else +#undef PLAT_WIN +#define PLAT_WIN 1 + +#endif + +#ifdef SCI_NAMESPACE +namespace Scintilla { +#endif + +// Underlying the implementation of the platform classes are platform specific types. +// Sometimes these need to be passed around by client code so they are defined here + +typedef void *FontID; +typedef void *SurfaceID; +typedef void *WindowID; +typedef void *MenuID; +typedef void *TickerID; +typedef void *Function; +typedef void *IdlerID; + +/** + * A geometric point class. + * Point is exactly the same as the Win32 POINT and GTK+ GdkPoint so can be used interchangeably. + */ +class Point { +public: + int x; + int y; + + explicit Point(int x_=0, int y_=0) : x(x_), y(y_) { + } + + // Other automatically defined methods (assignment, copy constructor, destructor) are fine + + static Point FromLong(long lpoint); +}; + +/** + * A geometric rectangle class. + * PRectangle is exactly the same as the Win32 RECT so can be used interchangeably. + * PRectangles contain their top and left sides, but not their right and bottom sides. + */ +class PRectangle { +public: + int left; + int top; + int right; + int bottom; + + PRectangle(int left_=0, int top_=0, int right_=0, int bottom_ = 0) : + left(left_), top(top_), right(right_), bottom(bottom_) { + } + + // Other automatically defined methods (assignment, copy constructor, destructor) are fine + + bool operator==(PRectangle &rc) { + return (rc.left == left) && (rc.right == right) && + (rc.top == top) && (rc.bottom == bottom); + } + bool Contains(Point pt) { + return (pt.x >= left) && (pt.x <= right) && + (pt.y >= top) && (pt.y <= bottom); + } + bool Contains(PRectangle rc) { + return (rc.left >= left) && (rc.right <= right) && + (rc.top >= top) && (rc.bottom <= bottom); + } + bool Intersects(PRectangle other) { + return (right > other.left) && (left < other.right) && + (bottom > other.top) && (top < other.bottom); + } + void Move(int xDelta, int yDelta) { + left += xDelta; + top += yDelta; + right += xDelta; + bottom += yDelta; + } + int Width() { return right - left; } + int Height() { return bottom - top; } + bool Empty() { + return (Height() <= 0) || (Width() <= 0); + } +}; + +/** + * In some circumstances, including Win32 in paletted mode and GTK+, each colour + * must be allocated before use. The desired colours are held in the ColourDesired class, + * and after allocation the allocation entry is stored in the ColourAllocated class. In other + * circumstances, such as Win32 in true colour mode, the allocation process just copies + * the RGB values from the desired to the allocated class. + * As each desired colour requires allocation before it can be used, the ColourPair class + * holds both a ColourDesired and a ColourAllocated + * The Palette class is responsible for managing the palette of colours which contains a + * list of ColourPair objects and performs the allocation. + */ + +/** + * Holds a desired RGB colour. + */ +class ColourDesired { + long co; +public: + ColourDesired(long lcol=0) { + co = lcol; + } + + ColourDesired(unsigned int red, unsigned int green, unsigned int blue) { + Set(red, green, blue); + } + + bool operator==(const ColourDesired &other) const { + return co == other.co; + } + + void Set(long lcol) { + co = lcol; + } + + void Set(unsigned int red, unsigned int green, unsigned int blue) { + co = red | (green << 8) | (blue << 16); + } + + static inline unsigned int ValueOfHex(const char ch) { + if (ch >= '0' && ch <= '9') + return ch - '0'; + else if (ch >= 'A' && ch <= 'F') + return ch - 'A' + 10; + else if (ch >= 'a' && ch <= 'f') + return ch - 'a' + 10; + else + return 0; + } + + void Set(const char *val) { + if (*val == '#') { + val++; + } + unsigned int r = ValueOfHex(val[0]) * 16 + ValueOfHex(val[1]); + unsigned int g = ValueOfHex(val[2]) * 16 + ValueOfHex(val[3]); + unsigned int b = ValueOfHex(val[4]) * 16 + ValueOfHex(val[5]); + Set(r, g, b); + } + + long AsLong() const { + return co; + } + + unsigned int GetRed() { + return co & 0xff; + } + + unsigned int GetGreen() { + return (co >> 8) & 0xff; + } + + unsigned int GetBlue() { + return (co >> 16) & 0xff; + } +}; + +/** + * Holds an allocated RGB colour which may be an approximation to the desired colour. + */ +class ColourAllocated { + long coAllocated; + +public: + + ColourAllocated(long lcol=0) { + coAllocated = lcol; + } + + void Set(long lcol) { + coAllocated = lcol; + } + + long AsLong() const { + return coAllocated; + } +}; + +/** + * Colour pairs hold a desired colour and an allocated colour. + */ +struct ColourPair { + ColourDesired desired; + ColourAllocated allocated; + + ColourPair(ColourDesired desired_=ColourDesired(0,0,0)) { + desired = desired_; + allocated.Set(desired.AsLong()); + } + void Copy() { + allocated.Set(desired.AsLong()); + } +}; + +class Window; // Forward declaration for Palette + +/** + * Colour palette management. + */ +class Palette { + int used; + int size; + ColourPair *entries; +#if PLAT_GTK + void *allocatedPalette; // GdkColor * + int allocatedLen; +#endif + // Private so Palette objects can not be copied + Palette(const Palette &) {} + Palette &operator=(const Palette &) { return *this; } +public: +#if PLAT_WIN + void *hpal; +#endif + bool allowRealization; + + Palette(); + ~Palette(); + + void Release(); + + /** + * This method either adds a colour to the list of wanted colours (want==true) + * or retrieves the allocated colour back to the ColourPair. + * This is one method to make it easier to keep the code for wanting and retrieving in sync. + */ + void WantFind(ColourPair &cp, bool want); + + void Allocate(Window &w); +}; + +/** + * Font management. + */ +class Font { +protected: + FontID id; +#if PLAT_WX + int ascent; +#endif + // Private so Font objects can not be copied + Font(const Font &) {} + Font &operator=(const Font &) { id=0; return *this; } +public: + Font(); + virtual ~Font(); + + virtual void Create(const char *faceName, int characterSet, int size, + bool bold, bool italic, bool extraFontFlag=false); + virtual void Release(); + + FontID GetID() { return id; } + // Alias another font - caller guarantees not to Release + void SetID(FontID id_) { id = id_; } + friend class Surface; + friend class SurfaceImpl; +}; + +/** + * A surface abstracts a place to draw. + */ +#if defined(PLAT_QT) +class XPM; +class QPainter; +#endif + +class Surface { +private: + // Private so Surface objects can not be copied + Surface(const Surface &) {} + Surface &operator=(const Surface &) { return *this; } +public: + Surface() {}; + virtual ~Surface() {}; + static Surface *Allocate(); + + virtual void Init(WindowID wid)=0; + virtual void Init(SurfaceID sid, WindowID wid)=0; + virtual void InitPixMap(int width, int height, Surface *surface_, WindowID wid)=0; + + virtual void Release()=0; + virtual bool Initialised()=0; + virtual void PenColour(ColourAllocated fore)=0; + virtual int LogPixelsY()=0; + virtual int DeviceHeightFont(int points)=0; + virtual void MoveTo(int x_, int y_)=0; + virtual void LineTo(int x_, int y_)=0; + virtual void Polygon(Point *pts, int npts, ColourAllocated fore, ColourAllocated back)=0; + virtual void RectangleDraw(PRectangle rc, ColourAllocated fore, ColourAllocated back)=0; + virtual void FillRectangle(PRectangle rc, ColourAllocated back)=0; + virtual void FillRectangle(PRectangle rc, Surface &surfacePattern)=0; + virtual void RoundedRectangle(PRectangle rc, ColourAllocated fore, ColourAllocated back)=0; + virtual void AlphaRectangle(PRectangle rc, int cornerSize, ColourAllocated fill, int alphaFill, + ColourAllocated outline, int alphaOutline, int flags)=0; + virtual void Ellipse(PRectangle rc, ColourAllocated fore, ColourAllocated back)=0; + virtual void Copy(PRectangle rc, Point from, Surface &surfaceSource)=0; + + virtual void DrawTextNoClip(PRectangle rc, Font &font_, int ybase, const char *s, int len, ColourAllocated fore, ColourAllocated back)=0; + virtual void DrawTextClipped(PRectangle rc, Font &font_, int ybase, const char *s, int len, ColourAllocated fore, ColourAllocated back)=0; + virtual void DrawTextTransparent(PRectangle rc, Font &font_, int ybase, const char *s, int len, ColourAllocated fore)=0; + virtual void MeasureWidths(Font &font_, const char *s, int len, int *positions)=0; + virtual int WidthText(Font &font_, const char *s, int len)=0; + virtual int WidthChar(Font &font_, char ch)=0; + virtual int Ascent(Font &font_)=0; + virtual int Descent(Font &font_)=0; + virtual int InternalLeading(Font &font_)=0; + virtual int ExternalLeading(Font &font_)=0; + virtual int Height(Font &font_)=0; + virtual int AverageCharWidth(Font &font_)=0; + + virtual int SetPalette(Palette *pal, bool inBackGround)=0; + virtual void SetClip(PRectangle rc)=0; + virtual void FlushCachedState()=0; + + virtual void SetUnicodeMode(bool unicodeMode_)=0; + virtual void SetDBCSMode(int codePage)=0; + +#if defined(PLAT_QT) + virtual void Init(QPainter *p)=0; + virtual void DrawXPM(PRectangle rc, const XPM *xpm)=0; +#endif +}; + +/** + * A simple callback action passing one piece of untyped user data. + */ +typedef void (*CallBackAction)(void*); + +/** + * Class to hide the details of window manipulation. + * Does not own the window which will normally have a longer life than this object. + */ +class Window { +protected: + WindowID id; +#if PLAT_MACOSX + void *windowRef; + void *control; +#endif +public: + Window() : id(0), cursorLast(cursorInvalid) { +#if PLAT_MACOSX + windowRef = 0; + control = 0; +#endif + } + Window(const Window &source) : id(source.id), cursorLast(cursorInvalid) { +#if PLAT_MACOSX + windowRef = 0; + control = 0; +#endif + } + virtual ~Window(); + Window &operator=(WindowID id_) { + id = id_; + return *this; + } + WindowID GetID() const { return id; } + bool Created() const { return id != 0; } + void Destroy(); + bool HasFocus(); + PRectangle GetPosition(); + void SetPosition(PRectangle rc); + void SetPositionRelative(PRectangle rc, Window relativeTo); + PRectangle GetClientPosition(); + void Show(bool show=true); + void InvalidateAll(); + void InvalidateRectangle(PRectangle rc); + virtual void SetFont(Font &font); + enum Cursor { cursorInvalid, cursorText, cursorArrow, cursorUp, cursorWait, cursorHoriz, cursorVert, cursorReverseArrow, cursorHand }; + void SetCursor(Cursor curs); + void SetTitle(const char *s); + PRectangle GetMonitorRect(Point pt); +#if PLAT_MACOSX + void SetWindow(void *ref) { windowRef = ref; }; + void SetControl(void *_control) { control = _control; }; +#endif +private: + Cursor cursorLast; +}; + +/** + * Listbox management. + */ + +class ListBox : public Window { +public: + ListBox(); + virtual ~ListBox(); + static ListBox *Allocate(); + + virtual void SetFont(Font &font)=0; + virtual void Create(Window &parent, int ctrlID, Point location, int lineHeight_, bool unicodeMode_)=0; + virtual void SetAverageCharWidth(int width)=0; + virtual void SetVisibleRows(int rows)=0; + virtual int GetVisibleRows() const=0; + virtual PRectangle GetDesiredRect()=0; + virtual int CaretFromEdge()=0; + virtual void Clear()=0; + virtual void Append(char *s, int type = -1)=0; + virtual int Length()=0; + virtual void Select(int n)=0; + virtual int GetSelection()=0; + virtual int Find(const char *prefix)=0; + virtual void GetValue(int n, char *value, int len)=0; + virtual void RegisterImage(int type, const char *xpm_data)=0; + virtual void ClearRegisteredImages()=0; + virtual void SetDoubleClickAction(CallBackAction, void *)=0; + virtual void SetList(const char* list, char separator, char typesep)=0; +}; + +/** + * Menu management. + */ +class Menu { + MenuID id; +public: + Menu(); + MenuID GetID() { return id; } + void CreatePopUp(); + void Destroy(); + void Show(Point pt, Window &w); +}; + +class ElapsedTime { + long bigBit; + long littleBit; +public: + ElapsedTime(); + double Duration(bool reset=false); +}; + +/** + * Dynamic Library (DLL/SO/...) loading + */ +class DynamicLibrary { +public: + virtual ~DynamicLibrary() {}; + + /// @return Pointer to function "name", or NULL on failure. + virtual Function FindFunction(const char *name) = 0; + + /// @return true if the library was loaded successfully. + virtual bool IsValid() = 0; + + /// @return An instance of a DynamicLibrary subclass with "modulePath" loaded. + static DynamicLibrary *Load(const char *modulePath); +}; + +/** + * Platform class used to retrieve system wide parameters such as double click speed + * and chrome colour. Not a creatable object, more of a module with several functions. + */ +class Platform { + // Private so Platform objects can not be copied + Platform(const Platform &) {} + Platform &operator=(const Platform &) { return *this; } +public: + // Should be private because no new Platforms are ever created + // but gcc warns about this + Platform() {} + ~Platform() {} + static ColourDesired Chrome(); + static ColourDesired ChromeHighlight(); + static const char *DefaultFont(); + static int DefaultFontSize(); + static unsigned int DoubleClickTime(); + static bool MouseButtonBounce(); + static void DebugDisplay(const char *s); + static bool IsKeyDown(int key); + static long SendScintilla( + WindowID w, unsigned int msg, unsigned long wParam=0, long lParam=0); + static long SendScintillaPointer( + WindowID w, unsigned int msg, unsigned long wParam=0, void *lParam=0); + static bool IsDBCSLeadByte(int codePage, char ch); + static int DBCSCharLength(int codePage, const char *s); + static int DBCSCharMaxLength(); + + // These are utility functions not really tied to a platform + static int Minimum(int a, int b); + static int Maximum(int a, int b); + // Next three assume 16 bit shorts and 32 bit longs + static long LongFromTwoShorts(short a,short b) { + return (a) | ((b) << 16); + } + static short HighShortFromLong(long x) { + return static_cast(x >> 16); + } + static short LowShortFromLong(long x) { + return static_cast(x & 0xffff); + } + static void DebugPrintf(const char *format, ...); + static bool ShowAssertionPopUps(bool assertionPopUps_); + static void Assert(const char *c, const char *file, int line); + static int Clamp(int val, int minVal, int maxVal); +}; + +#ifdef QT_NO_DEBUG +#define PLATFORM_ASSERT(c) ((void)0) +#else +#ifdef SCI_NAMESPACE +#define PLATFORM_ASSERT(c) ((c) ? (void)(0) : Scintilla::Platform::Assert(#c, __FILE__, __LINE__)) +#else +#define PLATFORM_ASSERT(c) ((c) ? (void)(0) : Platform::Assert(#c, __FILE__, __LINE__)) +#endif +#endif + +#ifdef SCI_NAMESPACE +} +#endif + +// Shut up annoying Visual C++ warnings: +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#pragma warning(disable: 4244 4309 4514 4710) +#endif + +#endif diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/PositionCache.cpp b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/PositionCache.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e83d6f4eb2 --- /dev/null +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/PositionCache.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,635 @@ +// Scintilla source code edit control +/** @file PositionCache.cxx + ** Classes for caching layout information. + **/ +// Copyright 1998-2007 by Neil Hodgson +// The License.txt file describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed. + +#include +#include +#include +#include + +#include "Platform.h" + +#include "Scintilla.h" + +#include "SplitVector.h" +#include "Partitioning.h" +#include "RunStyles.h" +#include "ContractionState.h" +#include "CellBuffer.h" +#include "KeyMap.h" +#include "Indicator.h" +#include "XPM.h" +#include "LineMarker.h" +#include "Style.h" +#include "ViewStyle.h" +#include "CharClassify.h" +#include "Decoration.h" +#include "Document.h" +#include "PositionCache.h" + +#ifdef SCI_NAMESPACE +using namespace Scintilla; +#endif + +static inline bool IsControlCharacter(int ch) { + // iscntrl returns true for lots of chars > 127 which are displayable + return ch >= 0 && ch < ' '; +} + +LineLayout::LineLayout(int maxLineLength_) : + lineStarts(0), + lenLineStarts(0), + lineNumber(-1), + inCache(false), + maxLineLength(-1), + numCharsInLine(0), + validity(llInvalid), + xHighlightGuide(0), + highlightColumn(0), + selStart(0), + selEnd(0), + containsCaret(false), + edgeColumn(0), + chars(0), + styles(0), + styleBitsSet(0), + indicators(0), + positions(0), + hsStart(0), + hsEnd(0), + widthLine(wrapWidthInfinite), + lines(1) { + Resize(maxLineLength_); +} + +LineLayout::~LineLayout() { + Free(); +} + +void LineLayout::Resize(int maxLineLength_) { + if (maxLineLength_ > maxLineLength) { + Free(); + chars = new char[maxLineLength_ + 1]; + styles = new unsigned char[maxLineLength_ + 1]; + indicators = new char[maxLineLength_ + 1]; + // Extra position allocated as sometimes the Windows + // GetTextExtentExPoint API writes an extra element. + positions = new int[maxLineLength_ + 1 + 1]; + maxLineLength = maxLineLength_; + } +} + +void LineLayout::Free() { + delete []chars; + chars = 0; + delete []styles; + styles = 0; + delete []indicators; + indicators = 0; + delete []positions; + positions = 0; + delete []lineStarts; + lineStarts = 0; +} + +void LineLayout::Invalidate(validLevel validity_) { + if (validity > validity_) + validity = validity_; +} + +int LineLayout::LineStart(int line) const { + if (line <= 0) { + return 0; + } else if ((line >= lines) || !lineStarts) { + return numCharsInLine; + } else { + return lineStarts[line]; + } +} + +int LineLayout::LineLastVisible(int line) const { + if (line < 0) { + return 0; + } else if ((line >= lines-1) || !lineStarts) { + int startLine = LineStart(line); + int endLine = numCharsInLine; + while ((endLine > startLine) && IsEOLChar(chars[endLine-1])) { + endLine--; + } + return endLine; + } else { + return lineStarts[line+1]; + } +} + +bool LineLayout::InLine(int offset, int line) const { + return ((offset >= LineStart(line)) && (offset < LineStart(line + 1))) || + ((offset == numCharsInLine) && (line == (lines-1))); +} + +void LineLayout::SetLineStart(int line, int start) { + if ((line >= lenLineStarts) && (line != 0)) { + int newMaxLines = line + 20; + int *newLineStarts = new int[newMaxLines]; + if (!newLineStarts) + return; + for (int i = 0; i < newMaxLines; i++) { + if (i < lenLineStarts) + newLineStarts[i] = lineStarts[i]; + else + newLineStarts[i] = 0; + } + delete []lineStarts; + lineStarts = newLineStarts; + lenLineStarts = newMaxLines; + } + lineStarts[line] = start; +} + +void LineLayout::SetBracesHighlight(Range rangeLine, Position braces[], + char bracesMatchStyle, int xHighlight) { + if (rangeLine.ContainsCharacter(braces[0])) { + int braceOffset = braces[0] - rangeLine.start; + if (braceOffset < numCharsInLine) { + bracePreviousStyles[0] = styles[braceOffset]; + styles[braceOffset] = bracesMatchStyle; + } + } + if (rangeLine.ContainsCharacter(braces[1])) { + int braceOffset = braces[1] - rangeLine.start; + if (braceOffset < numCharsInLine) { + bracePreviousStyles[1] = styles[braceOffset]; + styles[braceOffset] = bracesMatchStyle; + } + } + if ((braces[0] >= rangeLine.start && braces[1] <= rangeLine.end) || + (braces[1] >= rangeLine.start && braces[0] <= rangeLine.end)) { + xHighlightGuide = xHighlight; + } +} + +void LineLayout::RestoreBracesHighlight(Range rangeLine, Position braces[]) { + if (rangeLine.ContainsCharacter(braces[0])) { + int braceOffset = braces[0] - rangeLine.start; + if (braceOffset < numCharsInLine) { + styles[braceOffset] = bracePreviousStyles[0]; + } + } + if (rangeLine.ContainsCharacter(braces[1])) { + int braceOffset = braces[1] - rangeLine.start; + if (braceOffset < numCharsInLine) { + styles[braceOffset] = bracePreviousStyles[1]; + } + } + xHighlightGuide = 0; +} + +int LineLayout::FindBefore(int x, int lower, int upper) const { + do { + int middle = (upper + lower + 1) / 2; // Round high + int posMiddle = positions[middle]; + if (x < posMiddle) { + upper = middle - 1; + } else { + lower = middle; + } + } while (lower < upper); + return lower; +} + +LineLayoutCache::LineLayoutCache() : + level(0), length(0), size(0), cache(0), + allInvalidated(false), styleClock(-1), useCount(0) { + Allocate(0); +} + +LineLayoutCache::~LineLayoutCache() { + Deallocate(); +} + +void LineLayoutCache::Allocate(int length_) { + PLATFORM_ASSERT(cache == NULL); + allInvalidated = false; + length = length_; + size = length; + if (size > 1) { + size = (size / 16 + 1) * 16; + } + if (size > 0) { + cache = new LineLayout * [size]; + } + for (int i = 0; i < size; i++) + cache[i] = 0; +} + +void LineLayoutCache::AllocateForLevel(int linesOnScreen, int linesInDoc) { + PLATFORM_ASSERT(useCount == 0); + int lengthForLevel = 0; + if (level == llcCaret) { + lengthForLevel = 1; + } else if (level == llcPage) { + lengthForLevel = linesOnScreen + 1; + } else if (level == llcDocument) { + lengthForLevel = linesInDoc; + } + if (lengthForLevel > size) { + Deallocate(); + Allocate(lengthForLevel); + } else { + if (lengthForLevel < length) { + for (int i = lengthForLevel; i < length; i++) { + delete cache[i]; + cache[i] = 0; + } + } + length = lengthForLevel; + } + PLATFORM_ASSERT(length == lengthForLevel); + PLATFORM_ASSERT(cache != NULL || length == 0); +} + +void LineLayoutCache::Deallocate() { + PLATFORM_ASSERT(useCount == 0); + for (int i = 0; i < length; i++) + delete cache[i]; + delete []cache; + cache = 0; + length = 0; + size = 0; +} + +void LineLayoutCache::Invalidate(LineLayout::validLevel validity_) { + if (cache && !allInvalidated) { + for (int i = 0; i < length; i++) { + if (cache[i]) { + cache[i]->Invalidate(validity_); + } + } + if (validity_ == LineLayout::llInvalid) { + allInvalidated = true; + } + } +} + +void LineLayoutCache::SetLevel(int level_) { + allInvalidated = false; + if ((level_ != -1) && (level != level_)) { + level = level_; + Deallocate(); + } +} + +LineLayout *LineLayoutCache::Retrieve(int lineNumber, int lineCaret, int maxChars, int styleClock_, + int linesOnScreen, int linesInDoc) { + AllocateForLevel(linesOnScreen, linesInDoc); + if (styleClock != styleClock_) { + Invalidate(LineLayout::llCheckTextAndStyle); + styleClock = styleClock_; + } + allInvalidated = false; + int pos = -1; + LineLayout *ret = 0; + if (level == llcCaret) { + pos = 0; + } else if (level == llcPage) { + if (lineNumber == lineCaret) { + pos = 0; + } else if (length > 1) { + pos = 1 + (lineNumber % (length - 1)); + } + } else if (level == llcDocument) { + pos = lineNumber; + } + if (pos >= 0) { + PLATFORM_ASSERT(useCount == 0); + if (cache && (pos < length)) { + if (cache[pos]) { + if ((cache[pos]->lineNumber != lineNumber) || + (cache[pos]->maxLineLength < maxChars)) { + delete cache[pos]; + cache[pos] = 0; + } + } + if (!cache[pos]) { + cache[pos] = new LineLayout(maxChars); + } + if (cache[pos]) { + cache[pos]->lineNumber = lineNumber; + cache[pos]->inCache = true; + ret = cache[pos]; + useCount++; + } + } + } + + if (!ret) { + ret = new LineLayout(maxChars); + ret->lineNumber = lineNumber; + } + + return ret; +} + +void LineLayoutCache::Dispose(LineLayout *ll) { + allInvalidated = false; + if (ll) { + if (!ll->inCache) { + delete ll; + } else { + useCount--; + } + } +} + +void BreakFinder::Insert(int val) { + // Expand if needed + if (saeLen >= saeSize) { + saeSize *= 2; + int *selAndEdgeNew = new int[saeSize]; + for (unsigned int j = 0; j= nextBreak) { + for (unsigned int j = 0; jj; k--) { + selAndEdge[k] = selAndEdge[k-1]; + } + saeLen++; + selAndEdge[j] = val; + return; + } + } + // Not less than any so append + selAndEdge[saeLen++] = val; + } +} + +extern bool BadUTF(const char *s, int len, int &trailBytes); + +static int NextBadU(const char *s, int p, int len, int &trailBytes) { + while (p < len) { + p++; + if (BadUTF(s + p, len - p, trailBytes)) + return p; + } + return -1; +} + +BreakFinder::BreakFinder(LineLayout *ll_, int lineStart_, int lineEnd_, int posLineStart_, bool utf8_, int xStart) : + ll(ll_), + lineStart(lineStart_), + lineEnd(lineEnd_), + posLineStart(posLineStart_), + utf8(utf8_), + nextBreak(lineStart_), + saeSize(0), + saeLen(0), + saeCurrentPos(0), + saeNext(0), + subBreak(-1) { + saeSize = 8; + selAndEdge = new int[saeSize]; + for (unsigned int j=0; j < saeSize; j++) { + selAndEdge[j] = 0; + } + + // Search for first visible break + // First find the first visible character + nextBreak = ll->FindBefore(xStart, lineStart, lineEnd); + // Now back to a style break + while ((nextBreak > lineStart) && (ll->styles[nextBreak] == ll->styles[nextBreak - 1])) { + nextBreak--; + } + + if (ll->selStart != ll->selEnd) { + Insert(ll->selStart - posLineStart - 1); + Insert(ll->selEnd - posLineStart - 1); + } + + Insert(ll->edgeColumn - 1); + Insert(lineEnd - 1); + + if (utf8) { + int trailBytes=0; + for (int pos = -1;;) { + pos = NextBadU(ll->chars, pos, lineEnd, trailBytes); + if (pos < 0) + break; + Insert(pos-1); + Insert(pos); + } + } + saeNext = (saeLen > 0) ? selAndEdge[0] : -1; +} + +BreakFinder::~BreakFinder() { + delete []selAndEdge; +} + +int BreakFinder::First() { + return nextBreak; +} + +int BreakFinder::Next() { + if (subBreak == -1) { + int prev = nextBreak; + while (nextBreak < lineEnd) { + if ((ll->styles[nextBreak] != ll->styles[nextBreak + 1]) || + (nextBreak == saeNext) || + IsControlCharacter(ll->chars[nextBreak]) || IsControlCharacter(ll->chars[nextBreak + 1])) { + if (nextBreak == saeNext) { + saeCurrentPos++; + saeNext = (saeLen > saeCurrentPos) ? selAndEdge[saeCurrentPos] : -1; + } + nextBreak++; + if ((nextBreak - prev) < lengthStartSubdivision) { + return nextBreak; + } + break; + } + nextBreak++; + } + if ((nextBreak - prev) < lengthStartSubdivision) { + return nextBreak; + } + subBreak = prev; + } + // Splitting up a long run from prev to nextBreak in lots of approximately lengthEachSubdivision. + // For very long runs add extra breaks after spaces or if no spaces before low punctuation. + if ((nextBreak - subBreak) <= lengthEachSubdivision) { + subBreak = -1; + return nextBreak; + } else { + int lastGoodBreak = -1; + int lastOKBreak = -1; + int j; + for (j = subBreak + 1; j <= nextBreak; j++) { + if (IsSpaceOrTab(ll->chars[j - 1]) && !IsSpaceOrTab(ll->chars[j])) { + lastGoodBreak = j; + } + if (ll->chars[j] < 'A') { + lastOKBreak = j; + } + if (((j - subBreak) >= lengthEachSubdivision) && ((lastGoodBreak >= 0) || (lastOKBreak >= 0))) { + break; + } + } + if (lastGoodBreak >= 0) { + subBreak = lastGoodBreak; + } else if (lastOKBreak >= 0) { + subBreak = lastOKBreak; + } else { + subBreak = nextBreak; + } + if (subBreak >= nextBreak) { + subBreak = -1; + return nextBreak; + } else { + return subBreak; + } + } +} + +PositionCacheEntry::PositionCacheEntry() : + styleNumber(0), len(0), clock(0), positions(0) { +} + +void PositionCacheEntry::Set(unsigned int styleNumber_, const char *s_, + unsigned int len_, int *positions_, unsigned int clock_) { + Clear(); + styleNumber = styleNumber_; + len = len_; + clock = clock_; + if (s_ && positions_) { + positions = new short[len + (len + 1) / 2]; + for (unsigned int i=0;i(positions_[i]); + } + memcpy(reinterpret_cast(positions + len), s_, len); + } +} + +PositionCacheEntry::~PositionCacheEntry() { + Clear(); +} + +void PositionCacheEntry::Clear() { + delete []positions; + positions = 0; + styleNumber = 0; + len = 0; + clock = 0; +} + +bool PositionCacheEntry::Retrieve(unsigned int styleNumber_, const char *s_, + unsigned int len_, int *positions_) const { + if ((styleNumber == styleNumber_) && (len == len_) && + (memcmp(reinterpret_cast(positions + len), s_, len)== 0)) { + for (unsigned int i=0;i other.clock; +} + +void PositionCacheEntry::ResetClock() { + if (clock > 0) { + clock = 1; + } +} + +PositionCache::PositionCache() { + size = 0x400; + clock = 1; + pces = new PositionCacheEntry[size]; + allClear = true; +} + +PositionCache::~PositionCache() { + Clear(); + delete []pces; +} + +void PositionCache::Clear() { + if (!allClear) { + for (size_t i=0;i 0) && (len < 30)) { + // Only store short strings in the cache so it doesn't churn with + // long comments with only a single comment. + + // Two way associative: try two probe positions. + int hashValue = PositionCacheEntry::Hash(styleNumber, s, len); + probe = hashValue % size; + if (pces[probe].Retrieve(styleNumber, s, len, positions)) { + return; + } + int probe2 = (hashValue * 37) % size; + if (pces[probe2].Retrieve(styleNumber, s, len, positions)) { + return; + } + // Not found. Choose the oldest of the two slots to replace + if (pces[probe].NewerThan(pces[probe2])) { + probe = probe2; + } + } + surface->MeasureWidths(vstyle.styles[styleNumber].font, s, len, positions); + if (probe >= 0) { + clock++; + if (clock > 60000) { + // Since there are only 16 bits for the clock, wrap it round and + // reset all cache entries so none get stuck with a high clock. + for (size_t i=0;i +// The License.txt file describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed. + +#ifndef POSITIONCACHE_H +#define POSITIONCACHE_H + +#ifdef SCI_NAMESPACE +namespace Scintilla { +#endif + +static inline bool IsEOLChar(char ch) { + return (ch == '\r') || (ch == '\n'); +} + +/** + */ +class LineLayout { +private: + friend class LineLayoutCache; + int *lineStarts; + int lenLineStarts; + /// Drawing is only performed for @a maxLineLength characters on each line. + int lineNumber; + bool inCache; +public: + enum { wrapWidthInfinite = 0x7ffffff }; + int maxLineLength; + int numCharsInLine; + enum validLevel { llInvalid, llCheckTextAndStyle, llPositions, llLines } validity; + int xHighlightGuide; + bool highlightColumn; + int selStart; + int selEnd; + bool containsCaret; + int edgeColumn; + char *chars; + unsigned char *styles; + int styleBitsSet; + char *indicators; + int *positions; + char bracePreviousStyles[2]; + + // Hotspot support + int hsStart; + int hsEnd; + + // Wrapped line support + int widthLine; + int lines; + + LineLayout(int maxLineLength_); + virtual ~LineLayout(); + void Resize(int maxLineLength_); + void Free(); + void Invalidate(validLevel validity_); + int LineStart(int line) const; + int LineLastVisible(int line) const; + bool InLine(int offset, int line) const; + void SetLineStart(int line, int start); + void SetBracesHighlight(Range rangeLine, Position braces[], + char bracesMatchStyle, int xHighlight); + void RestoreBracesHighlight(Range rangeLine, Position braces[]); + int FindBefore(int x, int lower, int upper) const; +}; + +/** + */ +class LineLayoutCache { + int level; + int length; + int size; + LineLayout **cache; + bool allInvalidated; + int styleClock; + int useCount; + void Allocate(int length_); + void AllocateForLevel(int linesOnScreen, int linesInDoc); +public: + LineLayoutCache(); + virtual ~LineLayoutCache(); + void Deallocate(); + enum { + llcNone=SC_CACHE_NONE, + llcCaret=SC_CACHE_CARET, + llcPage=SC_CACHE_PAGE, + llcDocument=SC_CACHE_DOCUMENT + }; + void Invalidate(LineLayout::validLevel validity_); + void SetLevel(int level_); + int GetLevel() { return level; } + LineLayout *Retrieve(int lineNumber, int lineCaret, int maxChars, int styleClock_, + int linesOnScreen, int linesInDoc); + void Dispose(LineLayout *ll); +}; + +class PositionCacheEntry { + unsigned int styleNumber:8; + unsigned int len:8; + unsigned int clock:16; + short *positions; +public: + PositionCacheEntry(); + ~PositionCacheEntry(); + void Set(unsigned int styleNumber_, const char *s_, unsigned int len_, int *positions_, unsigned int clock); + void Clear(); + bool Retrieve(unsigned int styleNumber_, const char *s_, unsigned int len_, int *positions_) const; + static int Hash(unsigned int styleNumber, const char *s, unsigned int len); + bool NewerThan(const PositionCacheEntry &other); + void ResetClock(); +}; + +// Class to break a line of text into shorter runs at sensible places. +class BreakFinder { + // If a whole run is longer than lengthStartSubdivision then subdivide + // into smaller runs at spaces or punctuation. + enum { lengthStartSubdivision = 300 }; + // Try to make each subdivided run lengthEachSubdivision or shorter. + enum { lengthEachSubdivision = 100 }; + LineLayout *ll; + int lineStart; + int lineEnd; + int posLineStart; + bool utf8; + int nextBreak; + int *selAndEdge; + unsigned int saeSize; + unsigned int saeLen; + unsigned int saeCurrentPos; + int saeNext; + int subBreak; + void Insert(int val); +public: + BreakFinder(LineLayout *ll_, int lineStart_, int lineEnd_, int posLineStart_, bool utf8_, int xStart); + ~BreakFinder(); + int First(); + int Next(); +}; + +class PositionCache { + PositionCacheEntry *pces; + size_t size; + unsigned int clock; + bool allClear; +public: + PositionCache(); + ~PositionCache(); + void Clear(); + void SetSize(size_t size_); + int GetSize() { return size; } + void MeasureWidths(Surface *surface, ViewStyle &vstyle, unsigned int styleNumber, + const char *s, unsigned int len, int *positions); +}; + +inline bool IsSpaceOrTab(int ch) { + return ch == ' ' || ch == '\t'; +} + +#ifdef SCI_NAMESPACE +} +#endif + +#endif diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/PropSet.cpp b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/PropSet.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..daaeb0a85d --- /dev/null +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/PropSet.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,755 @@ +// SciTE - Scintilla based Text Editor +/** @file PropSet.cxx + ** A Java style properties file module. + **/ +// Copyright 1998-2003 by Neil Hodgson +// The License.txt file describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed. + +// Maintain a dictionary of properties + +#include +#include +#include + +#include "Platform.h" + +#include "PropSet.h" + +#ifdef SCI_NAMESPACE +using namespace Scintilla; +#endif + +// The comparison and case changing functions here assume ASCII +// or extended ASCII such as the normal Windows code page. + +static inline char MakeUpperCase(char ch) { + if (ch < 'a' || ch > 'z') + return ch; + else + return static_cast(ch - 'a' + 'A'); +} + +static inline bool IsLetter(char ch) { + return ((ch >= 'a' && ch <= 'z') || (ch >= 'A' && ch <= 'Z')); +} + +inline bool IsASpace(unsigned int ch) { + return (ch == ' ') || ((ch >= 0x09) && (ch <= 0x0d)); +} + +int CompareCaseInsensitive(const char *a, const char *b) { + while (*a && *b) { + if (*a != *b) { + char upperA = MakeUpperCase(*a); + char upperB = MakeUpperCase(*b); + if (upperA != upperB) + return upperA - upperB; + } + a++; + b++; + } + // Either *a or *b is nul + return *a - *b; +} + +int CompareNCaseInsensitive(const char *a, const char *b, size_t len) { + while (*a && *b && len) { + if (*a != *b) { + char upperA = MakeUpperCase(*a); + char upperB = MakeUpperCase(*b); + if (upperA != upperB) + return upperA - upperB; + } + a++; + b++; + len--; + } + if (len == 0) + return 0; + else + // Either *a or *b is nul + return *a - *b; +} + +bool EqualCaseInsensitive(const char *a, const char *b) { + return 0 == CompareCaseInsensitive(a, b); +} + +// Since the CaseInsensitive functions declared in SString +// are implemented here, I will for now put the non-inline +// implementations of the SString members here as well, so +// that I can quickly see what effect this has. + +SString::SString(int i) : sizeGrowth(sizeGrowthDefault) { + char number[32]; + sprintf(number, "%0d", i); + s = StringAllocate(number); + sSize = sLen = (s) ? strlen(s) : 0; +} + +SString::SString(double d, int precision) : sizeGrowth(sizeGrowthDefault) { + char number[32]; + sprintf(number, "%.*f", precision, d); + s = StringAllocate(number); + sSize = sLen = (s) ? strlen(s) : 0; +} + +bool SString::grow(lenpos_t lenNew) { + while (sizeGrowth * 6 < lenNew) { + sizeGrowth *= 2; + } + char *sNew = new char[lenNew + sizeGrowth + 1]; + if (sNew) { + if (s) { + memcpy(sNew, s, sLen); + delete []s; + } + s = sNew; + s[sLen] = '\0'; + sSize = lenNew + sizeGrowth; + } + return sNew != 0; +} + +SString &SString::assign(const char *sOther, lenpos_t sSize_) { + if (!sOther) { + sSize_ = 0; + } else if (sSize_ == measure_length) { + sSize_ = strlen(sOther); + } + if (sSize > 0 && sSize_ <= sSize) { // Does not allocate new buffer if the current is big enough + if (s && sSize_) { + memcpy(s, sOther, sSize_); + } + s[sSize_] = '\0'; + sLen = sSize_; + } else { + delete []s; + s = StringAllocate(sOther, sSize_); + if (s) { + sSize = sSize_; // Allow buffer bigger than real string, thus providing space to grow + sLen = sSize_; + } else { + sSize = sLen = 0; + } + } + return *this; +} + +bool SString::operator==(const SString &sOther) const { + if ((s == 0) && (sOther.s == 0)) + return true; + if ((s == 0) || (sOther.s == 0)) + return false; + return strcmp(s, sOther.s) == 0; +} + +bool SString::operator==(const char *sOther) const { + if ((s == 0) && (sOther == 0)) + return true; + if ((s == 0) || (sOther == 0)) + return false; + return strcmp(s, sOther) == 0; +} + +SString SString::substr(lenpos_t subPos, lenpos_t subLen) const { + if (subPos >= sLen) { + return SString(); // return a null string if start index is out of bounds + } + if ((subLen == measure_length) || (subPos + subLen > sLen)) { + subLen = sLen - subPos; // can't substr past end of source string + } + return SString(s, subPos, subPos + subLen); +} + +SString &SString::lowercase(lenpos_t subPos, lenpos_t subLen) { + if ((subLen == measure_length) || (subPos + subLen > sLen)) { + subLen = sLen - subPos; // don't apply past end of string + } + for (lenpos_t i = subPos; i < subPos + subLen; i++) { + if (s[i] < 'A' || s[i] > 'Z') + continue; + else + s[i] = static_cast(s[i] - 'A' + 'a'); + } + return *this; +} + +SString &SString::uppercase(lenpos_t subPos, lenpos_t subLen) { + if ((subLen == measure_length) || (subPos + subLen > sLen)) { + subLen = sLen - subPos; // don't apply past end of string + } + for (lenpos_t i = subPos; i < subPos + subLen; i++) { + if (s[i] < 'a' || s[i] > 'z') + continue; + else + s[i] = static_cast(s[i] - 'a' + 'A'); + } + return *this; +} + +SString &SString::append(const char *sOther, lenpos_t sLenOther, char sep) { + if (!sOther) { + return *this; + } + if (sLenOther == measure_length) { + sLenOther = strlen(sOther); + } + int lenSep = 0; + if (sLen && sep) { // Only add a separator if not empty + lenSep = 1; + } + lenpos_t lenNew = sLen + sLenOther + lenSep; + // Conservative about growing the buffer: don't do it, unless really needed + if ((lenNew < sSize) || (grow(lenNew))) { + if (lenSep) { + s[sLen] = sep; + sLen++; + } + memcpy(&s[sLen], sOther, sLenOther); + sLen += sLenOther; + s[sLen] = '\0'; + } + return *this; +} + +SString &SString::insert(lenpos_t pos, const char *sOther, lenpos_t sLenOther) { + if (!sOther || pos > sLen) { + return *this; + } + if (sLenOther == measure_length) { + sLenOther = strlen(sOther); + } + lenpos_t lenNew = sLen + sLenOther; + // Conservative about growing the buffer: don't do it, unless really needed + if ((lenNew < sSize) || grow(lenNew)) { + lenpos_t moveChars = sLen - pos + 1; + for (lenpos_t i = moveChars; i > 0; i--) { + s[pos + sLenOther + i - 1] = s[pos + i - 1]; + } + memcpy(s + pos, sOther, sLenOther); + sLen = lenNew; + } + return *this; +} + +/** + * Remove @a len characters from the @a pos position, included. + * Characters at pos + len and beyond replace characters at pos. + * If @a len is 0, or greater than the length of the string + * starting at @a pos, the string is just truncated at @a pos. + */ +void SString::remove(lenpos_t pos, lenpos_t len) { + if (pos >= sLen) { + return; + } + if (len < 1 || pos + len >= sLen) { + s[pos] = '\0'; + sLen = pos; + } else { + for (lenpos_t i = pos; i < sLen - len + 1; i++) { + s[i] = s[i+len]; + } + sLen -= len; + } +} + +bool SString::startswith(const char *prefix) { + lenpos_t lenPrefix = strlen(prefix); + if (lenPrefix > sLen) { + return false; + } + return strncmp(s, prefix, lenPrefix) == 0; +} + +bool SString::endswith(const char *suffix) { + lenpos_t lenSuffix = strlen(suffix); + if (lenSuffix > sLen) { + return false; + } + return strncmp(s + sLen - lenSuffix, suffix, lenSuffix) == 0; +} + +int SString::search(const char *sFind, lenpos_t start) const { + if (start < sLen) { + const char *sFound = strstr(s + start, sFind); + if (sFound) { + return sFound - s; + } + } + return -1; +} + +int SString::substitute(char chFind, char chReplace) { + int c = 0; + char *t = s; + while (t) { + t = strchr(t, chFind); + if (t) { + *t = chReplace; + t++; + c++; + } + } + return c; +} + +int SString::substitute(const char *sFind, const char *sReplace) { + int c = 0; + lenpos_t lenFind = strlen(sFind); + lenpos_t lenReplace = strlen(sReplace); + int posFound = search(sFind); + while (posFound >= 0) { + remove(posFound, lenFind); + insert(posFound, sReplace, lenReplace); + posFound = search(sFind, posFound + lenReplace); + c++; + } + return c; +} + +char *SContainer::StringAllocate(lenpos_t len) { + if (len != measure_length) { + return new char[len + 1]; + } else { + return 0; + } +} + +char *SContainer::StringAllocate(const char *s, lenpos_t len) { + if (s == 0) { + return 0; + } + if (len == measure_length) { + len = strlen(s); + } + char *sNew = new char[len + 1]; + if (sNew) { + memcpy(sNew, s, len); + sNew[len] = '\0'; + } + return sNew; +} + +// End SString functions + +PropSet::PropSet() { + superPS = 0; + for (int root = 0; root < hashRoots; root++) + props[root] = 0; +} + +PropSet::~PropSet() { + superPS = 0; + Clear(); +} + +void PropSet::Set(const char *key, const char *val, int lenKey, int lenVal) { + if (!*key) // Empty keys are not supported + return; + if (lenKey == -1) + lenKey = static_cast(strlen(key)); + if (lenVal == -1) + lenVal = static_cast(strlen(val)); + unsigned int hash = HashString(key, lenKey); + for (Property *p = props[hash % hashRoots]; p; p = p->next) { + if ((hash == p->hash) && + ((strlen(p->key) == static_cast(lenKey)) && + (0 == strncmp(p->key, key, lenKey)))) { + // Replace current value + delete [](p->val); + p->val = StringDup(val, lenVal); + return; + } + } + // Not found + Property *pNew = new Property; + if (pNew) { + pNew->hash = hash; + pNew->key = StringDup(key, lenKey); + pNew->val = StringDup(val, lenVal); + pNew->next = props[hash % hashRoots]; + props[hash % hashRoots] = pNew; + } +} + +void PropSet::Set(const char *keyVal) { + while (IsASpace(*keyVal)) + keyVal++; + const char *endVal = keyVal; + while (*endVal && (*endVal != '\n')) + endVal++; + const char *eqAt = strchr(keyVal, '='); + if (eqAt) { + Set(keyVal, eqAt + 1, eqAt-keyVal, endVal - eqAt - 1); + } else if (*keyVal) { // No '=' so assume '=1' + Set(keyVal, "1", endVal-keyVal, 1); + } +} + +void PropSet::Unset(const char *key, int lenKey) { + if (!*key) // Empty keys are not supported + return; + if (lenKey == -1) + lenKey = static_cast(strlen(key)); + unsigned int hash = HashString(key, lenKey); + Property *pPrev = NULL; + for (Property *p = props[hash % hashRoots]; p; p = p->next) { + if ((hash == p->hash) && + ((strlen(p->key) == static_cast(lenKey)) && + (0 == strncmp(p->key, key, lenKey)))) { + if (pPrev) + pPrev->next = p->next; + else + props[hash % hashRoots] = p->next; + if (p == enumnext) + enumnext = p->next; // Not that anyone should mix enum and Set / Unset. + delete [](p->key); + delete [](p->val); + delete p; + return; + } else { + pPrev = p; + } + } +} + +void PropSet::SetMultiple(const char *s) { + const char *eol = strchr(s, '\n'); + while (eol) { + Set(s); + s = eol + 1; + eol = strchr(s, '\n'); + } + Set(s); +} + +SString PropSet::Get(const char *key) const { + unsigned int hash = HashString(key, strlen(key)); + for (Property *p = props[hash % hashRoots]; p; p = p->next) { + if ((hash == p->hash) && (0 == strcmp(p->key, key))) { + return p->val; + } + } + if (superPS) { + // Failed here, so try in base property set + return superPS->Get(key); + } else { + return ""; + } +} + +// There is some inconsistency between GetExpanded("foo") and Expand("$(foo)"). +// A solution is to keep a stack of variables that have been expanded, so that +// recursive expansions can be skipped. For now I'll just use the C++ stack +// for that, through a recursive function and a simple chain of pointers. + +struct VarChain { + VarChain(const char*var_=NULL, const VarChain *link_=NULL): var(var_), link(link_) {} + + bool contains(const char *testVar) const { + return (var && (0 == strcmp(var, testVar))) + || (link && link->contains(testVar)); + } + + const char *var; + const VarChain *link; +}; + +static int ExpandAllInPlace(const PropSet &props, SString &withVars, int maxExpands, const VarChain &blankVars = VarChain()) { + int varStart = withVars.search("$("); + while ((varStart >= 0) && (maxExpands > 0)) { + int varEnd = withVars.search(")", varStart+2); + if (varEnd < 0) { + break; + } + + // For consistency, when we see '$(ab$(cde))', expand the inner variable first, + // regardless whether there is actually a degenerate variable named 'ab$(cde'. + int innerVarStart = withVars.search("$(", varStart+2); + while ((innerVarStart > varStart) && (innerVarStart < varEnd)) { + varStart = innerVarStart; + innerVarStart = withVars.search("$(", varStart+2); + } + + SString var(withVars.c_str(), varStart + 2, varEnd); + SString val = props.Get(var.c_str()); + + if (blankVars.contains(var.c_str())) { + val.clear(); // treat blankVar as an empty string (e.g. to block self-reference) + } + + if (--maxExpands >= 0) { + maxExpands = ExpandAllInPlace(props, val, maxExpands, VarChain(var.c_str(), &blankVars)); + } + + withVars.remove(varStart, varEnd-varStart+1); + withVars.insert(varStart, val.c_str(), val.length()); + + varStart = withVars.search("$("); + } + + return maxExpands; +} + +SString PropSet::GetExpanded(const char *key) const { + SString val = Get(key); + ExpandAllInPlace(*this, val, 100, VarChain(key)); + return val; +} + +SString PropSet::Expand(const char *withVars, int maxExpands) const { + SString val = withVars; + ExpandAllInPlace(*this, val, maxExpands); + return val; +} + +int PropSet::GetInt(const char *key, int defaultValue) const { + SString val = GetExpanded(key); + if (val.length()) + return val.value(); + return defaultValue; +} + +bool isprefix(const char *target, const char *prefix) { + while (*target && *prefix) { + if (*target != *prefix) + return false; + target++; + prefix++; + } + if (*prefix) + return false; + else + return true; +} + +void PropSet::Clear() { + for (int root = 0; root < hashRoots; root++) { + Property *p = props[root]; + while (p) { + Property *pNext = p->next; + p->hash = 0; + delete []p->key; + p->key = 0; + delete []p->val; + p->val = 0; + delete p; + p = pNext; + } + props[root] = 0; + } +} + +char *PropSet::ToString() const { + size_t len=0; + for (int r = 0; r < hashRoots; r++) { + for (Property *p = props[r]; p; p = p->next) { + len += strlen(p->key) + 1; + len += strlen(p->val) + 1; + } + } + if (len == 0) + len = 1; // Return as empty string + char *ret = new char [len]; + if (ret) { + char *w = ret; + for (int root = 0; root < hashRoots; root++) { + for (Property *p = props[root]; p; p = p->next) { + strcpy(w, p->key); + w += strlen(p->key); + *w++ = '='; + strcpy(w, p->val); + w += strlen(p->val); + *w++ = '\n'; + } + } + ret[len-1] = '\0'; + } + return ret; +} + +/** + * Creates an array that points into each word in the string and puts \0 terminators + * after each word. + */ +static char **ArrayFromWordList(char *wordlist, int *len, bool onlyLineEnds = false) { + int prev = '\n'; + int words = 0; + // For rapid determination of whether a character is a separator, build + // a look up table. + bool wordSeparator[256]; + for (int i=0;i<256; i++) { + wordSeparator[i] = false; + } + wordSeparator[(int) '\r'] = true; + wordSeparator[(int) '\n'] = true; + if (!onlyLineEnds) { + wordSeparator[(int) ' '] = true; + wordSeparator[(int) '\t'] = true; + } + for (int j = 0; wordlist[j]; j++) { + int curr = static_cast(wordlist[j]); + if (!wordSeparator[curr] && wordSeparator[prev]) + words++; + prev = curr; + } + char **keywords = new char *[words + 1]; + if (keywords) { + words = 0; + prev = '\0'; + size_t slen = strlen(wordlist); + for (size_t k = 0; k < slen; k++) { + if (!wordSeparator[static_cast(wordlist[k])]) { + if (!prev) { + keywords[words] = &wordlist[k]; + words++; + } + } else { + wordlist[k] = '\0'; + } + prev = wordlist[k]; + } + keywords[words] = &wordlist[slen]; + *len = words; + } else { + *len = 0; + } + return keywords; +} + +void WordList::Clear() { + if (words) { + delete []list; + delete []words; + } + words = 0; + list = 0; + len = 0; + sorted = false; +} + +void WordList::Set(const char *s) { + list = StringDup(s); + sorted = false; + words = ArrayFromWordList(list, &len, onlyLineEnds); +} + +extern "C" int cmpString(const void *a1, const void *a2) { + // Can't work out the correct incantation to use modern casts here + return strcmp(*(char**)(a1), *(char**)(a2)); +} + +static void SortWordList(char **words, unsigned int len) { + qsort(reinterpret_cast(words), len, sizeof(*words), + cmpString); +} + +bool WordList::InList(const char *s) { + if (0 == words) + return false; + if (!sorted) { + sorted = true; + SortWordList(words, len); + for (unsigned int k = 0; k < (sizeof(starts) / sizeof(starts[0])); k++) + starts[k] = -1; + for (int l = len - 1; l >= 0; l--) { + unsigned char indexChar = words[l][0]; + starts[indexChar] = l; + } + } + unsigned char firstChar = s[0]; + int j = starts[firstChar]; + if (j >= 0) { + while ((unsigned char)words[j][0] == firstChar) { + if (s[1] == words[j][1]) { + const char *a = words[j] + 1; + const char *b = s + 1; + while (*a && *a == *b) { + a++; + b++; + } + if (!*a && !*b) + return true; + } + j++; + } + } + j = starts[(int) '^']; + if (j >= 0) { + while (words[j][0] == '^') { + const char *a = words[j] + 1; + const char *b = s; + while (*a && *a == *b) { + a++; + b++; + } + if (!*a) + return true; + j++; + } + } + return false; +} + +/** similar to InList, but word s can be a substring of keyword. + * eg. the keyword define is defined as def~ine. This means the word must start + * with def to be a keyword, but also defi, defin and define are valid. + * The marker is ~ in this case. + */ +bool WordList::InListAbbreviated(const char *s, const char marker) { + if (0 == words) + return false; + if (!sorted) { + sorted = true; + SortWordList(words, len); + for (unsigned int k = 0; k < (sizeof(starts) / sizeof(starts[0])); k++) + starts[k] = -1; + for (int l = len - 1; l >= 0; l--) { + unsigned char indexChar = words[l][0]; + starts[indexChar] = l; + } + } + unsigned char firstChar = s[0]; + int j = starts[firstChar]; + if (j >= 0) { + while (words[j][0] == firstChar) { + bool isSubword = false; + int start = 1; + if (words[j][1] == marker) { + isSubword = true; + start++; + } + if (s[1] == words[j][start]) { + const char *a = words[j] + start; + const char *b = s + 1; + while (*a && *a == *b) { + a++; + if (*a == marker) { + isSubword = true; + a++; + } + b++; + } + if ((!*a || isSubword) && !*b) + return true; + } + j++; + } + } + j = starts[(int) '^']; + if (j >= 0) { + while (words[j][0] == '^') { + const char *a = words[j] + 1; + const char *b = s; + while (*a && *a == *b) { + a++; + b++; + } + if (!*a) + return true; + j++; + } + } + return false; +} diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/PropSet.h b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/PropSet.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..91bc7072ba --- /dev/null +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/PropSet.h @@ -0,0 +1,104 @@ +// Scintilla source code edit control +/** @file PropSet.h + ** A Java style properties file module. + **/ +// Copyright 1998-2002 by Neil Hodgson +// The License.txt file describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed. + +#ifndef PROPSET_H +#define PROPSET_H +#include "SString.h" + +bool EqualCaseInsensitive(const char *a, const char *b); + +bool isprefix(const char *target, const char *prefix); + +#ifdef SCI_NAMESPACE +namespace Scintilla { +#endif + +struct Property { + unsigned int hash; + char *key; + char *val; + Property *next; + Property() : hash(0), key(0), val(0), next(0) {} +}; + +/** + */ +class PropSet { +protected: + enum { hashRoots=31 }; + Property *props[hashRoots]; + Property *enumnext; + int enumhash; + static unsigned int HashString(const char *s, size_t len) { + unsigned int ret = 0; + while (len--) { + ret <<= 4; + ret ^= *s; + s++; + } + return ret; + } + +public: + PropSet *superPS; + PropSet(); + ~PropSet(); + void Set(const char *key, const char *val, int lenKey=-1, int lenVal=-1); + void Set(const char *keyVal); + void Unset(const char *key, int lenKey=-1); + void SetMultiple(const char *s); + SString Get(const char *key) const; + SString GetExpanded(const char *key) const; + SString Expand(const char *withVars, int maxExpands=100) const; + int GetInt(const char *key, int defaultValue=0) const; + void Clear(); + char *ToString() const; // Caller must delete[] the return value + +private: + // copy-value semantics not implemented + PropSet(const PropSet ©); + void operator=(const PropSet &assign); +}; + +/** + */ +class WordList { +public: + // Each word contains at least one character - a empty word acts as sentinel at the end. + char **words; + char *list; + int len; + bool onlyLineEnds; ///< Delimited by any white space or only line ends + bool sorted; + int starts[256]; + WordList(bool onlyLineEnds_ = false) : + words(0), list(0), len(0), onlyLineEnds(onlyLineEnds_), + sorted(false) + {} + ~WordList() { Clear(); } + operator bool() { return len ? true : false; } + void Clear(); + void Set(const char *s); + bool InList(const char *s); + bool InListAbbreviated(const char *s, const char marker); +}; + +inline bool IsAlphabetic(unsigned int ch) { + return ((ch >= 'A') && (ch <= 'Z')) || ((ch >= 'a') && (ch <= 'z')); +} + +#ifdef SCI_NAMESPACE +} +#endif + +#ifdef _MSC_VER +// Visual C++ doesn't like the private copy idiom for disabling +// the default copy constructor and operator=, but it's fine. +#pragma warning(disable: 4511 4512) +#endif + +#endif diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/RESearch.cpp b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/RESearch.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..44f1de91c1 --- /dev/null +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/RESearch.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,983 @@ +// Scintilla source code edit control +/** @file RESearch.cxx + ** Regular expression search library. + **/ + +/* + * regex - Regular expression pattern matching and replacement + * + * By: Ozan S. Yigit (oz) + * Dept. of Computer Science + * York University + * + * Original code available from http://www.cs.yorku.ca/~oz/ + * Translation to C++ by Neil Hodgson neilh@scintilla.org + * Removed all use of register. + * Converted to modern function prototypes. + * Put all global/static variables into an object so this code can be + * used from multiple threads, etc. + * Some extensions by Philippe Lhoste PhiLho(a)GMX.net + * + * These routines are the PUBLIC DOMAIN equivalents of regex + * routines as found in 4.nBSD UN*X, with minor extensions. + * + * These routines are derived from various implementations found + * in software tools books, and Conroy's grep. They are NOT derived + * from licensed/restricted software. + * For more interesting/academic/complicated implementations, + * see Henry Spencer's regexp routines, or GNU Emacs pattern + * matching module. + * + * Modification history removed. + * + * Interfaces: + * RESearch::Compile: compile a regular expression into a NFA. + * + * const char *RESearch::Compile(const char *pattern, int length, + * bool caseSensitive, bool posix) + * + * Returns a short error string if they fail. + * + * RESearch::Execute: execute the NFA to match a pattern. + * + * int RESearch::Execute(characterIndexer &ci, int lp, int endp) + * + * RESearch::Substitute: substitute the matched portions in a new string. + * + * int RESearch::Substitute(CharacterIndexer &ci, char *src, char *dst) + * + * re_fail: failure routine for RESearch::Execute. (no longer used) + * + * void re_fail(char *msg, char op) + * + * Regular Expressions: + * + * [1] char matches itself, unless it is a special + * character (metachar): . \ [ ] * + ^ $ + * and ( ) if posix option. + * + * [2] . matches any character. + * + * [3] \ matches the character following it, except: + * - \a, \b, \f, \n, \r, \t, \v match the corresponding C + * escape char, respectively BEL, BS, FF, LF, CR, TAB and VT; + * Note that \r and \n are never matched because Scintilla + * regex searches are made line per line + * (stripped of end-of-line chars). + * - if not in posix mode, when followed by a + * left or right round bracket (see [7]); + * - when followed by a digit 1 to 9 (see [8]); + * - when followed by a left or right angle bracket + * (see [9]); + * - when followed by d, D, s, S, w or W (see [10]); + * - when followed by x and two hexa digits (see [11]. + * Backslash is used as an escape character for all + * other meta-characters, and itself. + * + * [4] [set] matches one of the characters in the set. + * If the first character in the set is "^", + * it matches the characters NOT in the set, i.e. + * complements the set. A shorthand S-E (start dash end) + * is used to specify a set of characters S up to + * E, inclusive. S and E must be characters, otherwise + * the dash is taken literally (eg. in expression [\d-a]). + * The special characters "]" and "-" have no special + * meaning if they appear as the first chars in the set. + * To include both, put - first: [-]A-Z] + * (or just backslash them). + * examples: match: + * + * [-]|] matches these 3 chars, + * + * []-|] matches from ] to | chars + * + * [a-z] any lowercase alpha + * + * [^-]] any char except - and ] + * + * [^A-Z] any char except uppercase + * alpha + * + * [a-zA-Z] any alpha + * + * [5] * any regular expression form [1] to [4] + * (except [7], [8] and [9] forms of [3]), + * followed by closure char (*) + * matches zero or more matches of that form. + * + * [6] + same as [5], except it matches one or more. + * Both [5] and [6] are greedy (they match as much as possible). + * + * [7] a regular expression in the form [1] to [12], enclosed + * as \(form\) (or (form) with posix flag) matches what + * form matches. The enclosure creates a set of tags, + * used for [8] and for pattern substitution. + * The tagged forms are numbered starting from 1. + * + * [8] a \ followed by a digit 1 to 9 matches whatever a + * previously tagged regular expression ([7]) matched. + * + * [9] \< a regular expression starting with a \< construct + * \> and/or ending with a \> construct, restricts the + * pattern matching to the beginning of a word, and/or + * the end of a word. A word is defined to be a character + * string beginning and/or ending with the characters + * A-Z a-z 0-9 and _. Scintilla extends this definition + * by user setting. The word must also be preceded and/or + * followed by any character outside those mentioned. + * + * [10] \l a backslash followed by d, D, s, S, w or W, + * becomes a character class (both inside and + * outside sets []). + * d: decimal digits + * D: any char except decimal digits + * s: whitespace (space, \t \n \r \f \v) + * S: any char except whitespace (see above) + * w: alphanumeric & underscore (changed by user setting) + * W: any char except alphanumeric & underscore (see above) + * + * [11] \xHH a backslash followed by x and two hexa digits, + * becomes the character whose Ascii code is equal + * to these digits. If not followed by two digits, + * it is 'x' char itself. + * + * [12] a composite regular expression xy where x and y + * are in the form [1] to [11] matches the longest + * match of x followed by a match for y. + * + * [13] ^ a regular expression starting with a ^ character + * $ and/or ending with a $ character, restricts the + * pattern matching to the beginning of the line, + * or the end of line. [anchors] Elsewhere in the + * pattern, ^ and $ are treated as ordinary characters. + * + * + * Acknowledgements: + * + * HCR's Hugh Redelmeier has been most helpful in various + * stages of development. He convinced me to include BOW + * and EOW constructs, originally invented by Rob Pike at + * the University of Toronto. + * + * References: + * Software tools Kernighan & Plauger + * Software tools in Pascal Kernighan & Plauger + * Grep [rsx-11 C dist] David Conroy + * ed - text editor Un*x Programmer's Manual + * Advanced editing on Un*x B. W. Kernighan + * RegExp routines Henry Spencer + * + * Notes: + * + * This implementation uses a bit-set representation for character + * classes for speed and compactness. Each character is represented + * by one bit in a 256-bit block. Thus, CCL always takes a + * constant 32 bytes in the internal nfa, and RESearch::Execute does a single + * bit comparison to locate the character in the set. + * + * Examples: + * + * pattern: foo*.* + * compile: CHR f CHR o CLO CHR o END CLO ANY END END + * matches: fo foo fooo foobar fobar foxx ... + * + * pattern: fo[ob]a[rz] + * compile: CHR f CHR o CCL bitset CHR a CCL bitset END + * matches: fobar fooar fobaz fooaz + * + * pattern: foo\\+ + * compile: CHR f CHR o CHR o CHR \ CLO CHR \ END END + * matches: foo\ foo\\ foo\\\ ... + * + * pattern: \(foo\)[1-3]\1 (same as foo[1-3]foo) + * compile: BOT 1 CHR f CHR o CHR o EOT 1 CCL bitset REF 1 END + * matches: foo1foo foo2foo foo3foo + * + * pattern: \(fo.*\)-\1 + * compile: BOT 1 CHR f CHR o CLO ANY END EOT 1 CHR - REF 1 END + * matches: foo-foo fo-fo fob-fob foobar-foobar ... + */ + +#include "CharClassify.h" +#include "RESearch.h" + +// Shut up annoying Visual C++ warnings: +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#pragma warning(disable: 4514) +#endif + +#ifdef SCI_NAMESPACE +using namespace Scintilla; +#endif + +#define OKP 1 +#define NOP 0 + +#define CHR 1 +#define ANY 2 +#define CCL 3 +#define BOL 4 +#define EOL 5 +#define BOT 6 +#define EOT 7 +#define BOW 8 +#define EOW 9 +#define REF 10 +#define CLO 11 + +#define END 0 + +/* + * The following defines are not meant to be changeable. + * They are for readability only. + */ +#define BLKIND 0370 +#define BITIND 07 + +const char bitarr[] = { 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, '\200' }; + +#define badpat(x) (*nfa = END, x) + +/* + * Character classification table for word boundary operators BOW + * and EOW is passed in by the creator of this object (Scintilla + * Document). The Document default state is that word chars are: + * 0-9, a-z, A-Z and _ + */ + +RESearch::RESearch(CharClassify *charClassTable) { + charClass = charClassTable; + Init(); +} + +RESearch::~RESearch() { + Clear(); +} + +void RESearch::Init() { + sta = NOP; /* status of lastpat */ + bol = 0; + for (int i = 0; i < MAXTAG; i++) + pat[i] = 0; + for (int j = 0; j < BITBLK; j++) + bittab[j] = 0; +} + +void RESearch::Clear() { + for (int i = 0; i < MAXTAG; i++) { + delete []pat[i]; + pat[i] = 0; + bopat[i] = NOTFOUND; + eopat[i] = NOTFOUND; + } +} + +bool RESearch::GrabMatches(CharacterIndexer &ci) { + bool success = true; + for (unsigned int i = 0; i < MAXTAG; i++) { + if ((bopat[i] != NOTFOUND) && (eopat[i] != NOTFOUND)) { + unsigned int len = eopat[i] - bopat[i]; + pat[i] = new char[len + 1]; + if (pat[i]) { + for (unsigned int j = 0; j < len; j++) + pat[i][j] = ci.CharAt(bopat[i] + j); + pat[i][len] = '\0'; + } else { + success = false; + } + } + } + return success; +} + +void RESearch::ChSet(unsigned char c) { + bittab[((c) & BLKIND) >> 3] |= bitarr[(c) & BITIND]; +} + +void RESearch::ChSetWithCase(unsigned char c, bool caseSensitive) { + if (caseSensitive) { + ChSet(c); + } else { + if ((c >= 'a') && (c <= 'z')) { + ChSet(c); + ChSet(static_cast(c - 'a' + 'A')); + } else if ((c >= 'A') && (c <= 'Z')) { + ChSet(c); + ChSet(static_cast(c - 'A' + 'a')); + } else { + ChSet(c); + } + } +} + +const unsigned char escapeValue(unsigned char ch) { + switch (ch) { + case 'a': return '\a'; + case 'b': return '\b'; + case 'f': return '\f'; + case 'n': return '\n'; + case 'r': return '\r'; + case 't': return '\t'; + case 'v': return '\v'; + } + return 0; +} + +static int GetHexaChar(unsigned char hd1, unsigned char hd2) { + int hexValue = 0; + if (hd1 >= '0' && hd1 <= '9') { + hexValue += 16 * (hd1 - '0'); + } else if (hd1 >= 'A' && hd1 <= 'F') { + hexValue += 16 * (hd1 - 'A' + 10); + } else if (hd1 >= 'a' && hd1 <= 'f') { + hexValue += 16 * (hd1 - 'a' + 10); + } else + return -1; + if (hd2 >= '0' && hd2 <= '9') { + hexValue += hd2 - '0'; + } else if (hd2 >= 'A' && hd2 <= 'F') { + hexValue += hd2 - 'A' + 10; + } else if (hd2 >= 'a' && hd2 <= 'f') { + hexValue += hd2 - 'a' + 10; + } else + return -1; + return hexValue; +} + +/** + * Called when the parser finds a backslash not followed + * by a valid expression (like \( in non-Posix mode). + * @param pattern: pointer on the char after the backslash. + * @param incr: (out) number of chars to skip after expression evaluation. + * @return the char if it resolves to a simple char, + * or -1 for a char class. In this case, bittab is changed. + */ +int RESearch::GetBackslashExpression( + const char *pattern, + int &incr) { + // Since error reporting is primitive and messages are not used anyway, + // I choose to interpret unexpected syntax in a logical way instead + // of reporting errors. Otherwise, we can stick on, eg., PCRE behavior. + incr = 0; // Most of the time, will skip the char "naturally". + int c; + int result = -1; + unsigned char bsc = *pattern; + if (!bsc) { + // Avoid overrun + result = '\\'; // \ at end of pattern, take it literally + return result; + } + + switch (bsc) { + case 'a': + case 'b': + case 'n': + case 'f': + case 'r': + case 't': + case 'v': + result = escapeValue(bsc); + break; + case 'x': { + unsigned char hd1 = *(pattern + 1); + unsigned char hd2 = *(pattern + 2); + int hexValue = GetHexaChar(hd1, hd2); + if (hexValue >= 0) { + result = hexValue; + incr = 2; // Must skip the digits + } else { + result = 'x'; // \x without 2 digits: see it as 'x' + } + } + break; + case 'd': + for (c = '0'; c <= '9'; c++) { + ChSet(static_cast(c)); + } + break; + case 'D': + for (c = 0; c < MAXCHR; c++) { + if (c < '0' || c > '9') { + ChSet(static_cast(c)); + } + } + break; + case 's': + ChSet(' '); + ChSet('\t'); + ChSet('\n'); + ChSet('\r'); + ChSet('\f'); + ChSet('\v'); + break; + case 'S': + for (c = 0; c < MAXCHR; c++) { + if (c != ' ' && !(c >= 0x09 && c <= 0x0D)) { + ChSet(static_cast(c)); + } + } + case 'w': + for (c = 0; c < MAXCHR; c++) { + if (iswordc(static_cast(c))) { + ChSet(static_cast(c)); + } + } + break; + case 'W': + for (c = 0; c < MAXCHR; c++) { + if (!iswordc(static_cast(c))) { + ChSet(static_cast(c)); + } + } + break; + default: + result = bsc; + } + return result; +} + +const char *RESearch::Compile(const char *pattern, int length, bool caseSensitive, bool posix) { + char *mp=nfa; /* nfa pointer */ + char *lp; /* saved pointer */ + char *sp=nfa; /* another one */ + char *mpMax = mp + MAXNFA - BITBLK - 10; + + int tagi = 0; /* tag stack index */ + int tagc = 1; /* actual tag count */ + + int n; + char mask; /* xor mask -CCL/NCL */ + int c1, c2, prevChar; + + if (!pattern || !length) { + if (sta) + return 0; + else + return badpat("No previous regular expression"); + } + sta = NOP; + + const char *p=pattern; /* pattern pointer */ + for (int i=0; i mpMax) + return badpat("Pattern too long"); + lp = mp; + switch (*p) { + + case '.': /* match any char */ + *mp++ = ANY; + break; + + case '^': /* match beginning */ + if (p == pattern) + *mp++ = BOL; + else { + *mp++ = CHR; + *mp++ = *p; + } + break; + + case '$': /* match endofline */ + if (!*(p+1)) + *mp++ = EOL; + else { + *mp++ = CHR; + *mp++ = *p; + } + break; + + case '[': /* match char class */ + *mp++ = CCL; + prevChar = 0; + + i++; + if (*++p == '^') { + mask = '\377'; + i++; + p++; + } else + mask = 0; + + if (*p == '-') { /* real dash */ + i++; + prevChar = *p; + ChSet(*p++); + } + if (*p == ']') { /* real brace */ + i++; + prevChar = *p; + ChSet(*p++); + } + while (*p && *p != ']') { + if (*p == '-') { + if (prevChar < 0) { + // Previous def. was a char class like \d, take dash literally + prevChar = *p; + ChSet(*p); + } else if (*(p+1)) { + if (*(p+1) != ']') { + c1 = prevChar + 1; + i++; + c2 = *++p; + if (c2 == '\\') { + if (!*(p+1)) // End of RE + return badpat("Missing ]"); + else { + i++; + p++; + int incr; + c2 = GetBackslashExpression(p, incr); + i += incr; + p += incr; + if (c2 >= 0) { + // Convention: \c (c is any char) is case sensitive, whatever the option + ChSet(static_cast(c2)); + prevChar = c2; + } else { + // bittab is already changed + prevChar = -1; + } + } + } + if (prevChar < 0) { + // Char after dash is char class like \d, take dash literally + prevChar = '-'; + ChSet('-'); + } else { + // Put all chars between c1 and c2 included in the char set + while (c1 <= c2) { + ChSetWithCase(static_cast(c1++), caseSensitive); + } + } + } else { + // Dash before the ], take it literally + prevChar = *p; + ChSet(*p); + } + } else { + return badpat("Missing ]"); + } + } else if (*p == '\\' && *(p+1)) { + i++; + p++; + int incr; + int c = GetBackslashExpression(p, incr); + i += incr; + p += incr; + if (c >= 0) { + // Convention: \c (c is any char) is case sensitive, whatever the option + ChSet(static_cast(c)); + prevChar = c; + } else { + // bittab is already changed + prevChar = -1; + } + } else { + prevChar = *p; + ChSetWithCase(*p, caseSensitive); + } + i++; + p++; + } + if (!*p) + return badpat("Missing ]"); + + for (n = 0; n < BITBLK; bittab[n++] = 0) + *mp++ = static_cast(mask ^ bittab[n]); + + break; + + case '*': /* match 0 or more... */ + case '+': /* match 1 or more... */ + if (p == pattern) + return badpat("Empty closure"); + lp = sp; /* previous opcode */ + if (*lp == CLO) /* equivalence... */ + break; + switch (*lp) { + + case BOL: + case BOT: + case EOT: + case BOW: + case EOW: + case REF: + return badpat("Illegal closure"); + default: + break; + } + + if (*p == '+') + for (sp = mp; lp < sp; lp++) + *mp++ = *lp; + + *mp++ = END; + *mp++ = END; + sp = mp; + while (--mp > lp) + *mp = mp[-1]; + *mp = CLO; + mp = sp; + break; + + case '\\': /* tags, backrefs... */ + i++; + switch (*++p) { + case '<': + *mp++ = BOW; + break; + case '>': + if (*sp == BOW) + return badpat("Null pattern inside \\<\\>"); + *mp++ = EOW; + break; + case '1': + case '2': + case '3': + case '4': + case '5': + case '6': + case '7': + case '8': + case '9': + n = *p-'0'; + if (tagi > 0 && tagstk[tagi] == n) + return badpat("Cyclical reference"); + if (tagc > n) { + *mp++ = static_cast(REF); + *mp++ = static_cast(n); + } else + return badpat("Undetermined reference"); + break; + default: + if (!posix && *p == '(') { + if (tagc < MAXTAG) { + tagstk[++tagi] = tagc; + *mp++ = BOT; + *mp++ = static_cast(tagc++); + } else + return badpat("Too many \\(\\) pairs"); + } else if (!posix && *p == ')') { + if (*sp == BOT) + return badpat("Null pattern inside \\(\\)"); + if (tagi > 0) { + *mp++ = static_cast(EOT); + *mp++ = static_cast(tagstk[tagi--]); + } else + return badpat("Unmatched \\)"); + } else { + int incr; + int c = GetBackslashExpression(p, incr); + i += incr; + p += incr; + if (c >= 0) { + *mp++ = CHR; + *mp++ = static_cast(c); + } else { + *mp++ = CCL; + mask = 0; + for (n = 0; n < BITBLK; bittab[n++] = 0) + *mp++ = static_cast(mask ^ bittab[n]); + } + } + } + break; + + default : /* an ordinary char */ + if (posix && *p == '(') { + if (tagc < MAXTAG) { + tagstk[++tagi] = tagc; + *mp++ = BOT; + *mp++ = static_cast(tagc++); + } else + return badpat("Too many () pairs"); + } else if (posix && *p == ')') { + if (*sp == BOT) + return badpat("Null pattern inside ()"); + if (tagi > 0) { + *mp++ = static_cast(EOT); + *mp++ = static_cast(tagstk[tagi--]); + } else + return badpat("Unmatched )"); + } else { + unsigned char c = *p; + if (!c) // End of RE + c = '\\'; // We take it as raw backslash + if (caseSensitive || !iswordc(c)) { + *mp++ = CHR; + *mp++ = c; + } else { + *mp++ = CCL; + mask = 0; + ChSetWithCase(c, false); + for (n = 0; n < BITBLK; bittab[n++] = 0) + *mp++ = static_cast(mask ^ bittab[n]); + } + } + break; + } + sp = lp; + } + if (tagi > 0) + return badpat((posix ? "Unmatched (" : "Unmatched \\(")); + *mp = END; + sta = OKP; + return 0; +} + +/* + * RESearch::Execute: + * execute nfa to find a match. + * + * special cases: (nfa[0]) + * BOL + * Match only once, starting from the + * beginning. + * CHR + * First locate the character without + * calling PMatch, and if found, call + * PMatch for the remaining string. + * END + * RESearch::Compile failed, poor luser did not + * check for it. Fail fast. + * + * If a match is found, bopat[0] and eopat[0] are set + * to the beginning and the end of the matched fragment, + * respectively. + * + */ +int RESearch::Execute(CharacterIndexer &ci, int lp, int endp) { + unsigned char c; + int ep = NOTFOUND; + char *ap = nfa; + + bol = lp; + failure = 0; + + Clear(); + + switch (*ap) { + + case BOL: /* anchored: match from BOL only */ + ep = PMatch(ci, lp, endp, ap); + break; + case EOL: /* just searching for end of line normal path doesn't work */ + if (*(ap+1) == END) { + lp = endp; + ep = lp; + break; + } else { + return 0; + } + case CHR: /* ordinary char: locate it fast */ + c = *(ap+1); + while ((lp < endp) && (ci.CharAt(lp) != c)) + lp++; + if (lp >= endp) /* if EOS, fail, else fall thru. */ + return 0; + default: /* regular matching all the way. */ + while (lp < endp) { + ep = PMatch(ci, lp, endp, ap); + if (ep != NOTFOUND) + break; + lp++; + } + break; + case END: /* munged automaton. fail always */ + return 0; + } + if (ep == NOTFOUND) + return 0; + + bopat[0] = lp; + eopat[0] = ep; + return 1; +} + +/* + * PMatch: internal routine for the hard part + * + * This code is partly snarfed from an early grep written by + * David Conroy. The backref and tag stuff, and various other + * innovations are by oz. + * + * special case optimizations: (nfa[n], nfa[n+1]) + * CLO ANY + * We KNOW .* will match everything upto the + * end of line. Thus, directly go to the end of + * line, without recursive PMatch calls. As in + * the other closure cases, the remaining pattern + * must be matched by moving backwards on the + * string recursively, to find a match for xy + * (x is ".*" and y is the remaining pattern) + * where the match satisfies the LONGEST match for + * x followed by a match for y. + * CLO CHR + * We can again scan the string forward for the + * single char and at the point of failure, we + * execute the remaining nfa recursively, same as + * above. + * + * At the end of a successful match, bopat[n] and eopat[n] + * are set to the beginning and end of subpatterns matched + * by tagged expressions (n = 1 to 9). + */ + +extern void re_fail(char *,char); + +#define isinset(x,y) ((x)[((y)&BLKIND)>>3] & bitarr[(y)&BITIND]) + +/* + * skip values for CLO XXX to skip past the closure + */ + +#define ANYSKIP 2 /* [CLO] ANY END */ +#define CHRSKIP 3 /* [CLO] CHR chr END */ +#define CCLSKIP 34 /* [CLO] CCL 32 bytes END */ + +int RESearch::PMatch(CharacterIndexer &ci, int lp, int endp, char *ap) { + int op, c, n; + int e; /* extra pointer for CLO */ + int bp; /* beginning of subpat... */ + int ep; /* ending of subpat... */ + int are; /* to save the line ptr. */ + + while ((op = *ap++) != END) + switch (op) { + + case CHR: + if (ci.CharAt(lp++) != *ap++) + return NOTFOUND; + break; + case ANY: + if (lp++ >= endp) + return NOTFOUND; + break; + case CCL: + if (lp >= endp) + return NOTFOUND; + c = ci.CharAt(lp++); + if (!isinset(ap,c)) + return NOTFOUND; + ap += BITBLK; + break; + case BOL: + if (lp != bol) + return NOTFOUND; + break; + case EOL: + if (lp < endp) + return NOTFOUND; + break; + case BOT: + bopat[(int)*ap++] = lp; + break; + case EOT: + eopat[(int)*ap++] = lp; + break; + case BOW: + if ((lp!=bol && iswordc(ci.CharAt(lp-1))) || !iswordc(ci.CharAt(lp))) + return NOTFOUND; + break; + case EOW: + if (lp==bol || !iswordc(ci.CharAt(lp-1)) || iswordc(ci.CharAt(lp))) + return NOTFOUND; + break; + case REF: + n = *ap++; + bp = bopat[n]; + ep = eopat[n]; + while (bp < ep) + if (ci.CharAt(bp++) != ci.CharAt(lp++)) + return NOTFOUND; + break; + case CLO: + are = lp; + switch (*ap) { + + case ANY: + while (lp < endp) + lp++; + n = ANYSKIP; + break; + case CHR: + c = *(ap+1); + while ((lp < endp) && (c == ci.CharAt(lp))) + lp++; + n = CHRSKIP; + break; + case CCL: + while ((lp < endp) && isinset(ap+1,ci.CharAt(lp))) + lp++; + n = CCLSKIP; + break; + default: + failure = true; + //re_fail("closure: bad nfa.", *ap); + return NOTFOUND; + } + + ap += n; + + while (lp >= are) { + if ((e = PMatch(ci, lp, endp, ap)) != NOTFOUND) + return e; + --lp; + } + return NOTFOUND; + default: + //re_fail("RESearch::Execute: bad nfa.", static_cast(op)); + return NOTFOUND; + } + return lp; +} + +/* + * RESearch::Substitute: + * substitute the matched portions of the src in dst. + * + * & substitute the entire matched pattern. + * + * \digit substitute a subpattern, with the given tag number. + * Tags are numbered from 1 to 9. If the particular + * tagged subpattern does not exist, null is substituted. + */ +int RESearch::Substitute(CharacterIndexer &ci, char *src, char *dst) { + unsigned char c; + int pin; + int bp; + int ep; + + if (!*src || !bopat[0]) + return 0; + + while ((c = *src++) != 0) { + switch (c) { + + case '&': + pin = 0; + break; + + case '\\': + c = *src++; + if (c >= '0' && c <= '9') { + pin = c - '0'; + break; + } + + default: + *dst++ = c; + continue; + } + + if ((bp = bopat[pin]) != 0 && (ep = eopat[pin]) != 0) { + while (ci.CharAt(bp) && bp < ep) + *dst++ = ci.CharAt(bp++); + if (bp < ep) + return 0; + } + } + *dst = '\0'; + return 1; +} + diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/RESearch.h b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/RESearch.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ef8c3e11b2 --- /dev/null +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/RESearch.h @@ -0,0 +1,75 @@ +// Scintilla source code edit control +/** @file RESearch.h + ** Interface to the regular expression search library. + **/ +// Written by Neil Hodgson +// Based on the work of Ozan S. Yigit. +// This file is in the public domain. + +#ifndef RESEARCH_H +#define RESEARCH_H + +#ifdef SCI_NAMESPACE +namespace Scintilla { +#endif + +/* + * The following defines are not meant to be changeable. + * They are for readability only. + */ +#define MAXCHR 256 +#define CHRBIT 8 +#define BITBLK MAXCHR/CHRBIT + +class CharacterIndexer { +public: + virtual char CharAt(int index)=0; + virtual ~CharacterIndexer() { + } +}; + +class RESearch { + +public: + RESearch(CharClassify *charClassTable); + ~RESearch(); + bool GrabMatches(CharacterIndexer &ci); + const char *Compile(const char *pattern, int length, bool caseSensitive, bool posix); + int Execute(CharacterIndexer &ci, int lp, int endp); + int Substitute(CharacterIndexer &ci, char *src, char *dst); + + enum { MAXTAG=10 }; + enum { MAXNFA=2048 }; + enum { NOTFOUND=-1 }; + + int bopat[MAXTAG]; + int eopat[MAXTAG]; + char *pat[MAXTAG]; + +private: + void Init(); + void Clear(); + void ChSet(unsigned char c); + void ChSetWithCase(unsigned char c, bool caseSensitive); + int GetBackslashExpression(const char *pattern, int &incr); + + int PMatch(CharacterIndexer &ci, int lp, int endp, char *ap); + + int bol; + int tagstk[MAXTAG]; /* subpat tag stack */ + char nfa[MAXNFA]; /* automaton */ + int sta; + unsigned char bittab[BITBLK]; /* bit table for CCL pre-set bits */ + int failure; + CharClassify *charClass; + bool iswordc(unsigned char x) { + return charClass->IsWord(x); + } +}; + +#ifdef SCI_NAMESPACE +} +#endif + +#endif + diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/RunStyles.cpp b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/RunStyles.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..04a6e32dc9 --- /dev/null +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/RunStyles.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,216 @@ +/** @file RunStyles.cxx + ** Data structure used to store sparse styles. + **/ +// Copyright 1998-2007 by Neil Hodgson +// The License.txt file describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed. + +#include +#include +#include +#include + +#include "Platform.h" + +#include "Scintilla.h" +#include "SplitVector.h" +#include "Partitioning.h" +#include "RunStyles.h" + +#ifdef SCI_NAMESPACE +using namespace Scintilla; +#endif + +// Find the first run at a position +int RunStyles::RunFromPosition(int position) { + int run = starts->PartitionFromPosition(position); + // Go to first element with this position + while ((run > 0) && (position == starts->PositionFromPartition(run-1))) { + run--; + } + return run; +} + +// If there is no run boundary at position, insert one continuing style. +int RunStyles::SplitRun(int position) { + int run = RunFromPosition(position); + int posRun = starts->PositionFromPartition(run); + if (posRun < position) { + int runStyle = ValueAt(position); + run++; + starts->InsertPartition(run, position); + styles->InsertValue(run, 1, runStyle); + } + return run; +} + +void RunStyles::RemoveRun(int run) { + starts->RemovePartition(run); + styles->DeleteRange(run, 1); +} + +void RunStyles::RemoveRunIfEmpty(int run) { + if ((run < starts->Partitions()) && (starts->Partitions() > 1)) { + if (starts->PositionFromPartition(run) == starts->PositionFromPartition(run+1)) { + RemoveRun(run); + } + } +} + +void RunStyles::RemoveRunIfSameAsPrevious(int run) { + if ((run > 0) && (run < starts->Partitions())) { + if (styles->ValueAt(run-1) == styles->ValueAt(run)) { + RemoveRun(run); + } + } +} + +RunStyles::RunStyles() { + starts = new Partitioning(8); + styles = new SplitVector(); + styles->InsertValue(0, 2, 0); +} + +RunStyles::~RunStyles() { + delete starts; + starts = NULL; + delete styles; + styles = NULL; +} + +int RunStyles::Length() const { + return starts->PositionFromPartition(starts->Partitions()); +} + +int RunStyles::ValueAt(int position) const { + return styles->ValueAt(starts->PartitionFromPosition(position)); +} + +int RunStyles::FindNextChange(int position, int end) { + int run = starts->PartitionFromPosition(position); + if (run < starts->Partitions()) { + int runChange = starts->PositionFromPartition(run); + if (runChange > position) + return runChange; + int nextChange = starts->PositionFromPartition(run + 1); + if (nextChange > position) { + return nextChange; + } else if (position < end) { + return end; + } else { + return end + 1; + } + } else { + return end + 1; + } +} + +int RunStyles::StartRun(int position) { + return starts->PositionFromPartition(starts->PartitionFromPosition(position)); +} + +int RunStyles::EndRun(int position) { + return starts->PositionFromPartition(starts->PartitionFromPosition(position) + 1); +} + +bool RunStyles::FillRange(int &position, int value, int &fillLength) { + int end = position + fillLength; + int runEnd = RunFromPosition(end); + if (styles->ValueAt(runEnd) == value) { + // End already has value so trim range. + end = starts->PositionFromPartition(runEnd); + if (position >= end) { + // Whole range is already same as value so no action + return false; + } + fillLength = end - position; + } else { + runEnd = SplitRun(end); + } + int runStart = RunFromPosition(position); + if (styles->ValueAt(runStart) == value) { + // Start is in expected value so trim range. + runStart++; + position = starts->PositionFromPartition(runStart); + fillLength = end - position; + } else { + if (starts->PositionFromPartition(runStart) < position) { + runStart = SplitRun(position); + runEnd++; + } + } + if (runStart < runEnd) { + styles->SetValueAt(runStart, value); + // Remove each old run over the range + for (int run=runStart+1; runPositionFromPartition(runStart) == position) { + int runStyle = ValueAt(position); + // Inserting at start of run so make previous longer + if (runStart == 0) { + // Inserting at start of document so ensure 0 + if (runStyle) { + styles->SetValueAt(0, 0); + starts->InsertPartition(1, 0); + styles->InsertValue(1, 1, runStyle); + starts->InsertText(0, insertLength); + } else { + starts->InsertText(runStart, insertLength); + } + } else { + if (runStyle) { + starts->InsertText(runStart-1, insertLength); + } else { + // Insert at end of run so do not extend style + starts->InsertText(runStart, insertLength); + } + } + } else { + starts->InsertText(runStart, insertLength); + } +} + +void RunStyles::DeleteAll() { + delete starts; + starts = NULL; + delete styles; + styles = NULL; + starts = new Partitioning(8); + styles = new SplitVector(); + styles->InsertValue(0, 2, 0); +} + +void RunStyles::DeleteRange(int position, int deleteLength) { + int end = position + deleteLength; + int runStart = RunFromPosition(position); + int runEnd = RunFromPosition(end); + if (runStart == runEnd) { + // Deleting from inside one run + starts->InsertText(runStart, -deleteLength); + } else { + runStart = SplitRun(position); + runEnd = SplitRun(end); + starts->InsertText(runStart, -deleteLength); + // Remove each old run over the range + for (int run=runStart; run +// The License.txt file describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed. + +/// Styling buffer using one element for each run rather than using +/// a filled buffer. + +#ifndef RUNSTYLES_H +#define RUNSTYLES_H + +#ifdef SCI_NAMESPACE +namespace Scintilla { +#endif + +class RunStyles { +public: + Partitioning *starts; + SplitVector *styles; + int RunFromPosition(int position); + int SplitRun(int position); + void RemoveRun(int run); + void RemoveRunIfEmpty(int run); + void RemoveRunIfSameAsPrevious(int run); +public: + RunStyles(); + ~RunStyles(); + int Length() const; + int ValueAt(int position) const; + int FindNextChange(int position, int end); + int StartRun(int position); + int EndRun(int position); + // Returns true if some values may have changed + bool FillRange(int &position, int value, int &fillLength); + void SetValueAt(int position, int value); + void InsertSpace(int position, int insertLength); + void DeleteAll(); + void DeleteRange(int position, int deleteLength); +}; + +#ifdef SCI_NAMESPACE +} +#endif + +#endif diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/SString.h b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/SString.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b770afebee --- /dev/null +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/SString.h @@ -0,0 +1,289 @@ +// SciTE - Scintilla based Text Editor +/** @file SString.h + ** A simple string class. + **/ +// Copyright 1998-2004 by Neil Hodgson +// The License.txt file describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed. + +#ifndef SSTRING_H +#define SSTRING_H + + +// These functions are implemented because each platform calls them something different. +int CompareCaseInsensitive(const char *a, const char *b); +int CompareNCaseInsensitive(const char *a, const char *b, size_t len); +bool EqualCaseInsensitive(const char *a, const char *b); + +#ifdef SCI_NAMESPACE +namespace Scintilla { +#endif + +// Define another string class. +// While it would be 'better' to use std::string, that doubles the executable size. +// An SString may contain embedded nul characters. + +/** + * Base class from which the two other classes (SBuffer & SString) + * are derived. + */ +class SContainer { +public: + /** Type of string lengths (sizes) and positions (indexes). */ + typedef size_t lenpos_t; + /** Out of bounds value indicating that the string argument should be measured. */ + enum { measure_length=0xffffffffU}; + +protected: + char *s; ///< The C string + lenpos_t sSize; ///< The size of the buffer, less 1: ie. the maximum size of the string + + SContainer() : s(0), sSize(0) {} + ~SContainer() { + delete []s; // Suppose it was allocated using StringAllocate + s = 0; + sSize = 0; + } + /** Size of buffer. */ + lenpos_t size() const { + if (s) { + return sSize; + } else { + return 0; + } + } +public: + /** + * Allocate uninitialized memory big enough to fit a string of the given length. + * @return the pointer to the new string + */ + static char *StringAllocate(lenpos_t len); + /** + * Duplicate a buffer/C string. + * Allocate memory of the given size, or big enough to fit the string if length isn't given; + * then copy the given string in the allocated memory. + * @return the pointer to the new string + */ + static char *StringAllocate( + const char *s, ///< The string to duplicate + lenpos_t len=measure_length); ///< The length of memory to allocate. Optional. +}; + + +/** + * @brief A string buffer class. + * + * Main use is to ask an API the length of a string it can provide, + * then to allocate a buffer of the given size, and to provide this buffer + * to the API to put the string. + * This class is intended to be shortlived, to be transformed as SString + * as soon as it holds the string, so it has little members. + * Note: we assume the buffer is filled by the API. If the length can be shorter, + * we should set sLen to strlen(sb.ptr()) in related SString constructor and assignment. + */ +class SBuffer : protected SContainer { +public: + SBuffer(lenpos_t len) { + s = StringAllocate(len); + if (s) { + *s = '\0'; + sSize = len; + } else { + sSize = 0; + } + } +private: + /// Copy constructor + // Here only to be on the safe size, user should avoid returning SBuffer values. + SBuffer(const SBuffer &source) : SContainer() { + s = StringAllocate(source.s, source.sSize); + sSize = (s) ? source.sSize : 0; + } + /// Default assignment operator + // Same here, shouldn't be used + SBuffer &operator=(const SBuffer &source) { + if (this != &source) { + delete []s; + s = StringAllocate(source.s, source.sSize); + sSize = (s) ? source.sSize : 0; + } + return *this; + } +public: + /** Provide direct read/write access to buffer. */ + char *ptr() { + return s; + } + /** Ownership of the buffer have been taken, so release it. */ + void reset() { + s = 0; + sSize = 0; + } + /** Size of buffer. */ + lenpos_t size() const { + return SContainer::size(); + } +}; + + +/** + * @brief A simple string class. + * + * Hold the length of the string for quick operations, + * can have a buffer bigger than the string to avoid too many memory allocations and copies. + * May have embedded zeroes as a result of @a substitute, but relies too heavily on C string + * functions to allow reliable manipulations of these strings, other than simple appends, etc. + */ +class SString : protected SContainer { + lenpos_t sLen; ///< The size of the string in s + lenpos_t sizeGrowth; ///< Minimum growth size when appending strings + enum { sizeGrowthDefault = 64 }; + + bool grow(lenpos_t lenNew); + SString &assign(const char *sOther, lenpos_t sSize_=measure_length); + +public: + SString() : sLen(0), sizeGrowth(sizeGrowthDefault) {} + SString(const SString &source) : SContainer(), sizeGrowth(sizeGrowthDefault) { + s = StringAllocate(source.s, source.sLen); + sSize = sLen = (s) ? source.sLen : 0; + } + SString(const char *s_) : sizeGrowth(sizeGrowthDefault) { + s = StringAllocate(s_); + sSize = sLen = (s) ? strlen(s) : 0; + } + SString(SBuffer &buf) : sizeGrowth(sizeGrowthDefault) { + s = buf.ptr(); + sSize = sLen = buf.size(); + // Consumes the given buffer! + buf.reset(); + } + SString(const char *s_, lenpos_t first, lenpos_t last) : sizeGrowth(sizeGrowthDefault) { + // note: expects the "last" argument to point one beyond the range end (a la STL iterators) + s = StringAllocate(s_ + first, last - first); + sSize = sLen = (s) ? last - first : 0; + } + SString(int i); + SString(double d, int precision); + ~SString() { + sLen = 0; + } + void clear() { + if (s) { + *s = '\0'; + } + sLen = 0; + } + /** Size of buffer. */ + lenpos_t size() const { + return SContainer::size(); + } + /** Size of string in buffer. */ + lenpos_t length() const { + return sLen; + } + /** Read access to a character of the string. */ + char operator[](lenpos_t i) const { + return (s && i < sSize) ? s[i] : '\0'; + } + SString &operator=(const char *source) { + return assign(source); + } + SString &operator=(const SString &source) { + if (this != &source) { + assign(source.s, source.sLen); + } + return *this; + } + bool operator==(const SString &sOther) const; + bool operator!=(const SString &sOther) const { + return !operator==(sOther); + } + bool operator==(const char *sOther) const; + bool operator!=(const char *sOther) const { + return !operator==(sOther); + } + bool contains(char ch) const { + return (s && *s) ? strchr(s, ch) != 0 : false; + } + void setsizegrowth(lenpos_t sizeGrowth_) { + sizeGrowth = sizeGrowth_; + } + const char *c_str() const { + return s ? s : ""; + } + /** Give ownership of buffer to caller which must use delete[] to free buffer. */ + char *detach() { + char *sRet = s; + s = 0; + sSize = 0; + sLen = 0; + return sRet; + } + SString substr(lenpos_t subPos, lenpos_t subLen=measure_length) const; + SString &lowercase(lenpos_t subPos = 0, lenpos_t subLen=measure_length); + SString &uppercase(lenpos_t subPos = 0, lenpos_t subLen=measure_length); + SString &append(const char *sOther, lenpos_t sLenOther=measure_length, char sep = '\0'); + SString &operator+=(const char *sOther) { + return append(sOther, static_cast(measure_length)); + } + SString &operator+=(const SString &sOther) { + return append(sOther.s, sOther.sLen); + } + SString &operator+=(char ch) { + return append(&ch, 1); + } + SString &appendwithseparator(const char *sOther, char sep) { + return append(sOther, strlen(sOther), sep); + } + SString &insert(lenpos_t pos, const char *sOther, lenpos_t sLenOther=measure_length); + + /** + * Remove @a len characters from the @a pos position, included. + * Characters at pos + len and beyond replace characters at pos. + * If @a len is 0, or greater than the length of the string + * starting at @a pos, the string is just truncated at @a pos. + */ + void remove(lenpos_t pos, lenpos_t len); + + SString &change(lenpos_t pos, char ch) { + if (pos < sLen) { // character changed must be in string bounds + *(s + pos) = ch; + } + return *this; + } + /** Read an integral numeric value from the string. */ + int value() const { + return s ? atoi(s) : 0; + } + bool startswith(const char *prefix); + bool endswith(const char *suffix); + int search(const char *sFind, lenpos_t start=0) const; + bool contains(const char *sFind) const { + return search(sFind) >= 0; + } + int substitute(char chFind, char chReplace); + int substitute(const char *sFind, const char *sReplace); + int remove(const char *sFind) { + return substitute(sFind, ""); + } +}; + + +/** + * Duplicate a C string. + * Allocate memory of the given size, or big enough to fit the string if length isn't given; + * then copy the given string in the allocated memory. + * @return the pointer to the new string + */ +inline char *StringDup( + const char *s, ///< The string to duplicate + SContainer::lenpos_t len=SContainer::measure_length) ///< The length of memory to allocate. Optional. +{ + return SContainer::StringAllocate(s, len); +} + +#ifdef SCI_NAMESPACE +} +#endif + +#endif diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/SVector.h b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/SVector.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..9f56da5289 --- /dev/null +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/SVector.h @@ -0,0 +1,135 @@ +// Scintilla source code edit control +/** @file SVector.h + ** A simple expandable vector. + **/ +// Copyright 1998-2001 by Neil Hodgson +// The License.txt file describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed. + +#ifndef SVECTOR_H +#define SVECTOR_H + +#ifdef SCI_NAMESPACE +namespace Scintilla { +#endif + +/** + * A simple expandable integer vector. + * Storage not allocated for elements until an element is used. + * This makes it very lightweight unless used so is a good match for optional features. + */ +class SVector { + enum { allocSize = 4000 }; + + int *v; ///< The vector + unsigned int size; ///< Number of elements allocated + unsigned int len; ///< Number of elements used in vector + bool allocFailure; ///< A memory allocation call has failed + + /** Internally allocate more elements than the user wants + * to avoid thrashing the memory allocator. */ + void SizeTo(int newSize) { + if (newSize < allocSize) + newSize += allocSize; + else + newSize = (newSize * 3) / 2; + int* newv = new int[newSize]; + if (!newv) { + allocFailure = true; + return; + } + size = newSize; + unsigned int i=0; + for (; i 0) { + SizeTo(other.Length()); + if (!allocFailure) { + for (int i=0;i 0) { + SizeTo(other.Length()); + if (!allocFailure) { + for (int i=0;i= len) { + if (i >= size) { + SizeTo(i); + } + len = i+1; + } + return v[i]; + } + /// Reset vector. + void Free() { + delete []v; + v = 0; + size = 0; + len = 0; + } + /** @brief Grow vector size. + * Doesn't allow a vector to be shrinked. */ + void SetLength(unsigned int newLength) { + if (newLength > len) { + if (newLength >= size) { + SizeTo(newLength); + } + } + len = newLength; + } + /// Get the current length (number of used elements) of the vector. + int Length() const { + return len; + } +}; + +#ifdef SCI_NAMESPACE +} +#endif + +#endif diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/SciLexer.h b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/SciLexer.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..12700b67b9 --- /dev/null +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/SciLexer.h @@ -0,0 +1,1390 @@ +/* Scintilla source code edit control */ +/** @file SciLexer.h + ** Interface to the added lexer functions in the SciLexer version of the edit control. + **/ +/* Copyright 1998-2002 by Neil Hodgson + * The License.txt file describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed. */ + +/* Most of this file is automatically generated from the Scintilla.iface interface definition + * file which contains any comments about the definitions. HFacer.py does the generation. */ + +#ifndef SCILEXER_H +#define SCILEXER_H + +/* SciLexer features - not in standard Scintilla */ + +/* ++Autogenerated -- start of section automatically generated from Scintilla.iface */ +#define SCLEX_CONTAINER 0 +#define SCLEX_NULL 1 +#define SCLEX_PYTHON 2 +#define SCLEX_CPP 3 +#define SCLEX_HTML 4 +#define SCLEX_XML 5 +#define SCLEX_PERL 6 +#define SCLEX_SQL 7 +#define SCLEX_VB 8 +#define SCLEX_PROPERTIES 9 +#define SCLEX_ERRORLIST 10 +#define SCLEX_MAKEFILE 11 +#define SCLEX_BATCH 12 +#define SCLEX_XCODE 13 +#define SCLEX_LATEX 14 +#define SCLEX_LUA 15 +#define SCLEX_DIFF 16 +#define SCLEX_CONF 17 +#define SCLEX_PASCAL 18 +#define SCLEX_AVE 19 +#define SCLEX_ADA 20 +#define SCLEX_LISP 21 +#define SCLEX_RUBY 22 +#define SCLEX_EIFFEL 23 +#define SCLEX_EIFFELKW 24 +#define SCLEX_TCL 25 +#define SCLEX_NNCRONTAB 26 +#define SCLEX_BULLANT 27 +#define SCLEX_VBSCRIPT 28 +#define SCLEX_BAAN 31 +#define SCLEX_MATLAB 32 +#define SCLEX_SCRIPTOL 33 +#define SCLEX_ASM 34 +#define SCLEX_CPPNOCASE 35 +#define SCLEX_FORTRAN 36 +#define SCLEX_F77 37 +#define SCLEX_CSS 38 +#define SCLEX_POV 39 +#define SCLEX_LOUT 40 +#define SCLEX_ESCRIPT 41 +#define SCLEX_PS 42 +#define SCLEX_NSIS 43 +#define SCLEX_MMIXAL 44 +#define SCLEX_CLW 45 +#define SCLEX_CLWNOCASE 46 +#define SCLEX_LOT 47 +#define SCLEX_YAML 48 +#define SCLEX_TEX 49 +#define SCLEX_METAPOST 50 +#define SCLEX_POWERBASIC 51 +#define SCLEX_FORTH 52 +#define SCLEX_ERLANG 53 +#define SCLEX_OCTAVE 54 +#define SCLEX_MSSQL 55 +#define SCLEX_VERILOG 56 +#define SCLEX_KIX 57 +#define SCLEX_GUI4CLI 58 +#define SCLEX_SPECMAN 59 +#define SCLEX_AU3 60 +#define SCLEX_APDL 61 +#define SCLEX_BASH 62 +#define SCLEX_ASN1 63 +#define SCLEX_VHDL 64 +#define SCLEX_CAML 65 +#define SCLEX_BLITZBASIC 66 +#define SCLEX_PUREBASIC 67 +#define SCLEX_HASKELL 68 +#define SCLEX_PHPSCRIPT 69 +#define SCLEX_TADS3 70 +#define SCLEX_REBOL 71 +#define SCLEX_SMALLTALK 72 +#define SCLEX_FLAGSHIP 73 +#define SCLEX_CSOUND 74 +#define SCLEX_FREEBASIC 75 +#define SCLEX_INNOSETUP 76 +#define SCLEX_OPAL 77 +#define SCLEX_SPICE 78 +#define SCLEX_D 79 +#define SCLEX_CMAKE 80 +#define SCLEX_GAP 81 +#define SCLEX_PLM 82 +#define SCLEX_PROGRESS 83 +#define SCLEX_ABAQUS 84 +#define SCLEX_ASYMPTOTE 85 +#define SCLEX_R 86 +#define SCLEX_MAGIK 87 +#define SCLEX_POWERSHELL 88 +#define SCLEX_MYSQL 89 +#define SCLEX_PO 90 +#define SCLEX_TAL 91 +#define SCLEX_COBOL 92 +#define SCLEX_TACL 93 +#define SCLEX_SORCUS 94 +#define SCLEX_POWERPRO 95 +#define SCLEX_NIMROD 96 +#define SCLEX_SML 97 +#define SCLEX_MARKDOWN 98 +#define SCLEX_AUTOMATIC 1000 +#define SCE_P_DEFAULT 0 +#define SCE_P_COMMENTLINE 1 +#define SCE_P_NUMBER 2 +#define SCE_P_STRING 3 +#define SCE_P_CHARACTER 4 +#define SCE_P_WORD 5 +#define SCE_P_TRIPLE 6 +#define SCE_P_TRIPLEDOUBLE 7 +#define SCE_P_CLASSNAME 8 +#define SCE_P_DEFNAME 9 +#define SCE_P_OPERATOR 10 +#define SCE_P_IDENTIFIER 11 +#define SCE_P_COMMENTBLOCK 12 +#define SCE_P_STRINGEOL 13 +#define SCE_P_WORD2 14 +#define SCE_P_DECORATOR 15 +#define SCE_C_DEFAULT 0 +#define SCE_C_COMMENT 1 +#define SCE_C_COMMENTLINE 2 +#define SCE_C_COMMENTDOC 3 +#define SCE_C_NUMBER 4 +#define SCE_C_WORD 5 +#define SCE_C_STRING 6 +#define SCE_C_CHARACTER 7 +#define SCE_C_UUID 8 +#define SCE_C_PREPROCESSOR 9 +#define SCE_C_OPERATOR 10 +#define SCE_C_IDENTIFIER 11 +#define SCE_C_STRINGEOL 12 +#define SCE_C_VERBATIM 13 +#define SCE_C_REGEX 14 +#define SCE_C_COMMENTLINEDOC 15 +#define SCE_C_WORD2 16 +#define SCE_C_COMMENTDOCKEYWORD 17 +#define SCE_C_COMMENTDOCKEYWORDERROR 18 +#define SCE_C_GLOBALCLASS 19 +#define SCE_D_DEFAULT 0 +#define SCE_D_COMMENT 1 +#define SCE_D_COMMENTLINE 2 +#define SCE_D_COMMENTDOC 3 +#define SCE_D_COMMENTNESTED 4 +#define SCE_D_NUMBER 5 +#define SCE_D_WORD 6 +#define SCE_D_WORD2 7 +#define SCE_D_WORD3 8 +#define SCE_D_TYPEDEF 9 +#define SCE_D_STRING 10 +#define SCE_D_STRINGEOL 11 +#define SCE_D_CHARACTER 12 +#define SCE_D_OPERATOR 13 +#define SCE_D_IDENTIFIER 14 +#define SCE_D_COMMENTLINEDOC 15 +#define SCE_D_COMMENTDOCKEYWORD 16 +#define SCE_D_COMMENTDOCKEYWORDERROR 17 +#define SCE_D_STRINGB 18 +#define SCE_D_STRINGR 19 +#define SCE_D_WORD5 20 +#define SCE_D_WORD6 21 +#define SCE_D_WORD7 22 +#define SCE_TCL_DEFAULT 0 +#define SCE_TCL_COMMENT 1 +#define SCE_TCL_COMMENTLINE 2 +#define SCE_TCL_NUMBER 3 +#define SCE_TCL_WORD_IN_QUOTE 4 +#define SCE_TCL_IN_QUOTE 5 +#define SCE_TCL_OPERATOR 6 +#define SCE_TCL_IDENTIFIER 7 +#define SCE_TCL_SUBSTITUTION 8 +#define SCE_TCL_SUB_BRACE 9 +#define SCE_TCL_MODIFIER 10 +#define SCE_TCL_EXPAND 11 +#define SCE_TCL_WORD 12 +#define SCE_TCL_WORD2 13 +#define SCE_TCL_WORD3 14 +#define SCE_TCL_WORD4 15 +#define SCE_TCL_WORD5 16 +#define SCE_TCL_WORD6 17 +#define SCE_TCL_WORD7 18 +#define SCE_TCL_WORD8 19 +#define SCE_TCL_COMMENT_BOX 20 +#define SCE_TCL_BLOCK_COMMENT 21 +#define SCE_H_DEFAULT 0 +#define SCE_H_TAG 1 +#define SCE_H_TAGUNKNOWN 2 +#define SCE_H_ATTRIBUTE 3 +#define SCE_H_ATTRIBUTEUNKNOWN 4 +#define SCE_H_NUMBER 5 +#define SCE_H_DOUBLESTRING 6 +#define SCE_H_SINGLESTRING 7 +#define SCE_H_OTHER 8 +#define SCE_H_COMMENT 9 +#define SCE_H_ENTITY 10 +#define SCE_H_TAGEND 11 +#define SCE_H_XMLSTART 12 +#define SCE_H_XMLEND 13 +#define SCE_H_SCRIPT 14 +#define SCE_H_ASP 15 +#define SCE_H_ASPAT 16 +#define SCE_H_CDATA 17 +#define SCE_H_QUESTION 18 +#define SCE_H_VALUE 19 +#define SCE_H_XCCOMMENT 20 +#define SCE_H_SGML_DEFAULT 21 +#define SCE_H_SGML_COMMAND 22 +#define SCE_H_SGML_1ST_PARAM 23 +#define SCE_H_SGML_DOUBLESTRING 24 +#define SCE_H_SGML_SIMPLESTRING 25 +#define SCE_H_SGML_ERROR 26 +#define SCE_H_SGML_SPECIAL 27 +#define SCE_H_SGML_ENTITY 28 +#define SCE_H_SGML_COMMENT 29 +#define SCE_H_SGML_1ST_PARAM_COMMENT 30 +#define SCE_H_SGML_BLOCK_DEFAULT 31 +#define SCE_HJ_START 40 +#define SCE_HJ_DEFAULT 41 +#define SCE_HJ_COMMENT 42 +#define SCE_HJ_COMMENTLINE 43 +#define SCE_HJ_COMMENTDOC 44 +#define SCE_HJ_NUMBER 45 +#define SCE_HJ_WORD 46 +#define SCE_HJ_KEYWORD 47 +#define SCE_HJ_DOUBLESTRING 48 +#define SCE_HJ_SINGLESTRING 49 +#define SCE_HJ_SYMBOLS 50 +#define SCE_HJ_STRINGEOL 51 +#define SCE_HJ_REGEX 52 +#define SCE_HJA_START 55 +#define SCE_HJA_DEFAULT 56 +#define SCE_HJA_COMMENT 57 +#define SCE_HJA_COMMENTLINE 58 +#define SCE_HJA_COMMENTDOC 59 +#define SCE_HJA_NUMBER 60 +#define SCE_HJA_WORD 61 +#define SCE_HJA_KEYWORD 62 +#define SCE_HJA_DOUBLESTRING 63 +#define SCE_HJA_SINGLESTRING 64 +#define SCE_HJA_SYMBOLS 65 +#define SCE_HJA_STRINGEOL 66 +#define SCE_HJA_REGEX 67 +#define SCE_HB_START 70 +#define SCE_HB_DEFAULT 71 +#define SCE_HB_COMMENTLINE 72 +#define SCE_HB_NUMBER 73 +#define SCE_HB_WORD 74 +#define SCE_HB_STRING 75 +#define SCE_HB_IDENTIFIER 76 +#define SCE_HB_STRINGEOL 77 +#define SCE_HBA_START 80 +#define SCE_HBA_DEFAULT 81 +#define SCE_HBA_COMMENTLINE 82 +#define SCE_HBA_NUMBER 83 +#define SCE_HBA_WORD 84 +#define SCE_HBA_STRING 85 +#define SCE_HBA_IDENTIFIER 86 +#define SCE_HBA_STRINGEOL 87 +#define SCE_HP_START 90 +#define SCE_HP_DEFAULT 91 +#define SCE_HP_COMMENTLINE 92 +#define SCE_HP_NUMBER 93 +#define SCE_HP_STRING 94 +#define SCE_HP_CHARACTER 95 +#define SCE_HP_WORD 96 +#define SCE_HP_TRIPLE 97 +#define SCE_HP_TRIPLEDOUBLE 98 +#define SCE_HP_CLASSNAME 99 +#define SCE_HP_DEFNAME 100 +#define SCE_HP_OPERATOR 101 +#define SCE_HP_IDENTIFIER 102 +#define SCE_HPHP_COMPLEX_VARIABLE 104 +#define SCE_HPA_START 105 +#define SCE_HPA_DEFAULT 106 +#define SCE_HPA_COMMENTLINE 107 +#define SCE_HPA_NUMBER 108 +#define SCE_HPA_STRING 109 +#define SCE_HPA_CHARACTER 110 +#define SCE_HPA_WORD 111 +#define SCE_HPA_TRIPLE 112 +#define SCE_HPA_TRIPLEDOUBLE 113 +#define SCE_HPA_CLASSNAME 114 +#define SCE_HPA_DEFNAME 115 +#define SCE_HPA_OPERATOR 116 +#define SCE_HPA_IDENTIFIER 117 +#define SCE_HPHP_DEFAULT 118 +#define SCE_HPHP_HSTRING 119 +#define SCE_HPHP_SIMPLESTRING 120 +#define SCE_HPHP_WORD 121 +#define SCE_HPHP_NUMBER 122 +#define SCE_HPHP_VARIABLE 123 +#define SCE_HPHP_COMMENT 124 +#define SCE_HPHP_COMMENTLINE 125 +#define SCE_HPHP_HSTRING_VARIABLE 126 +#define SCE_HPHP_OPERATOR 127 +#define SCE_PL_DEFAULT 0 +#define SCE_PL_ERROR 1 +#define SCE_PL_COMMENTLINE 2 +#define SCE_PL_POD 3 +#define SCE_PL_NUMBER 4 +#define SCE_PL_WORD 5 +#define SCE_PL_STRING 6 +#define SCE_PL_CHARACTER 7 +#define SCE_PL_PUNCTUATION 8 +#define SCE_PL_PREPROCESSOR 9 +#define SCE_PL_OPERATOR 10 +#define SCE_PL_IDENTIFIER 11 +#define SCE_PL_SCALAR 12 +#define SCE_PL_ARRAY 13 +#define SCE_PL_HASH 14 +#define SCE_PL_SYMBOLTABLE 15 +#define SCE_PL_VARIABLE_INDEXER 16 +#define SCE_PL_REGEX 17 +#define SCE_PL_REGSUBST 18 +#define SCE_PL_LONGQUOTE 19 +#define SCE_PL_BACKTICKS 20 +#define SCE_PL_DATASECTION 21 +#define SCE_PL_HERE_DELIM 22 +#define SCE_PL_HERE_Q 23 +#define SCE_PL_HERE_QQ 24 +#define SCE_PL_HERE_QX 25 +#define SCE_PL_STRING_Q 26 +#define SCE_PL_STRING_QQ 27 +#define SCE_PL_STRING_QX 28 +#define SCE_PL_STRING_QR 29 +#define SCE_PL_STRING_QW 30 +#define SCE_PL_POD_VERB 31 +#define SCE_PL_SUB_PROTOTYPE 40 +#define SCE_PL_FORMAT_IDENT 41 +#define SCE_PL_FORMAT 42 +#define SCE_RB_DEFAULT 0 +#define SCE_RB_ERROR 1 +#define SCE_RB_COMMENTLINE 2 +#define SCE_RB_POD 3 +#define SCE_RB_NUMBER 4 +#define SCE_RB_WORD 5 +#define SCE_RB_STRING 6 +#define SCE_RB_CHARACTER 7 +#define SCE_RB_CLASSNAME 8 +#define SCE_RB_DEFNAME 9 +#define SCE_RB_OPERATOR 10 +#define SCE_RB_IDENTIFIER 11 +#define SCE_RB_REGEX 12 +#define SCE_RB_GLOBAL 13 +#define SCE_RB_SYMBOL 14 +#define SCE_RB_MODULE_NAME 15 +#define SCE_RB_INSTANCE_VAR 16 +#define SCE_RB_CLASS_VAR 17 +#define SCE_RB_BACKTICKS 18 +#define SCE_RB_DATASECTION 19 +#define SCE_RB_HERE_DELIM 20 +#define SCE_RB_HERE_Q 21 +#define SCE_RB_HERE_QQ 22 +#define SCE_RB_HERE_QX 23 +#define SCE_RB_STRING_Q 24 +#define SCE_RB_STRING_QQ 25 +#define SCE_RB_STRING_QX 26 +#define SCE_RB_STRING_QR 27 +#define SCE_RB_STRING_QW 28 +#define SCE_RB_WORD_DEMOTED 29 +#define SCE_RB_STDIN 30 +#define SCE_RB_STDOUT 31 +#define SCE_RB_STDERR 40 +#define SCE_RB_UPPER_BOUND 41 +#define SCE_B_DEFAULT 0 +#define SCE_B_COMMENT 1 +#define SCE_B_NUMBER 2 +#define SCE_B_KEYWORD 3 +#define SCE_B_STRING 4 +#define SCE_B_PREPROCESSOR 5 +#define SCE_B_OPERATOR 6 +#define SCE_B_IDENTIFIER 7 +#define SCE_B_DATE 8 +#define SCE_B_STRINGEOL 9 +#define SCE_B_KEYWORD2 10 +#define SCE_B_KEYWORD3 11 +#define SCE_B_KEYWORD4 12 +#define SCE_B_CONSTANT 13 +#define SCE_B_ASM 14 +#define SCE_B_LABEL 15 +#define SCE_B_ERROR 16 +#define SCE_B_HEXNUMBER 17 +#define SCE_B_BINNUMBER 18 +#define SCE_PROPS_DEFAULT 0 +#define SCE_PROPS_COMMENT 1 +#define SCE_PROPS_SECTION 2 +#define SCE_PROPS_ASSIGNMENT 3 +#define SCE_PROPS_DEFVAL 4 +#define SCE_PROPS_KEY 5 +#define SCE_L_DEFAULT 0 +#define SCE_L_COMMAND 1 +#define SCE_L_TAG 2 +#define SCE_L_MATH 3 +#define SCE_L_COMMENT 4 +#define SCE_LUA_DEFAULT 0 +#define SCE_LUA_COMMENT 1 +#define SCE_LUA_COMMENTLINE 2 +#define SCE_LUA_COMMENTDOC 3 +#define SCE_LUA_NUMBER 4 +#define SCE_LUA_WORD 5 +#define SCE_LUA_STRING 6 +#define SCE_LUA_CHARACTER 7 +#define SCE_LUA_LITERALSTRING 8 +#define SCE_LUA_PREPROCESSOR 9 +#define SCE_LUA_OPERATOR 10 +#define SCE_LUA_IDENTIFIER 11 +#define SCE_LUA_STRINGEOL 12 +#define SCE_LUA_WORD2 13 +#define SCE_LUA_WORD3 14 +#define SCE_LUA_WORD4 15 +#define SCE_LUA_WORD5 16 +#define SCE_LUA_WORD6 17 +#define SCE_LUA_WORD7 18 +#define SCE_LUA_WORD8 19 +#define SCE_ERR_DEFAULT 0 +#define SCE_ERR_PYTHON 1 +#define SCE_ERR_GCC 2 +#define SCE_ERR_MS 3 +#define SCE_ERR_CMD 4 +#define SCE_ERR_BORLAND 5 +#define SCE_ERR_PERL 6 +#define SCE_ERR_NET 7 +#define SCE_ERR_LUA 8 +#define SCE_ERR_CTAG 9 +#define SCE_ERR_DIFF_CHANGED 10 +#define SCE_ERR_DIFF_ADDITION 11 +#define SCE_ERR_DIFF_DELETION 12 +#define SCE_ERR_DIFF_MESSAGE 13 +#define SCE_ERR_PHP 14 +#define SCE_ERR_ELF 15 +#define SCE_ERR_IFC 16 +#define SCE_ERR_IFORT 17 +#define SCE_ERR_ABSF 18 +#define SCE_ERR_TIDY 19 +#define SCE_ERR_JAVA_STACK 20 +#define SCE_ERR_VALUE 21 +#define SCE_BAT_DEFAULT 0 +#define SCE_BAT_COMMENT 1 +#define SCE_BAT_WORD 2 +#define SCE_BAT_LABEL 3 +#define SCE_BAT_HIDE 4 +#define SCE_BAT_COMMAND 5 +#define SCE_BAT_IDENTIFIER 6 +#define SCE_BAT_OPERATOR 7 +#define SCE_MAKE_DEFAULT 0 +#define SCE_MAKE_COMMENT 1 +#define SCE_MAKE_PREPROCESSOR 2 +#define SCE_MAKE_IDENTIFIER 3 +#define SCE_MAKE_OPERATOR 4 +#define SCE_MAKE_TARGET 5 +#define SCE_MAKE_IDEOL 9 +#define SCE_DIFF_DEFAULT 0 +#define SCE_DIFF_COMMENT 1 +#define SCE_DIFF_COMMAND 2 +#define SCE_DIFF_HEADER 3 +#define SCE_DIFF_POSITION 4 +#define SCE_DIFF_DELETED 5 +#define SCE_DIFF_ADDED 6 +#define SCE_DIFF_CHANGED 7 +#define SCE_CONF_DEFAULT 0 +#define SCE_CONF_COMMENT 1 +#define SCE_CONF_NUMBER 2 +#define SCE_CONF_IDENTIFIER 3 +#define SCE_CONF_EXTENSION 4 +#define SCE_CONF_PARAMETER 5 +#define SCE_CONF_STRING 6 +#define SCE_CONF_OPERATOR 7 +#define SCE_CONF_IP 8 +#define SCE_CONF_DIRECTIVE 9 +#define SCE_AVE_DEFAULT 0 +#define SCE_AVE_COMMENT 1 +#define SCE_AVE_NUMBER 2 +#define SCE_AVE_WORD 3 +#define SCE_AVE_STRING 6 +#define SCE_AVE_ENUM 7 +#define SCE_AVE_STRINGEOL 8 +#define SCE_AVE_IDENTIFIER 9 +#define SCE_AVE_OPERATOR 10 +#define SCE_AVE_WORD1 11 +#define SCE_AVE_WORD2 12 +#define SCE_AVE_WORD3 13 +#define SCE_AVE_WORD4 14 +#define SCE_AVE_WORD5 15 +#define SCE_AVE_WORD6 16 +#define SCE_ADA_DEFAULT 0 +#define SCE_ADA_WORD 1 +#define SCE_ADA_IDENTIFIER 2 +#define SCE_ADA_NUMBER 3 +#define SCE_ADA_DELIMITER 4 +#define SCE_ADA_CHARACTER 5 +#define SCE_ADA_CHARACTEREOL 6 +#define SCE_ADA_STRING 7 +#define SCE_ADA_STRINGEOL 8 +#define SCE_ADA_LABEL 9 +#define SCE_ADA_COMMENTLINE 10 +#define SCE_ADA_ILLEGAL 11 +#define SCE_BAAN_DEFAULT 0 +#define SCE_BAAN_COMMENT 1 +#define SCE_BAAN_COMMENTDOC 2 +#define SCE_BAAN_NUMBER 3 +#define SCE_BAAN_WORD 4 +#define SCE_BAAN_STRING 5 +#define SCE_BAAN_PREPROCESSOR 6 +#define SCE_BAAN_OPERATOR 7 +#define SCE_BAAN_IDENTIFIER 8 +#define SCE_BAAN_STRINGEOL 9 +#define SCE_BAAN_WORD2 10 +#define SCE_LISP_DEFAULT 0 +#define SCE_LISP_COMMENT 1 +#define SCE_LISP_NUMBER 2 +#define SCE_LISP_KEYWORD 3 +#define SCE_LISP_KEYWORD_KW 4 +#define SCE_LISP_SYMBOL 5 +#define SCE_LISP_STRING 6 +#define SCE_LISP_STRINGEOL 8 +#define SCE_LISP_IDENTIFIER 9 +#define SCE_LISP_OPERATOR 10 +#define SCE_LISP_SPECIAL 11 +#define SCE_LISP_MULTI_COMMENT 12 +#define SCE_EIFFEL_DEFAULT 0 +#define SCE_EIFFEL_COMMENTLINE 1 +#define SCE_EIFFEL_NUMBER 2 +#define SCE_EIFFEL_WORD 3 +#define SCE_EIFFEL_STRING 4 +#define SCE_EIFFEL_CHARACTER 5 +#define SCE_EIFFEL_OPERATOR 6 +#define SCE_EIFFEL_IDENTIFIER 7 +#define SCE_EIFFEL_STRINGEOL 8 +#define SCE_NNCRONTAB_DEFAULT 0 +#define SCE_NNCRONTAB_COMMENT 1 +#define SCE_NNCRONTAB_TASK 2 +#define SCE_NNCRONTAB_SECTION 3 +#define SCE_NNCRONTAB_KEYWORD 4 +#define SCE_NNCRONTAB_MODIFIER 5 +#define SCE_NNCRONTAB_ASTERISK 6 +#define SCE_NNCRONTAB_NUMBER 7 +#define SCE_NNCRONTAB_STRING 8 +#define SCE_NNCRONTAB_ENVIRONMENT 9 +#define SCE_NNCRONTAB_IDENTIFIER 10 +#define SCE_FORTH_DEFAULT 0 +#define SCE_FORTH_COMMENT 1 +#define SCE_FORTH_COMMENT_ML 2 +#define SCE_FORTH_IDENTIFIER 3 +#define SCE_FORTH_CONTROL 4 +#define SCE_FORTH_KEYWORD 5 +#define SCE_FORTH_DEFWORD 6 +#define SCE_FORTH_PREWORD1 7 +#define SCE_FORTH_PREWORD2 8 +#define SCE_FORTH_NUMBER 9 +#define SCE_FORTH_STRING 10 +#define SCE_FORTH_LOCALE 11 +#define SCE_MATLAB_DEFAULT 0 +#define SCE_MATLAB_COMMENT 1 +#define SCE_MATLAB_COMMAND 2 +#define SCE_MATLAB_NUMBER 3 +#define SCE_MATLAB_KEYWORD 4 +#define SCE_MATLAB_STRING 5 +#define SCE_MATLAB_OPERATOR 6 +#define SCE_MATLAB_IDENTIFIER 7 +#define SCE_MATLAB_DOUBLEQUOTESTRING 8 +#define SCE_SCRIPTOL_DEFAULT 0 +#define SCE_SCRIPTOL_WHITE 1 +#define SCE_SCRIPTOL_COMMENTLINE 2 +#define SCE_SCRIPTOL_PERSISTENT 3 +#define SCE_SCRIPTOL_CSTYLE 4 +#define SCE_SCRIPTOL_COMMENTBLOCK 5 +#define SCE_SCRIPTOL_NUMBER 6 +#define SCE_SCRIPTOL_STRING 7 +#define SCE_SCRIPTOL_CHARACTER 8 +#define SCE_SCRIPTOL_STRINGEOL 9 +#define SCE_SCRIPTOL_KEYWORD 10 +#define SCE_SCRIPTOL_OPERATOR 11 +#define SCE_SCRIPTOL_IDENTIFIER 12 +#define SCE_SCRIPTOL_TRIPLE 13 +#define SCE_SCRIPTOL_CLASSNAME 14 +#define SCE_SCRIPTOL_PREPROCESSOR 15 +#define SCE_ASM_DEFAULT 0 +#define SCE_ASM_COMMENT 1 +#define SCE_ASM_NUMBER 2 +#define SCE_ASM_STRING 3 +#define SCE_ASM_OPERATOR 4 +#define SCE_ASM_IDENTIFIER 5 +#define SCE_ASM_CPUINSTRUCTION 6 +#define SCE_ASM_MATHINSTRUCTION 7 +#define SCE_ASM_REGISTER 8 +#define SCE_ASM_DIRECTIVE 9 +#define SCE_ASM_DIRECTIVEOPERAND 10 +#define SCE_ASM_COMMENTBLOCK 11 +#define SCE_ASM_CHARACTER 12 +#define SCE_ASM_STRINGEOL 13 +#define SCE_ASM_EXTINSTRUCTION 14 +#define SCE_F_DEFAULT 0 +#define SCE_F_COMMENT 1 +#define SCE_F_NUMBER 2 +#define SCE_F_STRING1 3 +#define SCE_F_STRING2 4 +#define SCE_F_STRINGEOL 5 +#define SCE_F_OPERATOR 6 +#define SCE_F_IDENTIFIER 7 +#define SCE_F_WORD 8 +#define SCE_F_WORD2 9 +#define SCE_F_WORD3 10 +#define SCE_F_PREPROCESSOR 11 +#define SCE_F_OPERATOR2 12 +#define SCE_F_LABEL 13 +#define SCE_F_CONTINUATION 14 +#define SCE_CSS_DEFAULT 0 +#define SCE_CSS_TAG 1 +#define SCE_CSS_CLASS 2 +#define SCE_CSS_PSEUDOCLASS 3 +#define SCE_CSS_UNKNOWN_PSEUDOCLASS 4 +#define SCE_CSS_OPERATOR 5 +#define SCE_CSS_IDENTIFIER 6 +#define SCE_CSS_UNKNOWN_IDENTIFIER 7 +#define SCE_CSS_VALUE 8 +#define SCE_CSS_COMMENT 9 +#define SCE_CSS_ID 10 +#define SCE_CSS_IMPORTANT 11 +#define SCE_CSS_DIRECTIVE 12 +#define SCE_CSS_DOUBLESTRING 13 +#define SCE_CSS_SINGLESTRING 14 +#define SCE_CSS_IDENTIFIER2 15 +#define SCE_CSS_ATTRIBUTE 16 +#define SCE_CSS_IDENTIFIER3 17 +#define SCE_CSS_PSEUDOELEMENT 18 +#define SCE_CSS_EXTENDED_IDENTIFIER 19 +#define SCE_CSS_EXTENDED_PSEUDOCLASS 20 +#define SCE_CSS_EXTENDED_PSEUDOELEMENT 21 +#define SCE_CSS_MEDIA 22 +#define SCE_POV_DEFAULT 0 +#define SCE_POV_COMMENT 1 +#define SCE_POV_COMMENTLINE 2 +#define SCE_POV_NUMBER 3 +#define SCE_POV_OPERATOR 4 +#define SCE_POV_IDENTIFIER 5 +#define SCE_POV_STRING 6 +#define SCE_POV_STRINGEOL 7 +#define SCE_POV_DIRECTIVE 8 +#define SCE_POV_BADDIRECTIVE 9 +#define SCE_POV_WORD2 10 +#define SCE_POV_WORD3 11 +#define SCE_POV_WORD4 12 +#define SCE_POV_WORD5 13 +#define SCE_POV_WORD6 14 +#define SCE_POV_WORD7 15 +#define SCE_POV_WORD8 16 +#define SCE_LOUT_DEFAULT 0 +#define SCE_LOUT_COMMENT 1 +#define SCE_LOUT_NUMBER 2 +#define SCE_LOUT_WORD 3 +#define SCE_LOUT_WORD2 4 +#define SCE_LOUT_WORD3 5 +#define SCE_LOUT_WORD4 6 +#define SCE_LOUT_STRING 7 +#define SCE_LOUT_OPERATOR 8 +#define SCE_LOUT_IDENTIFIER 9 +#define SCE_LOUT_STRINGEOL 10 +#define SCE_ESCRIPT_DEFAULT 0 +#define SCE_ESCRIPT_COMMENT 1 +#define SCE_ESCRIPT_COMMENTLINE 2 +#define SCE_ESCRIPT_COMMENTDOC 3 +#define SCE_ESCRIPT_NUMBER 4 +#define SCE_ESCRIPT_WORD 5 +#define SCE_ESCRIPT_STRING 6 +#define SCE_ESCRIPT_OPERATOR 7 +#define SCE_ESCRIPT_IDENTIFIER 8 +#define SCE_ESCRIPT_BRACE 9 +#define SCE_ESCRIPT_WORD2 10 +#define SCE_ESCRIPT_WORD3 11 +#define SCE_PS_DEFAULT 0 +#define SCE_PS_COMMENT 1 +#define SCE_PS_DSC_COMMENT 2 +#define SCE_PS_DSC_VALUE 3 +#define SCE_PS_NUMBER 4 +#define SCE_PS_NAME 5 +#define SCE_PS_KEYWORD 6 +#define SCE_PS_LITERAL 7 +#define SCE_PS_IMMEVAL 8 +#define SCE_PS_PAREN_ARRAY 9 +#define SCE_PS_PAREN_DICT 10 +#define SCE_PS_PAREN_PROC 11 +#define SCE_PS_TEXT 12 +#define SCE_PS_HEXSTRING 13 +#define SCE_PS_BASE85STRING 14 +#define SCE_PS_BADSTRINGCHAR 15 +#define SCE_NSIS_DEFAULT 0 +#define SCE_NSIS_COMMENT 1 +#define SCE_NSIS_STRINGDQ 2 +#define SCE_NSIS_STRINGLQ 3 +#define SCE_NSIS_STRINGRQ 4 +#define SCE_NSIS_FUNCTION 5 +#define SCE_NSIS_VARIABLE 6 +#define SCE_NSIS_LABEL 7 +#define SCE_NSIS_USERDEFINED 8 +#define SCE_NSIS_SECTIONDEF 9 +#define SCE_NSIS_SUBSECTIONDEF 10 +#define SCE_NSIS_IFDEFINEDEF 11 +#define SCE_NSIS_MACRODEF 12 +#define SCE_NSIS_STRINGVAR 13 +#define SCE_NSIS_NUMBER 14 +#define SCE_NSIS_SECTIONGROUP 15 +#define SCE_NSIS_PAGEEX 16 +#define SCE_NSIS_FUNCTIONDEF 17 +#define SCE_NSIS_COMMENTBOX 18 +#define SCE_MMIXAL_LEADWS 0 +#define SCE_MMIXAL_COMMENT 1 +#define SCE_MMIXAL_LABEL 2 +#define SCE_MMIXAL_OPCODE 3 +#define SCE_MMIXAL_OPCODE_PRE 4 +#define SCE_MMIXAL_OPCODE_VALID 5 +#define SCE_MMIXAL_OPCODE_UNKNOWN 6 +#define SCE_MMIXAL_OPCODE_POST 7 +#define SCE_MMIXAL_OPERANDS 8 +#define SCE_MMIXAL_NUMBER 9 +#define SCE_MMIXAL_REF 10 +#define SCE_MMIXAL_CHAR 11 +#define SCE_MMIXAL_STRING 12 +#define SCE_MMIXAL_REGISTER 13 +#define SCE_MMIXAL_HEX 14 +#define SCE_MMIXAL_OPERATOR 15 +#define SCE_MMIXAL_SYMBOL 16 +#define SCE_MMIXAL_INCLUDE 17 +#define SCE_CLW_DEFAULT 0 +#define SCE_CLW_LABEL 1 +#define SCE_CLW_COMMENT 2 +#define SCE_CLW_STRING 3 +#define SCE_CLW_USER_IDENTIFIER 4 +#define SCE_CLW_INTEGER_CONSTANT 5 +#define SCE_CLW_REAL_CONSTANT 6 +#define SCE_CLW_PICTURE_STRING 7 +#define SCE_CLW_KEYWORD 8 +#define SCE_CLW_COMPILER_DIRECTIVE 9 +#define SCE_CLW_RUNTIME_EXPRESSIONS 10 +#define SCE_CLW_BUILTIN_PROCEDURES_FUNCTION 11 +#define SCE_CLW_STRUCTURE_DATA_TYPE 12 +#define SCE_CLW_ATTRIBUTE 13 +#define SCE_CLW_STANDARD_EQUATE 14 +#define SCE_CLW_ERROR 15 +#define SCE_CLW_DEPRECATED 16 +#define SCE_LOT_DEFAULT 0 +#define SCE_LOT_HEADER 1 +#define SCE_LOT_BREAK 2 +#define SCE_LOT_SET 3 +#define SCE_LOT_PASS 4 +#define SCE_LOT_FAIL 5 +#define SCE_LOT_ABORT 6 +#define SCE_YAML_DEFAULT 0 +#define SCE_YAML_COMMENT 1 +#define SCE_YAML_IDENTIFIER 2 +#define SCE_YAML_KEYWORD 3 +#define SCE_YAML_NUMBER 4 +#define SCE_YAML_REFERENCE 5 +#define SCE_YAML_DOCUMENT 6 +#define SCE_YAML_TEXT 7 +#define SCE_YAML_ERROR 8 +#define SCE_YAML_OPERATOR 9 +#define SCE_TEX_DEFAULT 0 +#define SCE_TEX_SPECIAL 1 +#define SCE_TEX_GROUP 2 +#define SCE_TEX_SYMBOL 3 +#define SCE_TEX_COMMAND 4 +#define SCE_TEX_TEXT 5 +#define SCE_METAPOST_DEFAULT 0 +#define SCE_METAPOST_SPECIAL 1 +#define SCE_METAPOST_GROUP 2 +#define SCE_METAPOST_SYMBOL 3 +#define SCE_METAPOST_COMMAND 4 +#define SCE_METAPOST_TEXT 5 +#define SCE_METAPOST_EXTRA 6 +#define SCE_ERLANG_DEFAULT 0 +#define SCE_ERLANG_COMMENT 1 +#define SCE_ERLANG_VARIABLE 2 +#define SCE_ERLANG_NUMBER 3 +#define SCE_ERLANG_KEYWORD 4 +#define SCE_ERLANG_STRING 5 +#define SCE_ERLANG_OPERATOR 6 +#define SCE_ERLANG_ATOM 7 +#define SCE_ERLANG_FUNCTION_NAME 8 +#define SCE_ERLANG_CHARACTER 9 +#define SCE_ERLANG_MACRO 10 +#define SCE_ERLANG_RECORD 11 +#define SCE_ERLANG_PREPROC 12 +#define SCE_ERLANG_NODE_NAME 13 +#define SCE_ERLANG_COMMENT_FUNCTION 14 +#define SCE_ERLANG_COMMENT_MODULE 15 +#define SCE_ERLANG_COMMENT_DOC 16 +#define SCE_ERLANG_COMMENT_DOC_MACRO 17 +#define SCE_ERLANG_ATOM_QUOTED 18 +#define SCE_ERLANG_MACRO_QUOTED 19 +#define SCE_ERLANG_RECORD_QUOTED 20 +#define SCE_ERLANG_NODE_NAME_QUOTED 21 +#define SCE_ERLANG_BIFS 22 +#define SCE_ERLANG_MODULES 23 +#define SCE_ERLANG_MODULES_ATT 24 +#define SCE_ERLANG_UNKNOWN 31 +#define SCE_MSSQL_DEFAULT 0 +#define SCE_MSSQL_COMMENT 1 +#define SCE_MSSQL_LINE_COMMENT 2 +#define SCE_MSSQL_NUMBER 3 +#define SCE_MSSQL_STRING 4 +#define SCE_MSSQL_OPERATOR 5 +#define SCE_MSSQL_IDENTIFIER 6 +#define SCE_MSSQL_VARIABLE 7 +#define SCE_MSSQL_COLUMN_NAME 8 +#define SCE_MSSQL_STATEMENT 9 +#define SCE_MSSQL_DATATYPE 10 +#define SCE_MSSQL_SYSTABLE 11 +#define SCE_MSSQL_GLOBAL_VARIABLE 12 +#define SCE_MSSQL_FUNCTION 13 +#define SCE_MSSQL_STORED_PROCEDURE 14 +#define SCE_MSSQL_DEFAULT_PREF_DATATYPE 15 +#define SCE_MSSQL_COLUMN_NAME_2 16 +#define SCE_V_DEFAULT 0 +#define SCE_V_COMMENT 1 +#define SCE_V_COMMENTLINE 2 +#define SCE_V_COMMENTLINEBANG 3 +#define SCE_V_NUMBER 4 +#define SCE_V_WORD 5 +#define SCE_V_STRING 6 +#define SCE_V_WORD2 7 +#define SCE_V_WORD3 8 +#define SCE_V_PREPROCESSOR 9 +#define SCE_V_OPERATOR 10 +#define SCE_V_IDENTIFIER 11 +#define SCE_V_STRINGEOL 12 +#define SCE_V_USER 19 +#define SCE_KIX_DEFAULT 0 +#define SCE_KIX_COMMENT 1 +#define SCE_KIX_STRING1 2 +#define SCE_KIX_STRING2 3 +#define SCE_KIX_NUMBER 4 +#define SCE_KIX_VAR 5 +#define SCE_KIX_MACRO 6 +#define SCE_KIX_KEYWORD 7 +#define SCE_KIX_FUNCTIONS 8 +#define SCE_KIX_OPERATOR 9 +#define SCE_KIX_IDENTIFIER 31 +#define SCE_GC_DEFAULT 0 +#define SCE_GC_COMMENTLINE 1 +#define SCE_GC_COMMENTBLOCK 2 +#define SCE_GC_GLOBAL 3 +#define SCE_GC_EVENT 4 +#define SCE_GC_ATTRIBUTE 5 +#define SCE_GC_CONTROL 6 +#define SCE_GC_COMMAND 7 +#define SCE_GC_STRING 8 +#define SCE_GC_OPERATOR 9 +#define SCE_SN_DEFAULT 0 +#define SCE_SN_CODE 1 +#define SCE_SN_COMMENTLINE 2 +#define SCE_SN_COMMENTLINEBANG 3 +#define SCE_SN_NUMBER 4 +#define SCE_SN_WORD 5 +#define SCE_SN_STRING 6 +#define SCE_SN_WORD2 7 +#define SCE_SN_WORD3 8 +#define SCE_SN_PREPROCESSOR 9 +#define SCE_SN_OPERATOR 10 +#define SCE_SN_IDENTIFIER 11 +#define SCE_SN_STRINGEOL 12 +#define SCE_SN_REGEXTAG 13 +#define SCE_SN_SIGNAL 14 +#define SCE_SN_USER 19 +#define SCE_AU3_DEFAULT 0 +#define SCE_AU3_COMMENT 1 +#define SCE_AU3_COMMENTBLOCK 2 +#define SCE_AU3_NUMBER 3 +#define SCE_AU3_FUNCTION 4 +#define SCE_AU3_KEYWORD 5 +#define SCE_AU3_MACRO 6 +#define SCE_AU3_STRING 7 +#define SCE_AU3_OPERATOR 8 +#define SCE_AU3_VARIABLE 9 +#define SCE_AU3_SENT 10 +#define SCE_AU3_PREPROCESSOR 11 +#define SCE_AU3_SPECIAL 12 +#define SCE_AU3_EXPAND 13 +#define SCE_AU3_COMOBJ 14 +#define SCE_AU3_UDF 15 +#define SCE_APDL_DEFAULT 0 +#define SCE_APDL_COMMENT 1 +#define SCE_APDL_COMMENTBLOCK 2 +#define SCE_APDL_NUMBER 3 +#define SCE_APDL_STRING 4 +#define SCE_APDL_OPERATOR 5 +#define SCE_APDL_WORD 6 +#define SCE_APDL_PROCESSOR 7 +#define SCE_APDL_COMMAND 8 +#define SCE_APDL_SLASHCOMMAND 9 +#define SCE_APDL_STARCOMMAND 10 +#define SCE_APDL_ARGUMENT 11 +#define SCE_APDL_FUNCTION 12 +#define SCE_SH_DEFAULT 0 +#define SCE_SH_ERROR 1 +#define SCE_SH_COMMENTLINE 2 +#define SCE_SH_NUMBER 3 +#define SCE_SH_WORD 4 +#define SCE_SH_STRING 5 +#define SCE_SH_CHARACTER 6 +#define SCE_SH_OPERATOR 7 +#define SCE_SH_IDENTIFIER 8 +#define SCE_SH_SCALAR 9 +#define SCE_SH_PARAM 10 +#define SCE_SH_BACKTICKS 11 +#define SCE_SH_HERE_DELIM 12 +#define SCE_SH_HERE_Q 13 +#define SCE_ASN1_DEFAULT 0 +#define SCE_ASN1_COMMENT 1 +#define SCE_ASN1_IDENTIFIER 2 +#define SCE_ASN1_STRING 3 +#define SCE_ASN1_OID 4 +#define SCE_ASN1_SCALAR 5 +#define SCE_ASN1_KEYWORD 6 +#define SCE_ASN1_ATTRIBUTE 7 +#define SCE_ASN1_DESCRIPTOR 8 +#define SCE_ASN1_TYPE 9 +#define SCE_ASN1_OPERATOR 10 +#define SCE_VHDL_DEFAULT 0 +#define SCE_VHDL_COMMENT 1 +#define SCE_VHDL_COMMENTLINEBANG 2 +#define SCE_VHDL_NUMBER 3 +#define SCE_VHDL_STRING 4 +#define SCE_VHDL_OPERATOR 5 +#define SCE_VHDL_IDENTIFIER 6 +#define SCE_VHDL_STRINGEOL 7 +#define SCE_VHDL_KEYWORD 8 +#define SCE_VHDL_STDOPERATOR 9 +#define SCE_VHDL_ATTRIBUTE 10 +#define SCE_VHDL_STDFUNCTION 11 +#define SCE_VHDL_STDPACKAGE 12 +#define SCE_VHDL_STDTYPE 13 +#define SCE_VHDL_USERWORD 14 +#define SCE_CAML_DEFAULT 0 +#define SCE_CAML_IDENTIFIER 1 +#define SCE_CAML_TAGNAME 2 +#define SCE_CAML_KEYWORD 3 +#define SCE_CAML_KEYWORD2 4 +#define SCE_CAML_KEYWORD3 5 +#define SCE_CAML_LINENUM 6 +#define SCE_CAML_OPERATOR 7 +#define SCE_CAML_NUMBER 8 +#define SCE_CAML_CHAR 9 +#define SCE_CAML_WHITE 10 +#define SCE_CAML_STRING 11 +#define SCE_CAML_COMMENT 12 +#define SCE_CAML_COMMENT1 13 +#define SCE_CAML_COMMENT2 14 +#define SCE_CAML_COMMENT3 15 +#define SCE_HA_DEFAULT 0 +#define SCE_HA_IDENTIFIER 1 +#define SCE_HA_KEYWORD 2 +#define SCE_HA_NUMBER 3 +#define SCE_HA_STRING 4 +#define SCE_HA_CHARACTER 5 +#define SCE_HA_CLASS 6 +#define SCE_HA_MODULE 7 +#define SCE_HA_CAPITAL 8 +#define SCE_HA_DATA 9 +#define SCE_HA_IMPORT 10 +#define SCE_HA_OPERATOR 11 +#define SCE_HA_INSTANCE 12 +#define SCE_HA_COMMENTLINE 13 +#define SCE_HA_COMMENTBLOCK 14 +#define SCE_HA_COMMENTBLOCK2 15 +#define SCE_HA_COMMENTBLOCK3 16 +#define SCE_T3_DEFAULT 0 +#define SCE_T3_X_DEFAULT 1 +#define SCE_T3_PREPROCESSOR 2 +#define SCE_T3_BLOCK_COMMENT 3 +#define SCE_T3_LINE_COMMENT 4 +#define SCE_T3_OPERATOR 5 +#define SCE_T3_KEYWORD 6 +#define SCE_T3_NUMBER 7 +#define SCE_T3_IDENTIFIER 8 +#define SCE_T3_S_STRING 9 +#define SCE_T3_D_STRING 10 +#define SCE_T3_X_STRING 11 +#define SCE_T3_LIB_DIRECTIVE 12 +#define SCE_T3_MSG_PARAM 13 +#define SCE_T3_HTML_TAG 14 +#define SCE_T3_HTML_DEFAULT 15 +#define SCE_T3_HTML_STRING 16 +#define SCE_T3_USER1 17 +#define SCE_T3_USER2 18 +#define SCE_T3_USER3 19 +#define SCE_T3_BRACE 20 +#define SCE_REBOL_DEFAULT 0 +#define SCE_REBOL_COMMENTLINE 1 +#define SCE_REBOL_COMMENTBLOCK 2 +#define SCE_REBOL_PREFACE 3 +#define SCE_REBOL_OPERATOR 4 +#define SCE_REBOL_CHARACTER 5 +#define SCE_REBOL_QUOTEDSTRING 6 +#define SCE_REBOL_BRACEDSTRING 7 +#define SCE_REBOL_NUMBER 8 +#define SCE_REBOL_PAIR 9 +#define SCE_REBOL_TUPLE 10 +#define SCE_REBOL_BINARY 11 +#define SCE_REBOL_MONEY 12 +#define SCE_REBOL_ISSUE 13 +#define SCE_REBOL_TAG 14 +#define SCE_REBOL_FILE 15 +#define SCE_REBOL_EMAIL 16 +#define SCE_REBOL_URL 17 +#define SCE_REBOL_DATE 18 +#define SCE_REBOL_TIME 19 +#define SCE_REBOL_IDENTIFIER 20 +#define SCE_REBOL_WORD 21 +#define SCE_REBOL_WORD2 22 +#define SCE_REBOL_WORD3 23 +#define SCE_REBOL_WORD4 24 +#define SCE_REBOL_WORD5 25 +#define SCE_REBOL_WORD6 26 +#define SCE_REBOL_WORD7 27 +#define SCE_REBOL_WORD8 28 +#define SCE_SQL_DEFAULT 0 +#define SCE_SQL_COMMENT 1 +#define SCE_SQL_COMMENTLINE 2 +#define SCE_SQL_COMMENTDOC 3 +#define SCE_SQL_NUMBER 4 +#define SCE_SQL_WORD 5 +#define SCE_SQL_STRING 6 +#define SCE_SQL_CHARACTER 7 +#define SCE_SQL_SQLPLUS 8 +#define SCE_SQL_SQLPLUS_PROMPT 9 +#define SCE_SQL_OPERATOR 10 +#define SCE_SQL_IDENTIFIER 11 +#define SCE_SQL_SQLPLUS_COMMENT 13 +#define SCE_SQL_COMMENTLINEDOC 15 +#define SCE_SQL_WORD2 16 +#define SCE_SQL_COMMENTDOCKEYWORD 17 +#define SCE_SQL_COMMENTDOCKEYWORDERROR 18 +#define SCE_SQL_USER1 19 +#define SCE_SQL_USER2 20 +#define SCE_SQL_USER3 21 +#define SCE_SQL_USER4 22 +#define SCE_SQL_QUOTEDIDENTIFIER 23 +#define SCE_ST_DEFAULT 0 +#define SCE_ST_STRING 1 +#define SCE_ST_NUMBER 2 +#define SCE_ST_COMMENT 3 +#define SCE_ST_SYMBOL 4 +#define SCE_ST_BINARY 5 +#define SCE_ST_BOOL 6 +#define SCE_ST_SELF 7 +#define SCE_ST_SUPER 8 +#define SCE_ST_NIL 9 +#define SCE_ST_GLOBAL 10 +#define SCE_ST_RETURN 11 +#define SCE_ST_SPECIAL 12 +#define SCE_ST_KWSEND 13 +#define SCE_ST_ASSIGN 14 +#define SCE_ST_CHARACTER 15 +#define SCE_ST_SPEC_SEL 16 +#define SCE_FS_DEFAULT 0 +#define SCE_FS_COMMENT 1 +#define SCE_FS_COMMENTLINE 2 +#define SCE_FS_COMMENTDOC 3 +#define SCE_FS_COMMENTLINEDOC 4 +#define SCE_FS_COMMENTDOCKEYWORD 5 +#define SCE_FS_COMMENTDOCKEYWORDERROR 6 +#define SCE_FS_KEYWORD 7 +#define SCE_FS_KEYWORD2 8 +#define SCE_FS_KEYWORD3 9 +#define SCE_FS_KEYWORD4 10 +#define SCE_FS_NUMBER 11 +#define SCE_FS_STRING 12 +#define SCE_FS_PREPROCESSOR 13 +#define SCE_FS_OPERATOR 14 +#define SCE_FS_IDENTIFIER 15 +#define SCE_FS_DATE 16 +#define SCE_FS_STRINGEOL 17 +#define SCE_FS_CONSTANT 18 +#define SCE_FS_WORDOPERATOR 19 +#define SCE_FS_DISABLEDCODE 20 +#define SCE_FS_DEFAULT_C 21 +#define SCE_FS_COMMENTDOC_C 22 +#define SCE_FS_COMMENTLINEDOC_C 23 +#define SCE_FS_KEYWORD_C 24 +#define SCE_FS_KEYWORD2_C 25 +#define SCE_FS_NUMBER_C 26 +#define SCE_FS_STRING_C 27 +#define SCE_FS_PREPROCESSOR_C 28 +#define SCE_FS_OPERATOR_C 29 +#define SCE_FS_IDENTIFIER_C 30 +#define SCE_FS_STRINGEOL_C 31 +#define SCE_CSOUND_DEFAULT 0 +#define SCE_CSOUND_COMMENT 1 +#define SCE_CSOUND_NUMBER 2 +#define SCE_CSOUND_OPERATOR 3 +#define SCE_CSOUND_INSTR 4 +#define SCE_CSOUND_IDENTIFIER 5 +#define SCE_CSOUND_OPCODE 6 +#define SCE_CSOUND_HEADERSTMT 7 +#define SCE_CSOUND_USERKEYWORD 8 +#define SCE_CSOUND_COMMENTBLOCK 9 +#define SCE_CSOUND_PARAM 10 +#define SCE_CSOUND_ARATE_VAR 11 +#define SCE_CSOUND_KRATE_VAR 12 +#define SCE_CSOUND_IRATE_VAR 13 +#define SCE_CSOUND_GLOBAL_VAR 14 +#define SCE_CSOUND_STRINGEOL 15 +#define SCE_INNO_DEFAULT 0 +#define SCE_INNO_COMMENT 1 +#define SCE_INNO_KEYWORD 2 +#define SCE_INNO_PARAMETER 3 +#define SCE_INNO_SECTION 4 +#define SCE_INNO_PREPROC 5 +#define SCE_INNO_INLINE_EXPANSION 6 +#define SCE_INNO_COMMENT_PASCAL 7 +#define SCE_INNO_KEYWORD_PASCAL 8 +#define SCE_INNO_KEYWORD_USER 9 +#define SCE_INNO_STRING_DOUBLE 10 +#define SCE_INNO_STRING_SINGLE 11 +#define SCE_INNO_IDENTIFIER 12 +#define SCE_OPAL_SPACE 0 +#define SCE_OPAL_COMMENT_BLOCK 1 +#define SCE_OPAL_COMMENT_LINE 2 +#define SCE_OPAL_INTEGER 3 +#define SCE_OPAL_KEYWORD 4 +#define SCE_OPAL_SORT 5 +#define SCE_OPAL_STRING 6 +#define SCE_OPAL_PAR 7 +#define SCE_OPAL_BOOL_CONST 8 +#define SCE_OPAL_DEFAULT 32 +#define SCE_SPICE_DEFAULT 0 +#define SCE_SPICE_IDENTIFIER 1 +#define SCE_SPICE_KEYWORD 2 +#define SCE_SPICE_KEYWORD2 3 +#define SCE_SPICE_KEYWORD3 4 +#define SCE_SPICE_NUMBER 5 +#define SCE_SPICE_DELIMITER 6 +#define SCE_SPICE_VALUE 7 +#define SCE_SPICE_COMMENTLINE 8 +#define SCE_CMAKE_DEFAULT 0 +#define SCE_CMAKE_COMMENT 1 +#define SCE_CMAKE_STRINGDQ 2 +#define SCE_CMAKE_STRINGLQ 3 +#define SCE_CMAKE_STRINGRQ 4 +#define SCE_CMAKE_COMMANDS 5 +#define SCE_CMAKE_PARAMETERS 6 +#define SCE_CMAKE_VARIABLE 7 +#define SCE_CMAKE_USERDEFINED 8 +#define SCE_CMAKE_WHILEDEF 9 +#define SCE_CMAKE_FOREACHDEF 10 +#define SCE_CMAKE_IFDEFINEDEF 11 +#define SCE_CMAKE_MACRODEF 12 +#define SCE_CMAKE_STRINGVAR 13 +#define SCE_CMAKE_NUMBER 14 +#define SCE_GAP_DEFAULT 0 +#define SCE_GAP_IDENTIFIER 1 +#define SCE_GAP_KEYWORD 2 +#define SCE_GAP_KEYWORD2 3 +#define SCE_GAP_KEYWORD3 4 +#define SCE_GAP_KEYWORD4 5 +#define SCE_GAP_STRING 6 +#define SCE_GAP_CHAR 7 +#define SCE_GAP_OPERATOR 8 +#define SCE_GAP_COMMENT 9 +#define SCE_GAP_NUMBER 10 +#define SCE_GAP_STRINGEOL 11 +#define SCE_PLM_DEFAULT 0 +#define SCE_PLM_COMMENT 1 +#define SCE_PLM_STRING 2 +#define SCE_PLM_NUMBER 3 +#define SCE_PLM_IDENTIFIER 4 +#define SCE_PLM_OPERATOR 5 +#define SCE_PLM_CONTROL 6 +#define SCE_PLM_KEYWORD 7 +#define SCE_4GL_DEFAULT 0 +#define SCE_4GL_NUMBER 1 +#define SCE_4GL_WORD 2 +#define SCE_4GL_STRING 3 +#define SCE_4GL_CHARACTER 4 +#define SCE_4GL_PREPROCESSOR 5 +#define SCE_4GL_OPERATOR 6 +#define SCE_4GL_IDENTIFIER 7 +#define SCE_4GL_BLOCK 8 +#define SCE_4GL_END 9 +#define SCE_4GL_COMMENT1 10 +#define SCE_4GL_COMMENT2 11 +#define SCE_4GL_COMMENT3 12 +#define SCE_4GL_COMMENT4 13 +#define SCE_4GL_COMMENT5 14 +#define SCE_4GL_COMMENT6 15 +#define SCE_4GL_DEFAULT_ 16 +#define SCE_4GL_NUMBER_ 17 +#define SCE_4GL_WORD_ 18 +#define SCE_4GL_STRING_ 19 +#define SCE_4GL_CHARACTER_ 20 +#define SCE_4GL_PREPROCESSOR_ 21 +#define SCE_4GL_OPERATOR_ 22 +#define SCE_4GL_IDENTIFIER_ 23 +#define SCE_4GL_BLOCK_ 24 +#define SCE_4GL_END_ 25 +#define SCE_4GL_COMMENT1_ 26 +#define SCE_4GL_COMMENT2_ 27 +#define SCE_4GL_COMMENT3_ 28 +#define SCE_4GL_COMMENT4_ 29 +#define SCE_4GL_COMMENT5_ 30 +#define SCE_4GL_COMMENT6_ 31 +#define SCE_ABAQUS_DEFAULT 0 +#define SCE_ABAQUS_COMMENT 1 +#define SCE_ABAQUS_COMMENTBLOCK 2 +#define SCE_ABAQUS_NUMBER 3 +#define SCE_ABAQUS_STRING 4 +#define SCE_ABAQUS_OPERATOR 5 +#define SCE_ABAQUS_WORD 6 +#define SCE_ABAQUS_PROCESSOR 7 +#define SCE_ABAQUS_COMMAND 8 +#define SCE_ABAQUS_SLASHCOMMAND 9 +#define SCE_ABAQUS_STARCOMMAND 10 +#define SCE_ABAQUS_ARGUMENT 11 +#define SCE_ABAQUS_FUNCTION 12 +#define SCE_ASY_DEFAULT 0 +#define SCE_ASY_COMMENT 1 +#define SCE_ASY_COMMENTLINE 2 +#define SCE_ASY_NUMBER 3 +#define SCE_ASY_WORD 4 +#define SCE_ASY_STRING 5 +#define SCE_ASY_CHARACTER 6 +#define SCE_ASY_OPERATOR 7 +#define SCE_ASY_IDENTIFIER 8 +#define SCE_ASY_STRINGEOL 9 +#define SCE_ASY_COMMENTLINEDOC 10 +#define SCE_ASY_WORD2 11 +#define SCE_R_DEFAULT 0 +#define SCE_R_COMMENT 1 +#define SCE_R_KWORD 2 +#define SCE_R_BASEKWORD 3 +#define SCE_R_OTHERKWORD 4 +#define SCE_R_NUMBER 5 +#define SCE_R_STRING 6 +#define SCE_R_STRING2 7 +#define SCE_R_OPERATOR 8 +#define SCE_R_IDENTIFIER 9 +#define SCE_R_INFIX 10 +#define SCE_R_INFIXEOL 11 +#define SCE_MAGIK_DEFAULT 0 +#define SCE_MAGIK_COMMENT 1 +#define SCE_MAGIK_HYPER_COMMENT 16 +#define SCE_MAGIK_STRING 2 +#define SCE_MAGIK_CHARACTER 3 +#define SCE_MAGIK_NUMBER 4 +#define SCE_MAGIK_IDENTIFIER 5 +#define SCE_MAGIK_OPERATOR 6 +#define SCE_MAGIK_FLOW 7 +#define SCE_MAGIK_CONTAINER 8 +#define SCE_MAGIK_BRACKET_BLOCK 9 +#define SCE_MAGIK_BRACE_BLOCK 10 +#define SCE_MAGIK_SQBRACKET_BLOCK 11 +#define SCE_MAGIK_UNKNOWN_KEYWORD 12 +#define SCE_MAGIK_KEYWORD 13 +#define SCE_MAGIK_PRAGMA 14 +#define SCE_MAGIK_SYMBOL 15 +#define SCE_POWERSHELL_DEFAULT 0 +#define SCE_POWERSHELL_COMMENT 1 +#define SCE_POWERSHELL_STRING 2 +#define SCE_POWERSHELL_CHARACTER 3 +#define SCE_POWERSHELL_NUMBER 4 +#define SCE_POWERSHELL_VARIABLE 5 +#define SCE_POWERSHELL_OPERATOR 6 +#define SCE_POWERSHELL_IDENTIFIER 7 +#define SCE_POWERSHELL_KEYWORD 8 +#define SCE_POWERSHELL_CMDLET 9 +#define SCE_POWERSHELL_ALIAS 10 +#define SCE_MYSQL_DEFAULT 0 +#define SCE_MYSQL_COMMENT 1 +#define SCE_MYSQL_COMMENTLINE 2 +#define SCE_MYSQL_VARIABLE 3 +#define SCE_MYSQL_SYSTEMVARIABLE 4 +#define SCE_MYSQL_KNOWNSYSTEMVARIABLE 5 +#define SCE_MYSQL_NUMBER 6 +#define SCE_MYSQL_MAJORKEYWORD 7 +#define SCE_MYSQL_KEYWORD 8 +#define SCE_MYSQL_DATABASEOBJECT 9 +#define SCE_MYSQL_PROCEDUREKEYWORD 10 +#define SCE_MYSQL_STRING 11 +#define SCE_MYSQL_SQSTRING 12 +#define SCE_MYSQL_DQSTRING 13 +#define SCE_MYSQL_OPERATOR 14 +#define SCE_MYSQL_FUNCTION 15 +#define SCE_MYSQL_IDENTIFIER 16 +#define SCE_MYSQL_QUOTEDIDENTIFIER 17 +#define SCE_MYSQL_USER1 18 +#define SCE_MYSQL_USER2 19 +#define SCE_MYSQL_USER3 20 +#define SCE_MYSQL_HIDDENCOMMAND 21 +#define SCE_PO_DEFAULT 0 +#define SCE_PO_COMMENT 1 +#define SCE_PO_MSGID 2 +#define SCE_PO_MSGID_TEXT 3 +#define SCE_PO_MSGSTR 4 +#define SCE_PO_MSGSTR_TEXT 5 +#define SCE_PO_MSGCTXT 6 +#define SCE_PO_MSGCTXT_TEXT 7 +#define SCE_PO_FUZZY 8 +#define SCE_PAS_DEFAULT 0 +#define SCE_PAS_IDENTIFIER 1 +#define SCE_PAS_COMMENT 2 +#define SCE_PAS_COMMENT2 3 +#define SCE_PAS_COMMENTLINE 4 +#define SCE_PAS_PREPROCESSOR 5 +#define SCE_PAS_PREPROCESSOR2 6 +#define SCE_PAS_NUMBER 7 +#define SCE_PAS_HEXNUMBER 8 +#define SCE_PAS_WORD 9 +#define SCE_PAS_STRING 10 +#define SCE_PAS_STRINGEOL 11 +#define SCE_PAS_CHARACTER 12 +#define SCE_PAS_OPERATOR 13 +#define SCE_PAS_ASM 14 +#define SCE_SORCUS_DEFAULT 0 +#define SCE_SORCUS_COMMAND 1 +#define SCE_SORCUS_PARAMETER 2 +#define SCE_SORCUS_COMMENTLINE 3 +#define SCE_SORCUS_STRING 4 +#define SCE_SORCUS_STRINGEOL 5 +#define SCE_SORCUS_IDENTIFIER 6 +#define SCE_SORCUS_OPERATOR 7 +#define SCE_SORCUS_NUMBER 8 +#define SCE_SORCUS_CONSTANT 9 +#define SCE_POWERPRO_DEFAULT 0 +#define SCE_POWERPRO_COMMENTBLOCK 1 +#define SCE_POWERPRO_COMMENTLINE 2 +#define SCE_POWERPRO_NUMBER 3 +#define SCE_POWERPRO_WORD 4 +#define SCE_POWERPRO_WORD2 5 +#define SCE_POWERPRO_WORD3 6 +#define SCE_POWERPRO_WORD4 7 +#define SCE_POWERPRO_DOUBLEQUOTEDSTRING 8 +#define SCE_POWERPRO_SINGLEQUOTEDSTRING 9 +#define SCE_POWERPRO_LINECONTINUE 10 +#define SCE_POWERPRO_OPERATOR 11 +#define SCE_POWERPRO_IDENTIFIER 12 +#define SCE_POWERPRO_STRINGEOL 13 +#define SCE_POWERPRO_VERBATIM 14 +#define SCE_POWERPRO_ALTQUOTE 15 +#define SCE_POWERPRO_FUNCTION 16 +#define SCE_SML_DEFAULT 0 +#define SCE_SML_IDENTIFIER 1 +#define SCE_SML_TAGNAME 2 +#define SCE_SML_KEYWORD 3 +#define SCE_SML_KEYWORD2 4 +#define SCE_SML_KEYWORD3 5 +#define SCE_SML_LINENUM 6 +#define SCE_SML_OPERATOR 7 +#define SCE_SML_NUMBER 8 +#define SCE_SML_CHAR 9 +#define SCE_SML_STRING 11 +#define SCE_SML_COMMENT 12 +#define SCE_SML_COMMENT1 13 +#define SCE_SML_COMMENT2 14 +#define SCE_SML_COMMENT3 15 +#define SCE_MARKDOWN_DEFAULT 0 +#define SCE_MARKDOWN_LINE_BEGIN 1 +#define SCE_MARKDOWN_STRONG1 2 +#define SCE_MARKDOWN_STRONG2 3 +#define SCE_MARKDOWN_EM1 4 +#define SCE_MARKDOWN_EM2 5 +#define SCE_MARKDOWN_HEADER1 6 +#define SCE_MARKDOWN_HEADER2 7 +#define SCE_MARKDOWN_HEADER3 8 +#define SCE_MARKDOWN_HEADER4 9 +#define SCE_MARKDOWN_HEADER5 10 +#define SCE_MARKDOWN_HEADER6 11 +#define SCE_MARKDOWN_PRECHAR 12 +#define SCE_MARKDOWN_ULIST_ITEM 13 +#define SCE_MARKDOWN_OLIST_ITEM 14 +#define SCE_MARKDOWN_BLOCKQUOTE 15 +#define SCE_MARKDOWN_STRIKEOUT 16 +#define SCE_MARKDOWN_HRULE 17 +#define SCE_MARKDOWN_LINK 18 +#define SCE_MARKDOWN_CODE 19 +#define SCE_MARKDOWN_CODE2 20 +#define SCE_MARKDOWN_CODEBK 21 +/* --Autogenerated -- end of section automatically generated from Scintilla.iface */ + +#endif diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/Scintilla.h b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/Scintilla.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0e7e7ecf0a --- /dev/null +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/Scintilla.h @@ -0,0 +1,891 @@ +/* Scintilla source code edit control */ +/** @file Scintilla.h + ** Interface to the edit control. + **/ +/* Copyright 1998-2003 by Neil Hodgson + * The License.txt file describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed. */ + +/* Most of this file is automatically generated from the Scintilla.iface interface definition + * file which contains any comments about the definitions. HFacer.py does the generation. */ + +#ifndef SCINTILLA_H +#define SCINTILLA_H + +#if LCCWIN +typedef BOOL bool; +#endif + +#if PLAT_WIN +/* Return false on failure: */ +bool Scintilla_RegisterClasses(void *hInstance); +bool Scintilla_ReleaseResources(); +#endif +int Scintilla_LinkLexers(); + +/* Here should be placed typedefs for uptr_t, an unsigned integer type large enough to + * hold a pointer and sptr_t, a signed integer large enough to hold a pointer. + * May need to be changed for 64 bit platforms. */ +#if defined(_WIN32) +#include +#endif +#ifdef MAXULONG_PTR +typedef ULONG_PTR uptr_t; +typedef LONG_PTR sptr_t; +#else +typedef unsigned long uptr_t; +typedef long sptr_t; +#endif + +typedef sptr_t (*SciFnDirect)(sptr_t ptr, unsigned int iMessage, uptr_t wParam, sptr_t lParam); + +/* ++Autogenerated -- start of section automatically generated from Scintilla.iface */ +#define INVALID_POSITION -1 +#define SCI_START 2000 +#define SCI_OPTIONAL_START 3000 +#define SCI_LEXER_START 4000 +#define SCI_ADDTEXT 2001 +#define SCI_ADDSTYLEDTEXT 2002 +#define SCI_INSERTTEXT 2003 +#define SCI_CLEARALL 2004 +#define SCI_CLEARDOCUMENTSTYLE 2005 +#define SCI_GETLENGTH 2006 +#define SCI_GETCHARAT 2007 +#define SCI_GETCURRENTPOS 2008 +#define SCI_GETANCHOR 2009 +#define SCI_GETSTYLEAT 2010 +#define SCI_REDO 2011 +#define SCI_SETUNDOCOLLECTION 2012 +#define SCI_SELECTALL 2013 +#define SCI_SETSAVEPOINT 2014 +#define SCI_GETSTYLEDTEXT 2015 +#define SCI_CANREDO 2016 +#define SCI_MARKERLINEFROMHANDLE 2017 +#define SCI_MARKERDELETEHANDLE 2018 +#define SCI_GETUNDOCOLLECTION 2019 +#define SCWS_INVISIBLE 0 +#define SCWS_VISIBLEALWAYS 1 +#define SCWS_VISIBLEAFTERINDENT 2 +#define SCI_GETVIEWWS 2020 +#define SCI_SETVIEWWS 2021 +#define SCI_POSITIONFROMPOINT 2022 +#define SCI_POSITIONFROMPOINTCLOSE 2023 +#define SCI_GOTOLINE 2024 +#define SCI_GOTOPOS 2025 +#define SCI_SETANCHOR 2026 +#define SCI_GETCURLINE 2027 +#define SCI_GETENDSTYLED 2028 +#define SC_EOL_CRLF 0 +#define SC_EOL_CR 1 +#define SC_EOL_LF 2 +#define SCI_CONVERTEOLS 2029 +#define SCI_GETEOLMODE 2030 +#define SCI_SETEOLMODE 2031 +#define SCI_STARTSTYLING 2032 +#define SCI_SETSTYLING 2033 +#define SCI_GETBUFFEREDDRAW 2034 +#define SCI_SETBUFFEREDDRAW 2035 +#define SCI_SETTABWIDTH 2036 +#define SCI_GETTABWIDTH 2121 +#define SC_CP_UTF8 65001 +#define SC_CP_DBCS 1 +#define SCI_SETCODEPAGE 2037 +#define SCI_SETUSEPALETTE 2039 +#define MARKER_MAX 31 +#define SC_MARK_CIRCLE 0 +#define SC_MARK_ROUNDRECT 1 +#define SC_MARK_ARROW 2 +#define SC_MARK_SMALLRECT 3 +#define SC_MARK_SHORTARROW 4 +#define SC_MARK_EMPTY 5 +#define SC_MARK_ARROWDOWN 6 +#define SC_MARK_MINUS 7 +#define SC_MARK_PLUS 8 +#define SC_MARK_VLINE 9 +#define SC_MARK_LCORNER 10 +#define SC_MARK_TCORNER 11 +#define SC_MARK_BOXPLUS 12 +#define SC_MARK_BOXPLUSCONNECTED 13 +#define SC_MARK_BOXMINUS 14 +#define SC_MARK_BOXMINUSCONNECTED 15 +#define SC_MARK_LCORNERCURVE 16 +#define SC_MARK_TCORNERCURVE 17 +#define SC_MARK_CIRCLEPLUS 18 +#define SC_MARK_CIRCLEPLUSCONNECTED 19 +#define SC_MARK_CIRCLEMINUS 20 +#define SC_MARK_CIRCLEMINUSCONNECTED 21 +#define SC_MARK_BACKGROUND 22 +#define SC_MARK_DOTDOTDOT 23 +#define SC_MARK_ARROWS 24 +#define SC_MARK_PIXMAP 25 +#define SC_MARK_FULLRECT 26 +#define SC_MARK_LEFTRECT 27 +#define SC_MARK_AVAILABLE 28 +#define SC_MARK_CHARACTER 10000 +#define SC_MARKNUM_FOLDEREND 25 +#define SC_MARKNUM_FOLDEROPENMID 26 +#define SC_MARKNUM_FOLDERMIDTAIL 27 +#define SC_MARKNUM_FOLDERTAIL 28 +#define SC_MARKNUM_FOLDERSUB 29 +#define SC_MARKNUM_FOLDER 30 +#define SC_MARKNUM_FOLDEROPEN 31 +#define SC_MASK_FOLDERS 0xFE000000 +#define SCI_MARKERDEFINE 2040 +#define SCI_MARKERSETFORE 2041 +#define SCI_MARKERSETBACK 2042 +#define SCI_MARKERADD 2043 +#define SCI_MARKERDELETE 2044 +#define SCI_MARKERDELETEALL 2045 +#define SCI_MARKERGET 2046 +#define SCI_MARKERNEXT 2047 +#define SCI_MARKERPREVIOUS 2048 +#define SCI_MARKERDEFINEPIXMAP 2049 +#define SCI_MARKERADDSET 2466 +#define SCI_MARKERSETALPHA 2476 +#define SC_MARGIN_SYMBOL 0 +#define SC_MARGIN_NUMBER 1 +#define SC_MARGIN_BACK 2 +#define SC_MARGIN_FORE 3 +#define SC_MARGIN_TEXT 4 +#define SC_MARGIN_RTEXT 5 +#define SCI_SETMARGINTYPEN 2240 +#define SCI_GETMARGINTYPEN 2241 +#define SCI_SETMARGINWIDTHN 2242 +#define SCI_GETMARGINWIDTHN 2243 +#define SCI_SETMARGINMASKN 2244 +#define SCI_GETMARGINMASKN 2245 +#define SCI_SETMARGINSENSITIVEN 2246 +#define SCI_GETMARGINSENSITIVEN 2247 +#define STYLE_DEFAULT 32 +#define STYLE_LINENUMBER 33 +#define STYLE_BRACELIGHT 34 +#define STYLE_BRACEBAD 35 +#define STYLE_CONTROLCHAR 36 +#define STYLE_INDENTGUIDE 37 +#define STYLE_CALLTIP 38 +#define STYLE_LASTPREDEFINED 39 +#define STYLE_MAX 255 +#define SC_CHARSET_ANSI 0 +#define SC_CHARSET_DEFAULT 1 +#define SC_CHARSET_BALTIC 186 +#define SC_CHARSET_CHINESEBIG5 136 +#define SC_CHARSET_EASTEUROPE 238 +#define SC_CHARSET_GB2312 134 +#define SC_CHARSET_GREEK 161 +#define SC_CHARSET_HANGUL 129 +#define SC_CHARSET_MAC 77 +#define SC_CHARSET_OEM 255 +#define SC_CHARSET_RUSSIAN 204 +#define SC_CHARSET_CYRILLIC 1251 +#define SC_CHARSET_SHIFTJIS 128 +#define SC_CHARSET_SYMBOL 2 +#define SC_CHARSET_TURKISH 162 +#define SC_CHARSET_JOHAB 130 +#define SC_CHARSET_HEBREW 177 +#define SC_CHARSET_ARABIC 178 +#define SC_CHARSET_VIETNAMESE 163 +#define SC_CHARSET_THAI 222 +#define SC_CHARSET_8859_15 1000 +#define SCI_STYLECLEARALL 2050 +#define SCI_STYLESETFORE 2051 +#define SCI_STYLESETBACK 2052 +#define SCI_STYLESETBOLD 2053 +#define SCI_STYLESETITALIC 2054 +#define SCI_STYLESETSIZE 2055 +#define SCI_STYLESETFONT 2056 +#define SCI_STYLESETEOLFILLED 2057 +#define SCI_STYLERESETDEFAULT 2058 +#define SCI_STYLESETUNDERLINE 2059 +#define SC_CASE_MIXED 0 +#define SC_CASE_UPPER 1 +#define SC_CASE_LOWER 2 +#define SCI_STYLEGETFORE 2481 +#define SCI_STYLEGETBACK 2482 +#define SCI_STYLEGETBOLD 2483 +#define SCI_STYLEGETITALIC 2484 +#define SCI_STYLEGETSIZE 2485 +#define SCI_STYLEGETFONT 2486 +#define SCI_STYLEGETEOLFILLED 2487 +#define SCI_STYLEGETUNDERLINE 2488 +#define SCI_STYLEGETCASE 2489 +#define SCI_STYLEGETCHARACTERSET 2490 +#define SCI_STYLEGETVISIBLE 2491 +#define SCI_STYLEGETCHANGEABLE 2492 +#define SCI_STYLEGETHOTSPOT 2493 +#define SCI_STYLESETCASE 2060 +#define SCI_STYLESETCHARACTERSET 2066 +#define SCI_STYLESETHOTSPOT 2409 +#define SCI_SETSELFORE 2067 +#define SCI_SETSELBACK 2068 +#define SCI_GETSELALPHA 2477 +#define SCI_SETSELALPHA 2478 +#define SCI_GETSELEOLFILLED 2479 +#define SCI_SETSELEOLFILLED 2480 +#define SCI_SETCARETFORE 2069 +#define SCI_ASSIGNCMDKEY 2070 +#define SCI_CLEARCMDKEY 2071 +#define SCI_CLEARALLCMDKEYS 2072 +#define SCI_SETSTYLINGEX 2073 +#define SCI_STYLESETVISIBLE 2074 +#define SCI_GETCARETPERIOD 2075 +#define SCI_SETCARETPERIOD 2076 +#define SCI_SETWORDCHARS 2077 +#define SCI_BEGINUNDOACTION 2078 +#define SCI_ENDUNDOACTION 2079 +#define INDIC_PLAIN 0 +#define INDIC_SQUIGGLE 1 +#define INDIC_TT 2 +#define INDIC_DIAGONAL 3 +#define INDIC_STRIKE 4 +#define INDIC_HIDDEN 5 +#define INDIC_BOX 6 +#define INDIC_ROUNDBOX 7 +#define INDIC_MAX 31 +#define INDIC_CONTAINER 8 +#define INDIC0_MASK 0x20 +#define INDIC1_MASK 0x40 +#define INDIC2_MASK 0x80 +#define INDICS_MASK 0xE0 +#define SCI_INDICSETSTYLE 2080 +#define SCI_INDICGETSTYLE 2081 +#define SCI_INDICSETFORE 2082 +#define SCI_INDICGETFORE 2083 +#define SCI_INDICSETUNDER 2510 +#define SCI_INDICGETUNDER 2511 +#define SCI_SETWHITESPACEFORE 2084 +#define SCI_SETWHITESPACEBACK 2085 +#define SCI_SETSTYLEBITS 2090 +#define SCI_GETSTYLEBITS 2091 +#define SCI_SETLINESTATE 2092 +#define SCI_GETLINESTATE 2093 +#define SCI_GETMAXLINESTATE 2094 +#define SCI_GETCARETLINEVISIBLE 2095 +#define SCI_SETCARETLINEVISIBLE 2096 +#define SCI_GETCARETLINEBACK 2097 +#define SCI_SETCARETLINEBACK 2098 +#define SCI_STYLESETCHANGEABLE 2099 +#define SCI_AUTOCSHOW 2100 +#define SCI_AUTOCCANCEL 2101 +#define SCI_AUTOCACTIVE 2102 +#define SCI_AUTOCPOSSTART 2103 +#define SCI_AUTOCCOMPLETE 2104 +#define SCI_AUTOCSTOPS 2105 +#define SCI_AUTOCSETSEPARATOR 2106 +#define SCI_AUTOCGETSEPARATOR 2107 +#define SCI_AUTOCSELECT 2108 +#define SCI_AUTOCSETCANCELATSTART 2110 +#define SCI_AUTOCGETCANCELATSTART 2111 +#define SCI_AUTOCSETFILLUPS 2112 +#define SCI_AUTOCSETCHOOSESINGLE 2113 +#define SCI_AUTOCGETCHOOSESINGLE 2114 +#define SCI_AUTOCSETIGNORECASE 2115 +#define SCI_AUTOCGETIGNORECASE 2116 +#define SCI_USERLISTSHOW 2117 +#define SCI_AUTOCSETAUTOHIDE 2118 +#define SCI_AUTOCGETAUTOHIDE 2119 +#define SCI_AUTOCSETDROPRESTOFWORD 2270 +#define SCI_AUTOCGETDROPRESTOFWORD 2271 +#define SCI_REGISTERIMAGE 2405 +#define SCI_CLEARREGISTEREDIMAGES 2408 +#define SCI_AUTOCGETTYPESEPARATOR 2285 +#define SCI_AUTOCSETTYPESEPARATOR 2286 +#define SCI_AUTOCSETMAXWIDTH 2208 +#define SCI_AUTOCGETMAXWIDTH 2209 +#define SCI_AUTOCSETMAXHEIGHT 2210 +#define SCI_AUTOCGETMAXHEIGHT 2211 +#define SCI_SETINDENT 2122 +#define SCI_GETINDENT 2123 +#define SCI_SETUSETABS 2124 +#define SCI_GETUSETABS 2125 +#define SCI_SETLINEINDENTATION 2126 +#define SCI_GETLINEINDENTATION 2127 +#define SCI_GETLINEINDENTPOSITION 2128 +#define SCI_GETCOLUMN 2129 +#define SCI_SETHSCROLLBAR 2130 +#define SCI_GETHSCROLLBAR 2131 +#define SC_IV_NONE 0 +#define SC_IV_REAL 1 +#define SC_IV_LOOKFORWARD 2 +#define SC_IV_LOOKBOTH 3 +#define SCI_SETINDENTATIONGUIDES 2132 +#define SCI_GETINDENTATIONGUIDES 2133 +#define SCI_SETHIGHLIGHTGUIDE 2134 +#define SCI_GETHIGHLIGHTGUIDE 2135 +#define SCI_GETLINEENDPOSITION 2136 +#define SCI_GETCODEPAGE 2137 +#define SCI_GETCARETFORE 2138 +#define SCI_GETUSEPALETTE 2139 +#define SCI_GETREADONLY 2140 +#define SCI_SETCURRENTPOS 2141 +#define SCI_SETSELECTIONSTART 2142 +#define SCI_GETSELECTIONSTART 2143 +#define SCI_SETSELECTIONEND 2144 +#define SCI_GETSELECTIONEND 2145 +#define SCI_SETPRINTMAGNIFICATION 2146 +#define SCI_GETPRINTMAGNIFICATION 2147 +#define SC_PRINT_NORMAL 0 +#define SC_PRINT_INVERTLIGHT 1 +#define SC_PRINT_BLACKONWHITE 2 +#define SC_PRINT_COLOURONWHITE 3 +#define SC_PRINT_COLOURONWHITEDEFAULTBG 4 +#define SCI_SETPRINTCOLOURMODE 2148 +#define SCI_GETPRINTCOLOURMODE 2149 +#define SCFIND_WHOLEWORD 2 +#define SCFIND_MATCHCASE 4 +#define SCFIND_WORDSTART 0x00100000 +#define SCFIND_REGEXP 0x00200000 +#define SCFIND_POSIX 0x00400000 +#define SCI_FINDTEXT 2150 +#define SCI_FORMATRANGE 2151 +#define SCI_GETFIRSTVISIBLELINE 2152 +#define SCI_GETLINE 2153 +#define SCI_GETLINECOUNT 2154 +#define SCI_SETMARGINLEFT 2155 +#define SCI_GETMARGINLEFT 2156 +#define SCI_SETMARGINRIGHT 2157 +#define SCI_GETMARGINRIGHT 2158 +#define SCI_GETMODIFY 2159 +#define SCI_SETSEL 2160 +#define SCI_GETSELTEXT 2161 +#define SCI_GETTEXTRANGE 2162 +#define SCI_HIDESELECTION 2163 +#define SCI_POINTXFROMPOSITION 2164 +#define SCI_POINTYFROMPOSITION 2165 +#define SCI_LINEFROMPOSITION 2166 +#define SCI_POSITIONFROMLINE 2167 +#define SCI_LINESCROLL 2168 +#define SCI_SCROLLCARET 2169 +#define SCI_REPLACESEL 2170 +#define SCI_SETREADONLY 2171 +#define SCI_NULL 2172 +#define SCI_CANPASTE 2173 +#define SCI_CANUNDO 2174 +#define SCI_EMPTYUNDOBUFFER 2175 +#define SCI_UNDO 2176 +#define SCI_CUT 2177 +#define SCI_COPY 2178 +#define SCI_PASTE 2179 +#define SCI_CLEAR 2180 +#define SCI_SETTEXT 2181 +#define SCI_GETTEXT 2182 +#define SCI_GETTEXTLENGTH 2183 +#define SCI_GETDIRECTFUNCTION 2184 +#define SCI_GETDIRECTPOINTER 2185 +#define SCI_SETOVERTYPE 2186 +#define SCI_GETOVERTYPE 2187 +#define SCI_SETCARETWIDTH 2188 +#define SCI_GETCARETWIDTH 2189 +#define SCI_SETTARGETSTART 2190 +#define SCI_GETTARGETSTART 2191 +#define SCI_SETTARGETEND 2192 +#define SCI_GETTARGETEND 2193 +#define SCI_REPLACETARGET 2194 +#define SCI_REPLACETARGETRE 2195 +#define SCI_SEARCHINTARGET 2197 +#define SCI_SETSEARCHFLAGS 2198 +#define SCI_GETSEARCHFLAGS 2199 +#define SCI_CALLTIPSHOW 2200 +#define SCI_CALLTIPCANCEL 2201 +#define SCI_CALLTIPACTIVE 2202 +#define SCI_CALLTIPPOSSTART 2203 +#define SCI_CALLTIPSETHLT 2204 +#define SCI_CALLTIPSETBACK 2205 +#define SCI_CALLTIPSETFORE 2206 +#define SCI_CALLTIPSETFOREHLT 2207 +#define SCI_CALLTIPUSESTYLE 2212 +#define SCI_VISIBLEFROMDOCLINE 2220 +#define SCI_DOCLINEFROMVISIBLE 2221 +#define SCI_WRAPCOUNT 2235 +#define SC_FOLDLEVELBASE 0x400 +#define SC_FOLDLEVELWHITEFLAG 0x1000 +#define SC_FOLDLEVELHEADERFLAG 0x2000 +#define SC_FOLDLEVELNUMBERMASK 0x0FFF +#define SCI_SETFOLDLEVEL 2222 +#define SCI_GETFOLDLEVEL 2223 +#define SCI_GETLASTCHILD 2224 +#define SCI_GETFOLDPARENT 2225 +#define SCI_SHOWLINES 2226 +#define SCI_HIDELINES 2227 +#define SCI_GETLINEVISIBLE 2228 +#define SCI_SETFOLDEXPANDED 2229 +#define SCI_GETFOLDEXPANDED 2230 +#define SCI_TOGGLEFOLD 2231 +#define SCI_ENSUREVISIBLE 2232 +#define SC_FOLDFLAG_LINEBEFORE_EXPANDED 0x0002 +#define SC_FOLDFLAG_LINEBEFORE_CONTRACTED 0x0004 +#define SC_FOLDFLAG_LINEAFTER_EXPANDED 0x0008 +#define SC_FOLDFLAG_LINEAFTER_CONTRACTED 0x0010 +#define SC_FOLDFLAG_LEVELNUMBERS 0x0040 +#define SCI_SETFOLDFLAGS 2233 +#define SCI_ENSUREVISIBLEENFORCEPOLICY 2234 +#define SCI_SETTABINDENTS 2260 +#define SCI_GETTABINDENTS 2261 +#define SCI_SETBACKSPACEUNINDENTS 2262 +#define SCI_GETBACKSPACEUNINDENTS 2263 +#define SC_TIME_FOREVER 10000000 +#define SCI_SETMOUSEDWELLTIME 2264 +#define SCI_GETMOUSEDWELLTIME 2265 +#define SCI_WORDSTARTPOSITION 2266 +#define SCI_WORDENDPOSITION 2267 +#define SC_WRAP_NONE 0 +#define SC_WRAP_WORD 1 +#define SC_WRAP_CHAR 2 +#define SCI_SETWRAPMODE 2268 +#define SCI_GETWRAPMODE 2269 +#define SC_WRAPVISUALFLAG_NONE 0x0000 +#define SC_WRAPVISUALFLAG_END 0x0001 +#define SC_WRAPVISUALFLAG_START 0x0002 +#define SCI_SETWRAPVISUALFLAGS 2460 +#define SCI_GETWRAPVISUALFLAGS 2461 +#define SC_WRAPVISUALFLAGLOC_DEFAULT 0x0000 +#define SC_WRAPVISUALFLAGLOC_END_BY_TEXT 0x0001 +#define SC_WRAPVISUALFLAGLOC_START_BY_TEXT 0x0002 +#define SCI_SETWRAPVISUALFLAGSLOCATION 2462 +#define SCI_GETWRAPVISUALFLAGSLOCATION 2463 +#define SCI_SETWRAPSTARTINDENT 2464 +#define SCI_GETWRAPSTARTINDENT 2465 +#define SC_CACHE_NONE 0 +#define SC_CACHE_CARET 1 +#define SC_CACHE_PAGE 2 +#define SC_CACHE_DOCUMENT 3 +#define SCI_SETLAYOUTCACHE 2272 +#define SCI_GETLAYOUTCACHE 2273 +#define SCI_SETSCROLLWIDTH 2274 +#define SCI_GETSCROLLWIDTH 2275 +#define SCI_SETSCROLLWIDTHTRACKING 2516 +#define SCI_GETSCROLLWIDTHTRACKING 2517 +#define SCI_TEXTWIDTH 2276 +#define SCI_SETENDATLASTLINE 2277 +#define SCI_GETENDATLASTLINE 2278 +#define SCI_TEXTHEIGHT 2279 +#define SCI_SETVSCROLLBAR 2280 +#define SCI_GETVSCROLLBAR 2281 +#define SCI_APPENDTEXT 2282 +#define SCI_GETTWOPHASEDRAW 2283 +#define SCI_SETTWOPHASEDRAW 2284 +#define SCI_TARGETFROMSELECTION 2287 +#define SCI_LINESJOIN 2288 +#define SCI_LINESSPLIT 2289 +#define SCI_SETFOLDMARGINCOLOUR 2290 +#define SCI_SETFOLDMARGINHICOLOUR 2291 +#define SCI_LINEDOWN 2300 +#define SCI_LINEDOWNEXTEND 2301 +#define SCI_LINEUP 2302 +#define SCI_LINEUPEXTEND 2303 +#define SCI_CHARLEFT 2304 +#define SCI_CHARLEFTEXTEND 2305 +#define SCI_CHARRIGHT 2306 +#define SCI_CHARRIGHTEXTEND 2307 +#define SCI_WORDLEFT 2308 +#define SCI_WORDLEFTEXTEND 2309 +#define SCI_WORDRIGHT 2310 +#define SCI_WORDRIGHTEXTEND 2311 +#define SCI_HOME 2312 +#define SCI_HOMEEXTEND 2313 +#define SCI_LINEEND 2314 +#define SCI_LINEENDEXTEND 2315 +#define SCI_DOCUMENTSTART 2316 +#define SCI_DOCUMENTSTARTEXTEND 2317 +#define SCI_DOCUMENTEND 2318 +#define SCI_DOCUMENTENDEXTEND 2319 +#define SCI_PAGEUP 2320 +#define SCI_PAGEUPEXTEND 2321 +#define SCI_PAGEDOWN 2322 +#define SCI_PAGEDOWNEXTEND 2323 +#define SCI_EDITTOGGLEOVERTYPE 2324 +#define SCI_CANCEL 2325 +#define SCI_DELETEBACK 2326 +#define SCI_TAB 2327 +#define SCI_BACKTAB 2328 +#define SCI_NEWLINE 2329 +#define SCI_FORMFEED 2330 +#define SCI_VCHOME 2331 +#define SCI_VCHOMEEXTEND 2332 +#define SCI_ZOOMIN 2333 +#define SCI_ZOOMOUT 2334 +#define SCI_DELWORDLEFT 2335 +#define SCI_DELWORDRIGHT 2336 +#define SCI_DELWORDRIGHTEND 2518 +#define SCI_LINECUT 2337 +#define SCI_LINEDELETE 2338 +#define SCI_LINETRANSPOSE 2339 +#define SCI_LINEDUPLICATE 2404 +#define SCI_LOWERCASE 2340 +#define SCI_UPPERCASE 2341 +#define SCI_LINESCROLLDOWN 2342 +#define SCI_LINESCROLLUP 2343 +#define SCI_DELETEBACKNOTLINE 2344 +#define SCI_HOMEDISPLAY 2345 +#define SCI_HOMEDISPLAYEXTEND 2346 +#define SCI_LINEENDDISPLAY 2347 +#define SCI_LINEENDDISPLAYEXTEND 2348 +#define SCI_HOMEWRAP 2349 +#define SCI_HOMEWRAPEXTEND 2450 +#define SCI_LINEENDWRAP 2451 +#define SCI_LINEENDWRAPEXTEND 2452 +#define SCI_VCHOMEWRAP 2453 +#define SCI_VCHOMEWRAPEXTEND 2454 +#define SCI_LINECOPY 2455 +#define SCI_MOVECARETINSIDEVIEW 2401 +#define SCI_LINELENGTH 2350 +#define SCI_BRACEHIGHLIGHT 2351 +#define SCI_BRACEBADLIGHT 2352 +#define SCI_BRACEMATCH 2353 +#define SCI_GETVIEWEOL 2355 +#define SCI_SETVIEWEOL 2356 +#define SCI_GETDOCPOINTER 2357 +#define SCI_SETDOCPOINTER 2358 +#define SCI_SETMODEVENTMASK 2359 +#define EDGE_NONE 0 +#define EDGE_LINE 1 +#define EDGE_BACKGROUND 2 +#define SCI_GETEDGECOLUMN 2360 +#define SCI_SETEDGECOLUMN 2361 +#define SCI_GETEDGEMODE 2362 +#define SCI_SETEDGEMODE 2363 +#define SCI_GETEDGECOLOUR 2364 +#define SCI_SETEDGECOLOUR 2365 +#define SCI_SEARCHANCHOR 2366 +#define SCI_SEARCHNEXT 2367 +#define SCI_SEARCHPREV 2368 +#define SCI_LINESONSCREEN 2370 +#define SCI_USEPOPUP 2371 +#define SCI_SELECTIONISRECTANGLE 2372 +#define SCI_SETZOOM 2373 +#define SCI_GETZOOM 2374 +#define SCI_CREATEDOCUMENT 2375 +#define SCI_ADDREFDOCUMENT 2376 +#define SCI_RELEASEDOCUMENT 2377 +#define SCI_GETMODEVENTMASK 2378 +#define SCI_SETFOCUS 2380 +#define SCI_GETFOCUS 2381 +#define SCI_SETSTATUS 2382 +#define SCI_GETSTATUS 2383 +#define SCI_SETMOUSEDOWNCAPTURES 2384 +#define SCI_GETMOUSEDOWNCAPTURES 2385 +#define SC_CURSORNORMAL -1 +#define SC_CURSORWAIT 4 +#define SCI_SETCURSOR 2386 +#define SCI_GETCURSOR 2387 +#define SCI_SETCONTROLCHARSYMBOL 2388 +#define SCI_GETCONTROLCHARSYMBOL 2389 +#define SCI_WORDPARTLEFT 2390 +#define SCI_WORDPARTLEFTEXTEND 2391 +#define SCI_WORDPARTRIGHT 2392 +#define SCI_WORDPARTRIGHTEXTEND 2393 +#define VISIBLE_SLOP 0x01 +#define VISIBLE_STRICT 0x04 +#define SCI_SETVISIBLEPOLICY 2394 +#define SCI_DELLINELEFT 2395 +#define SCI_DELLINERIGHT 2396 +#define SCI_SETXOFFSET 2397 +#define SCI_GETXOFFSET 2398 +#define SCI_CHOOSECARETX 2399 +#define SCI_GRABFOCUS 2400 +#define CARET_SLOP 0x01 +#define CARET_STRICT 0x04 +#define CARET_JUMPS 0x10 +#define CARET_EVEN 0x08 +#define SCI_SETXCARETPOLICY 2402 +#define SCI_SETYCARETPOLICY 2403 +#define SCI_SETPRINTWRAPMODE 2406 +#define SCI_GETPRINTWRAPMODE 2407 +#define SCI_SETHOTSPOTACTIVEFORE 2410 +#define SCI_GETHOTSPOTACTIVEFORE 2494 +#define SCI_SETHOTSPOTACTIVEBACK 2411 +#define SCI_GETHOTSPOTACTIVEBACK 2495 +#define SCI_SETHOTSPOTACTIVEUNDERLINE 2412 +#define SCI_GETHOTSPOTACTIVEUNDERLINE 2496 +#define SCI_SETHOTSPOTSINGLELINE 2421 +#define SCI_GETHOTSPOTSINGLELINE 2497 +#define SCI_PARADOWN 2413 +#define SCI_PARADOWNEXTEND 2414 +#define SCI_PARAUP 2415 +#define SCI_PARAUPEXTEND 2416 +#define SCI_POSITIONBEFORE 2417 +#define SCI_POSITIONAFTER 2418 +#define SCI_COPYRANGE 2419 +#define SCI_COPYTEXT 2420 +#define SC_SEL_STREAM 0 +#define SC_SEL_RECTANGLE 1 +#define SC_SEL_LINES 2 +#define SCI_SETSELECTIONMODE 2422 +#define SCI_GETSELECTIONMODE 2423 +#define SCI_GETLINESELSTARTPOSITION 2424 +#define SCI_GETLINESELENDPOSITION 2425 +#define SCI_LINEDOWNRECTEXTEND 2426 +#define SCI_LINEUPRECTEXTEND 2427 +#define SCI_CHARLEFTRECTEXTEND 2428 +#define SCI_CHARRIGHTRECTEXTEND 2429 +#define SCI_HOMERECTEXTEND 2430 +#define SCI_VCHOMERECTEXTEND 2431 +#define SCI_LINEENDRECTEXTEND 2432 +#define SCI_PAGEUPRECTEXTEND 2433 +#define SCI_PAGEDOWNRECTEXTEND 2434 +#define SCI_STUTTEREDPAGEUP 2435 +#define SCI_STUTTEREDPAGEUPEXTEND 2436 +#define SCI_STUTTEREDPAGEDOWN 2437 +#define SCI_STUTTEREDPAGEDOWNEXTEND 2438 +#define SCI_WORDLEFTEND 2439 +#define SCI_WORDLEFTENDEXTEND 2440 +#define SCI_WORDRIGHTEND 2441 +#define SCI_WORDRIGHTENDEXTEND 2442 +#define SCI_SETWHITESPACECHARS 2443 +#define SCI_SETCHARSDEFAULT 2444 +#define SCI_AUTOCGETCURRENT 2445 +#define SCI_ALLOCATE 2446 +#define SCI_TARGETASUTF8 2447 +#define SCI_SETLENGTHFORENCODE 2448 +#define SCI_ENCODEDFROMUTF8 2449 +#define SCI_FINDCOLUMN 2456 +#define SCI_GETCARETSTICKY 2457 +#define SCI_SETCARETSTICKY 2458 +#define SCI_TOGGLECARETSTICKY 2459 +#define SCI_SETPASTECONVERTENDINGS 2467 +#define SCI_GETPASTECONVERTENDINGS 2468 +#define SCI_SELECTIONDUPLICATE 2469 +#define SC_ALPHA_TRANSPARENT 0 +#define SC_ALPHA_OPAQUE 255 +#define SC_ALPHA_NOALPHA 256 +#define SCI_SETCARETLINEBACKALPHA 2470 +#define SCI_GETCARETLINEBACKALPHA 2471 +#define CARETSTYLE_INVISIBLE 0 +#define CARETSTYLE_LINE 1 +#define CARETSTYLE_BLOCK 2 +#define SCI_SETCARETSTYLE 2512 +#define SCI_GETCARETSTYLE 2513 +#define SCI_SETINDICATORCURRENT 2500 +#define SCI_GETINDICATORCURRENT 2501 +#define SCI_SETINDICATORVALUE 2502 +#define SCI_GETINDICATORVALUE 2503 +#define SCI_INDICATORFILLRANGE 2504 +#define SCI_INDICATORCLEARRANGE 2505 +#define SCI_INDICATORALLONFOR 2506 +#define SCI_INDICATORVALUEAT 2507 +#define SCI_INDICATORSTART 2508 +#define SCI_INDICATOREND 2509 +#define SCI_SETPOSITIONCACHE 2514 +#define SCI_GETPOSITIONCACHE 2515 +#define SCI_COPYALLOWLINE 2519 +#define SCI_GETCHARACTERPOINTER 2520 +#define SCI_SETKEYSUNICODE 2521 +#define SCI_GETKEYSUNICODE 2522 +#define SCI_INDICSETALPHA 2523 +#define SCI_INDICGETALPHA 2524 +#define SCI_SETEXTRAASCENT 2525 +#define SCI_GETEXTRAASCENT 2526 +#define SCI_SETEXTRADESCENT 2527 +#define SCI_GETEXTRADESCENT 2528 +#define SCI_MARKERSYMBOLDEFINED 2529 +#define SCI_MARGINSETTEXT 2530 +#define SCI_MARGINGETTEXT 2531 +#define SCI_MARGINSETSTYLE 2532 +#define SCI_MARGINGETSTYLE 2533 +#define SCI_MARGINSETSTYLES 2534 +#define SCI_MARGINGETSTYLES 2535 +#define SCI_MARGINTEXTCLEARALL 2536 +#define SCI_MARGINSETSTYLEOFFSET 2537 +#define SCI_MARGINGETSTYLEOFFSET 2538 +#define SCI_ANNOTATIONSETTEXT 2540 +#define SCI_ANNOTATIONGETTEXT 2541 +#define SCI_ANNOTATIONSETSTYLE 2542 +#define SCI_ANNOTATIONGETSTYLE 2543 +#define SCI_ANNOTATIONSETSTYLES 2544 +#define SCI_ANNOTATIONGETSTYLES 2545 +#define SCI_ANNOTATIONGETLINES 2546 +#define SCI_ANNOTATIONCLEARALL 2547 +#define ANNOTATION_HIDDEN 0 +#define ANNOTATION_STANDARD 1 +#define ANNOTATION_BOXED 2 +#define SCI_ANNOTATIONSETVISIBLE 2548 +#define SCI_ANNOTATIONGETVISIBLE 2549 +#define SCI_ANNOTATIONSETSTYLEOFFSET 2550 +#define SCI_ANNOTATIONGETSTYLEOFFSET 2551 +#define UNDO_MAY_COALESCE 1 +#define SCI_ADDUNDOACTION 2560 +#define SCI_STARTRECORD 3001 +#define SCI_STOPRECORD 3002 +#define SCI_SETLEXER 4001 +#define SCI_GETLEXER 4002 +#define SCI_COLOURISE 4003 +#define SCI_SETPROPERTY 4004 +#define KEYWORDSET_MAX 8 +#define SCI_SETKEYWORDS 4005 +#define SCI_SETLEXERLANGUAGE 4006 +#define SCI_LOADLEXERLIBRARY 4007 +#define SCI_GETPROPERTY 4008 +#define SCI_GETPROPERTYEXPANDED 4009 +#define SCI_GETPROPERTYINT 4010 +#define SCI_GETSTYLEBITSNEEDED 4011 +#define SC_MOD_INSERTTEXT 0x1 +#define SC_MOD_DELETETEXT 0x2 +#define SC_MOD_CHANGESTYLE 0x4 +#define SC_MOD_CHANGEFOLD 0x8 +#define SC_PERFORMED_USER 0x10 +#define SC_PERFORMED_UNDO 0x20 +#define SC_PERFORMED_REDO 0x40 +#define SC_MULTISTEPUNDOREDO 0x80 +#define SC_LASTSTEPINUNDOREDO 0x100 +#define SC_MOD_CHANGEMARKER 0x200 +#define SC_MOD_BEFOREINSERT 0x400 +#define SC_MOD_BEFOREDELETE 0x800 +#define SC_MULTILINEUNDOREDO 0x1000 +#define SC_STARTACTION 0x2000 +#define SC_MOD_CHANGEINDICATOR 0x4000 +#define SC_MOD_CHANGELINESTATE 0x8000 +#define SC_MOD_CHANGEMARGIN 0x10000 +#define SC_MOD_CHANGEANNOTATION 0x20000 +#define SC_MOD_CONTAINER 0x40000 +#define SC_MODEVENTMASKALL 0x7FFFF +#define SCEN_CHANGE 768 +#define SCEN_SETFOCUS 512 +#define SCEN_KILLFOCUS 256 +#define SCK_DOWN 300 +#define SCK_UP 301 +#define SCK_LEFT 302 +#define SCK_RIGHT 303 +#define SCK_HOME 304 +#define SCK_END 305 +#define SCK_PRIOR 306 +#define SCK_NEXT 307 +#define SCK_DELETE 308 +#define SCK_INSERT 309 +#define SCK_ESCAPE 7 +#define SCK_BACK 8 +#define SCK_TAB 9 +#define SCK_RETURN 13 +#define SCK_ADD 310 +#define SCK_SUBTRACT 311 +#define SCK_DIVIDE 312 +#define SCK_WIN 313 +#define SCK_RWIN 314 +#define SCK_MENU 315 +#define SCMOD_NORM 0 +#define SCMOD_SHIFT 1 +#define SCMOD_CTRL 2 +#define SCMOD_ALT 4 +#define SCN_STYLENEEDED 2000 +#define SCN_CHARADDED 2001 +#define SCN_SAVEPOINTREACHED 2002 +#define SCN_SAVEPOINTLEFT 2003 +#define SCN_MODIFYATTEMPTRO 2004 +#define SCN_KEY 2005 +#define SCN_DOUBLECLICK 2006 +#define SCN_UPDATEUI 2007 +#define SCN_MODIFIED 2008 +#define SCN_MACRORECORD 2009 +#define SCN_MARGINCLICK 2010 +#define SCN_NEEDSHOWN 2011 +#define SCN_PAINTED 2013 +#define SCN_USERLISTSELECTION 2014 +#define SCN_URIDROPPED 2015 +#define SCN_DWELLSTART 2016 +#define SCN_DWELLEND 2017 +#define SCN_ZOOM 2018 +#define SCN_HOTSPOTCLICK 2019 +#define SCN_HOTSPOTDOUBLECLICK 2020 +#define SCN_CALLTIPCLICK 2021 +#define SCN_AUTOCSELECTION 2022 +#define SCN_INDICATORCLICK 2023 +#define SCN_INDICATORRELEASE 2024 +#define SCN_AUTOCCANCELLED 2025 +#define SCN_AUTOCCHARDELETED 2026 +/* --Autogenerated -- end of section automatically generated from Scintilla.iface */ + +/* These structures are defined to be exactly the same shape as the Win32 + * CHARRANGE, TEXTRANGE, FINDTEXTEX, FORMATRANGE, and NMHDR structs. + * So older code that treats Scintilla as a RichEdit will work. */ + +#ifdef SCI_NAMESPACE +namespace Scintilla { +#endif + +struct CharacterRange { + long cpMin; + long cpMax; +}; + +struct TextRange { + struct CharacterRange chrg; + char *lpstrText; +}; + +struct TextToFind { + struct CharacterRange chrg; + char *lpstrText; + struct CharacterRange chrgText; +}; + +#ifdef PLATFORM_H + +/* This structure is used in printing and requires some of the graphics types + * from Platform.h. Not needed by most client code. */ + +struct RangeToFormat { + SurfaceID hdc; + SurfaceID hdcTarget; + PRectangle rc; + PRectangle rcPage; + CharacterRange chrg; +}; + +#endif + +struct NotifyHeader { + /* Compatible with Windows NMHDR. + * hwndFrom is really an environment specific window handle or pointer + * but most clients of Scintilla.h do not have this type visible. */ + void *hwndFrom; + uptr_t idFrom; + unsigned int code; +}; + +struct SCNotification { + struct NotifyHeader nmhdr; + int position; /* SCN_STYLENEEDED, SCN_MODIFIED, SCN_DWELLSTART, SCN_DWELLEND */ + int ch; /* SCN_CHARADDED, SCN_KEY */ + int modifiers; /* SCN_KEY */ + int modificationType; /* SCN_MODIFIED */ + const char *text; // SCN_MODIFIED, SCN_USERLISTSELECTION, SCN_AUTOCSELECTION */ + int length; /* SCN_MODIFIED */ + int linesAdded; /* SCN_MODIFIED */ + int message; /* SCN_MACRORECORD */ + uptr_t wParam; /* SCN_MACRORECORD */ + sptr_t lParam; /* SCN_MACRORECORD */ + int line; /* SCN_MODIFIED */ + int foldLevelNow; /* SCN_MODIFIED */ + int foldLevelPrev; /* SCN_MODIFIED */ + int margin; /* SCN_MARGINCLICK */ + int listType; /* SCN_USERLISTSELECTION */ + int x; /* SCN_DWELLSTART, SCN_DWELLEND */ + int y; /* SCN_DWELLSTART, SCN_DWELLEND */ + int token; /* SCN_MODIFIED with SC_MOD_CONTAINER */ + int annotationLinesAdded; /* SC_MOD_CHANGEANNOTATION */ +}; + +#ifdef SCI_NAMESPACE +} +#endif + +/* Deprecation section listing all API features that are deprecated and + * will be removed completely in a future version. + * To enable these features define INCLUDE_DEPRECATED_FEATURES */ + +#ifdef INCLUDE_DEPRECATED_FEATURES + +#define SCI_SETCARETPOLICY 2369 +#define CARET_CENTER 0x02 +#define CARET_XEVEN 0x08 +#define CARET_XJUMPS 0x10 + +#define SC_FOLDFLAG_BOX 0x0001 +#define SC_FOLDLEVELBOXHEADERFLAG 0x4000 +#define SC_FOLDLEVELBOXFOOTERFLAG 0x8000 +#define SC_FOLDLEVELCONTRACTED 0x10000 +#define SC_FOLDLEVELUNINDENT 0x20000 + +#define SCN_POSCHANGED 2012 +#define SCN_CHECKBRACE 2007 + +#endif + +#endif diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/ScintillaBase.cpp b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/ScintillaBase.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..4a90069e00 --- /dev/null +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/ScintillaBase.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,756 @@ +// Scintilla source code edit control +/** @file ScintillaBase.cxx + ** An enhanced subclass of Editor with calltips, autocomplete and context menu. + **/ +// Copyright 1998-2003 by Neil Hodgson +// The License.txt file describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed. + +#include +#include +#include +#include + +#include "Platform.h" + +#include "Scintilla.h" +#include "PropSet.h" +#ifdef SCI_LEXER +#include "SciLexer.h" +#include "Accessor.h" +#include "DocumentAccessor.h" +#include "KeyWords.h" +#endif +#include "SplitVector.h" +#include "Partitioning.h" +#include "RunStyles.h" +#include "ContractionState.h" +#include "CellBuffer.h" +#include "CallTip.h" +#include "KeyMap.h" +#include "Indicator.h" +#include "XPM.h" +#include "LineMarker.h" +#include "Style.h" +#include "ViewStyle.h" +#include "AutoComplete.h" +#include "CharClassify.h" +#include "Decoration.h" +#include "Document.h" +#include "PositionCache.h" +#include "Editor.h" +#include "ScintillaBase.h" + +#ifdef SCI_NAMESPACE +using namespace Scintilla; +#endif + +ScintillaBase::ScintillaBase() { + displayPopupMenu = true; + listType = 0; + maxListWidth = 0; +#ifdef SCI_LEXER + lexLanguage = SCLEX_CONTAINER; + performingStyle = false; + lexCurrent = 0; + for (int wl = 0;wl < numWordLists;wl++) + keyWordLists[wl] = new WordList; + keyWordLists[numWordLists] = 0; +#endif +} + +ScintillaBase::~ScintillaBase() { +#ifdef SCI_LEXER + for (int wl = 0;wl < numWordLists;wl++) + delete keyWordLists[wl]; +#endif +} + +void ScintillaBase::Finalise() { + Editor::Finalise(); + popup.Destroy(); +} + +void ScintillaBase::RefreshColourPalette(Palette &pal, bool want) { + Editor::RefreshColourPalette(pal, want); + ct.RefreshColourPalette(pal, want); +} + +void ScintillaBase::AddCharUTF(char *s, unsigned int len, bool treatAsDBCS) { + bool isFillUp = ac.Active() && ac.IsFillUpChar(*s); + if (!isFillUp) { + Editor::AddCharUTF(s, len, treatAsDBCS); + } + if (ac.Active()) { + AutoCompleteCharacterAdded(s[0]); + // For fill ups add the character after the autocompletion has + // triggered so containers see the key so can display a calltip. + if (isFillUp) { + Editor::AddCharUTF(s, len, treatAsDBCS); + } + } +} + +void ScintillaBase::Command(int cmdId) { + + switch (cmdId) { + + case idAutoComplete: // Nothing to do + + break; + + case idCallTip: // Nothing to do + + break; + + case idcmdUndo: + WndProc(SCI_UNDO, 0, 0); + break; + + case idcmdRedo: + WndProc(SCI_REDO, 0, 0); + break; + + case idcmdCut: + WndProc(SCI_CUT, 0, 0); + break; + + case idcmdCopy: + WndProc(SCI_COPY, 0, 0); + break; + + case idcmdPaste: + WndProc(SCI_PASTE, 0, 0); + break; + + case idcmdDelete: + WndProc(SCI_CLEAR, 0, 0); + break; + + case idcmdSelectAll: + WndProc(SCI_SELECTALL, 0, 0); + break; + } +} + +int ScintillaBase::KeyCommand(unsigned int iMessage) { + // Most key commands cancel autocompletion mode + if (ac.Active()) { + switch (iMessage) { + // Except for these + case SCI_LINEDOWN: + AutoCompleteMove(1); + return 0; + case SCI_LINEUP: + AutoCompleteMove( -1); + return 0; + case SCI_PAGEDOWN: + AutoCompleteMove(5); + return 0; + case SCI_PAGEUP: + AutoCompleteMove( -5); + return 0; + case SCI_VCHOME: + AutoCompleteMove( -5000); + return 0; + case SCI_LINEEND: + AutoCompleteMove(5000); + return 0; + case SCI_DELETEBACK: + DelCharBack(true); + AutoCompleteCharacterDeleted(); + EnsureCaretVisible(); + return 0; + case SCI_DELETEBACKNOTLINE: + DelCharBack(false); + AutoCompleteCharacterDeleted(); + EnsureCaretVisible(); + return 0; + case SCI_TAB: + AutoCompleteCompleted(); + return 0; + case SCI_NEWLINE: + AutoCompleteCompleted(); + return 0; + + default: + AutoCompleteCancel(); + } + } + + if (ct.inCallTipMode) { + if ( + (iMessage != SCI_CHARLEFT) && + (iMessage != SCI_CHARLEFTEXTEND) && + (iMessage != SCI_CHARRIGHT) && + (iMessage != SCI_CHARRIGHTEXTEND) && + (iMessage != SCI_EDITTOGGLEOVERTYPE) && + (iMessage != SCI_DELETEBACK) && + (iMessage != SCI_DELETEBACKNOTLINE) + ) { + ct.CallTipCancel(); + } + if ((iMessage == SCI_DELETEBACK) || (iMessage == SCI_DELETEBACKNOTLINE)) { + if (currentPos <= ct.posStartCallTip) { + ct.CallTipCancel(); + } + } + } + return Editor::KeyCommand(iMessage); +} + +void ScintillaBase::AutoCompleteDoubleClick(void* p) { + ScintillaBase* sci = reinterpret_cast(p); + sci->AutoCompleteCompleted(); +} + +void ScintillaBase::AutoCompleteStart(int lenEntered, const char *list) { + //Platform::DebugPrintf("AutoComplete %s\n", list); + ct.CallTipCancel(); + + if (ac.chooseSingle && (listType == 0)) { + if (list && !strchr(list, ac.GetSeparator())) { + const char *typeSep = strchr(list, ac.GetTypesep()); + size_t lenInsert = (typeSep) ? (typeSep-list) : strlen(list); + if (ac.ignoreCase) { + SetEmptySelection(currentPos - lenEntered); + pdoc->DeleteChars(currentPos, lenEntered); + SetEmptySelection(currentPos); + pdoc->InsertString(currentPos, list, lenInsert); + SetEmptySelection(currentPos + lenInsert); + } else { + SetEmptySelection(currentPos); + pdoc->InsertString(currentPos, list + lenEntered, lenInsert - lenEntered); + SetEmptySelection(currentPos + lenInsert - lenEntered); + } + return; + } + } + ac.Start(wMain, idAutoComplete, currentPos, LocationFromPosition(currentPos), + lenEntered, vs.lineHeight, IsUnicodeMode()); + + PRectangle rcClient = GetClientRectangle(); + Point pt = LocationFromPosition(currentPos - lenEntered); + PRectangle rcPopupBounds = wMain.GetMonitorRect(pt); + if (rcPopupBounds.Height() == 0) + rcPopupBounds = rcClient; + + int heightLB = 100; + int widthLB = 100; + if (pt.x >= rcClient.right - widthLB) { + HorizontalScrollTo(xOffset + pt.x - rcClient.right + widthLB); + Redraw(); + pt = LocationFromPosition(currentPos); + } + PRectangle rcac; + rcac.left = pt.x - ac.lb->CaretFromEdge(); + if (pt.y >= rcPopupBounds.bottom - heightLB && // Wont fit below. + pt.y >= (rcPopupBounds.bottom + rcPopupBounds.top) / 2) { // and there is more room above. + rcac.top = pt.y - heightLB; + if (rcac.top < rcPopupBounds.top) { + heightLB -= (rcPopupBounds.top - rcac.top); + rcac.top = rcPopupBounds.top; + } + } else { + rcac.top = pt.y + vs.lineHeight; + } + rcac.right = rcac.left + widthLB; + rcac.bottom = Platform::Minimum(rcac.top + heightLB, rcPopupBounds.bottom); + ac.lb->SetPositionRelative(rcac, wMain); + ac.lb->SetFont(vs.styles[STYLE_DEFAULT].font); + unsigned int aveCharWidth = vs.styles[STYLE_DEFAULT].aveCharWidth; + ac.lb->SetAverageCharWidth(aveCharWidth); + ac.lb->SetDoubleClickAction(AutoCompleteDoubleClick, this); + + ac.SetList(list); + + // Fiddle the position of the list so it is right next to the target and wide enough for all its strings + PRectangle rcList = ac.lb->GetDesiredRect(); + int heightAlloced = rcList.bottom - rcList.top; + widthLB = Platform::Maximum(widthLB, rcList.right - rcList.left); + if (maxListWidth != 0) + widthLB = Platform::Minimum(widthLB, aveCharWidth*maxListWidth); + // Make an allowance for large strings in list + rcList.left = pt.x - ac.lb->CaretFromEdge(); + rcList.right = rcList.left + widthLB; + if (((pt.y + vs.lineHeight) >= (rcPopupBounds.bottom - heightAlloced)) && // Wont fit below. + ((pt.y + vs.lineHeight / 2) >= (rcPopupBounds.bottom + rcPopupBounds.top) / 2)) { // and there is more room above. + rcList.top = pt.y - heightAlloced; + } else { + rcList.top = pt.y + vs.lineHeight; + } + rcList.bottom = rcList.top + heightAlloced; + ac.lb->SetPositionRelative(rcList, wMain); + ac.Show(true); + if (lenEntered != 0) { + AutoCompleteMoveToCurrentWord(); + } +} + +void ScintillaBase::AutoCompleteCancel() { + if (ac.Active()) { + //SCNotification scn = {0}; + SCNotification scn = {{0,0,0},0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0}; + scn.nmhdr.code = SCN_AUTOCCANCELLED; + scn.wParam = 0; + scn.listType = 0; + NotifyParent(scn); + } + ac.Cancel(); +} + +void ScintillaBase::AutoCompleteMove(int delta) { + ac.Move(delta); +} + +void ScintillaBase::AutoCompleteMoveToCurrentWord() { + char wordCurrent[1000]; + int i; + int startWord = ac.posStart - ac.startLen; + for (i = startWord; i < currentPos && i - startWord < 1000; i++) + wordCurrent[i - startWord] = pdoc->CharAt(i); + wordCurrent[Platform::Minimum(i - startWord, 999)] = '\0'; + ac.Select(wordCurrent); +} + +void ScintillaBase::AutoCompleteCharacterAdded(char ch) { + if (ac.IsFillUpChar(ch)) { + AutoCompleteCompleted(); + } else if (ac.IsStopChar(ch)) { + AutoCompleteCancel(); + } else { + AutoCompleteMoveToCurrentWord(); + } +} + +void ScintillaBase::AutoCompleteCharacterDeleted() { + if (currentPos < ac.posStart - ac.startLen) { + AutoCompleteCancel(); + } else if (ac.cancelAtStartPos && (currentPos <= ac.posStart)) { + AutoCompleteCancel(); + } else { + AutoCompleteMoveToCurrentWord(); + } + //SCNotification scn = {0}; + SCNotification scn = {{0,0,0},0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0}; + scn.nmhdr.code = SCN_AUTOCCHARDELETED; + scn.wParam = 0; + scn.listType = 0; + NotifyParent(scn); +} + +void ScintillaBase::AutoCompleteCompleted() { + int item = ac.lb->GetSelection(); + char selected[1000]; + selected[0] = '\0'; + if (item != -1) { + ac.lb->GetValue(item, selected, sizeof(selected)); + } else { + AutoCompleteCancel(); + return; + } + + ac.Show(false); + + listSelected = selected; + //SCNotification scn = {0}; + SCNotification scn = {{0,0,0},0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0}; + scn.nmhdr.code = listType > 0 ? SCN_USERLISTSELECTION : SCN_AUTOCSELECTION; + scn.message = 0; + scn.wParam = listType; + scn.listType = listType; + Position firstPos = ac.posStart - ac.startLen; + scn.lParam = firstPos; + scn.text = listSelected.c_str(); + NotifyParent(scn); + + if (!ac.Active()) + return; + ac.Cancel(); + + if (listType > 0) + return; + + Position endPos = currentPos; + if (ac.dropRestOfWord) + endPos = pdoc->ExtendWordSelect(endPos, 1, true); + if (endPos < firstPos) + return; + pdoc->BeginUndoAction(); + if (endPos != firstPos) { + pdoc->DeleteChars(firstPos, endPos - firstPos); + } + SetEmptySelection(ac.posStart); + if (item != -1) { + SString piece = selected; + pdoc->InsertCString(firstPos, piece.c_str()); + SetEmptySelection(firstPos + static_cast(piece.length())); + } + pdoc->EndUndoAction(); +} + +int ScintillaBase::AutoCompleteGetCurrent() { + if (!ac.Active()) + return -1; + return ac.lb->GetSelection(); +} + +void ScintillaBase::CallTipShow(Point pt, const char *defn) { + ac.Cancel(); + pt.y += vs.lineHeight; + // If container knows about STYLE_CALLTIP then use it in place of the + // STYLE_DEFAULT for the face name, size and character set. Also use it + // for the foreground and background colour. + int ctStyle = ct.UseStyleCallTip() ? STYLE_CALLTIP : STYLE_DEFAULT; + if (ct.UseStyleCallTip()) { + ct.SetForeBack(vs.styles[STYLE_CALLTIP].fore, vs.styles[STYLE_CALLTIP].back); + } + PRectangle rc = ct.CallTipStart(currentPos, pt, + defn, + vs.styles[ctStyle].fontName, + vs.styles[ctStyle].sizeZoomed, + CodePage(), + vs.styles[ctStyle].characterSet, + wMain); + // If the call-tip window would be out of the client + // space, adjust so it displays above the text. + PRectangle rcClient = GetClientRectangle(); + if (rc.bottom > rcClient.bottom) { + int offset = vs.lineHeight + rc.Height(); + rc.top -= offset; + rc.bottom -= offset; + } + // Now display the window. + CreateCallTipWindow(rc); + ct.wCallTip.SetPositionRelative(rc, wMain); + ct.wCallTip.Show(); +} + +void ScintillaBase::CallTipClick() { + // SCNotification scn = {0}; + SCNotification scn = {{0,0,0},0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0}; + scn.nmhdr.code = SCN_CALLTIPCLICK; + scn.position = ct.clickPlace; + NotifyParent(scn); +} + +void ScintillaBase::ContextMenu(Point pt) { + if (displayPopupMenu) { + bool writable = !WndProc(SCI_GETREADONLY, 0, 0); + popup.CreatePopUp(); + AddToPopUp("Undo", idcmdUndo, writable && pdoc->CanUndo()); + AddToPopUp("Redo", idcmdRedo, writable && pdoc->CanRedo()); + AddToPopUp(""); + AddToPopUp("Cut", idcmdCut, writable && currentPos != anchor); + AddToPopUp("Copy", idcmdCopy, currentPos != anchor); + AddToPopUp("Paste", idcmdPaste, writable && WndProc(SCI_CANPASTE, 0, 0)); + AddToPopUp("Delete", idcmdDelete, writable && currentPos != anchor); + AddToPopUp(""); + AddToPopUp("Select All", idcmdSelectAll); + popup.Show(pt, wMain); + } +} + +void ScintillaBase::CancelModes() { + AutoCompleteCancel(); + ct.CallTipCancel(); + Editor::CancelModes(); +} + +void ScintillaBase::ButtonDown(Point pt, unsigned int curTime, bool shift, bool ctrl, bool alt) { + CancelModes(); + Editor::ButtonDown(pt, curTime, shift, ctrl, alt); +} + +#ifdef SCI_LEXER +void ScintillaBase::SetLexer(uptr_t wParam) { + lexLanguage = wParam; + lexCurrent = LexerModule::Find(lexLanguage); + if (!lexCurrent) + lexCurrent = LexerModule::Find(SCLEX_NULL); +} + +void ScintillaBase::SetLexerLanguage(const char *languageName) { + lexLanguage = SCLEX_CONTAINER; + lexCurrent = LexerModule::Find(languageName); + if (!lexCurrent) + lexCurrent = LexerModule::Find(SCLEX_NULL); + if (lexCurrent) + lexLanguage = lexCurrent->GetLanguage(); +} + +void ScintillaBase::Colourise(int start, int end) { + if (!performingStyle) { + // Protect against reentrance, which may occur, for example, when + // fold points are discovered while performing styling and the folding + // code looks for child lines which may trigger styling. + performingStyle = true; + + int lengthDoc = pdoc->Length(); + if (end == -1) + end = lengthDoc; + int len = end - start; + + PLATFORM_ASSERT(len >= 0); + PLATFORM_ASSERT(start + len <= lengthDoc); + + //WindowAccessor styler(wMain.GetID(), props); + DocumentAccessor styler(pdoc, props, wMain.GetID()); + + int styleStart = 0; + if (start > 0) + styleStart = styler.StyleAt(start - 1) & pdoc->stylingBitsMask; + styler.SetCodePage(pdoc->dbcsCodePage); + + if (lexCurrent && (len > 0)) { // Should always succeed as null lexer should always be available + lexCurrent->Lex(start, len, styleStart, keyWordLists, styler); + styler.Flush(); + if (styler.GetPropertyInt("fold")) { + lexCurrent->Fold(start, len, styleStart, keyWordLists, styler); + styler.Flush(); + } + } + + performingStyle = false; + } +} +#endif + +void ScintillaBase::NotifyStyleToNeeded(int endStyleNeeded) { +#ifdef SCI_LEXER + if (lexLanguage != SCLEX_CONTAINER) { + int endStyled = WndProc(SCI_GETENDSTYLED, 0, 0); + int lineEndStyled = WndProc(SCI_LINEFROMPOSITION, endStyled, 0); + endStyled = WndProc(SCI_POSITIONFROMLINE, lineEndStyled, 0); + Colourise(endStyled, endStyleNeeded); + return; + } +#endif + Editor::NotifyStyleToNeeded(endStyleNeeded); +} + +sptr_t ScintillaBase::WndProc(unsigned int iMessage, uptr_t wParam, sptr_t lParam) { + switch (iMessage) { + case SCI_AUTOCSHOW: + listType = 0; + AutoCompleteStart(wParam, reinterpret_cast(lParam)); + break; + + case SCI_AUTOCCANCEL: + ac.Cancel(); + break; + + case SCI_AUTOCACTIVE: + return ac.Active(); + + case SCI_AUTOCPOSSTART: + return ac.posStart; + + case SCI_AUTOCCOMPLETE: + AutoCompleteCompleted(); + break; + + case SCI_AUTOCSETSEPARATOR: + ac.SetSeparator(static_cast(wParam)); + break; + + case SCI_AUTOCGETSEPARATOR: + return ac.GetSeparator(); + + case SCI_AUTOCSTOPS: + ac.SetStopChars(reinterpret_cast(lParam)); + break; + + case SCI_AUTOCSELECT: + ac.Select(reinterpret_cast(lParam)); + break; + + case SCI_AUTOCGETCURRENT: + return AutoCompleteGetCurrent(); + + case SCI_AUTOCSETCANCELATSTART: + ac.cancelAtStartPos = wParam != 0; + break; + + case SCI_AUTOCGETCANCELATSTART: + return ac.cancelAtStartPos; + + case SCI_AUTOCSETFILLUPS: + ac.SetFillUpChars(reinterpret_cast(lParam)); + break; + + case SCI_AUTOCSETCHOOSESINGLE: + ac.chooseSingle = wParam != 0; + break; + + case SCI_AUTOCGETCHOOSESINGLE: + return ac.chooseSingle; + + case SCI_AUTOCSETIGNORECASE: + ac.ignoreCase = wParam != 0; + break; + + case SCI_AUTOCGETIGNORECASE: + return ac.ignoreCase; + + case SCI_USERLISTSHOW: + listType = wParam; + AutoCompleteStart(0, reinterpret_cast(lParam)); + break; + + case SCI_AUTOCSETAUTOHIDE: + ac.autoHide = wParam != 0; + break; + + case SCI_AUTOCGETAUTOHIDE: + return ac.autoHide; + + case SCI_AUTOCSETDROPRESTOFWORD: + ac.dropRestOfWord = wParam != 0; + break; + + case SCI_AUTOCGETDROPRESTOFWORD: + return ac.dropRestOfWord; + + case SCI_AUTOCSETMAXHEIGHT: + ac.lb->SetVisibleRows(wParam); + break; + + case SCI_AUTOCGETMAXHEIGHT: + return ac.lb->GetVisibleRows(); + + case SCI_AUTOCSETMAXWIDTH: + maxListWidth = wParam; + break; + + case SCI_AUTOCGETMAXWIDTH: + return maxListWidth; + + case SCI_REGISTERIMAGE: + ac.lb->RegisterImage(wParam, reinterpret_cast(lParam)); + break; + + case SCI_CLEARREGISTEREDIMAGES: + ac.lb->ClearRegisteredImages(); + break; + + case SCI_AUTOCSETTYPESEPARATOR: + ac.SetTypesep(static_cast(wParam)); + break; + + case SCI_AUTOCGETTYPESEPARATOR: + return ac.GetTypesep(); + + case SCI_CALLTIPSHOW: + CallTipShow(LocationFromPosition(wParam), + reinterpret_cast(lParam)); + break; + + case SCI_CALLTIPCANCEL: + ct.CallTipCancel(); + break; + + case SCI_CALLTIPACTIVE: + return ct.inCallTipMode; + + case SCI_CALLTIPPOSSTART: + return ct.posStartCallTip; + + case SCI_CALLTIPSETHLT: + ct.SetHighlight(wParam, lParam); + break; + + case SCI_CALLTIPSETBACK: + ct.colourBG = ColourDesired(wParam); + vs.styles[STYLE_CALLTIP].back = ct.colourBG; + InvalidateStyleRedraw(); + break; + + case SCI_CALLTIPSETFORE: + ct.colourUnSel = ColourDesired(wParam); + vs.styles[STYLE_CALLTIP].fore = ct.colourUnSel; + InvalidateStyleRedraw(); + break; + + case SCI_CALLTIPSETFOREHLT: + ct.colourSel = ColourDesired(wParam); + InvalidateStyleRedraw(); + break; + + case SCI_CALLTIPUSESTYLE: + ct.SetTabSize((int)wParam); + InvalidateStyleRedraw(); + break; + + case SCI_USEPOPUP: + displayPopupMenu = wParam != 0; + break; + +#ifdef SCI_LEXER + case SCI_SETLEXER: + SetLexer(wParam); + lexLanguage = wParam; + break; + + case SCI_GETLEXER: + return lexLanguage; + + case SCI_COLOURISE: + if (lexLanguage == SCLEX_CONTAINER) { + pdoc->ModifiedAt(wParam); + NotifyStyleToNeeded((lParam == -1) ? pdoc->Length() : lParam); + } else { + Colourise(wParam, lParam); + } + Redraw(); + break; + + case SCI_SETPROPERTY: + props.Set(reinterpret_cast(wParam), + reinterpret_cast(lParam)); + break; + + case SCI_GETPROPERTY: { + SString val = props.Get(reinterpret_cast(wParam)); + const int n = val.length(); + if (lParam != 0) { + char *ptr = reinterpret_cast(lParam); + memcpy(ptr, val.c_str(), n); + ptr[n] = '\0'; // terminate + } + return n; // Not including NUL + } + + case SCI_GETPROPERTYEXPANDED: { + SString val = props.GetExpanded(reinterpret_cast(wParam)); + const int n = val.length(); + if (lParam != 0) { + char *ptr = reinterpret_cast(lParam); + memcpy(ptr, val.c_str(), n); + ptr[n] = '\0'; // terminate + } + return n; // Not including NUL + } + + case SCI_GETPROPERTYINT: + return props.GetInt(reinterpret_cast(wParam), lParam); + + case SCI_SETKEYWORDS: + if (wParam < numWordLists) { + keyWordLists[wParam]->Clear(); + keyWordLists[wParam]->Set(reinterpret_cast(lParam)); + } + break; + + case SCI_SETLEXERLANGUAGE: + SetLexerLanguage(reinterpret_cast(lParam)); + break; + + case SCI_GETSTYLEBITSNEEDED: + return lexCurrent ? lexCurrent->GetStyleBitsNeeded() : 5; +#endif + + default: + return Editor::WndProc(iMessage, wParam, lParam); + } + return 0l; +} diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/ScintillaBase.h b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/ScintillaBase.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0554d9457a --- /dev/null +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/ScintillaBase.h @@ -0,0 +1,101 @@ +// Scintilla source code edit control +/** @file ScintillaBase.h + ** Defines an enhanced subclass of Editor with calltips, autocomplete and context menu. + **/ +// Copyright 1998-2002 by Neil Hodgson +// The License.txt file describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed. + +#ifndef SCINTILLABASE_H +#define SCINTILLABASE_H + +#ifdef SCI_NAMESPACE +namespace Scintilla { +#endif + +/** + */ +class ScintillaBase : public Editor { + // Private so ScintillaBase objects can not be copied + ScintillaBase(const ScintillaBase &) : Editor() {} + ScintillaBase &operator=(const ScintillaBase &) { return *this; } + +protected: + /** Enumeration of commands and child windows. */ + enum { + idCallTip=1, + idAutoComplete=2, + + idcmdUndo=10, + idcmdRedo=11, + idcmdCut=12, + idcmdCopy=13, + idcmdPaste=14, + idcmdDelete=15, + idcmdSelectAll=16 + }; + + bool displayPopupMenu; + Menu popup; + AutoComplete ac; + + CallTip ct; + + int listType; ///< 0 is an autocomplete list + SString listSelected; ///< Receives listbox selected string + int maxListWidth; /// Maximum width of list, in average character widths + + bool performingStyle; ///< Prevent reentrance + +#ifdef SCI_LEXER + int lexLanguage; + const LexerModule *lexCurrent; + PropSet props; + enum {numWordLists=KEYWORDSET_MAX+1}; + WordList *keyWordLists[numWordLists+1]; + void SetLexer(uptr_t wParam); + void SetLexerLanguage(const char *languageName); + void Colourise(int start, int end); +#endif + + ScintillaBase(); + virtual ~ScintillaBase(); + virtual void Initialise() = 0; + virtual void Finalise() = 0; + + virtual void RefreshColourPalette(Palette &pal, bool want); + + virtual void AddCharUTF(char *s, unsigned int len, bool treatAsDBCS=false); + void Command(int cmdId); + virtual void CancelModes(); + virtual int KeyCommand(unsigned int iMessage); + + void AutoCompleteStart(int lenEntered, const char *list); + void AutoCompleteCancel(); + void AutoCompleteMove(int delta); + int AutoCompleteGetCurrent(); + void AutoCompleteCharacterAdded(char ch); + void AutoCompleteCharacterDeleted(); + void AutoCompleteCompleted(); + void AutoCompleteMoveToCurrentWord(); + static void AutoCompleteDoubleClick(void* p); + + void CallTipClick(); + void CallTipShow(Point pt, const char *defn); + virtual void CreateCallTipWindow(PRectangle rc) = 0; + + virtual void AddToPopUp(const char *label, int cmd=0, bool enabled=true) = 0; + void ContextMenu(Point pt); + + virtual void ButtonDown(Point pt, unsigned int curTime, bool shift, bool ctrl, bool alt); + + virtual void NotifyStyleToNeeded(int endStyleNeeded); +public: + // Public so scintilla_send_message can use it + virtual sptr_t WndProc(unsigned int iMessage, uptr_t wParam, sptr_t lParam); +}; + +#ifdef SCI_NAMESPACE +} +#endif + +#endif diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/ScintillaWidget.h b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/ScintillaWidget.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c60c4a21b9 --- /dev/null +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/ScintillaWidget.h @@ -0,0 +1,59 @@ +/* Scintilla source code edit control */ +/** @file ScintillaWidget.h + ** Definition of Scintilla widget for GTK+. + ** Only needed by GTK+ code but is harmless on other platforms. + **/ +/* Copyright 1998-2001 by Neil Hodgson + * The License.txt file describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed. */ + +#ifndef SCINTILLAWIDGET_H +#define SCINTILLAWIDGET_H + +#if PLAT_GTK + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +#define SCINTILLA(obj) GTK_CHECK_CAST (obj, scintilla_get_type (), ScintillaObject) +#define SCINTILLA_CLASS(klass) GTK_CHECK_CLASS_CAST (klass, scintilla_get_type (), ScintillaClass) +#define IS_SCINTILLA(obj) GTK_CHECK_TYPE (obj, scintilla_get_type ()) + +typedef struct _ScintillaObject ScintillaObject; +typedef struct _ScintillaClass ScintillaClass; + +struct _ScintillaObject { + GtkContainer cont; + void *pscin; +}; + +struct _ScintillaClass { + GtkContainerClass parent_class; + + void (* command) (ScintillaObject *ttt); + void (* notify) (ScintillaObject *ttt); +}; + +#if GLIB_MAJOR_VERSION < 2 +GtkType scintilla_get_type (void); +#else +GType scintilla_get_type (void); +#endif +GtkWidget* scintilla_new (void); +void scintilla_set_id (ScintillaObject *sci, uptr_t id); +sptr_t scintilla_send_message (ScintillaObject *sci,unsigned int iMessage, uptr_t wParam, sptr_t lParam); +void scintilla_release_resources(void); + +#if GTK_MAJOR_VERSION < 2 +#define SCINTILLA_NOTIFY "notify" +#else +#define SCINTILLA_NOTIFY "sci-notify" +#endif + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif + +#endif diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/SplitVector.h b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/SplitVector.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..af4e890e3a --- /dev/null +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/SplitVector.h @@ -0,0 +1,249 @@ +// Scintilla source code edit control +/** @file SplitVector.h + ** Main data structure for holding arrays that handle insertions + ** and deletions efficiently. + **/ +// Copyright 1998-2007 by Neil Hodgson +// The License.txt file describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed. + +#ifndef SPLITVECTOR_H +#define SPLITVECTOR_H + +template +class SplitVector { +protected: + T *body; + int size; + int lengthBody; + int part1Length; + int gapLength; /// invariant: gapLength == size - lengthBody + int growSize; + + /// Move the gap to a particular position so that insertion and + /// deletion at that point will not require much copying and + /// hence be fast. + void GapTo(int position) { + if (position != part1Length) { + if (position < part1Length) { + memmove( + body + position + gapLength, + body + position, + sizeof(T) * (part1Length - position)); + } else { // position > part1Length + memmove( + body + part1Length, + body + part1Length + gapLength, + sizeof(T) * (position - part1Length)); + } + part1Length = position; + } + } + + /// Check that there is room in the buffer for an insertion, + /// reallocating if more space needed. + void RoomFor(int insertionLength) { + if (gapLength <= insertionLength) { + while (growSize < size / 6) + growSize *= 2; + ReAllocate(size + insertionLength + growSize); + } + } + + void Init() { + body = NULL; + growSize = 8; + size = 0; + lengthBody = 0; + part1Length = 0; + gapLength = 0; + } + +public: + /// Construct a split buffer. + SplitVector() { + Init(); + } + + ~SplitVector() { + delete []body; + body = 0; + } + + int GetGrowSize() const { + return growSize; + } + + void SetGrowSize(int growSize_) { + growSize = growSize_; + } + + /// Reallocate the storage for the buffer to be newSize and + /// copy exisiting contents to the new buffer. + /// Must not be used to decrease the size of the buffer. + void ReAllocate(int newSize) { + if (newSize > size) { + // Move the gap to the end + GapTo(lengthBody); + T *newBody = new T[newSize]; + if ((size != 0) && (body != 0)) { + memmove(newBody, body, sizeof(T) * lengthBody); + delete []body; + } + body = newBody; + gapLength += newSize - size; + size = newSize; + } + } + + /// Retrieve the character at a particular position. + /// Retrieving positions outside the range of the buffer returns 0. + /// The assertions here are disabled since calling code can be + /// simpler if out of range access works and returns 0. + T ValueAt(int position) const { + if (position < part1Length) { + //PLATFORM_ASSERT(position >= 0); + if (position < 0) { + return 0; + } else { + return body[position]; + } + } else { + //PLATFORM_ASSERT(position < lengthBody); + if (position >= lengthBody) { + return 0; + } else { + return body[gapLength + position]; + } + } + } + + void SetValueAt(int position, T v) { + if (position < part1Length) { + PLATFORM_ASSERT(position >= 0); + if (position < 0) { + ; + } else { + body[position] = v; + } + } else { + PLATFORM_ASSERT(position < lengthBody); + if (position >= lengthBody) { + ; + } else { + body[gapLength + position] = v; + } + } + } + + T& operator[](int position) const { + PLATFORM_ASSERT(position >= 0 && position < lengthBody); + if (position < part1Length) { + return body[position]; + } else { + return body[gapLength + position]; + } + } + + /// Retrieve the length of the buffer. + int Length() const { + return lengthBody; + } + + /// Insert a single value into the buffer. + /// Inserting at positions outside the current range fails. + void Insert(int position, T v) { + PLATFORM_ASSERT((position >= 0) && (position <= lengthBody)); + if ((position < 0) || (position > lengthBody)) { + return; + } + RoomFor(1); + GapTo(position); + body[part1Length] = v; + lengthBody++; + part1Length++; + gapLength--; + } + + /// Insert a number of elements into the buffer setting their value. + /// Inserting at positions outside the current range fails. + void InsertValue(int position, int insertLength, T v) { + PLATFORM_ASSERT((position >= 0) && (position <= lengthBody)); + if (insertLength > 0) { + if ((position < 0) || (position > lengthBody)) { + return; + } + RoomFor(insertLength); + GapTo(position); + for (int i = 0; i < insertLength; i++) + body[part1Length + i] = v; + lengthBody += insertLength; + part1Length += insertLength; + gapLength -= insertLength; + } + } + + /// Ensure at least length elements allocated, + /// appending zero valued elements if needed. + void EnsureLength(int wantedLength) { + if (Length() < wantedLength) { + InsertValue(Length(), wantedLength - Length(), 0); + } + } + + /// Insert text into the buffer from an array. + void InsertFromArray(int positionToInsert, const T s[], int positionFrom, int insertLength) { + PLATFORM_ASSERT((positionToInsert >= 0) && (positionToInsert <= lengthBody)); + if (insertLength > 0) { + if ((positionToInsert < 0) || (positionToInsert > lengthBody)) { + return; + } + RoomFor(insertLength); + GapTo(positionToInsert); + memmove(body + part1Length, s + positionFrom, sizeof(T) * insertLength); + lengthBody += insertLength; + part1Length += insertLength; + gapLength -= insertLength; + } + } + + /// Delete one element from the buffer. + void Delete(int position) { + PLATFORM_ASSERT((position >= 0) && (position < lengthBody)); + if ((position < 0) || (position >= lengthBody)) { + return; + } + DeleteRange(position, 1); + } + + /// Delete a range from the buffer. + /// Deleting positions outside the current range fails. + void DeleteRange(int position, int deleteLength) { + PLATFORM_ASSERT((position >= 0) && (position + deleteLength <= lengthBody)); + if ((position < 0) || ((position + deleteLength) > lengthBody)) { + return; + } + if ((position == 0) && (deleteLength == lengthBody)) { + // Full deallocation returns storage and is faster + delete []body; + Init(); + } else if (deleteLength > 0) { + GapTo(position); + lengthBody -= deleteLength; + gapLength += deleteLength; + } + } + + /// Delete all the buffer contents. + void DeleteAll() { + DeleteRange(0, lengthBody); + } + + T* BufferPointer() { + RoomFor(1); + GapTo(lengthBody); + body[lengthBody] = 0; + return body; + } +}; + +#endif diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/Style.cpp b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/Style.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ad081a66dd --- /dev/null +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/Style.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,158 @@ +// Scintilla source code edit control +/** @file Style.cxx + ** Defines the font and colour style for a class of text. + **/ +// Copyright 1998-2001 by Neil Hodgson +// The License.txt file describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed. + +#include + +#include "Platform.h" + +#include "Scintilla.h" +#include "Style.h" + +#ifdef SCI_NAMESPACE +using namespace Scintilla; +#endif + +Style::Style() { + aliasOfDefaultFont = true; + Clear(ColourDesired(0, 0, 0), ColourDesired(0xff, 0xff, 0xff), + Platform::DefaultFontSize(), 0, SC_CHARSET_DEFAULT, + false, false, false, false, caseMixed, true, true, false); +} + +Style::Style(const Style &source) { + Clear(ColourDesired(0, 0, 0), ColourDesired(0xff, 0xff, 0xff), + 0, 0, 0, + false, false, false, false, caseMixed, true, true, false); + fore.desired = source.fore.desired; + back.desired = source.back.desired; + characterSet = source.characterSet; + bold = source.bold; + italic = source.italic; + size = source.size; + eolFilled = source.eolFilled; + underline = source.underline; + caseForce = source.caseForce; + visible = source.visible; + changeable = source.changeable; + hotspot = source.hotspot; +} + +Style::~Style() { + if (aliasOfDefaultFont) + font.SetID(0); + else + font.Release(); + aliasOfDefaultFont = false; +} + +Style &Style::operator=(const Style &source) { + if (this == &source) + return * this; + Clear(ColourDesired(0, 0, 0), ColourDesired(0xff, 0xff, 0xff), + 0, 0, SC_CHARSET_DEFAULT, + false, false, false, false, caseMixed, true, true, false); + fore.desired = source.fore.desired; + back.desired = source.back.desired; + characterSet = source.characterSet; + bold = source.bold; + italic = source.italic; + size = source.size; + eolFilled = source.eolFilled; + underline = source.underline; + caseForce = source.caseForce; + visible = source.visible; + changeable = source.changeable; + return *this; +} + +void Style::Clear(ColourDesired fore_, ColourDesired back_, int size_, + const char *fontName_, int characterSet_, + bool bold_, bool italic_, bool eolFilled_, + bool underline_, ecaseForced caseForce_, + bool visible_, bool changeable_, bool hotspot_) { + fore.desired = fore_; + back.desired = back_; + characterSet = characterSet_; + bold = bold_; + italic = italic_; + size = size_; + fontName = fontName_; + eolFilled = eolFilled_; + underline = underline_; + caseForce = caseForce_; + visible = visible_; + changeable = changeable_; + hotspot = hotspot_; + if (aliasOfDefaultFont) + font.SetID(0); + else + font.Release(); + aliasOfDefaultFont = false; +} + +void Style::ClearTo(const Style &source) { + Clear( + source.fore.desired, + source.back.desired, + source.size, + source.fontName, + source.characterSet, + source.bold, + source.italic, + source.eolFilled, + source.underline, + source.caseForce, + source.visible, + source.changeable, + source.hotspot); +} + +bool Style::EquivalentFontTo(const Style *other) const { + if (bold != other->bold || + italic != other->italic || + size != other->size || + characterSet != other->characterSet) + return false; + if (fontName == other->fontName) + return true; + if (!fontName) + return false; + if (!other->fontName) + return false; + return strcmp(fontName, other->fontName) == 0; +} + +void Style::Realise(Surface &surface, int zoomLevel, Style *defaultStyle, bool extraFontFlag) { + sizeZoomed = size + zoomLevel; + if (sizeZoomed <= 2) // Hangs if sizeZoomed <= 1 + sizeZoomed = 2; + + if (aliasOfDefaultFont) + font.SetID(0); + else + font.Release(); + int deviceHeight = surface.DeviceHeightFont(sizeZoomed); + aliasOfDefaultFont = defaultStyle && + (EquivalentFontTo(defaultStyle) || !fontName); + if (aliasOfDefaultFont) { + font.SetID(defaultStyle->font.GetID()); + } else if (fontName) { + font.Create(fontName, characterSet, deviceHeight, bold, italic, extraFontFlag); + } else { + font.SetID(0); + } + + ascent = surface.Ascent(font); + descent = surface.Descent(font); + // Probably more typographically correct to include leading + // but that means more complex drawing as leading must be erased + //lineHeight = surface.ExternalLeading() + surface.Height(); + externalLeading = surface.ExternalLeading(font); + lineHeight = surface.Height(font); + aveCharWidth = surface.AverageCharWidth(font); + spaceWidth = surface.WidthChar(font, ' '); +} diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/Style.h b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/Style.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..1caecaee73 --- /dev/null +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/Style.h @@ -0,0 +1,64 @@ +// Scintilla source code edit control +/** @file Style.h + ** Defines the font and colour style for a class of text. + **/ +// Copyright 1998-2001 by Neil Hodgson +// The License.txt file describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed. + +#ifndef STYLE_H +#define STYLE_H + +#ifdef SCI_NAMESPACE +namespace Scintilla { +#endif + +/** + */ +class Style { +public: + ColourPair fore; + ColourPair back; + bool aliasOfDefaultFont; + bool bold; + bool italic; + int size; + const char *fontName; + int characterSet; + bool eolFilled; + bool underline; + enum ecaseForced {caseMixed, caseUpper, caseLower}; + ecaseForced caseForce; + bool visible; + bool changeable; + bool hotspot; + + Font font; + int sizeZoomed; + unsigned int lineHeight; + unsigned int ascent; + unsigned int descent; + unsigned int externalLeading; + unsigned int aveCharWidth; + unsigned int spaceWidth; + + Style(); + Style(const Style &source); + ~Style(); + Style &operator=(const Style &source); + void Clear(ColourDesired fore_, ColourDesired back_, + int size_, + const char *fontName_, int characterSet_, + bool bold_, bool italic_, bool eolFilled_, + bool underline_, ecaseForced caseForce_, + bool visible_, bool changeable_, bool hotspot_); + void ClearTo(const Style &source); + bool EquivalentFontTo(const Style *other) const; + void Realise(Surface &surface, int zoomLevel, Style *defaultStyle = 0, bool extraFontFlag = false); + bool IsProtected() const { return !(changeable && visible);}; +}; + +#ifdef SCI_NAMESPACE +} +#endif + +#endif diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/StyleContext.cpp b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/StyleContext.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d7bbd53344 --- /dev/null +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/StyleContext.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,55 @@ +// Scintilla source code edit control +/** @file StyleContext.cxx + ** Lexer infrastructure. + **/ +// Copyright 1998-2004 by Neil Hodgson +// This file is in the public domain. + +#include +#include +#include +#include + +#include "Platform.h" + +#include "PropSet.h" +#include "Accessor.h" +#include "StyleContext.h" + +#ifdef SCI_NAMESPACE +using namespace Scintilla; +#endif + +static void getRange(unsigned int start, + unsigned int end, + Accessor &styler, + char *s, + unsigned int len) { + unsigned int i = 0; + while ((i < end - start + 1) && (i < len-1)) { + s[i] = styler[start + i]; + i++; + } + s[i] = '\0'; +} + +void StyleContext::GetCurrent(char *s, unsigned int len) { + getRange(styler.GetStartSegment(), currentPos - 1, styler, s, len); +} + +static void getRangeLowered(unsigned int start, + unsigned int end, + Accessor &styler, + char *s, + unsigned int len) { + unsigned int i = 0; + while ((i < end - start + 1) && (i < len-1)) { + s[i] = static_cast(tolower(styler[start + i])); + i++; + } + s[i] = '\0'; +} + +void StyleContext::GetCurrentLowered(char *s, unsigned int len) { + getRangeLowered(styler.GetStartSegment(), currentPos - 1, styler, s, len); +} diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/StyleContext.h b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/StyleContext.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..463aab462a --- /dev/null +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/StyleContext.h @@ -0,0 +1,179 @@ +// Scintilla source code edit control +/** @file StyleContext.cxx + ** Lexer infrastructure. + **/ +// Copyright 1998-2004 by Neil Hodgson +// This file is in the public domain. + +#ifdef SCI_NAMESPACE +namespace Scintilla { +#endif + +// All languages handled so far can treat all characters >= 0x80 as one class +// which just continues the current token or starts an identifier if in default. +// DBCS treated specially as the second character can be < 0x80 and hence +// syntactically significant. UTF-8 avoids this as all trail bytes are >= 0x80 +class StyleContext { + Accessor &styler; + unsigned int endPos; + StyleContext& operator=(const StyleContext&) { + return *this; + } + void GetNextChar(unsigned int pos) { + chNext = static_cast(styler.SafeGetCharAt(pos+1)); + if (styler.IsLeadByte(static_cast(chNext))) { + chNext = chNext << 8; + chNext |= static_cast(styler.SafeGetCharAt(pos+2)); + } + // End of line? + // Trigger on CR only (Mac style) or either on LF from CR+LF (Dos/Win) + // or on LF alone (Unix). Avoid triggering two times on Dos/Win. + atLineEnd = (ch == '\r' && chNext != '\n') || + (ch == '\n') || + (currentPos >= endPos); + } + +public: + unsigned int currentPos; + bool atLineStart; + bool atLineEnd; + int state; + int chPrev; + int ch; + int chNext; + + StyleContext(unsigned int startPos, unsigned int length, + int initStyle, Accessor &styler_, char chMask=31) : + styler(styler_), + endPos(startPos + length), + currentPos(startPos), + atLineStart(true), + atLineEnd(false), + state(initStyle & chMask), // Mask off all bits which aren't in the chMask. + chPrev(0), + ch(0), + chNext(0) { + styler.StartAt(startPos, chMask); + styler.StartSegment(startPos); + unsigned int pos = currentPos; + ch = static_cast(styler.SafeGetCharAt(pos)); + if (styler.IsLeadByte(static_cast(ch))) { + pos++; + ch = ch << 8; + ch |= static_cast(styler.SafeGetCharAt(pos)); + } + GetNextChar(pos); + } + void Complete() { + styler.ColourTo(currentPos - 1, state); + } + bool More() { + return currentPos < endPos; + } + void Forward() { + if (currentPos < endPos) { + atLineStart = atLineEnd; + chPrev = ch; + currentPos++; + if (ch >= 0x100) + currentPos++; + ch = chNext; + GetNextChar(currentPos + ((ch >= 0x100) ? 1 : 0)); + } else { + atLineStart = false; + chPrev = ' '; + ch = ' '; + chNext = ' '; + atLineEnd = true; + } + } + void Forward(int nb) { + for (int i = 0; i < nb; i++) { + Forward(); + } + } + void ChangeState(int state_) { + state = state_; + } + void SetState(int state_) { + styler.ColourTo(currentPos - 1, state); + state = state_; + } + void ForwardSetState(int state_) { + Forward(); + styler.ColourTo(currentPos - 1, state); + state = state_; + } + int LengthCurrent() { + return currentPos - styler.GetStartSegment(); + } + int GetRelative(int n) { + return static_cast(styler.SafeGetCharAt(currentPos+n)); + } + bool Match(char ch0) { + return ch == static_cast(ch0); + } + bool Match(char ch0, char ch1) { + return (ch == static_cast(ch0)) && (chNext == static_cast(ch1)); + } + bool Match(const char *s) { + if (ch != static_cast(*s)) + return false; + s++; + if (!*s) + return true; + if (chNext != static_cast(*s)) + return false; + s++; + for (int n=2; *s; n++) { + if (*s != styler.SafeGetCharAt(currentPos+n)) + return false; + s++; + } + return true; + } + bool MatchIgnoreCase(const char *s) { + if (tolower(ch) != static_cast(*s)) + return false; + s++; + if (tolower(chNext) != static_cast(*s)) + return false; + s++; + for (int n=2; *s; n++) { + if (static_cast(*s) != + tolower(static_cast(styler.SafeGetCharAt(currentPos+n)))) + return false; + s++; + } + return true; + } + // Non-inline + void GetCurrent(char *s, unsigned int len); + void GetCurrentLowered(char *s, unsigned int len); +}; + +#ifdef SCI_NAMESPACE +} +#endif + +inline bool IsASpace(unsigned int ch) { + return (ch == ' ') || ((ch >= 0x09) && (ch <= 0x0d)); +} + +inline bool IsASpaceOrTab(unsigned int ch) { + return (ch == ' ') || (ch == '\t'); +} + +inline bool IsADigit(unsigned int ch) { + return (ch >= '0') && (ch <= '9'); +} + +inline bool IsADigit(unsigned int ch, unsigned int base) { + if (base <= 10) { + return (ch >= '0') && (ch < '0' + base); + } else { + return ((ch >= '0') && (ch <= '9')) || + ((ch >= 'A') && (ch < 'A' + base - 10)) || + ((ch >= 'a') && (ch < 'a' + base - 10)); + } +} diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/UniConversion.cpp b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/UniConversion.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7dbe9e23de --- /dev/null +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/UniConversion.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,119 @@ +// Scintilla source code edit control +/** @file UniConversion.cxx + ** Functions to handle UFT-8 and UCS-2 strings. + **/ +// Copyright 1998-2001 by Neil Hodgson +// The License.txt file describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed. + +#include + +#include "UniConversion.h" + +enum { SURROGATE_LEAD_FIRST = 0xD800 }; +enum { SURROGATE_TRAIL_FIRST = 0xDC00 }; +enum { SURROGATE_TRAIL_LAST = 0xDFFF }; + +unsigned int UTF8Length(const wchar_t *uptr, unsigned int tlen) { + unsigned int len = 0; + for (unsigned int i = 0; i < tlen && uptr[i];) { + unsigned int uch = uptr[i]; + if (uch < 0x80) { + len++; + } else if (uch < 0x800) { + len += 2; + } else if ((uch >= SURROGATE_LEAD_FIRST) && + (uch <= SURROGATE_TRAIL_LAST)) { + len += 4; + i++; + } else { + len += 3; + } + i++; + } + return len; +} + +void UTF8FromUTF16(const wchar_t *uptr, unsigned int tlen, char *putf, unsigned int len) { + int k = 0; + for (unsigned int i = 0; i < tlen && uptr[i];) { + unsigned int uch = uptr[i]; + if (uch < 0x80) { + putf[k++] = static_cast(uch); + } else if (uch < 0x800) { + putf[k++] = static_cast(0xC0 | (uch >> 6)); + putf[k++] = static_cast(0x80 | (uch & 0x3f)); + } else if ((uch >= SURROGATE_LEAD_FIRST) && + (uch <= SURROGATE_TRAIL_LAST)) { + // Half a surrogate pair + i++; + unsigned int xch = 0x10000 + ((uch & 0x3ff) << 10) + (uptr[i] & 0x3ff); + putf[k++] = static_cast(0xF0 | (xch >> 18)); + putf[k++] = static_cast(0x80 | ((xch >> 12) & 0x3f)); + putf[k++] = static_cast(0x80 | ((xch >> 6) & 0x3f)); + putf[k++] = static_cast(0x80 | (xch & 0x3f)); + } else { + putf[k++] = static_cast(0xE0 | (uch >> 12)); + putf[k++] = static_cast(0x80 | ((uch >> 6) & 0x3f)); + putf[k++] = static_cast(0x80 | (uch & 0x3f)); + } + i++; + } + putf[len] = '\0'; +} + +unsigned int UTF16Length(const char *s, unsigned int len) { + unsigned int ulen = 0; + unsigned int charLen; + for (unsigned int i=0;i(s[i]); + if (ch < 0x80) { + charLen = 1; + } else if (ch < 0x80 + 0x40 + 0x20) { + charLen = 2; + } else if (ch < 0x80 + 0x40 + 0x20 + 0x10) { + charLen = 3; + } else { + charLen = 4; + ulen++; + } + i += charLen; + ulen++; + } + return ulen; +} + +unsigned int UTF16FromUTF8(const char *s, unsigned int len, wchar_t *tbuf, unsigned int tlen) { + unsigned int ui=0; + const unsigned char *us = reinterpret_cast(s); + unsigned int i=0; + while ((i((ch & 0x1F) << 6); + ch = us[i++]; + tbuf[ui] = static_cast(tbuf[ui] + (ch & 0x7F)); + } else if (ch < 0x80 + 0x40 + 0x20 + 0x10) { + tbuf[ui] = static_cast((ch & 0xF) << 12); + ch = us[i++]; + tbuf[ui] = static_cast(tbuf[ui] + ((ch & 0x7F) << 6)); + ch = us[i++]; + tbuf[ui] = static_cast(tbuf[ui] + (ch & 0x7F)); + } else { + // Outside the BMP so need two surrogates + int val = (ch & 0x7) << 18; + ch = us[i++]; + val += (ch & 0x3F) << 12; + ch = us[i++]; + val += (ch & 0x3F) << 6; + ch = us[i++]; + val += (ch & 0x3F); + tbuf[ui] = static_cast(((val - 0x10000) >> 10) + SURROGATE_LEAD_FIRST); + ui++; + tbuf[ui] = static_cast((val & 0x3ff) + SURROGATE_TRAIL_FIRST); + } + ui++; + } + return ui; +} diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/UniConversion.h b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/UniConversion.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..fd420a6884 --- /dev/null +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/UniConversion.h @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +// Scintilla source code edit control +/** @file UniConversion.h + ** Functions to handle UFT-8 and UCS-2 strings. + **/ +// Copyright 1998-2001 by Neil Hodgson +// The License.txt file describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed. + +unsigned int UTF8Length(const wchar_t *uptr, unsigned int tlen); +void UTF8FromUTF16(const wchar_t *uptr, unsigned int tlen, char *putf, unsigned int len); +unsigned int UTF16Length(const char *s, unsigned int len); +unsigned int UTF16FromUTF8(const char *s, unsigned int len, wchar_t *tbuf, unsigned int tlen); + diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/ViewStyle.cpp b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/ViewStyle.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..fdcd114b91 --- /dev/null +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/ViewStyle.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,376 @@ +// Scintilla source code edit control +/** @file ViewStyle.cxx + ** Store information on how the document is to be viewed. + **/ +// Copyright 1998-2003 by Neil Hodgson +// The License.txt file describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed. + +#include + +#include "Platform.h" + +#include "Scintilla.h" +#include "SplitVector.h" +#include "Partitioning.h" +#include "RunStyles.h" +#include "Indicator.h" +#include "XPM.h" +#include "LineMarker.h" +#include "Style.h" +#include "ViewStyle.h" + +#ifdef SCI_NAMESPACE +using namespace Scintilla; +#endif + +MarginStyle::MarginStyle() : + style(SC_MARGIN_SYMBOL), width(0), mask(0), sensitive(false) { +} + +// A list of the fontnames - avoids wasting space in each style +FontNames::FontNames() { + size = 8; + names = new char *[size]; + max = 0; +} + +FontNames::~FontNames() { + Clear(); + delete []names; + names = 0; +} + +void FontNames::Clear() { + for (int i=0;i= size) { + // Grow array + int sizeNew = size * 2; + char **namesNew = new char *[sizeNew]; + for (int j=0;j 0) + maskInLine &= ~ms[margin].mask; + } + zoomLevel = 0; + viewWhitespace = wsInvisible; + viewIndentationGuides = ivNone; + viewEOL = false; + showMarkedLines = true; + extraFontFlag = false; + extraAscent = 0; + extraDescent = 0; + marginStyleOffset = 0; + annotationVisible = ANNOTATION_HIDDEN; + annotationStyleOffset = 0; +} + +void ViewStyle::RefreshColourPalette(Palette &pal, bool want) { + unsigned int i; + for (i=0;i 0) + maskInLine &= ~ms[margin].mask; + } +} + +void ViewStyle::AllocStyles(size_t sizeNew) { + Style *stylesNew = new Style[sizeNew]; + size_t i=0; + for (; i STYLE_DEFAULT) { + for (; i= stylesSize) { + size_t sizeNew = stylesSize * 2; + while (sizeNew <= index) + sizeNew *= 2; + AllocStyles(sizeNew); + } +} + +void ViewStyle::ResetDefaultStyle() { + styles[STYLE_DEFAULT].Clear(ColourDesired(0,0,0), + ColourDesired(0xff,0xff,0xff), + Platform::DefaultFontSize(), fontNames.Save(Platform::DefaultFont()), + SC_CHARSET_DEFAULT, + false, false, false, false, Style::caseMixed, true, true, false); +} + +void ViewStyle::ClearStyles() { + // Reset all styles to be like the default style + for (unsigned int i=0; i +// The License.txt file describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed. + +#ifndef VIEWSTYLE_H +#define VIEWSTYLE_H + +#ifdef SCI_NAMESPACE +namespace Scintilla { +#endif + +/** + */ +class MarginStyle { +public: + int style; + int width; + int mask; + bool sensitive; + MarginStyle(); +}; + +/** + */ +class FontNames { +private: + char **names; + int size; + int max; + +public: + FontNames(); + ~FontNames(); + void Clear(); + const char *Save(const char *name); +}; + +enum IndentView {ivNone, ivReal, ivLookForward, ivLookBoth}; + +enum WhiteSpaceVisibility {wsInvisible=0, wsVisibleAlways=1, wsVisibleAfterIndent=2}; + +/** + */ +class ViewStyle { +public: + FontNames fontNames; + size_t stylesSize; + Style *styles; + LineMarker markers[MARKER_MAX + 1]; + Indicator indicators[INDIC_MAX + 1]; + int lineHeight; + unsigned int maxAscent; + unsigned int maxDescent; + unsigned int aveCharWidth; + unsigned int spaceWidth; + bool selforeset; + ColourPair selforeground; + bool selbackset; + ColourPair selbackground; + ColourPair selbackground2; + int selAlpha; + bool selEOLFilled; + bool whitespaceForegroundSet; + ColourPair whitespaceForeground; + bool whitespaceBackgroundSet; + ColourPair whitespaceBackground; + ColourPair selbar; + ColourPair selbarlight; + bool foldmarginColourSet; + ColourPair foldmarginColour; + bool foldmarginHighlightColourSet; + ColourPair foldmarginHighlightColour; + bool hotspotForegroundSet; + ColourPair hotspotForeground; + bool hotspotBackgroundSet; + ColourPair hotspotBackground; + bool hotspotUnderline; + bool hotspotSingleLine; + /// Margins are ordered: Line Numbers, Selection Margin, Spacing Margin + enum { margins=5 }; + int leftMarginWidth; ///< Spacing margin on left of text + int rightMarginWidth; ///< Spacing margin on left of text + bool symbolMargin; + int maskInLine; ///< Mask for markers to be put into text because there is nowhere for them to go in margin + MarginStyle ms[margins]; + int fixedColumnWidth; + int zoomLevel; + WhiteSpaceVisibility viewWhitespace; + IndentView viewIndentationGuides; + bool viewEOL; + bool showMarkedLines; + ColourPair caretcolour; + bool showCaretLineBackground; + ColourPair caretLineBackground; + int caretLineAlpha; + ColourPair edgecolour; + int edgeState; + int caretStyle; + int caretWidth; + bool someStylesProtected; + bool extraFontFlag; + int extraAscent; + int extraDescent; + int marginStyleOffset; + int annotationVisible; + int annotationStyleOffset; + + ViewStyle(); + ViewStyle(const ViewStyle &source); + ~ViewStyle(); + void Init(size_t stylesSize_=64); + void RefreshColourPalette(Palette &pal, bool want); + void Refresh(Surface &surface); + void AllocStyles(size_t sizeNew); + void EnsureStyle(size_t index); + void ResetDefaultStyle(); + void ClearStyles(); + void SetStyleFontName(int styleIndex, const char *name); + bool ProtectionActive() const; + bool ValidStyle(size_t styleIndex) const; +}; + +#ifdef SCI_NAMESPACE +} +#endif + +#endif diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/WindowAccessor.cpp b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/WindowAccessor.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8093300bc0 --- /dev/null +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/WindowAccessor.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,191 @@ +// Scintilla source code edit control +/** @file WindowAccessor.cxx + ** Rapid easy access to contents of a Scintilla. + **/ +// Copyright 1998-2001 by Neil Hodgson +// The License.txt file describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed. + +#include +#include +#include +#include + +#include "Platform.h" + +#include "PropSet.h" +#include "Accessor.h" +#include "WindowAccessor.h" +#include "Scintilla.h" + +#ifdef SCI_NAMESPACE +using namespace Scintilla; +#endif + +WindowAccessor::~WindowAccessor() { +} + +bool WindowAccessor::InternalIsLeadByte(char ch) { + if (SC_CP_UTF8 == codePage) + // For lexing, all characters >= 0x80 are treated the + // same so none is considered a lead byte. + return false; + else + return Platform::IsDBCSLeadByte(codePage, ch); +} + +void WindowAccessor::Fill(int position) { + if (lenDoc == -1) + lenDoc = Platform::SendScintilla(id, SCI_GETTEXTLENGTH, 0, 0); + startPos = position - slopSize; + if (startPos + bufferSize > lenDoc) + startPos = lenDoc - bufferSize; + if (startPos < 0) + startPos = 0; + endPos = startPos + bufferSize; + if (endPos > lenDoc) + endPos = lenDoc; + + TextRange tr = {{startPos, endPos}, buf}; + Platform::SendScintillaPointer(id, SCI_GETTEXTRANGE, 0, &tr); +} + +bool WindowAccessor::Match(int pos, const char *s) { + for (int i=0; *s; i++) { + if (*s != SafeGetCharAt(pos+i)) + return false; + s++; + } + return true; +} + +char WindowAccessor::StyleAt(int position) { + return static_cast(Platform::SendScintilla( + id, SCI_GETSTYLEAT, position, 0)); +} + +int WindowAccessor::GetLine(int position) { + return Platform::SendScintilla(id, SCI_LINEFROMPOSITION, position, 0); +} + +int WindowAccessor::LineStart(int line) { + return Platform::SendScintilla(id, SCI_POSITIONFROMLINE, line, 0); +} + +int WindowAccessor::LevelAt(int line) { + return Platform::SendScintilla(id, SCI_GETFOLDLEVEL, line, 0); +} + +int WindowAccessor::Length() { + if (lenDoc == -1) + lenDoc = Platform::SendScintilla(id, SCI_GETTEXTLENGTH, 0, 0); + return lenDoc; +} + +int WindowAccessor::GetLineState(int line) { + return Platform::SendScintilla(id, SCI_GETLINESTATE, line); +} + +int WindowAccessor::SetLineState(int line, int state) { + return Platform::SendScintilla(id, SCI_SETLINESTATE, line, state); +} + +void WindowAccessor::StartAt(unsigned int start, char chMask) { + Platform::SendScintilla(id, SCI_STARTSTYLING, start, chMask); +} + +void WindowAccessor::StartSegment(unsigned int pos) { + startSeg = pos; +} + +void WindowAccessor::ColourTo(unsigned int pos, int chAttr) { + // Only perform styling if non empty range + if (pos != startSeg - 1) { + if (pos < startSeg) { + Platform::DebugPrintf("Bad colour positions %d - %d\n", startSeg, pos); + } + + if (validLen + (pos - startSeg + 1) >= bufferSize) + Flush(); + if (validLen + (pos - startSeg + 1) >= bufferSize) { + // Too big for buffer so send directly + Platform::SendScintilla(id, SCI_SETSTYLING, pos - startSeg + 1, chAttr); + } else { + if (chAttr != chWhile) + chFlags = 0; + chAttr |= chFlags; + for (unsigned int i = startSeg; i <= pos; i++) { + styleBuf[validLen++] = static_cast(chAttr); + } + } + } + startSeg = pos+1; +} + +void WindowAccessor::SetLevel(int line, int level) { + Platform::SendScintilla(id, SCI_SETFOLDLEVEL, line, level); +} + +void WindowAccessor::Flush() { + startPos = extremePosition; + lenDoc = -1; + if (validLen > 0) { + Platform::SendScintillaPointer(id, SCI_SETSTYLINGEX, validLen, + styleBuf); + validLen = 0; + } +} + +int WindowAccessor::IndentAmount(int line, int *flags, PFNIsCommentLeader pfnIsCommentLeader) { + int end = Length(); + int spaceFlags = 0; + + // Determines the indentation level of the current line and also checks for consistent + // indentation compared to the previous line. + // Indentation is judged consistent when the indentation whitespace of each line lines + // the same or the indentation of one line is a prefix of the other. + + int pos = LineStart(line); + char ch = (*this)[pos]; + int indent = 0; + bool inPrevPrefix = line > 0; + int posPrev = inPrevPrefix ? LineStart(line-1) : 0; + while ((ch == ' ' || ch == '\t') && (pos < end)) { + if (inPrevPrefix) { + char chPrev = (*this)[posPrev++]; + if (chPrev == ' ' || chPrev == '\t') { + if (chPrev != ch) + spaceFlags |= wsInconsistent; + } else { + inPrevPrefix = false; + } + } + if (ch == ' ') { + spaceFlags |= wsSpace; + indent++; + } else { // Tab + spaceFlags |= wsTab; + if (spaceFlags & wsSpace) + spaceFlags |= wsSpaceTab; + indent = (indent / 8 + 1) * 8; + } + ch = (*this)[++pos]; + } + + *flags = spaceFlags; + indent += SC_FOLDLEVELBASE; + // if completely empty line or the start of a comment... + if (isspace(ch) || (pfnIsCommentLeader && (*pfnIsCommentLeader)(*this, pos, end-pos)) ) + return indent | SC_FOLDLEVELWHITEFLAG; + else + return indent; +} + +void WindowAccessor::IndicatorFill(int start, int end, int indicator, int value) { + Platform::SendScintilla(id, SCI_SETINDICATORCURRENT, indicator); + if (value) { + Platform::SendScintilla(id, SCI_SETINDICATORVALUE, value); + Platform::SendScintilla(id, SCI_INDICATORFILLRANGE, start, end - start); + } else { + Platform::SendScintilla(id, SCI_INDICATORCLEARRANGE, start, end - start); + } +} diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/WindowAccessor.h b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/WindowAccessor.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e107a0659c --- /dev/null +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/WindowAccessor.h @@ -0,0 +1,66 @@ +// Scintilla source code edit control +/** @file WindowAccessor.h + ** Implementation of BufferAccess and StylingAccess on a Scintilla + ** rapid easy access to contents of a Scintilla. + **/ +// Copyright 1998-2001 by Neil Hodgson +// The License.txt file describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed. + +#ifdef SCI_NAMESPACE +namespace Scintilla { +#endif + +/** + */ +class WindowAccessor : public Accessor { + // Private so WindowAccessor objects can not be copied + WindowAccessor(const WindowAccessor &source) : Accessor(), props(source.props) {} + WindowAccessor &operator=(const WindowAccessor &) { return *this; } +protected: + WindowID id; + PropSet &props; + int lenDoc; + + char styleBuf[bufferSize]; + int validLen; + char chFlags; + char chWhile; + unsigned int startSeg; + + bool InternalIsLeadByte(char ch); + void Fill(int position); +public: + WindowAccessor(WindowID id_, PropSet &props_) : + Accessor(), id(id_), props(props_), + lenDoc(-1), validLen(0), chFlags(0), chWhile(0) { + } + ~WindowAccessor(); + bool Match(int pos, const char *s); + char StyleAt(int position); + int GetLine(int position); + int LineStart(int line); + int LevelAt(int line); + int Length(); + void Flush(); + int GetLineState(int line); + int SetLineState(int line, int state); + int GetPropertyInt(const char *key, int defaultValue=0) { + return props.GetInt(key, defaultValue); + } + char *GetProperties() { + return props.ToString(); + } + + void StartAt(unsigned int start, char chMask=31); + void SetFlags(char chFlags_, char chWhile_) {chFlags = chFlags_; chWhile = chWhile_; }; + unsigned int GetStartSegment() { return startSeg; } + void StartSegment(unsigned int pos); + void ColourTo(unsigned int pos, int chAttr); + void SetLevel(int line, int level); + int IndentAmount(int line, int *flags, PFNIsCommentLeader pfnIsCommentLeader = 0); + void IndicatorFill(int start, int end, int indicator, int value); +}; + +#ifdef SCI_NAMESPACE +} +#endif diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/XPM.cpp b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/XPM.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5faaa67bd0 --- /dev/null +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/XPM.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,354 @@ +// Scintilla source code edit control +/** @file XPM.cxx + ** Define a class that holds data in the X Pixmap (XPM) format. + **/ +// Copyright 1998-2003 by Neil Hodgson +// The License.txt file describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed. + +#include +#include + +#include "Platform.h" + +#include "XPM.h" + +#ifdef SCI_NAMESPACE +using namespace Scintilla; +#endif + +#if defined(PLAT_QT) + +XPM::XPM(const char *textForm) +{ + qpm = *reinterpret_cast(textForm); +} + +XPM::XPM(const char * const *linesForm) +{ + qpm = *reinterpret_cast(linesForm); +} + +void XPM::RefreshColourPalette(Palette &pal, bool want) +{ + Q_UNUSED( pal ); + Q_UNUSED( want ); + // Nothing to do. +} + +void XPM::Draw(Surface *surface, PRectangle &rc) +{ + surface -> DrawXPM(rc,this); +} + +#else + +static const char *NextField(const char *s) { + // In case there are leading spaces in the string + while (*s && *s == ' ') { + s++; + } + while (*s && *s != ' ') { + s++; + } + while (*s && *s == ' ') { + s++; + } + return s; +} + +// Data lines in XPM can be terminated either with NUL or " +static size_t MeasureLength(const char *s) { + size_t i = 0; + while (s[i] && (s[i] != '\"')) + i++; + return i; +} + +ColourAllocated XPM::ColourFromCode(int ch) { + return colourCodeTable[ch]->allocated; +#ifdef SLOW + for (int i=0; iFillRectangle(rc, ColourFromCode(code)); + } +} + +XPM::XPM(const char *textForm) : + data(0), codes(0), colours(0), lines(0) { + Init(textForm); +} + +XPM::XPM(const char * const *linesForm) : + data(0), codes(0), colours(0), lines(0) { + Init(linesForm); +} + +XPM::~XPM() { + Clear(); +} + +void XPM::Init(const char *textForm) { + Clear(); + // Test done is two parts to avoid possibility of overstepping the memory + // if memcmp implemented strangely. Must be 4 bytes at least at destination. + if ((0 == memcmp(textForm, "/* X", 4)) && (0 == memcmp(textForm, "/* XPM */", 9))) { + // Build the lines form out of the text form + const char **linesForm = LinesFormFromTextForm(textForm); + if (linesForm != 0) { + Init(linesForm); + delete []linesForm; + } + } else { + // It is really in line form + Init(reinterpret_cast(textForm)); + } +} + +void XPM::Init(const char * const *linesForm) { + Clear(); + height = 1; + width = 1; + nColours = 1; + data = NULL; + codeTransparent = ' '; + codes = NULL; + colours = NULL; + lines = NULL; + if (!linesForm) + return; + + const char *line0 = linesForm[0]; + width = atoi(line0); + line0 = NextField(line0); + height = atoi(line0); + line0 = NextField(line0); + nColours = atoi(line0); + line0 = NextField(line0); + if (atoi(line0) != 1) { + // Only one char per pixel is supported + return; + } + codes = new char[nColours]; + colours = new ColourPair[nColours]; + + int strings = 1+height+nColours; + lines = new char *[strings]; + size_t allocation = 0; + for (int i=0; i(codes[c])] = &(colours[c]); + } +} + +void XPM::Clear() { + delete []data; + data = 0; + delete []codes; + codes = 0; + delete []colours; + colours = 0; + delete []lines; + lines = 0; +} + +void XPM::RefreshColourPalette(Palette &pal, bool want) { + if (!data || !codes || !colours || !lines) { + return; + } + for (int i=0; i= strings) { + break; // Bad height or number of colors! + } + if ((countQuotes & 1) == 0) { + linesForm[countQuotes / 2] = textForm + j + 1; + } + countQuotes++; + } + } + if (textForm[j] == '\0' || countQuotes / 2 > strings) { + // Malformed XPM! Height + number of colors too high or too low + delete []linesForm; + linesForm = 0; + } + return linesForm; +} + +// In future, may want to minimize search time by sorting and using a binary search. + +XPMSet::XPMSet() : set(0), len(0), maximum(0), height(-1), width(-1) { +} + +XPMSet::~XPMSet() { + Clear(); +} + +void XPMSet::Clear() { + for (int i = 0; i < len; i++) { + delete set[i]; + } + delete []set; + set = 0; + len = 0; + maximum = 0; + height = -1; + width = -1; +} + +void XPMSet::Add(int id, const char *textForm) { + // Invalidate cached dimensions + height = -1; + width = -1; + + // Replace if this id already present + for (int i = 0; i < len; i++) { + if (set[i]->GetId() == id) { + set[i]->Init(textForm); + set[i]->CopyDesiredColours(); + return; + } + } + + // Not present, so add to end + XPM *pxpm = new XPM(textForm); + if (pxpm) { + pxpm->SetId(id); + pxpm->CopyDesiredColours(); + if (len == maximum) { + maximum += 64; + XPM **setNew = new XPM *[maximum]; + for (int i = 0; i < len; i++) { + setNew[i] = set[i]; + } + delete []set; + set = setNew; + } + set[len] = pxpm; + len++; + } +} + +XPM *XPMSet::Get(int id) { + for (int i = 0; i < len; i++) { + if (set[i]->GetId() == id) { + return set[i]; + } + } + return 0; +} + +int XPMSet::GetHeight() { + if (height < 0) { + for (int i = 0; i < len; i++) { + if (height < set[i]->GetHeight()) { + height = set[i]->GetHeight(); + } + } + } + return (height > 0) ? height : 0; +} + +int XPMSet::GetWidth() { + if (width < 0) { + for (int i = 0; i < len; i++) { + if (width < set[i]->GetWidth()) { + width = set[i]->GetWidth(); + } + } + } + return (width > 0) ? width : 0; +} + +#endif diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/XPM.h b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/XPM.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a610c91fd5 --- /dev/null +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/XPM.h @@ -0,0 +1,102 @@ +// Scintilla source code edit control +/** @file XPM.h + ** Define a class that holds data in the X Pixmap (XPM) format. + **/ +// Copyright 1998-2003 by Neil Hodgson +// The License.txt file describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed. + +#ifndef XPM_H +#define XPM_H + +#if defined(PLAT_QT) +#include +#endif + +#ifdef SCI_NAMESPACE +namespace Scintilla { +#endif + +/** + * Hold a pixmap in XPM format. + */ +class XPM { +#if defined(PLAT_QT) + QPixmap qpm; + +public: + XPM(const char *textForm); + XPM(const char * const *linesForm); + ~XPM() {} + + void RefreshColourPalette(Palette &pal, bool want); + void Draw(Surface *surface,PRectangle &rc); + + const QPixmap &Pixmap() const {return qpm;} +#else + int id; // Assigned by container + int height; + int width; + int nColours; + char *data; + char codeTransparent; + char *codes; + ColourPair *colours; + ColourAllocated ColourFromCode(int ch); + void FillRun(Surface *surface, int code, int startX, int y, int x); + char **lines; + ColourPair *colourCodeTable[256]; +public: + XPM(const char *textForm); + XPM(const char * const *linesForm); + ~XPM(); + void Init(const char *textForm); + void Init(const char * const *linesForm); + void Clear(); + /// Similar to same named method in ViewStyle: + void RefreshColourPalette(Palette &pal, bool want); + /// No palette used, so just copy the desired colours to the allocated colours + void CopyDesiredColours(); + /// Decompose image into runs and use FillRectangle for each run + void Draw(Surface *surface, PRectangle &rc); + char **InLinesForm() { return lines; } + void SetId(int id_) { id = id_; } + int GetId() { return id; } + int GetHeight() { return height; } + int GetWidth() { return width; } + static const char **LinesFormFromTextForm(const char *textForm); +#endif +}; + +#if !defined(PLAT_QT) + +/** + * A collection of pixmaps indexed by integer id. + */ +class XPMSet { + XPM **set; ///< The stored XPMs. + int len; ///< Current number of XPMs. + int maximum; ///< Current maximum number of XPMs, increased by steps if reached. + int height; ///< Memorize largest height of the set. + int width; ///< Memorize largest width of the set. +public: + XPMSet(); + ~XPMSet(); + /// Remove all XPMs. + void Clear(); + /// Add a XPM. + void Add(int id, const char *textForm); + /// Get XPM by id. + XPM *Get(int id); + /// Give the largest height of the set. + int GetHeight(); + /// Give the largest width of the set. + int GetWidth(); +}; + +#endif + +#ifdef SCI_NAMESPACE +} +#endif + +#endif diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qscintilla.hbp b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qscintilla.hbp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..687930fbe8 --- /dev/null +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qscintilla.hbp @@ -0,0 +1,77 @@ +-3rd=hbide_version=1.0 +-3rd=hbide_type=Lib +-3rd=hbide_title=qscintilla +-3rd=hbide_location=C:\harbour\contrib\hbide\qscintilla\ +-3rd=hbide_workingfolder= +-3rd=hbide_destinationfolder= +-3rd=hbide_output=qscintilla +-3rd=hbide_launchparams= +-3rd=hbide_launchprogram= +-3rd=hbide_backupfolder= +-3rd=hbide_xhb=NO +-3rd=hbide_xpp=NO +-3rd=hbide_clp=NO + +-inc +-w2 +-es2 +-incpath=. +-incpath=./qt +-incpath=${HB_WITH_QT}/include +-incpath=${HB_WITH_QT}/include/qtcore +-incpath=${HB_WITH_QT}/include/qtgui +-oqscintilla +-hblib + +../../hbqt/hbqt.hbc +AutoComplete.cpp +CallTip.cpp +Decoration.cpp +Document.cpp +DocumentAccessor.cpp +Editor.cpp +ExternalLexer.cpp +Indicator.cpp +KeyMap.cpp +KeyWords.cpp +LexCPP.cpp +LexFlagship.cpp +LineMarker.cpp +CellBuffer.cpp +CharClassify.cpp +ContractionState.cpp +PerLine.cpp +PositionCache.cpp +PropSet.cpp +RESearch.cpp +RunStyles.cpp +ScintillaBase.cpp +Style.cpp +StyleContext.cpp +UniConversion.cpp +ViewStyle.cpp +WindowAccessor.cpp +XPM.cpp +qt/ListBoxQt.cpp +qt/moc_qscilexer.cpp +qt/moc_qscilexercpp.cpp +qt/moc_qsciscintilla.cpp +qt/moc_qsciscintillabase.cpp +qt/moc_SciClasses.cpp +qt/PlatQt.cpp +qt/qsciabstractapis.cpp +qt/qsciapis.cpp +qt/qscicommand.cpp +qt/qscicommandset.cpp +qt/qscidocument.cpp +qt/qscilexer.cpp +qt/qscilexercpp.cpp +qt/qscimacro.cpp +qt/qsciprinter.cpp +qt/qsciscintilla.cpp +qt/qsciscintillabase.cpp +qt/qscistyle.cpp +qt/qscistyledtext.cpp +qt/SciClasses.cpp +qt/ScintillaQt.cpp + diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qt/ListBoxQt.cpp b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qt/ListBoxQt.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..72c83a4567 --- /dev/null +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qt/ListBoxQt.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,321 @@ +// This module implements the specialisation of QListBox that handles the +// Scintilla double-click callback. +// +// Copyright (c) 2010 Riverbank Computing Limited +// +// This file is part of QScintilla. +// +// This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General Public +// License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free Software +// Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2 and LICENSE.GPL3 +// included in the packaging of this file. Alternatively you may (at +// your option) use any later version of the GNU General Public +// License if such license has been publicly approved by Riverbank +// Computing Limited (or its successors, if any) and the KDE Free Qt +// Foundation. In addition, as a special exception, Riverbank gives you +// certain additional rights. These rights are described in the Riverbank +// GPL Exception version 1.1, which can be found in the file +// GPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package. +// +// Please review the following information to ensure GNU General +// Public Licensing requirements will be met: +// http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/. If +// you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please +// review the following information: +// http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview +// or contact the sales department at sales@riverbankcomputing.com. +// +// This file is provided AS IS with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING THE +// WARRANTY OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. + + +#include "ListBoxQt.h" + +#include + +#include "SciClasses.h" +#include "qsciscintilla.h" + + +ListBoxQt::ListBoxQt() + : cb_action(0), cb_data(0), slb(0), visible_rows(5), utf8(false) +{ +} + + +void ListBoxQt::SetFont(Font &font) +{ + QFont *f = reinterpret_cast(font.GetID()); + + if (f) + slb->setFont(*f); +} + + +void ListBoxQt::Create(Window &parent, int, Point, int, bool unicodeMode) +{ + utf8 = unicodeMode; + + // The parent we want is the QsciScintillaBase, not the text area. + id = slb = new SciListBox(reinterpret_cast(parent.GetID())->parentWidget(), this); +} + + +void ListBoxQt::SetAverageCharWidth(int) +{ + // We rely on sizeHint() for the size of the list box rather than make + // calculations based on the average character width and the number of + // visible rows. +} + + +void ListBoxQt::SetVisibleRows(int vrows) +{ + // We only pretend to implement this. + visible_rows = vrows; +} + + +int ListBoxQt::GetVisibleRows() const +{ + return visible_rows; +} + + +PRectangle ListBoxQt::GetDesiredRect() +{ + PRectangle rc(0, 0, 100, 100); + + if (slb) + { + QSize sh = slb->sizeHint(); + + rc.right = sh.width(); + rc.bottom = sh.height(); + } + + return rc; +} + + +int ListBoxQt::CaretFromEdge() +{ + int dist = 0; + + // Find the width of the biggest image. + for (xpmMap::const_iterator it = xset.begin(); it != xset.end(); ++it) + { + int w = it.value().width(); + + if (dist < w) + dist = w; + } + + if (slb) + dist += slb->frameWidth(); + + // Fudge factor - adjust if required. + dist += 3; + + return dist; +} + + +void ListBoxQt::Clear() +{ + Q_ASSERT(slb); + + slb->clear(); +} + + +void ListBoxQt::Append(char *s, int type) +{ + Q_ASSERT(slb); + + QString qs; + + if (utf8) + qs = QString::fromUtf8(s); + else + qs = QString::fromLatin1(s); + + xpmMap::const_iterator it; + + if (type < 0 || (it = xset.find(type)) == xset.end()) + slb->addItem(qs); + else + slb->addItemPixmap(it.value(), qs); +} + + +int ListBoxQt::Length() +{ + Q_ASSERT(slb); + + return slb->count(); +} + + +void ListBoxQt::Select(int n) +{ + Q_ASSERT(slb); + + slb->setCurrentRow(n); +} + + +int ListBoxQt::GetSelection() +{ + Q_ASSERT(slb); + + return slb->currentRow(); +} + + +int ListBoxQt::Find(const char *prefix) +{ + Q_ASSERT(slb); + + return slb->find(prefix); +} + + +void ListBoxQt::GetValue(int n, char *value, int len) +{ + Q_ASSERT(slb); + + QString selection = slb->text(n); + + bool trim_selection = false; + QObject *sci_obj = slb->parent(); + + if (sci_obj->inherits("QsciScintilla")) + { + QsciScintilla *sci = static_cast(sci_obj); + + if (sci->isAutoCompletionList()) + { + // Save the full selection and trim the value we return. + sci->acSelection = selection; + trim_selection = true; + } + } + + if (selection.isEmpty() || len <= 0) + value[0] = '\0'; + else + { + const char *s; + int slen; + + QByteArray bytes; + + if (utf8) + bytes = selection.toUtf8(); + else + bytes = selection.toLatin1(); + + s = bytes.data(); + slen = bytes.length(); + + while (slen-- && len--) + { + if (trim_selection && *s == ' ') + break; + + *value++ = *s++; + } + + *value = '\0'; + } +} + + +void ListBoxQt::Sort() +{ + Q_ASSERT(slb); + + slb->sortItems(); +} + + +void ListBoxQt::RegisterImage(int type,const char *xpm_data) +{ + xset.insert(type, *reinterpret_cast(xpm_data)); +} + + +void ListBoxQt::ClearRegisteredImages() +{ + xset.clear(); +} + + +void ListBoxQt::SetDoubleClickAction(CallBackAction action, void *data) +{ + cb_action = action; + cb_data = data; +} + + +void ListBoxQt::SetList(const char *list, char separator, char typesep) +{ + char *words; + + Clear(); + + if ((words = qstrdup(list)) != NULL) + { + char *startword = words; + char *numword = NULL; + + for (int i = 0; words[i] != '\0'; i++) + { + if (words[i] == separator) + { + words[i] = '\0'; + + if (numword) + *numword = '\0'; + + Append(startword, numword ? atoi(numword + 1) : -1); + + startword = words + i + 1; + numword = NULL; + } + else if (words[i] == typesep) + { + numword = words + i; + } + } + + if (startword) + { + if (numword) + *numword = '\0'; + + Append(startword, numword ? atoi(numword + 1) : -1); + } + + delete[] words; + } +} + + +// The ListBox methods that need to be implemented explicitly. + +ListBox::ListBox() +{ +} + + +ListBox::~ListBox() +{ +} + + +ListBox *ListBox::Allocate() +{ + return new ListBoxQt(); +} diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qt/ListBoxQt.h b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qt/ListBoxQt.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ce45396712 --- /dev/null +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qt/ListBoxQt.h @@ -0,0 +1,77 @@ +// This defines the specialisation of QListBox that handles the Scintilla +// double-click callback. +// +// Copyright (c) 2010 Riverbank Computing Limited +// +// This file is part of QScintilla. +// +// This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General Public +// License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free Software +// Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2 and LICENSE.GPL3 +// included in the packaging of this file. Alternatively you may (at +// your option) use any later version of the GNU General Public +// License if such license has been publicly approved by Riverbank +// Computing Limited (or its successors, if any) and the KDE Free Qt +// Foundation. In addition, as a special exception, Riverbank gives you +// certain additional rights. These rights are described in the Riverbank +// GPL Exception version 1.1, which can be found in the file +// GPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package. +// +// Please review the following information to ensure GNU General +// Public Licensing requirements will be met: +// http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/. If +// you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please +// review the following information: +// http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview +// or contact the sales department at sales@riverbankcomputing.com. +// +// This file is provided AS IS with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING THE +// WARRANTY OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. + + +#include +#include +#include + +#include "Platform.h" + + +class SciListBox; + + +class ListBoxQt : public ListBox +{ +public: + ListBoxQt(); + + CallBackAction cb_action; + void *cb_data; + + virtual void SetFont(Font &font); + virtual void Create(Window &parent, int, Point, int, bool unicodeMode); + virtual void SetAverageCharWidth(int); + virtual void SetVisibleRows(int); + virtual int GetVisibleRows() const; + virtual PRectangle GetDesiredRect(); + virtual int CaretFromEdge(); + virtual void Clear(); + virtual void Append(char *s, int type = -1); + virtual int Length(); + virtual void Select(int n); + virtual int GetSelection(); + virtual int Find(const char *prefix); + virtual void GetValue(int n, char *value, int len); + virtual void Sort(); + virtual void RegisterImage(int type, const char *xpm_data); + virtual void ClearRegisteredImages(); + virtual void SetDoubleClickAction(CallBackAction action, void *data); + virtual void SetList(const char *list, char separator, char typesep); + +private: + SciListBox *slb; + int visible_rows; + bool utf8; + + typedef QMap xpmMap; + xpmMap xset; +}; diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qt/PlatQt.cpp b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qt/PlatQt.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..46e8aaa877 --- /dev/null +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qt/PlatQt.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,993 @@ +// This module implements the portability layer for the Qt port of Scintilla. +// +// Copyright (c) 2010 Riverbank Computing Limited +// +// This file is part of QScintilla. +// +// This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General Public +// License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free Software +// Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2 and LICENSE.GPL3 +// included in the packaging of this file. Alternatively you may (at +// your option) use any later version of the GNU General Public +// License if such license has been publicly approved by Riverbank +// Computing Limited (or its successors, if any) and the KDE Free Qt +// Foundation. In addition, as a special exception, Riverbank gives you +// certain additional rights. These rights are described in the Riverbank +// GPL Exception version 1.1, which can be found in the file +// GPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package. +// +// Please review the following information to ensure GNU General +// Public Licensing requirements will be met: +// http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/. If +// you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please +// review the following information: +// http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview +// or contact the sales department at sales@riverbankcomputing.com. +// +// This file is provided AS IS with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING THE +// WARRANTY OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. + + +#include +#include +#include + +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include + +#include +#include + +#include "Platform.h" +#include "XPM.h" + +#include "qsciscintillabase.h" +#include "SciClasses.h" + + +// Type convertors. +static QFont *PFont(FontID id) +{ + return reinterpret_cast(id); +} + +static QWidget *PWindow(WindowID id) +{ + return reinterpret_cast(id); +} + +static SciPopup *PMenu(MenuID id) +{ + return reinterpret_cast(id); +} + + +// Create a Point instance from a long value. +Point Point::FromLong(long lpoint) +{ + return Point(Platform::LowShortFromLong(lpoint), + Platform::HighShortFromLong(lpoint)); +} + + +// Colour palette management. The Qt interface to colours means this class +// doesn't have to do anything. +Palette::Palette() +{ + used = 0; + allowRealization = false; +} + +Palette::~Palette() +{ + Release(); +} + +void Palette::Release() +{ + used = 0; +} + +void Palette::WantFind(ColourPair &cp, bool want) +{ + if (!want) + cp.allocated.Set(cp.desired.AsLong()); +} + +void Palette::Allocate(Window &) +{ +} + + +// Font management. +Font::Font() : id(0) +{ +} + +Font::~Font() +{ +} + +void Font::Create(const char *faceName, int, int size, bool bold, bool italic, + bool) +{ + Release(); + + QFont *f = new QFont(); + + // If name of the font begins with a '-', assume, that it is an XLFD. + if (faceName[0] == '-') + f->setRawName(faceName); + else + { + f->setFamily(faceName); + f->setPointSize(size); + f->setBold(bold); + f->setItalic(italic); + } + + id = f; +} + +void Font::Release() +{ + if (id) + { + delete PFont(id); + id = 0; + } +} + + +// A surface abstracts a place to draw. +class SurfaceImpl : public Surface +{ +public: + SurfaceImpl(); + virtual ~SurfaceImpl(); + + void Init(WindowID wid); + void Init(SurfaceID sid, WindowID); + void Init(QPainter *p); + void InitPixMap(int width, int height, Surface *, WindowID); + + void Release(); + bool Initialised() {return painter;} + void PenColour(ColourAllocated fore); + int LogPixelsY() {return 72;} + int DeviceHeightFont(int points) {return points;} + void MoveTo(int x_,int y_); + void LineTo(int x_,int y_); + void Polygon(Point *pts, int npts, ColourAllocated fore, + ColourAllocated back); + void RectangleDraw(PRectangle rc, ColourAllocated fore, + ColourAllocated back); + void FillRectangle(PRectangle rc, ColourAllocated back); + void FillRectangle(PRectangle rc, Surface &surfacePattern); + void RoundedRectangle(PRectangle rc, ColourAllocated fore, + ColourAllocated back); + void AlphaRectangle(PRectangle rc, int cornerSize, ColourAllocated fill, + int alphaFill, ColourAllocated outline, int alphaOutline, + int flags); + void Ellipse(PRectangle rc, ColourAllocated fore, ColourAllocated back); + void Copy(PRectangle rc, Point from, Surface &surfaceSource); + + void DrawTextNoClip(PRectangle rc, Font &font_, int ybase, const char *s, + int len, ColourAllocated fore, ColourAllocated back); + void DrawTextClipped(PRectangle rc, Font &font_, int ybase, const char *s, + int len, ColourAllocated fore, ColourAllocated back); + void DrawTextTransparent(PRectangle rc, Font &font_, int ybase, + const char *s, int len, ColourAllocated fore); + void MeasureWidths(Font &font_, const char *s, int len, int *positions); + int WidthText(Font &font_, const char *s, int len); + int WidthChar(Font &font_, char ch); + int Ascent(Font &font_); + int Descent(Font &font_); + int InternalLeading(Font &font_) { Q_UNUSED( font_ ); return 0;} + int ExternalLeading(Font &font_); + int Height(Font &font_); + int AverageCharWidth(Font &font_) {return WidthChar(font_, 'n');} + + int SetPalette(Palette *, bool) {return 0;} + void SetClip(PRectangle rc); + void FlushCachedState(); + + void SetUnicodeMode(bool unicodeMode_) {unicodeMode = unicodeMode_;} + void SetDBCSMode(int codePage) { Q_UNUSED( codePage ); } + + void DrawXPM(PRectangle rc, const XPM *xpm); + +private: + void drawText(PRectangle rc, Font &font_, int ybase, const char *s, + int len, ColourAllocated fore); + QFontMetrics metrics(Font &font_); + QString convertText(const char *s, int len); + static QColor convertQColor(const ColourAllocated &col, + unsigned alpha = 255); + + bool unicodeMode; + QPaintDevice *pd; + QPainter *painter; + bool my_resources; + int pen_x, pen_y; +}; + +Surface *Surface::Allocate() +{ + return new SurfaceImpl; +} + +SurfaceImpl::SurfaceImpl() + : unicodeMode(false), pd(0), painter(0), my_resources(false), pen_x(0), + pen_y(0) +{ +} + +SurfaceImpl::~SurfaceImpl() +{ + Release(); +} + +void SurfaceImpl::Init(WindowID wid) +{ + Release(); + + pd = reinterpret_cast(wid); +} + +void SurfaceImpl::Init(SurfaceID sid, WindowID) +{ + Release(); + + // This method, and the SurfaceID type, is only used when printing. As it + // is actually a void * we pass (when using SCI_FORMATRANGE) a pointer to a + // QPainter rather than a pointer to a SurfaceImpl as might be expected. + QPainter *p = reinterpret_cast(sid); + + pd = p->device(); + painter = p; +} + +void SurfaceImpl::Init(QPainter *p) +{ + Release(); + + pd = p->device(); + painter = p; +} + +void SurfaceImpl::InitPixMap(int width, int height, Surface *, WindowID) +{ + Release(); + + pd = new QPixmap(width, height); + painter = new QPainter(pd); + my_resources = true; +} + +void SurfaceImpl::Release() +{ + if (my_resources) + { + if (painter) + delete painter; + + if (pd) + delete pd; + + my_resources = false; + } + + painter = 0; + pd = 0; +} + +void SurfaceImpl::MoveTo(int x_, int y_) +{ + Q_ASSERT(painter); + + pen_x = x_; + pen_y = y_; +} + +void SurfaceImpl::LineTo(int x_, int y_) +{ + Q_ASSERT(painter); + + painter->drawLine(pen_x, pen_y, x_, y_); + + pen_x = x_; + pen_y = y_; +} + +void SurfaceImpl::PenColour(ColourAllocated fore) +{ + Q_ASSERT(painter); + + painter->setPen(convertQColor(fore)); +} + +void SurfaceImpl::Polygon(Point *pts, int npts, ColourAllocated fore, + ColourAllocated back) +{ + Q_ASSERT(painter); + + QPolygon qpts(npts); + + for (int i = 0; i < npts; ++i) + qpts.setPoint(i, pts[i].x, pts[i].y); + + painter->setPen(convertQColor(fore)); + painter->setBrush(convertQColor(back)); + painter->drawPolygon(qpts); +} + +void SurfaceImpl::RectangleDraw(PRectangle rc, ColourAllocated fore, + ColourAllocated back) +{ + Q_ASSERT(painter); + + painter->setPen(convertQColor(fore)); + painter->setBrush(convertQColor(back)); + painter->drawRect(rc.left, rc.top, rc.right - rc.left - 1, + rc.bottom - rc.top - 1); +} + +void SurfaceImpl::FillRectangle(PRectangle rc, ColourAllocated back) +{ + Q_ASSERT(painter); + + painter->setPen(Qt::NoPen); + painter->setBrush(convertQColor(back)); + painter->drawRect(rc.left, rc.top, rc.right - rc.left, rc.bottom - rc.top); +} + +void SurfaceImpl::FillRectangle(PRectangle rc, Surface &surfacePattern) +{ + Q_ASSERT(painter); + + SurfaceImpl &si = static_cast(surfacePattern); + QPixmap *pm = static_cast(si.pd); + + if (pm) + { + QBrush brsh(Qt::black, *pm); + + painter->setPen(Qt::NoPen); + painter->setBrush(brsh); + painter->drawRect(rc.left, rc.top, rc.right - rc.left, + rc.bottom - rc.top); + } + else + FillRectangle(rc, ColourAllocated(0)); +} + +void SurfaceImpl::RoundedRectangle(PRectangle rc, ColourAllocated fore, + ColourAllocated back) +{ + Q_ASSERT(painter); + + painter->setPen(convertQColor(fore)); + painter->setBrush(convertQColor(back)); + painter->drawRoundRect(rc.left, rc.top, rc.right - rc.left, + rc.bottom - rc.top); +} + +void SurfaceImpl::AlphaRectangle(PRectangle rc, int cornerSize, + ColourAllocated fill, int alphaFill, ColourAllocated outline, + int alphaOutline, int) +{ + Q_ASSERT(painter); + + int w = rc.right - rc.left; + int h = rc.bottom - rc.top; + + // Assume that "cornerSize" means outline width. + if (cornerSize > 0) + painter->setPen(QPen(convertQColor(outline, alphaOutline), cornerSize)); + else + painter->setPen(Qt::NoPen); + + painter->setBrush(convertQColor(fill, alphaFill)); + painter->drawRect(rc.left, rc.top, w, h); +} + +void SurfaceImpl::Ellipse(PRectangle rc, ColourAllocated fore, + ColourAllocated back) +{ + Q_ASSERT(painter); + + painter->setPen(convertQColor(fore)); + painter->setBrush(convertQColor(back)); + painter->drawEllipse(rc.left, rc.top, rc.right - rc.left, + rc.bottom - rc.top); +} + +void SurfaceImpl::Copy(PRectangle rc, Point from, Surface &surfaceSource) +{ + Q_ASSERT(painter); + + SurfaceImpl &si = static_cast(surfaceSource); + + if (si.pd) + { + QPixmap *pm = static_cast(si.pd); + + painter->drawPixmap(rc.left, rc.top, *pm, from.x, from.y, + rc.right - rc.left, rc.bottom - rc.top); + } +} + +void SurfaceImpl::DrawTextNoClip(PRectangle rc, Font &font_, int ybase, + const char *s, int len,ColourAllocated fore, ColourAllocated back) +{ + Q_ASSERT(painter); + + FillRectangle(rc, back); + drawText(rc, font_, ybase, s, len, fore); +} + +void SurfaceImpl::DrawTextClipped(PRectangle rc, Font &font_, int ybase, + const char *s, int len, ColourAllocated fore, ColourAllocated back) +{ + Q_ASSERT(painter); + + SetClip(rc); + DrawTextNoClip(rc, font_, ybase, s, len, fore, back); + painter->setClipping(false); +} + +void SurfaceImpl::DrawTextTransparent(PRectangle rc, Font &font_, int ybase, + const char *s, int len, ColourAllocated fore) +{ + // Only draw if there is a non-space. + for (int i = 0; i < len; ++i) + if (s[i] != ' ') + { + drawText(rc, font_, ybase, s, len, fore); + return; + } +} + +void SurfaceImpl::drawText(PRectangle rc, Font &font_, int ybase, + const char *s, int len, ColourAllocated fore) +{ + QString qs = convertText(s, len); + + QFont *f = PFont(font_.GetID()); + + if (f) + painter->setFont(*f); + + painter->setPen(convertQColor(fore)); + painter->drawText(rc.left, ybase, qs); +} + +void SurfaceImpl::DrawXPM(PRectangle rc, const XPM *xpm) +{ + Q_ASSERT(painter); + + int x, y; + const QPixmap &qpm = xpm->Pixmap(); + + x = rc.left + (rc.Width() - qpm.width()) / 2; + y = rc.top + (rc.Height() - qpm.height()) / 2; + + painter->drawPixmap(x, y, qpm); +} + +void SurfaceImpl::MeasureWidths(Font &font_, const char *s, int len, + int *positions) +{ + QFontMetrics fm = metrics(font_); + QString qs = convertText(s, len); + + // The position for each byte of a character is the offset from the start + // where the following character should be drawn. + int i_byte = 0, width = 0; + + for (int i_char = 0; i_char < qs.length(); ++i_char) + { + width += fm.width(qs.at(i_char)); + + if (unicodeMode) + { + // Set the same position for each byte of the character. + int nbytes = qs.mid(i_char, 1).toUtf8().length(); + + while (nbytes--) + positions[i_byte++] = width; + } + else + positions[i_byte++] = width; + } +} + +int SurfaceImpl::WidthText(Font &font_, const char *s, int len) +{ + return metrics(font_).width(convertText(s, len)); + +} + +int SurfaceImpl::WidthChar(Font &font_, char ch) +{ + return metrics(font_).width(ch); +} + +int SurfaceImpl::Ascent(Font &font_) +{ + return metrics(font_).ascent(); +} + +int SurfaceImpl::Descent(Font &font_) +{ + // Qt doesn't include the baseline in the descent, so add it. Note that + // a descent from Qt4 always seems to be 2 pixels larger (irrespective of + // font or size) than the same descent from Qt3. This means that text is a + // little more spaced out with Qt4 - and will be more noticeable with + // smaller fonts. + return metrics(font_).descent() + 1; +} + +int SurfaceImpl::ExternalLeading(Font &font_) +{ + // Scintilla doesn't use this at the moment, which is good because Qt4 can + // return a negative value. + return metrics(font_).leading(); +} + +int SurfaceImpl::Height(Font &font_) +{ + return metrics(font_).height(); +} + +void SurfaceImpl::SetClip(PRectangle rc) +{ + Q_ASSERT(painter); + + painter->setClipRect(rc.left, rc.top, rc.right - rc.left, + rc.bottom - rc.top); +} + +void SurfaceImpl::FlushCachedState() +{ +} + +// Get the metrics for a font. +QFontMetrics SurfaceImpl::metrics(Font &font_) +{ + QFont *f = PFont(font_.GetID()), fnt; + + if (f) + fnt = *f; + else + fnt = QApplication::font(); + + return QFontMetrics(fnt, pd); +} + +// Convert a Scintilla string to a Qt Unicode string. +QString SurfaceImpl::convertText(const char *s, int len) +{ + if (unicodeMode) + return QString::fromUtf8(s, len); + + return QString::fromLatin1(s, len); +} + + +// Convert a Scintilla colour, and alpha component, to a Qt QColor. +QColor SurfaceImpl::convertQColor(const ColourAllocated &col, unsigned alpha) +{ + long c = col.AsLong(); + + unsigned r = c & 0xff; + unsigned g = (c >> 8) & 0xff; + unsigned b = (c >> 16) & 0xff; + + return QColor(r, g, b, alpha); +} + + +// Window (widget) management. +Window::~Window() +{ +} + +void Window::Destroy() +{ + QWidget *w = PWindow(id); + + if (w) + { + // Delete the widget next time round the event loop rather than + // straight away. This gets round a problem when auto-completion lists + // are cancelled after an entry has been double-clicked, ie. the list's + // dtor is called from one of the list's slots. There are other ways + // around the problem but this is the simplest and doesn't seem to + // cause problems of its own. + w->deleteLater(); + id = 0; + } +} + +bool Window::HasFocus() +{ + return PWindow(id)->hasFocus(); +} + +PRectangle Window::GetPosition() +{ + QWidget *w = PWindow(id); + + // Before any size allocated pretend its big enough not to be scrolled. + PRectangle rc(0,0,5000,5000); + + if (w) + { + const QRect &r = w->geometry(); + + rc.right = r.right() - r.left() + 1; + rc.bottom = r.bottom() - r.top() + 1; + } + + return rc; +} + +void Window::SetPosition(PRectangle rc) +{ + PWindow(id)->setGeometry(rc.left, rc.top, rc.right - rc.left, + rc.bottom - rc.top); +} + +void Window::SetPositionRelative(PRectangle rc, Window relativeTo) +{ + QWidget *rel = PWindow(relativeTo.id); + QPoint pos = rel->mapToGlobal(rel->pos()); + + int x = pos.x() + rc.left; + int y = pos.y() + rc.top; + + PWindow(id)->setGeometry(x, y, rc.right - rc.left, rc.bottom - rc.top); +} + +PRectangle Window::GetClientPosition() +{ + return GetPosition(); +} + +void Window::Show(bool show) +{ + QWidget *w = PWindow(id); + + if (show) + w->show(); + else + w->hide(); +} + +void Window::InvalidateAll() +{ + QWidget *w = PWindow(id); + + if (w) + w->update(); +} + +void Window::InvalidateRectangle(PRectangle rc) +{ + QWidget *w = PWindow(id); + + if (w) + w->update(rc.left, rc.top, rc.right - rc.left, rc.bottom - rc.top); +} + +void Window::SetFont(Font &font) +{ + PWindow(id)->setFont(*PFont(font.GetID())); +} + +void Window::SetCursor(Cursor curs) +{ + Qt::CursorShape qc; + + switch (curs) + { + case cursorText: + qc = Qt::IBeamCursor; + break; + + case cursorUp: + qc = Qt::UpArrowCursor; + break; + + case cursorWait: + qc = Qt::WaitCursor; + break; + + case cursorHoriz: + qc = Qt::SizeHorCursor; + break; + + case cursorVert: + qc = Qt::SizeVerCursor; + break; + + case cursorHand: + qc = Qt::PointingHandCursor; + break; + + default: + qc = Qt::ArrowCursor; + } + + PWindow(id)->setCursor(qc); +} + +void Window::SetTitle(const char *s) +{ + PWindow(id)->setWindowTitle(s); +} + + +PRectangle Window::GetMonitorRect(Point pt) +{ + QPoint qpt = PWindow(id)->mapToGlobal(QPoint(pt.x, pt.y)); + QRect qr = QApplication::desktop()->availableGeometry(qpt); + qpt = PWindow(id)->mapFromGlobal(qr.topLeft()); + + return PRectangle(qpt.x(), qpt.y(), qpt.x() + qr.width(), qpt.y() + qr.height()); +} + + +// Menu management. +Menu::Menu() : id(0) +{ +} + +void Menu::CreatePopUp() +{ + Destroy(); + id = new SciPopup(); +} + +void Menu::Destroy() +{ + SciPopup *m = PMenu(id); + + if (m) + { + delete m; + id = 0; + } +} + +void Menu::Show(Point pt, Window &) +{ + PMenu(id)->popup(QPoint(pt.x, pt.y)); +} + + +class DynamicLibraryImpl : public DynamicLibrary +{ +public: + DynamicLibraryImpl(const char *modulePath) + { + m = new QLibrary(modulePath); + m->load(); + } + + virtual ~DynamicLibraryImpl() + { + if (m) + delete m; + } + + virtual Function FindFunction(const char *name) + { + if (m) + return m->resolve(name); + + return 0; + } + + virtual bool IsValid() + { + return m && m->isLoaded(); + } + +private: + QLibrary* m; +}; + +DynamicLibrary *DynamicLibrary::Load(const char *modulePath) +{ + return new DynamicLibraryImpl(modulePath); +} + + +// Elapsed time. This implementation assumes that the maximum elapsed time is +// less than 48 hours. +ElapsedTime::ElapsedTime() +{ + QTime now = QTime::currentTime(); + + bigBit = now.hour() * 60 * 60 + now.minute() * 60 + now.second(); + littleBit = now.msec(); +} + +double ElapsedTime::Duration(bool reset) +{ + long endBigBit, endLittleBit; + QTime now = QTime::currentTime(); + + endBigBit = now.hour() * 60 * 60 + now.minute() * 60 + now.second(); + endLittleBit = now.msec(); + + double duration = endBigBit - bigBit; + + if (duration < 0 || (duration == 0 && endLittleBit < littleBit)) + duration += 24 * 60 * 60; + + duration += (endLittleBit - littleBit) / 1000.0; + + if (reset) + { + bigBit = endBigBit; + littleBit = endLittleBit; + } + + return duration; +} + + +// Manage system wide parameters. +ColourDesired Platform::Chrome() +{ + return ColourDesired(0xe0,0xe0,0xe0); +} + +ColourDesired Platform::ChromeHighlight() +{ + return ColourDesired(0xff,0xff,0xff); +} + +const char *Platform::DefaultFont() +{ + static QByteArray def_font; + + def_font = QApplication::font().family().toAscii(); + + return def_font.constData(); +} + +int Platform::DefaultFontSize() +{ + return QApplication::font().pointSize(); +} + +unsigned int Platform::DoubleClickTime() +{ + return QApplication::doubleClickInterval(); +} + +bool Platform::MouseButtonBounce() +{ + return true; +} + +void Platform::DebugDisplay(const char *s) +{ + qDebug("%s", s); +} + +bool Platform::IsKeyDown(int) +{ + return false; +} + +long Platform::SendScintilla(WindowID w, unsigned int msg, + unsigned long wParam, long lParam) +{ + Q_UNUSED( w ); + Q_UNUSED( msg ); + Q_UNUSED( wParam ); + Q_UNUSED( lParam ); + // This is never called. + return 0; +} + +long Platform::SendScintillaPointer(WindowID w, unsigned int msg, + unsigned long wParam, void *lParam) +{ + Q_UNUSED( w ); + Q_UNUSED( msg ); + Q_UNUSED( wParam ); + Q_UNUSED( lParam ); + // This is never called. + return 0; +} + +bool Platform::IsDBCSLeadByte(int, char) +{ + // We don't support DBCS. + return false; +} + +int Platform::DBCSCharLength(int, const char *) +{ + // We don't support DBCS. + return 1; +} + +int Platform::DBCSCharMaxLength() +{ + // We don't support DBCS. + return 2; +} + +int Platform::Minimum(int a, int b) +{ + return (a < b) ? a : b; +} + +int Platform::Maximum(int a, int b) +{ + return (a > b) ? a : b; +} + +int Platform::Clamp(int val, int minVal, int maxVal) +{ + if (val > maxVal) + val = maxVal; + + if (val < minVal) + val = minVal; + + return val; +} + + +//#define TRACE + +#ifdef TRACE +void Platform::DebugPrintf(const char *format, ...) +{ + char buffer[2000]; + va_list pArguments; + + va_start(pArguments, format); + vsprintf(buffer, format, pArguments); + va_end(pArguments); + + DebugDisplay(buffer); +} +#else +void Platform::DebugPrintf(const char *, ...) +{ +} +#endif + +static bool assertionPopUps = true; + +bool Platform::ShowAssertionPopUps(bool assertionPopUps_) +{ + bool ret = assertionPopUps; + + assertionPopUps = assertionPopUps_; + + return ret; +} + +void Platform::Assert(const char *c, const char *file, int line) +{ + qFatal("Assertion [%s] failed at %s %d\n", c, file, line); +} diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qt/SciClasses.cpp b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qt/SciClasses.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d1ba5cacef --- /dev/null +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qt/SciClasses.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,210 @@ +// The implementation of various Qt version independent classes used by the +// rest of the port. +// +// Copyright (c) 2010 Riverbank Computing Limited +// +// This file is part of QScintilla. +// +// This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General Public +// License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free Software +// Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2 and LICENSE.GPL3 +// included in the packaging of this file. Alternatively you may (at +// your option) use any later version of the GNU General Public +// License if such license has been publicly approved by Riverbank +// Computing Limited (or its successors, if any) and the KDE Free Qt +// Foundation. In addition, as a special exception, Riverbank gives you +// certain additional rights. These rights are described in the Riverbank +// GPL Exception version 1.1, which can be found in the file +// GPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package. +// +// Please review the following information to ensure GNU General +// Public Licensing requirements will be met: +// http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/. If +// you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please +// review the following information: +// http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview +// or contact the sales department at sales@riverbankcomputing.com. +// +// This file is provided AS IS with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING THE +// WARRANTY OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. + + +#include "SciClasses.h" + +#include +#include +#include + +#include "ScintillaQt.h" +#include "ListBoxQt.h" + + +// Create a call tip. +SciCallTip::SciCallTip(QWidget *parent, ScintillaQt *sci_) + : QWidget(parent, Qt::WindowFlags(Qt::Popup|Qt::FramelessWindowHint|Qt::WA_StaticContents)), + sci(sci_) +{ + // Ensure that the main window keeps the focus (and the caret flashing) + // when this is displayed. + setFocusProxy(parent); +} + + +// Destroy a call tip. +SciCallTip::~SciCallTip() +{ + // Ensure that the main window doesn't receive a focus out event when + // this is destroyed. + setFocusProxy(0); +} + + +// Paint a call tip. +void SciCallTip::paintEvent(QPaintEvent *) +{ + Surface *surfaceWindow = Surface::Allocate(); + + if (!surfaceWindow) + return; + + QPainter p(this); + + surfaceWindow->Init(&p); + sci->ct.PaintCT(surfaceWindow); + + delete surfaceWindow; +} + + +// Handle a mouse press in a call tip. +void SciCallTip::mousePressEvent(QMouseEvent *e) +{ + Point pt; + + pt.x = e->x(); + pt.y = e->y(); + + sci->ct.MouseClick(pt); + sci->CallTipClick(); +} + + + +// Create the popup instance. +SciPopup::SciPopup() +{ + // Set up the mapper. + connect(&mapper, SIGNAL(mapped(int)), this, SLOT(on_triggered(int))); +} + + +// Add an item and associated command to the popup and enable it if required. +void SciPopup::addItem(const QString &label, int cmd, bool enabled, + ScintillaQt *sci_) +{ + QAction *act = addAction(label, &mapper, SLOT(map())); + mapper.setMapping(act, cmd); + act->setEnabled(enabled); + sci = sci_; +} + + +// A slot to handle a menu action being triggered. +void SciPopup::on_triggered(int cmd) +{ + sci->Command(cmd); +} + + + +#include + + +SciListBox::SciListBox(QWidget *parent, ListBoxQt *lbx_) + : QListWidget(parent), lbx(lbx_) +{ + // This is the root of the focus problems under Gnome's window manager. We + // have tried many flag combinations in the past. The consensus now seems + // to be that the following works. However it might now work because of a + // change in Qt so we only enable it for recent versions in order to + // reduce the risk of breaking something that works with earlier versions. +#if QT_VERSION >= 0x040500 + setWindowFlags(Qt::ToolTip|Qt::WindowStaysOnTopHint); +#else + setWindowFlags(Qt::Tool|Qt::FramelessWindowHint); +#endif + setAttribute(Qt::WA_StaticContents); + + setFocusProxy(parent); + + setFrameShape(StyledPanel); + setFrameShadow(Plain); + + connect(this, SIGNAL(itemDoubleClicked(QListWidgetItem *)), + SLOT(handleSelection())); + connect(this, SIGNAL(itemActivated(QListWidgetItem *)), + SLOT(handleSelection())); +} + + +void SciListBox::addItemPixmap(const QPixmap &pm, const QString &txt) +{ + new QListWidgetItem(pm, txt, this); +} + + +int SciListBox::find(const QString &prefix) +{ + QList itms = findItems(prefix, + Qt::MatchStartsWith|Qt::MatchCaseSensitive); + + if (itms.size() == 0) + return -1; + + return row(itms[0]); +} + + +QString SciListBox::text(int n) +{ + QListWidgetItem *itm = item(n); + + if (!itm) + return QString(); + + return itm->text(); +} + + +// Reimplemented to close the list when the user presses Escape. +void SciListBox::keyPressEvent(QKeyEvent *e) +{ + if (e->key() == Qt::Key_Escape) + { + e->accept(); + close(); + } + else + { + QListWidget::keyPressEvent(e); + + if (!e->isAccepted()) + QCoreApplication::sendEvent(parent(), e); + } +} + + + +SciListBox::~SciListBox() +{ + // Ensure that the main widget doesn't get a focus out event when this is + // destroyed. + setFocusProxy(0); +} + + +void SciListBox::handleSelection() +{ + if (lbx && lbx->cb_action) + lbx->cb_action(lbx->cb_data); +} diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qt/SciClasses.h b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qt/SciClasses.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7b8eae4729 --- /dev/null +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qt/SciClasses.h @@ -0,0 +1,119 @@ +// The definition of various Qt version independent classes used by the rest of +// the port. +// +// Copyright (c) 2010 Riverbank Computing Limited +// +// This file is part of QScintilla. +// +// This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General Public +// License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free Software +// Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2 and LICENSE.GPL3 +// included in the packaging of this file. Alternatively you may (at +// your option) use any later version of the GNU General Public +// License if such license has been publicly approved by Riverbank +// Computing Limited (or its successors, if any) and the KDE Free Qt +// Foundation. In addition, as a special exception, Riverbank gives you +// certain additional rights. These rights are described in the Riverbank +// GPL Exception version 1.1, which can be found in the file +// GPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package. +// +// Please review the following information to ensure GNU General +// Public Licensing requirements will be met: +// http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/. If +// you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please +// review the following information: +// http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview +// or contact the sales department at sales@riverbankcomputing.com. +// +// This file is provided AS IS with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING THE +// WARRANTY OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. + + +#ifndef _SCICLASSES_H +#define _SCICLASSES_H + +#include +#include + + +class QMouseEvent; +class QPaintEvent; +class ScintillaQt; + + +// A simple QWidget sub-class to implement a call tip. +class SciCallTip : public QWidget +{ + Q_OBJECT + +public: + SciCallTip(QWidget *parent, ScintillaQt *sci_); + ~SciCallTip(); + +protected: + void paintEvent(QPaintEvent *e); + void mousePressEvent(QMouseEvent *e); + +private: + ScintillaQt *sci; +}; + + +// A popup menu where options correspond to a numeric command. + +#include +#include + +class SciPopup : public QMenu +{ + Q_OBJECT + +public: + SciPopup(); + + void addItem(const QString &label, int cmd, bool enabled, + ScintillaQt *sci_); + +private slots: + void on_triggered(int cmd); + +private: + ScintillaQt *sci; + QSignalMapper mapper; +}; + + + +// This sub-class of QListBox is needed to provide slots from which we can call +// ListBox's double-click callback. (And you thought this was a C++ program.) + +class ListBoxQt; + + +#include + +class SciListBox : public QListWidget +{ + Q_OBJECT + +public: + SciListBox(QWidget *parent, ListBoxQt *lbx_); + virtual ~SciListBox(); + + void addItemPixmap(const QPixmap &pm, const QString &txt); + + int find(const QString &prefix); + QString text(int n); + +protected: + void keyPressEvent(QKeyEvent *e); + +private slots: + void handleSelection(); + +private: + ListBoxQt *lbx; +}; + + +#endif diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qt/ScintillaQt.cpp b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qt/ScintillaQt.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6312063891 --- /dev/null +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qt/ScintillaQt.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,582 @@ +// The implementation of the Qt specific subclass of ScintillaBase. +// +// Copyright (c) 2010 Riverbank Computing Limited +// +// This file is part of QScintilla. +// +// This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General Public +// License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free Software +// Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2 and LICENSE.GPL3 +// included in the packaging of this file. Alternatively you may (at +// your option) use any later version of the GNU General Public +// License if such license has been publicly approved by Riverbank +// Computing Limited (or its successors, if any) and the KDE Free Qt +// Foundation. In addition, as a special exception, Riverbank gives you +// certain additional rights. These rights are described in the Riverbank +// GPL Exception version 1.1, which can be found in the file +// GPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package. +// +// Please review the following information to ensure GNU General +// Public Licensing requirements will be met: +// http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/. If +// you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please +// review the following information: +// http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview +// or contact the sales department at sales@riverbankcomputing.com. +// +// This file is provided AS IS with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING THE +// WARRANTY OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. + + +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include + +#include +#include +#include + +#include "qsciscintillabase.h" +#include "ScintillaQt.h" +#include "SciClasses.h" + + +// We want to use the Scintilla notification names as Qt signal names. +#undef SCEN_CHANGE +#undef SCN_AUTOCCANCELLED +#undef SCN_AUTOCCHARDELETED +#undef SCN_AUTOCSELECTION +#undef SCN_CALLTIPCLICK +#undef SCN_CHARADDED +#undef SCN_DOUBLECLICK +#undef SCN_DWELLEND +#undef SCN_DWELLSTART +#undef SCN_HOTSPOTCLICK +#undef SCN_HOTSPOTDOUBLECLICK +#undef SCN_INDICATORCLICK +#undef SCN_INDICATORRELEASE +#undef SCN_MACRORECORD +#undef SCN_MARGINCLICK +#undef SCN_MODIFIED +#undef SCN_MODIFYATTEMPTRO +#undef SCN_NEEDSHOWN +#undef SCN_PAINTED +#undef SCN_SAVEPOINTLEFT +#undef SCN_SAVEPOINTREACHED +#undef SCN_STYLENEEDED +#undef SCN_UPDATEUI +#undef SCN_USERLISTSELECTION +#undef SCN_ZOOM + +enum +{ + SCEN_CHANGE = 768, + SCN_AUTOCCANCELLED = 2025, + SCN_AUTOCCHARDELETED = 2026, + SCN_AUTOCSELECTION = 2022, + SCN_CALLTIPCLICK = 2021, + SCN_CHARADDED = 2001, + SCN_DOUBLECLICK = 2006, + SCN_DWELLEND = 2017, + SCN_DWELLSTART = 2016, + SCN_HOTSPOTCLICK = 2019, + SCN_HOTSPOTDOUBLECLICK = 2020, + SCN_INDICATORCLICK = 2023, + SCN_INDICATORRELEASE = 2024, + SCN_MACRORECORD = 2009, + SCN_MARGINCLICK = 2010, + SCN_MODIFIED = 2008, + SCN_MODIFYATTEMPTRO = 2004, + SCN_NEEDSHOWN = 2011, + SCN_PAINTED = 2013, + SCN_SAVEPOINTLEFT = 2003, + SCN_SAVEPOINTREACHED = 2002, + SCN_STYLENEEDED = 2000, + SCN_UPDATEUI = 2007, + SCN_USERLISTSELECTION = 2014, + SCN_ZOOM = 2018 +}; + + +// The ctor. +ScintillaQt::ScintillaQt(QsciScintillaBase *qsb_) + : capturedMouse(false), qsb(qsb_) +{ + wMain = qsb->viewport(); + + // We aren't a QObject so we use the API class to do QObject related things + // for us. + qsb->connect(&qtimer, SIGNAL(timeout()), SLOT(handleTimer())); + + Initialise(); +} + + +// The dtor. +ScintillaQt::~ScintillaQt() +{ + Finalise(); +} + + +// Initialise the instance. +void ScintillaQt::Initialise() +{ + SetTicking(true); +} + + +// Tidy up the instance. +void ScintillaQt::Finalise() +{ + SetTicking(false); + ScintillaBase::Finalise(); +} + + +// Start a drag. +void ScintillaQt::StartDrag() +{ + inDragDrop = ddDragging; + + QDrag *qdrag = new QDrag(qsb); + qdrag->setMimeData(qsb->toMimeData(textRange(&drag))); + +# if QT_VERSION >= 0x040300 + // The default action is to copy so that the cursor is correct when over + // another widget or application (when we have no control over it). We + // make sure it is correct over ourself in the event handlers. + Qt::DropAction action = qdrag->exec(Qt::MoveAction | Qt::CopyAction, Qt::CopyAction); +# else + Qt::DropAction action = qdrag->start(Qt::MoveAction); +# endif + + // Remove the dragged text if it was a move to another widget or + // application. + if (action == Qt::MoveAction && qdrag->target() != qsb->viewport()) + ClearSelection(); + + SetDragPosition(-1); + inDragDrop = ddNone; +} + + +// Re-implement to trap certain messages. +sptr_t ScintillaQt::WndProc(unsigned int iMessage, uptr_t wParam, + sptr_t lParam) +{ + switch (iMessage) + { + case SCI_GETDIRECTFUNCTION: + return reinterpret_cast(DirectFunction); + + case SCI_GETDIRECTPOINTER: + return reinterpret_cast(this); + } + + return ScintillaBase::WndProc(iMessage, wParam, lParam); +} + + +// Windows nonsense. +sptr_t ScintillaQt::DefWndProc(unsigned int, uptr_t, sptr_t) +{ + return 0; +} + + +// Manage the timer. +void ScintillaQt::SetTicking(bool on) +{ + if (timer.ticking != on) + { + timer.ticking = on; + + if (timer.ticking) + qtimer.start(timer.tickSize); + else + qtimer.stop(); + } + + timer.ticksToWait = caret.period; +} + + +// Grab or release the mouse (and keyboard). +void ScintillaQt::SetMouseCapture(bool on) +{ + if (mouseDownCaptures) + if (on) + qsb->viewport()->grabMouse(); + else + qsb->viewport()->releaseMouse(); + + capturedMouse = on; +} + + +// Return true if the mouse/keyboard are currently grabbed. +bool ScintillaQt::HaveMouseCapture() +{ + return capturedMouse; +} + + +// Set the position of the vertical scrollbar. +void ScintillaQt::SetVerticalScrollPos() +{ + qsb->verticalScrollBar()->setValue(topLine); +} + + +// Set the position of the horizontal scrollbar. +void ScintillaQt::SetHorizontalScrollPos() +{ + qsb->horizontalScrollBar()->setValue(xOffset); +} + + +// Set the extent of the vertical and horizontal scrollbars and return true if +// the view needs re-drawing. +bool ScintillaQt::ModifyScrollBars(int nMax,int nPage) +{ + qsb->verticalScrollBar()->setMinimum(0); + qsb->horizontalScrollBar()->setMinimum(0); + + qsb->verticalScrollBar()->setMaximum(nMax - nPage + 1); + qsb->horizontalScrollBar()->setMaximum(scrollWidth); + + qsb->verticalScrollBar()->setSingleStep(1); + + qsb->verticalScrollBar()->setPageStep(nPage); + qsb->horizontalScrollBar()->setPageStep(scrollWidth / 10); + + return true; +} + + +// Called after SCI_SETWRAPMODE and SCI_SETHSCROLLBAR. +void ScintillaQt::ReconfigureScrollBars() +{ + // Hide or show the scrollbars if needed. + bool hsb = (horizontalScrollBarVisible && wrapState == eWrapNone); + + qsb->setHorizontalScrollBarPolicy(hsb ? Qt::ScrollBarAlwaysOn : Qt::ScrollBarAlwaysOff); + qsb->setVerticalScrollBarPolicy(verticalScrollBarVisible ? Qt::ScrollBarAlwaysOn : Qt::ScrollBarAlwaysOff); +} + + +// Notify interested parties of any change in the document. +void ScintillaQt::NotifyChange() +{ + emit qsb->SCEN_CHANGE(); +} + + +// Notify interested parties of various events. This is the main mapping +// between Scintilla notifications and Qt signals. +void ScintillaQt::NotifyParent(SCNotification scn) +{ + switch (scn.nmhdr.code) + { + case SCN_CALLTIPCLICK: + emit qsb->SCN_CALLTIPCLICK(scn.position); + break; + + case SCN_AUTOCCANCELLED: + emit qsb->SCN_AUTOCCANCELLED(); + break; + + case SCN_AUTOCCHARDELETED: + emit qsb->SCN_AUTOCCHARDELETED(); + break; + + case SCN_AUTOCSELECTION: + emit qsb->SCN_AUTOCSELECTION(scn.text, scn.lParam); + break; + + case SCN_CHARADDED: + emit qsb->SCN_CHARADDED(scn.ch); + break; + + case SCN_DOUBLECLICK: + emit qsb->SCN_DOUBLECLICK(scn.position, scn.line, scn.modifiers); + break; + + case SCN_DWELLEND: + emit qsb->SCN_DWELLEND(scn.position, scn.x, scn.y); + break; + + case SCN_DWELLSTART: + emit qsb->SCN_DWELLSTART(scn.position, scn.x, scn.y); + break; + + case SCN_HOTSPOTCLICK: + emit qsb->SCN_HOTSPOTCLICK(scn.position, scn.modifiers); + break; + + case SCN_HOTSPOTDOUBLECLICK: + emit qsb->SCN_HOTSPOTDOUBLECLICK(scn.position, scn.modifiers); + break; + + case SCN_INDICATORCLICK: + emit qsb->SCN_INDICATORCLICK(scn.position, scn.modifiers); + break; + + case SCN_INDICATORRELEASE: + emit qsb->SCN_INDICATORRELEASE(scn.position, scn.modifiers); + break; + + case SCN_MACRORECORD: + emit qsb->SCN_MACRORECORD(scn.message, scn.wParam, + reinterpret_cast(scn.lParam)); + break; + + case SCN_MARGINCLICK: + emit qsb->SCN_MARGINCLICK(scn.position, scn.modifiers, scn.margin); + break; + + case SCN_MODIFIED: + emit qsb->SCN_MODIFIED(scn.position, scn.modificationType, scn.text, + scn.length, scn.linesAdded, scn.line, scn.foldLevelNow, + scn.foldLevelPrev, scn.token, scn.annotationLinesAdded); + break; + + case SCN_MODIFYATTEMPTRO: + emit qsb->SCN_MODIFYATTEMPTRO(); + break; + + case SCN_NEEDSHOWN: + emit qsb->SCN_NEEDSHOWN(scn.position, scn.length); + break; + + case SCN_PAINTED: + emit qsb->SCN_PAINTED(); + break; + + case SCN_SAVEPOINTLEFT: + emit qsb->SCN_SAVEPOINTLEFT(); + break; + + case SCN_SAVEPOINTREACHED: + emit qsb->SCN_SAVEPOINTREACHED(); + break; + + case SCN_STYLENEEDED: + emit qsb->SCN_STYLENEEDED(scn.position); + break; + + case SCN_UPDATEUI: + emit qsb->SCN_UPDATEUI(); + break; + + case SCN_USERLISTSELECTION: + emit qsb->SCN_USERLISTSELECTION(scn.text, scn.wParam); + break; + + case SCN_ZOOM: + emit qsb->SCN_ZOOM(); + break; + + default: + qWarning("Unknown notification: %u", scn.nmhdr.code); + } +} + + +// Convert a text range to a QString. +QString ScintillaQt::textRange(const SelectionText *text) +{ + if (!text->s) + return QString(); + + if (IsUnicodeMode()) + return QString::fromUtf8(text->s); + + return QString::fromLatin1(text->s); +} + + +// Copy the selected text to the clipboard. +void ScintillaQt::CopyToClipboard(const SelectionText &selectedText) +{ + QApplication::clipboard()->setMimeData( + qsb->toMimeData(textRange(&selectedText))); +} + + +// Implement copy. +void ScintillaQt::Copy() +{ + if (currentPos != anchor) + { + SelectionText text; + + CopySelectionRange(&text); + CopyToClipboard(text); + } +} + + +// Implement pasting text. +void ScintillaQt::Paste() +{ + pasteFromClipboard(QClipboard::Clipboard); +} + + +// Paste text from either the clipboard or selection. +void ScintillaQt::pasteFromClipboard(QClipboard::Mode mode) +{ + const QMimeData *source = QApplication::clipboard()->mimeData(mode); + + if (!source || !qsb->canInsertFromMimeData(source)) + return; + + QString str = qsb->fromMimeData(source); + + pdoc->BeginUndoAction(); + + ClearSelection(); + + int len; + const char *s; + + QByteArray bytes; + + if (IsUnicodeMode()) + { + bytes = str.toUtf8(); + + len = bytes.length(); + s = bytes.data(); + } + else + { + bytes = str.toLatin1(); + len = bytes.length(); + s = bytes.data(); + } + + if (len) + pdoc->InsertString(currentPos, s, len); + + SetEmptySelection(currentPos + len); + + pdoc->EndUndoAction(); + + NotifyChange(); + Redraw(); +} + + +// Create a call tip window. +void ScintillaQt::CreateCallTipWindow(PRectangle rc) +{ + if (!ct.wCallTip.Created()) + ct.wCallTip = ct.wDraw = new SciCallTip(qsb, this); + + SciCallTip *w = reinterpret_cast(ct.wCallTip.GetID()); + + w->resize(rc.right - rc.left, rc.bottom - rc.top); + ct.wCallTip.Show(); +} + + +// Add an item to the right button menu. +void ScintillaQt::AddToPopUp(const char *label, int cmd, bool enabled) +{ + SciPopup *pm = static_cast(popup.GetID()); + + if (*label) + pm->addItem(qApp->translate("ContextMenu", label), cmd, enabled, this); + else + pm->addSeparator(); +} + + +// Claim the selection. +void ScintillaQt::ClaimSelection() +{ + bool isSel = (currentPos != anchor); + + if (isSel) + { + QClipboard *cb = QApplication::clipboard(); + + // If we support X11 style selection then make it available now. + if (cb->supportsSelection()) + { + SelectionText text; + + CopySelectionRange(&text); + + if (text.s) + cb->setText(textRange(&text), QClipboard::Selection); + } + + primarySelection = true; + } + else + primarySelection = false; + + emit qsb->QSCN_SELCHANGED(isSel); +} + + +// Unclaim the selection. +void ScintillaQt::UnclaimSelection() +{ + if (primarySelection) + { + primarySelection = false; + qsb->viewport()->update(); + } +} + + +// Implemented to provide compatibility with the Windows version. +sptr_t ScintillaQt::DirectFunction(ScintillaQt *sciThis, unsigned int iMessage, + uptr_t wParam, sptr_t lParam) +{ + return sciThis->WndProc(iMessage,wParam,lParam); +} + + +// Draw the contents of the widget. +void ScintillaQt::paintEvent(QPaintEvent *e) +{ + Surface *sw = Surface::Allocate(); + + if (!sw) + return; + + paintState = painting; + + const QRect &qr = e->rect(); + + rcPaint.left = qr.left(); + rcPaint.top = qr.top(); + rcPaint.right = qr.right() + 1; + rcPaint.bottom = qr.bottom() + 1; + + PRectangle rcText = GetTextRectangle(); + paintingAllText = rcPaint.Contains(rcText); + + QPainter painter(qsb->viewport()); + + sw->Init(&painter); + sw->SetUnicodeMode(CodePage() == SC_CP_UTF8); + Paint(sw, rcPaint); + + delete sw; + + // If the painting area was insufficient to cover the new style or brace + // highlight positions then repaint the whole thing. + if (paintState == paintAbandoned) + qsb->viewport()->update(); + + paintState = notPainting; +} diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qt/ScintillaQt.h b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qt/ScintillaQt.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..fc1c10cd9f --- /dev/null +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qt/ScintillaQt.h @@ -0,0 +1,125 @@ +// The definition of the Qt specific subclass of ScintillaBase. +// +// Copyright (c) 2010 Riverbank Computing Limited +// +// This file is part of QScintilla. +// +// This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General Public +// License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free Software +// Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2 and LICENSE.GPL3 +// included in the packaging of this file. Alternatively you may (at +// your option) use any later version of the GNU General Public +// License if such license has been publicly approved by Riverbank +// Computing Limited (or its successors, if any) and the KDE Free Qt +// Foundation. In addition, as a special exception, Riverbank gives you +// certain additional rights. These rights are described in the Riverbank +// GPL Exception version 1.1, which can be found in the file +// GPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package. +// +// Please review the following information to ensure GNU General +// Public Licensing requirements will be met: +// http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/. If +// you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please +// review the following information: +// http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview +// or contact the sales department at sales@riverbankcomputing.com. +// +// This file is provided AS IS with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING THE +// WARRANTY OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. + + +#ifndef SCINTILLAQT_H +#define SCINTILLAQT_H + + +#include +#include + +// These are needed because scintilla class header files don't seem to manage +// their own dependencies properly. +#include +#include +#include "Platform.h" +#include "Scintilla.h" +#include "SVector.h" +#include "SplitVector.h" +#include "Partitioning.h" +#include "CellBuffer.h" +#include "CharClassify.h" +#include "RunStyles.h" +#include "Decoration.h" +#include "Document.h" +#include "Style.h" +#include "XPM.h" +#include "LineMarker.h" +#include "Indicator.h" +#include "ViewStyle.h" +#include "KeyMap.h" +#include "ContractionState.h" +#include "PositionCache.h" +#include "Editor.h" +#include "AutoComplete.h" +#include "CallTip.h" +#include "SString.h" +#include "PropSet.h" +#include "Accessor.h" +#include "KeyWords.h" + +#include "ScintillaBase.h" + + +class QPaintEvent; +class QDropEvent; + +class QsciScintillaBase; +class SciCallTip; +class SciPopup; + + +class ScintillaQt : public ScintillaBase +{ + friend class QsciScintillaBase; + friend class SciCallTip; + friend class SciPopup; + +public: + ScintillaQt(QsciScintillaBase *qsb_); + virtual ~ScintillaQt(); + + virtual sptr_t WndProc(unsigned int iMessage, uptr_t wParam, + sptr_t lParam); + +private: + void Initialise(); + void Finalise(); + void StartDrag(); + sptr_t DefWndProc(unsigned int, uptr_t, sptr_t); + void SetTicking(bool); + void SetMouseCapture(bool on); + bool HaveMouseCapture(); + void SetVerticalScrollPos(); + void SetHorizontalScrollPos(); + bool ModifyScrollBars(int nMax, int nPage); + void ReconfigureScrollBars(); + void NotifyChange(); + void NotifyParent(SCNotification scn); + void CopyToClipboard(const SelectionText &selectedText); + void Copy(); + void Paste(); + void CreateCallTipWindow(PRectangle rc); + void AddToPopUp(const char *label, int cmd = 0, bool enabled = true); + void ClaimSelection(); + void UnclaimSelection(); + static sptr_t DirectFunction(ScintillaQt *sci, unsigned int iMessage, + uptr_t wParam,sptr_t lParam); + + QString textRange(const SelectionText *text); + void paintEvent(QPaintEvent *e); + void pasteFromClipboard(QClipboard::Mode mode); + + bool capturedMouse; + QsciScintillaBase *qsb; + QTimer qtimer; +}; + +#endif diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qt/moc_SciClasses.cpp b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qt/moc_SciClasses.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6cb91bfb3b --- /dev/null +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qt/moc_SciClasses.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,187 @@ +/**************************************************************************** +** Meta object code from reading C++ file 'SciClasses.h' +** +** Created: Wed May 19 22:56:02 2010 +** by: The Qt Meta Object Compiler version 62 (Qt 4.6.2) +** +** WARNING! All changes made in this file will be lost! +*****************************************************************************/ + +#include "SciClasses.h" +#if !defined(Q_MOC_OUTPUT_REVISION) +#error "The header file 'SciClasses.h' doesn't include ." +#elif Q_MOC_OUTPUT_REVISION != 62 +#error "This file was generated using the moc from 4.6.2. It" +#error "cannot be used with the include files from this version of Qt." +#error "(The moc has changed too much.)" +#endif + +QT_BEGIN_MOC_NAMESPACE +static const uint qt_meta_data_SciCallTip[] = { + + // content: + 4, // revision + 0, // classname + 0, 0, // classinfo + 0, 0, // methods + 0, 0, // properties + 0, 0, // enums/sets + 0, 0, // constructors + 0, // flags + 0, // signalCount + + 0 // eod +}; + +static const char qt_meta_stringdata_SciCallTip[] = { + "SciCallTip\0" +}; + +const QMetaObject SciCallTip::staticMetaObject = { + { &QWidget::staticMetaObject, qt_meta_stringdata_SciCallTip, + qt_meta_data_SciCallTip, 0 } +}; + +#ifdef Q_NO_DATA_RELOCATION +const QMetaObject &SciCallTip::getStaticMetaObject() { return staticMetaObject; } +#endif //Q_NO_DATA_RELOCATION + +const QMetaObject *SciCallTip::metaObject() const +{ + return QObject::d_ptr->metaObject ? QObject::d_ptr->metaObject : &staticMetaObject; +} + +void *SciCallTip::qt_metacast(const char *_clname) +{ + if (!_clname) return 0; + if (!strcmp(_clname, qt_meta_stringdata_SciCallTip)) + return static_cast(const_cast< SciCallTip*>(this)); + return QWidget::qt_metacast(_clname); +} + +int SciCallTip::qt_metacall(QMetaObject::Call _c, int _id, void **_a) +{ + _id = QWidget::qt_metacall(_c, _id, _a); + if (_id < 0) + return _id; + return _id; +} +static const uint qt_meta_data_SciPopup[] = { + + // content: + 4, // revision + 0, // classname + 0, 0, // classinfo + 1, 14, // methods + 0, 0, // properties + 0, 0, // enums/sets + 0, 0, // constructors + 0, // flags + 0, // signalCount + + // slots: signature, parameters, type, tag, flags + 14, 10, 9, 9, 0x08, + + 0 // eod +}; + +static const char qt_meta_stringdata_SciPopup[] = { + "SciPopup\0\0cmd\0on_triggered(int)\0" +}; + +const QMetaObject SciPopup::staticMetaObject = { + { &QMenu::staticMetaObject, qt_meta_stringdata_SciPopup, + qt_meta_data_SciPopup, 0 } +}; + +#ifdef Q_NO_DATA_RELOCATION +const QMetaObject &SciPopup::getStaticMetaObject() { return staticMetaObject; } +#endif //Q_NO_DATA_RELOCATION + +const QMetaObject *SciPopup::metaObject() const +{ + return QObject::d_ptr->metaObject ? QObject::d_ptr->metaObject : &staticMetaObject; +} + +void *SciPopup::qt_metacast(const char *_clname) +{ + if (!_clname) return 0; + if (!strcmp(_clname, qt_meta_stringdata_SciPopup)) + return static_cast(const_cast< SciPopup*>(this)); + return QMenu::qt_metacast(_clname); +} + +int SciPopup::qt_metacall(QMetaObject::Call _c, int _id, void **_a) +{ + _id = QMenu::qt_metacall(_c, _id, _a); + if (_id < 0) + return _id; + if (_c == QMetaObject::InvokeMetaMethod) { + switch (_id) { + case 0: on_triggered((*reinterpret_cast< int(*)>(_a[1]))); break; + default: ; + } + _id -= 1; + } + return _id; +} +static const uint qt_meta_data_SciListBox[] = { + + // content: + 4, // revision + 0, // classname + 0, 0, // classinfo + 1, 14, // methods + 0, 0, // properties + 0, 0, // enums/sets + 0, 0, // constructors + 0, // flags + 0, // signalCount + + // slots: signature, parameters, type, tag, flags + 12, 11, 11, 11, 0x08, + + 0 // eod +}; + +static const char qt_meta_stringdata_SciListBox[] = { + "SciListBox\0\0handleSelection()\0" +}; + +const QMetaObject SciListBox::staticMetaObject = { + { &QListWidget::staticMetaObject, qt_meta_stringdata_SciListBox, + qt_meta_data_SciListBox, 0 } +}; + +#ifdef Q_NO_DATA_RELOCATION +const QMetaObject &SciListBox::getStaticMetaObject() { return staticMetaObject; } +#endif //Q_NO_DATA_RELOCATION + +const QMetaObject *SciListBox::metaObject() const +{ + return QObject::d_ptr->metaObject ? QObject::d_ptr->metaObject : &staticMetaObject; +} + +void *SciListBox::qt_metacast(const char *_clname) +{ + if (!_clname) return 0; + if (!strcmp(_clname, qt_meta_stringdata_SciListBox)) + return static_cast(const_cast< SciListBox*>(this)); + return QListWidget::qt_metacast(_clname); +} + +int SciListBox::qt_metacall(QMetaObject::Call _c, int _id, void **_a) +{ + _id = QListWidget::qt_metacall(_c, _id, _a); + if (_id < 0) + return _id; + if (_c == QMetaObject::InvokeMetaMethod) { + switch (_id) { + case 0: handleSelection(); break; + default: ; + } + _id -= 1; + } + return _id; +} +QT_END_MOC_NAMESPACE diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qt/moc_qscilexer.cpp b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qt/moc_qscilexer.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f2455dfb2b --- /dev/null +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qt/moc_qscilexer.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,152 @@ +/**************************************************************************** +** Meta object code from reading C++ file 'qscilexer.h' +** +** Created: Wed May 19 22:54:33 2010 +** by: The Qt Meta Object Compiler version 62 (Qt 4.6.2) +** +** WARNING! All changes made in this file will be lost! +*****************************************************************************/ + +#include "qscilexer.h" +#if !defined(Q_MOC_OUTPUT_REVISION) +#error "The header file 'qscilexer.h' doesn't include ." +#elif Q_MOC_OUTPUT_REVISION != 62 +#error "This file was generated using the moc from 4.6.2. It" +#error "cannot be used with the include files from this version of Qt." +#error "(The moc has changed too much.)" +#endif + +QT_BEGIN_MOC_NAMESPACE +static const uint qt_meta_data_QsciLexer[] = { + + // content: + 4, // revision + 0, // classname + 0, 0, // classinfo + 14, 14, // methods + 0, 0, // properties + 0, 0, // enums/sets + 0, 0, // constructors + 0, // flags + 5, // signalCount + + // signals: signature, parameters, type, tag, flags + 19, 11, 10, 10, 0x05, + 60, 44, 10, 10, 0x05, + 93, 85, 10, 10, 0x05, + 116, 11, 10, 10, 0x05, + 150, 141, 10, 10, 0x05, + + // slots: signature, parameters, type, tag, flags + 207, 191, 10, 10, 0x0a, + 231, 11, 10, 10, 0x0a, + 254, 252, 10, 10, 0x2a, + 285, 271, 10, 10, 0x0a, + 314, 306, 10, 10, 0x2a, + 331, 85, 10, 10, 0x0a, + 352, 350, 10, 10, 0x2a, + 367, 11, 10, 10, 0x0a, + 388, 252, 10, 10, 0x2a, + + 0 // eod +}; + +static const char qt_meta_stringdata_QsciLexer[] = { + "QsciLexer\0\0c,style\0colorChanged(QColor,int)\0" + "eolfilled,style\0eolFillChanged(bool,int)\0" + "f,style\0fontChanged(QFont,int)\0" + "paperChanged(QColor,int)\0prop,val\0" + "propertyChanged(const char*,const char*)\0" + "autoindentstyle\0setAutoIndentStyle(int)\0" + "setColor(QColor,int)\0c\0setColor(QColor)\0" + "eoffill,style\0setEolFill(bool,int)\0" + "eoffill\0setEolFill(bool)\0setFont(QFont,int)\0" + "f\0setFont(QFont)\0setPaper(QColor,int)\0" + "setPaper(QColor)\0" +}; + +const QMetaObject QsciLexer::staticMetaObject = { + { &QObject::staticMetaObject, qt_meta_stringdata_QsciLexer, + qt_meta_data_QsciLexer, 0 } +}; + +#ifdef Q_NO_DATA_RELOCATION +const QMetaObject &QsciLexer::getStaticMetaObject() { return staticMetaObject; } +#endif //Q_NO_DATA_RELOCATION + +const QMetaObject *QsciLexer::metaObject() const +{ + return QObject::d_ptr->metaObject ? QObject::d_ptr->metaObject : &staticMetaObject; +} + +void *QsciLexer::qt_metacast(const char *_clname) +{ + if (!_clname) return 0; + if (!strcmp(_clname, qt_meta_stringdata_QsciLexer)) + return static_cast(const_cast< QsciLexer*>(this)); + return QObject::qt_metacast(_clname); +} + +int QsciLexer::qt_metacall(QMetaObject::Call _c, int _id, void **_a) +{ + _id = QObject::qt_metacall(_c, _id, _a); + if (_id < 0) + return _id; + if (_c == QMetaObject::InvokeMetaMethod) { + switch (_id) { + case 0: colorChanged((*reinterpret_cast< const QColor(*)>(_a[1])),(*reinterpret_cast< int(*)>(_a[2]))); break; + case 1: eolFillChanged((*reinterpret_cast< bool(*)>(_a[1])),(*reinterpret_cast< int(*)>(_a[2]))); break; + case 2: fontChanged((*reinterpret_cast< const QFont(*)>(_a[1])),(*reinterpret_cast< int(*)>(_a[2]))); break; + case 3: paperChanged((*reinterpret_cast< const QColor(*)>(_a[1])),(*reinterpret_cast< int(*)>(_a[2]))); break; + case 4: propertyChanged((*reinterpret_cast< const char*(*)>(_a[1])),(*reinterpret_cast< const char*(*)>(_a[2]))); break; + case 5: setAutoIndentStyle((*reinterpret_cast< int(*)>(_a[1]))); break; + case 6: setColor((*reinterpret_cast< const QColor(*)>(_a[1])),(*reinterpret_cast< int(*)>(_a[2]))); break; + case 7: setColor((*reinterpret_cast< const QColor(*)>(_a[1]))); break; + case 8: setEolFill((*reinterpret_cast< bool(*)>(_a[1])),(*reinterpret_cast< int(*)>(_a[2]))); break; + case 9: setEolFill((*reinterpret_cast< bool(*)>(_a[1]))); break; + case 10: setFont((*reinterpret_cast< const QFont(*)>(_a[1])),(*reinterpret_cast< int(*)>(_a[2]))); break; + case 11: setFont((*reinterpret_cast< const QFont(*)>(_a[1]))); break; + case 12: setPaper((*reinterpret_cast< const QColor(*)>(_a[1])),(*reinterpret_cast< int(*)>(_a[2]))); break; + case 13: setPaper((*reinterpret_cast< const QColor(*)>(_a[1]))); break; + default: ; + } + _id -= 14; + } + return _id; +} + +// SIGNAL 0 +void QsciLexer::colorChanged(const QColor & _t1, int _t2) +{ + void *_a[] = { 0, const_cast(reinterpret_cast(&_t1)), const_cast(reinterpret_cast(&_t2)) }; + QMetaObject::activate(this, &staticMetaObject, 0, _a); +} + +// SIGNAL 1 +void QsciLexer::eolFillChanged(bool _t1, int _t2) +{ + void *_a[] = { 0, const_cast(reinterpret_cast(&_t1)), const_cast(reinterpret_cast(&_t2)) }; + QMetaObject::activate(this, &staticMetaObject, 1, _a); +} + +// SIGNAL 2 +void QsciLexer::fontChanged(const QFont & _t1, int _t2) +{ + void *_a[] = { 0, const_cast(reinterpret_cast(&_t1)), const_cast(reinterpret_cast(&_t2)) }; + QMetaObject::activate(this, &staticMetaObject, 2, _a); +} + +// SIGNAL 3 +void QsciLexer::paperChanged(const QColor & _t1, int _t2) +{ + void *_a[] = { 0, const_cast(reinterpret_cast(&_t1)), const_cast(reinterpret_cast(&_t2)) }; + QMetaObject::activate(this, &staticMetaObject, 3, _a); +} + +// SIGNAL 4 +void QsciLexer::propertyChanged(const char * _t1, const char * _t2) +{ + void *_a[] = { 0, const_cast(reinterpret_cast(&_t1)), const_cast(reinterpret_cast(&_t2)) }; + QMetaObject::activate(this, &staticMetaObject, 4, _a); +} +QT_END_MOC_NAMESPACE diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qt/moc_qscilexercpp.cpp b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qt/moc_qscilexercpp.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d9a20bffb6 --- /dev/null +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qt/moc_qscilexercpp.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,90 @@ +/**************************************************************************** +** Meta object code from reading C++ file 'qscilexercpp.h' +** +** Created: Wed May 19 22:54:48 2010 +** by: The Qt Meta Object Compiler version 62 (Qt 4.6.2) +** +** WARNING! All changes made in this file will be lost! +*****************************************************************************/ + +#include "qscilexercpp.h" +#if !defined(Q_MOC_OUTPUT_REVISION) +#error "The header file 'qscilexercpp.h' doesn't include ." +#elif Q_MOC_OUTPUT_REVISION != 62 +#error "This file was generated using the moc from 4.6.2. It" +#error "cannot be used with the include files from this version of Qt." +#error "(The moc has changed too much.)" +#endif + +QT_BEGIN_MOC_NAMESPACE +static const uint qt_meta_data_QsciLexerCPP[] = { + + // content: + 4, // revision + 0, // classname + 0, 0, // classinfo + 5, 14, // methods + 0, 0, // properties + 0, 0, // enums/sets + 0, 0, // constructors + 0, // flags + 0, // signalCount + + // slots: signature, parameters, type, tag, flags + 19, 14, 13, 13, 0x0a, + 39, 14, 13, 13, 0x0a, + 61, 14, 13, 13, 0x0a, + 82, 14, 13, 13, 0x0a, + 114, 108, 13, 13, 0x0a, + + 0 // eod +}; + +static const char qt_meta_stringdata_QsciLexerCPP[] = { + "QsciLexerCPP\0\0fold\0setFoldAtElse(bool)\0" + "setFoldComments(bool)\0setFoldCompact(bool)\0" + "setFoldPreprocessor(bool)\0style\0" + "setStylePreprocessor(bool)\0" +}; + +const QMetaObject QsciLexerCPP::staticMetaObject = { + { &QsciLexer::staticMetaObject, qt_meta_stringdata_QsciLexerCPP, + qt_meta_data_QsciLexerCPP, 0 } +}; + +#ifdef Q_NO_DATA_RELOCATION +const QMetaObject &QsciLexerCPP::getStaticMetaObject() { return staticMetaObject; } +#endif //Q_NO_DATA_RELOCATION + +const QMetaObject *QsciLexerCPP::metaObject() const +{ + return QObject::d_ptr->metaObject ? QObject::d_ptr->metaObject : &staticMetaObject; +} + +void *QsciLexerCPP::qt_metacast(const char *_clname) +{ + if (!_clname) return 0; + if (!strcmp(_clname, qt_meta_stringdata_QsciLexerCPP)) + return static_cast(const_cast< QsciLexerCPP*>(this)); + return QsciLexer::qt_metacast(_clname); +} + +int QsciLexerCPP::qt_metacall(QMetaObject::Call _c, int _id, void **_a) +{ + _id = QsciLexer::qt_metacall(_c, _id, _a); + if (_id < 0) + return _id; + if (_c == QMetaObject::InvokeMetaMethod) { + switch (_id) { + case 0: setFoldAtElse((*reinterpret_cast< bool(*)>(_a[1]))); break; + case 1: setFoldComments((*reinterpret_cast< bool(*)>(_a[1]))); break; + case 2: setFoldCompact((*reinterpret_cast< bool(*)>(_a[1]))); break; + case 3: setFoldPreprocessor((*reinterpret_cast< bool(*)>(_a[1]))); break; + case 4: setStylePreprocessor((*reinterpret_cast< bool(*)>(_a[1]))); break; + default: ; + } + _id -= 5; + } + return _id; +} +QT_END_MOC_NAMESPACE diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qt/moc_qsciscintilla.cpp b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qt/moc_qsciscintilla.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8e842ee344 --- /dev/null +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qt/moc_qsciscintilla.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,424 @@ +/**************************************************************************** +** Meta object code from reading C++ file 'qsciscintilla.h' +** +** Created: Wed May 19 22:55:16 2010 +** by: The Qt Meta Object Compiler version 62 (Qt 4.6.2) +** +** WARNING! All changes made in this file will be lost! +*****************************************************************************/ + +#include "qsciscintilla.h" +#if !defined(Q_MOC_OUTPUT_REVISION) +#error "The header file 'qsciscintilla.h' doesn't include ." +#elif Q_MOC_OUTPUT_REVISION != 62 +#error "This file was generated using the moc from 4.6.2. It" +#error "cannot be used with the include files from this version of Qt." +#error "(The moc has changed too much.)" +#endif + +QT_BEGIN_MOC_NAMESPACE +static const uint qt_meta_data_QsciScintilla[] = { + + // content: + 4, // revision + 0, // classname + 0, 0, // classinfo + 102, 14, // methods + 0, 0, // properties + 0, 0, // enums/sets + 0, 0, // constructors + 0, // flags + 9, // signalCount + + // signals: signature, parameters, type, tag, flags + 24, 15, 14, 14, 0x05, + 59, 55, 14, 14, 0x05, + 79, 14, 14, 14, 0x05, + 112, 94, 14, 14, 0x05, + 157, 14, 14, 14, 0x05, + 183, 181, 14, 14, 0x05, + 209, 14, 14, 14, 0x05, + 228, 14, 14, 14, 0x05, + 252, 242, 14, 14, 0x05, + + // slots: signature, parameters, type, tag, flags + 288, 283, 14, 14, 0x0a, + 304, 14, 14, 14, 0x0a, + 326, 14, 14, 14, 0x0a, + 349, 14, 14, 14, 0x0a, + 376, 14, 14, 14, 0x0a, + 386, 14, 14, 14, 0x0a, + 394, 14, 14, 14, 0x0a, + 401, 14, 14, 14, 0x0a, + 407, 14, 14, 14, 0x0a, + 434, 429, 14, 14, 0x0a, + 466, 457, 14, 14, 0x0a, + 480, 14, 14, 14, 0x2a, + 490, 429, 14, 14, 0x0a, + 504, 429, 14, 14, 0x0a, + 516, 283, 14, 14, 0x0a, + 548, 532, 14, 14, 0x0a, + 574, 14, 14, 14, 0x0a, + 596, 14, 14, 14, 0x0a, + 604, 14, 14, 14, 0x0a, + 611, 14, 14, 14, 0x0a, + 632, 14, 14, 14, 0x0a, + 664, 14, 14, 14, 0x0a, + 703, 696, 14, 14, 0x0a, + 719, 14, 14, 14, 0x2a, + 731, 14, 14, 14, 0x0a, + 758, 755, 14, 14, 0x0a, + 805, 797, 14, 14, 0x0a, + 847, 840, 14, 14, 0x0a, + 888, 881, 14, 14, 0x0a, + 941, 934, 14, 14, 0x0a, + 984, 973, 14, 14, 0x0a, + 1007, 1004, 14, 14, 0x0a, + 1045, 1036, 14, 14, 0x0a, + 1077, 1073, 14, 14, 0x0a, + 1109, 1073, 14, 14, 0x0a, + 1152, 1145, 14, 14, 0x0a, + 1184, 1178, 14, 14, 0x0a, + 1205, 1203, 14, 14, 0x0a, + 1233, 1222, 14, 14, 0x0a, + 1265, 1260, 14, 14, 0x0a, + 1293, 1285, 14, 14, 0x0a, + 1328, 1316, 14, 14, 0x0a, + 1359, 1354, 14, 14, 0x2a, + 1398, 1381, 14, 14, 0x0a, + 1422, 1145, 14, 14, 0x0a, + 1449, 1073, 14, 14, 0x0a, + 1493, 1073, 14, 14, 0x0a, + 1542, 1537, 14, 14, 0x0a, + 1571, 1178, 14, 14, 0x0a, + 1602, 1596, 14, 14, 0x0a, + 1623, 14, 14, 14, 0x2a, + 1634, 1073, 14, 14, 0x0a, + 1670, 1668, 14, 14, 0x0a, + 1692, 1073, 14, 14, 0x0a, + 1738, 1726, 14, 14, 0x0a, + 1781, 1769, 14, 14, 0x0a, + 1822, 1810, 14, 14, 0x0a, + 1866, 1853, 14, 14, 0x0a, + 1899, 1890, 14, 14, 0x0a, + 1927, 181, 14, 14, 0x0a, + 1945, 1203, 14, 14, 0x0a, + 1965, 1962, 14, 14, 0x0a, + 2017, 1983, 14, 14, 0x0a, + 2047, 1073, 14, 14, 0x0a, + 2083, 1073, 14, 14, 0x0a, + 2126, 2119, 14, 14, 0x0a, + 2146, 1178, 14, 14, 0x0a, + 2163, 283, 14, 14, 0x0a, + 2183, 2180, 14, 14, 0x0a, + 2197, 1260, 14, 14, 0x0a, + 2243, 1260, 14, 14, 0x0a, + 2265, 14, 14, 14, 0x0a, + 2272, 429, 14, 14, 0x0a, + 2292, 2286, 14, 14, 0x0a, + 2304, 14, 14, 14, 0x0a, + 2313, 2286, 14, 14, 0x0a, + 2326, 14, 14, 14, 0x0a, + 2341, 2336, 14, 14, 0x0a, + 2357, 2353, 14, 14, 0x08, + 2391, 2381, 14, 14, 0x08, + 2433, 2412, 14, 14, 0x08, + 2538, 2464, 14, 14, 0x08, + 2611, 2602, 14, 14, 0x08, + 2657, 14, 14, 14, 0x08, + 2682, 14, 14, 14, 0x08, + 2704, 55, 14, 14, 0x08, + 2733, 14, 14, 14, 0x08, + 2773, 2765, 14, 14, 0x08, + 2822, 2814, 14, 14, 0x08, + 2871, 2857, 14, 14, 0x08, + 2914, 2906, 14, 14, 0x08, + 2947, 2814, 14, 14, 0x08, + 2982, 14, 14, 14, 0x08, + + 0 // eod +}; + +static const char qt_meta_stringdata_QsciScintilla[] = { + "QsciScintilla\0\0line,pos\0" + "cursorPositionChanged(int,int)\0yes\0" + "copyAvailable(bool)\0linesChanged()\0" + "margin,line,state\0" + "marginClicked(int,int,Qt::KeyboardModifiers)\0" + "modificationAttempted()\0m\0" + "modificationChanged(bool)\0selectionChanged()\0" + "textChanged()\0id,string\0" + "userListActivated(int,QString)\0text\0" + "append(QString)\0autoCompleteFromAll()\0" + "autoCompleteFromAPIs()\0" + "autoCompleteFromDocument()\0callTip()\0" + "clear()\0copy()\0cut()\0ensureCursorVisible()\0" + "line\0ensureLineVisible(int)\0children\0" + "foldAll(bool)\0foldAll()\0foldLine(int)\0" + "indent(int)\0insert(QString)\0text,line,index\0" + "insertAt(QString,int,int)\0" + "moveToMatchingBrace()\0paste()\0redo()\0" + "removeSelectedText()\0" + "resetSelectionBackgroundColor()\0" + "resetSelectionForegroundColor()\0select\0" + "selectAll(bool)\0selectAll()\0" + "selectToMatchingBrace()\0cs\0" + "setAutoCompletionCaseSensitivity(bool)\0" + "replace\0setAutoCompletionReplaceWord(bool)\0" + "single\0setAutoCompletionShowSingle(bool)\0" + "source\0setAutoCompletionSource(AutoCompletionSource)\0" + "thresh\0setAutoCompletionThreshold(int)\0" + "autoindent\0setAutoIndent(bool)\0bm\0" + "setBraceMatching(BraceMatch)\0unindent\0" + "setBackspaceUnindents(bool)\0col\0" + "setCaretForegroundColor(QColor)\0" + "setCaretLineBackgroundColor(QColor)\0" + "enable\0setCaretLineVisible(bool)\0width\0" + "setCaretWidth(int)\0c\0setColor(QColor)\0" + "line,index\0setCursorPosition(int,int)\0" + "mode\0setEolMode(EolMode)\0visible\0" + "setEolVisibility(bool)\0fold,margin\0" + "setFolding(FoldStyle,int)\0fold\0" + "setFolding(FoldStyle)\0line,indentation\0" + "setIndentation(int,int)\0" + "setIndentationGuides(bool)\0" + "setIndentationGuidesBackgroundColor(QColor)\0" + "setIndentationGuidesForegroundColor(QColor)\0" + "tabs\0setIndentationsUseTabs(bool)\0" + "setIndentationWidth(int)\0lexer\0" + "setLexer(QsciLexer*)\0setLexer()\0" + "setMarginsBackgroundColor(QColor)\0f\0" + "setMarginsFont(QFont)\0" + "setMarginsForegroundColor(QColor)\0" + "margin,lnrs\0setMarginLineNumbers(int,bool)\0" + "margin,mask\0setMarginMarkerMask(int,int)\0" + "margin,sens\0setMarginSensitivity(int,bool)\0" + "margin,width\0setMarginWidth(int,int)\0" + "margin,s\0setMarginWidth(int,QString)\0" + "setModified(bool)\0setPaper(QColor)\0" + "ro\0setReadOnly(bool)\0" + "lineFrom,indexFrom,lineTo,indexTo\0" + "setSelection(int,int,int,int)\0" + "setSelectionBackgroundColor(QColor)\0" + "setSelectionForegroundColor(QColor)\0" + "indent\0setTabIndents(bool)\0setTabWidth(int)\0" + "setText(QString)\0cp\0setUtf8(bool)\0" + "setWhitespaceVisibility(WhitespaceVisibility)\0" + "setWrapMode(WrapMode)\0undo()\0unindent(int)\0" + "range\0zoomIn(int)\0zoomIn()\0zoomOut(int)\0" + "zoomOut()\0size\0zoomTo(int)\0dir\0" + "handleCallTipClick(int)\0charadded\0" + "handleCharAdded(int)\0pos,margin,modifiers\0" + "handleMarginClick(int,int,int)\0" + "pos,mtype,text,len,added,line,foldNow,foldPrev,token,annotationLinesAd" + "ded\0" + "handleModified(int,int,const char*,int,int,int,int,int,int,int)\0" + "prop,val\0handlePropertyChange(const char*,const char*)\0" + "handleSavePointReached()\0handleSavePointLeft()\0" + "handleSelectionChanged(bool)\0" + "handleAutoCompletionSelection()\0text,id\0" + "handleUserListSelection(const char*,int)\0" + "c,style\0handleStyleColorChange(QColor,int)\0" + "eolfill,style\0handleStyleEolFillChange(bool,int)\0" + "f,style\0handleStyleFontChange(QFont,int)\0" + "handleStylePaperChange(QColor,int)\0" + "handleUpdateUI()\0" +}; + +const QMetaObject QsciScintilla::staticMetaObject = { + { &QsciScintillaBase::staticMetaObject, qt_meta_stringdata_QsciScintilla, + qt_meta_data_QsciScintilla, 0 } +}; + +#ifdef Q_NO_DATA_RELOCATION +const QMetaObject &QsciScintilla::getStaticMetaObject() { return staticMetaObject; } +#endif //Q_NO_DATA_RELOCATION + +const QMetaObject *QsciScintilla::metaObject() const +{ + return QObject::d_ptr->metaObject ? QObject::d_ptr->metaObject : &staticMetaObject; +} + +void *QsciScintilla::qt_metacast(const char *_clname) +{ + if (!_clname) return 0; + if (!strcmp(_clname, qt_meta_stringdata_QsciScintilla)) + return static_cast(const_cast< QsciScintilla*>(this)); + return QsciScintillaBase::qt_metacast(_clname); +} + +int QsciScintilla::qt_metacall(QMetaObject::Call _c, int _id, void **_a) +{ + _id = QsciScintillaBase::qt_metacall(_c, _id, _a); + if (_id < 0) + return _id; + if (_c == QMetaObject::InvokeMetaMethod) { + switch (_id) { + case 0: cursorPositionChanged((*reinterpret_cast< int(*)>(_a[1])),(*reinterpret_cast< int(*)>(_a[2]))); break; + case 1: copyAvailable((*reinterpret_cast< bool(*)>(_a[1]))); break; + case 2: linesChanged(); break; + case 3: marginClicked((*reinterpret_cast< int(*)>(_a[1])),(*reinterpret_cast< int(*)>(_a[2])),(*reinterpret_cast< Qt::KeyboardModifiers(*)>(_a[3]))); break; + case 4: modificationAttempted(); break; + case 5: modificationChanged((*reinterpret_cast< bool(*)>(_a[1]))); break; + case 6: selectionChanged(); break; + case 7: textChanged(); break; + case 8: userListActivated((*reinterpret_cast< int(*)>(_a[1])),(*reinterpret_cast< const QString(*)>(_a[2]))); break; + case 9: append((*reinterpret_cast< const QString(*)>(_a[1]))); break; + case 10: autoCompleteFromAll(); break; + case 11: autoCompleteFromAPIs(); break; + case 12: autoCompleteFromDocument(); break; + case 13: callTip(); break; + case 14: clear(); break; + case 15: copy(); break; + case 16: cut(); break; + case 17: ensureCursorVisible(); break; + case 18: ensureLineVisible((*reinterpret_cast< int(*)>(_a[1]))); break; + case 19: foldAll((*reinterpret_cast< bool(*)>(_a[1]))); break; + case 20: foldAll(); break; + case 21: foldLine((*reinterpret_cast< int(*)>(_a[1]))); break; + case 22: indent((*reinterpret_cast< int(*)>(_a[1]))); break; + case 23: insert((*reinterpret_cast< const QString(*)>(_a[1]))); break; + case 24: insertAt((*reinterpret_cast< const QString(*)>(_a[1])),(*reinterpret_cast< int(*)>(_a[2])),(*reinterpret_cast< int(*)>(_a[3]))); break; + case 25: moveToMatchingBrace(); break; + case 26: paste(); break; + case 27: redo(); break; + case 28: removeSelectedText(); break; + case 29: resetSelectionBackgroundColor(); break; + case 30: resetSelectionForegroundColor(); break; + case 31: selectAll((*reinterpret_cast< bool(*)>(_a[1]))); break; + case 32: selectAll(); break; + case 33: selectToMatchingBrace(); break; + case 34: setAutoCompletionCaseSensitivity((*reinterpret_cast< bool(*)>(_a[1]))); break; + case 35: setAutoCompletionReplaceWord((*reinterpret_cast< bool(*)>(_a[1]))); break; + case 36: setAutoCompletionShowSingle((*reinterpret_cast< bool(*)>(_a[1]))); break; + case 37: setAutoCompletionSource((*reinterpret_cast< AutoCompletionSource(*)>(_a[1]))); break; + case 38: setAutoCompletionThreshold((*reinterpret_cast< int(*)>(_a[1]))); break; + case 39: setAutoIndent((*reinterpret_cast< bool(*)>(_a[1]))); break; + case 40: setBraceMatching((*reinterpret_cast< BraceMatch(*)>(_a[1]))); break; + case 41: setBackspaceUnindents((*reinterpret_cast< bool(*)>(_a[1]))); break; + case 42: setCaretForegroundColor((*reinterpret_cast< const QColor(*)>(_a[1]))); break; + case 43: setCaretLineBackgroundColor((*reinterpret_cast< const QColor(*)>(_a[1]))); break; + case 44: setCaretLineVisible((*reinterpret_cast< bool(*)>(_a[1]))); break; + case 45: setCaretWidth((*reinterpret_cast< int(*)>(_a[1]))); break; + case 46: setColor((*reinterpret_cast< const QColor(*)>(_a[1]))); break; + case 47: setCursorPosition((*reinterpret_cast< int(*)>(_a[1])),(*reinterpret_cast< int(*)>(_a[2]))); break; + case 48: setEolMode((*reinterpret_cast< EolMode(*)>(_a[1]))); break; + case 49: setEolVisibility((*reinterpret_cast< bool(*)>(_a[1]))); break; + case 50: setFolding((*reinterpret_cast< FoldStyle(*)>(_a[1])),(*reinterpret_cast< int(*)>(_a[2]))); break; + case 51: setFolding((*reinterpret_cast< FoldStyle(*)>(_a[1]))); break; + case 52: setIndentation((*reinterpret_cast< int(*)>(_a[1])),(*reinterpret_cast< int(*)>(_a[2]))); break; + case 53: setIndentationGuides((*reinterpret_cast< bool(*)>(_a[1]))); break; + case 54: setIndentationGuidesBackgroundColor((*reinterpret_cast< const QColor(*)>(_a[1]))); break; + case 55: setIndentationGuidesForegroundColor((*reinterpret_cast< const QColor(*)>(_a[1]))); break; + case 56: setIndentationsUseTabs((*reinterpret_cast< bool(*)>(_a[1]))); break; + case 57: setIndentationWidth((*reinterpret_cast< int(*)>(_a[1]))); break; + case 58: setLexer((*reinterpret_cast< QsciLexer*(*)>(_a[1]))); break; + case 59: setLexer(); break; + case 60: setMarginsBackgroundColor((*reinterpret_cast< const QColor(*)>(_a[1]))); break; + case 61: setMarginsFont((*reinterpret_cast< const QFont(*)>(_a[1]))); break; + case 62: setMarginsForegroundColor((*reinterpret_cast< const QColor(*)>(_a[1]))); break; + case 63: setMarginLineNumbers((*reinterpret_cast< int(*)>(_a[1])),(*reinterpret_cast< bool(*)>(_a[2]))); break; + case 64: setMarginMarkerMask((*reinterpret_cast< int(*)>(_a[1])),(*reinterpret_cast< int(*)>(_a[2]))); break; + case 65: setMarginSensitivity((*reinterpret_cast< int(*)>(_a[1])),(*reinterpret_cast< bool(*)>(_a[2]))); break; + case 66: setMarginWidth((*reinterpret_cast< int(*)>(_a[1])),(*reinterpret_cast< int(*)>(_a[2]))); break; + case 67: setMarginWidth((*reinterpret_cast< int(*)>(_a[1])),(*reinterpret_cast< const QString(*)>(_a[2]))); break; + case 68: setModified((*reinterpret_cast< bool(*)>(_a[1]))); break; + case 69: setPaper((*reinterpret_cast< const QColor(*)>(_a[1]))); break; + case 70: setReadOnly((*reinterpret_cast< bool(*)>(_a[1]))); break; + case 71: setSelection((*reinterpret_cast< int(*)>(_a[1])),(*reinterpret_cast< int(*)>(_a[2])),(*reinterpret_cast< int(*)>(_a[3])),(*reinterpret_cast< int(*)>(_a[4]))); break; + case 72: setSelectionBackgroundColor((*reinterpret_cast< const QColor(*)>(_a[1]))); break; + case 73: setSelectionForegroundColor((*reinterpret_cast< const QColor(*)>(_a[1]))); break; + case 74: setTabIndents((*reinterpret_cast< bool(*)>(_a[1]))); break; + case 75: setTabWidth((*reinterpret_cast< int(*)>(_a[1]))); break; + case 76: setText((*reinterpret_cast< const QString(*)>(_a[1]))); break; + case 77: setUtf8((*reinterpret_cast< bool(*)>(_a[1]))); break; + case 78: setWhitespaceVisibility((*reinterpret_cast< WhitespaceVisibility(*)>(_a[1]))); break; + case 79: setWrapMode((*reinterpret_cast< WrapMode(*)>(_a[1]))); break; + case 80: undo(); break; + case 81: unindent((*reinterpret_cast< int(*)>(_a[1]))); break; + case 82: zoomIn((*reinterpret_cast< int(*)>(_a[1]))); break; + case 83: zoomIn(); break; + case 84: zoomOut((*reinterpret_cast< int(*)>(_a[1]))); break; + case 85: zoomOut(); break; + case 86: zoomTo((*reinterpret_cast< int(*)>(_a[1]))); break; + case 87: handleCallTipClick((*reinterpret_cast< int(*)>(_a[1]))); break; + case 88: handleCharAdded((*reinterpret_cast< int(*)>(_a[1]))); break; + case 89: handleMarginClick((*reinterpret_cast< int(*)>(_a[1])),(*reinterpret_cast< int(*)>(_a[2])),(*reinterpret_cast< int(*)>(_a[3]))); break; + case 90: handleModified((*reinterpret_cast< int(*)>(_a[1])),(*reinterpret_cast< int(*)>(_a[2])),(*reinterpret_cast< const char*(*)>(_a[3])),(*reinterpret_cast< int(*)>(_a[4])),(*reinterpret_cast< int(*)>(_a[5])),(*reinterpret_cast< int(*)>(_a[6])),(*reinterpret_cast< int(*)>(_a[7])),(*reinterpret_cast< int(*)>(_a[8])),(*reinterpret_cast< int(*)>(_a[9])),(*reinterpret_cast< int(*)>(_a[10]))); break; + case 91: handlePropertyChange((*reinterpret_cast< const char*(*)>(_a[1])),(*reinterpret_cast< const char*(*)>(_a[2]))); break; + case 92: handleSavePointReached(); break; + case 93: handleSavePointLeft(); break; + case 94: handleSelectionChanged((*reinterpret_cast< bool(*)>(_a[1]))); break; + case 95: handleAutoCompletionSelection(); break; + case 96: handleUserListSelection((*reinterpret_cast< const char*(*)>(_a[1])),(*reinterpret_cast< int(*)>(_a[2]))); break; + case 97: handleStyleColorChange((*reinterpret_cast< const QColor(*)>(_a[1])),(*reinterpret_cast< int(*)>(_a[2]))); break; + case 98: handleStyleEolFillChange((*reinterpret_cast< bool(*)>(_a[1])),(*reinterpret_cast< int(*)>(_a[2]))); break; + case 99: handleStyleFontChange((*reinterpret_cast< const QFont(*)>(_a[1])),(*reinterpret_cast< int(*)>(_a[2]))); break; + case 100: handleStylePaperChange((*reinterpret_cast< const QColor(*)>(_a[1])),(*reinterpret_cast< int(*)>(_a[2]))); break; + case 101: handleUpdateUI(); break; + default: ; + } + _id -= 102; + } + return _id; +} + +// SIGNAL 0 +void QsciScintilla::cursorPositionChanged(int _t1, int _t2) +{ + void *_a[] = { 0, const_cast(reinterpret_cast(&_t1)), const_cast(reinterpret_cast(&_t2)) }; + QMetaObject::activate(this, &staticMetaObject, 0, _a); +} + +// SIGNAL 1 +void QsciScintilla::copyAvailable(bool _t1) +{ + void *_a[] = { 0, const_cast(reinterpret_cast(&_t1)) }; + QMetaObject::activate(this, &staticMetaObject, 1, _a); +} + +// SIGNAL 2 +void QsciScintilla::linesChanged() +{ + QMetaObject::activate(this, &staticMetaObject, 2, 0); +} + +// SIGNAL 3 +void QsciScintilla::marginClicked(int _t1, int _t2, Qt::KeyboardModifiers _t3) +{ + void *_a[] = { 0, const_cast(reinterpret_cast(&_t1)), const_cast(reinterpret_cast(&_t2)), const_cast(reinterpret_cast(&_t3)) }; + QMetaObject::activate(this, &staticMetaObject, 3, _a); +} + +// SIGNAL 4 +void QsciScintilla::modificationAttempted() +{ + QMetaObject::activate(this, &staticMetaObject, 4, 0); +} + +// SIGNAL 5 +void QsciScintilla::modificationChanged(bool _t1) +{ + void *_a[] = { 0, const_cast(reinterpret_cast(&_t1)) }; + QMetaObject::activate(this, &staticMetaObject, 5, _a); +} + +// SIGNAL 6 +void QsciScintilla::selectionChanged() +{ + QMetaObject::activate(this, &staticMetaObject, 6, 0); +} + +// SIGNAL 7 +void QsciScintilla::textChanged() +{ + QMetaObject::activate(this, &staticMetaObject, 7, 0); +} + +// SIGNAL 8 +void QsciScintilla::userListActivated(int _t1, const QString & _t2) +{ + void *_a[] = { 0, const_cast(reinterpret_cast(&_t1)), const_cast(reinterpret_cast(&_t2)) }; + QMetaObject::activate(this, &staticMetaObject, 8, _a); +} +QT_END_MOC_NAMESPACE diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qt/moc_qsciscintillabase.cpp b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qt/moc_qsciscintillabase.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6407d6eee6 --- /dev/null +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qt/moc_qsciscintillabase.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,337 @@ +/**************************************************************************** +** Meta object code from reading C++ file 'qsciscintillabase.h' +** +** Created: Wed May 19 22:55:29 2010 +** by: The Qt Meta Object Compiler version 62 (Qt 4.6.2) +** +** WARNING! All changes made in this file will be lost! +*****************************************************************************/ + +#include "qsciscintillabase.h" +#if !defined(Q_MOC_OUTPUT_REVISION) +#error "The header file 'qsciscintillabase.h' doesn't include ." +#elif Q_MOC_OUTPUT_REVISION != 62 +#error "This file was generated using the moc from 4.6.2. It" +#error "cannot be used with the include files from this version of Qt." +#error "(The moc has changed too much.)" +#endif + +QT_BEGIN_MOC_NAMESPACE +static const uint qt_meta_data_QsciScintillaBase[] = { + + // content: + 4, // revision + 0, // classname + 0, 0, // classinfo + 30, 14, // methods + 0, 0, // properties + 0, 0, // enums/sets + 0, 0, // constructors + 0, // flags + 26, // signalCount + + // signals: signature, parameters, type, tag, flags + 23, 19, 18, 18, 0x05, + 45, 18, 18, 18, 0x05, + 66, 18, 18, 18, 0x05, + 108, 89, 18, 18, 0x05, + 144, 18, 18, 18, 0x05, + 168, 158, 18, 18, 0x05, + 200, 190, 18, 18, 0x05, + 243, 219, 18, 18, 0x05, + 275, 272, 18, 18, 0x05, + 301, 272, 18, 18, 0x05, + 348, 329, 18, 18, 0x05, + 374, 329, 18, 18, 0x05, + 406, 329, 18, 18, 0x05, + 434, 329, 18, 18, 0x05, + 464, 272, 18, 18, 0x05, + 524, 498, 18, 18, 0x05, + 563, 553, 18, 18, 0x05, + 625, 18, 18, 18, 0x05, + 649, 647, 18, 18, 0x05, + 672, 18, 18, 18, 0x05, + 686, 18, 18, 18, 0x05, + 706, 18, 18, 18, 0x05, + 738, 729, 18, 18, 0x05, + 759, 18, 18, 18, 0x05, + 774, 647, 18, 18, 0x05, + 813, 18, 18, 18, 0x05, + + // slots: signature, parameters, type, tag, flags + 824, 18, 18, 18, 0x08, + 844, 838, 18, 18, 0x08, + 859, 838, 18, 18, 0x08, + 874, 18, 18, 18, 0x08, + + 0 // eod +}; + +static const char qt_meta_stringdata_QsciScintillaBase[] = { + "QsciScintillaBase\0\0yes\0QSCN_SELCHANGED(bool)\0" + "SCN_AUTOCCANCELLED()\0SCN_AUTOCCHARDELETED()\0" + "selection,position\0" + "SCN_AUTOCSELECTION(const char*,int)\0" + "SCEN_CHANGE()\0direction\0SCN_CALLTIPCLICK(int)\0" + "charadded\0SCN_CHARADDED(int)\0" + "position,line,modifiers\0" + "SCN_DOUBLECLICK(int,int,int)\0,,\0" + "SCN_DWELLEND(int,int,int)\0" + "SCN_DWELLSTART(int,int,int)\0" + "position,modifiers\0SCN_HOTSPOTCLICK(int,int)\0" + "SCN_HOTSPOTDOUBLECLICK(int,int)\0" + "SCN_INDICATORCLICK(int,int)\0" + "SCN_INDICATORRELEASE(int,int)\0" + "SCN_MACRORECORD(uint,ulong,void*)\0" + "position,modifiers,margin\0" + "SCN_MARGINCLICK(int,int,int)\0,,,,,,,,,\0" + "SCN_MODIFIED(int,int,const char*,int,int,int,int,int,int,int)\0" + "SCN_MODIFYATTEMPTRO()\0,\0SCN_NEEDSHOWN(int,int)\0" + "SCN_PAINTED()\0SCN_SAVEPOINTLEFT()\0" + "SCN_SAVEPOINTREACHED()\0position\0" + "SCN_STYLENEEDED(int)\0SCN_UPDATEUI()\0" + "SCN_USERLISTSELECTION(const char*,int)\0" + "SCN_ZOOM()\0handleTimer()\0value\0" + "handleVSb(int)\0handleHSb(int)\0" + "handleSelection()\0" +}; + +const QMetaObject QsciScintillaBase::staticMetaObject = { + { &QAbstractScrollArea::staticMetaObject, qt_meta_stringdata_QsciScintillaBase, + qt_meta_data_QsciScintillaBase, 0 } +}; + +#ifdef Q_NO_DATA_RELOCATION +const QMetaObject &QsciScintillaBase::getStaticMetaObject() { return staticMetaObject; } +#endif //Q_NO_DATA_RELOCATION + +const QMetaObject *QsciScintillaBase::metaObject() const +{ + return QObject::d_ptr->metaObject ? QObject::d_ptr->metaObject : &staticMetaObject; +} + +void *QsciScintillaBase::qt_metacast(const char *_clname) +{ + if (!_clname) return 0; + if (!strcmp(_clname, qt_meta_stringdata_QsciScintillaBase)) + return static_cast(const_cast< QsciScintillaBase*>(this)); + return QAbstractScrollArea::qt_metacast(_clname); +} + +int QsciScintillaBase::qt_metacall(QMetaObject::Call _c, int _id, void **_a) +{ + _id = QAbstractScrollArea::qt_metacall(_c, _id, _a); + if (_id < 0) + return _id; + if (_c == QMetaObject::InvokeMetaMethod) { + switch (_id) { + case 0: QSCN_SELCHANGED((*reinterpret_cast< bool(*)>(_a[1]))); break; + case 1: SCN_AUTOCCANCELLED(); break; + case 2: SCN_AUTOCCHARDELETED(); break; + case 3: SCN_AUTOCSELECTION((*reinterpret_cast< const char*(*)>(_a[1])),(*reinterpret_cast< int(*)>(_a[2]))); break; + case 4: SCEN_CHANGE(); break; + case 5: SCN_CALLTIPCLICK((*reinterpret_cast< int(*)>(_a[1]))); break; + case 6: SCN_CHARADDED((*reinterpret_cast< int(*)>(_a[1]))); break; + case 7: SCN_DOUBLECLICK((*reinterpret_cast< int(*)>(_a[1])),(*reinterpret_cast< int(*)>(_a[2])),(*reinterpret_cast< int(*)>(_a[3]))); break; + case 8: SCN_DWELLEND((*reinterpret_cast< int(*)>(_a[1])),(*reinterpret_cast< int(*)>(_a[2])),(*reinterpret_cast< int(*)>(_a[3]))); break; + case 9: SCN_DWELLSTART((*reinterpret_cast< int(*)>(_a[1])),(*reinterpret_cast< int(*)>(_a[2])),(*reinterpret_cast< int(*)>(_a[3]))); break; + case 10: SCN_HOTSPOTCLICK((*reinterpret_cast< int(*)>(_a[1])),(*reinterpret_cast< int(*)>(_a[2]))); break; + case 11: SCN_HOTSPOTDOUBLECLICK((*reinterpret_cast< int(*)>(_a[1])),(*reinterpret_cast< int(*)>(_a[2]))); break; + case 12: SCN_INDICATORCLICK((*reinterpret_cast< int(*)>(_a[1])),(*reinterpret_cast< int(*)>(_a[2]))); break; + case 13: SCN_INDICATORRELEASE((*reinterpret_cast< int(*)>(_a[1])),(*reinterpret_cast< int(*)>(_a[2]))); break; + case 14: SCN_MACRORECORD((*reinterpret_cast< uint(*)>(_a[1])),(*reinterpret_cast< ulong(*)>(_a[2])),(*reinterpret_cast< void*(*)>(_a[3]))); break; + case 15: SCN_MARGINCLICK((*reinterpret_cast< int(*)>(_a[1])),(*reinterpret_cast< int(*)>(_a[2])),(*reinterpret_cast< int(*)>(_a[3]))); break; + case 16: SCN_MODIFIED((*reinterpret_cast< int(*)>(_a[1])),(*reinterpret_cast< int(*)>(_a[2])),(*reinterpret_cast< const char*(*)>(_a[3])),(*reinterpret_cast< int(*)>(_a[4])),(*reinterpret_cast< int(*)>(_a[5])),(*reinterpret_cast< int(*)>(_a[6])),(*reinterpret_cast< int(*)>(_a[7])),(*reinterpret_cast< int(*)>(_a[8])),(*reinterpret_cast< int(*)>(_a[9])),(*reinterpret_cast< int(*)>(_a[10]))); break; + case 17: SCN_MODIFYATTEMPTRO(); break; + case 18: SCN_NEEDSHOWN((*reinterpret_cast< int(*)>(_a[1])),(*reinterpret_cast< int(*)>(_a[2]))); break; + case 19: SCN_PAINTED(); break; + case 20: SCN_SAVEPOINTLEFT(); break; + case 21: SCN_SAVEPOINTREACHED(); break; + case 22: SCN_STYLENEEDED((*reinterpret_cast< int(*)>(_a[1]))); break; + case 23: SCN_UPDATEUI(); break; + case 24: SCN_USERLISTSELECTION((*reinterpret_cast< const char*(*)>(_a[1])),(*reinterpret_cast< int(*)>(_a[2]))); break; + case 25: SCN_ZOOM(); break; + case 26: handleTimer(); break; + case 27: handleVSb((*reinterpret_cast< int(*)>(_a[1]))); break; + case 28: handleHSb((*reinterpret_cast< int(*)>(_a[1]))); break; + case 29: handleSelection(); break; + default: ; + } + _id -= 30; + } + return _id; +} + +// SIGNAL 0 +void QsciScintillaBase::QSCN_SELCHANGED(bool _t1) +{ + void *_a[] = { 0, const_cast(reinterpret_cast(&_t1)) }; + QMetaObject::activate(this, &staticMetaObject, 0, _a); +} + +// SIGNAL 1 +void QsciScintillaBase::SCN_AUTOCCANCELLED() +{ + QMetaObject::activate(this, &staticMetaObject, 1, 0); +} + +// SIGNAL 2 +void QsciScintillaBase::SCN_AUTOCCHARDELETED() +{ + QMetaObject::activate(this, &staticMetaObject, 2, 0); +} + +// SIGNAL 3 +void QsciScintillaBase::SCN_AUTOCSELECTION(const char * _t1, int _t2) +{ + void *_a[] = { 0, const_cast(reinterpret_cast(&_t1)), const_cast(reinterpret_cast(&_t2)) }; + QMetaObject::activate(this, &staticMetaObject, 3, _a); +} + +// SIGNAL 4 +void QsciScintillaBase::SCEN_CHANGE() +{ + QMetaObject::activate(this, &staticMetaObject, 4, 0); +} + +// SIGNAL 5 +void QsciScintillaBase::SCN_CALLTIPCLICK(int _t1) +{ + void *_a[] = { 0, const_cast(reinterpret_cast(&_t1)) }; + QMetaObject::activate(this, &staticMetaObject, 5, _a); +} + +// SIGNAL 6 +void QsciScintillaBase::SCN_CHARADDED(int _t1) +{ + void *_a[] = { 0, const_cast(reinterpret_cast(&_t1)) }; + QMetaObject::activate(this, &staticMetaObject, 6, _a); +} + +// SIGNAL 7 +void QsciScintillaBase::SCN_DOUBLECLICK(int _t1, int _t2, int _t3) +{ + void *_a[] = { 0, const_cast(reinterpret_cast(&_t1)), const_cast(reinterpret_cast(&_t2)), const_cast(reinterpret_cast(&_t3)) }; + QMetaObject::activate(this, &staticMetaObject, 7, _a); +} + +// SIGNAL 8 +void QsciScintillaBase::SCN_DWELLEND(int _t1, int _t2, int _t3) +{ + void *_a[] = { 0, const_cast(reinterpret_cast(&_t1)), const_cast(reinterpret_cast(&_t2)), const_cast(reinterpret_cast(&_t3)) }; + QMetaObject::activate(this, &staticMetaObject, 8, _a); +} + +// SIGNAL 9 +void QsciScintillaBase::SCN_DWELLSTART(int _t1, int _t2, int _t3) +{ + void *_a[] = { 0, const_cast(reinterpret_cast(&_t1)), const_cast(reinterpret_cast(&_t2)), const_cast(reinterpret_cast(&_t3)) }; + QMetaObject::activate(this, &staticMetaObject, 9, _a); +} + +// SIGNAL 10 +void QsciScintillaBase::SCN_HOTSPOTCLICK(int _t1, int _t2) +{ + void *_a[] = { 0, const_cast(reinterpret_cast(&_t1)), const_cast(reinterpret_cast(&_t2)) }; + QMetaObject::activate(this, &staticMetaObject, 10, _a); +} + +// SIGNAL 11 +void QsciScintillaBase::SCN_HOTSPOTDOUBLECLICK(int _t1, int _t2) +{ + void *_a[] = { 0, const_cast(reinterpret_cast(&_t1)), const_cast(reinterpret_cast(&_t2)) }; + QMetaObject::activate(this, &staticMetaObject, 11, _a); +} + +// SIGNAL 12 +void QsciScintillaBase::SCN_INDICATORCLICK(int _t1, int _t2) +{ + void *_a[] = { 0, const_cast(reinterpret_cast(&_t1)), const_cast(reinterpret_cast(&_t2)) }; + QMetaObject::activate(this, &staticMetaObject, 12, _a); +} + +// SIGNAL 13 +void QsciScintillaBase::SCN_INDICATORRELEASE(int _t1, int _t2) +{ + void *_a[] = { 0, const_cast(reinterpret_cast(&_t1)), const_cast(reinterpret_cast(&_t2)) }; + QMetaObject::activate(this, &staticMetaObject, 13, _a); +} + +// SIGNAL 14 +void QsciScintillaBase::SCN_MACRORECORD(unsigned int _t1, unsigned long _t2, void * _t3) +{ + void *_a[] = { 0, const_cast(reinterpret_cast(&_t1)), const_cast(reinterpret_cast(&_t2)), const_cast(reinterpret_cast(&_t3)) }; + QMetaObject::activate(this, &staticMetaObject, 14, _a); +} + +// SIGNAL 15 +void QsciScintillaBase::SCN_MARGINCLICK(int _t1, int _t2, int _t3) +{ + void *_a[] = { 0, const_cast(reinterpret_cast(&_t1)), const_cast(reinterpret_cast(&_t2)), const_cast(reinterpret_cast(&_t3)) }; + QMetaObject::activate(this, &staticMetaObject, 15, _a); +} + +// SIGNAL 16 +void QsciScintillaBase::SCN_MODIFIED(int _t1, int _t2, const char * _t3, int _t4, int _t5, int _t6, int _t7, int _t8, int _t9, int _t10) +{ + void *_a[] = { 0, const_cast(reinterpret_cast(&_t1)), const_cast(reinterpret_cast(&_t2)), const_cast(reinterpret_cast(&_t3)), const_cast(reinterpret_cast(&_t4)), const_cast(reinterpret_cast(&_t5)), const_cast(reinterpret_cast(&_t6)), const_cast(reinterpret_cast(&_t7)), const_cast(reinterpret_cast(&_t8)), const_cast(reinterpret_cast(&_t9)), const_cast(reinterpret_cast(&_t10)) }; + QMetaObject::activate(this, &staticMetaObject, 16, _a); +} + +// SIGNAL 17 +void QsciScintillaBase::SCN_MODIFYATTEMPTRO() +{ + QMetaObject::activate(this, &staticMetaObject, 17, 0); +} + +// SIGNAL 18 +void QsciScintillaBase::SCN_NEEDSHOWN(int _t1, int _t2) +{ + void *_a[] = { 0, const_cast(reinterpret_cast(&_t1)), const_cast(reinterpret_cast(&_t2)) }; + QMetaObject::activate(this, &staticMetaObject, 18, _a); +} + +// SIGNAL 19 +void QsciScintillaBase::SCN_PAINTED() +{ + QMetaObject::activate(this, &staticMetaObject, 19, 0); +} + +// SIGNAL 20 +void QsciScintillaBase::SCN_SAVEPOINTLEFT() +{ + QMetaObject::activate(this, &staticMetaObject, 20, 0); +} + +// SIGNAL 21 +void QsciScintillaBase::SCN_SAVEPOINTREACHED() +{ + QMetaObject::activate(this, &staticMetaObject, 21, 0); +} + +// SIGNAL 22 +void QsciScintillaBase::SCN_STYLENEEDED(int _t1) +{ + void *_a[] = { 0, const_cast(reinterpret_cast(&_t1)) }; + QMetaObject::activate(this, &staticMetaObject, 22, _a); +} + +// SIGNAL 23 +void QsciScintillaBase::SCN_UPDATEUI() +{ + QMetaObject::activate(this, &staticMetaObject, 23, 0); +} + +// SIGNAL 24 +void QsciScintillaBase::SCN_USERLISTSELECTION(const char * _t1, int _t2) +{ + void *_a[] = { 0, const_cast(reinterpret_cast(&_t1)), const_cast(reinterpret_cast(&_t2)) }; + QMetaObject::activate(this, &staticMetaObject, 24, _a); +} + +// SIGNAL 25 +void QsciScintillaBase::SCN_ZOOM() +{ + QMetaObject::activate(this, &staticMetaObject, 25, 0); +} +QT_END_MOC_NAMESPACE diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qt/qsciabstractapis.cpp b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qt/qsciabstractapis.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c9676df213 --- /dev/null +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qt/qsciabstractapis.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,62 @@ +// This module implements the QsciAbstractAPIs class. +// +// Copyright (c) 2010 Riverbank Computing Limited +// +// This file is part of QScintilla. +// +// This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General Public +// License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free Software +// Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2 and LICENSE.GPL3 +// included in the packaging of this file. Alternatively you may (at +// your option) use any later version of the GNU General Public +// License if such license has been publicly approved by Riverbank +// Computing Limited (or its successors, if any) and the KDE Free Qt +// Foundation. In addition, as a special exception, Riverbank gives you +// certain additional rights. These rights are described in the Riverbank +// GPL Exception version 1.1, which can be found in the file +// GPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package. +// +// Please review the following information to ensure GNU General +// Public Licensing requirements will be met: +// http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/. If +// you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please +// review the following information: +// http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview +// or contact the sales department at sales@riverbankcomputing.com. +// +// This file is provided AS IS with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING THE +// WARRANTY OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. + + +#include "qsciabstractapis.h" + +#include "qscilexer.h" + + +// The ctor. +QsciAbstractAPIs::QsciAbstractAPIs(QsciLexer *lexer) + : QObject(lexer), + lex(lexer) +{ + lexer->setAPIs(this); +} + + +// The dtor. +QsciAbstractAPIs::~QsciAbstractAPIs() +{ +} + + +// Return the lexer. +QsciLexer *QsciAbstractAPIs::lexer() const +{ + return lex; +} + + +// Called when the user has made a selection from the auto-completion list. +void QsciAbstractAPIs::autoCompletionSelected(const QString &selection) +{ + Q_UNUSED( selection ); +} diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qt/qsciabstractapis.h b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qt/qsciabstractapis.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0946e252a6 --- /dev/null +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qt/qsciabstractapis.h @@ -0,0 +1,110 @@ +// This module defines interface to the QsciAbstractAPIs class. +// +// Copyright (c) 2010 Riverbank Computing Limited +// +// This file is part of QScintilla. +// +// This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General Public +// License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free Software +// Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2 and LICENSE.GPL3 +// included in the packaging of this file. Alternatively you may (at +// your option) use any later version of the GNU General Public +// License if such license has been publicly approved by Riverbank +// Computing Limited (or its successors, if any) and the KDE Free Qt +// Foundation. In addition, as a special exception, Riverbank gives you +// certain additional rights. These rights are described in the Riverbank +// GPL Exception version 1.1, which can be found in the file +// GPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package. +// +// Please review the following information to ensure GNU General +// Public Licensing requirements will be met: +// http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/. If +// you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please +// review the following information: +// http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview +// or contact the sales department at sales@riverbankcomputing.com. +// +// This file is provided AS IS with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING THE +// WARRANTY OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. + + +#ifndef QSCIABSTRACTAPIS_H +#define QSCIABSTRACTAPIS_H + +#ifdef __APPLE__ +extern "C++" { +#endif + +#include +#include + +#include + +#include +#include + + +class QsciLexer; + + +//! \brief The QsciAbstractAPIs class represents the interface to the textual +//! API information used in call tips and for auto-completion. A sub-class +//! will provide the actual implementation of the interface. +//! +//! API information is specific to a particular language lexer but can be +//! shared by multiple instances of the lexer. +class QSCINTILLA_EXPORT QsciAbstractAPIs : public QObject +{ + Q_OBJECT + +public: + //! Constructs a QsciAbstractAPIs instance attached to lexer \a lexer. \a + //! lexer becomes the instance's parent object although the instance can + //! also be subsequently attached to other lexers. + QsciAbstractAPIs(QsciLexer *lexer); + + //! Destroy the QsciAbstractAPIs instance. + virtual ~QsciAbstractAPIs(); + + //! Return the lexer that the instance is attached to. + QsciLexer *lexer() const; + + //! Update the list \a list with API entries derived from \a context. \a + //! context is the list of words in the text preceding the cursor position. + //! The characters that make up a word and the characters that separate + //! words are defined by the lexer. The last word is a partial word and + //! may be empty if the user has just entered a word separator. + virtual void updateAutoCompletionList(const QStringList &context, + QStringList &list) = 0; + + //! This is called when the user selects the entry \a selection from the + //! auto-completion list. A sub-class can use this as a hint to provide + //! more specific API entries in future calls to + //! updateAutoCompletionList(). The default implementation does nothing. + virtual void autoCompletionSelected(const QString &selection); + + //! Return the call tips valid for the context \a context. (Note that the + //! last word of the context will always be empty.) \a commas is the number + //! of commas the user has typed after the context and before the cursor + //! position. The exact position of the list of call tips can be adjusted + //! by specifying a corresponding left character shift in \a shifts. This + //! is normally done to correct for any displayed context according to \a + //! style. + //! + //! \sa updateAutoCompletionList() + virtual QStringList callTips(const QStringList &context, int commas, + QsciScintilla::CallTipsStyle style, + QList &shifts) = 0; + +private: + QsciLexer *lex; + + QsciAbstractAPIs(const QsciAbstractAPIs &); + QsciAbstractAPIs &operator=(const QsciAbstractAPIs &); +}; + +#ifdef __APPLE__ +} +#endif + +#endif diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qt/qsciapis.cpp b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qt/qsciapis.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..4124f39092 --- /dev/null +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qt/qsciapis.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,961 @@ +// This module implements the QsciAPIs class. +// +// Copyright (c) 2010 Riverbank Computing Limited +// +// This file is part of QScintilla. +// +// This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General Public +// License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free Software +// Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2 and LICENSE.GPL3 +// included in the packaging of this file. Alternatively you may (at +// your option) use any later version of the GNU General Public +// License if such license has been publicly approved by Riverbank +// Computing Limited (or its successors, if any) and the KDE Free Qt +// Foundation. In addition, as a special exception, Riverbank gives you +// certain additional rights. These rights are described in the Riverbank +// GPL Exception version 1.1, which can be found in the file +// GPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package. +// +// Please review the following information to ensure GNU General +// Public Licensing requirements will be met: +// http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/. If +// you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please +// review the following information: +// http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview +// or contact the sales department at sales@riverbankcomputing.com. +// +// This file is provided AS IS with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING THE +// WARRANTY OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. + + +#include + +#include "qsciapis.h" + +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include + +#include + +#include "qscilexer.h" + + + +// The version number of the prepared API information format. +const unsigned char PreparedDataFormatVersion = 0; + + +// This class contains prepared API information. +struct QsciAPIsPrepared +{ + // The word dictionary is a map of individual words and a list of positions + // each occurs in the sorted list of APIs. A position is a tuple of the + // index into the list of APIs and the index into the particular API. + QMap wdict; + + // The case dictionary maps the case insensitive words to the form in which + // they are to be used. It is only used if the language is case + // insensitive. + QMap cdict; + + + // The raw API information. + QStringList raw_apis; + + QStringList apiWords(int api_idx, const QStringList &wseps, + bool strip_image) const; + static QString apiBaseName(const QString &api); +}; + + + +// Return a particular API entry as a list of words. +QStringList QsciAPIsPrepared::apiWords(int api_idx, const QStringList &wseps, + bool strip_image) const +{ + QString base = apiBaseName(raw_apis[api_idx]); + + // Remove any embedded image reference if necessary. + if (strip_image) + { + int tail = base.indexOf('?'); + + if (tail >= 0) + base.truncate(tail); + } + + if (wseps.isEmpty()) + return QStringList(base); + + return base.split(wseps.first()); +} + + +// Return the name of an API function, ie. without the arguments. +QString QsciAPIsPrepared::apiBaseName(const QString &api) +{ + QString base = api; + int tail = base.indexOf('('); + + if (tail >= 0) + base.truncate(tail); + + return base; +} + + +// The user event type that signals that the worker thread has started. +const QEvent::Type WorkerStarted = static_cast(QEvent::User + 1012); + + +// The user event type that signals that the worker thread has finished. +const QEvent::Type WorkerFinished = static_cast(QEvent::User + 1013); + + +// The user event type that signals that the worker thread has aborted. +const QEvent::Type WorkerAborted = static_cast(QEvent::User + 1014); + + +// This class is the worker thread that post-processes the API set. +class QsciAPIsWorker : public QThread +{ +public: + QsciAPIsWorker(QsciAPIs *apis); + virtual ~QsciAPIsWorker(); + + virtual void run(); + + QsciAPIsPrepared *prepared; + +private: + QsciAPIs *proxy; + bool abort; +}; + + +// The worker thread ctor. +QsciAPIsWorker::QsciAPIsWorker(QsciAPIs *apis) + : proxy(apis), prepared(0), abort(false) +{ +} + + +// The worker thread dtor. +QsciAPIsWorker::~QsciAPIsWorker() +{ + // Tell the thread to stop. There is no need to bother with a mutex. + abort = true; + + // Wait for it to do so and hit it if it doesn't. + if (!wait(500)) + terminate(); + + if (prepared) + delete prepared; +} + + +// The worker thread entry point. +void QsciAPIsWorker::run() +{ + // Sanity check. + if (!prepared) + return; + + // Tell the main thread we have started. + QApplication::postEvent(proxy, new QEvent(WorkerStarted)); + + // Sort the full list. + prepared->raw_apis.sort(); + + QStringList wseps = proxy->lexer()->autoCompletionWordSeparators(); + bool cs = proxy->lexer()->caseSensitive(); + + // Split each entry into separate words but ignoring any arguments. + for (int a = 0; a < prepared->raw_apis.count(); ++a) + { + // Check to see if we should stop. + if (abort) + break; + + QStringList words = prepared->apiWords(a, wseps, true); + + for (int w = 0; w < words.count(); ++w) + { + const QString &word = words[w]; + + // Add the word's position to any existing list for this word. + QsciAPIs::WordIndexList wil = prepared->wdict[word]; + + // If the language is case insensitive and we haven't seen this + // word before then save it in the case dictionary. + if (!cs && wil.count() == 0) + prepared->cdict[word.toUpper()] = word; + + wil.append(QsciAPIs::WordIndex(a, w)); + prepared->wdict[word] = wil; + } + } + + + // Tell the main thread we have finished. + QApplication::postEvent(proxy, new QEvent(abort ? WorkerAborted : WorkerFinished)); +} + + +// The ctor. +QsciAPIs::QsciAPIs(QsciLexer *lexer) + : QsciAbstractAPIs(lexer), + worker(0), origin_len(0) +{ + prep = new QsciAPIsPrepared; +} + + +// The dtor. +QsciAPIs::~QsciAPIs() +{ + deleteWorker(); + delete prep; +} + + +// Delete the worker thread if there is one. +void QsciAPIs::deleteWorker() +{ + if (worker) + { + delete worker; + worker = 0; + } +} + + +//! Handle termination events from the worker thread. +bool QsciAPIs::event(QEvent *e) +{ + switch (e->type()) + { + case WorkerStarted: + emit apiPreparationStarted(); + return true; + + case WorkerAborted: + deleteWorker(); + emit apiPreparationCancelled(); + return true; + + case WorkerFinished: + delete prep; + old_context.clear(); + + prep = worker->prepared; + worker->prepared = 0; + deleteWorker(); + + // Allow the raw API information to be modified. + apis = prep->raw_apis; + + emit apiPreparationFinished(); + + return true; + + default: + break; + } + + return QObject::event(e); +} + + +// Clear the current raw API entries. +void QsciAPIs::clear() +{ + apis.clear(); +} + + +// Clear out all API information. +bool QsciAPIs::load(const QString &fname) +{ + QFile f(fname); + + if (!f.open(QIODevice::ReadOnly)) + return false; + + QTextStream ts(&f); + + for (;;) + { + QString line = ts.readLine(); + + if (line.isEmpty()) + break; + + apis.append(line); + } + + return true; +} + + +// Add a single API entry. +void QsciAPIs::add(const QString &entry) +{ + apis.append(entry); +} + + +// Remove a single API entry. +void QsciAPIs::remove(const QString &entry) +{ + int idx = apis.indexOf(entry); + + if (idx >= 0) + apis.removeAt(idx); +} + + +// Position the "origin" cursor into the API entries according to the user +// supplied context. +QStringList QsciAPIs::positionOrigin(const QStringList &context, QString &path) +{ + // Get the list of words and see if the context is the same as last time we + // were called. + QStringList new_context; + bool same_context = (old_context.count() > 0 && old_context.count() < context.count()); + + for (int i = 0; i < context.count(); ++i) + { + QString word = context[i]; + + if (!lexer()->caseSensitive()) + word = word.toUpper(); + + if (i < old_context.count() && old_context[i] != word) + same_context = false; + + new_context << word; + } + + // If the context has changed then reset the origin. + if (!same_context) + origin_len = 0; + + // If we have a current origin (ie. the user made a specific selection in + // the current context) then adjust the origin to include the last complete + // word as the user may have entered more parts of the name without using + // auto-completion. + if (origin_len > 0) + { + const QString wsep = lexer()->autoCompletionWordSeparators().first(); + + int start_new = old_context.count(); + int end_new = new_context.count() - 1; + + QString fixed = *origin; + fixed.truncate(origin_len); + + path = fixed; + + while (start_new < end_new) + { + // Add this word to the current path. + path.append(wsep); + path.append(new_context[start_new]); + origin_len = path.length(); + + // Skip entries in the current origin that don't match the path. + while (origin != prep->raw_apis.end()) + { + // See if the current origin has come to an end. + if (!originStartsWith(fixed, wsep)) + origin = prep->raw_apis.end(); + else if (originStartsWith(path, wsep)) + break; + else + ++origin; + } + + if (origin == prep->raw_apis.end()) + break; + + ++start_new; + } + + // If the new text wasn't recognised then reset the origin. + if (origin == prep->raw_apis.end()) + origin_len = 0; + } + + if (origin_len == 0) + path.truncate(0); + + // Save the "committed" context for next time. + old_context = new_context; + old_context.removeLast(); + + return new_context; +} + + +// Return true if the origin starts with the given path. +bool QsciAPIs::originStartsWith(const QString &path, const QString &wsep) +{ + const QString &orig = *origin; + + if (!orig.startsWith(path)) + return false; + + // Check that the path corresponds to the end of a word, ie. that what + // follows in the origin is either a word separator or a (. + QString tail = orig.mid(path.length()); + + return (!tail.isEmpty() && (tail.startsWith(wsep) || tail.at(0) == '(')); +} + + +// Add auto-completion words to an existing list. +void QsciAPIs::updateAutoCompletionList(const QStringList &context, + QStringList &list) +{ + QString path; + QStringList new_context = positionOrigin(context, path); + + if (origin_len > 0) + { + const QString wsep = lexer()->autoCompletionWordSeparators().first(); + QStringList::const_iterator it = origin; + + unambiguous_context = path; + + while (it != prep->raw_apis.end()) + { + QString base = QsciAPIsPrepared::apiBaseName(*it); + + if (!base.startsWith(path)) + break; + + // Make sure we have something after the path. + if (base != path) + { + // Get the word we are interested in (ie. the one after the + // current origin in path). + QString w = base.mid(origin_len + wsep.length()).split(wsep).first(); + + // Append the space, we know the origin is unambiguous. + w.append(' '); + + if (!list.contains(w)) + list << w; + } + + ++it; + } + } + else + { + // At the moment we assume we will add words from multiple contexts. + unambiguous_context.truncate(0); + + bool unambig = true; + QStringList with_context; + + if (new_context.last().isEmpty()) + lastCompleteWord(new_context[new_context.count() - 2], with_context, unambig); + else + lastPartialWord(new_context.last(), with_context, unambig); + + for (int i = 0; i < with_context.count(); ++i) + { + // Remove any unambigious context. + QString noc = with_context[i]; + + if (unambig) + { + int op = noc.indexOf('('); + + if (op >= 0) + noc.truncate(op); + } + + list << noc; + } + } +} + + +// Get the index list for a particular word if there is one. +const QsciAPIs::WordIndexList *QsciAPIs::wordIndexOf(const QString &word) const +{ + QString csword; + + // Indirect through the case dictionary if the language isn't case + // sensitive. + if (lexer()->caseSensitive()) + csword = word; + else + { + csword = prep->cdict[word]; + + if (csword.isEmpty()) + return 0; + } + + // Get the possible API entries if any. + const WordIndexList *wl = &prep->wdict[csword]; + + if (wl->isEmpty()) + return 0; + + return wl; +} + + +// Add auto-completion words based on the last complete word entered. +void QsciAPIs::lastCompleteWord(const QString &word, QStringList &with_context, bool &unambig) +{ + // Get the possible API entries if any. + const WordIndexList *wl = wordIndexOf(word); + + if (wl) + addAPIEntries(*wl, true, with_context, unambig); +} + + +// Add auto-completion words based on the last partial word entered. +void QsciAPIs::lastPartialWord(const QString &word, QStringList &with_context, bool &unambig) +{ + if (lexer()->caseSensitive()) + { + QMap::const_iterator it = prep->wdict.lowerBound(word); + + while (it != prep->wdict.end()) + { + if (!it.key().startsWith(word)) + break; + + addAPIEntries(it.value(), false, with_context, unambig); + + ++it; + } + } + else + { + QMap::const_iterator it = prep->cdict.lowerBound(word); + + while (it != prep->cdict.end()) + { + if (!it.key().startsWith(word)) + break; + + addAPIEntries(prep->wdict[it.value()], false, with_context, unambig); + + ++it; + } + } +} + + +// Handle the selection of an entry in the auto-completion list. +void QsciAPIs::autoCompletionSelected(const QString &selection) +{ + // If the selection is an API (ie. it has a space separating the selected + // word and the optional origin) then remember the origin. + QStringList lst = selection.split(' '); + + if (lst.count() != 2) + { + origin_len = 0; + return; + } + + const QString &path = lst[1]; + QString owords; + + if (path.isEmpty()) + owords = unambiguous_context; + else + { + // Check the parenthesis. + if (!path.startsWith("(") || !path.endsWith(")")) + { + origin_len = 0; + return; + } + + // Remove the parenthesis. + owords = path.mid(1, path.length() - 2); + } + + origin = qLowerBound(prep->raw_apis, owords); + origin_len = owords.length(); +} + + +// Add auto-completion words for a particular word (defined by where it appears +// in the APIs) and depending on whether the word was complete (when it's +// actually the next word in the API entry that is of interest) or not. +void QsciAPIs::addAPIEntries(const WordIndexList &wl, bool complete, + QStringList &with_context, bool &unambig) +{ + QStringList wseps = lexer()->autoCompletionWordSeparators(); + + for (int w = 0; w < wl.count(); ++w) + { + const WordIndex &wi = wl[w]; + + QStringList api_words = prep->apiWords(wi.first, wseps, false); + + int idx = wi.second; + + if (complete) + { + // Skip if this is the last word. + if (++idx >= api_words.count()) + continue; + } + + QString api_word; + + if (idx == 0) + api_word = api_words[0] + ' '; + else + { + QStringList orgl = api_words.mid(0, idx); + + QString org = orgl.join(wseps.first()); + + api_word = QString("%1 (%2)").arg(api_words[idx]).arg(org); + + // See if the origin has been used before. + if (unambig) + if (unambiguous_context.isEmpty()) + unambiguous_context = org; + else if (unambiguous_context != org) + { + unambiguous_context.truncate(0); + unambig = false; + } + } + + if (!with_context.contains(api_word)) + with_context.append(api_word); + } +} + + +// Return the call tip for a function. +QStringList QsciAPIs::callTips(const QStringList &context, int commas, + QsciScintilla::CallTipsStyle style, + QList &shifts) +{ + QString path; + QStringList new_context = positionOrigin(context, path); + QStringList wseps = lexer()->autoCompletionWordSeparators(); + QStringList cts; + + if (origin_len > 0) + { + QStringList::const_iterator it = origin; + QString prev; + + // Work out the length of the context. + const QString &wsep = wseps.first(); + QStringList strip = path.split(wsep); + strip.removeLast(); + int ctstart = strip.join(wsep).length(); + + if (ctstart) + ctstart += wsep.length(); + + int shift; + + if (style == QsciScintilla::CallTipsContext) + { + shift = ctstart; + ctstart = 0; + } + else + shift = 0; + + // Make sure we only look at the functions we are interested in. + path.append('('); + + while (it != prep->raw_apis.end() && (*it).startsWith(path)) + { + QString w = (*it).mid(ctstart); + + if (w != prev && enoughCommas(w, commas)) + { + shifts << shift; + cts << w; + prev = w; + } + + ++it; + } + } + else + { + const QString &fname = new_context[new_context.count() - 2]; + + // Find everywhere the function name appears in the APIs. + const WordIndexList *wil = wordIndexOf(fname); + + if (wil) + for (int i = 0; i < wil->count(); ++i) + { + const WordIndex &wi = (*wil)[i]; + QStringList awords = prep->apiWords(wi.first, wseps, true); + + // Check the word is the function name and not part of any + // context. + if ((int)wi.second != awords.count() - 1) + continue; + + const QString &api = prep->raw_apis[wi.first]; + + int tail = api.indexOf('('); + + if (tail < 0) + continue; + + if (!enoughCommas(api, commas)) + continue; + + if (style == QsciScintilla::CallTipsNoContext) + { + shifts << 0; + cts << (fname + api.mid(tail)); + } + else + { + shifts << tail - fname.length(); + cts << api; + } + } + } + + return cts; +} + + +// Return true if a string has enough commas in the argument list. +bool QsciAPIs::enoughCommas(const QString &s, int commas) +{ + int end = s.indexOf(')'); + + if (end < 0) + return false; + + QString w = s.left(end); + + return (w.count(',') >= commas); +} + + +// Ensure the list is ready. +void QsciAPIs::prepare() +{ + // Handle the trivial case. + if (worker) + return; + + QsciAPIsPrepared *new_apis = new QsciAPIsPrepared; + new_apis->raw_apis = apis; + + worker = new QsciAPIsWorker(this); + worker->prepared = new_apis; + worker->start(); +} + + +// Cancel any current preparation. +void QsciAPIs::cancelPreparation() +{ + deleteWorker(); +} + + +// Check that a prepared API file exists. +bool QsciAPIs::isPrepared(const QString &fname) const +{ + QString pname = prepName(fname); + + if (pname.isEmpty()) + return false; + + QFileInfo fi(pname); + + return fi.exists(); +} + + +// Load the prepared API information. +bool QsciAPIs::loadPrepared(const QString &fname) +{ + QString pname = prepName(fname); + + if (pname.isEmpty()) + return false; + + // Read the prepared data and decompress it. + QFile pf(pname); + + if (!pf.open(QIODevice::ReadOnly)) + return false; + + QByteArray cpdata = pf.readAll(); + + pf.close(); + + if (cpdata.count() == 0) + return false; + + QByteArray pdata = qUncompress(cpdata); + + // Extract the data. + QDataStream pds(pdata); + + unsigned char vers; + pds >> vers; + + if (vers > PreparedDataFormatVersion) + return false; + + char *lex_name; + pds >> lex_name; + + if (qstrcmp(lex_name, lexer()->lexer()) != 0) + { + delete[] lex_name; + return false; + } + + delete[] lex_name; + + prep->wdict.clear(); + pds >> prep->wdict; + + if (!lexer()->caseSensitive()) + { + // Build up the case dictionary. + prep->cdict.clear(); + + QMap::const_iterator it = prep->wdict.begin(); + + while (it != prep->wdict.end()) + { + prep->cdict[it.key().toUpper()] = it.key(); + + ++it; + } + + } + + prep->raw_apis.clear(); + pds >> prep->raw_apis; + + // Allow the raw API information to be modified. + apis = prep->raw_apis; + + return true; +} + + +// Save the prepared API information. +bool QsciAPIs::savePrepared(const QString &fname) const +{ + QString pname = prepName(fname, true); + + if (pname.isEmpty()) + return false; + + // Write the prepared data to a memory buffer. + QByteArray pdata; + QDataStream pds(&pdata, QIODevice::WriteOnly); + + // Use a serialisation format supported by Qt v3.0 and later. + pds.setVersion(QDataStream::Qt_3_0); + pds << PreparedDataFormatVersion; + pds << lexer()->lexer(); + pds << prep->wdict; + pds << prep->raw_apis; + + // Compress the data and write it. + QFile pf(pname); + + if (!pf.open(QIODevice::WriteOnly|QIODevice::Truncate)) + return false; + + if (pf.write(qCompress(pdata)) < 0) + { + pf.close(); + return false; + } + + pf.close(); + return true; +} + + +// Return the name of the default prepared API file. +QString QsciAPIs::defaultPreparedName() const +{ + return prepName(QString()); +} + + +// Return the name of a prepared API file. +QString QsciAPIs::prepName(const QString &fname, bool mkpath) const +{ + // Handle the tivial case. + if (!fname.isEmpty()) + return fname; + + QString pdname; + char *qsci = getenv("QSCIDIR"); + + if (qsci) + pdname = qsci; + else + { + static const char *qsci_dir = ".qsci"; + + QDir pd = QDir::home(); + + if (mkpath && !pd.exists(qsci_dir) && !pd.mkdir(qsci_dir)) + return QString(); + + pdname = pd.filePath(qsci_dir); + } + + return QString("%1/%2.pap").arg(pdname).arg(lexer()->lexer()); +} + + +// Return installed API files. +QStringList QsciAPIs::installedAPIFiles() const +{ + QString qtdir = QLibraryInfo::location(QLibraryInfo::DataPath); + + QDir apidir = QDir(QString("%1/qsci/api/%2").arg(qtdir).arg(lexer()->lexer())); + QStringList fnames; + + QStringList filters; + filters << "*.api"; + + QFileInfoList flist = apidir.entryInfoList(filters, QDir::Files, QDir::IgnoreCase); + + foreach (QFileInfo fi, flist) + fnames << fi.absoluteFilePath(); + + return fnames; +} diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qt/qsciapis.h b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qt/qsciapis.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3e2d8f606a --- /dev/null +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qt/qsciapis.h @@ -0,0 +1,232 @@ +// This module defines interface to the QsciAPIs class. +// +// Copyright (c) 2010 Riverbank Computing Limited +// +// This file is part of QScintilla. +// +// This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General Public +// License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free Software +// Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2 and LICENSE.GPL3 +// included in the packaging of this file. Alternatively you may (at +// your option) use any later version of the GNU General Public +// License if such license has been publicly approved by Riverbank +// Computing Limited (or its successors, if any) and the KDE Free Qt +// Foundation. In addition, as a special exception, Riverbank gives you +// certain additional rights. These rights are described in the Riverbank +// GPL Exception version 1.1, which can be found in the file +// GPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package. +// +// Please review the following information to ensure GNU General +// Public Licensing requirements will be met: +// http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/. If +// you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please +// review the following information: +// http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview +// or contact the sales department at sales@riverbankcomputing.com. +// +// This file is provided AS IS with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING THE +// WARRANTY OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. + + +#ifndef QSCIAPIS_H +#define QSCIAPIS_H + +#ifdef __APPLE__ +extern "C++" { +#endif + +#include +#include +#include + +#include + +#include +#include +#include + + +class QsciAPIsPrepared; +class QsciAPIsWorker; +class QsciLexer; + + +//! \brief The QsciAPIs class provies an implementation of the textual API +//! information used in call tips and for auto-completion. +//! +//! Raw API information is read from one or more files. Each API function is +//! described by a single line of text comprising the function's name, followed +//! by the function's optional comma separated parameters enclosed in +//! parenthesis, and finally followed by optional explanatory text. +//! +//! A function name may be followed by a `?' and a number. The number is used +//! by auto-completion to display a registered QPixmap with the function name. +//! +//! All function names are used by auto-completion, but only those that include +//! function parameters are used in call tips. +//! +//! QScintilla only deals with prepared API information and not the raw +//! information described above. This is done so that large APIs can be +//! handled while still being responsive to user input. The conversion of raw +//! information to prepared information is time consuming (think tens of +//! seconds) and implemented in a separate thread. Prepared information can +//! be quickly saved to and loaded from files. Such files are portable between +//! different architectures. +//! +//! QScintilla based applications that want to support large APIs would +//! normally provide the user with the ability to specify a set of, possibly +//! project specific, raw API files and convert them to prepared files that are +//! loaded quickly when the application is invoked. +class QSCINTILLA_EXPORT QsciAPIs : public QsciAbstractAPIs +{ + Q_OBJECT + +public: + //! Constructs a QsciAPIs instance attached to lexer \a lexer. \a lexer + //! becomes the instance's parent object although the instance can also be + //! subsequently attached to other lexers. + QsciAPIs(QsciLexer *lexer); + + //! Destroy the QsciAPIs instance. + virtual ~QsciAPIs(); + + //! Add the single raw API entry \a entry to the current set. + //! + //! \sa clear(), load(), remove() + void add(const QString &entry); + + //! Deletes all raw API information. + //! + //! \sa add(), load(), remove() + void clear(); + + //! Load the API information from the file named \a fname, adding it to the + //! current set. Returns true if successful, otherwise false. + bool load(const QString &fname); + + //! Remove the single raw API entry \a entry from the current set. + //! + //! \sa add(), clear(), load() + void remove(const QString &entry); + + //! Convert the current raw API information to prepared API information. + //! This is implemented by a separate thread. + //! + //! \sa cancelPreparation() + void prepare(); + + //! Cancel the conversion of the current raw API information to prepared + //! API information. + //! + //! \sa prepare() + void cancelPreparation(); + + //! Return the default name of the prepared API information file. It is + //! based on the name of the associated lexer and in the directory defined + //! by the QSCIDIR environment variable. If the environment variable isn't + //! set then $HOME/.qsci is used. + QString defaultPreparedName() const; + + //! Check to see is a prepared API information file named \a fname exists. + //! If \a fname is empty then the value returned by defaultPreparedName() + //! is used. Returns true if successful, otherwise false. + //! + //! \sa defaultPreparedName() + bool isPrepared(const QString &fname = QString()) const; + + //! Load the prepared API information from the file named \a fname. If + //! \a fname is empty then a name is constructed based on the name of the + //! associated lexer and saved in the directory defined by the QSCIDIR + //! environment variable. If the environment variable isn't set then + //! $HOME/.qsci is used. Returns true if successful, otherwise false. + bool loadPrepared(const QString &fname = QString()); + + //! Save the prepared API information to the file named \a fname. If + //! \a fname is empty then a name is constructed based on the name of the + //! associated lexer and saved in the directory defined by the QSCIDIR + //! environment variable. If the environment variable isn't set then + //! $HOME/.qsci is used. Returns true if successful, otherwise false. + bool savePrepared(const QString &fname = QString()) const; + + //! \reimp + virtual void updateAutoCompletionList(const QStringList &context, + QStringList &list); + + //! \reimp + virtual void autoCompletionSelected(const QString &sel); + + //! \reimp + virtual QStringList callTips(const QStringList &context, int commas, + QsciScintilla::CallTipsStyle style, + QList &shifts); + + //! \internal Reimplemented to receive termination events from the worker + //! thread. + virtual bool event(QEvent *e); + + //! Return a list of the installed raw API file names for the associated + //! lexer. + QStringList installedAPIFiles() const; + +signals: + //! This signal is emitted when the conversion of raw API information to + //! prepared API information has been cancelled. + //! + //! \sa apiPreparationFinished(), apiPreparationStarted() + void apiPreparationCancelled(); + + //! This signal is emitted when the conversion of raw API information to + //! prepared API information starts and can be used to give some visual + //! feedback to the user. + //! + //! \sa apiPreparationCancelled(), apiPreparationFinished() + void apiPreparationStarted(); + + //! This signal is emitted when the conversion of raw API information to + //! prepared API information has finished. + //! + //! \sa apiPreparationCancelled(), apiPreparationStarted() + void apiPreparationFinished(); + +private: + friend class QsciAPIsPrepared; + friend class QsciAPIsWorker; + + // This indexes a word in a set of raw APIs. The first part indexes the + // entry in the set, the second part indexes the word within the entry. + typedef QPair WordIndex; + + // This is a list of word indexes. + typedef QList WordIndexList; + + QsciAPIsWorker *worker; + QStringList old_context; + QStringList::const_iterator origin; + int origin_len; + QString unambiguous_context; + QStringList apis; + QsciAPIsPrepared *prep; + + static bool enoughCommas(const QString &s, int commas); + + QStringList positionOrigin(const QStringList &context, QString &path); + bool originStartsWith(const QString &path, const QString &wsep); + const WordIndexList *wordIndexOf(const QString &word) const; + void lastCompleteWord(const QString &word, QStringList &with_context, + bool &unambig); + void lastPartialWord(const QString &word, QStringList &with_context, + bool &unambig); + void addAPIEntries(const WordIndexList &wl, bool complete, + QStringList &with_context, bool &unambig); + QString prepName(const QString &fname, bool mkpath = false) const; + void deleteWorker(); + + QsciAPIs(const QsciAPIs &); + QsciAPIs &operator=(const QsciAPIs &); +}; + +#ifdef __APPLE__ +} +#endif + +#endif diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qt/qscicommand.cpp b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qt/qscicommand.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e74e608341 --- /dev/null +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qt/qscicommand.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,208 @@ +// This module implements the QsciCommand class. +// +// Copyright (c) 2010 Riverbank Computing Limited +// +// This file is part of QScintilla. +// +// This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General Public +// License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free Software +// Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2 and LICENSE.GPL3 +// included in the packaging of this file. Alternatively you may (at +// your option) use any later version of the GNU General Public +// License if such license has been publicly approved by Riverbank +// Computing Limited (or its successors, if any) and the KDE Free Qt +// Foundation. In addition, as a special exception, Riverbank gives you +// certain additional rights. These rights are described in the Riverbank +// GPL Exception version 1.1, which can be found in the file +// GPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package. +// +// Please review the following information to ensure GNU General +// Public Licensing requirements will be met: +// http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/. If +// you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please +// review the following information: +// http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview +// or contact the sales department at sales@riverbankcomputing.com. +// +// This file is provided AS IS with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING THE +// WARRANTY OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. + + +#include "qscicommand.h" + +#include +#include + +#include "qsciscintilla.h" +#include "qsciscintillabase.h" + + +static int convert(int key); + + +// The ctor. +QsciCommand::QsciCommand(QsciScintilla *qs, int msg, int key, int altkey, + const char *desc) + : qsCmd(qs), msgCmd(msg), qkey(key), qaltkey(altkey), descCmd(desc) +{ + scikey = convert(qkey); + + if (scikey) + qsCmd->SendScintilla(QsciScintillaBase::SCI_ASSIGNCMDKEY, scikey, + msgCmd); + + scialtkey = convert(qaltkey); + + if (scialtkey) + qsCmd->SendScintilla(QsciScintillaBase::SCI_ASSIGNCMDKEY, scialtkey, + msgCmd); +} + + +// Bind a key to a command. +void QsciCommand::setKey(int key) +{ + bindKey(key,qkey,scikey); +} + + +// Bind an alternate key to a command. +void QsciCommand::setAlternateKey(int altkey) +{ + bindKey(altkey,qaltkey,scialtkey); +} + + +// Do the hard work of binding a key. +void QsciCommand::bindKey(int key,int &qk,int &scik) +{ + int new_scikey; + + // Ignore if it is invalid, allowing for the fact that we might be + // unbinding it. + if (key) + { + new_scikey = convert(key); + + if (!new_scikey) + return; + } + else + new_scikey = 0; + + if (scik) + qsCmd->SendScintilla(QsciScintillaBase::SCI_CLEARCMDKEY, scik); + + qk = key; + scik = new_scikey; + + if (scik) + qsCmd->SendScintilla(QsciScintillaBase::SCI_ASSIGNCMDKEY, scik, msgCmd); +} + + +// See if a key is valid. +bool QsciCommand::validKey(int key) +{ + return convert(key); +} + + +// Convert a Qt character to the Scintilla equivalent. Return zero if it is +// invalid. +static int convert(int key) +{ + // Convert the modifiers. + int sci_mod = 0; + + if (key & Qt::SHIFT) + sci_mod |= QsciScintillaBase::SCMOD_SHIFT; + + if (key & Qt::CTRL) + sci_mod |= QsciScintillaBase::SCMOD_CTRL; + + if (key & Qt::ALT) + sci_mod |= QsciScintillaBase::SCMOD_ALT; + + key &= ~Qt::MODIFIER_MASK; + + // Convert the key. + int sci_key; + + if (key > 0x7f) + switch (key) + { + case Qt::Key_Down: + sci_key = QsciScintillaBase::SCK_DOWN; + break; + + case Qt::Key_Up: + sci_key = QsciScintillaBase::SCK_UP; + break; + + case Qt::Key_Left: + sci_key = QsciScintillaBase::SCK_LEFT; + break; + + case Qt::Key_Right: + sci_key = QsciScintillaBase::SCK_RIGHT; + break; + + case Qt::Key_Home: + sci_key = QsciScintillaBase::SCK_HOME; + break; + + case Qt::Key_End: + sci_key = QsciScintillaBase::SCK_END; + break; + + case Qt::Key_PageUp: + sci_key = QsciScintillaBase::SCK_PRIOR; + break; + + case Qt::Key_PageDown: + sci_key = QsciScintillaBase::SCK_NEXT; + break; + + case Qt::Key_Delete: + sci_key = QsciScintillaBase::SCK_DELETE; + break; + + case Qt::Key_Insert: + sci_key = QsciScintillaBase::SCK_INSERT; + break; + + case Qt::Key_Escape: + sci_key = QsciScintillaBase::SCK_ESCAPE; + break; + + case Qt::Key_Backspace: + sci_key = QsciScintillaBase::SCK_BACK; + break; + + case Qt::Key_Tab: + sci_key = QsciScintillaBase::SCK_TAB; + break; + + case Qt::Key_Return: + sci_key = QsciScintillaBase::SCK_RETURN; + break; + + default: + sci_key = 0; + } + else + sci_key = key; + + if (sci_key) + sci_key |= (sci_mod << 16); + + return sci_key; +} + + +// Return the translated user friendly description. +QString QsciCommand::description() const +{ + return qApp->translate("QsciCommand", descCmd); +} diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qt/qscicommand.h b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qt/qscicommand.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f1fb5c7fe5 --- /dev/null +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qt/qscicommand.h @@ -0,0 +1,112 @@ +// This defines the interface to the QsciCommand class. +// +// Copyright (c) 2010 Riverbank Computing Limited +// +// This file is part of QScintilla. +// +// This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General Public +// License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free Software +// Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2 and LICENSE.GPL3 +// included in the packaging of this file. Alternatively you may (at +// your option) use any later version of the GNU General Public +// License if such license has been publicly approved by Riverbank +// Computing Limited (or its successors, if any) and the KDE Free Qt +// Foundation. In addition, as a special exception, Riverbank gives you +// certain additional rights. These rights are described in the Riverbank +// GPL Exception version 1.1, which can be found in the file +// GPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package. +// +// Please review the following information to ensure GNU General +// Public Licensing requirements will be met: +// http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/. If +// you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please +// review the following information: +// http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview +// or contact the sales department at sales@riverbankcomputing.com. +// +// This file is provided AS IS with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING THE +// WARRANTY OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. + + +#ifndef QSCICOMMAND_H +#define QSCICOMMAND_H + +#ifdef __APPLE__ +extern "C++" { +#endif + +#include + +#include + + +class QsciScintilla; + + +//! \brief The QsciCommand class represents an internal editor command that may +//! have one or two keys bound to it. +//! +//! Methods are provided to change the keys bound to the command and to remove +//! a key binding. Each command has a user friendly description of the command +//! for use in key mapping dialogs. +class QSCINTILLA_EXPORT QsciCommand +{ +public: + //! Binds the key \a key to the command. If \a key is 0 then the key + //! binding is removed. If \a key is invalid then the key binding is + //! unchanged. Valid keys are any visible or control character or any + //! of \c Key_Down, \c Key_Up, \c Key_Left, \c Key_Right, \c Key_Home, + //! \c Key_End, \c Key_PageUp, \c Key_PageDown, \c Key_Delete, + //! \c Key_Insert, \c Key_Escape, \c Key_Backspace, \c Key_Tab and + //! \c Key_Return. Keys may be modified with any combination of \c SHIFT, + //! \c CTRL and \c ALT. + //! + //! \sa key(), setAlternateKey(), validKey() + void setKey(int key); + + //! Binds the alternate key \a altkey to the command. If \a key is 0 + //! then the alternate key binding is removed. + //! + //! \sa alternateKey(), setKey(), validKey() + void setAlternateKey(int altkey); + + //! The key that is currently bound to the command is returned. + //! + //! \sa setKey(), alternateKey() + int key() const {return qkey;} + + //! The alternate key that is currently bound to the command is + //! returned. + //! + //! \sa setAlternateKey(), key() + int alternateKey() const {return qaltkey;} + + //! If the key \a key is valid then true is returned. + static bool validKey(int key); + + //! The user friendly description of the command is returned. + QString description() const; + +private: + friend class QsciCommandSet; + + QsciCommand(QsciScintilla *qs, int msg, int key, int altkey, + const char *desc); + + int msgId() const {return msgCmd;} + void bindKey(int key,int &qk,int &scik); + + QsciScintilla *qsCmd; + int msgCmd; + int qkey, scikey, qaltkey, scialtkey; + const char *descCmd; + + QsciCommand(const QsciCommand &); + QsciCommand &operator=(const QsciCommand &); +}; + +#ifdef __APPLE__ +} +#endif + +#endif diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qt/qscicommandset.cpp b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qt/qscicommandset.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..430866afff --- /dev/null +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qt/qscicommandset.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,676 @@ +// This module implements the QsciCommandSet class. +// +// Copyright (c) 2010 Riverbank Computing Limited +// +// This file is part of QScintilla. +// +// This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General Public +// License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free Software +// Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2 and LICENSE.GPL3 +// included in the packaging of this file. Alternatively you may (at +// your option) use any later version of the GNU General Public +// License if such license has been publicly approved by Riverbank +// Computing Limited (or its successors, if any) and the KDE Free Qt +// Foundation. In addition, as a special exception, Riverbank gives you +// certain additional rights. These rights are described in the Riverbank +// GPL Exception version 1.1, which can be found in the file +// GPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package. +// +// Please review the following information to ensure GNU General +// Public Licensing requirements will be met: +// http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/. If +// you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please +// review the following information: +// http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview +// or contact the sales department at sales@riverbankcomputing.com. +// +// This file is provided AS IS with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING THE +// WARRANTY OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. + + +#include "qscicommandset.h" + +#include + +#include "qsciscintilla.h" +#include "qsciscintillabase.h" + + +// The ctor. +QsciCommandSet::QsciCommandSet(QsciScintilla *qs) : qsci(qs) +{ + struct sci_cmd { + int msg; + int key; + int altkey; + const char *desc; + }; + + // This is based on the default table in src/KeyMap.cxx. + static struct sci_cmd cmd_table[] = { + { + QsciScintillaBase::SCI_LINEDOWN, + Qt::Key_Down, + 0, + QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP("QsciCommand", + "Move down one line") + }, + { + QsciScintillaBase::SCI_LINEDOWNEXTEND, + Qt::Key_Down | Qt::SHIFT, + 0, + QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP("QsciCommand", + "Extend selection down one line") + }, + { + QsciScintillaBase::SCI_LINESCROLLDOWN, + Qt::Key_Down | Qt::CTRL, + 0, + QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP("QsciCommand", + "Scroll view down one line") + }, + { + QsciScintillaBase::SCI_LINEDOWNRECTEXTEND, + Qt::Key_Down | Qt::ALT | Qt::SHIFT, + 0, + QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP("QsciCommand", + "Extend rectangular selection down one line") + }, + { + QsciScintillaBase::SCI_LINEUP, + Qt::Key_Up, + 0, + QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP("QsciCommand", + "Move up one line") + }, + { + QsciScintillaBase::SCI_LINEUPEXTEND, + Qt::Key_Up | Qt::SHIFT, + 0, + QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP("QsciCommand", + "Extend selection up one line") + }, + { + QsciScintillaBase::SCI_LINESCROLLUP, + Qt::Key_Up | Qt::CTRL, + 0, + QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP("QsciCommand", + "Scroll view up one line") + }, + { + QsciScintillaBase::SCI_LINEUPRECTEXTEND, + Qt::Key_Up | Qt::ALT | Qt::SHIFT, + 0, + QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP("QsciCommand", + "Extend rectangular selection up one line") + }, + { + QsciScintillaBase::SCI_PARAUP, + Qt::Key_BracketLeft | Qt::CTRL, + 0, + QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP("QsciCommand", + "Move up one paragraph") + }, + { + QsciScintillaBase::SCI_PARAUPEXTEND, + Qt::Key_BracketLeft | Qt::CTRL | Qt::SHIFT, + 0, + QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP("QsciCommand", + "Extend selection up one paragraph") + }, + { + QsciScintillaBase::SCI_PARADOWN, + Qt::Key_BracketRight | Qt::CTRL, + 0, + QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP("QsciCommand", + "Move down one paragraph") + }, + { + QsciScintillaBase::SCI_PARADOWNEXTEND, + Qt::Key_BracketRight | Qt::CTRL | Qt::SHIFT, + 0, + QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP("QsciCommand", + "Extend selection down one paragraph") + }, + { + QsciScintillaBase::SCI_CHARLEFT, + Qt::Key_Left, + 0, + QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP("QsciCommand", + "Move left one character") + }, + { + QsciScintillaBase::SCI_CHARLEFTEXTEND, + Qt::Key_Left | Qt::SHIFT, + 0, + QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP("QsciCommand", + "Extend selection left one character") + }, + { + QsciScintillaBase::SCI_WORDLEFT, + Qt::Key_Left | Qt::CTRL, + 0, + QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP("QsciCommand", + "Move left one word") + }, + { + QsciScintillaBase::SCI_WORDLEFTEXTEND, + Qt::Key_Left | Qt::SHIFT | Qt::CTRL, + 0, + QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP("QsciCommand", + "Extend selection left one word") + }, + { + QsciScintillaBase::SCI_CHARLEFTRECTEXTEND, + Qt::Key_Left | Qt::ALT | Qt::SHIFT, + 0, + QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP("QsciCommand", + "Extend rectangular selection left one character") + }, + { + QsciScintillaBase::SCI_CHARRIGHT, + Qt::Key_Right, + 0, + QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP("QsciCommand", + "Move right one character") + }, + { + QsciScintillaBase::SCI_CHARRIGHTEXTEND, + Qt::Key_Right | Qt::SHIFT, + 0, + QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP("QsciCommand", + "Extend selection right one character") + }, + { + QsciScintillaBase::SCI_WORDRIGHT, + Qt::Key_Right | Qt::CTRL, + 0, + QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP("QsciCommand", + "Move right one word") + }, + { + QsciScintillaBase::SCI_WORDRIGHTEXTEND, + Qt::Key_Right | Qt::CTRL | Qt::SHIFT, + 0, + QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP("QsciCommand", + "Extend selection right one word") + }, + { + QsciScintillaBase::SCI_CHARRIGHTRECTEXTEND, + Qt::Key_Right | Qt::ALT | Qt::SHIFT, + 0, + QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP("QsciCommand", + "Extend rectangular selection right one character") + }, + { + QsciScintillaBase::SCI_WORDPARTLEFT, + Qt::Key_Slash | Qt::CTRL, + 0, + QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP("QsciCommand", + "Move left one word part") + }, + { + QsciScintillaBase::SCI_WORDPARTLEFTEXTEND, + Qt::Key_Slash | Qt::CTRL | Qt::SHIFT, + 0, + QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP("QsciCommand", + "Extend selection left one word part") + }, + { + QsciScintillaBase::SCI_WORDPARTRIGHT, + Qt::Key_Backslash | Qt::CTRL, + 0, + QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP("QsciCommand", + "Move right one word part") + }, + { + QsciScintillaBase::SCI_WORDPARTRIGHTEXTEND, + Qt::Key_Backslash | Qt::CTRL | Qt::SHIFT, + 0, + QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP("QsciCommand", + "Extend selection right one word part") + }, + { + QsciScintillaBase::SCI_VCHOME, + Qt::Key_Home, + 0, + QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP("QsciCommand", + "Move to first visible character in line") + }, + { + QsciScintillaBase::SCI_VCHOMEEXTEND, + Qt::Key_Home | Qt::SHIFT, + 0, + QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP("QsciCommand", + "Extend selection to first visible character in line") + }, + { + QsciScintillaBase::SCI_DOCUMENTSTART, + Qt::Key_Home | Qt::CTRL, + 0, + QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP("QsciCommand", + "Move to start of text") + }, + { + QsciScintillaBase::SCI_DOCUMENTSTARTEXTEND, + Qt::Key_Home | Qt::CTRL | Qt::SHIFT, + 0, + QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP("QsciCommand", + "Extend selection to start of text") + }, + { + QsciScintillaBase::SCI_HOMEDISPLAY, + Qt::Key_Home | Qt::ALT, + 0, + QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP("QsciCommand", + "Move to start of displayed line") + }, + { + QsciScintillaBase::SCI_HOMEDISPLAYEXTEND, + 0, + 0, + QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP("QsciCommand", + "Extend selection to start of line") + }, + { + QsciScintillaBase::SCI_VCHOMERECTEXTEND, + Qt::Key_Home | Qt::ALT | Qt::SHIFT, + 0, + QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP("QsciCommand", + "Extend rectangular selection to first visible character in line") + }, + { + QsciScintillaBase::SCI_LINEEND, + Qt::Key_End, + 0, + QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP("QsciCommand", + "Move to end of line") + }, + { + QsciScintillaBase::SCI_LINEENDEXTEND, + Qt::Key_End | Qt::SHIFT, + 0, + QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP("QsciCommand", + "Extend selection to end of line") + }, + { + QsciScintillaBase::SCI_DOCUMENTEND, + Qt::Key_End | Qt::CTRL, + 0, + QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP("QsciCommand", + "Move to end of text") + }, + { + QsciScintillaBase::SCI_DOCUMENTENDEXTEND, + Qt::Key_End | Qt::CTRL | Qt::SHIFT, + 0, + QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP("QsciCommand", + "Extend selection to end of text") + }, + { + QsciScintillaBase::SCI_LINEENDDISPLAY, + Qt::Key_End | Qt::ALT, + 0, + QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP("QsciCommand", + "Move to end of displayed line") + }, + { + QsciScintillaBase::SCI_LINEENDDISPLAYEXTEND, + 0, + 0, + QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP("QsciCommand", + "Extend selection to end of displayed line") + }, + { + QsciScintillaBase::SCI_LINEENDRECTEXTEND, + Qt::Key_End | Qt::ALT | Qt::SHIFT, + 0, + QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP("QsciCommand", + "Extend rectangular selection to end of line") + }, + { + QsciScintillaBase::SCI_PAGEUP, + Qt::Key_PageUp, + 0, + QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP("QsciCommand", + "Move up one page") + }, + { + QsciScintillaBase::SCI_PAGEUPEXTEND, + Qt::Key_PageUp | Qt::SHIFT, + 0, + QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP("QsciCommand", + "Extend selection up one page") + }, + { + QsciScintillaBase::SCI_PAGEUPRECTEXTEND, + Qt::Key_PageUp | Qt::ALT | Qt::SHIFT, + 0, + QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP("QsciCommand", + "Extend rectangular selection up one page") + }, + { + QsciScintillaBase::SCI_PAGEDOWN, + Qt::Key_PageDown, + 0, + QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP("QsciCommand", + "Move down one page") + }, + { + QsciScintillaBase::SCI_PAGEDOWNEXTEND, + Qt::Key_PageDown | Qt::SHIFT, + 0, + QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP("QsciCommand", + "Extend selection down one page") + }, + { + QsciScintillaBase::SCI_PAGEDOWNRECTEXTEND, + Qt::Key_PageDown | Qt::ALT | Qt::SHIFT, + 0, + QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP("QsciCommand", + "Extend rectangular selection down one page") + }, + { + QsciScintillaBase::SCI_CLEAR, + Qt::Key_Delete, + 0, + QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP("QsciCommand", + "Delete current character") + }, + { + QsciScintillaBase::SCI_CUT, + Qt::Key_X | Qt::CTRL, + Qt::Key_Delete | Qt::SHIFT, + QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP("QsciCommand", + "Cut selection") + }, + { + QsciScintillaBase::SCI_DELWORDRIGHT, + Qt::Key_Delete | Qt::CTRL, + 0, + QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP("QsciCommand", + "Delete word to right") + }, + { + QsciScintillaBase::SCI_DELLINERIGHT, + Qt::Key_Delete | Qt::CTRL | Qt::SHIFT, + 0, + QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP("QsciCommand", + "Delete line to right") + }, + { + QsciScintillaBase::SCI_EDITTOGGLEOVERTYPE, + Qt::Key_Insert, + 0, + QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP("QsciCommand", + "Toggle insert/overtype") + }, + { + QsciScintillaBase::SCI_PASTE, + Qt::Key_V | Qt::CTRL, + Qt::Key_Insert | Qt::SHIFT, + QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP("QsciCommand", + "Paste") + }, + { + QsciScintillaBase::SCI_COPY, + Qt::Key_C | Qt::CTRL, + Qt::Key_Insert | Qt::CTRL, + QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP("QsciCommand", + "Copy selection") + }, + { + QsciScintillaBase::SCI_CANCEL, + Qt::Key_Escape, + 0, + QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP("QsciCommand", + "Cancel") + }, + { + QsciScintillaBase::SCI_DELETEBACK, + Qt::Key_Backspace, + Qt::Key_Backspace | Qt::SHIFT, + QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP("QsciCommand", + "Delete previous character") + }, + { + QsciScintillaBase::SCI_DELWORDLEFT, + Qt::Key_Backspace | Qt::CTRL, + 0, + QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP("QsciCommand", + "Delete word to left") + }, + { + QsciScintillaBase::SCI_UNDO, + Qt::Key_Z | Qt::CTRL, + Qt::Key_Backspace | Qt::ALT, + QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP("QsciCommand", + "Undo the last command") + }, + { + QsciScintillaBase::SCI_DELLINELEFT, + Qt::Key_Backspace | Qt::CTRL | Qt::SHIFT, + 0, + QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP("QsciCommand", + "Delete line to left") + }, + { + QsciScintillaBase::SCI_REDO, + Qt::Key_Y | Qt::CTRL, + 0, + QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP("QsciCommand", + "Redo last command") + }, + { + QsciScintillaBase::SCI_SELECTALL, + Qt::Key_A | Qt::CTRL, + 0, + QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP("QsciCommand", + "Select all text") + }, + { + QsciScintillaBase::SCI_TAB, + Qt::Key_Tab, + 0, + QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP("QsciCommand", + "Indent one level") + }, + { + QsciScintillaBase::SCI_BACKTAB, + Qt::Key_Tab | Qt::SHIFT, + 0, + QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP("QsciCommand", + "Move back one indentation level") + }, + { + QsciScintillaBase::SCI_NEWLINE, + Qt::Key_Return, + Qt::Key_Return | Qt::SHIFT, + QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP("QsciCommand", + "Insert new line") + }, + { + QsciScintillaBase::SCI_ZOOMIN, + Qt::Key_Plus | Qt::CTRL, + 0, + QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP("QsciCommand", + "Zoom in") + }, + { + QsciScintillaBase::SCI_ZOOMOUT, + Qt::Key_Minus | Qt::CTRL, + 0, + QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP("QsciCommand", + "Zoom out") + }, + { + QsciScintillaBase::SCI_SETZOOM, + 0, + 0, + QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP("QsciCommand", + "Set zoom") + }, + { + QsciScintillaBase::SCI_FORMFEED, + 0, + 0, + QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP("QsciCommand", + "Formfeed") + }, + { + QsciScintillaBase::SCI_LINECUT, + Qt::Key_L | Qt::CTRL, + 0, + QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP("QsciCommand", + "Cut current line") + }, + { + QsciScintillaBase::SCI_LINEDELETE, + Qt::Key_L | Qt::CTRL | Qt::SHIFT, + 0, + QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP("QsciCommand", + "Delete current line") + }, + { + QsciScintillaBase::SCI_LINECOPY, + Qt::Key_T | Qt::CTRL | Qt::SHIFT, + 0, + QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP("QsciCommand", + "Copy current line") + }, + { + QsciScintillaBase::SCI_LINETRANSPOSE, + Qt::Key_T | Qt::CTRL, + 0, + QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP("QsciCommand", + "Swap current and previous lines") + }, + { + QsciScintillaBase::SCI_SELECTIONDUPLICATE, + Qt::Key_D | Qt::CTRL, + 0, + QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP("QsciCommand", + "Duplicate selection") + }, + { + QsciScintillaBase::SCI_LOWERCASE, + Qt::Key_U | Qt::CTRL, + 0, + QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP("QsciCommand", + "Convert selection to lower case") + }, + { + QsciScintillaBase::SCI_UPPERCASE, + Qt::Key_U | Qt::CTRL | Qt::SHIFT, + 0, + QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP("QsciCommand", + "Convert selection to upper case") + }, + { + QsciScintillaBase::SCI_DELETEBACKNOTLINE, + 0, + 0, + QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP("QsciCommand", + "Delete previous character if not at line start") + }, + }; + + // Clear the default map. + qsci->SendScintilla(QsciScintillaBase::SCI_CLEARALLCMDKEYS); + + // By default control characters don't do anything (rather than insert the + // control character into the text). + for (int k = 'A'; k <= 'Z'; ++k) + qsci->SendScintilla(QsciScintillaBase::SCI_ASSIGNCMDKEY, + k + (QsciScintillaBase::SCMOD_CTRL << 16), + QsciScintillaBase::SCI_NULL); + + for (int i = 0; i < sizeof (cmd_table) / sizeof (cmd_table[0]); ++i) + cmds.append(new QsciCommand(qsci, cmd_table[i].msg, cmd_table[i].key, + cmd_table[i].altkey, cmd_table[i].desc)); +} + + +// The dtor. +QsciCommandSet::~QsciCommandSet() +{ + for (int i = 0; i < cmds.count(); ++i) + delete cmds.at(i); +} + + +// Read the command set from settings. +bool QsciCommandSet::readSettings(QSettings &qs, const char *prefix) +{ + bool rc = true; + QString skey; + + for (int i = 0; i < cmds.count(); ++i) + { + QsciCommand *cmd = cmds.at(i); + + skey.sprintf("%s/keymap/c%d/", prefix, cmd->msgId()); + + int key; + bool ok; + + // Read the key. + ok = qs.contains(skey + "key"); + key = qs.value(skey + "key", 0).toInt(); + + if (ok) + cmd->setKey(key); + else + rc = false; + + // Read the alternate key. + ok = qs.contains(skey + "alt"); + key = qs.value(skey + "alt", 0).toInt(); + + if (ok) + cmd->setAlternateKey(key); + else + rc = false; + } + + return rc; +} + + +// Write the command set to settings. +bool QsciCommandSet::writeSettings(QSettings &qs, const char *prefix) +{ + bool rc = true; + QString skey; + + for (int i = 0; i < cmds.count(); ++i) + { + QsciCommand *cmd = cmds.at(i); + + skey.sprintf("%s/keymap/c%d/", prefix, cmd->msgId()); + + // Write the key. + qs.setValue(skey + "key", cmd->key()); + + // Write the alternate key. + qs.setValue(skey + "alt", cmd->key()); + } + + return rc; +} + + +// Clear the key bindings. +void QsciCommandSet::clearKeys() +{ + for (int i = 0; i < cmds.count(); ++i) + cmds.at(i)->setKey(0); +} + + +// Clear the alternate key bindings. +void QsciCommandSet::clearAlternateKeys() +{ + for (int i = 0; i < cmds.count(); ++i) + cmds.at(i)->setAlternateKey(0); +} diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qt/qscicommandset.h b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qt/qscicommandset.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..265eafbe8b --- /dev/null +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qt/qscicommandset.h @@ -0,0 +1,98 @@ +// This defines the interface to the QsciCommandSet class. +// +// Copyright (c) 2010 Riverbank Computing Limited +// +// This file is part of QScintilla. +// +// This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General Public +// License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free Software +// Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2 and LICENSE.GPL3 +// included in the packaging of this file. Alternatively you may (at +// your option) use any later version of the GNU General Public +// License if such license has been publicly approved by Riverbank +// Computing Limited (or its successors, if any) and the KDE Free Qt +// Foundation. In addition, as a special exception, Riverbank gives you +// certain additional rights. These rights are described in the Riverbank +// GPL Exception version 1.1, which can be found in the file +// GPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package. +// +// Please review the following information to ensure GNU General +// Public Licensing requirements will be met: +// http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/. If +// you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please +// review the following information: +// http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview +// or contact the sales department at sales@riverbankcomputing.com. +// +// This file is provided AS IS with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING THE +// WARRANTY OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. + + +#ifndef QSCICOMMANDSET_H +#define QSCICOMMANDSET_H + +#ifdef __APPLE__ +extern "C++" { +#endif + +#include + +#include + +#include +#include + + +class QSettings; +class QsciScintilla; + + +//! \brief The QsciCommandSet class represents the set of all internal editor +//! commands that may have keys bound. +//! +//! Methods are provided to access the individual commands and to read and +//! write the current bindings from and to settings files. +class QSCINTILLA_EXPORT QsciCommandSet +{ +public: + //! The key bindings for each command in the set are read from the + //! settings \a qs. \a prefix is prepended to the key of each entry. + //! true is returned if there was no error. + //! + //! \sa writeSettings() + bool readSettings(QSettings &qs, const char *prefix = "/Scintilla"); + + //! The key bindings for each command in the set are written to the + //! settings \a qs. \a prefix is prepended to the key of each entry. + //! true is returned if there was no error. + //! + //! \sa readSettings() + bool writeSettings(QSettings &qs, const char *prefix = "/Scintilla"); + + //! The commands in the set are returned as a list. + QList &commands() {return cmds;} + + //! The primary keys bindings for all commands are removed. + void clearKeys(); + + //! The alternate keys bindings for all commands are removed. + void clearAlternateKeys(); + +private: + friend class QsciScintilla; + + QsciCommandSet(QsciScintilla *qs); + ~QsciCommandSet(); + + QsciScintilla *qsci; + QList cmds; + + QsciCommandSet(const QsciCommandSet &); + QsciCommandSet &operator=(const QsciCommandSet &); +}; + +#ifdef __APPLE__ +} +#endif + +#endif diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qt/qscidocument.cpp b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qt/qscidocument.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c257bd748f --- /dev/null +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qt/qscidocument.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,156 @@ +// This module implements the QsciDocument class. +// +// Copyright (c) 2010 Riverbank Computing Limited +// +// This file is part of QScintilla. +// +// This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General Public +// License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free Software +// Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2 and LICENSE.GPL3 +// included in the packaging of this file. Alternatively you may (at +// your option) use any later version of the GNU General Public +// License if such license has been publicly approved by Riverbank +// Computing Limited (or its successors, if any) and the KDE Free Qt +// Foundation. In addition, as a special exception, Riverbank gives you +// certain additional rights. These rights are described in the Riverbank +// GPL Exception version 1.1, which can be found in the file +// GPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package. +// +// Please review the following information to ensure GNU General +// Public Licensing requirements will be met: +// http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/. If +// you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please +// review the following information: +// http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview +// or contact the sales department at sales@riverbankcomputing.com. +// +// This file is provided AS IS with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING THE +// WARRANTY OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. + + +#include "qscidocument.h" +#include "qsciscintillabase.h" + + +// This internal class encapsulates the underlying document and is shared by +// QsciDocument instances. +class QsciDocumentP +{ +public: + QsciDocumentP() : doc(0), nr_displays(0), nr_attaches(1), modified(false) {} + + void *doc; // The Scintilla document. + int nr_displays; // The number of displays. + int nr_attaches; // The number of attaches. + bool modified; // Set if not at a save point. +}; + + +// The ctor. +QsciDocument::QsciDocument() +{ + pdoc = new QsciDocumentP(); +} + + +// The dtor. +QsciDocument::~QsciDocument() +{ + detach(); +} + + +// The copy ctor. +QsciDocument::QsciDocument(const QsciDocument &that) +{ + attach(that); +} + + +// The assignment operator. +QsciDocument &QsciDocument::operator=(const QsciDocument &that) +{ + if (pdoc != that.pdoc) + { + detach(); + attach(that); + } + + return *this; +} + + +// Attach an existing document to this one. +void QsciDocument::attach(const QsciDocument &that) +{ + ++that.pdoc->nr_attaches; + pdoc = that.pdoc; +} + + +// Detach the underlying document. +void QsciDocument::detach() +{ + if (!pdoc) + return; + + if (--pdoc->nr_attaches == 0) + { + if (pdoc->doc && pdoc->nr_displays == 0) + { + QsciScintillaBase *qsb = QsciScintillaBase::pool(); + + // Release the explicit reference to the document. If the pool is + // empty then we just accept the memory leak. + if (qsb) + qsb->SendScintilla(QsciScintillaBase::SCI_RELEASEDOCUMENT, 0, + pdoc->doc); + } + + delete pdoc; + } + + pdoc = 0; +} + + +// Undisplay and detach the underlying document. +void QsciDocument::undisplay(QsciScintillaBase *qsb) +{ + if (--pdoc->nr_attaches == 0) + delete pdoc; + else if (--pdoc->nr_displays == 0) + { + // Create an explicit reference to the document to keep it alive. + qsb->SendScintilla(QsciScintillaBase::SCI_ADDREFDOCUMENT, 0, pdoc->doc); + } + + pdoc = 0; +} + + +// Display the underlying document. +void QsciDocument::display(QsciScintillaBase *qsb, const QsciDocument *from) +{ + void *ndoc = (from ? from->pdoc->doc : 0); + + qsb->SendScintilla(QsciScintillaBase::SCI_SETDOCPOINTER, 0, ndoc); + ndoc = qsb->SendScintillaPtrResult(QsciScintillaBase::SCI_GETDOCPOINTER); + + pdoc->doc = ndoc; + ++pdoc->nr_displays; +} + + +// Return the modified state of the document. +bool QsciDocument::isModified() const +{ + return pdoc->modified; +} + + +// Set the modified state of the document. +void QsciDocument::setModified(bool m) +{ + pdoc->modified = m; +} diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qt/qscidocument.h b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qt/qscidocument.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..bed1208312 --- /dev/null +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qt/qscidocument.h @@ -0,0 +1,79 @@ +// This defines the interface to the QsciDocument class. +// +// Copyright (c) 2010 Riverbank Computing Limited +// +// This file is part of QScintilla. +// +// This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General Public +// License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free Software +// Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2 and LICENSE.GPL3 +// included in the packaging of this file. Alternatively you may (at +// your option) use any later version of the GNU General Public +// License if such license has been publicly approved by Riverbank +// Computing Limited (or its successors, if any) and the KDE Free Qt +// Foundation. In addition, as a special exception, Riverbank gives you +// certain additional rights. These rights are described in the Riverbank +// GPL Exception version 1.1, which can be found in the file +// GPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package. +// +// Please review the following information to ensure GNU General +// Public Licensing requirements will be met: +// http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/. If +// you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please +// review the following information: +// http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview +// or contact the sales department at sales@riverbankcomputing.com. +// +// This file is provided AS IS with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING THE +// WARRANTY OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. + + +#ifndef QSCIDOCUMENT_H +#define QSCIDOCUMENT_H + +#ifdef __APPLE__ +extern "C++" { +#endif + +#include + + +class QsciScintillaBase; +class QsciDocumentP; + + +//! \brief The QsciDocument class represents a document to be edited. +//! +//! It is an opaque class that can be attached to multiple instances of +//! QsciScintilla to create different simultaneous views of the same document. +//! QsciDocument uses implicit sharing so that copying class instances is a +//! cheap operation. +class QSCINTILLA_EXPORT QsciDocument +{ +public: + //! Create a new unattached document. + QsciDocument(); + virtual ~QsciDocument(); + + QsciDocument(const QsciDocument &); + QsciDocument &operator=(const QsciDocument &); + +private: + friend class QsciScintilla; + + void attach(const QsciDocument &that); + void detach(); + void display(QsciScintillaBase *qsb, const QsciDocument *from); + void undisplay(QsciScintillaBase *qsb); + + bool isModified() const; + void setModified(bool m); + + QsciDocumentP *pdoc; +}; + +#ifdef __APPLE__ +} +#endif + +#endif diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qt/qsciglobal.h b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qt/qsciglobal.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8f49dcf848 --- /dev/null +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qt/qsciglobal.h @@ -0,0 +1,66 @@ +// This module defines various things common to all of the Scintilla Qt port. +// +// Copyright (c) 2010 Riverbank Computing Limited +// +// This file is part of QScintilla. +// +// This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General Public +// License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free Software +// Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2 and LICENSE.GPL3 +// included in the packaging of this file. Alternatively you may (at +// your option) use any later version of the GNU General Public +// License if such license has been publicly approved by Riverbank +// Computing Limited (or its successors, if any) and the KDE Free Qt +// Foundation. In addition, as a special exception, Riverbank gives you +// certain additional rights. These rights are described in the Riverbank +// GPL Exception version 1.1, which can be found in the file +// GPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package. +// +// Please review the following information to ensure GNU General +// Public Licensing requirements will be met: +// http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/. If +// you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please +// review the following information: +// http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview +// or contact the sales department at sales@riverbankcomputing.com. +// +// This file is provided AS IS with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING THE +// WARRANTY OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. + + +#ifndef QSCIGLOBAL_H +#define QSCIGLOBAL_H + +#ifdef __APPLE__ +extern "C++" { +#endif + +#include + + +#define QSCINTILLA_VERSION 0x020404 +#define QSCINTILLA_VERSION_STR "snapshot-2.4.4-63f1a7a1d8e2" + + +// Under Windows, define QSCINTILLA_MAKE_DLL to create a Scintilla DLL, or +// define QSCINTILLA_DLL to link against a Scintilla DLL, or define neither +// to either build or link against a static Scintilla library. +#if defined(Q_WS_WIN) + +#if defined(QSCINTILLA_DLL) +#define QSCINTILLA_EXPORT __declspec(dllimport) +#elif defined(QSCINTILLA_MAKE_DLL) +#define QSCINTILLA_EXPORT __declspec(dllexport) +#endif + +#endif + +#if !defined(QSCINTILLA_EXPORT) +#define QSCINTILLA_EXPORT +#endif + +#ifdef __APPLE__ +} +#endif + +#endif diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qt/qscilexer.cpp b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qt/qscilexer.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..20aff1d334 --- /dev/null +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qt/qscilexer.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,680 @@ +// This module implements the QsciLexer class. +// +// Copyright (c) 2010 Riverbank Computing Limited +// +// This file is part of QScintilla. +// +// This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General Public +// License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free Software +// Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2 and LICENSE.GPL3 +// included in the packaging of this file. Alternatively you may (at +// your option) use any later version of the GNU General Public +// License if such license has been publicly approved by Riverbank +// Computing Limited (or its successors, if any) and the KDE Free Qt +// Foundation. In addition, as a special exception, Riverbank gives you +// certain additional rights. These rights are described in the Riverbank +// GPL Exception version 1.1, which can be found in the file +// GPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package. +// +// Please review the following information to ensure GNU General +// Public Licensing requirements will be met: +// http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/. If +// you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please +// review the following information: +// http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview +// or contact the sales department at sales@riverbankcomputing.com. +// +// This file is provided AS IS with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING THE +// WARRANTY OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. + + +#include "qscilexer.h" + +#include +#include +#include +#include + +#include "qsciapis.h" +#include "qsciscintilla.h" +#include "qsciscintillabase.h" + + +// The ctor. +QsciLexer::QsciLexer(QObject *parent) + : QObject(parent), + autoIndStyle(-1), apiSet(0), attached_editor(0) +{ +#if defined(Q_OS_WIN) + defFont = QFont("Verdana",10); +#else + defFont = QFont("Bitstream Vera Sans",9); +#endif + + // Set the default fore and background colours. + QPalette pal = QApplication::palette(); + defColor = pal.text().color(); + defPaper = pal.base().color(); + + // Putting this on the heap means we can keep the style getters const. + style_map = new StyleDataMap; + style_map->style_data_set = false; +} + + +// The dtor. +QsciLexer::~QsciLexer() +{ + delete style_map; +} + + +// Set the attached editor. +void QsciLexer::setEditor(QsciScintilla *editor) +{ + attached_editor = editor; + + if (attached_editor) + { + attached_editor->SendScintilla(QsciScintillaBase::SCI_SETSTYLEBITS, + styleBitsNeeded()); + } +} + + +// Return the lexer name. +const char *QsciLexer::lexer() const +{ + return 0; +} + + +// Return the lexer identifier. +int QsciLexer::lexerId() const +{ + return QsciScintillaBase::SCLEX_CONTAINER; +} + + +// Return the number of style bits needed by the lexer. +int QsciLexer::styleBitsNeeded() const +{ + if (!attached_editor) + return 5; + + return attached_editor->SendScintilla(QsciScintillaBase::SCI_GETSTYLEBITSNEEDED); +} + + +// Make sure the style defaults have been set. +void QsciLexer::setStyleDefaults() const +{ + if (!style_map->style_data_set) + { + for (int i = 0; i < 128; ++i) + if (!description(i).isEmpty()) + styleData(i); + + style_map->style_data_set = true; + } +} + + +// Return a reference to a style's data, setting up the defaults if needed. +QsciLexer::StyleData &QsciLexer::styleData(int style) const +{ + StyleData &sd = style_map->style_data[style]; + + // See if this is a new style by checking if the colour is valid. + if (!sd.color.isValid()) + { + sd.color = defaultColor(style); + sd.paper = defaultPaper(style); + sd.font = defaultFont(style); + sd.eol_fill = defaultEolFill(style); + } + + return sd; +} + + +// Set the APIs associated with the lexer. +void QsciLexer::setAPIs(QsciAbstractAPIs *apis) +{ + apiSet = apis; +} + + +// Return a pointer to the current APIs if there are any. +QsciAbstractAPIs *QsciLexer::apis() const +{ + return apiSet; +} + + +// Default implementation to return the set of fill up characters that can end +// auto-completion. +const char *QsciLexer::autoCompletionFillups() const +{ + return "("; +} + + +// Default implementation to return the view used for indentation guides. +int QsciLexer::indentationGuideView() const +{ + return QsciScintillaBase::SC_IV_LOOKBOTH; +} + + +// Default implementation to return the list of character sequences that can +// separate auto-completion words. +QStringList QsciLexer::autoCompletionWordSeparators() const +{ + return QStringList(); +} + + +// Default implementation to return the list of keywords that can start a +// block. +const char *QsciLexer::blockStartKeyword(int *) const +{ + return 0; +} + + +// Default implementation to return the list of characters that can start a +// block. +const char *QsciLexer::blockStart(int *) const +{ + return 0; +} + + +// Default implementation to return the list of characters that can end a +// block. +const char *QsciLexer::blockEnd(int *) const +{ + return 0; +} + + +// Default implementation to return the style used for braces. +int QsciLexer::braceStyle() const +{ + return -1; +} + + +// Default implementation to return the number of lines to look back when +// auto-indenting. +int QsciLexer::blockLookback() const +{ + return 20; +} + + +// Default implementation to return the case sensitivity of the language. +bool QsciLexer::caseSensitive() const +{ + return true; +} + + +// Default implementation to return the characters that make up a word. +const char *QsciLexer::wordCharacters() const +{ + return 0; +} + + +// Default implementation to return the style used for whitespace. +int QsciLexer::defaultStyle() const +{ + return 0; +} + + +// Returns the foreground colour of the text for a style. +QColor QsciLexer::color(int style) const +{ + return styleData(style).color; +} + + +// Returns the background colour of the text for a style. +QColor QsciLexer::paper(int style) const +{ + return styleData(style).paper; +} + + +// Returns the font for a style. +QFont QsciLexer::font(int style) const +{ + return styleData(style).font; +} + + +// Returns the end-of-line fill for a style. +bool QsciLexer::eolFill(int style) const +{ + return styleData(style).eol_fill; +} + + +// Returns the set of keywords. +const char *QsciLexer::keywords(int) const +{ + return 0; +} + + +// Returns the default EOL fill for a style. +bool QsciLexer::defaultEolFill(int) const +{ + return false; +} + + +// Returns the default font for a style. +QFont QsciLexer::defaultFont(int) const +{ + return defaultFont(); +} + + +// Returns the default font. +QFont QsciLexer::defaultFont() const +{ + return defFont; +} + + +// Sets the default font. +void QsciLexer::setDefaultFont(const QFont &f) +{ + defFont = f; +} + + +// Returns the default text colour for a style. +QColor QsciLexer::defaultColor(int) const +{ + return defaultColor(); +} + + +// Returns the default text colour. +QColor QsciLexer::defaultColor() const +{ + return defColor; +} + + +// Sets the default text colour. +void QsciLexer::setDefaultColor(const QColor &c) +{ + defColor = c; +} + + +// Returns the default paper colour for a styles. +QColor QsciLexer::defaultPaper(int) const +{ + return defaultPaper(); +} + + +// Returns the default paper colour. +QColor QsciLexer::defaultPaper() const +{ + return defPaper; +} + + +// Sets the default paper colour. +void QsciLexer::setDefaultPaper(const QColor &c) +{ + defPaper = c; + + // Normally the default values are only intended to provide defaults when a + // lexer is first setup because once a style has been referenced then a + // copy of the default is made. However the default paper is a special + // case because there is no other way to set the background colour used + // where there is no text. Therefore we also actively set it. + setPaper(c, QsciScintillaBase::STYLE_DEFAULT); +} + + +// Read properties from the settings. +bool QsciLexer::readProperties(QSettings &,const QString &) +{ + return true; +} + + +// Refresh all properties. +void QsciLexer::refreshProperties() +{ +} + + +// Write properties to the settings. +bool QsciLexer::writeProperties(QSettings &,const QString &) const +{ + return true; +} + + +// Restore the user settings. +bool QsciLexer::readSettings(QSettings &qs,const char *prefix) +{ + bool ok, flag, rc = true; + int num; + QString key, full_key; + QStringList fdesc; + + setStyleDefaults(); + + // Read the styles. + for (int i = 0; i < 128; ++i) + { + // Ignore invalid styles. + if (description(i).isEmpty()) + continue; + + key.sprintf("%s/%s/style%d/",prefix,language(),i); + + // Read the foreground colour. + full_key = key + "color"; + + ok = qs.contains(full_key); + num = qs.value(full_key).toInt(); + + if (ok) + setColor(QColor((num >> 16) & 0xff, (num >> 8) & 0xff, num & 0xff), i); + else + rc = false; + + // Read the end-of-line fill. + full_key = key + "eolfill"; + + ok = qs.contains(full_key); + flag = qs.value(full_key, false).toBool(); + + if (ok) + setEolFill(flag, i); + else + rc = false; + + // Read the font + full_key = key + "font"; + + ok = qs.contains(full_key); + fdesc = qs.value(full_key).toStringList(); + + if (ok && fdesc.count() == 5) + { + QFont f; + + f.setFamily(fdesc[0]); + f.setPointSize(fdesc[1].toInt()); + f.setBold(fdesc[2].toInt()); + f.setItalic(fdesc[3].toInt()); + f.setUnderline(fdesc[4].toInt()); + + setFont(f, i); + } + else + rc = false; + + // Read the background colour. + full_key = key + "paper"; + + ok = qs.contains(full_key); + num = qs.value(full_key).toInt(); + + if (ok) + setPaper(QColor((num >> 16) & 0xff, (num >> 8) & 0xff, num & 0xff), i); + else + rc = false; + } + + // Read the properties. + key.sprintf("%s/%s/properties/",prefix,language()); + + if (!readProperties(qs,key)) + rc = false; + + refreshProperties(); + + // Read the rest. + key.sprintf("%s/%s/",prefix,language()); + + // Read the default foreground colour. + full_key = key + "defaultcolor"; + + ok = qs.contains(full_key); + num = qs.value(full_key).toInt(); + + if (ok) + setDefaultColor(QColor((num >> 16) & 0xff, (num >> 8) & 0xff, num & 0xff)); + else + rc = false; + + // Read the default background colour. + full_key = key + "defaultpaper"; + + ok = qs.contains(full_key); + num = qs.value(full_key).toInt(); + + if (ok) + setDefaultPaper(QColor((num >> 16) & 0xff, (num >> 8) & 0xff, num & 0xff)); + else + rc = false; + + // Read the default font. + full_key = key + "defaultfont"; + + ok = qs.contains(full_key); + fdesc = qs.value(full_key).toStringList(); + + if (ok && fdesc.count() == 5) + { + QFont f; + + f.setFamily(fdesc[0]); + f.setPointSize(fdesc[1].toInt()); + f.setBold(fdesc[2].toInt()); + f.setItalic(fdesc[3].toInt()); + f.setUnderline(fdesc[4].toInt()); + + setDefaultFont(f); + } + else + rc = false; + + full_key = key + "autoindentstyle"; + + ok = qs.contains(full_key); + num = qs.value(full_key).toInt(); + + if (ok) + setAutoIndentStyle(num); + else + rc = false; + + return rc; +} + + +// Save the user settings. +bool QsciLexer::writeSettings(QSettings &qs,const char *prefix) const +{ + bool rc = true; + QString key, fmt("%1"); + int num; + QStringList fdesc; + + setStyleDefaults(); + + // Write the styles. + for (int i = 0; i < 128; ++i) + { + // Ignore invalid styles. + if (description(i).isEmpty()) + continue; + + QColor c; + + key.sprintf("%s/%s/style%d/",prefix,language(),i); + + // Write the foreground colour. + c = color(i); + num = (c.red() << 16) | (c.green() << 8) | c.blue(); + + qs.setValue(key + "color", num); + + // Write the end-of-line fill. + qs.setValue(key + "eolfill", eolFill(i)); + + // Write the font + QFont f = font(i); + + fdesc.clear(); + fdesc += f.family(); + fdesc += fmt.arg(f.pointSize()); + + // The casts are for Borland. + fdesc += fmt.arg((int)f.bold()); + fdesc += fmt.arg((int)f.italic()); + fdesc += fmt.arg((int)f.underline()); + + qs.setValue(key + "font", fdesc); + + // Write the background colour. + c = paper(i); + num = (c.red() << 16) | (c.green() << 8) | c.blue(); + + qs.setValue(key + "paper", num); + } + + // Write the properties. + key.sprintf("%s/%s/properties/",prefix,language()); + + if (!writeProperties(qs,key)) + rc = false; + + // Write the rest. + key.sprintf("%s/%s/",prefix,language()); + + // Write the default foreground colour. + num = (defColor.red() << 16) | (defColor.green() << 8) | defColor.blue(); + + qs.setValue(key + "defaultcolor", num); + + // Write the default background colour. + num = (defPaper.red() << 16) | (defPaper.green() << 8) | defPaper.blue(); + + qs.setValue(key + "defaultpaper", num); + + // Write the default font + fdesc.clear(); + fdesc += defFont.family(); + fdesc += fmt.arg(defFont.pointSize()); + + // The casts are for Borland. + fdesc += fmt.arg((int)defFont.bold()); + fdesc += fmt.arg((int)defFont.italic()); + fdesc += fmt.arg((int)defFont.underline()); + + qs.setValue(key + "defaultfont", fdesc); + + qs.setValue(key + "autoindentstyle", autoIndStyle); + + return rc; +} + + +// Return the auto-indentation style. +int QsciLexer::autoIndentStyle() +{ + // We can't do this in the ctor because we want the virtuals to work. + if (autoIndStyle < 0) + autoIndStyle = (blockStartKeyword() || blockStart() || blockEnd()) ? + 0 : QsciScintilla::AiMaintain; + + return autoIndStyle; +} + + +// Set the auto-indentation style. +void QsciLexer::setAutoIndentStyle(int autoindentstyle) +{ + autoIndStyle = autoindentstyle; +} + + +// Set the foreground colour for a style. +void QsciLexer::setColor(const QColor &c, int style) +{ + if (style >= 0) + { + styleData(style).color = c; + emit colorChanged(c, style); + } + else + for (int i = 0; i < 128; ++i) + if (!description(i).isEmpty()) + setColor(c, i); +} + + +// Set the end-of-line fill for a style. +void QsciLexer::setEolFill(bool eolfill, int style) +{ + if (style >= 0) + { + styleData(style).eol_fill = eolfill; + emit eolFillChanged(eolfill, style); + } + else + for (int i = 0; i < 128; ++i) + if (!description(i).isEmpty()) + setEolFill(eolfill, i); +} + + +// Set the font for a style. +void QsciLexer::setFont(const QFont &f, int style) +{ + if (style >= 0) + { + styleData(style).font = f; + emit fontChanged(f, style); + } + else + for (int i = 0; i < 128; ++i) + if (!description(i).isEmpty()) + setFont(f, i); +} + + +// Set the background colour for a style. +void QsciLexer::setPaper(const QColor &c, int style) +{ + if (style >= 0) + { + styleData(style).paper = c; + emit paperChanged(c, style); + } + else + { + for (int i = 0; i < 128; ++i) + if (!description(i).isEmpty()) + setPaper(c, i); + + emit paperChanged(c, QsciScintillaBase::STYLE_DEFAULT); + } +} diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qt/qscilexer.h b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qt/qscilexer.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d0fc215f8e --- /dev/null +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qt/qscilexer.h @@ -0,0 +1,365 @@ +// This defines the interface to the QsciLexer class. +// +// Copyright (c) 2010 Riverbank Computing Limited +// +// This file is part of QScintilla. +// +// This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General Public +// License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free Software +// Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2 and LICENSE.GPL3 +// included in the packaging of this file. Alternatively you may (at +// your option) use any later version of the GNU General Public +// License if such license has been publicly approved by Riverbank +// Computing Limited (or its successors, if any) and the KDE Free Qt +// Foundation. In addition, as a special exception, Riverbank gives you +// certain additional rights. These rights are described in the Riverbank +// GPL Exception version 1.1, which can be found in the file +// GPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package. +// +// Please review the following information to ensure GNU General +// Public Licensing requirements will be met: +// http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/. If +// you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please +// review the following information: +// http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview +// or contact the sales department at sales@riverbankcomputing.com. +// +// This file is provided AS IS with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING THE +// WARRANTY OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. + + +#ifndef QSCILEXER_H +#define QSCILEXER_H + +#ifdef __APPLE__ +extern "C++" { +#endif + +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include + +#include + + +class QSettings; + +class QsciAbstractAPIs; +class QsciScintilla; + + +//! \brief The QsciLexer class is an abstract class used as a base for language +//! lexers. +//! +//! A lexer scans the text breaking it up into separate language objects, e.g. +//! keywords, strings, operators. The lexer then uses a different style to +//! draw each object. A style is identified by a style number and has a number +//! of attributes, including colour and font. A specific language lexer will +//! implement appropriate default styles which can be overriden by an +//! application by further sub-classing the specific language lexer. +//! +//! A lexer may provide one or more sets of words to be recognised as keywords. +//! Most lexers only provide one set, but some may support languages embedded +//! in other languages and provide several sets. +//! +//! QsciLexer provides convenience methods for saving and restoring user +//! preferences for fonts and colours. +//! +//! If you want to write a lexer for a new language then you can add it to the +//! underlying Scintilla code and implement a corresponding QsciLexer sub-class +//! to manage the different styles used. Alternatively you can implement a +//! sub-class of QsciLexerCustom. +class QSCINTILLA_EXPORT QsciLexer : public QObject +{ + Q_OBJECT + +public: + //! Construct a QsciLexer with parent \a parent. \a parent is typically + //! the QsciScintilla instance. + QsciLexer(QObject *parent = 0); + + //! Destroy the QSciLexer. + virtual ~QsciLexer(); + + //! Returns the name of the language. It must be re-implemented by a + //! sub-class. + virtual const char *language() const = 0; + + //! Returns the name of the lexer. If 0 is returned then the lexer's + //! numeric identifier is used. The default implementation returns 0. + //! + //! \sa lexerId() + virtual const char *lexer() const; + + //! Returns the identifier (i.e. a QsciScintillaBase::SCLEX_* value) of the + //! lexer. This is only used if lexer() returns 0. The default + //! implementation returns QsciScintillaBase::SCLEX_CONTAINER. + //! + //! \sa lexer() + virtual int lexerId() const; + + //! Returns the current API set or 0 if there isn't one. + //! + //! \sa setAPIs() + QsciAbstractAPIs *apis() const; + + //! \internal Returns the characters that can fill up auto-completion. + virtual const char *autoCompletionFillups() const; + + //! \internal Returns the list of character sequences that can separate + //! auto-completion words. The first in the list is assumed to be the + //! sequence used to separate words in the lexer's API files. + virtual QStringList autoCompletionWordSeparators() const; + + //! Returns the auto-indentation style. The default is 0 if the + //! language is block structured, or QsciScintilla::AiMaintain if not. + //! + //! \sa setAutoIndentStyle(), QsciScintilla::AiMaintain, + //! QsciScintilla::AiOpening, QsciScintilla::AiClosing + int autoIndentStyle(); + + //! \internal Returns a space separated list of words or characters in + //! a particular style that define the end of a block for + //! auto-indentation. The style is returned via \a style. + virtual const char *blockEnd(int *style = 0) const; + + //! \internal Returns the number of lines prior to the current one when + //! determining the scope of a block when auto-indenting. + virtual int blockLookback() const; + + //! \internal Returns a space separated list of words or characters in + //! a particular style that define the start of a block for + //! auto-indentation. The style is returned via \a style. + virtual const char *blockStart(int *style = 0) const; + + //! \internal Returns a space separated list of keywords in a + //! particular style that define the start of a block for + //! auto-indentation. The style is returned via \a style. + virtual const char *blockStartKeyword(int *style = 0) const; + + //! \internal Returns the style used for braces for brace matching. + virtual int braceStyle() const; + + //! \internal Returns true if the language is case sensitive. The default + //! is true. + virtual bool caseSensitive() const; + + //! Returns the foreground colour of the text for style number \a style. + //! The default colour is that returned by defaultColor(). + //! + //! \sa defaultColor(), paper() + virtual QColor color(int style) const; + + //! Returns the end-of-line for style number \a style. The default is + //! false. + virtual bool eolFill(int style) const; + + //! Returns the font for style number \a style. The default font is + //! that returned by defaultFont(). + //! + //! \sa defaultFont() + virtual QFont font(int style) const; + + //! \internal Returns the view used for indentation guides. + virtual int indentationGuideView() const; + + //! Returns the set of keywords for the keyword set \a set recognised + //! by the lexer as a space separated string. 0 is returned if there + //! is no such set. + virtual const char *keywords(int set) const; + + //! \internal Returns the number of the style used for whitespace. The + //! default implementation returns 0 which is the convention adopted by + //! most lexers. + virtual int defaultStyle() const; + + //! Returns the descriptive name for style number \a style. If the + //! style is invalid for this language then an empty QString is returned. + //! This is intended to be used in user preference dialogs. + virtual QString description(int style) const = 0; + + //! Returns the background colour of the text for style number + //! \a style. + //! + //! \sa defaultPaper(), color() + virtual QColor paper(int style) const; + + //! Returns the default text colour. + //! + //! \sa setDefaultColor() + QColor defaultColor() const; + + //! Returns the default text colour for style number \a style. + virtual QColor defaultColor(int style) const; + + //! Returns the default end-of-line for style number \a style. The default + //! is false. + virtual bool defaultEolFill(int style) const; + + //! Returns the default font. + //! + //! \sa setDefaultFont() + QFont defaultFont() const; + + //! Returns the default font for style number \a style. + virtual QFont defaultFont(int style) const; + + //! Returns the default paper colour. + //! + //! \sa setDefaultPaper() + QColor defaultPaper() const; + + //! Returns the default paper colour for style number \a style. + virtual QColor defaultPaper(int style) const; + + //! Returns the QsciScintilla instance that the lexer is currently attached + //! to or 0 if it is unattached. + QsciScintilla *editor() const {return attached_editor;} + + //! The current set of APIs is set to \a apis. If \a apis is 0 then any + //! existing APIs for this lexer are removed. + //! + //! \sa apis() + void setAPIs(QsciAbstractAPIs *apis); + + //! The default text colour is set to \a c. + //! + //! \sa defaultColor(), color() + void setDefaultColor(const QColor &c); + + //! The default font is set to \a f. + //! + //! \sa defaultFont(), font() + void setDefaultFont(const QFont &f); + + //! The default paper colour is set to \a c. + //! + //! \sa defaultPaper(), paper() + void setDefaultPaper(const QColor &c); + + //! \internal Set the QsciScintilla instance that the lexer is attached to. + virtual void setEditor(QsciScintilla *editor); + + //! The colour, paper, font and end-of-line for each style number, and + //! all lexer specific properties are read from the settings \a qs. + //! \a prefix is prepended to the key of each entry. true is returned + //! if there was no error. + //! + //! \sa writeSettings(), QsciScintilla::setLexer() + bool readSettings(QSettings &qs,const char *prefix = "/Scintilla"); + + //! Causes all properties to be refreshed by emitting the + //! propertyChanged() signal as required. + virtual void refreshProperties(); + + //! Returns the number of style bits needed by the lexer. Normally this + //! should only be re-implemented by custom lexers. + virtual int styleBitsNeeded() const; + + //! \internal Returns the string of characters that comprise a word. + //! The default is 0 which implies the upper and lower case alphabetic + //! characters and underscore. + virtual const char *wordCharacters() const; + + //! The colour, paper, font and end-of-line for each style number, and + //! all lexer specific properties are written to the settings \a qs. + //! \a prefix is prepended to the key of each entry. true is returned + //! if there was no error. + //! + //! \sa readSettings() + bool writeSettings(QSettings &qs, + const char *prefix = "/Scintilla") const; + +public slots: + //! The auto-indentation style is set to \a autoindentstyle. + //! + //! \sa autoIndentStyle(), QsciScintilla::AiMaintain, + //! QsciScintilla::AiOpening, QsciScintilla::AiClosing + virtual void setAutoIndentStyle(int autoindentstyle); + + //! The foreground colour for style number \a style is set to \a c. If + //! \a style is -1 then the colour is set for all styles. + virtual void setColor(const QColor &c,int style = -1); + + //! The end-of-line fill for style number \a style is set to + //! \a eoffill. If \a style is -1 then the fill is set for all styles. + virtual void setEolFill(bool eoffill,int style = -1); + + //! The font for style number \a style is set to \a f. If \a style is + //! -1 then the font is set for all styles. + virtual void setFont(const QFont &f,int style = -1); + + //! The background colour for style number \a style is set to \a c. If + //! \a style is -1 then the colour is set for all styles. + virtual void setPaper(const QColor &c,int style = -1); + +signals: + //! This signal is emitted when the foreground colour of style number + //! \a style has changed. The new colour is \a c. + void colorChanged(const QColor &c,int style); + + //! This signal is emitted when the end-of-file fill of style number + //! \a style has changed. The new fill is \a eolfilled. + void eolFillChanged(bool eolfilled,int style); + + //! This signal is emitted when the font of style number \a style has + //! changed. The new font is \a f. + void fontChanged(const QFont &f,int style); + + //! This signal is emitted when the background colour of style number + //! \a style has changed. The new colour is \a c. + void paperChanged(const QColor &c,int style); + + //! This signal is emitted when the value of the lexer property \a prop + //! needs to be changed. The new value is \a val. + void propertyChanged(const char *prop, const char *val); + +protected: + //! The lexer's properties are read from the settings \a qs. \a prefix + //! (which has a trailing '/') should be used as a prefix to the key of + //! each setting. true is returned if there is no error. + //! + virtual bool readProperties(QSettings &qs,const QString &prefix); + + //! The lexer's properties are written to the settings \a qs. + //! \a prefix (which has a trailing '/') should be used as a prefix to + //! the key of each setting. true is returned if there is no error. + //! + virtual bool writeProperties(QSettings &qs,const QString &prefix) const; + +private: + struct StyleData { + QFont font; + QColor color; + QColor paper; + bool eol_fill; + }; + + struct StyleDataMap { + bool style_data_set; + QMap style_data; + }; + + StyleDataMap *style_map; + + int autoIndStyle; + QFont defFont; + QColor defColor; + QColor defPaper; + QsciAbstractAPIs *apiSet; + QsciScintilla *attached_editor; + + void setStyleDefaults() const; + StyleData &styleData(int style) const; + + QsciLexer(const QsciLexer &); + QsciLexer &operator=(const QsciLexer &); +}; + +#ifdef __APPLE__ +} +#endif + +#endif diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qt/qscilexercpp.cpp b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qt/qscilexercpp.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6d5614d448 --- /dev/null +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qt/qscilexercpp.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,518 @@ +// This module implements the QsciLexerCPP class. +// +// Copyright (c) 2010 Riverbank Computing Limited +// +// This file is part of QScintilla. +// +// This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General Public +// License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free Software +// Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2 and LICENSE.GPL3 +// included in the packaging of this file. Alternatively you may (at +// your option) use any later version of the GNU General Public +// License if such license has been publicly approved by Riverbank +// Computing Limited (or its successors, if any) and the KDE Free Qt +// Foundation. In addition, as a special exception, Riverbank gives you +// certain additional rights. These rights are described in the Riverbank +// GPL Exception version 1.1, which can be found in the file +// GPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package. +// +// Please review the following information to ensure GNU General +// Public Licensing requirements will be met: +// http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/. If +// you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please +// review the following information: +// http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview +// or contact the sales department at sales@riverbankcomputing.com. +// +// This file is provided AS IS with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING THE +// WARRANTY OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. + + +#include "qscilexercpp.h" + +#include +#include +#include + + +// The ctor. +QsciLexerCPP::QsciLexerCPP(QObject *parent, bool caseInsensitiveKeywords) + : QsciLexer(parent), + fold_atelse(false), fold_comments(false), fold_compact(true), + fold_preproc(true), style_preproc(false), dollars(true), + nocase(caseInsensitiveKeywords) +{ +} + + +// The dtor. +QsciLexerCPP::~QsciLexerCPP() +{ +} + + +// Returns the language name. +const char *QsciLexerCPP::language() const +{ + return "C++"; +} + + +// Returns the lexer name. +const char *QsciLexerCPP::lexer() const +{ + return (nocase ? "cppnocase" : "cpp"); +} + + +// Return the set of character sequences that can separate auto-completion +// words. +QStringList QsciLexerCPP::autoCompletionWordSeparators() const +{ + QStringList wl; + + wl << "::" << "->" << "."; + + return wl; +} + + +// Return the list of keywords that can start a block. +const char *QsciLexerCPP::blockStartKeyword(int *style) const +{ + if (style) + *style = Keyword; + + return "case catch class default do else finally for if private " + "protected public struct try union while"; +} + + +// Return the list of characters that can start a block. +const char *QsciLexerCPP::blockStart(int *style) const +{ + if (style) + *style = Operator; + + return "{"; +} + + +// Return the list of characters that can end a block. +const char *QsciLexerCPP::blockEnd(int *style) const +{ + if (style) + *style = Operator; + + return "}"; +} + + +// Return the style used for braces. +int QsciLexerCPP::braceStyle() const +{ + return Operator; +} + + +// Return the string of characters that comprise a word. +const char *QsciLexerCPP::wordCharacters() const +{ + return "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyzABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ0123456789_#"; +} + + +// Returns the foreground colour of the text for a style. +QColor QsciLexerCPP::defaultColor(int style) const +{ + switch (style) + { + case Default: + return QColor(0x80,0x80,0x80); + + case Comment: + case CommentLine: + return QColor(0x00,0x7f,0x00); + + case CommentDoc: + case CommentLineDoc: + return QColor(0x3f,0x70,0x3f); + + case Number: + return QColor(0x00,0x7f,0x7f); + + case Keyword: + return QColor(0x00,0x00,0x7f); + + case DoubleQuotedString: + case SingleQuotedString: + return QColor(0x7f,0x00,0x7f); + + case PreProcessor: + return QColor(0x7f,0x7f,0x00); + + case Operator: + case UnclosedString: + return QColor(0x00,0x00,0x00); + + case Identifier: + break; + + case Regex: + return QColor(0x3f,0x7f,0x3f); + + case CommentDocKeyword: + return QColor(0x30,0x60,0xa0); + + case CommentDocKeywordError: + return QColor(0x80,0x40,0x20); + } + + return QsciLexer::defaultColor(style); +} + + +// Returns the end-of-line fill for a style. +bool QsciLexerCPP::defaultEolFill(int style) const +{ + if (style == UnclosedString) + return true; + + return QsciLexer::defaultEolFill(style); +} + + +// Returns the font of the text for a style. +QFont QsciLexerCPP::defaultFont(int style) const +{ + QFont f; + + switch (style) + { + case Comment: + case CommentLine: + case CommentDoc: + case CommentLineDoc: + case CommentDocKeyword: + case CommentDocKeywordError: +#if defined(Q_OS_WIN) + f = QFont("Comic Sans MS",9); +#else + f = QFont("Bitstream Vera Serif",9); +#endif + break; + + case Keyword: + case Operator: + f = QsciLexer::defaultFont(style); + f.setBold(true); + break; + + case DoubleQuotedString: + case SingleQuotedString: + case UnclosedString: +#if defined(Q_OS_WIN) + f = QFont("Courier New",10); +#else + f = QFont("Bitstream Vera Sans Mono",9); +#endif + break; + + default: + f = QsciLexer::defaultFont(style); + } + + return f; +} + + +// Returns the set of keywords. +const char *QsciLexerCPP::keywords(int set) const +{ + if (set == 1) + return + "and and_eq asm auto bitand bitor bool break case " + "catch char class compl const const_cast continue " + "default delete do double dynamic_cast else enum " + "explicit export extern false float for friend goto if " + "inline int long mutable namespace new not not_eq " + "operator or or_eq private protected public register " + "reinterpret_cast return short signed sizeof static " + "static_cast struct switch template this throw true " + "try typedef typeid typename union unsigned using " + "virtual void volatile wchar_t while xor xor_eq"; + + if (set == 3) + return + "a addindex addtogroup anchor arg attention author b " + "brief bug c class code date def defgroup deprecated " + "dontinclude e em endcode endhtmlonly endif " + "endlatexonly endlink endverbatim enum example " + "exception f$ f[ f] file fn hideinitializer " + "htmlinclude htmlonly if image include ingroup " + "internal invariant interface latexonly li line link " + "mainpage name namespace nosubgrouping note overload " + "p page par param post pre ref relates remarks return " + "retval sa section see showinitializer since skip " + "skipline struct subsection test throw todo typedef " + "union until var verbatim verbinclude version warning " + "weakgroup $ @ \\ & < > # { }"; + + return 0; +} + + +// Returns the user name of a style. +QString QsciLexerCPP::description(int style) const +{ + switch (style) + { + case Default: + return tr("Default"); + + case Comment: + return tr("C comment"); + + case CommentLine: + return tr("C++ comment"); + + case CommentDoc: + return tr("JavaDoc style C comment"); + + case Number: + return tr("Number"); + + case Keyword: + return tr("Keyword"); + + case DoubleQuotedString: + return tr("Double-quoted string"); + + case SingleQuotedString: + return tr("Single-quoted string"); + + case UUID: + return tr("IDL UUID"); + + case PreProcessor: + return tr("Pre-processor block"); + + case Operator: + return tr("Operator"); + + case Identifier: + return tr("Identifier"); + + case UnclosedString: + return tr("Unclosed string"); + + case CommentLineDoc: + return tr("JavaDoc style C++ comment"); + + case KeywordSet2: + return tr("Secondary keywords and identifiers"); + + case CommentDocKeyword: + return tr("JavaDoc keyword"); + + case CommentDocKeywordError: + return tr("JavaDoc keyword error"); + + case GlobalClass: + return tr("Global classes and typedefs"); + } + + return QString(); +} + + +// Returns the background colour of the text for a style. +QColor QsciLexerCPP::defaultPaper(int style) const +{ + if (style == UnclosedString) + return QColor(0xe0,0xc0,0xe0); + + return QsciLexer::defaultPaper(style); +} + + +// Refresh all properties. +void QsciLexerCPP::refreshProperties() +{ + setAtElseProp(); + setCommentProp(); + setCompactProp(); + setPreprocProp(); + setStylePreprocProp(); + setDollarsProp(); +} + + +// Read properties from the settings. +bool QsciLexerCPP::readProperties(QSettings &qs,const QString &prefix) +{ + int rc = true; + + fold_atelse = qs.value(prefix + "foldatelse", false).toBool(); + fold_comments = qs.value(prefix + "foldcomments", false).toBool(); + fold_compact = qs.value(prefix + "foldcompact", true).toBool(); + fold_preproc = qs.value(prefix + "foldpreprocessor", true).toBool(); + style_preproc = qs.value(prefix + "stylepreprocessor", false).toBool(); + dollars = qs.value(prefix + "dollars", true).toBool(); + + return rc; +} + + +// Write properties to the settings. +bool QsciLexerCPP::writeProperties(QSettings &qs,const QString &prefix) const +{ + int rc = true; + + qs.setValue(prefix + "foldatelse", fold_atelse); + qs.setValue(prefix + "foldcomments", fold_comments); + qs.setValue(prefix + "foldcompact", fold_compact); + qs.setValue(prefix + "foldpreprocessor", fold_preproc); + qs.setValue(prefix + "stylepreprocessor", style_preproc); + qs.setValue(prefix + "dollars", dollars); + + return rc; +} + + +// Return true if else can be folded. +bool QsciLexerCPP::foldAtElse() const +{ + return fold_atelse; +} + + +// Set if else can be folded. +void QsciLexerCPP::setFoldAtElse(bool fold) +{ + fold_atelse = fold; + + setAtElseProp(); +} + + +// Set the "fold.at.else" property. +void QsciLexerCPP::setAtElseProp() +{ + emit propertyChanged("fold.at.else",(fold_atelse ? "1" : "0")); +} + + +// Return true if comments can be folded. +bool QsciLexerCPP::foldComments() const +{ + return fold_comments; +} + + +// Set if comments can be folded. +void QsciLexerCPP::setFoldComments(bool fold) +{ + fold_comments = fold; + + setCommentProp(); +} + + +// Set the "fold.comment" property. +void QsciLexerCPP::setCommentProp() +{ + emit propertyChanged("fold.comment",(fold_comments ? "1" : "0")); +} + + +// Return true if folds are compact. +bool QsciLexerCPP::foldCompact() const +{ + return fold_compact; +} + + +// Set if folds are compact +void QsciLexerCPP::setFoldCompact(bool fold) +{ + fold_compact = fold; + + setCompactProp(); +} + + +// Set the "fold.compact" property. +void QsciLexerCPP::setCompactProp() +{ + emit propertyChanged("fold.compact",(fold_compact ? "1" : "0")); +} + + +// Return true if preprocessor blocks can be folded. +bool QsciLexerCPP::foldPreprocessor() const +{ + return fold_preproc; +} + + +// Set if preprocessor blocks can be folded. +void QsciLexerCPP::setFoldPreprocessor(bool fold) +{ + fold_preproc = fold; + + setPreprocProp(); +} + + +// Set the "fold.preprocessor" property. +void QsciLexerCPP::setPreprocProp() +{ + emit propertyChanged("fold.preprocessor",(fold_preproc ? "1" : "0")); +} + + +// Return true if preprocessor lines are styled. +bool QsciLexerCPP::stylePreprocessor() const +{ + return style_preproc; +} + + +// Set if preprocessor lines are styled. +void QsciLexerCPP::setStylePreprocessor(bool style) +{ + style_preproc = style; + + setStylePreprocProp(); +} + + +// Set the "styling.within.preprocessor" property. +void QsciLexerCPP::setStylePreprocProp() +{ + emit propertyChanged("styling.within.preprocessor",(style_preproc ? "1" : "0")); +} + + +// Return true if '$' characters are allowed. +bool QsciLexerCPP::dollarsAllowed() const +{ + return dollars; +} + + +// Set if '$' characters are allowed. +void QsciLexerCPP::setDollarsAllowed(bool allowed) +{ + dollars = allowed; + + setDollarsProp(); +} + + +// Set the "lexer.cpp.allow.dollars" property. +void QsciLexerCPP::setDollarsProp() +{ + emit propertyChanged("lexer.cpp.allow.dollars",(dollars ? "1" : "0")); +} diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qt/qscilexercpp.h b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qt/qscilexercpp.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3314adabaa --- /dev/null +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qt/qscilexercpp.h @@ -0,0 +1,296 @@ +// This defines the interface to the QsciLexerCPP class. +// +// Copyright (c) 2010 Riverbank Computing Limited +// +// This file is part of QScintilla. +// +// This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General Public +// License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free Software +// Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2 and LICENSE.GPL3 +// included in the packaging of this file. Alternatively you may (at +// your option) use any later version of the GNU General Public +// License if such license has been publicly approved by Riverbank +// Computing Limited (or its successors, if any) and the KDE Free Qt +// Foundation. In addition, as a special exception, Riverbank gives you +// certain additional rights. These rights are described in the Riverbank +// GPL Exception version 1.1, which can be found in the file +// GPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package. +// +// Please review the following information to ensure GNU General +// Public Licensing requirements will be met: +// http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/. If +// you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please +// review the following information: +// http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview +// or contact the sales department at sales@riverbankcomputing.com. +// +// This file is provided AS IS with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING THE +// WARRANTY OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. + + +#ifndef QSCILEXERCPP_H +#define QSCILEXERCPP_H + +#ifdef __APPLE__ +extern "C++" { +#endif + +#include + +#include +#include + + +//! \brief The QsciLexerCPP class encapsulates the Scintilla C++ +//! lexer. +class QSCINTILLA_EXPORT QsciLexerCPP : public QsciLexer +{ + Q_OBJECT + +public: + //! This enum defines the meanings of the different styles used by the + //! C++ lexer. + enum { + //! The default. + Default = 0, + + //! A C comment. + Comment = 1, + + //! A C++ comment line. + CommentLine = 2, + + //! A JavaDoc/Doxygen style C comment. + CommentDoc = 3, + + //! A number. + Number = 4, + + //! A keyword. + Keyword = 5, + + //! A double-quoted string. + DoubleQuotedString = 6, + + //! A single-quoted string. + SingleQuotedString = 7, + + //! An IDL UUID. + UUID = 8, + + //! A pre-processor block. + PreProcessor = 9, + + //! An operator. + Operator = 10, + + //! An identifier + Identifier = 11, + + //! The end of a line where a string is not closed. + UnclosedString = 12, + + //! A C# verbatim string. + VerbatimString = 13, + + //! A JavaScript regular expression. + Regex = 14, + + //! A JavaDoc/Doxygen style C++ comment line. + CommentLineDoc = 15, + + //! A keyword defined in keyword set number 2. The class must + //! be sub-classed and re-implement keywords() to make use of + //! this style. + KeywordSet2 = 16, + + //! A JavaDoc/Doxygen keyword. + CommentDocKeyword = 17, + + //! A JavaDoc/Doxygen keyword error. + CommentDocKeywordError = 18, + + //! A global class or typedef defined in keyword set number 4. + //! The class must be sub-classed and re-implement keywords() + //! to make use of this style. + GlobalClass = 19 + }; + + //! Construct a QsciLexerCPP with parent \a parent. \a parent is typically + //! the QsciScintilla instance. \a caseInsensitiveKeywords is true if the + //! lexer ignores the case of keywords. + QsciLexerCPP(QObject *parent = 0, bool caseInsensitiveKeywords = false); + + //! Destroys the QsciLexerCPP instance. + virtual ~QsciLexerCPP(); + + //! Returns the name of the language. + const char *language() const; + + //! Returns the name of the lexer. Some lexers support a number of + //! languages. + const char *lexer() const; + + //! \internal Returns the character sequences that can separate + //! auto-completion words. + QStringList autoCompletionWordSeparators() const; + + //! \internal Returns a space separated list of words or characters in + //! a particular style that define the end of a block for + //! auto-indentation. The styles is returned via \a style. + const char *blockEnd(int *style = 0) const; + + //! \internal Returns a space separated list of words or characters in + //! a particular style that define the start of a block for + //! auto-indentation. The styles is returned via \a style. + const char *blockStart(int *style = 0) const; + + //! \internal Returns a space separated list of keywords in a + //! particular style that define the start of a block for + //! auto-indentation. The styles is returned via \a style. + const char *blockStartKeyword(int *style = 0) const; + + //! \internal Returns the style used for braces for brace matching. + int braceStyle() const; + + //! \internal Returns the string of characters that comprise a word. + const char *wordCharacters() const; + + //! Returns the foreground colour of the text for style number \a style. + //! + //! \sa defaultPaper() + QColor defaultColor(int style) const; + + //! Returns the end-of-line fill for style number \a style. + bool defaultEolFill(int style) const; + + //! Returns the font for style number \a style. + QFont defaultFont(int style) const; + + //! Returns the background colour of the text for style number \a style. + //! + //! \sa defaultColor() + QColor defaultPaper(int style) const; + + //! Returns the set of keywords for the keyword set \a set recognised + //! by the lexer as a space separated string. + const char *keywords(int set) const; + + //! Returns the descriptive name for style number \a style. If the + //! style is invalid for this language then an empty QString is returned. + //! This is intended to be used in user preference dialogs. + QString description(int style) const; + + //! Causes all properties to be refreshed by emitting the + //! propertyChanged() signal as required. + void refreshProperties(); + + //! Returns true if "} else {" lines can be folded. + //! + //! \sa setFoldAtElse() + bool foldAtElse() const; + + //! Returns true if multi-line comment blocks can be folded. + //! + //! \sa setFoldComments() + bool foldComments() const; + + //! Returns true if trailing blank lines are included in a fold block. + //! + //! \sa setFoldCompact() + bool foldCompact() const; + + //! Returns true if preprocessor blocks can be folded. + //! + //! \sa setFoldPreprocessor() + bool foldPreprocessor() const; + + //! Returns true if preprocessor lines (after the preprocessor + //! directive) are styled. + //! + //! \sa setStylePreprocessor() + bool stylePreprocessor() const; + + //! If \a allowed is true then '$' characters are allowed in identifier + //! names. The default is true. + //! + //! \sa dollarsAllowed() + void setDollarsAllowed(bool allowed); + + //! Returns true if '$' characters are allowed in identifier names. + //! + //! \sa setDollarsAllowed() + bool dollarsAllowed() const; + +public slots: + //! If \a fold is true then "} else {" lines can be folded. The + //! default is false. + //! + //! \sa foldAtElse() + virtual void setFoldAtElse(bool fold); + + //! If \a fold is true then multi-line comment blocks can be folded. + //! The default is false. + //! + //! \sa foldComments() + virtual void setFoldComments(bool fold); + + //! If \a fold is true then trailing blank lines are included in a fold + //! block. The default is true. + //! + //! \sa foldCompact() + virtual void setFoldCompact(bool fold); + + //! If \a fold is true then preprocessor blocks can be folded. The + //! default is true. + //! + //! \sa foldPreprocessor() + virtual void setFoldPreprocessor(bool fold); + + //! If \a style is true then preprocessor lines (after the preprocessor + //! directive) are styled. The default is false. + //! + //! \sa stylePreprocessor() + virtual void setStylePreprocessor(bool style); + +protected: + //! The lexer's properties are read from the settings \a qs. \a prefix + //! (which has a trailing '/') should be used as a prefix to the key of + //! each setting. true is returned if there is no error. + //! + //! \sa writeProperties() + bool readProperties(QSettings &qs,const QString &prefix); + + //! The lexer's properties are written to the settings \a qs. + //! \a prefix (which has a trailing '/') should be used as a prefix to + //! the key of each setting. true is returned if there is no error. + //! + //! \sa readProperties() + bool writeProperties(QSettings &qs,const QString &prefix) const; + +private: + void setAtElseProp(); + void setCommentProp(); + void setCompactProp(); + void setPreprocProp(); + void setStylePreprocProp(); + void setDollarsProp(); + + bool fold_atelse; + bool fold_comments; + bool fold_compact; + bool fold_preproc; + bool style_preproc; + bool dollars; + + bool nocase; + + QsciLexerCPP(const QsciLexerCPP &); + QsciLexerCPP &operator=(const QsciLexerCPP &); +}; + +#ifdef __APPLE__ +} +#endif + +#endif diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qt/qscimacro.cpp b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qt/qscimacro.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5ef048aac6 --- /dev/null +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qt/qscimacro.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,312 @@ +// This module implements the QsciMacro class. +// +// Copyright (c) 2010 Riverbank Computing Limited +// +// This file is part of QScintilla. +// +// This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General Public +// License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free Software +// Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2 and LICENSE.GPL3 +// included in the packaging of this file. Alternatively you may (at +// your option) use any later version of the GNU General Public +// License if such license has been publicly approved by Riverbank +// Computing Limited (or its successors, if any) and the KDE Free Qt +// Foundation. In addition, as a special exception, Riverbank gives you +// certain additional rights. These rights are described in the Riverbank +// GPL Exception version 1.1, which can be found in the file +// GPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package. +// +// Please review the following information to ensure GNU General +// Public Licensing requirements will be met: +// http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/. If +// you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please +// review the following information: +// http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview +// or contact the sales department at sales@riverbankcomputing.com. +// +// This file is provided AS IS with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING THE +// WARRANTY OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. + + +#include "qscimacro.h" + +#include + +#include "qsciscintilla.h" + + +static int fromHex(unsigned char ch); + + + +// The ctor. +QsciMacro::QsciMacro(QsciScintilla *parent) + : QObject(parent), qsci(parent) +{ +} + + +// The ctor that initialises the macro. +QsciMacro::QsciMacro(const QString &asc, QsciScintilla *parent) + : QObject(parent), qsci(parent) +{ + load(asc); +} + + +// The dtor. +QsciMacro::~QsciMacro() +{ +} + + +// Clear the contents of the macro. +void QsciMacro::clear() +{ + macro.clear(); +} + + +// Read a macro from a string. +bool QsciMacro::load(const QString &asc) +{ + bool ok = true; + + macro.clear(); + + QStringList fields = asc.split(' '); + + int f = 0; + + while (f < fields.size()) + { + Macro cmd; + unsigned len; + + // Extract the 3 fixed fields. + if (f + 3 > fields.size()) + { + ok = false; + break; + } + + cmd.msg = fields[f++].toUInt(&ok); + + if (!ok) + break; + + cmd.wParam = fields[f++].toULong(&ok); + + if (!ok) + break; + + len = fields[f++].toUInt(&ok); + + if (!ok) + break; + + // Extract any text. + if (len) + { + if (f + 1 > fields.size()) + { + ok = false; + break; + } + + cmd.text.resize(len - 1); + + QByteArray ba = fields[f++].toAscii(); + const char *sp = ba.data(); + + char *dp = cmd.text.data(); + + if (!sp) + { + ok = false; + break; + } + + while (len--) + { + unsigned char ch; + + ch = *sp++; + + if (ch == '"' || ch <= ' ' || ch >= 0x7f) + { + ok = false; + break; + } + + if (ch == '\\') + { + int b1, b2; + + if ((b1 = fromHex(*sp++)) < 0 || + (b2 = fromHex(*sp++)) < 0) + { + ok = false; + break; + } + + ch = (b1 << 4) + b2; + } + + *dp++ = ch; + } + + if (!ok) + break; + } + + macro.append(cmd); + } + + if (!ok) + macro.clear(); + + return ok; +} + + +// Write a macro to a string. +QString QsciMacro::save() const +{ + QString ms; + + QList::const_iterator it; + + for (it = macro.begin(); it != macro.end(); ++it) + { + if (!ms.isEmpty()) + ms += ' '; + + unsigned len = (*it).text.size(); + QString m; + + ms += m.sprintf("%u %lu %u", (*it).msg, (*it).wParam, len); + + if (len) + { + // In Qt v3, if the length is greater than zero then it also + // includes the '\0', so we need to make sure that Qt v4 writes the + // '\0'. (That the '\0' is written at all is probably a historical + // bug - using size() instead of length() - which we don't fix so + // as not to break old macros.) + ++len; + + ms += ' '; + + const char *cp = (*it).text.data(); + + while (len--) + { + unsigned char ch = *cp++; + + if (ch == '\\' || ch == '"' || ch <= ' ' || ch >= 0x7f) + { + QString buf; + + ms += buf.sprintf("\\%02x", ch); + } + else + ms += ch; + } + } + } + + return ms; +} + + +// Play the macro. +void QsciMacro::play() +{ + if (!qsci) + return; + + QList::const_iterator it; + + for (it = macro.begin(); it != macro.end(); ++it) + qsci->SendScintilla((*it).msg, (*it).wParam, (*it).text.data()); +} + + +// Start recording. +void QsciMacro::startRecording() +{ + if (!qsci) + return; + + macro.clear(); + + connect(qsci, SIGNAL(SCN_MACRORECORD(unsigned int, unsigned long, void *)), + SLOT(record(unsigned int, unsigned long, void *))); + + qsci->SendScintilla(QsciScintillaBase::SCI_STARTRECORD); +} + + +// End recording. +void QsciMacro::endRecording() +{ + if (!qsci) + return; + + qsci->SendScintilla(QsciScintillaBase::SCI_STOPRECORD); + qsci->disconnect(this); +} + + +// Record a command. +void QsciMacro::record(unsigned int msg, unsigned long wParam, void *lParam) +{ + Macro m; + + m.msg = msg; + m.wParam = wParam; + + // Determine commands which need special handling of the parameters. + switch (msg) + { + case QsciScintillaBase::SCI_ADDTEXT: + m.text = QByteArray(reinterpret_cast(lParam), wParam); + break; + + case QsciScintillaBase::SCI_REPLACESEL: + if (!macro.isEmpty() && macro.last().msg == QsciScintillaBase::SCI_REPLACESEL) + { + // This is the command used for ordinary user input so it's a + // significant space reduction to append it to the previous + // command. + + macro.last().text.append(reinterpret_cast(lParam)); + return; + } + + /* Drop through. */ + + case QsciScintillaBase::SCI_INSERTTEXT: + case QsciScintillaBase::SCI_APPENDTEXT: + case QsciScintillaBase::SCI_SEARCHNEXT: + case QsciScintillaBase::SCI_SEARCHPREV: + m.text.append(reinterpret_cast(lParam)); + break; + } + + macro.append(m); +} + + +// Return the given hex character as a binary. +static int fromHex(unsigned char ch) +{ + if (ch >= '0' && ch <= '9') + return ch - '0'; + + if (ch >= 'a' && ch <= 'f') + return ch - 'a' + 10; + + return -1; +} diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qt/qscimacro.h b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qt/qscimacro.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f891908f7e --- /dev/null +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qt/qscimacro.h @@ -0,0 +1,117 @@ +// This defines the interface to the QsciMacro class. +// +// Copyright (c) 2010 Riverbank Computing Limited +// +// This file is part of QScintilla. +// +// This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General Public +// License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free Software +// Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2 and LICENSE.GPL3 +// included in the packaging of this file. Alternatively you may (at +// your option) use any later version of the GNU General Public +// License if such license has been publicly approved by Riverbank +// Computing Limited (or its successors, if any) and the KDE Free Qt +// Foundation. In addition, as a special exception, Riverbank gives you +// certain additional rights. These rights are described in the Riverbank +// GPL Exception version 1.1, which can be found in the file +// GPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package. +// +// Please review the following information to ensure GNU General +// Public Licensing requirements will be met: +// http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/. If +// you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please +// review the following information: +// http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview +// or contact the sales department at sales@riverbankcomputing.com. +// +// This file is provided AS IS with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING THE +// WARRANTY OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. + + +#ifndef QSCIMACRO_H +#define QSCIMACRO_H + +#ifdef __APPLE__ +extern "C++" { +#endif + +#include +#include + +#include + +#include + + +class QsciScintilla; + + +//! \brief The QsciMacro class represents a sequence of recordable editor +//! commands. +//! +//! Methods are provided to convert convert a macro to and from a textual +//! representation so that they can be easily written to and read from +//! permanent storage. +class QSCINTILLA_EXPORT QsciMacro : public QObject +{ + Q_OBJECT + +public: + //! Construct a QsciMacro with parent \a parent. + QsciMacro(QsciScintilla *parent); + + //! Construct a QsciMacro from the printable ASCII representation \a asc, + //! with parent \a parent. + QsciMacro(const QString &asc, QsciScintilla *parent); + + //! Destroy the QsciMacro instance. + virtual ~QsciMacro(); + + //! Clear the contents of the macro. + void clear(); + + //! Load the macro from the printable ASCII representation \a asc. Returns + //! true if there was no error. + //! + //! \sa save() + bool load(const QString &asc); + + //! Return a printable ASCII representation of the macro. It is guaranteed + //! that only printable ASCII characters are used and that double quote + //! characters will not be used. + //! + //! \sa load() + QString save() const; + +public slots: + //! Play the macro. + virtual void play(); + + //! Start recording user commands and add them to the macro. + virtual void startRecording(); + + //! Stop recording user commands. + virtual void endRecording(); + +private slots: + void record(unsigned int msg, unsigned long wParam, void *lParam); + +private: + struct Macro { + unsigned int msg; + unsigned long wParam; + QByteArray text; + }; + + QsciScintilla *qsci; + QList macro; + + QsciMacro(const QsciMacro &); + QsciMacro &operator=(const QsciMacro &); +}; + +#ifdef __APPLE__ +} +#endif + +#endif diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qt/qsciprinter.cpp b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qt/qsciprinter.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6fe9db99b1 --- /dev/null +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qt/qsciprinter.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,194 @@ +// This module implements the QsciPrinter class. +// +// Copyright (c) 2010 Riverbank Computing Limited +// +// This file is part of QScintilla. +// +// This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General Public +// License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free Software +// Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2 and LICENSE.GPL3 +// included in the packaging of this file. Alternatively you may (at +// your option) use any later version of the GNU General Public +// License if such license has been publicly approved by Riverbank +// Computing Limited (or its successors, if any) and the KDE Free Qt +// Foundation. In addition, as a special exception, Riverbank gives you +// certain additional rights. These rights are described in the Riverbank +// GPL Exception version 1.1, which can be found in the file +// GPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package. +// +// Please review the following information to ensure GNU General +// Public Licensing requirements will be met: +// http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/. If +// you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please +// review the following information: +// http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview +// or contact the sales department at sales@riverbankcomputing.com. +// +// This file is provided AS IS with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING THE +// WARRANTY OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. + + +#include "qsciprinter.h" + +#include +#include + +#include + +#include "qsciscintillabase.h" + + +// The ctor. +QsciPrinter::QsciPrinter(QPrinter::PrinterMode mode) + : QPrinter(mode), mag(0), wrap(QsciScintilla::WrapWord) +{ +} + + +// The dtor. +QsciPrinter::~QsciPrinter() +{ +} + + +// Format the page before the document text is drawn. +void QsciPrinter::formatPage(QPainter &, bool, QRect &, int) +{ +} + + +// Print a range of lines to a printer. +int QsciPrinter::printRange(QsciScintillaBase *qsb, int from, int to) +{ + // Sanity check. + if (!qsb) + return false; + + // Setup the printing area. + QRect def_area; + + def_area.setX(0); + def_area.setY(0); + + def_area.setWidth(width()); + def_area.setHeight(height()); + + // Get the page range. + int pgFrom, pgTo; + + pgFrom = fromPage(); + pgTo = toPage(); + + // Find the position range. + long startPos, endPos; + + endPos = qsb->SendScintilla(QsciScintillaBase::SCI_GETLENGTH); + + startPos = (from > 0 ? qsb -> SendScintilla(QsciScintillaBase::SCI_POSITIONFROMLINE,from) : 0); + + if (to >= 0) + { + long toPos = qsb -> SendScintilla(QsciScintillaBase::SCI_POSITIONFROMLINE,to + 1); + + if (endPos > toPos) + endPos = toPos; + } + + if (startPos >= endPos) + return false; + + QPainter painter(this); + bool reverse = (pageOrder() == LastPageFirst); + bool needNewPage = false; + + qsb -> SendScintilla(QsciScintillaBase::SCI_SETPRINTMAGNIFICATION,mag); + qsb -> SendScintilla(QsciScintillaBase::SCI_SETPRINTWRAPMODE,wrap); + + for (int i = 1; i <= numCopies(); ++i) + { + // If we are printing in reverse page order then remember the start + // position of each page. + QStack pageStarts; + + int currPage = 1; + long pos = startPos; + + while (pos < endPos) + { + // See if we have finished the requested page range. + if (pgTo > 0 && pgTo < currPage) + break; + + // See if we are going to render this page, or just see how much + // would fit onto it. + bool render = false; + + if (pgFrom == 0 || pgFrom <= currPage) + { + if (reverse) + pageStarts.push(pos); + else + { + render = true; + + if (needNewPage) + { + if (!newPage()) + return false; + } + else + needNewPage = true; + } + } + + QRect area = def_area; + + formatPage(painter,render,area,currPage); + pos = qsb -> SendScintilla(QsciScintillaBase::SCI_FORMATRANGE,render,&painter,area,pos,endPos); + + ++currPage; + } + + // All done if we are printing in normal page order. + if (!reverse) + continue; + + // Now go through each page on the stack and really print it. + while (!pageStarts.isEmpty()) + { + --currPage; + + long ePos = pos; + pos = pageStarts.pop(); + + if (needNewPage) + { + if (!newPage()) + return false; + } + else + needNewPage = true; + + QRect area = def_area; + + formatPage(painter,true,area,currPage); + qsb->SendScintilla(QsciScintillaBase::SCI_FORMATRANGE,true,&painter,area,pos,ePos); + } + } + + return true; +} + + +// Set the print magnification in points. +void QsciPrinter::setMagnification(int magnification) +{ + mag = magnification; +} + + +// Set the line wrap mode. +void QsciPrinter::setWrapMode(QsciScintilla::WrapMode wmode) +{ + wrap = wmode; +} diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qt/qsciprinter.h b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qt/qsciprinter.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..fd73934633 --- /dev/null +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qt/qsciprinter.h @@ -0,0 +1,118 @@ +// This module defines interface to the QsciPrinter class. +// +// Copyright (c) 2010 Riverbank Computing Limited +// +// This file is part of QScintilla. +// +// This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General Public +// License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free Software +// Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2 and LICENSE.GPL3 +// included in the packaging of this file. Alternatively you may (at +// your option) use any later version of the GNU General Public +// License if such license has been publicly approved by Riverbank +// Computing Limited (or its successors, if any) and the KDE Free Qt +// Foundation. In addition, as a special exception, Riverbank gives you +// certain additional rights. These rights are described in the Riverbank +// GPL Exception version 1.1, which can be found in the file +// GPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package. +// +// Please review the following information to ensure GNU General +// Public Licensing requirements will be met: +// http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/. If +// you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please +// review the following information: +// http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview +// or contact the sales department at sales@riverbankcomputing.com. +// +// This file is provided AS IS with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING THE +// WARRANTY OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. + + +#ifndef QSCIPRINTER_H +#define QSCIPRINTER_H + +#ifdef __APPLE__ +extern "C++" { +#endif + +#include + +#include +#include + + +class QRect; +class QPainter; +class QsciScintillaBase; + + +//! \brief The QsciPrinter class is a sub-class of the Qt QPrinter class that +//! is able to print the text of a Scintilla document. +//! +//! The class can be further sub-classed to alter to layout of the text, adding +//! headers and footers for example. +class QSCINTILLA_EXPORT QsciPrinter : public QPrinter +{ +public: + //! Constructs a printer paint device with mode \a mode. + QsciPrinter(PrinterMode mode = ScreenResolution); + + //! Destroys the QsciPrinter instance. + virtual ~QsciPrinter(); + + //! Format a page, by adding headers and footers for example, before the + //! document text is drawn on it. \a painter is the painter to be used to + //! add customised text and graphics. \a drawing is true if the page is + //! actually being drawn rather than being sized. \a painter drawing + //! methods must only be called when \a drawing is true. \a area is the + //! area of the page that will be used to draw the text. This should be + //! modified if it is necessary to reserve space for any customised text or + //! graphics. By default the area is relative to the printable area of the + //! page. Use QPrinter::setFullPage() because calling printRange() if you + //! want to try and print over the whole page. \a pagenr is the number of + //! the page. The first page is numbered 1. + virtual void formatPage(QPainter &painter, bool drawing, QRect &area, + int pagenr); + + //! Return the number of points to add to each font when printing. + //! + //! \sa setMagnification() + int magnification() const {return mag;} + + //! Sets the number of points to add to each font when printing to \a + //! magnification. + //! + //! \sa magnification() + virtual void setMagnification(int magnification); + + //! Print a range of lines from the Scintilla instance \a qsb. \a from is + //! the first line to print and a negative value signifies the first line + //! of text. \a to is the last line to print and a negative value + //! signifies the last line of text. true is returned if there was no + //! error. + virtual int printRange(QsciScintillaBase *qsb, int from = -1, int to = -1); + + //! Return the line wrap mode used when printing. The default is + //! QsciScintilla::WrapWord. + //! + //! \sa setWrapMode() + QsciScintilla::WrapMode wrapMode() const {return wrap;} + + //! Sets the line wrap mode used when printing to \a wmode. + //! + //! \sa wrapMode() + virtual void setWrapMode(QsciScintilla::WrapMode wmode); + +private: + int mag; + QsciScintilla::WrapMode wrap; + + QsciPrinter(const QsciPrinter &); + QsciPrinter &operator=(const QsciPrinter &); +}; + +#ifdef __APPLE__ +} +#endif + +#endif diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qt/qsciscintilla.cpp b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qt/qsciscintilla.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..41b97e5a59 --- /dev/null +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qt/qsciscintilla.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,3621 @@ +// This module implements the "official" high-level API of the Qt port of +// Scintilla. It is modelled on QTextEdit - a method of the same name should +// behave in the same way. +// +// Copyright (c) 2010 Riverbank Computing Limited +// +// This file is part of QScintilla. +// +// This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General Public +// License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free Software +// Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2 and LICENSE.GPL3 +// included in the packaging of this file. Alternatively you may (at +// your option) use any later version of the GNU General Public +// License if such license has been publicly approved by Riverbank +// Computing Limited (or its successors, if any) and the KDE Free Qt +// Foundation. In addition, as a special exception, Riverbank gives you +// certain additional rights. These rights are described in the Riverbank +// GPL Exception version 1.1, which can be found in the file +// GPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package. +// +// Please review the following information to ensure GNU General +// Public Licensing requirements will be met: +// http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/. If +// you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please +// review the following information: +// http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview +// or contact the sales department at sales@riverbankcomputing.com. +// +// This file is provided AS IS with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING THE +// WARRANTY OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. + + +#include "qsciscintilla.h" + +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include + +#include "qsciabstractapis.h" +#include "qscicommandset.h" +#include "qscilexer.h" +#include "qscistyle.h" +#include "qscistyledtext.h" + + +// Make sure these match the values in Scintilla.h. We don't #include that +// file because it just causes more clashes. +#define KEYWORDSET_MAX 8 +#define MARKER_MAX 31 + +#define ScintillaStringData(s) (s).constData() +#define ScintillaStringLength(s) (s).size() + +// The list separators for auto-completion and user lists. +const char acSeparator = '\x03'; +const char userSeparator = '\x04'; + +// The default fold margin width. +static const int defaultFoldMarginWidth = 14; + +// The default set of characters that make up a word. +static const char *defaultWordChars = "_abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyzABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ0123456789"; + + +// The ctor. +QsciScintilla::QsciScintilla(QWidget *parent) + : QsciScintillaBase(parent), + allocatedMarkers(0), oldPos(-1), selText(false), fold(NoFoldStyle), + foldmargin(2), autoInd(false), braceMode(NoBraceMatch), + acSource(AcsNone), acThresh(-1), wchars(defaultWordChars), + call_tips_style(CallTipsNoContext), maxCallTips(-1), showSingle(false), + explicit_fillups(""), fillups_enabled(false) +{ + connect(this,SIGNAL(SCN_MODIFYATTEMPTRO()), + SIGNAL(modificationAttempted())); + + connect(this,SIGNAL(SCN_MODIFIED(int,int,const char *,int,int,int,int,int,int,int)), + SLOT(handleModified(int,int,const char *,int,int,int,int,int,int,int))); + connect(this,SIGNAL(SCN_CALLTIPCLICK(int)), + SLOT(handleCallTipClick(int))); + connect(this,SIGNAL(SCN_CHARADDED(int)), + SLOT(handleCharAdded(int))); + connect(this,SIGNAL(SCN_MARGINCLICK(int,int,int)), + SLOT(handleMarginClick(int,int,int))); + connect(this,SIGNAL(SCN_SAVEPOINTREACHED()), + SLOT(handleSavePointReached())); + connect(this,SIGNAL(SCN_SAVEPOINTLEFT()), + SLOT(handleSavePointLeft())); + connect(this,SIGNAL(SCN_UPDATEUI()), + SLOT(handleUpdateUI())); + connect(this,SIGNAL(QSCN_SELCHANGED(bool)), + SLOT(handleSelectionChanged(bool))); + connect(this,SIGNAL(SCN_AUTOCSELECTION(const char *,int)), + SLOT(handleAutoCompletionSelection())); + connect(this,SIGNAL(SCN_USERLISTSELECTION(const char *,int)), + SLOT(handleUserListSelection(const char *,int))); + + // Set the default font. + setFont(QApplication::font()); + + // Set the default fore and background colours. + QPalette pal = QApplication::palette(); + setColor(pal.text().color()); + setPaper(pal.base().color()); + +#if defined(Q_OS_WIN) + setEolMode(EolWindows); +#elif defined(Q_OS_MAC) + setEolMode(EolMac); +#else + setEolMode(EolUnix); +#endif + + // Capturing the mouse seems to cause problems on multi-head systems. Qt + // should do the right thing anyway. + SendScintilla(SCI_SETMOUSEDOWNCAPTURES, 0UL); + + SendScintilla(SCI_SETPROPERTY, "fold", "1"); + SendScintilla(SCI_SETPROPERTY, "fold.html", "1"); + + setMatchedBraceForegroundColor(Qt::blue); + setUnmatchedBraceForegroundColor(Qt::red); + + setAnnotationDisplay(AnnotationStandard); + setLexer(); + + // Set the visible policy. These are the same as SciTE's defaults + // which, presumably, are sensible. + SendScintilla(SCI_SETVISIBLEPOLICY, VISIBLE_STRICT | VISIBLE_SLOP, 4); + + // Create the standard command set. + stdCmds = new QsciCommandSet(this); + + doc.display(this,0); +} + + +// The dtor. +QsciScintilla::~QsciScintilla() +{ + // Detach any current lexer. + detachLexer(); + + doc.undisplay(this); + delete stdCmds; +} + + +// Return the current text colour. +QColor QsciScintilla::color() const +{ + return nl_text_colour; +} + + +// Set the text colour. +void QsciScintilla::setColor(const QColor &c) +{ + if (lex.isNull()) + { + // Assume style 0 applies to everything so that we don't need to use + // SCI_STYLECLEARALL which clears everything. + SendScintilla(SCI_STYLESETFORE, 0, c); + nl_text_colour = c; + } +} + + +// Return the current paper colour. +QColor QsciScintilla::paper() const +{ + return nl_paper_colour; +} + + +// Set the paper colour. +void QsciScintilla::setPaper(const QColor &c) +{ + if (lex.isNull()) + { + // Assume style 0 applies to everything so that we don't need to use + // SCI_STYLECLEARALL which clears everything. We still have to set the + // default style as well for the background without any text. + SendScintilla(SCI_STYLESETBACK, 0, c); + SendScintilla(SCI_STYLESETBACK, STYLE_DEFAULT, c); + nl_paper_colour = c; + } +} + + +// Set the default font. +void QsciScintilla::setFont(const QFont &f) +{ + if (lex.isNull()) + { + // Assume style 0 applies to everything so that we don't need to use + // SCI_STYLECLEARALL which clears everything. + setStylesFont(f, 0); + QWidget::setFont(f); + } +} + + +// Enable/disable auto-indent. +void QsciScintilla::setAutoIndent(bool autoindent) +{ + autoInd = autoindent; +} + + +// Set the brace matching mode. +void QsciScintilla::setBraceMatching(BraceMatch bm) +{ + braceMode = bm; +} + + +// Handle the addition of a character. +void QsciScintilla::handleCharAdded(int ch) +{ + // Ignore if there is a selection. + long pos = SendScintilla(SCI_GETSELECTIONSTART); + + if (pos != SendScintilla(SCI_GETSELECTIONEND) || pos == 0) + return; + + // If auto-completion is already active then see if this character is a + // start character. If it is then create a new list which will be a subset + // of the current one. The case where it isn't a start character seems to + // be handled correctly elsewhere. + if (isListActive()) + { + if (isStartChar(ch)) + { + cancelList(); + startAutoCompletion(acSource, false, false); + } + + return; + } + + // Handle call tips. + if (call_tips_style != CallTipsNone && !lex.isNull() && strchr("(),", ch) != NULL) + callTip(); + + // Handle auto-indentation. + if (autoInd) + if (lex.isNull() || (lex->autoIndentStyle() & AiMaintain)) + maintainIndentation(ch, pos); + else + autoIndentation(ch, pos); + + // See if we might want to start auto-completion. + if (!isCallTipActive() && acSource != AcsNone) + if (isStartChar(ch)) + startAutoCompletion(acSource, false, false); + else if (acThresh >= 1 && isWordCharacter(ch)) + startAutoCompletion(acSource, true, false); +} + + +// See if a call tip is active. +bool QsciScintilla::isCallTipActive() const +{ + return SendScintilla(SCI_CALLTIPACTIVE); +} + + +// Handle a possible change to any current call tip. +void QsciScintilla::callTip() +{ + QsciAbstractAPIs *apis = lex->apis(); + + if (!apis) + return; + + int pos, commas = 0; + bool found = false; + char ch; + + pos = SendScintilla(SCI_GETCURRENTPOS); + + // Move backwards through the line looking for the start of the current + // call tip and working out which argument it is. + while ((ch = getCharacter(pos)) != '\0') + { + if (ch == ',') + ++commas; + else if (ch == ')') + { + int depth = 1; + + // Ignore everything back to the start of the corresponding + // parenthesis. + while ((ch = getCharacter(pos)) != '\0') + { + if (ch == ')') + ++depth; + else if (ch == '(' && --depth == 0) + break; + } + } + else if (ch == '(') + { + found = true; + break; + } + } + + // Cancel any existing call tip. + SendScintilla(SCI_CALLTIPCANCEL); + + // Done if there is no new call tip to set. + if (!found) + return; + + QStringList context = apiContext(pos, pos, ctPos); + + if (context.isEmpty()) + return; + + // The last word is complete, not partial. + context << QString(); + + ct_cursor = 0; + ct_shifts.clear(); + ct_entries = apis->callTips(context, commas, call_tips_style, ct_shifts); + + int nr_entries = ct_entries.count(); + + if (nr_entries == 0) + return; + + if (maxCallTips > 0 && maxCallTips < nr_entries) + { + ct_entries = ct_entries.mid(0, maxCallTips); + nr_entries = maxCallTips; + } + + int shift; + QString ct; + + int nr_shifts = ct_shifts.count(); + + if (maxCallTips < 0 && nr_entries > 1) + { + shift = (nr_shifts > 0 ? ct_shifts.first() : 0); + ct = ct_entries[0]; + ct.prepend('\002'); + } + else + { + if (nr_shifts > nr_entries) + nr_shifts = nr_entries; + + // Find the biggest shift. + shift = 0; + + for (int i = 0; i < nr_shifts; ++i) + { + int sh = ct_shifts[i]; + + if (shift < sh) + shift = sh; + } + + ct = ct_entries.join("\n"); + } + + QByteArray ct_ba = ct.toLatin1(); + const char *cts = ct_ba.data(); + + SendScintilla(SCI_CALLTIPSHOW, adjustedCallTipPosition(shift), cts); + + // Done if there is more than one call tip. + if (nr_entries > 1) + return; + + // Highlight the current argument. + const char *astart; + + if (commas == 0) + astart = strchr(cts, '('); + else + for (astart = strchr(cts, ','); astart && --commas > 0; astart = strchr(astart + 1, ',')) + ; + + if (!astart || !*++astart) + return; + + // The end is at the next comma or unmatched closing parenthesis. + const char *aend; + int depth = 0; + + for (aend = astart; *aend; ++aend) + { + char ch = *aend; + + if (ch == ',' && depth == 0) + break; + else if (ch == '(') + ++depth; + else if (ch == ')') + { + if (depth == 0) + break; + + --depth; + } + } + + if (astart != aend) + SendScintilla(SCI_CALLTIPSETHLT, astart - cts, aend - cts); +} + + +// Handle a call tip click. +void QsciScintilla::handleCallTipClick(int dir) +{ + int nr_entries = ct_entries.count(); + + // Move the cursor while bounds checking. + if (dir == 1) + { + if (ct_cursor - 1 < 0) + return; + + --ct_cursor; + } + else if (dir == 2) + { + if (ct_cursor + 1 >= nr_entries) + return; + + ++ct_cursor; + } + else + return; + + int shift = (ct_shifts.count() > ct_cursor ? ct_shifts[ct_cursor] : 0); + QString ct = ct_entries[ct_cursor]; + + // Add the arrows. + if (ct_cursor < nr_entries - 1) + ct.prepend('\002'); + + if (ct_cursor > 0) + ct.prepend('\001'); + + SendScintilla(SCI_CALLTIPSHOW, adjustedCallTipPosition(shift), ct.toLatin1().data()); +} + + +// Shift the position of the call tip (to take any context into account) but +// don't go before the start of the line. +int QsciScintilla::adjustedCallTipPosition(int ctshift) const +{ + int ct = ctPos; + + if (ctshift) + { + int ctmin = SendScintilla(SCI_POSITIONFROMLINE, SendScintilla(SCI_LINEFROMPOSITION, ct)); + + if (ct - ctshift < ctmin) + ct = ctmin; + } + + return ct; +} + + +// Return the list of words that make up the context preceding the given +// position. The list will only have more than one element if there is a lexer +// set and it defines start strings. If so, then the last element might be +// empty if a start string has just been typed. On return pos is at the start +// of the context. +QStringList QsciScintilla::apiContext(int pos, int &context_start, + int &last_word_start) +{ + enum { + Either, + Separator, + Word + }; + + QStringList words; + int good_pos = pos, expecting = Either; + + last_word_start = -1; + + while (pos > 0) + { + if (getSeparator(pos)) + { + if (expecting == Either) + words.prepend(QString()); + else if (expecting == Word) + break; + + good_pos = pos; + expecting = Word; + } + else + { + QString word = getWord(pos); + + if (word.isEmpty() || expecting == Separator) + break; + + words.prepend(word); + good_pos = pos; + expecting = Separator; + + // Return the position of the start of the last word if required. + if (last_word_start < 0) + last_word_start = pos; + } + + // Strip any preceding spaces (mainly around operators). + char ch; + + while ((ch = getCharacter(pos)) != '\0') + { + // This is the same definition of space that Scintilla uses. + if (ch != ' ' && (ch < 0x09 || ch > 0x0d)) + { + ++pos; + break; + } + } + } + + // A valid sequence always starts with a word and so should be expecting a + // separator. + if (expecting != Separator) + words.clear(); + + context_start = good_pos; + + return words; +} + + +// Try and get a lexer's word separator from the text before the current +// position. Return true if one was found and adjust the position accordingly. +bool QsciScintilla::getSeparator(int &pos) const +{ + int opos = pos; + + // Go through each separator. + for (int i = 0; i < wseps.count(); ++i) + { + const QString &ws = wseps[i]; + + // Work backwards. + uint l; + + for (l = ws.length(); l; --l) + { + char ch = getCharacter(pos); + + if (ch == '\0' || ws.at(l - 1) != ch) + break; + } + + if (!l) + return true; + + // Reset for the next separator. + pos = opos; + } + + return false; +} + + +// Try and get a word from the text before the current position. Return the +// word if one was found and adjust the position accordingly. +QString QsciScintilla::getWord(int &pos) const +{ + QString word; + bool numeric = true; + char ch; + + while ((ch = getCharacter(pos)) != '\0') + { + if (!isWordCharacter(ch)) + { + ++pos; + break; + } + + if (ch < '0' || ch > '9') + numeric = false; + + word.prepend(ch); + } + + // We don't auto-complete numbers. + if (numeric) + word.truncate(0); + + return word; +} + + +// Get the "next" character (ie. the one before the current position) in the +// current line. The character will be '\0' if there are no more. +char QsciScintilla::getCharacter(int &pos) const +{ + if (pos <= 0) + return '\0'; + + char ch = SendScintilla(SCI_GETCHARAT, --pos); + + // Don't go past the end of the previous line. + if (ch == '\n' || ch == '\r') + { + ++pos; + return '\0'; + } + + return ch; +} + + +// See if a character is an auto-completion start character, ie. the last +// character of a word separator. +bool QsciScintilla::isStartChar(char ch) const +{ + QString s = QChar(ch); + + for (int i = 0; i < wseps.count(); ++i) + if (wseps[i].endsWith(s)) + return true; + + return false; +} + + +// Possibly start auto-completion. +void QsciScintilla::startAutoCompletion(AutoCompletionSource acs, + bool checkThresh, bool single) +{ + int start, ignore; + QStringList context = apiContext(SendScintilla(SCI_GETCURRENTPOS), start, + ignore); + + if (context.isEmpty()) + return; + + // Get the last word's raw data and length. + ScintillaString s = convertTextQ2S(context.last()); + const char *last_data = ScintillaStringData(s); + int last_len = ScintillaStringLength(s); + + if (checkThresh && last_len < acThresh) + return; + + // Generate the string representing the valid words to select from. + QStringList wlist; + + if ((acs == AcsAll || acs == AcsAPIs) && !lex.isNull()) + { + QsciAbstractAPIs *apis = lex->apis(); + + if (apis) + apis->updateAutoCompletionList(context, wlist); + } + + if (acs == AcsAll || acs == AcsDocument) + { + int sflags = SCFIND_WORDSTART; + + if (!SendScintilla(SCI_AUTOCGETIGNORECASE)) + sflags |= SCFIND_MATCHCASE; + + SendScintilla(SCI_SETSEARCHFLAGS, sflags); + + int pos = 0; + int dlen = SendScintilla(SCI_GETLENGTH); + int caret = SendScintilla(SCI_GETCURRENTPOS); + int clen = caret - start; + char *orig_context = new char[clen + 1]; + + SendScintilla(SCI_GETTEXTRANGE, start, caret, orig_context); + + for (;;) + { + int fstart; + + SendScintilla(SCI_SETTARGETSTART, pos); + SendScintilla(SCI_SETTARGETEND, dlen); + + if ((fstart = SendScintilla(SCI_SEARCHINTARGET, clen, orig_context)) < 0) + break; + + // Move past the root part. + pos = fstart + clen; + + // Skip if this is the context we are auto-completing. + if (pos == caret) + continue; + + // Get the rest of this word. + QString w = last_data; + + while (pos < dlen) + { + char ch = SendScintilla(SCI_GETCHARAT, pos); + + if (!isWordCharacter(ch)) + break; + + w += ch; + ++pos; + } + + // Add the word if it isn't already there. + if (!w.isEmpty() && !wlist.contains(w)) + wlist.append(w); + } + + delete []orig_context; + } + + if (wlist.isEmpty()) + return; + + wlist.sort(); + + SendScintilla(SCI_AUTOCSETCHOOSESINGLE, single); + SendScintilla(SCI_AUTOCSETSEPARATOR, acSeparator); + + QByteArray chlist = wlist.join(QChar(acSeparator)).toLatin1(); + SendScintilla(SCI_AUTOCSHOW, last_len, chlist.constData()); +} + + +// Maintain the indentation of the previous line. +void QsciScintilla::maintainIndentation(char ch, long pos) +{ + if (ch != '\r' && ch != '\n') + return; + + int curr_line = SendScintilla(SCI_LINEFROMPOSITION, pos); + + // Get the indentation of the preceding non-zero length line. + int ind = 0; + + for (int line = curr_line - 1; line >= 0; --line) + { + if (SendScintilla(SCI_GETLINEENDPOSITION, line) > + SendScintilla(SCI_POSITIONFROMLINE, line)) + { + ind = indentation(line); + break; + } + } + + if (ind > 0) + autoIndentLine(pos, curr_line, ind); +} + + +// Implement auto-indentation. +void QsciScintilla::autoIndentation(char ch, long pos) +{ + int curr_line = SendScintilla(SCI_LINEFROMPOSITION, pos); + int ind_width = indentWidth(); + long curr_line_start = SendScintilla(SCI_POSITIONFROMLINE, curr_line); + + const char *block_start = lex->blockStart(); + bool start_single = (block_start && qstrlen(block_start) == 1); + + const char *block_end = lex->blockEnd(); + bool end_single = (block_end && qstrlen(block_end) == 1); + + if (end_single && block_end[0] == ch) + { + if (!(lex->autoIndentStyle() & AiClosing) && rangeIsWhitespace(curr_line_start, pos - 1)) + autoIndentLine(pos, curr_line, blockIndent(curr_line - 1) - ind_width); + } + else if (start_single && block_start[0] == ch) + { + // De-indent if we have already indented because the previous line was + // a start of block keyword. + if (!(lex->autoIndentStyle() & AiOpening) && curr_line > 0 && getIndentState(curr_line - 1) == isKeywordStart && rangeIsWhitespace(curr_line_start, pos - 1)) + autoIndentLine(pos, curr_line, blockIndent(curr_line - 1) - ind_width); + } + else if (ch == '\r' || ch == '\n') + autoIndentLine(pos, curr_line, blockIndent(curr_line - 1)); +} + + +// Set the indentation for a line. +void QsciScintilla::autoIndentLine(long pos, int line, int indent) +{ + if (indent < 0) + return; + + long pos_before = SendScintilla(SCI_GETLINEINDENTPOSITION, line); + SendScintilla(SCI_SETLINEINDENTATION, line, indent); + long pos_after = SendScintilla(SCI_GETLINEINDENTPOSITION, line); + long new_pos = -1; + + if (pos_after > pos_before) + new_pos = pos + (pos_after - pos_before); + else if (pos_after < pos_before && pos >= pos_after) + if (pos >= pos_before) + new_pos = pos + (pos_after - pos_before); + else + new_pos = pos_after; + + if (new_pos >= 0) + SendScintilla(SCI_SETSEL, new_pos, new_pos); +} + + +// Return the indentation of the block defined by the given line (or something +// significant before). +int QsciScintilla::blockIndent(int line) +{ + if (line < 0) + return 0; + + // Handle the trvial case. + if (!lex->blockStartKeyword() && !lex->blockStart() && !lex->blockEnd()) + return indentation(line); + + int line_limit = line - lex->blockLookback(); + + if (line_limit < 0) + line_limit = 0; + + for (int l = line; l >= line_limit; --l) + { + IndentState istate = getIndentState(l); + + if (istate != isNone) + { + int ind_width = indentWidth(); + int ind = indentation(l); + + if (istate == isBlockStart) + { + if (!(lex -> autoIndentStyle() & AiOpening)) + ind += ind_width; + } + else if (istate == isBlockEnd) + { + if (lex -> autoIndentStyle() & AiClosing) + ind -= ind_width; + + if (ind < 0) + ind = 0; + } + else if (line == l) + ind += ind_width; + + return ind; + } + } + + return indentation(line); +} + + +// Return true if all characters starting at spos up to, but not including +// epos, are spaces or tabs. +bool QsciScintilla::rangeIsWhitespace(long spos, long epos) +{ + while (spos < epos) + { + char ch = SendScintilla(SCI_GETCHARAT, spos); + + if (ch != ' ' && ch != '\t') + return false; + + ++spos; + } + + return true; +} + + +// Returns the indentation state of a line. +QsciScintilla::IndentState QsciScintilla::getIndentState(int line) +{ + IndentState istate; + + // Get the styled text. + long spos = SendScintilla(SCI_POSITIONFROMLINE, line); + long epos = SendScintilla(SCI_POSITIONFROMLINE, line + 1); + + char *text = new char[(epos - spos + 1) * 2]; + + SendScintilla(SCI_GETSTYLEDTEXT, spos, epos, text); + + int style, bstart_off, bend_off; + + // Block start/end takes precedence over keywords. + const char *bstart_words = lex->blockStart(&style); + bstart_off = findStyledWord(text, style, bstart_words); + + const char *bend_words = lex->blockEnd(&style); + bend_off = findStyledWord(text, style, bend_words); + + // If there is a block start but no block end characters then ignore it + // unless the block start is the last significant thing on the line, ie. + // assume Python-like blocking. + if (bstart_off >= 0 && !bend_words) + for (int i = bstart_off * 2; text[i] != '\0'; i += 2) + if (!QChar(text[i]).isSpace()) + return isNone; + + if (bstart_off > bend_off) + istate = isBlockStart; + else if (bend_off > bstart_off) + istate = isBlockEnd; + else + { + const char *words = lex->blockStartKeyword(&style); + + istate = (findStyledWord(text,style,words) >= 0) ? isKeywordStart : isNone; + } + + delete[] text; + + return istate; +} + + +// text is a pointer to some styled text (ie. a character byte followed by a +// style byte). style is a style number. words is a space separated list of +// words. Returns the position in the text immediately after the last one of +// the words with the style. The reason we are after the last, and not the +// first, occurance is that we are looking for words that start and end a block +// where the latest one is the most significant. +int QsciScintilla::findStyledWord(const char *text, int style, + const char *words) +{ + if (!words) + return -1; + + // Find the range of text with the style we are looking for. + const char *stext; + + for (stext = text; stext[1] != style; stext += 2) + if (stext[0] == '\0') + return -1; + + // Move to the last character. + const char *etext = stext; + + while (etext[2] != '\0') + etext += 2; + + // Backtrack until we find the style. There will be one. + while (etext[1] != style) + etext -= 2; + + // Look for each word in turn. + while (words[0] != '\0') + { + // Find the end of the word. + const char *eword = words; + + while (eword[1] != ' ' && eword[1] != '\0') + ++eword; + + // Now search the text backwards. + const char *wp = eword; + + for (const char *tp = etext; tp >= stext; tp -= 2) + { + if (tp[0] != wp[0] || tp[1] != style) + { + // Reset the search. + wp = eword; + continue; + } + + // See if all the word has matched. + if (wp-- == words) + return ((tp - text) / 2) + (eword - words) + 1; + } + + // Move to the start of the next word if there is one. + words = eword + 1; + + if (words[0] == ' ') + ++words; + } + + return -1; +} + + +// Return true if the code page is UTF8. +bool QsciScintilla::isUtf8() const +{ + return (SendScintilla(SCI_GETCODEPAGE) == SC_CP_UTF8); +} + + +// Set the code page. +void QsciScintilla::setUtf8(bool cp) +{ + setAttribute(Qt::WA_InputMethodEnabled, cp); + SendScintilla(SCI_SETCODEPAGE, (cp ? SC_CP_UTF8 : 0)); +} + + +// Return the end-of-line mode. +QsciScintilla::EolMode QsciScintilla::eolMode() const +{ + return (EolMode)SendScintilla(SCI_GETEOLMODE); +} + + +// Set the end-of-line mode. +void QsciScintilla::setEolMode(EolMode mode) +{ + SendScintilla(SCI_SETEOLMODE, mode); +} + + +// Convert the end-of-lines to a particular mode. +void QsciScintilla::convertEols(EolMode mode) +{ + SendScintilla(SCI_CONVERTEOLS, mode); +} + + +// Return the edge colour. +QColor QsciScintilla::edgeColor() const +{ + long res = SendScintilla(SCI_GETEDGECOLOUR); + + return QColor((int)res, ((int)(res >> 8)) & 0x00ff, ((int)(res >> 16)) & 0x00ff); +} + + +// Set the edge colour. +void QsciScintilla::setEdgeColor(const QColor &col) +{ + SendScintilla(SCI_SETEDGECOLOUR, col); +} + + +// Return the edge column. +int QsciScintilla::edgeColumn() const +{ + return SendScintilla(SCI_GETEDGECOLUMN); +} + + +// Set the edge column. +void QsciScintilla::setEdgeColumn(int colnr) +{ + SendScintilla(SCI_SETEDGECOLUMN, colnr); +} + + +// Return the edge mode. +QsciScintilla::EdgeMode QsciScintilla::edgeMode() const +{ + return (EdgeMode)SendScintilla(SCI_GETEDGEMODE); +} + + +// Set the edge mode. +void QsciScintilla::setEdgeMode(EdgeMode mode) +{ + SendScintilla(SCI_SETEDGEMODE, mode); +} + + +// Return the end-of-line visibility. +bool QsciScintilla::eolVisibility() const +{ + return SendScintilla(SCI_GETVIEWEOL); +} + + +// Set the end-of-line visibility. +void QsciScintilla::setEolVisibility(bool visible) +{ + SendScintilla(SCI_SETVIEWEOL, visible); +} + + +// Return the whitespace visibility. +QsciScintilla::WhitespaceVisibility QsciScintilla::whitespaceVisibility() const +{ + return (WhitespaceVisibility)SendScintilla(SCI_GETVIEWWS); +} + + +// Set the whitespace visibility. +void QsciScintilla::setWhitespaceVisibility(WhitespaceVisibility mode) +{ + SendScintilla(SCI_SETVIEWWS, mode); +} + + +// Return the line wrap mode. +QsciScintilla::WrapMode QsciScintilla::wrapMode() const +{ + return (WrapMode)SendScintilla(SCI_GETWRAPMODE); +} + + +// Set the line wrap mode. +void QsciScintilla::setWrapMode(WrapMode mode) +{ + SendScintilla(SCI_SETLAYOUTCACHE, + (mode == WrapNone ? SC_CACHE_CARET : SC_CACHE_DOCUMENT)); + SendScintilla(SCI_SETWRAPMODE, mode); +} + + +// Set the line wrap visual flags. +void QsciScintilla::setWrapVisualFlags(WrapVisualFlag eflag, + WrapVisualFlag sflag, int sindent) +{ + int flags = SC_WRAPVISUALFLAG_NONE; + int loc = SC_WRAPVISUALFLAGLOC_DEFAULT; + + if (eflag == WrapFlagByText) + { + flags |= SC_WRAPVISUALFLAG_END; + loc |= SC_WRAPVISUALFLAGLOC_END_BY_TEXT; + } + else if (eflag == WrapFlagByBorder) + flags |= SC_WRAPVISUALFLAG_END; + + if (sflag == WrapFlagByText) + { + flags |= SC_WRAPVISUALFLAG_START; + loc |= SC_WRAPVISUALFLAGLOC_START_BY_TEXT; + } + else if (sflag == WrapFlagByBorder) + flags |= SC_WRAPVISUALFLAG_START; + + SendScintilla(SCI_SETWRAPVISUALFLAGS, flags); + SendScintilla(SCI_SETWRAPVISUALFLAGSLOCATION, loc); + SendScintilla(SCI_SETWRAPSTARTINDENT, sindent); +} + + +// Set the folding style. +void QsciScintilla::setFolding(FoldStyle folding, int margin) +{ + fold = folding; + foldmargin = margin; + + if (folding == NoFoldStyle) + { + SendScintilla(SCI_SETMARGINWIDTHN, margin, 0L); + return; + } + + int mask = SendScintilla(SCI_GETMODEVENTMASK); + SendScintilla(SCI_SETMODEVENTMASK, mask | SC_MOD_CHANGEFOLD); + + SendScintilla(SCI_SETFOLDFLAGS, SC_FOLDFLAG_LINEAFTER_CONTRACTED); + + SendScintilla(SCI_SETMARGINTYPEN, margin, (long)SC_MARGIN_SYMBOL); + SendScintilla(SCI_SETMARGINMASKN, margin, SC_MASK_FOLDERS); + SendScintilla(SCI_SETMARGINSENSITIVEN, margin, 1); + + // Set the marker symbols to use. + switch (folding) + { + case PlainFoldStyle: + setFoldMarker(SC_MARKNUM_FOLDEROPEN, SC_MARK_MINUS); + setFoldMarker(SC_MARKNUM_FOLDER, SC_MARK_PLUS); + setFoldMarker(SC_MARKNUM_FOLDERSUB); + setFoldMarker(SC_MARKNUM_FOLDERTAIL); + setFoldMarker(SC_MARKNUM_FOLDEREND); + setFoldMarker(SC_MARKNUM_FOLDEROPENMID); + setFoldMarker(SC_MARKNUM_FOLDERMIDTAIL); + break; + + case CircledFoldStyle: + setFoldMarker(SC_MARKNUM_FOLDEROPEN, SC_MARK_CIRCLEMINUS); + setFoldMarker(SC_MARKNUM_FOLDER, SC_MARK_CIRCLEPLUS); + setFoldMarker(SC_MARKNUM_FOLDERSUB); + setFoldMarker(SC_MARKNUM_FOLDERTAIL); + setFoldMarker(SC_MARKNUM_FOLDEREND); + setFoldMarker(SC_MARKNUM_FOLDEROPENMID); + setFoldMarker(SC_MARKNUM_FOLDERMIDTAIL); + break; + + case BoxedFoldStyle: + setFoldMarker(SC_MARKNUM_FOLDEROPEN, SC_MARK_BOXMINUS); + setFoldMarker(SC_MARKNUM_FOLDER, SC_MARK_BOXPLUS); + setFoldMarker(SC_MARKNUM_FOLDERSUB); + setFoldMarker(SC_MARKNUM_FOLDERTAIL); + setFoldMarker(SC_MARKNUM_FOLDEREND); + setFoldMarker(SC_MARKNUM_FOLDEROPENMID); + setFoldMarker(SC_MARKNUM_FOLDERMIDTAIL); + break; + + case CircledTreeFoldStyle: + setFoldMarker(SC_MARKNUM_FOLDEROPEN, SC_MARK_CIRCLEMINUS); + setFoldMarker(SC_MARKNUM_FOLDER, SC_MARK_CIRCLEPLUS); + setFoldMarker(SC_MARKNUM_FOLDERSUB, SC_MARK_VLINE); + setFoldMarker(SC_MARKNUM_FOLDERTAIL, SC_MARK_LCORNERCURVE); + setFoldMarker(SC_MARKNUM_FOLDEREND, SC_MARK_CIRCLEPLUSCONNECTED); + setFoldMarker(SC_MARKNUM_FOLDEROPENMID, SC_MARK_CIRCLEMINUSCONNECTED); + setFoldMarker(SC_MARKNUM_FOLDERMIDTAIL, SC_MARK_TCORNERCURVE); + break; + + case BoxedTreeFoldStyle: + setFoldMarker(SC_MARKNUM_FOLDEROPEN, SC_MARK_BOXMINUS); + setFoldMarker(SC_MARKNUM_FOLDER, SC_MARK_BOXPLUS); + setFoldMarker(SC_MARKNUM_FOLDERSUB, SC_MARK_VLINE); + setFoldMarker(SC_MARKNUM_FOLDERTAIL, SC_MARK_LCORNER); + setFoldMarker(SC_MARKNUM_FOLDEREND, SC_MARK_BOXPLUSCONNECTED); + setFoldMarker(SC_MARKNUM_FOLDEROPENMID, SC_MARK_BOXMINUSCONNECTED); + setFoldMarker(SC_MARKNUM_FOLDERMIDTAIL, SC_MARK_TCORNER); + break; + + default: + break; + } + + SendScintilla(SCI_SETMARGINWIDTHN, margin, defaultFoldMarginWidth); +} + + +// Clear all current folds. +void QsciScintilla::clearFolds() +{ + recolor(); + + int maxLine = SendScintilla(SCI_GETLINECOUNT); + + for (int line = 0; line < maxLine; line++) + { + int level = SendScintilla(SCI_GETFOLDLEVEL, line); + + if (level & SC_FOLDLEVELHEADERFLAG) + { + SendScintilla(SCI_SETFOLDEXPANDED, line, 1); + foldExpand(line, true, false, 0, level); + line--; + } + } +} + + +// Set up a folder marker. +void QsciScintilla::setFoldMarker(int marknr, int mark) +{ + SendScintilla(SCI_MARKERDEFINE, marknr, mark); + + if (mark != SC_MARK_EMPTY) + { + SendScintilla(SCI_MARKERSETFORE, marknr, QColor(Qt::white)); + SendScintilla(SCI_MARKERSETBACK, marknr, QColor(Qt::black)); + } +} + + +// Handle a click in the fold margin. This is mostly taken from SciTE. +void QsciScintilla::foldClick(int lineClick, int bstate) +{ + bool shift = bstate & Qt::ShiftModifier; + bool ctrl = bstate & Qt::ControlModifier; + + if (shift && ctrl) + { + foldAll(); + return; + } + + int levelClick = SendScintilla(SCI_GETFOLDLEVEL, lineClick); + + if (levelClick & SC_FOLDLEVELHEADERFLAG) + { + if (shift) + { + // Ensure all children are visible. + SendScintilla(SCI_SETFOLDEXPANDED, lineClick, 1); + foldExpand(lineClick, true, true, 100, levelClick); + } + else if (ctrl) + { + if (SendScintilla(SCI_GETFOLDEXPANDED, lineClick)) + { + // Contract this line and all its children. + SendScintilla(SCI_SETFOLDEXPANDED, lineClick, 0L); + foldExpand(lineClick, false, true, 0, levelClick); + } + else + { + // Expand this line and all its children. + SendScintilla(SCI_SETFOLDEXPANDED, lineClick, 1); + foldExpand(lineClick, true, true, 100, levelClick); + } + } + else + { + // Toggle this line. + SendScintilla(SCI_TOGGLEFOLD, lineClick); + } + } +} + + +// Do the hard work of hiding and showing lines. This is mostly taken from +// SciTE. +void QsciScintilla::foldExpand(int &line, bool doExpand, bool force, + int visLevels, int level) +{ + int lineMaxSubord = SendScintilla(SCI_GETLASTCHILD, line, + level & SC_FOLDLEVELNUMBERMASK); + + line++; + + while (line <= lineMaxSubord) + { + if (force) + { + if (visLevels > 0) + SendScintilla(SCI_SHOWLINES, line, line); + else + SendScintilla(SCI_HIDELINES, line, line); + } + else if (doExpand) + SendScintilla(SCI_SHOWLINES, line, line); + + int levelLine = level; + + if (levelLine == -1) + levelLine = SendScintilla(SCI_GETFOLDLEVEL, line); + + if (levelLine & SC_FOLDLEVELHEADERFLAG) + { + if (force) + { + if (visLevels > 1) + SendScintilla(SCI_SETFOLDEXPANDED, line, 1); + else + SendScintilla(SCI_SETFOLDEXPANDED, line, 0L); + + foldExpand(line, doExpand, force, visLevels - 1); + } + else if (doExpand) + { + if (!SendScintilla(SCI_GETFOLDEXPANDED, line)) + SendScintilla(SCI_SETFOLDEXPANDED, line, 1); + + foldExpand(line, true, force, visLevels - 1); + } + else + foldExpand(line, false, force, visLevels - 1); + } + else + line++; + } +} + + +// Fully expand (if there is any line currently folded) all text. Otherwise, +// fold all text. This is mostly taken from SciTE. +void QsciScintilla::foldAll(bool children) +{ + recolor(); + + int maxLine = SendScintilla(SCI_GETLINECOUNT); + bool expanding = true; + + for (int lineSeek = 0; lineSeek < maxLine; lineSeek++) + { + if (SendScintilla(SCI_GETFOLDLEVEL,lineSeek) & SC_FOLDLEVELHEADERFLAG) + { + expanding = !SendScintilla(SCI_GETFOLDEXPANDED, lineSeek); + break; + } + } + + for (int line = 0; line < maxLine; line++) + { + int level = SendScintilla(SCI_GETFOLDLEVEL, line); + + if (!(level & SC_FOLDLEVELHEADERFLAG)) + continue; + + if (children || + (SC_FOLDLEVELBASE == (level & SC_FOLDLEVELNUMBERMASK))) + { + if (expanding) + { + SendScintilla(SCI_SETFOLDEXPANDED, line, 1); + foldExpand(line, true, false, 0, level); + line--; + } + else + { + int lineMaxSubord = SendScintilla(SCI_GETLASTCHILD, line, -1); + + SendScintilla(SCI_SETFOLDEXPANDED, line, 0L); + + if (lineMaxSubord > line) + SendScintilla(SCI_HIDELINES, line + 1, lineMaxSubord); + } + } + } +} + + +// Handle a fold change. This is mostly taken from SciTE. +void QsciScintilla::foldChanged(int line,int levelNow,int levelPrev) +{ + if (levelNow & SC_FOLDLEVELHEADERFLAG) + { + if (!(levelPrev & SC_FOLDLEVELHEADERFLAG)) + SendScintilla(SCI_SETFOLDEXPANDED, line, 1); + } + else if (levelPrev & SC_FOLDLEVELHEADERFLAG) + { + if (!SendScintilla(SCI_GETFOLDEXPANDED, line)) + { + // Removing the fold from one that has been contracted so should + // expand. Otherwise lines are left invisible with no way to make + // them visible. + foldExpand(line, true, false, 0, levelPrev); + } + } +} + + +// Toggle the fold for a line if it contains a fold marker. +void QsciScintilla::foldLine(int line) +{ + SendScintilla(SCI_TOGGLEFOLD, line); +} + + +// Handle the SCN_MODIFIED notification. +void QsciScintilla::handleModified(int pos, int mtype, const char *text, + int len, int added, int line, int foldNow, int foldPrev, int token, + int annotationLinesAdded) +{ + Q_UNUSED( pos ); + Q_UNUSED( text ); + Q_UNUSED( len ); + Q_UNUSED( token ); + Q_UNUSED(annotationLinesAdded ); + + if (mtype & SC_MOD_CHANGEFOLD) + { + if (fold) + foldChanged(line, foldNow, foldPrev); + } + + if (mtype & (SC_MOD_INSERTTEXT | SC_MOD_DELETETEXT)) + { + emit textChanged(); + + if (added != 0) + emit linesChanged(); + } +} + + +// Zoom in a number of points. +void QsciScintilla::zoomIn(int range) +{ + zoomTo(SendScintilla(SCI_GETZOOM) + range); +} + + +// Zoom in a single point. +void QsciScintilla::zoomIn() +{ + SendScintilla(SCI_ZOOMIN); +} + + +// Zoom out a number of points. +void QsciScintilla::zoomOut(int range) +{ + zoomTo(SendScintilla(SCI_GETZOOM) - range); +} + + +// Zoom out a single point. +void QsciScintilla::zoomOut() +{ + SendScintilla(SCI_ZOOMOUT); +} + + +// Set the zoom to a number of points. +void QsciScintilla::zoomTo(int size) +{ + if (size < -10) + size = -10; + else if (size > 20) + size = 20; + + SendScintilla(SCI_SETZOOM, size); +} + + +// Find the first occurrence of a string. +bool QsciScintilla::findFirst(const QString &expr, bool re, bool cs, bool wo, + bool wrap, bool forward, int line, int index, bool show) +{ + findState.inProgress = false; + + if (expr.isEmpty()) + return false; + + findState.expr = expr; + findState.wrap = wrap; + findState.forward = forward; + + findState.flags = + (cs ? SCFIND_MATCHCASE : 0) | + (wo ? SCFIND_WHOLEWORD : 0) | + (re ? SCFIND_REGEXP : 0); + + if (line < 0 || index < 0) + findState.startpos = SendScintilla(SCI_GETCURRENTPOS); + else + findState.startpos = positionFromLineIndex(line, index); + + if (forward) + findState.endpos = SendScintilla(SCI_GETLENGTH); + else + findState.endpos = 0; + + findState.show = show; + + return doFind(); +} + + +// Find the next occurrence of a string. +bool QsciScintilla::findNext() +{ + if (!findState.inProgress) + return false; + + return doFind(); +} + + +// Do the hard work of findFirst() and findNext(). +bool QsciScintilla::doFind() +{ + SendScintilla(SCI_SETSEARCHFLAGS, findState.flags); + + int pos = simpleFind(); + + // See if it was found. If not and wraparound is wanted, try again. + if (pos == -1 && findState.wrap) + { + if (findState.forward) + { + findState.startpos = 0; + findState.endpos = SendScintilla(SCI_GETLENGTH); + } + else + { + findState.startpos = SendScintilla(SCI_GETLENGTH); + findState.endpos = 0; + } + + pos = simpleFind(); + } + + if (pos == -1) + { + findState.inProgress = false; + return false; + } + + // It was found. + long targstart = SendScintilla(SCI_GETTARGETSTART); + long targend = SendScintilla(SCI_GETTARGETEND); + + // Ensure the text found is visible if required. + if (findState.show) + { + int startLine = SendScintilla(SCI_LINEFROMPOSITION, targstart); + int endLine = SendScintilla(SCI_LINEFROMPOSITION, targend); + + for (int i = startLine; i <= endLine; ++i) + SendScintilla(SCI_ENSUREVISIBLEENFORCEPOLICY, i); + } + + // Now set the selection. + SendScintilla(SCI_SETSEL, targstart, targend); + + // Finally adjust the start position so that we don't find the same one + // again. + if (findState.forward) + findState.startpos = targend; + else if ((findState.startpos = targstart - 1) < 0) + findState.startpos = 0; + + findState.inProgress = true; + return true; +} + + +// Do a simple find between the start and end positions. +int QsciScintilla::simpleFind() +{ + if (findState.startpos == findState.endpos) + return -1; + + SendScintilla(SCI_SETTARGETSTART, findState.startpos); + SendScintilla(SCI_SETTARGETEND, findState.endpos); + + ScintillaString s = convertTextQ2S(findState.expr); + + return SendScintilla(SCI_SEARCHINTARGET, ScintillaStringLength(s), + ScintillaStringData(s)); +} + + +// Replace the text found with the previous findFirst() or findNext(). +void QsciScintilla::replace(const QString &replaceStr) +{ + if (!findState.inProgress) + return; + + long start = SendScintilla(SCI_GETSELECTIONSTART); + + SendScintilla(SCI_TARGETFROMSELECTION); + + int cmd = (findState.flags & SCFIND_REGEXP) ? SCI_REPLACETARGETRE : SCI_REPLACETARGET; + + ScintillaString s = convertTextQ2S(replaceStr); + long len = SendScintilla(cmd, -1, ScintillaStringData(s)); + + // Reset the selection. + SendScintilla(SCI_SETSELECTIONSTART, start); + SendScintilla(SCI_SETSELECTIONEND, start + len); + + if (findState.forward) + findState.startpos = start + len; +} + + +// Query the modified state. +bool QsciScintilla::isModified() const +{ + return doc.isModified(); +} + + +// Set the modified state. +void QsciScintilla::setModified(bool m) +{ + if (!m) + SendScintilla(SCI_SETSAVEPOINT); +} + + +// Handle the SCN_MARGINCLICK notification. +void QsciScintilla::handleMarginClick(int pos, int modifiers, int margin) +{ + int state = 0; + + if (modifiers & SCMOD_SHIFT) + state |= Qt::ShiftModifier; + + if (modifiers & SCMOD_CTRL) + state |= Qt::ControlModifier; + + if (modifiers & SCMOD_ALT) + state |= Qt::AltModifier; + + int line = SendScintilla(SCI_LINEFROMPOSITION, pos); + + if (fold && margin == foldmargin) + foldClick(line, state); + else + emit marginClicked(margin, line, Qt::KeyboardModifiers(state)); +} + + +// Handle the SCN_SAVEPOINTREACHED notification. +void QsciScintilla::handleSavePointReached() +{ + doc.setModified(false); + emit modificationChanged(false); +} + + +// Handle the SCN_SAVEPOINTLEFT notification. +void QsciScintilla::handleSavePointLeft() +{ + doc.setModified(true); + emit modificationChanged(true); +} + + +// Handle the QSCN_SELCHANGED signal. +void QsciScintilla::handleSelectionChanged(bool yes) +{ + selText = yes; + + emit copyAvailable(yes); + emit selectionChanged(); +} + + +// Get the current selection. +void QsciScintilla::getSelection(int *lineFrom, int *indexFrom, int *lineTo, + int *indexTo) const +{ + if (selText) + { + lineIndexFromPosition(SendScintilla(SCI_GETSELECTIONSTART), lineFrom, + indexFrom); + lineIndexFromPosition(SendScintilla(SCI_GETSELECTIONEND), lineTo, + indexTo); + } + else + *lineFrom = *indexFrom = *lineTo = *indexTo = -1; +} + + +// Sets the current selection. +void QsciScintilla::setSelection(int lineFrom, int indexFrom, int lineTo, + int indexTo) +{ + SendScintilla(SCI_SETSEL, positionFromLineIndex(lineFrom, indexFrom), + positionFromLineIndex(lineTo, indexTo)); +} + + +// Set the background colour of selected text. +void QsciScintilla::setSelectionBackgroundColor(const QColor &col) +{ + int alpha = col.alpha(); + + if (alpha == 255) + alpha = SC_ALPHA_NOALPHA; + + SendScintilla(SCI_SETSELBACK, 1, col); + SendScintilla(SCI_SETSELALPHA, alpha); +} + + +// Set the foreground colour of selected text. +void QsciScintilla::setSelectionForegroundColor(const QColor &col) +{ + SendScintilla(SCI_SETSELFORE, 1, col); +} + + +// Reset the background colour of selected text to the default. +void QsciScintilla::resetSelectionBackgroundColor() +{ + SendScintilla(SCI_SETSELALPHA, SC_ALPHA_NOALPHA); + SendScintilla(SCI_SETSELBACK, 0UL); +} + + +// Reset the foreground colour of selected text to the default. +void QsciScintilla::resetSelectionForegroundColor() +{ + SendScintilla(SCI_SETSELFORE, 0UL); +} + + +// Set the fill to the end-of-line for the selection. +void QsciScintilla::setSelectionToEol(bool filled) +{ + SendScintilla(SCI_SETSELEOLFILLED, filled); +} + + +// Return the fill to the end-of-line for the selection. +bool QsciScintilla::selectionToEol() const +{ + return SendScintilla(SCI_GETSELEOLFILLED); +} + + +// Set the width of the caret. +void QsciScintilla::setCaretWidth(int width) +{ + SendScintilla(SCI_SETCARETWIDTH, width); +} + + +// Set the foreground colour of the caret. +void QsciScintilla::setCaretForegroundColor(const QColor &col) +{ + SendScintilla(SCI_SETCARETFORE, col); +} + + +// Set the background colour of the line containing the caret. +void QsciScintilla::setCaretLineBackgroundColor(const QColor &col) +{ + int alpha = col.alpha(); + + if (alpha == 255) + alpha = SC_ALPHA_NOALPHA; + + SendScintilla(SCI_SETCARETLINEBACK, col); + SendScintilla(SCI_SETCARETLINEBACKALPHA, alpha); +} + + +// Set the state of the background colour of the line containing the caret. +void QsciScintilla::setCaretLineVisible(bool enable) +{ + SendScintilla(SCI_SETCARETLINEVISIBLE, enable); +} + + +// Query the read-only state. +bool QsciScintilla::isReadOnly() const +{ + return SendScintilla(SCI_GETREADONLY); +} + + +// Set the read-only state. +void QsciScintilla::setReadOnly(bool ro) +{ + SendScintilla(SCI_SETREADONLY, ro); +} + + +// Append the given text. +void QsciScintilla::append(const QString &text) +{ + bool ro = ensureRW(); + + ScintillaString s = convertTextQ2S(text); + SendScintilla(SCI_APPENDTEXT, ScintillaStringLength(s), + ScintillaStringData(s)); + + SendScintilla(SCI_EMPTYUNDOBUFFER); + + setReadOnly(ro); +} + + +// Insert the given text at the current position. +void QsciScintilla::insert(const QString &text) +{ + insertAtPos(text, -1); +} + + +// Insert the given text at the given line and offset. +void QsciScintilla::insertAt(const QString &text, int line, int index) +{ + insertAtPos(text, positionFromLineIndex(line, index)); +} + + +// Insert the given text at the given position. +void QsciScintilla::insertAtPos(const QString &text, int pos) +{ + bool ro = ensureRW(); + + SendScintilla(SCI_BEGINUNDOACTION); + SendScintilla(SCI_INSERTTEXT, pos, + ScintillaStringData(convertTextQ2S(text))); + SendScintilla(SCI_ENDUNDOACTION); + + setReadOnly(ro); +} + + +// Begin a sequence of undoable actions. +void QsciScintilla::beginUndoAction() +{ + SendScintilla(SCI_BEGINUNDOACTION); +} + + +// End a sequence of undoable actions. +void QsciScintilla::endUndoAction() +{ + SendScintilla(SCI_ENDUNDOACTION); +} + + +// Redo a sequence of actions. +void QsciScintilla::redo() +{ + SendScintilla(SCI_REDO); +} + + +// Undo a sequence of actions. +void QsciScintilla::undo() +{ + SendScintilla(SCI_UNDO); +} + + +// See if there is something to redo. +bool QsciScintilla::isRedoAvailable() const +{ + return SendScintilla(SCI_CANREDO); +} + + +// See if there is something to undo. +bool QsciScintilla::isUndoAvailable() const +{ + return SendScintilla(SCI_CANUNDO); +} + + +// Return the number of lines. +int QsciScintilla::lines() const +{ + return SendScintilla(SCI_GETLINECOUNT); +} + + +// Return the line at a position. +int QsciScintilla::lineAt(const QPoint &pos) const +{ + long chpos = SendScintilla(SCI_POSITIONFROMPOINTCLOSE, pos.x(), pos.y()); + + if (chpos < 0) + return -1; + + return SendScintilla(SCI_LINEFROMPOSITION, chpos); +} + + +// Return the length of a line. +int QsciScintilla::lineLength(int line) const +{ + if (line < 0 || line >= SendScintilla(SCI_GETLINECOUNT)) + return -1; + + return SendScintilla(SCI_LINELENGTH, line); +} + + +// Return the length of the current text. +int QsciScintilla::length() const +{ + return SendScintilla(SCI_GETTEXTLENGTH); +} + + +// Remove any selected text. +void QsciScintilla::removeSelectedText() +{ + SendScintilla(SCI_REPLACESEL, ""); +} + + +// Return the current selected text. +QString QsciScintilla::selectedText() const +{ + if (!selText) + return QString(); + + char *buf = new char[SendScintilla(SCI_GETSELECTIONEND) - SendScintilla(SCI_GETSELECTIONSTART) + 1]; + + SendScintilla(SCI_GETSELTEXT, buf); + + QString qs = convertTextS2Q(buf); + delete[] buf; + + return qs; +} + + +// Return the current text. +QString QsciScintilla::text() const +{ + int buflen = length() + 1; + char *buf = new char[buflen]; + + SendScintilla(SCI_GETTEXT, buflen, buf); + + QString qs = convertTextS2Q(buf); + delete[] buf; + + return qs; +} + + +// Return the text of a line. +QString QsciScintilla::text(int line) const +{ + int line_len = lineLength(line); + + if (line_len < 1) + return QString(); + + char *buf = new char[line_len + 1]; + + SendScintilla(SCI_GETLINE, line, buf); + buf[line_len] = '\0'; + + QString qs = convertTextS2Q(buf); + delete[] buf; + + return qs; +} + + +// Set the given text. +void QsciScintilla::setText(const QString &text) +{ + bool ro = ensureRW(); + + SendScintilla(SCI_SETTEXT, ScintillaStringData(convertTextQ2S(text))); + SendScintilla(SCI_EMPTYUNDOBUFFER); + + setReadOnly(ro); +} + + +// Get the cursor position +void QsciScintilla::getCursorPosition(int *line, int *index) const +{ + lineIndexFromPosition(SendScintilla(SCI_GETCURRENTPOS), line, index); +} + + +// Set the cursor position +void QsciScintilla::setCursorPosition(int line, int index) +{ + SendScintilla(SCI_GOTOPOS, positionFromLineIndex(line, index)); +} + + +// Ensure the cursor is visible. +void QsciScintilla::ensureCursorVisible() +{ + SendScintilla(SCI_SCROLLCARET); +} + + +// Ensure a line is visible. +void QsciScintilla::ensureLineVisible(int line) +{ + SendScintilla(SCI_ENSUREVISIBLEENFORCEPOLICY, line); +} + + +// Copy text to the clipboard. +void QsciScintilla::copy() +{ + SendScintilla(SCI_COPY); +} + + +// Cut text to the clipboard. +void QsciScintilla::cut() +{ + SendScintilla(SCI_CUT); +} + + +// Paste text from the clipboard. +void QsciScintilla::paste() +{ + SendScintilla(SCI_PASTE); +} + + +// Select all text, or deselect any selected text. +void QsciScintilla::selectAll(bool select) +{ + if (select) + SendScintilla(SCI_SELECTALL); + else + SendScintilla(SCI_SETANCHOR, SendScintilla(SCI_GETCURRENTPOS)); +} + + +// Delete all text. +void QsciScintilla::clear() +{ + bool ro = ensureRW(); + + SendScintilla(SCI_BEGINUNDOACTION); + SendScintilla(SCI_CLEARALL); + SendScintilla(SCI_ENDUNDOACTION); + + setReadOnly(ro); +} + + +// Return the indentation of a line. +int QsciScintilla::indentation(int line) const +{ + return SendScintilla(SCI_GETLINEINDENTATION, line); +} + + +// Set the indentation of a line. +void QsciScintilla::setIndentation(int line, int indentation) +{ + SendScintilla(SCI_BEGINUNDOACTION); + SendScintilla(SCI_SETLINEINDENTATION, line, indentation); + SendScintilla(SCI_ENDUNDOACTION); +} + + +// Indent a line. +void QsciScintilla::indent(int line) +{ + setIndentation(line, indentation(line) + indentWidth()); +} + + +// Unindent a line. +void QsciScintilla::unindent(int line) +{ + int newIndent = indentation(line) - indentWidth(); + + if (newIndent < 0) + newIndent = 0; + + setIndentation(line, newIndent); +} + + +// Return the indentation of the current line. +int QsciScintilla::currentIndent() const +{ + return indentation(SendScintilla(SCI_LINEFROMPOSITION, + SendScintilla(SCI_GETCURRENTPOS))); +} + + +// Return the current indentation width. +int QsciScintilla::indentWidth() const +{ + int w = indentationWidth(); + + if (w == 0) + w = tabWidth(); + + return w; +} + + +// Return the state of indentation guides. +bool QsciScintilla::indentationGuides() const +{ + return (SendScintilla(SCI_GETINDENTATIONGUIDES) != SC_IV_NONE); +} + + +// Enable and disable indentation guides. +void QsciScintilla::setIndentationGuides(bool enable) +{ + int iv; + + if (!enable) + iv = SC_IV_NONE; + else if (lex.isNull()) + iv = SC_IV_REAL; + else + iv = lex->indentationGuideView(); + + SendScintilla(SCI_SETINDENTATIONGUIDES, iv); +} + + +// Set the background colour of indentation guides. +void QsciScintilla::setIndentationGuidesBackgroundColor(const QColor &col) +{ + SendScintilla(SCI_STYLESETBACK, STYLE_INDENTGUIDE, col); +} + + +// Set the foreground colour of indentation guides. +void QsciScintilla::setIndentationGuidesForegroundColor(const QColor &col) +{ + SendScintilla(SCI_STYLESETFORE, STYLE_INDENTGUIDE, col); +} + + +// Return the indentation width. +int QsciScintilla::indentationWidth() const +{ + return SendScintilla(SCI_GETINDENT); +} + + +// Set the indentation width. +void QsciScintilla::setIndentationWidth(int width) +{ + SendScintilla(SCI_SETINDENT, width); +} + + +// Return the tab width. +int QsciScintilla::tabWidth() const +{ + return SendScintilla(SCI_GETTABWIDTH); +} + + +// Set the tab width. +void QsciScintilla::setTabWidth(int width) +{ + SendScintilla(SCI_SETTABWIDTH, width); +} + + +// Return the effect of the backspace key. +bool QsciScintilla::backspaceUnindents() const +{ + return SendScintilla(SCI_GETBACKSPACEUNINDENTS); +} + + +// Set the effect of the backspace key. +void QsciScintilla::setBackspaceUnindents(bool unindents) +{ + SendScintilla(SCI_SETBACKSPACEUNINDENTS, unindents); +} + + +// Return the effect of the tab key. +bool QsciScintilla::tabIndents() const +{ + return SendScintilla(SCI_GETTABINDENTS); +} + + +// Set the effect of the tab key. +void QsciScintilla::setTabIndents(bool indents) +{ + SendScintilla(SCI_SETTABINDENTS, indents); +} + + +// Return the indentation use of tabs. +bool QsciScintilla::indentationsUseTabs() const +{ + return SendScintilla(SCI_GETUSETABS); +} + + +// Set the indentation use of tabs. +void QsciScintilla::setIndentationsUseTabs(bool tabs) +{ + SendScintilla(SCI_SETUSETABS, tabs); +} + + +// Return the margin type. +QsciScintilla::MarginType QsciScintilla::marginType(int margin) const +{ + return (MarginType)SendScintilla(SCI_GETMARGINTYPEN, margin); +} + + +// Set the margin type. +void QsciScintilla::setMarginType(int margin, QsciScintilla::MarginType type) +{ + SendScintilla(SCI_SETMARGINTYPEN, margin, type); +} + + +// Clear margin text. +void QsciScintilla::clearMarginText(int line) +{ + if (line < 0) + SendScintilla(SCI_MARGINSETTEXT, line, (const char *)0); + else + SendScintilla(SCI_MARGINTEXTCLEARALL); +} + + +// Annotate a line. +void QsciScintilla::setMarginText(int line, const QString &text, int style) +{ + int style_offset = SendScintilla(SCI_MARGINGETSTYLEOFFSET); + + SendScintilla(SCI_MARGINSETTEXT, line, + ScintillaStringData(convertTextQ2S(text))); + + SendScintilla(SCI_MARGINSETSTYLE, line, style - style_offset); +} + + +// Annotate a line. +void QsciScintilla::setMarginText(int line, const QString &text, const QsciStyle &style) +{ + setMarginText(line, text, style.style()); +} + + +// Annotate a line. +void QsciScintilla::setMarginText(int line, const QsciStyledText &text) +{ + setMarginText(line, text.text(), text.style()); +} + + +// Annotate a line. +void QsciScintilla::setMarginText(int line, const QList &text) +{ + char *styles; + ScintillaString styled_text = styleText(text, &styles, + SendScintilla(SCI_MARGINGETSTYLEOFFSET)); + + SendScintilla(SCI_MARGINSETTEXT, line, ScintillaStringData(styled_text)); + SendScintilla(SCI_MARGINSETSTYLES, line, styles); + + delete[] styles; +} + + +// Return the state of line numbers in a margin. +bool QsciScintilla::marginLineNumbers(int margin) const +{ + return SendScintilla(SCI_GETMARGINTYPEN, margin); +} + + +// Enable and disable line numbers in a margin. +void QsciScintilla::setMarginLineNumbers(int margin, bool lnrs) +{ + SendScintilla(SCI_SETMARGINTYPEN, margin, + lnrs ? SC_MARGIN_NUMBER : SC_MARGIN_SYMBOL); +} + + +// Return the marker mask of a margin. +int QsciScintilla::marginMarkerMask(int margin) const +{ + return SendScintilla(SCI_GETMARGINMASKN, margin); +} + + +// Set the marker mask of a margin. +void QsciScintilla::setMarginMarkerMask(int margin,int mask) +{ + SendScintilla(SCI_SETMARGINMASKN, margin, mask); +} + + +// Return the state of a margin's sensitivity. +bool QsciScintilla::marginSensitivity(int margin) const +{ + return SendScintilla(SCI_GETMARGINSENSITIVEN, margin); +} + + +// Enable and disable a margin's sensitivity. +void QsciScintilla::setMarginSensitivity(int margin,bool sens) +{ + SendScintilla(SCI_SETMARGINSENSITIVEN, margin, sens); +} + + +// Return the width of a margin. +int QsciScintilla::marginWidth(int margin) const +{ + return SendScintilla(SCI_GETMARGINWIDTHN, margin); +} + + +// Set the width of a margin. +void QsciScintilla::setMarginWidth(int margin, int width) +{ + SendScintilla(SCI_SETMARGINWIDTHN, margin, width); +} + + +// Set the width of a margin to the width of some text. +void QsciScintilla::setMarginWidth(int margin, const QString &s) +{ + int width = SendScintilla(SCI_TEXTWIDTH, STYLE_LINENUMBER, + ScintillaStringData(convertTextQ2S(s))); + + setMarginWidth(margin, width); +} + + +// Set the background colour of all margins. +void QsciScintilla::setMarginsBackgroundColor(const QColor &col) +{ + handleStylePaperChange(col, STYLE_LINENUMBER); +} + + +// Set the foreground colour of all margins. +void QsciScintilla::setMarginsForegroundColor(const QColor &col) +{ + handleStyleColorChange(col, STYLE_LINENUMBER); +} + + +// Set the font of all margins. +void QsciScintilla::setMarginsFont(const QFont &f) +{ + setStylesFont(f, STYLE_LINENUMBER); +} + + +// Define a marker based on a symbol. +int QsciScintilla::markerDefine(MarkerSymbol sym, int mnr) +{ + checkMarker(mnr); + + if (mnr >= 0) + SendScintilla(SCI_MARKERDEFINE, mnr, static_cast(sym)); + + return mnr; +} + + +// Define a marker based on a character. +int QsciScintilla::markerDefine(char ch, int mnr) +{ + checkMarker(mnr); + + if (mnr >= 0) + SendScintilla(SCI_MARKERDEFINE, mnr, + static_cast(SC_MARK_CHARACTER) + ch); + + return mnr; +} + + +// Define a marker based on a QPixmap. +int QsciScintilla::markerDefine(const QPixmap &pm, int mnr) +{ + checkMarker(mnr); + + if (mnr >= 0) + SendScintilla(SCI_MARKERDEFINEPIXMAP, mnr, pm); + + return mnr; +} + + +// Add a marker to a line. +int QsciScintilla::markerAdd(int linenr, int mnr) +{ + if (mnr < 0 || mnr > MARKER_MAX || (allocatedMarkers & (1 << mnr)) == 0) + return -1; + + return SendScintilla(SCI_MARKERADD, linenr, mnr); +} + + +// Get the marker mask for a line. +unsigned QsciScintilla::markersAtLine(int linenr) const +{ + return SendScintilla(SCI_MARKERGET, linenr); +} + + +// Delete a marker from a line. +void QsciScintilla::markerDelete(int linenr, int mnr) +{ + if (mnr <= MARKER_MAX) + { + if (mnr < 0) + { + unsigned am = allocatedMarkers; + + for (int m = 0; m <= MARKER_MAX; ++m) + { + if (am & 1) + SendScintilla(SCI_MARKERDELETE, linenr, m); + + am >>= 1; + } + } + else if (allocatedMarkers & (1 << mnr)) + SendScintilla(SCI_MARKERDELETE, linenr, mnr); + } +} + + +// Delete a marker from the text. +void QsciScintilla::markerDeleteAll(int mnr) +{ + if (mnr <= MARKER_MAX) + { + if (mnr < 0) + SendScintilla(SCI_MARKERDELETEALL, -1); + else if (allocatedMarkers & (1 << mnr)) + SendScintilla(SCI_MARKERDELETEALL, mnr); + } +} + + +// Delete a marker handle from the text. +void QsciScintilla::markerDeleteHandle(int mhandle) +{ + SendScintilla(SCI_MARKERDELETEHANDLE, mhandle); +} + + +// Return the line containing a marker instance. +int QsciScintilla::markerLine(int mhandle) const +{ + return SendScintilla(SCI_MARKERLINEFROMHANDLE, mhandle); +} + + +// Search forwards for a marker. +int QsciScintilla::markerFindNext(int linenr, unsigned mask) const +{ + return SendScintilla(SCI_MARKERNEXT, linenr, mask); +} + + +// Search backwards for a marker. +int QsciScintilla::markerFindPrevious(int linenr, unsigned mask) const +{ + return SendScintilla(SCI_MARKERPREVIOUS, linenr, mask); +} + + +// Set the marker background colour. +void QsciScintilla::setMarkerBackgroundColor(const QColor &col, int mnr) +{ + if (mnr <= MARKER_MAX) + { + int alpha = col.alpha(); + + // An opaque background would make the text invisible. + if (alpha == 255) + alpha = SC_ALPHA_NOALPHA; + + if (mnr < 0) + { + unsigned am = allocatedMarkers; + + for (int m = 0; m <= MARKER_MAX; ++m) + { + if (am & 1) + { + SendScintilla(SCI_MARKERSETBACK, m, col); + SendScintilla(SCI_MARKERSETALPHA, m, alpha); + } + + am >>= 1; + } + } + else if (allocatedMarkers & (1 << mnr)) + { + SendScintilla(SCI_MARKERSETBACK, mnr, col); + SendScintilla(SCI_MARKERSETALPHA, mnr, alpha); + } + } +} + + +// Set the marker foreground colour. +void QsciScintilla::setMarkerForegroundColor(const QColor &col, int mnr) +{ + if (mnr <= MARKER_MAX) + { + if (mnr < 0) + { + unsigned am = allocatedMarkers; + + for (int m = 0; m <= MARKER_MAX; ++m) + { + if (am & 1) + SendScintilla(SCI_MARKERSETFORE, m, col); + + am >>= 1; + } + } + else if (allocatedMarkers & (1 << mnr)) + { + SendScintilla(SCI_MARKERSETFORE, mnr, col); + } + } +} + + +// Check a marker, allocating a marker number if necessary. +void QsciScintilla::checkMarker(int &mnr) +{ + if (mnr >= 0) + { + // Note that we allow existing markers to be explicitly redefined. + if (mnr > MARKER_MAX) + mnr = -1; + } + else + { + unsigned am = allocatedMarkers; + + // Find the smallest unallocated marker number. + for (mnr = 0; mnr <= MARKER_MAX; ++mnr) + { + if ((am & 1) == 0) + break; + + am >>= 1; + } + } + + // Define the marker if it is valid. + if (mnr >= 0) + allocatedMarkers |= (1 << mnr); +} + + +// Reset the fold margin colours. +void QsciScintilla::resetFoldMarginColors() +{ + SendScintilla(SCI_SETFOLDMARGINHICOLOUR, 0, 0L); + SendScintilla(SCI_SETFOLDMARGINCOLOUR, 0, 0L); +} + + +// Set the fold margin colours. +void QsciScintilla::setFoldMarginColors(const QColor &fore, const QColor &back) +{ + SendScintilla(SCI_SETFOLDMARGINHICOLOUR, 1, fore); + SendScintilla(SCI_SETFOLDMARGINCOLOUR, 1, back); +} + + +// Set the call tips background colour. +void QsciScintilla::setCallTipsBackgroundColor(const QColor &col) +{ + SendScintilla(SCI_CALLTIPSETBACK, col); +} + + +// Set the call tips foreground colour. +void QsciScintilla::setCallTipsForegroundColor(const QColor &col) +{ + SendScintilla(SCI_CALLTIPSETFORE, col); +} + + +// Set the call tips highlight colour. +void QsciScintilla::setCallTipsHighlightColor(const QColor &col) +{ + SendScintilla(SCI_CALLTIPSETFOREHLT, col); +} + + +// Set the matched brace background colour. +void QsciScintilla::setMatchedBraceBackgroundColor(const QColor &col) +{ + SendScintilla(SCI_STYLESETBACK, STYLE_BRACELIGHT, col); +} + + +// Set the matched brace foreground colour. +void QsciScintilla::setMatchedBraceForegroundColor(const QColor &col) +{ + SendScintilla(SCI_STYLESETFORE, STYLE_BRACELIGHT, col); +} + + +// Set the unmatched brace background colour. +void QsciScintilla::setUnmatchedBraceBackgroundColor(const QColor &col) +{ + SendScintilla(SCI_STYLESETBACK, STYLE_BRACEBAD, col); +} + + +// Set the unmatched brace foreground colour. +void QsciScintilla::setUnmatchedBraceForegroundColor(const QColor &col) +{ + SendScintilla(SCI_STYLESETFORE, STYLE_BRACEBAD, col); +} + + +// Detach any lexer. +void QsciScintilla::detachLexer() +{ + if (!lex.isNull()) + { + lex->setEditor(0); + lex->disconnect(this); + + SendScintilla(SCI_STYLERESETDEFAULT); + SendScintilla(SCI_STYLECLEARALL); + SendScintilla(SCI_CLEARDOCUMENTSTYLE); + } +} + + +// Set the lexer. +void QsciScintilla::setLexer(QsciLexer *lexer) +{ + // Detach any current lexer. + detachLexer(); + + // Connect up the new lexer. + lex = lexer; + + if (lex) + { + if (lex->lexer()) + SendScintilla(SCI_SETLEXERLANGUAGE, lex->lexer()); + else + SendScintilla(SCI_SETLEXER, lex->lexerId()); + + lex->setEditor(this); + + connect(lex,SIGNAL(colorChanged(const QColor &, int)), + SLOT(handleStyleColorChange(const QColor &, int))); + connect(lex,SIGNAL(eolFillChanged(bool, int)), + SLOT(handleStyleEolFillChange(bool, int))); + connect(lex,SIGNAL(fontChanged(const QFont &, int)), + SLOT(handleStyleFontChange(const QFont &, int))); + connect(lex,SIGNAL(paperChanged(const QColor &, int)), + SLOT(handleStylePaperChange(const QColor &, int))); + connect(lex,SIGNAL(propertyChanged(const char *, const char *)), + SLOT(handlePropertyChange(const char *, const char *))); + + // Set the keywords. Scintilla allows for sets numbered 0 to + // KEYWORDSET_MAX (although the lexers only seem to exploit 0 to + // KEYWORDSET_MAX - 1). We number from 1 in line with SciTE's property + // files. + for (int k = 0; k <= KEYWORDSET_MAX; ++k) + { + const char *kw = lex -> keywords(k + 1); + + if (!kw) + kw = ""; + + SendScintilla(SCI_SETKEYWORDS, k, kw); + } + + // Initialise each style. Do the default first so its (possibly + // incorrect) font setting gets reset when style 0 is set. + setLexerStyle(STYLE_DEFAULT); + + int nrStyles = 1 << SendScintilla(SCI_GETSTYLEBITS); + + for (int s = 0; s < nrStyles; ++s) + if (!lex->description(s).isNull()) + setLexerStyle(s); + + // Initialise the properties. + lex->refreshProperties(); + + // Set the auto-completion fillups and word separators. + setAutoCompletionFillupsEnabled(fillups_enabled); + wseps = lex->autoCompletionWordSeparators(); + + wchars = lex->wordCharacters(); + + if (!wchars) + wchars = defaultWordChars; + + SendScintilla(SCI_AUTOCSETIGNORECASE, !lex->caseSensitive()); + + recolor(); + } + else + { + SendScintilla(SCI_SETLEXER, SCLEX_CONTAINER); + + setColor(nl_text_colour); + setPaper(nl_paper_colour); + + SendScintilla(SCI_AUTOCSETFILLUPS, ""); + SendScintilla(SCI_AUTOCSETIGNORECASE, false); + wseps.clear(); + wchars = defaultWordChars; + } +} + + +// Set a particular style of the current lexer. +void QsciScintilla::setLexerStyle(int style) +{ + handleStyleColorChange(lex->color(style), style); + handleStyleEolFillChange(lex->eolFill(style), style); + handleStyleFontChange(lex->font(style), style); + handleStylePaperChange(lex->paper(style), style); +} + + +// Get the current lexer. +QsciLexer *QsciScintilla::lexer() const +{ + return lex; +} + + +// Handle a change in lexer style foreground colour. +void QsciScintilla::handleStyleColorChange(const QColor &c, int style) +{ + SendScintilla(SCI_STYLESETFORE, style, c); +} + + +// Handle a change in lexer style end-of-line fill. +void QsciScintilla::handleStyleEolFillChange(bool eolfill, int style) +{ + SendScintilla(SCI_STYLESETEOLFILLED, style, eolfill); +} + + +// Handle a change in lexer style font. +void QsciScintilla::handleStyleFontChange(const QFont &f, int style) +{ + setStylesFont(f, style); + + if (style == lex->braceStyle()) + { + setStylesFont(f, STYLE_BRACELIGHT); + setStylesFont(f, STYLE_BRACEBAD); + } +} + + +// Set the font for a style. +void QsciScintilla::setStylesFont(const QFont &f, int style) +{ + SendScintilla(SCI_STYLESETFONT, style, f.family().toAscii().data()); + SendScintilla(SCI_STYLESETSIZE, style, f.pointSize()); + SendScintilla(SCI_STYLESETBOLD, style, f.bold()); + SendScintilla(SCI_STYLESETITALIC, style, f.italic()); + SendScintilla(SCI_STYLESETUNDERLINE, style, f.underline()); + + // Tie the font settings of the default style to that of style 0 (the style + // conventionally used for whitespace by lexers). This is needed so that + // fold marks, indentations, edge columns etc are set properly. + if (style == 0) + setStylesFont(f, STYLE_DEFAULT); +} + + +// Handle a change in lexer style background colour. +void QsciScintilla::handleStylePaperChange(const QColor &c, int style) +{ + SendScintilla(SCI_STYLESETBACK, style, c); +} + + +// Handle a change in lexer property. +void QsciScintilla::handlePropertyChange(const char *prop, const char *val) +{ + SendScintilla(SCI_SETPROPERTY, prop, val); +} + + +// Handle a change to the user visible user interface. +void QsciScintilla::handleUpdateUI() +{ + int newPos = SendScintilla(SCI_GETCURRENTPOS); + + if (newPos != oldPos) + { + oldPos = newPos; + + int line = SendScintilla(SCI_LINEFROMPOSITION, newPos); + int col = SendScintilla(SCI_GETCOLUMN, newPos); + + emit cursorPositionChanged(line, col); + } + + if (braceMode != NoBraceMatch) + braceMatch(); +} + + +// Handle brace matching. +void QsciScintilla::braceMatch() +{ + long braceAtCaret, braceOpposite; + + findMatchingBrace(braceAtCaret, braceOpposite, braceMode); + + if (braceAtCaret >= 0 && braceOpposite < 0) + { + SendScintilla(SCI_BRACEBADLIGHT, braceAtCaret); + SendScintilla(SCI_SETHIGHLIGHTGUIDE, 0UL); + } + else + { + char chBrace = SendScintilla(SCI_GETCHARAT, braceAtCaret); + + SendScintilla(SCI_BRACEHIGHLIGHT, braceAtCaret, braceOpposite); + + long columnAtCaret = SendScintilla(SCI_GETCOLUMN, braceAtCaret); + long columnOpposite = SendScintilla(SCI_GETCOLUMN, braceOpposite); + + if (chBrace == ':') + { + long lineStart = SendScintilla(SCI_LINEFROMPOSITION, braceAtCaret); + long indentPos = SendScintilla(SCI_GETLINEINDENTPOSITION, + lineStart); + long indentPosNext = SendScintilla(SCI_GETLINEINDENTPOSITION, + lineStart + 1); + + columnAtCaret = SendScintilla(SCI_GETCOLUMN, indentPos); + + long columnAtCaretNext = SendScintilla(SCI_GETCOLUMN, + indentPosNext); + long indentSize = SendScintilla(SCI_GETINDENT); + + if (columnAtCaretNext - indentSize > 1) + columnAtCaret = columnAtCaretNext - indentSize; + + if (columnOpposite == 0) + columnOpposite = columnAtCaret; + } + + long column = columnAtCaret; + + if (column > columnOpposite) + column = columnOpposite; + + SendScintilla(SCI_SETHIGHLIGHTGUIDE, column); + } +} + + +// Check if the character at a position is a brace. +long QsciScintilla::checkBrace(long pos, int brace_style, bool &colonMode) +{ + long brace_pos = -1; + char ch = SendScintilla(SCI_GETCHARAT, pos); + + if (ch == ':') + { + // A bit of a hack, we should really use a virtual. + if (!lex.isNull() && qstrcmp(lex->lexer(), "python") == 0) + { + brace_pos = pos; + colonMode = true; + } + } + else if (ch && strchr("[](){}<>", ch)) + { + if (brace_style < 0) + brace_pos = pos; + else + { + int style = SendScintilla(SCI_GETSTYLEAT, pos) & 0x1f; + + if (style == brace_style) + brace_pos = pos; + } + } + + return brace_pos; +} + + +// Find a brace and it's match. Return true if the current position is inside +// a pair of braces. +bool QsciScintilla::findMatchingBrace(long &brace, long &other,BraceMatch mode) +{ + bool colonMode = false; + int brace_style = (lex.isNull() ? -1 : lex->braceStyle()); + + brace = -1; + other = -1; + + long caretPos = SendScintilla(SCI_GETCURRENTPOS); + + if (caretPos > 0) + brace = checkBrace(caretPos - 1, brace_style, colonMode); + + bool isInside = false; + + if (brace < 0 && mode == SloppyBraceMatch) + { + brace = checkBrace(caretPos, brace_style, colonMode); + + if (brace >= 0 && !colonMode) + isInside = true; + } + + if (brace >= 0) + { + if (colonMode) + { + // Find the end of the Python indented block. + long lineStart = SendScintilla(SCI_LINEFROMPOSITION, brace); + long lineMaxSubord = SendScintilla(SCI_GETLASTCHILD, lineStart, -1); + + other = SendScintilla(SCI_GETLINEENDPOSITION, lineMaxSubord); + } + else + other = SendScintilla(SCI_BRACEMATCH, brace); + + if (other > brace) + isInside = !isInside; + } + + return isInside; +} + + +// Move to the matching brace. +void QsciScintilla::moveToMatchingBrace() +{ + gotoMatchingBrace(false); +} + + +// Select to the matching brace. +void QsciScintilla::selectToMatchingBrace() +{ + gotoMatchingBrace(true); +} + + +// Move to the matching brace and optionally select the text. +void QsciScintilla::gotoMatchingBrace(bool select) +{ + long braceAtCaret; + long braceOpposite; + + bool isInside = findMatchingBrace(braceAtCaret, braceOpposite, + SloppyBraceMatch); + + if (braceOpposite >= 0) + { + // Convert the character positions into caret positions based on + // whether the caret position was inside or outside the braces. + if (isInside) + { + if (braceOpposite > braceAtCaret) + braceAtCaret++; + else + braceOpposite++; + } + else + { + if (braceOpposite > braceAtCaret) + braceOpposite++; + else + braceAtCaret++; + } + + ensureLineVisible(SendScintilla(SCI_LINEFROMPOSITION, braceOpposite)); + + if (select) + SendScintilla(SCI_SETSEL, braceAtCaret, braceOpposite); + else + SendScintilla(SCI_SETSEL, braceOpposite, braceOpposite); + } +} + + +// Return a position from a line number and an index within the line. +int QsciScintilla::positionFromLineIndex(int line, int index) const +{ + int pos = SendScintilla(SCI_POSITIONFROMLINE, line); + + // Allow for multi-byte characters. + for(int i = 0; i < index; i++) + pos = SendScintilla(SCI_POSITIONAFTER, pos); + + return pos; +} + + +// Return a line number and an index within the line from a position. +void QsciScintilla::lineIndexFromPosition(int position, int *line, int *index) const +{ + int lin = SendScintilla(SCI_LINEFROMPOSITION, position); + int linpos = SendScintilla(SCI_POSITIONFROMLINE, lin); + int indx = 0; + + // Allow for multi-byte characters. + while (linpos < position) + { + int new_linpos = SendScintilla(SCI_POSITIONAFTER, linpos); + + // If the position hasn't moved then we must be at the end of the text + // (which implies that the position passed was beyond the end of the + // text). + if (new_linpos == linpos) + break; + + linpos = new_linpos; + ++indx; + } + + *line = lin; + *index = indx; +} + + +// Convert a Scintilla string to a Qt Unicode string. +QString QsciScintilla::convertTextS2Q(const char *s) const +{ + if (isUtf8()) + return QString::fromUtf8(s); + + return QString::fromLatin1(s); +} + + +// Convert a Qt Unicode string to a Scintilla string. +QsciScintilla::ScintillaString QsciScintilla::convertTextQ2S(const QString &q) const +{ + if (isUtf8()) + return q.toUtf8(); + + return q.toLatin1(); +} + + +// Set the source of the automatic auto-completion list. +void QsciScintilla::setAutoCompletionSource(AutoCompletionSource source) +{ + acSource = source; +} + + +// Set the threshold for automatic auto-completion. +void QsciScintilla::setAutoCompletionThreshold(int thresh) +{ + acThresh = thresh; +} + + +// Set the auto-completion word separators if there is no current lexer. +void QsciScintilla::setAutoCompletionWordSeparators(const QStringList &separators) +{ + if (lex.isNull()) + wseps = separators; +} + + +// Explicitly auto-complete from all sources. +void QsciScintilla::autoCompleteFromAll() +{ + startAutoCompletion(AcsAll, false, showSingle); +} + + +// Explicitly auto-complete from the APIs. +void QsciScintilla::autoCompleteFromAPIs() +{ + startAutoCompletion(AcsAPIs, false, showSingle); +} + + +// Explicitly auto-complete from the document. +void QsciScintilla::autoCompleteFromDocument() +{ + startAutoCompletion(AcsDocument, false, showSingle); +} + + +// Check if a character can be in a word. +bool QsciScintilla::isWordCharacter(char ch) const +{ + return (strchr(wchars, ch) != NULL); +} + + +// Return the set of valid word characters. +const char *QsciScintilla::wordCharacters() const +{ + return wchars; +} + + +// Recolour the document. +void QsciScintilla::recolor(int start, int end) +{ + SendScintilla(SCI_COLOURISE, start, end); +} + + +// Registered an image. +void QsciScintilla::registerImage(int id, const QPixmap &pm) +{ + SendScintilla(SCI_REGISTERIMAGE, id, pm); +} + + +// Clear all registered images. +void QsciScintilla::clearRegisteredImages() +{ + SendScintilla(SCI_CLEARREGISTEREDIMAGES); +} + + +// Enable auto-completion fill-ups. +void QsciScintilla::setAutoCompletionFillupsEnabled(bool enable) +{ + const char *fillups; + + if (!enable) + fillups = ""; + else if (!lex.isNull()) + fillups = lex->autoCompletionFillups(); + else + fillups = explicit_fillups.data(); + + SendScintilla(SCI_AUTOCSETFILLUPS, fillups); + + fillups_enabled = enable; +} + + +// See if auto-completion fill-ups are enabled. +bool QsciScintilla::autoCompletionFillupsEnabled() const +{ + return fillups_enabled; +} + + +// Set the fill-up characters for auto-completion if there is no current lexer. +void QsciScintilla::setAutoCompletionFillups(const char *fillups) +{ + explicit_fillups = fillups; + setAutoCompletionFillupsEnabled(fillups_enabled); +} + + +// Set the case sensitivity for auto-completion if there is no current lexer. +void QsciScintilla::setAutoCompletionCaseSensitivity(bool cs) +{ + if (lex.isNull()) + SendScintilla(SCI_AUTOCSETIGNORECASE, !cs); +} + + +// Return the case sensitivity for auto-completion. +bool QsciScintilla::autoCompletionCaseSensitivity() const +{ + return !SendScintilla(SCI_AUTOCGETIGNORECASE); +} + + +// Set the replace word mode for auto-completion. +void QsciScintilla::setAutoCompletionReplaceWord(bool replace) +{ + SendScintilla(SCI_AUTOCSETDROPRESTOFWORD, replace); +} + + +// Return the replace word mode for auto-completion. +bool QsciScintilla::autoCompletionReplaceWord() const +{ + return SendScintilla(SCI_AUTOCGETDROPRESTOFWORD); +} + + +// Set the single item mode for auto-completion. +void QsciScintilla::setAutoCompletionShowSingle(bool single) +{ + showSingle = single; +} + + +// Return the single item mode for auto-completion. +bool QsciScintilla::autoCompletionShowSingle() const +{ + return showSingle; +} + + +// Set current call tip style. +void QsciScintilla::setCallTipsStyle(CallTipsStyle style) +{ + call_tips_style = style; +} + + +// Set maximum number of call tips displayed. +void QsciScintilla::setCallTipsVisible(int nr) +{ + maxCallTips = nr; +} + + +// Set the document to display. +void QsciScintilla::setDocument(const QsciDocument &document) +{ + if (doc.pdoc != document.pdoc) + { + doc.undisplay(this); + doc.attach(document); + doc.display(this,&document); + } +} + + +// Ensure the document is read-write and return true if was was read-only. +bool QsciScintilla::ensureRW() +{ + bool ro = isReadOnly(); + + if (ro) + setReadOnly(false); + + return ro; +} + + +// Return the number of the first visible line. +int QsciScintilla::firstVisibleLine() const +{ + return SendScintilla(SCI_GETFIRSTVISIBLELINE); +} + + +// Return the height in pixels of the text in a particular line. +int QsciScintilla::textHeight(int linenr) const +{ + return SendScintilla(SCI_TEXTHEIGHT, linenr); +} + + +// See if auto-completion or user list is active. +bool QsciScintilla::isListActive() const +{ + return SendScintilla(SCI_AUTOCACTIVE); +} + + +// Cancel any current auto-completion or user list. +void QsciScintilla::cancelList() +{ + SendScintilla(SCI_AUTOCCANCEL); +} + + +// Handle a selection from the auto-completion list. +void QsciScintilla::handleAutoCompletionSelection() +{ + if (!lex.isNull()) + { + QsciAbstractAPIs *apis = lex->apis(); + + if (apis) + apis->autoCompletionSelected(acSelection); + } +} + + +// Display a user list. +void QsciScintilla::showUserList(int id, const QStringList &list) +{ + // Sanity check to make sure auto-completion doesn't get confused. + if (id <= 0) + return; + + SendScintilla(SCI_AUTOCSETSEPARATOR, userSeparator); + SendScintilla(SCI_USERLISTSHOW, id, + list.join(QChar(userSeparator)).toLatin1().data()); +} + + +// Translate the SCN_USERLISTSELECTION notification into something more useful. +void QsciScintilla::handleUserListSelection(const char *text, int id) +{ + emit userListActivated(id, QString(text)); +} + + +// Return the case sensitivity of any lexer. +bool QsciScintilla::caseSensitive() const +{ + return lex.isNull() ? true : lex->caseSensitive(); +} + + +// Return true if the current list is an auto-completion list rather than a +// user list. +bool QsciScintilla::isAutoCompletionList() const +{ + return (SendScintilla(SCI_AUTOCGETSEPARATOR) == acSeparator); +} + + +// Read the text from a QIODevice. +bool QsciScintilla::read(QIODevice *io) +{ + const int min_size = 1024 * 8; + + int buf_size = min_size; + char *buf = new char[buf_size]; + + int data_len = 0; + bool ok = true; + + qint64 part; + + // Read the whole lot in so we don't have to worry about character + // boundaries. + do + { + // Make sure there is a minimum amount of room. + if (buf_size - data_len < min_size) + { + buf_size *= 2; + char *new_buf = new char[buf_size * 2]; + + memcpy(new_buf, buf, data_len); + delete[] buf; + buf = new_buf; + } + + part = io->read(buf + data_len, buf_size - data_len - 1); + + data_len += part; + } + while (part > 0); + + if (part < 0) + ok = false; + else + { + buf[data_len] = '\0'; + + bool ro = ensureRW(); + + SendScintilla(SCI_SETTEXT, buf); + SendScintilla(SCI_EMPTYUNDOBUFFER); + + setReadOnly(ro); + } + + delete[] buf; + + return ok; +} + + +// Write the text to a QIODevice. +bool QsciScintilla::write(QIODevice *io) const +{ + const char *buf = reinterpret_cast(SendScintillaPtrResult(SCI_GETCHARACTERPOINTER)); + + const char *bp = buf; + uint buflen = qstrlen(buf); + + while (buflen > 0) + { + qint64 part = io->write(bp, buflen); + + if (part < 0) + return false; + + bp += part; + buflen -= part; + } + + return true; +} + + +// Return the word at the given cooridinates. +QString QsciScintilla::wordAtPoint(const QPoint &point) const +{ + long close_pos = SendScintilla(SCI_POSITIONFROMPOINTCLOSE, point.x(), + point.y()); + + if (close_pos < 0) + return QString(); + + long start_pos = SendScintilla(SCI_WORDSTARTPOSITION, close_pos, true); + long end_pos = SendScintilla(SCI_WORDENDPOSITION, close_pos, true); + int word_len = end_pos - start_pos; + + if (word_len <= 0) + return QString(); + + char *buf = new char[word_len + 1]; + SendScintilla(SCI_GETTEXTRANGE, start_pos, end_pos, buf); + QString word = convertTextS2Q(buf); + delete[] buf; + + return word; +} + + +// Return the display style for annotations. +QsciScintilla::AnnotationDisplay QsciScintilla::annotationDisplay() const +{ + return (AnnotationDisplay)SendScintilla(SCI_ANNOTATIONGETVISIBLE); +} + + +// Set the display style for annotations. +void QsciScintilla::setAnnotationDisplay(QsciScintilla::AnnotationDisplay display) +{ + SendScintilla(SCI_ANNOTATIONSETVISIBLE, display); +} + + +// Clear annotations. +void QsciScintilla::clearAnnotations(int line) +{ + if (line < 0) + SendScintilla(SCI_ANNOTATIONSETTEXT, line, (const char *)0); + else + SendScintilla(SCI_ANNOTATIONCLEARALL); +} + + +// Annotate a line. +void QsciScintilla::annotate(int line, const QString &text, int style) +{ + int style_offset = SendScintilla(SCI_ANNOTATIONGETSTYLEOFFSET); + + ScintillaString s = convertTextQ2S(text); + + SendScintilla(SCI_ANNOTATIONSETTEXT, line, ScintillaStringData(s)); + + // SCI_ANNOTATIONSETSTYLE is broken in Scintilla v1.78 when the text + // contains newlines. +#if 0 + SendScintilla(SCI_ANNOTATIONSETSTYLE, line, style - style_offset); +#else + int nr_bytes = ScintillaStringLength(s); + char *styles = new char[nr_bytes]; + + memset(styles, style - style_offset, nr_bytes); + SendScintilla(SCI_ANNOTATIONSETSTYLES, line, styles); + + delete[] styles; +#endif +} + + +// Annotate a line. +void QsciScintilla::annotate(int line, const QString &text, const QsciStyle &style) +{ + annotate(line, text, style.style()); +} + + +// Annotate a line. +void QsciScintilla::annotate(int line, const QsciStyledText &text) +{ + annotate(line, text.text(), text.style()); +} + + +// Annotate a line. +void QsciScintilla::annotate(int line, const QList &text) +{ + char *styles; + ScintillaString styled_text = styleText(text, &styles, + SendScintilla(SCI_ANNOTATIONGETSTYLEOFFSET)); + + SendScintilla(SCI_ANNOTATIONSETTEXT, line, + ScintillaStringData(styled_text)); + SendScintilla(SCI_ANNOTATIONSETSTYLES, line, styles); + + delete[] styles; +} + + +// Get the annotation for a line, if any. +QString QsciScintilla::annotation(int line) const +{ + char *buf = new char[SendScintilla(SCI_ANNOTATIONGETTEXT, line, (const char *)0) + 1]; + + buf[SendScintilla(SCI_ANNOTATIONGETTEXT, line, buf)] = '\0'; + + QString qs = convertTextS2Q(buf); + delete[] buf; + + return qs; +} + + +// Convert a list of styled text to the low-level arrays. +QsciScintilla::ScintillaString QsciScintilla::styleText(const QList &styled_text, char **styles, int style_offset) +{ + QString text; + int i; + + // Build the full text. + for (i = 0; i < styled_text.count(); ++i) + { + const QsciStyledText &st = styled_text[i]; + + text.append(st.text()); + } + + ScintillaString s = convertTextQ2S(text); + + // There is a style byte for every byte. + char *sp = *styles = new char[ScintillaStringLength(s)]; + + for (i = 0; i < styled_text.count(); ++i) + { + const QsciStyledText &st = styled_text[i]; + ScintillaString part = convertTextQ2S(st.text()); + int part_length = ScintillaStringLength(part); + + for (int c = 0; c < part_length; ++c) + *sp++ = (char)(st.style() - style_offset); + } + + return s; +} diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qt/qsciscintilla.h b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qt/qsciscintilla.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0f54ae422a --- /dev/null +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qt/qsciscintilla.h @@ -0,0 +1,1681 @@ +// This module defines the "official" high-level API of the Qt port of +// Scintilla. +// +// Copyright (c) 2010 Riverbank Computing Limited +// +// This file is part of QScintilla. +// +// This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General Public +// License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free Software +// Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2 and LICENSE.GPL3 +// included in the packaging of this file. Alternatively you may (at +// your option) use any later version of the GNU General Public +// License if such license has been publicly approved by Riverbank +// Computing Limited (or its successors, if any) and the KDE Free Qt +// Foundation. In addition, as a special exception, Riverbank gives you +// certain additional rights. These rights are described in the Riverbank +// GPL Exception version 1.1, which can be found in the file +// GPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package. +// +// Please review the following information to ensure GNU General +// Public Licensing requirements will be met: +// http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/. If +// you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please +// review the following information: +// http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview +// or contact the sales department at sales@riverbankcomputing.com. +// +// This file is provided AS IS with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING THE +// WARRANTY OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. + + +#ifndef QSCISCINTILLA_H +#define QSCISCINTILLA_H + +#ifdef __APPLE__ +extern "C++" { +#endif + +#include +#include + +#include +#include +#include + +#include +#include +#include + + +class QIODevice; +class QPoint; + +class QsciCommandSet; +class QsciLexer; +class QsciStyle; +class QsciStyledText; +class ListBoxQt; + + +//! \brief The QsciScintilla class implements a higher level, more Qt-like, +//! API to the Scintilla editor widget. +//! +//! QsciScintilla implements methods, signals and slots similar to those found +//! in other Qt editor classes. It also provides a higher level interface to +//! features specific to Scintilla such as syntax styling, call tips, +//! auto-indenting and auto-completion than that provided by QsciScintillaBase. +class QSCINTILLA_EXPORT QsciScintilla : public QsciScintillaBase +{ + Q_OBJECT + +public: + //! This enum defines the different auto-indentation styles. + enum { + //! A line is automatically indented to match the previous line. + AiMaintain = 0x01, + + //! If the language supported by the current lexer has a specific start + //! of block character (e.g. { in C++), then a line that begins with + //! that character is indented as well as the lines that make up the + //! block. It may be logically ored with AiClosing. + AiOpening = 0x02, + + //! If the language supported by the current lexer has a specific end + //! of block character (e.g. } in C++), then a line that begins with + //! that character is indented as well as the lines that make up the + //! block. It may be logically ored with AiOpening. + AiClosing = 0x04 + }; + + //! This enum defines the different annotation display styles. + enum AnnotationDisplay { + //! Annotations are not displayed. + AnnotationHidden = ANNOTATION_HIDDEN, + + //! Annotations are drawn left justified with no adornment. + AnnotationStandard = ANNOTATION_STANDARD, + + //! Annotations are surrounded by a box. + AnnotationBoxed = ANNOTATION_BOXED + }; + + //! This enum defines the different sources for auto-completion lists. + enum AutoCompletionSource { + //! No sources are used, ie. automatic auto-completion is disabled. + AcsNone, + + //! The source is all available sources. + AcsAll, + + //! The source is the current document. + AcsDocument, + + //! The source is any installed APIs. + AcsAPIs + }; + + //! This enum defines the different brace matching modes. The character + //! pairs {}, [] and () are treated as braces. The Python lexer will also + //! match a : with the end of the corresponding indented block. + enum BraceMatch { + //! Brace matching is disabled. + NoBraceMatch, + + //! Brace matching is enabled for a brace immediately before the + //! current position. + StrictBraceMatch, + + //! Brace matching is enabled for a brace immediately before or after + //! the current position. + SloppyBraceMatch + }; + + //! This enum defines the different call tip styles. + enum CallTipsStyle { + //! Call tips are disabled. + CallTipsNone, + + //! Call tips are displayed without a context. A context is any scope + //! (e.g. a C++ namespace or a Python module) prior to the function + //! name. + CallTipsNoContext, + + //! Call tips are displayed with a context only if the user hasn't + //! already implicitly identified the context using autocompletion. + //! Note that this style may not always be able to align the call tip + //! with the text being entered. + CallTipsNoAutoCompletionContext, + + //! Call tips are displayed with a context. Note that this style + //! may not always be able to align the call tip with the text being + //! entered. + CallTipsContext + }; + + //! This enum defines the different edge modes for long lines. + enum EdgeMode { + //! Long lines are not marked. + EdgeNone = EDGE_NONE, + + //! A vertical line is drawn at the column set by setEdgeColumn(). + //! This is recommended for monospace fonts. + EdgeLine = EDGE_LINE, + + //! The background color of characters after the column limit is + //! changed to the color set by setEdgeColor(). This is recommended + //! for proportional fonts. + EdgeBackground = EDGE_BACKGROUND + }; + + //! This enum defines the different end-of-line modes. + enum EolMode { + //! A carriage return/line feed as used on Windows systems. + EolWindows = SC_EOL_CRLF, + + //! A line feed as used on Unix systems. + EolUnix = SC_EOL_LF, + + //! A carriage return as used on Mac systems. + EolMac = SC_EOL_CR + }; + + //! This enum defines the different styles for the folding margin. + enum FoldStyle { + //! Folding is disabled. + NoFoldStyle, + + //! Plain folding style using plus and minus symbols. + PlainFoldStyle, + + //! Circled folding style using circled plus and minus symbols. + CircledFoldStyle, + + //! Boxed folding style using boxed plus and minus symbols. + BoxedFoldStyle, + + //! Circled tree style using a flattened tree with circled plus and + //! minus symbols and rounded corners. + CircledTreeFoldStyle, + + //! Boxed tree style using a flattened tree with boxed plus and minus + //! symbols and right-angled corners. + BoxedTreeFoldStyle + }; + + //! This enum defined the different margin types. + enum MarginType { + //! The margin contains symbols, including those used for folding. + SymbolMargin = SC_MARGIN_SYMBOL, + + //! The margin contains symbols and uses the default foreground color + //! as its background color. + SymbolMarginDefaultForegroundColor = SC_MARGIN_FORE, + + //! The margin contains symbols and uses the default background color + //! as its background color. + SymbolMarginDefaultBackgroundColor = SC_MARGIN_BACK, + + //! The margin contains line numbers. + NumberMargin = SC_MARGIN_NUMBER, + + //! The margin contains styled text. + TextMargin = SC_MARGIN_TEXT, + + //! The margin contains right justified styled text. + TextMarginRightJustified = SC_MARGIN_RTEXT + }; + + //! This enum defines the different pre-defined marker symbols. + enum MarkerSymbol { + //! A circle. + Circle = SC_MARK_CIRCLE, + + //! A rectangle. + Rectangle = SC_MARK_ROUNDRECT, + + //! A triangle pointing to the right. + RightTriangle = SC_MARK_ARROW, + + //! A smaller rectangle. + SmallRectangle = SC_MARK_SMALLRECT, + + //! An arrow pointing to the right. + RightArrow = SC_MARK_SHORTARROW, + + //! An invisible marker that allows code to track the movement + //! of lines. + Invisible = SC_MARK_EMPTY, + + //! A triangle pointing down. + DownTriangle = SC_MARK_ARROWDOWN, + + //! A drawn minus sign. + Minus = SC_MARK_MINUS, + + //! A drawn plus sign. + Plus = SC_MARK_PLUS, + + //! A vertical line drawn in the background colour. + VerticalLine = SC_MARK_VLINE, + + //! A bottom left corner drawn in the background colour. + BottomLeftCorner = SC_MARK_LCORNER, + + //! A vertical line with a centre right horizontal line drawn + //! in the background colour. + LeftSideSplitter = SC_MARK_TCORNER, + + //! A drawn plus sign in a box. + BoxedPlus = SC_MARK_BOXPLUS, + + //! A drawn plus sign in a connected box. + BoxedPlusConnected = SC_MARK_BOXPLUSCONNECTED, + + //! A drawn minus sign in a box. + BoxedMinus = SC_MARK_BOXMINUS, + + //! A drawn minus sign in a connected box. + BoxedMinusConnected = SC_MARK_BOXMINUSCONNECTED, + + //! A rounded bottom left corner drawn in the background + //! colour. + RoundedBottomLeftCorner = SC_MARK_LCORNERCURVE, + + //! A vertical line with a centre right curved line drawn in the + //! background colour. + LeftSideRoundedSplitter = SC_MARK_TCORNERCURVE, + + //! A drawn plus sign in a circle. + CircledPlus = SC_MARK_CIRCLEPLUS, + + //! A drawn plus sign in a connected box. + CircledPlusConnected = SC_MARK_CIRCLEPLUSCONNECTED, + + //! A drawn minus sign in a circle. + CircledMinus = SC_MARK_CIRCLEMINUS, + + //! A drawn minus sign in a connected circle. + CircledMinusConnected = SC_MARK_CIRCLEMINUSCONNECTED, + + //! No symbol is drawn but the line of text is drawn with the same + //! background colour. + Background = SC_MARK_BACKGROUND, + + //! Three drawn dots. + ThreeDots = SC_MARK_DOTDOTDOT, + + //! Three drawn arrows pointing right. + ThreeRightArrows = SC_MARK_ARROWS + }; + + //! This enum defines the different whitespace visibility modes. When + //! whitespace is visible spaces are displayed as small centred dots and + //! tabs are displayed as light arrows pointing to the right. + enum WhitespaceVisibility { + //! Whitespace is invisible. + WsInvisible = SCWS_INVISIBLE, + + //! Whitespace is always visible. + WsVisible = SCWS_VISIBLEALWAYS, + + //! Whitespace is visible after the whitespace used for indentation. + WsVisibleAfterIndent = SCWS_VISIBLEAFTERINDENT + }; + + //! This enum defines the different line wrap modes. + enum WrapMode { + //! Lines are not wrapped. + WrapNone = SC_WRAP_NONE, + + //! Lines are wrapped at word boundaries. + WrapWord = SC_WRAP_WORD, + + //! Lines are wrapped at character boundaries. + WrapCharacter = SC_WRAP_CHAR + }; + + //! This enum defines the different line wrap visual flags. + enum WrapVisualFlag { + //! No wrap flag is displayed. + WrapFlagNone, + + //! A wrap flag is displayed by the text. + WrapFlagByText, + + //! A wrap flag is displayed by the border. + WrapFlagByBorder + }; + + //! Construct an empty QsciScintilla with parent \a parent. + QsciScintilla(QWidget *parent = 0); + + //! Destroys the QsciScintilla instance. + virtual ~QsciScintilla(); + + //! Returns the API context, which is a list of words, before the position + //! \a pos in the document. The context can be used by auto-completion and + //! call tips to help to identify which API call the user is referring to. + //! In the default implementation the current lexer determines what + //! characters make up a word, and what characters determine the boundaries + //! of words (ie. the start characters). If there is no current lexer then + //! the context will consist of a single word. On return \a context_start + //! will contain the position in the document of the start of the context + //! and \a last_word_start will contain the position in the document of the + //! start of the last word of the context. + virtual QStringList apiContext(int pos, int &context_start, + int &last_word_start); + + //! Annotate the line \a line with the text \a text using the style number + //! \a style. + void annotate(int line, const QString &text, int style); + + //! Annotate the line \a line with the text \a text using the style \a + //! style. + void annotate(int line, const QString &text, const QsciStyle &style); + + //! Annotate the line \a line with the styled text \a text. + void annotate(int line, const QsciStyledText &text); + + //! Annotate the line \a line with the list of styled text \a text. + void annotate(int line, const QList &text); + + //! Returns the annotation on line \a line, if any. + QString annotation(int line) const; + + //! Returns the display style for annotations. + //! + //! \sa setAnnotationDisplay() + AnnotationDisplay annotationDisplay() const; + + //! The annotations on line \a line are removed. If \a line is negative + //! then all annotations are removed. + void clearAnnotations(int line = -1); + + //! Returns true if auto-completion lists are case sensitive. + //! + //! \sa setAutoCompletionCaseSensitivity() + bool autoCompletionCaseSensitivity() const; + + //! Returns true if auto-completion fill-up characters are enabled. + //! + //! \sa setAutoCompletionFillups(), setAutoCompletionFillupsEnabled() + bool autoCompletionFillupsEnabled() const; + + //! Returns true if the rest of the word to the right of the current cursor + //! is removed when an item from an auto-completion list is selected. + //! + //! \sa setAutoCompletionReplaceWord() + bool autoCompletionReplaceWord() const; + + //! Returns true if the only item in an auto-completion list with a single + //! entry is automatically used and the list not displayed. + //! + //! \sa setAutoCompletionShowSingle() + bool autoCompletionShowSingle() const; + + //! Returns the current source for the auto-completion list when it is + //! being displayed automatically as the user types. + //! + //! \sa setAutoCompletionSource() + AutoCompletionSource autoCompletionSource() const {return acSource;} + + //! Returns the current threshold for the automatic display of the + //! auto-completion list as the user types. + //! + //! \sa setAutoCompletionThreshold() + int autoCompletionThreshold() const {return acThresh;} + + //! Returns true if auto-indentation is enabled. + //! + //! \sa setAutoIndent() + bool autoIndent() const {return autoInd;} + + //! Returns true if the backspace key unindents a line instead of deleting + //! a character. The default is false. + //! + //! \sa setBackspaceUnindents(), tabIndents(), setTabIndents() + bool backspaceUnindents() const; + + //! Mark the beginning of a sequence of actions that can be undone by a + //! single call to undo(). + //! + //! \sa endUndoAction(), undo() + void beginUndoAction(); + + //! Returns the brace matching mode. + //! + //! \sa setBraceMatching() + BraceMatch braceMatching() const {return braceMode;} + + //! Returns the current call tip style. + //! + //! \sa setCallTipsStyle() + CallTipsStyle callTipsStyle() const {return call_tips_style;} + + //! Returns the maximum number of call tips that are displayed. + //! + //! \sa setCallTipsVisible() + int callTipsVisible() const {return maxCallTips;} + + //! Cancel any current auto-completion or user defined list. + void cancelList(); + + //! Returns true if the current language lexer is case sensitive. If there + //! is no current lexer then true is returned. + bool caseSensitive() const; + + //! Clear all current folds, i.e. ensure that all lines are displayed + //! unfolded. + //! + //! \sa setFolding() + void clearFolds(); + + //! Clear all registered images. + //! + //! \sa registerImage() + void clearRegisteredImages(); + + //! Returns the widget's text (ie. foreground) colour. + //! + //! \sa setColor() + QColor color() const; + + //! All the lines of the text have their end-of-lines converted to mode + //! \a mode. + //! + //! \sa eolMode(), setEolMode() + void convertEols(EolMode mode); + + //! Returns the attached document. + //! + //! \sa setDocument() + QsciDocument document() const {return doc;} + + //! Mark the end of a sequence of actions that can be undone by a single + //! call to undo(). + //! + //! \sa beginUndoAction(), undo() + void endUndoAction(); + + //! Returns the color of the marker used to show that a line has exceeded + //! the length set by setEdgeColumn(). + //! + //! \sa setEdgeColor(), \sa setEdgeColumn + QColor edgeColor() const; + + //! Returns the number of the column after which lines are considered to be + //! long. + //! + //! \sa setEdgeColumn() + int edgeColumn() const; + + //! Returns the edge mode which determines how long lines are marked. + //! + //! \sa setEdgeMode() + EdgeMode edgeMode() const; + + //! Set the default font. This has no effect if a language lexer has been + //! set. + void setFont(const QFont &f); + + //! Returns the end-of-line mode. + //! + //! \sa setEolMode() + EolMode eolMode() const; + + //! Returns the visibility of end-of-lines. + //! + //! \sa setEolVisibility() + bool eolVisibility() const; + + //! Find the next occurrence of the string \a expr and return true if + //! \a expr was found, otherwise returns false. If \a expr is found it + //! becomes the current selection. + //! + //! If \a re is true then \a expr is interpreted as a regular expression + //! rather than a simple string. + //! + //! If \a cs is true then the search is case sensitive. + //! + //! If \a wo is true then the search looks for whole word matches only, + //! otherwise it searches for any matching text. + //! + //! If \a wrap is true then the search wraps around the end of the text. + //! + //! If \a forward is true (the default) then the search is forward from the + //! starting position to the end of the text, otherwise it is backwards to + //! the beginning of the text. + //! + //! If either \a line or \a index are negative (the default) then the + //! search begins from the current cursor position. Otherwise the search + //! begins at position \a index of line \a line. + //! + //! If \a show is true (the default) then any text found is made visible + //! (ie. it is unfolded). + //! + //! \sa findNext(), replace() + virtual bool findFirst(const QString &expr, bool re, bool cs, bool wo, + bool wrap, bool forward = true, int line = -1, int index = -1, + bool show = true); + + //! Find the next occurence of the string found using findFirst(). + //! + //! \sa findFirst(), replace() + virtual bool findNext(); + + //! Returns the number of the first visible line. + int firstVisibleLine() const; + + //! Returns the current folding style. + //! + //! \sa setFolding() + FoldStyle folding() const {return fold;} + + //! Sets \a *line and \a *index to the line and index of the cursor. + //! + //! \sa setCursorPosition() + void getCursorPosition(int *line, int *index) const; + + //! If there is a selection, \a *lineFrom is set to the line number in + //! which the selection begins and \a *lineTo is set to the line number in + //! which the selection ends. (They could be the same.) \a *indexFrom is + //! set to the index at which the selection begins within \a *lineFrom, and + //! \a *indexTo is set to the index at which the selection ends within + //! \a *lineTo. If there is no selection, \a *lineFrom, \a *indexFrom, + //! \a *lineTo and \a *indexTo are all set to -1. + //! + //! \sa setSelection() + void getSelection(int *lineFrom, int *indexFrom, int *lineTo, + int *indexTo) const; + + //! Returns true if some text is selected. + //! + //! \sa selectedText() + bool hasSelectedText() const {return selText;} + + //! Returns the number of characters that line \a line is indented by. + //! + //! \sa setIndentation() + int indentation(int line) const; + + //! Returns true if the display of indentation guides is enabled. + //! + //! \sa setIndentationGuides() + bool indentationGuides() const; + + //! Returns true if indentations are created using tabs and spaces, rather + //! than just spaces. The default is true. + //! + //! \sa setIndentationsUseTabs() + bool indentationsUseTabs() const; + + //! Returns the indentation width in characters. The default is 0 which + //! means that the value returned by tabWidth() is actually used. + //! + //! \sa setIndentationWidth(), tabWidth() + int indentationWidth() const; + + //! Returns true if a call tip is currently active. + bool isCallTipActive() const; + + //! Returns true if an auto-completion or user defined list is currently + //! active. + bool isListActive() const; + + //! Returns true if the text has been modified. + //! + //! \sa setModified(), modificationChanged() + bool isModified() const; + + //! Returns true if the text edit is read-only. + //! + //! \sa setReadOnly() + bool isReadOnly() const; + + //! Returns true if there is something that can be redone. + //! + //! \sa redo() + bool isRedoAvailable() const; + + //! Returns true if there is something that can be undone. + //! + //! \sa undo() + bool isUndoAvailable() const; + + //! Returns true if text is interpreted as being UTF8 encoded. The default + //! is to interpret the text as Latin1 encoded. + //! + //! \sa setUtf8() + bool isUtf8() const; + + //! Returns true if character \a ch is a valid word character. + //! + //! \sa wordCharacters() + bool isWordCharacter(char ch) const; + + //! Returns the line which is at position \a pos or -1 if there is no line + //! at that position. + int lineAt(const QPoint &pos) const; + + //! QScintilla uses the combination of a line number and a character index + //! from the start of that line to specify the position of a character + //! within the text. The underlying Scintilla instead uses a byte index + //! from the start of the text. This will convert the \a position byte + //! index to the \a *line line number and \a *index character index. + //! + //! \sa positionFromLineIndex() + void lineIndexFromPosition(int position, int *line, int *index) const; + + //! Returns the length of line \a line int bytes or -1 if there is no such + //! line. In order to get the length in characters use text(line).length(). + int lineLength(int line) const; + + //! Returns the number of lines of text. + int lines() const; + + //! Returns the length of the text edit's text in bytes. In order to get + //! the length in characters use text().length(). + int length() const; + + //! Returns the current language lexer used to style text. If it is 0 then + //! syntax styling is disabled. + //! + //! \sa setLexer() + QsciLexer *lexer() const; + + //! Returns true if line numbers are enabled for margin \a margin. + //! + //! \sa setMarginLineNumbers(), marginType(), SCI_GETMARGINTYPEN + bool marginLineNumbers(int margin) const; + + //! Returns the marker mask of margin \a margin. + //! + //! \sa setMarginMask(), QsciMarker, SCI_GETMARGINMASKN + int marginMarkerMask(int margin) const; + + //! Returns true if margin \a margin is sensitive to mouse clicks. + //! + //! \sa setMarginSensitivity(), marginClicked(), SCI_GETMARGINTYPEN + bool marginSensitivity(int margin) const; + + //! Returns the type of margin \a margin. + //! + //! \sa setMarginType(), SCI_GETMARGINTYPEN + MarginType marginType(int margin) const; + + //! Returns the width in pixels of margin \a margin. + //! + //! \sa setMarginWidth(), SCI_GETMARGINWIDTHN + int marginWidth(int margin) const; + + //! Define a type of marker using the symbol \a sym with the marker number + //! \a mnr. If \a mnr is -1 then the marker number is automatically + //! allocated. The marker number is returned or -1 if too many types of + //! marker have been defined. + //! + //! Markers are small geometric symbols and characters used, for example, + //! to indicate the current line or, in debuggers, to indicate breakpoints. + //! If a margin has a width of 0 then its markers are not drawn, but their + //! background colours affect the background colour of the corresponding + //! line of text. + //! + //! There may be up to 32 types of marker defined at a time and each line + //! of text has a set of marker instances associated with it. Markers are + //! drawn according to their numerical identifier. Markers try to move + //! with their text by tracking where the start of their line moves to. + //! For example, when a line is deleted its markers are added to previous + //! line's markers. + //! + //! Each marker type is identified by a marker number. Each instance of a + //! marker is identified by a marker handle. + int markerDefine(MarkerSymbol sym, int mnr = -1); + + //! Define a marker using the character \a ch with the marker number + //! \a mnr. If \a mnr is -1 then the marker number is automatically + //! allocated. The marker number is returned or -1 if too many markers + //! have been defined. + int markerDefine(char ch, int mnr = -1); + + //! Define a marker using a copy of the pixmap \a pm with the marker number + //! \a mnr. If \a mnr is -1 then the marker number is automatically + //! allocated. The marker number is returned or -1 if too many markers + //! have been defined. + int markerDefine(const QPixmap &pm, int mnr = -1); + + //! Add an instance of marker number \a mnr to line number \a linenr. A + //! handle for the marker is returned which can be used to track the + //! marker's position, or -1 if the \a mnr was invalid. + //! + //! \sa markerDelete(), markerDeleteAll(), markerDeleteHandle() + int markerAdd(int linenr, int mnr); + + //! Returns the 32 bit mask of marker numbers at line number \a linenr. + //! + //! \sa markerAdd() + unsigned markersAtLine(int linenr) const; + + //! Delete all markers with the marker number \a mnr in the line \a linenr. + //! If \a mnr is -1 then delete all markers from line \a linenr. + //! + //! \sa markerAdd(), markerDeleteAll(), markerDeleteHandle() + void markerDelete(int linenr, int mnr = -1); + + //! Delete the all markers with the marker number \a mnr. If \a mnr is -1 + //! then delete all markers. + //! + //! \sa markerAdd(), markerDelete(), markerDeleteHandle() + void markerDeleteAll(int mnr = -1); + + //! Delete the the marker instance with the marker handle \a mhandle. + //! + //! \sa markerAdd(), markerDelete(), markerDeleteAll() + void markerDeleteHandle(int mhandle); + + //! Return the line number that contains the marker instance with the + //! marker handle \a mhandle. + int markerLine(int mhandle) const; + + //! Return the number of the next line to contain at least one marker from + //! a 32 bit mask of markers. \a linenr is the line number to start the + //! search from. \a mask is the mask of markers to search for. + //! + //! \sa markerFindPrevious() + int markerFindNext(int linenr, unsigned mask) const; + + //! Return the number of the previous line to contain at least one marker + //! from a 32 bit mask of markers. \a linenr is the line number to start + //! the search from. \a mask is the mask of markers to search for. + //! + //! \sa markerFindNext() + int markerFindPrevious(int linenr, unsigned mask) const; + + //! Returns the widget's paper (ie. background) colour. + //! + //! \sa setPaper() + QColor paper() const; + + //! QScintilla uses the combination of a line number and a character index + //! from the start of that line to specify the position of a character + //! within the text. The underlying Scintilla instead uses a byte index + //! from the start of the text. This will return the byte index + //! corresponding to the \a line line number and \a index character index. + //! + //! \sa lineIndexFromPosition() + int positionFromLineIndex(int line, int index) const; + + //! Reads the current document from the \a io device and returns true if + //! there was no error. + //! + //! \sa write() + bool read(QIODevice *io); + + //! Recolours the document between the \a start and \a end positions. + //! \a start defaults to the start of the document and \a end defaults to + //! the end of the document. + virtual void recolor(int start = 0, int end = -1); + + //! Register an image \a pm with ID \a id. Registered images can be + //! displayed in auto-completion lists. + //! + //! \sa clearRegisteredImages(), QsciLexer::apiLoad() + void registerImage(int id, const QPixmap &pm); + + //! Replace the current selection, set by a previous call to findFirst() or + //! findNext(), with \a replaceStr. + //! + //! \sa findFirst(), findNext() + virtual void replace(const QString &replaceStr); + + //! Reset the fold margin colours to their defaults. + //! + //! \sa setFoldMarginColors() + void resetFoldMarginColors(); + + //! The fold margin may be drawn as a one pixel sized checkerboard pattern + //! of two colours, \a fore and \a back. + //! + //! \sa resetFoldMarginColors() + void setFoldMarginColors(const QColor &fore, const QColor &back); + + //! Set the display style for annotations. The default is + //! AnnotationStandard. + //! + //! \sa annotationDisplay() + void setAnnotationDisplay(AnnotationDisplay display); + + //! Enable the use of fill-up characters, either those explicitly set or + //! those set by a lexer. By default, fill-up characters are disabled. + //! + //! \sa autoCompletionFillupsEnabled(), setAutoCompletionFillups() + void setAutoCompletionFillupsEnabled(bool enabled); + + //! A fill-up character is one that, when entered while an auto-completion + //! list is being displayed, causes the currently selected item from the + //! list to be added to the text followed by the fill-up character. + //! \a fillups is the set of fill-up characters. If a language lexer has + //! been set then this is ignored and the lexer defines the fill-up + //! characters. The default is that no fill-up characters are set. + //! + //! \sa autoCompletionFillupsEnabled(), setAutoCompletionFillupsEnabled() + void setAutoCompletionFillups(const char *fillups); + + //! A word separator is a sequence of characters that, when entered, causes + //! the auto-completion list to be displayed. If a language lexer has been + //! set then this is ignored and the lexer defines the word separators. + //! The default is that no word separators are set. + //! + //! \sa setAutoCompletionThreshold() + void setAutoCompletionWordSeparators(const QStringList &separators); + + //! Set the background colour of call tips to \a col. The default is + //! white. + void setCallTipsBackgroundColor(const QColor &col); + + //! Set the foreground colour of call tips to \a col. The default is + //! mid-gray. + void setCallTipsForegroundColor(const QColor &col); + + //! Set the highlighted colour of call tip text to \a col. The default is + //! dark blue. + void setCallTipsHighlightColor(const QColor &col); + + //! Set the current call tip style. The default is CallTipsNoContext. + //! + //! \sa callTipsStyle() + void setCallTipsStyle(CallTipsStyle style); + + //! Set the maximum number of call tips that are displayed to \a nr. If + //! the maximum number is 0 then all applicable call tips are displayed. + //! If the maximum number is -1 then one call tip will be displayed with up + //! and down arrows that allow the use to scroll through the full list. + //! The default is -1. + //! + //! \sa callTipsVisible() + void setCallTipsVisible(int nr); + + //! Attach the document \a document, replacing the currently attached + //! document. + //! + //! \sa document() + void setDocument(const QsciDocument &document); + + //! Set the color of the marker used to show that a line has exceeded the + //! length set by setEdgeColumn(). + //! + //! \sa edgeColor(), \sa setEdgeColumn + void setEdgeColor(const QColor &col); + + //! Set the number of the column after which lines are considered to be + //! long. + //! + //! \sa edgeColumn() + void setEdgeColumn(int colnr); + + //! Set the edge mode which determines how long lines are marked. + //! + //! \sa edgeMode() + void setEdgeMode(EdgeMode mode); + + //! Set the margin text of line \a line with the text \a text using the + //! style number \a style. + void setMarginText(int line, const QString &text, int style); + + //! Set the margin text of line \a line with the text \a text using the + //! style \a style. + void setMarginText(int line, const QString &text, const QsciStyle &style); + + //! Set the margin text of line \a line with the styled text \a text. + void setMarginText(int line, const QsciStyledText &text); + + //! Set the margin text of line \a line with the list of styled text \a + //! text. + void setMarginText(int line, const QList &text); + + //! Set the type of margin \a margin to type \a type. + //! + //! \sa marginType(), SCI_SETMARGINTYPEN + void setMarginType(int margin, MarginType type); + + //! The margin text on line \a line is removed. If \a line is negative + //! then all margin text is removed. + void clearMarginText(int line = -1); + + //! Set the background colour, including the alpha component, of marker + //! \a mnr to \a col. If \a mnr is -1 then the colour of all markers is + //! set. The default is white. + //! + //! \sa setMarkerForegroundColor() + void setMarkerBackgroundColor(const QColor &col, int mnr = -1); + + //! Set the foreground colour of marker \a mnr to \a col. If \a mnr is -1 + //! then the colour of all markers is set. The default is black. + //! + //! \sa setMarkerBackgroundColor() + void setMarkerForegroundColor(const QColor &col, int mnr = -1); + + //! Set the background colour used to display matched braces to \a col. + //! The default is white. + //! + //! \sa setMatchedBraceForegroundColor() + void setMatchedBraceBackgroundColor(const QColor &col); + + //! Set the foreground colour used to display matched braces to \a col. + //! The default is red. + //! + //! \sa setMatchedBraceBackgroundColor() + void setMatchedBraceForegroundColor(const QColor &col); + + //! Set the background colour used to display unmatched braces to \a col. + //! The default is white. + //! + //! \sa setUnmatchedBraceForegroundColor() + void setUnmatchedBraceBackgroundColor(const QColor &col); + + //! Set the foreground colour used to display unmatched braces to \a col. + //! The default is blue. + //! + //! \sa setUnmatchedBraceBackgroundColor() + void setUnmatchedBraceForegroundColor(const QColor &col); + + //! Set the visual flags displayed when a line is wrapped. \a eflag + //! determines if and where the flag at the end of a line is displayed. + //! \a sflag determines if and where the flag at the start of a line is + //! displayed. \a sindent is the number of characters a wrapped line is + //! indented by. By default no visual flags are displayed. + void setWrapVisualFlags(WrapVisualFlag eflag, + WrapVisualFlag sflag = WrapFlagNone, int sindent = 0); + + //! Returns the selected text or an empty string if there is no currently + //! selected text. + //! + //! \sa hasSelectedText() + QString selectedText() const; + + //! Returns whether or not the selection is drawn up to the right hand + //! border. + //! + //! \sa setSelectionToEol() + bool selectionToEol() const; + + //! Sets whether or not the selection is drawn up to the right hand border. + //! \a filled is set if the selection is drawn to the border. + //! + //! \sa selectionToEol() + void setSelectionToEol(bool filled); + + //! Displays a user defined list which can be interacted with like an + //! auto-completion list. \a id is an identifier for the list which is + //! passed as an argument to the userListActivated() signal and must be at + //! least 1. \a list is the text with which the list is populated. + //! + //! \sa cancelList(), isListActive(), userListActivated() + void showUserList(int id, const QStringList &list); + + //! The standard command set is returned. + QsciCommandSet *standardCommands() const {return stdCmds;} + + //! Returns true if the tab key indents a line instead of inserting a tab + //! character. The default is true. + //! + //! \sa setTabIndents(), backspaceUnindents(), setBackspaceUnindents() + bool tabIndents() const; + + //! Returns the tab width in characters. The default is 8. + //! + //! \sa setTabWidth() + int tabWidth() const; + + //! Returns the text of the current document. + //! + //! \sa setText() + QString text() const; + + //! \overload + //! + //! Returns the text of line \a line. + //! + //! \sa setText() + QString text(int line) const; + + //! Returns the height in pixels of the text in line number \a linenr. + int textHeight(int linenr) const; + + //! Returns the visibility of whitespace. + //! + //! \sa setWhitespaceVisibility() + WhitespaceVisibility whitespaceVisibility() const; + + //! Returns the word at the \a point screen coordinates. + QString wordAtPoint(const QPoint &point) const; + + //! Returns the set of valid word character as defined by the current + //! language lexer. If there is no current lexer then the set contains an + //! an underscore, numbers and all upper and lower case alphabetic + //! characters. + //! + //! \sa isWordCharacter() + const char *wordCharacters() const; + + //! Returns the line wrap mode. + //! + //! \sa setWrapMode() + WrapMode wrapMode() const; + + //! Writes the current document to the \a io device and returns true if + //! there was no error. + //! + //! \sa read() + bool write(QIODevice *io) const; + +public slots: + //! Appends the text \a text to the end of the text edit. Note that the + //! undo/redo history is cleared by this function. + virtual void append(const QString &text); + + //! Display an auto-completion list based on any installed APIs, the + //! current contents of the document and the characters immediately to the + //! left of the cursor. + //! + //! \sa autoCompleteFromAPIs(), autoCompleteFromDocument() + virtual void autoCompleteFromAll(); + + //! Display an auto-completion list based on any installed APIs and the + //! characters immediately to the left of the cursor. + //! + //! \sa autoCompleteFromAll(), autoCompleteFromDocument(), + //! setAutoCompletionAPIs() + virtual void autoCompleteFromAPIs(); + + //! Display an auto-completion list based on the current contents of the + //! document and the characters immediately to the left of the cursor. + //! + //! \sa autoCompleteFromAll(), autoCompleteFromAPIs() + virtual void autoCompleteFromDocument(); + + //! Display a call tip based on the the characters immediately to the left + //! of the cursor. + virtual void callTip(); + + //! Deletes all the text in the text edit. + virtual void clear(); + + //! Copies any selected text to the clipboard. + //! + //! \sa copyAvailable(), cut(), paste() + virtual void copy(); + + //! Copies any selected text to the clipboard and then deletes the text. + //! + //! \sa copy(), paste() + virtual void cut(); + + //! Ensures that the cursor is visible. + virtual void ensureCursorVisible(); + + //! Ensures that the line number \a line is visible. + virtual void ensureLineVisible(int line); + + //! If any lines are currently folded then they are all unfolded. + //! Otherwise all lines are folded. This has the same effect as clicking + //! in the fold margin with the shift and control keys pressed. If + //! \a children is not set (the default) then only the top level fold + //! points are affected, otherwise the state of all fold points are + //! changed. + virtual void foldAll(bool children = false); + + //! If the line \a line is folded then it is unfolded. Otherwise it is + //! folded. This has the same effect as clicking in the fold margin. + virtual void foldLine(int line); + + //! Increases the indentation of line \a line by an indentation width. + //! + //! \sa unindent() + virtual void indent(int line); + + //! Insert the text \a text at the current position. + virtual void insert(const QString &text); + + //! Insert the text \a text in the line \a line at the position + //! \a index. + virtual void insertAt(const QString &text, int line, int index); + + //! If the cursor is either side of a brace character then move it to the + //! position of the corresponding brace. + virtual void moveToMatchingBrace(); + + //! Pastes any text from the clipboard into the text edit at the current + //! cursor position. + //! + //! \sa copy(), cut() + virtual void paste(); + + //! Redo the last change or sequence of changes. + //! + //! \sa isRedoAvailable() + virtual void redo(); + + //! Removes any selected text. + virtual void removeSelectedText(); + + //! Resets the background colour of selected text to the default. + //! + //! \sa setSelectionBackgroundColor(), resetSelectionForegroundColor() + virtual void resetSelectionBackgroundColor(); + + //! Resets the foreground colour of selected text to the default. + //! + //! \sa setSelectionForegroundColor(), resetSelectionBackgroundColor() + virtual void resetSelectionForegroundColor(); + + //! If \a select is true (the default) then all the text is selected. If + //! \a select is false then any currently selected text is deselected. + virtual void selectAll(bool select = true); + + //! If the cursor is either side of a brace character then move it to the + //! position of the corresponding brace and select the text between the + //! braces. + virtual void selectToMatchingBrace(); + + //! If \a cs is true then auto-completion lists are case sensitive. The + //! default is true. This is ignored when the auto-completion source is an + //! installed API as the corresponding language determines the case + //! sensitivity. + //! + //! \sa autoCompletionCaseSensitivity() + virtual void setAutoCompletionCaseSensitivity(bool cs); + + //! If \a replace is true then when an item from an auto-completion list is + //! selected, the rest of the word to the right of the current cursor is + //! removed. The default is false. + //! + //! \sa autoCompletionReplaceWord() + virtual void setAutoCompletionReplaceWord(bool replace); + + //! If \a single is true then when there is only a single entry in an + //! auto-completion list it is automatically used and the list is not + //! displayed. This only has an effect when auto-completion is explicitly + //! requested (using autoCompleteFromAPIs() and autoCompleteFromDocument()) + //! and has no effect when auto-completion is triggered as the user types. + //! The default is false. + //! + //! \sa autoCompletionShowSingle() + virtual void setAutoCompletionShowSingle(bool single); + + //! Sets the source for the auto-completion list when it is being displayed + //! automatically as the user types to \a source. The default is AcsNone, + //! ie. it is disabled. + //! + //! \sa autoCompletionSource() + virtual void setAutoCompletionSource(AutoCompletionSource source); + + //! Sets the threshold for the automatic display of the auto-completion + //! list as the user types to \a thresh. The threshold is the number of + //! characters that the user must type before the list is displayed. If + //! the threshold is less than or equal to 0 then the list is disabled. + //! The default is -1. + //! + //! \sa autoCompletionThreshold(), setAutoCompletionWordSeparators() + virtual void setAutoCompletionThreshold(int thresh); + + //! If \a autoindent is true then auto-indentation is enabled. The default + //! is false. + //! + //! \sa autoIndent() + virtual void setAutoIndent(bool autoindent); + + //! Sets the brace matching mode to \a bm. The default is NoBraceMatching. + //! + //! \sa braceMatching() + virtual void setBraceMatching(BraceMatch bm); + + //! If \a deindent is true then the backspace key will unindent a line + //! rather then delete a character. + //! + //! \sa backspaceUnindents(), tabIndents(), setTabIndents() + virtual void setBackspaceUnindents(bool unindent); + + //! Sets the foreground colour of the caret to \a col. + virtual void setCaretForegroundColor(const QColor &col); + + //! Sets the background colour, including the alpha component, of the line + //! containing the caret to \a col. + //! + //! \sa setCaretLineVisible() + virtual void setCaretLineBackgroundColor(const QColor &col); + + //! Enables or disables, according to \a enable, the background color of + //! the line containing the caret. + //! + //! \sa setCaretLineBackgroundColor() + virtual void setCaretLineVisible(bool enable); + + //! Sets the width of the caret to \a width pixels. A \a width of 0 makes + //! the caret invisible. + virtual void setCaretWidth(int width); + + //! The widget's text (ie. foreground) colour is set to \a c. This has no + //! effect if a language lexer has been set. + //! + //! \sa color() + virtual void setColor(const QColor &c); + + //! Sets the cursor to the line \a line at the position \a index. + //! + //! \sa getCursorPosition() + virtual void setCursorPosition(int line, int index); + + //! Sets the end-of-line mode to \a mode. The default is the platform's + //! natural mode. + //! + //! \sa eolMode() + virtual void setEolMode(EolMode mode); + + //! If \a visible is true then end-of-lines are made visible. The default + //! is that they are invisible. + //! + //! \sa eolVisibility() + virtual void setEolVisibility(bool visible); + + //! Sets the folding style for margin \a margin to \a fold. The default + //! style is NoFoldStyle (ie. folding is disabled) and the default margin + //! is 2. + //! + //! \sa folding() + virtual void setFolding(FoldStyle fold, int margin = 2); + + //! Sets the indentation of line \a line to \a indentation characters. + //! + //! \sa indentation() + virtual void setIndentation(int line, int indentation); + + //! Enables or disables, according to \a enable, this display of + //! indentation guides. + //! + //! \sa indentationGuides() + virtual void setIndentationGuides(bool enable); + + //! Set the background colour of indentation guides to \a col. + //! + //! \sa setIndentationGuidesForegroundColor() + virtual void setIndentationGuidesBackgroundColor(const QColor &col); + + //! Set the foreground colour of indentation guides to \a col. + //! + //! \sa setIndentationGuidesBackgroundColor() + virtual void setIndentationGuidesForegroundColor(const QColor &col); + + //! If \a tabs is true then indentations are created using tabs and spaces, + //! rather than just spaces. + //! + //! \sa indentationsUseTabs() + virtual void setIndentationsUseTabs(bool tabs); + + //! Sets the indentation width to \a width characters. If \a width is 0 + //! then the value returned by tabWidth() is used. + //! + //! \sa indentationWidth(), tabWidth() + virtual void setIndentationWidth(int width); + + //! Sets the specific language lexer used to style text to \a lex. If + //! \a lex is 0 then syntax styling is disabled. + //! + //! \sa lexer() + virtual void setLexer(QsciLexer *lexer = 0); + + //! Set the background colour of all margins to \a col. The default is a + //! gray. + //! + //! \sa setMarginsForegroundColor() + virtual void setMarginsBackgroundColor(const QColor &col); + + //! Set the font used in all margins to \a f. + virtual void setMarginsFont(const QFont &f); + + //! Set the foreground colour of all margins to \a col. The default is + //! black. + //! + //! \sa setMarginsBackgroundColor() + virtual void setMarginsForegroundColor(const QColor &col); + + //! Enables or disables, according to \a lnrs, the display of line numbers + //! in margin \a margin. + //! + //! \sa marginLineNumbers(), setMarginType(), SCI_SETMARGINTYPEN + virtual void setMarginLineNumbers(int margin, bool lnrs); + + //! Sets the marker mask of margin \a margin to \a mask. Only those + //! markers whose bit is set in the mask are displayed in the margin. + //! + //! \sa marginMarkerMask(), QsciMarker, SCI_SETMARGINMASKN + virtual void setMarginMarkerMask(int margin, int mask); + + //! Enables or disables, according to \a sens, the sensitivity of margin + //! \a margin to mouse clicks. If the user clicks in a sensitive margin + //! the marginClicked() signal is emitted. + //! + //! \sa marginSensitivity(), marginClicked(), SCI_SETMARGINSENSITIVEN + virtual void setMarginSensitivity(int margin, bool sens); + + //! Sets the width of margin \a margin to \a width pixels. If the width of + //! a margin is 0 then it is not displayed. + //! + //! \sa marginWidth(), SCI_SETMARGINWIDTHN + virtual void setMarginWidth(int margin, int width); + + //! Sets the width of margin \a margin so that it is wide enough to display + //! \a s in the current margin font. + //! + //! \sa marginWidth(), SCI_SETMARGINWIDTHN + virtual void setMarginWidth(int margin, const QString &s); + + //! Sets the modified state of the text edit to \a m. Note that it is only + //! possible to clear the modified state (where \a m is false). Attempts + //! to set the modified state (where \a m is true) are ignored. + //! + //! \sa isModified(), modificationChanged() + virtual void setModified(bool m); + + //! The widget's paper (ie. background) colour is set to \a c. This has no + //! effect if a language lexer has been set. + //! + //! \sa paper() + virtual void setPaper(const QColor &c); + + //! Sets the read-only state of the text edit to \a ro. + //! + //! \sa isReadOnly() + virtual void setReadOnly(bool ro); + + //! Sets the selection which starts at position \a indexFrom in line + //! \a lineFrom and ends at position \a indexTo in line \a lineTo. The + //! cursor is moved to position \a indexTo in \a lineTo. + //! + //! \sa getSelection() + virtual void setSelection(int lineFrom, int indexFrom, int lineTo, + int indexTo); + + //! Sets the background colour, including the alpha component, of selected + //! text to \a col. + //! + //! \sa resetSelectionBackgroundColor(), setSelectionForegroundColor() + virtual void setSelectionBackgroundColor(const QColor &col); + + //! Sets the foreground colour of selected text to \a col. + //! + //! \sa resetSelectionForegroundColor(), setSelectionBackgroundColor() + virtual void setSelectionForegroundColor(const QColor &col); + + //! If \a indent is true then the tab key will indent a line rather than + //! insert a tab character. + //! + //! \sa tabIndents(), backspaceUnindents(), setBackspaceUnindents() + virtual void setTabIndents(bool indent); + + //! Sets the tab width to \a width characters. + //! + //! \sa tabWidth() + virtual void setTabWidth(int width); + + //! Replaces all of the current text with \a text. Note that the + //! undo/redo history is cleared by this function. + //! + //! \sa text() + virtual void setText(const QString &text); + + //! Sets the current text encoding. If \a cp is true then UTF8 is used, + //! otherwise Latin1 is used. + //! + //! \sa isUtf8() + virtual void setUtf8(bool cp); + + //! Sets the visibility of whitespace to mode \a mode. The default is that + //! whitespace is invisible. + //! + //! \sa whitespaceVisibility() + virtual void setWhitespaceVisibility(WhitespaceVisibility mode); + + //! Sets the line wrap mode to mode \a mode. The default is that lines are + //! not wrapped. + //! + //! \sa wrapMode() + virtual void setWrapMode(WrapMode mode); + + //! Undo the last change or sequence of changes. + //! + //! Scintilla has multiple level undo and redo. It will continue to record + //! undoable actions until memory runs out. Sequences of typing or + //! deleting are compressed into single actions to make it easier to undo + //! and redo at a sensible level of detail. Sequences of actions can be + //! combined into actions that are undone as a unit. These sequences occur + //! between calls to beginUndoAction() and endUndoAction(). These + //! sequences can be nested and only the top level sequences are undone as + //! units. + //! + //! \sa beginUndoAction(), endUndoAction(), isUndoAvailable() + virtual void undo(); + + //! Decreases the indentation of line \a line by an indentation width. + //! + //! \sa indent() + virtual void unindent(int line); + + //! Zooms in on the text by by making the base font size \a range points + //! larger and recalculating all font sizes. + //! + //! \sa zoomOut(), zoomTo() + virtual void zoomIn(int range); + + //! \overload + //! + //! Zooms in on the text by by making the base font size one point larger + //! and recalculating all font sizes. + virtual void zoomIn(); + + //! Zooms out on the text by by making the base font size \a range points + //! smaller and recalculating all font sizes. + //! + //! \sa zoomIn(), zoomTo() + virtual void zoomOut(int range); + + //! \overload + //! + //! Zooms out on the text by by making the base font size one point larger + //! and recalculating all font sizes. + virtual void zoomOut(); + + //! Zooms the text by making the base font size \a size points and + //! recalculating all font sizes. + //! + //! \sa zoomIn(), zoomOut() + virtual void zoomTo(int size); + +signals: + //! This signal is emitted whenever the cursor position changes. \a line + //! contains the line number and \a pos contains the character position + //! within the line. + void cursorPositionChanged(int line, int pos); + + //! This signal is emitted whenever text is selected or de-selected. + //! \a yes is true if text has been selected and false if text has been + //! deselected. If \a yes is true then copy() can be used to copy the + //! selection to the clipboard. If \a yes is false then copy() does + //! nothing. + //! + //! \sa copy(), selectionChanged() + void copyAvailable(bool yes); + + //! This signal is emitted whenever the number of lines of text changes. + void linesChanged(); + + //! This signal is emitted whenever the user clicks on a sensitive margin. + //! \a margin is the margin. \a line is the number of the line where the + //! user clicked. \a state is the state of the modifier keys + //! (Qt::ShiftModifier, Qt::ControlModifier and Qt::AltModifer) when the + //! user clicked. + //! + //! \sa marginSensitivity(), setMarginSensitivity() + void marginClicked(int margin, int line, Qt::KeyboardModifiers state); + + //! This signal is emitted whenever the user attempts to modify read-only + //! text. + //! + //! \sa isReadOnly(), setReadOnly() + void modificationAttempted(); + + //! This signal is emitted whenever the modification state of the text + //! changes. \a m is true if the text has been modified. + //! + //! \sa isModified(), setModified() + void modificationChanged(bool m); + + //! This signal is emitted whenever the selection changes. + //! + //! \sa copyAvailable() + void selectionChanged(); + + //! This signal is emitted whenever the text in the text edit changes. + void textChanged(); + + //! This signal is emitted when an item in a user defined list is activated + //! (selected). \a id is the list identifier. \a string is the text of + //! the item. + //! + //! \sa showUserList() + void userListActivated(int id, const QString &string); + +private slots: + void handleCallTipClick(int dir); + void handleCharAdded(int charadded); + void handleMarginClick(int pos, int margin, int modifiers); + void handleModified(int pos, int mtype, const char *text, int len, + int added, int line, int foldNow, int foldPrev, int token, + int annotationLinesAdded); + void handlePropertyChange(const char *prop, const char *val); + void handleSavePointReached(); + void handleSavePointLeft(); + void handleSelectionChanged(bool yes); + void handleAutoCompletionSelection(); + void handleUserListSelection(const char *text, int id); + + void handleStyleColorChange(const QColor &c, int style); + void handleStyleEolFillChange(bool eolfill, int style); + void handleStyleFontChange(const QFont &f, int style); + void handleStylePaperChange(const QColor &c, int style); + + void handleUpdateUI(); + +private: + typedef QByteArray ScintillaString; + + void detachLexer(); + + enum IndentState { + isNone, + isKeywordStart, + isBlockStart, + isBlockEnd + }; + + void maintainIndentation(char ch, long pos); + void autoIndentation(char ch, long pos); + void autoIndentLine(long pos, int line, int indent); + int blockIndent(int line); + IndentState getIndentState(int line); + bool rangeIsWhitespace(long spos, long epos); + int findStyledWord(const char *text, int style, const char *words); + + void checkMarker(int &mnr); + int currentIndent() const; + int indentWidth() const; + bool doFind(); + int simpleFind(); + void foldClick(int lineClick, int bstate); + void foldChanged(int line, int levelNow, int levelPrev); + void foldExpand(int &line, bool doExpand, bool force = false, + int visLevels = 0, int level = -1); + void setFoldMarker(int marknr, int mark = SC_MARK_EMPTY); + QString convertTextS2Q(const char *s) const; + ScintillaString convertTextQ2S(const QString &q) const; + void setLexerStyle(int style); + void setStylesFont(const QFont &f, int style); + + void braceMatch(); + bool findMatchingBrace(long &brace, long &other, BraceMatch mode); + long checkBrace(long pos, int brace_style, bool &colonMode); + void gotoMatchingBrace(bool select); + + void startAutoCompletion(AutoCompletionSource acs, bool checkThresh, + bool single); + + int adjustedCallTipPosition(int ctshift) const; + bool getSeparator(int &pos) const; + QString getWord(int &pos) const; + char getCharacter(int &pos) const; + bool isStartChar(char ch) const; + + bool ensureRW(); + void insertAtPos(const QString &text, int pos); + + ScintillaString styleText(const QList &styled_text, + char **styles, int style_offset = 0); + + struct FindState + { + FindState() : inProgress(0) {} + + bool inProgress; + QString expr; + bool wrap; + bool forward; + int flags; + long startpos; + long endpos; + bool show; + }; + + FindState findState; + + unsigned allocatedMarkers; + int oldPos; + int ctPos; + bool selText; + FoldStyle fold; + int foldmargin; + bool autoInd; + BraceMatch braceMode; + AutoCompletionSource acSource; + int acThresh; + QStringList wseps; + const char *wchars; + CallTipsStyle call_tips_style; + int maxCallTips; + QStringList ct_entries; + int ct_cursor; + QList ct_shifts; + bool showSingle; + QPointer lex; + QsciCommandSet *stdCmds; + QsciDocument doc; + QColor nl_text_colour; + QColor nl_paper_colour; + QByteArray explicit_fillups; + bool fillups_enabled; + + // The following allow ListBoxQt to distinguish between an auto-completion + // list and a user list, and to return the full selection of an + // auto-completion list. + friend class ListBoxQt; + + QString acSelection; + bool isAutoCompletionList() const; + + QsciScintilla(const QsciScintilla &); + QsciScintilla &operator=(const QsciScintilla &); +}; + +#ifdef __APPLE__ +} +#endif + +#endif diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qt/qsciscintillabase.cpp b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qt/qsciscintillabase.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a456ff668d --- /dev/null +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qt/qsciscintillabase.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,682 @@ +// This module implements the "official" low-level API. +// +// Copyright (c) 2010 Riverbank Computing Limited +// +// This file is part of QScintilla. +// +// This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General Public +// License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free Software +// Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2 and LICENSE.GPL3 +// included in the packaging of this file. Alternatively you may (at +// your option) use any later version of the GNU General Public +// License if such license has been publicly approved by Riverbank +// Computing Limited (or its successors, if any) and the KDE Free Qt +// Foundation. In addition, as a special exception, Riverbank gives you +// certain additional rights. These rights are described in the Riverbank +// GPL Exception version 1.1, which can be found in the file +// GPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package. +// +// Please review the following information to ensure GNU General +// Public Licensing requirements will be met: +// http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/. If +// you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please +// review the following information: +// http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview +// or contact the sales department at sales@riverbankcomputing.com. +// +// This file is provided AS IS with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING THE +// WARRANTY OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. + + +#include "qsciscintillabase.h" + +#include +#include +#include +#include + +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include + +#include "ScintillaQt.h" + + +// The #defines in Scintilla.h and the enums in qsciscintillabase.h conflict +// (because we want to use the same names) so we have to undefine those we use +// in this file. +#undef SCI_SETCARETPERIOD +#undef SCK_DOWN +#undef SCK_UP +#undef SCK_LEFT +#undef SCK_RIGHT +#undef SCK_HOME +#undef SCK_END +#undef SCK_PRIOR +#undef SCK_NEXT +#undef SCK_DELETE +#undef SCK_INSERT +#undef SCK_ESCAPE +#undef SCK_BACK +#undef SCK_TAB +#undef SCK_RETURN +#undef SCK_ADD +#undef SCK_SUBTRACT +#undef SCK_DIVIDE +#undef SCK_WIN +#undef SCK_RWIN +#undef SCK_MENU + + +// Remember if we have linked the lexers. +static bool lexersLinked = false; + +// The list of instances. +static QList poolList; + + +// The ctor. +QsciScintillaBase::QsciScintillaBase(QWidget *parent) + : QAbstractScrollArea(parent) +{ + connect(verticalScrollBar(), SIGNAL(valueChanged(int)), + SLOT(handleVSb(int))); + + connect(horizontalScrollBar(), SIGNAL(valueChanged(int)), + SLOT(handleHSb(int))); + + setAcceptDrops(true); + setFocusPolicy(Qt::WheelFocus); + setAttribute(Qt::WA_KeyCompression); + + viewport()->setBackgroundRole(QPalette::Base); + viewport()->setMouseTracking(true); + viewport()->setAttribute(Qt::WA_NoSystemBackground); + + triple_click.setSingleShot(true); + + sci = new ScintillaQt(this); + + SendScintilla(SCI_SETCARETPERIOD, QApplication::cursorFlashTime() / 2); + + // Make sure the lexers are linked in. + if (!lexersLinked) + { + Scintilla_LinkLexers(); + lexersLinked = true; + } + + QClipboard *cb = QApplication::clipboard(); + + if (cb->supportsSelection()) + connect(cb, SIGNAL(selectionChanged()), SLOT(handleSelection())); + + // Add it to the pool. + poolList.append(this); +} + + +// The dtor. +QsciScintillaBase::~QsciScintillaBase() +{ + // Remove it from the pool. + poolList.removeAt(poolList.indexOf(this)); + + delete sci; +} + + +// Return an instance from the pool. +QsciScintillaBase *QsciScintillaBase::pool() +{ + return poolList.first(); +} + + +// Send a message to the real Scintilla widget using the low level Scintilla +// API. +long QsciScintillaBase::SendScintilla(unsigned int msg, unsigned long wParam, + long lParam) const +{ + return sci->WndProc(msg, wParam, lParam); +} + + +// Overloaded message send. +long QsciScintillaBase::SendScintilla(unsigned int msg, unsigned long wParam, + void *lParam) const +{ + return sci->WndProc(msg, wParam, reinterpret_cast(lParam)); +} + + +// Overloaded message send. +long QsciScintillaBase::SendScintilla(unsigned int msg, unsigned long wParam, + const char *lParam) const +{ + return sci->WndProc(msg, wParam, reinterpret_cast(lParam)); +} + + +// Overloaded message send. +long QsciScintillaBase::SendScintilla(unsigned int msg, + const char *lParam) const +{ + return sci->WndProc(msg, static_cast(0), + reinterpret_cast(lParam)); +} + + +// Overloaded message send. +long QsciScintillaBase::SendScintilla(unsigned int msg, const char *wParam, + const char *lParam) const +{ + return sci->WndProc(msg, reinterpret_cast(wParam), + reinterpret_cast(lParam)); +} + + +// Overloaded message send. +long QsciScintillaBase::SendScintilla(unsigned int msg, long wParam) const +{ + return sci->WndProc(msg, static_cast(wParam), + static_cast(0)); +} + + +// Overloaded message send. +long QsciScintillaBase::SendScintilla(unsigned int msg, int wParam) const +{ + return sci->WndProc(msg, static_cast(wParam), + static_cast(0)); +} + + +// Overloaded message send. +long QsciScintillaBase::SendScintilla(unsigned int msg, long cpMin, long cpMax, + char *lpstrText) const +{ + TextRange tr; + + tr.chrg.cpMin = cpMin; + tr.chrg.cpMax = cpMax; + tr.lpstrText = lpstrText; + + return sci->WndProc(msg, static_cast(0), + reinterpret_cast(&tr)); +} + + +// Overloaded message send. +long QsciScintillaBase::SendScintilla(unsigned int msg, unsigned long wParam, + const QColor &col) const +{ + sptr_t lParam = (col.blue() << 16) | (col.green() << 8) | col.red(); + + return sci->WndProc(msg, wParam, lParam); +} + + +// Overloaded message send. +long QsciScintillaBase::SendScintilla(unsigned int msg, const QColor &col) const +{ + uptr_t wParam = (col.blue() << 16) | (col.green() << 8) | col.red(); + + return sci->WndProc(msg, wParam, static_cast(0)); +} + + +// Overloaded message send. +long QsciScintillaBase::SendScintilla(unsigned int msg, unsigned long wParam, + QPainter *hdc, const QRect &rc, long cpMin, long cpMax) const +{ + RangeToFormat rf; + + rf.hdc = rf.hdcTarget = reinterpret_cast(hdc); + + rf.rc.left = rc.left(); + rf.rc.top = rc.top(); + rf.rc.right = rc.right() + 1; + rf.rc.bottom = rc.bottom() + 1; + + rf.chrg.cpMin = cpMin; + rf.chrg.cpMax = cpMax; + + return sci->WndProc(msg, wParam, reinterpret_cast(&rf)); +} + + +// Overloaded message send. +long QsciScintillaBase::SendScintilla(unsigned int msg, unsigned long wParam, + const QPixmap &lParam) const +{ + return sci->WndProc(msg, wParam, reinterpret_cast(&lParam)); +} + + +// Send a message to the real Scintilla widget using the low level Scintilla +// API that returns a pointer result. +void *QsciScintillaBase::SendScintillaPtrResult(unsigned int msg) const +{ + return reinterpret_cast(sci->WndProc(msg, static_cast(0), + static_cast(0))); +} + + +// Handle the timer on behalf of the ScintillaQt instance. +void QsciScintillaBase::handleTimer() +{ + sci->Tick(); +} + + +// Re-implemented to handle the context menu. +void QsciScintillaBase::contextMenuEvent(QContextMenuEvent *e) +{ + sci->ContextMenu(Point(e->globalX(), e->globalY())); +} + + +// Re-implemented to tell the widget it has the focus. +void QsciScintillaBase::focusInEvent(QFocusEvent *) +{ + sci->SetFocusState(true); +} + + +// Re-implemented to tell the widget it has lost the focus. +void QsciScintillaBase::focusOutEvent(QFocusEvent *) +{ + // If an autocompletion list is being displayed (a Qt::Tool) and it is + // clicked on, then we receive this event but the current focus event is 0. + // We detect this and don't tell Scintilla as it would immediately destroy + // the list. + if (qApp->focusWidget()) + sci->SetFocusState(false); +} + + +// Re-implemented to make sure tabs are passed to the editor. +bool QsciScintillaBase::focusNextPrevChild(bool next) +{ + if (!sci->pdoc->IsReadOnly()) + return false; + + return QAbstractScrollArea::focusNextPrevChild(next); +} + + +// Handle the selection changing. +void QsciScintillaBase::handleSelection() +{ + if (!QApplication::clipboard()->ownsSelection()) + sci->UnclaimSelection(); +} + + +// Handle key presses. +void QsciScintillaBase::keyPressEvent(QKeyEvent *e) +{ + unsigned key; + QByteArray utf8; + + bool shift = e->modifiers() & Qt::ShiftModifier; + bool ctrl = e->modifiers() & Qt::ControlModifier; + bool alt = e->modifiers() & Qt::AltModifier; + + switch (e->key()) + { + case Qt::Key_Down: + key = SCK_DOWN; + break; + + case Qt::Key_Up: + key = SCK_UP; + break; + + case Qt::Key_Left: + key = SCK_LEFT; + break; + + case Qt::Key_Right: + key = SCK_RIGHT; + break; + + case Qt::Key_Home: + key = SCK_HOME; + break; + + case Qt::Key_End: + key = SCK_END; + break; + + case Qt::Key_PageUp: + key = SCK_PRIOR; + break; + + case Qt::Key_PageDown: + key = SCK_NEXT; + break; + + case Qt::Key_Delete: + key = SCK_DELETE; + break; + + case Qt::Key_Insert: + key = SCK_INSERT; + break; + + case Qt::Key_Escape: + key = SCK_ESCAPE; + break; + + case Qt::Key_Backspace: + key = SCK_BACK; + break; + + case Qt::Key_Tab: + key = SCK_TAB; + break; + + case Qt::Key_Return: + case Qt::Key_Enter: + key = SCK_RETURN; + break; + + case Qt::Key_Super_L: + key = SCK_WIN; + break; + + case Qt::Key_Super_R: + key = SCK_RWIN; + break; + + case Qt::Key_Menu: + key = SCK_MENU; + break; + + default: + // See if the input was a single ASCII key. If so it will be passed to + // KeyDown to allow it to be filtered. Correct the modifiers and key + // for ASCII letters as Qt uses the ASCII code of uppercase letters for + // Key_A etc. + utf8 = e->text().toUtf8(); + + if (utf8.length() == 0) + key = e->key(); + else if (utf8.length() != 1) + key = 0; + else if ((key = utf8[0]) >= 0x80) + key = 0; + else if (key >= 0x01 && key <= 0x1a) + key += 0x40; + else if (key >= 'A' && key <= 'Z') + shift = true; + else if (key >= 'a' && key <= 'z') + { + key -= 0x20; + shift = false; + } + } + + if (key) + { + bool consumed = false; + + sci->KeyDown(key, shift, ctrl, alt, &consumed); + + if (consumed) + { + e->accept(); + return; + } + } + + // Add the text if it has a compatible size depending on what Unicode mode + // we are in. + if (utf8.length() > 0 && (sci->IsUnicodeMode() || utf8.length() == 1)) + { + sci->AddCharUTF(utf8.data(), utf8.length()); + e->accept(); + } + else + QAbstractScrollArea::keyPressEvent(e); +} + + +// Handle composed characters. Note that this is the minumum needed to retain +// the QScintilla v1 functionality. +void QsciScintillaBase::inputMethodEvent(QInputMethodEvent *e) +{ + QByteArray utf8 = e->commitString().toUtf8(); + + sci->AddCharUTF(utf8.data(), utf8.length()); + e->accept(); +} + + +// Handle a mouse button double click. +void QsciScintillaBase::mouseDoubleClickEvent(QMouseEvent *e) +{ + if (e->button() != Qt::LeftButton) + { + e->ignore(); + return; + } + + setFocus(); + + // Make sure Scintilla will interpret this as a double-click. + unsigned clickTime = sci->lastClickTime + Platform::DoubleClickTime() - 1; + + bool shift = e->modifiers() & Qt::ShiftModifier; + bool ctrl = e->modifiers() & Qt::ControlModifier; + bool alt = e->modifiers() & Qt::AltModifier; + + sci->ButtonDown(Point(e->x(), e->y()), clickTime, shift, ctrl, alt); + + // Remember the current position and time in case it turns into a triple + // click. + triple_click_at = e->globalPos(); + triple_click.start(QApplication::doubleClickInterval()); +} + + +// Handle a mouse move. +void QsciScintillaBase::mouseMoveEvent(QMouseEvent *e) +{ + sci->ButtonMove(Point(e->x(), e->y())); +} + + +// Handle a mouse button press. +void QsciScintillaBase::mousePressEvent(QMouseEvent *e) +{ + setFocus(); + + Point pt(e->x(), e->y()); + + if (e->button() == Qt::LeftButton) + { + unsigned clickTime; + + // It is a triple click if the timer is running and the mouse hasn't + // moved too much. + if (triple_click.isActive() && (e->globalPos() - triple_click_at).manhattanLength() < QApplication::startDragDistance()) + clickTime = sci->lastClickTime + Platform::DoubleClickTime() - 1; + else + clickTime = sci->lastClickTime + Platform::DoubleClickTime() + 1; + + triple_click.stop(); + + bool shift = e->modifiers() & Qt::ShiftModifier; + bool ctrl = e->modifiers() & Qt::ControlModifier; + bool alt = e->modifiers() & Qt::AltModifier; + + sci->ButtonDown(pt, clickTime, shift, ctrl, alt); + } + else if (e->button() == Qt::MidButton) + { + QClipboard *cb = QApplication::clipboard(); + + if (cb->supportsSelection()) + { + int pos = sci->PositionFromLocation(pt); + + sci->SetSelection(pos, pos); + sci->pasteFromClipboard(QClipboard::Selection); + } + } +} + + +// Handle a mouse button releases. +void QsciScintillaBase::mouseReleaseEvent(QMouseEvent *e) +{ + if (sci->HaveMouseCapture() && e->button() == Qt::LeftButton) + { + bool ctrl = e->modifiers() & Qt::ControlModifier; + + sci->ButtonUp(Point(e->x(), e->y()), 0, ctrl); + } +} + + +// Handle paint events. +void QsciScintillaBase::paintEvent(QPaintEvent *e) +{ + sci->paintEvent(e); +} + + +// Handle resize events. +void QsciScintillaBase::resizeEvent(QResizeEvent *) +{ + sci->ChangeSize(); +} + + +// Re-implemented to suppress the default behaviour as Scintilla works at a +// more fundamental level. +void QsciScintillaBase::scrollContentsBy(int, int) +{ +} + + +// Handle the vertical scrollbar. +void QsciScintillaBase::handleVSb(int value) +{ + sci->ScrollTo(value); +} + + +// Handle the horizontal scrollbar. +void QsciScintillaBase::handleHSb(int value) +{ + sci->HorizontalScrollTo(value); +} + + +// Handle drag enters. +void QsciScintillaBase::dragEnterEvent(QDragEnterEvent *e) +{ + QsciScintillaBase::dragMoveEvent(e); +} + + +// Handle drag leaves. +void QsciScintillaBase::dragLeaveEvent(QDragLeaveEvent *) +{ + sci->SetDragPosition(-1); +} + + +// Handle drag moves. +void QsciScintillaBase::dragMoveEvent(QDragMoveEvent *e) +{ + sci->SetDragPosition(sci->PositionFromLocation(Point(e->pos().x(), + e->pos().y()))); + + acceptAction(e); +} + + +// Handle drops. +void QsciScintillaBase::dropEvent(QDropEvent *e) +{ + bool moving; + const char *s; + + acceptAction(e); + + if (!e->isAccepted()) + return; + + moving = (e->dropAction() == Qt::MoveAction); + + QString qs = fromMimeData(e->mimeData()); + QByteArray ba; + + if (sci->IsUnicodeMode()) + ba = qs.toUtf8(); + else + ba = qs.toLatin1(); + + s = ba.data(); + + sci->DropAt(sci->posDrop, s, moving, false); + sci->Redraw(); +} + + +void QsciScintillaBase::acceptAction(QDropEvent *e) +{ + if (sci->pdoc->IsReadOnly() || !canInsertFromMimeData(e->mimeData())) + { + e->ignore(); + } + else if ((e->source() == this || e->source() == viewport()) && (e->keyboardModifiers() & Qt::ControlModifier) == 0) + { + e->setDropAction(Qt::MoveAction); + e->accept(); + } + else + { + e->acceptProposedAction(); + } +} + + + +// See if a MIME data object can be decoded. +bool QsciScintillaBase::canInsertFromMimeData(const QMimeData *source) const +{ + return source->hasText() && !source->text().isEmpty(); +} + + +// Create text from a MIME data object. +QString QsciScintillaBase::fromMimeData(const QMimeData *source) const +{ + return source->text(); +} + + +// Create a MIME data object for some text. +QMimeData *QsciScintillaBase::toMimeData(const QString &text) const +{ + QMimeData *mime = new QMimeData; + + mime->setText(text); + + return mime; +} + diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qt/qsciscintillabase.h b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qt/qsciscintillabase.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..945cc40047 --- /dev/null +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qt/qsciscintillabase.h @@ -0,0 +1,2802 @@ +// This class defines the "official" low-level API. +// +// Copyright (c) 2010 Riverbank Computing Limited +// +// This file is part of QScintilla. +// +// This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General Public +// License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free Software +// Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2 and LICENSE.GPL3 +// included in the packaging of this file. Alternatively you may (at +// your option) use any later version of the GNU General Public +// License if such license has been publicly approved by Riverbank +// Computing Limited (or its successors, if any) and the KDE Free Qt +// Foundation. In addition, as a special exception, Riverbank gives you +// certain additional rights. These rights are described in the Riverbank +// GPL Exception version 1.1, which can be found in the file +// GPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package. +// +// Please review the following information to ensure GNU General +// Public Licensing requirements will be met: +// http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/. If +// you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please +// review the following information: +// http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview +// or contact the sales department at sales@riverbankcomputing.com. +// +// This file is provided AS IS with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING THE +// WARRANTY OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. + + +#ifndef QSCISCINTILLABASE_H +#define QSCISCINTILLABASE_H + +#ifdef __APPLE__ +extern "C++" { +#endif + +#include + +#include + +#include +#include + +#include + + +class QColor; +class QPainter; +class QPixmap; +class QMimeData; + +class ScintillaQt; + + +//! \brief The QsciScintillaBase class implements the Scintilla editor widget +//! and its low-level API. +//! +//! Scintilla (http://www.scintilla.org) is a powerful C++ editor class that +//! supports many features including syntax styling, error indicators, code +//! completion and call tips. It is particularly useful as a programmer's +//! editor. +//! +//! QsciScintillaBase is a port to Qt of Scintilla. It implements the standard +//! Scintilla API which consists of a number of messages each taking up to +//! two arguments. +//! +//! See QsciScintilla for the implementation of a higher level API that is more +//! consistent with the rest of the Qt toolkit. +class QSCINTILLA_EXPORT QsciScintillaBase : public QAbstractScrollArea +{ + Q_OBJECT + +public: + //! The low-level Scintilla API is implemented as a set of messages each of + //! which takes up to two parameters (\a wParam and \a lParam) and + //! optionally return a value. This enum defines all the possible messages. + enum + { + //! + SCI_START = 2000, + + //! + SCI_OPTIONAL_START = 3000, + + //! + SCI_LEXER_START = 4000, + + //! This message appends some text to the end of the document. + //! \a wParam is the length of the text. + //! \a lParam is the text to be appended. + SCI_ADDTEXT = 2001, + + //! + SCI_ADDSTYLEDTEXT = 2002, + + //! + SCI_INSERTTEXT = 2003, + + //! + SCI_CLEARALL = 2004, + + //! + SCI_CLEARDOCUMENTSTYLE = 2005, + + //! + SCI_GETLENGTH = 2006, + + //! + SCI_GETCHARAT = 2007, + + //! This message returns the current position. + //! + //! \sa SCI_SETCURRENTPOS + SCI_GETCURRENTPOS = 2008, + + //! This message returns the anchor. + //! + //! \sa SCI_SETANCHOR + SCI_GETANCHOR = 2009, + + //! + SCI_GETSTYLEAT = 2010, + + //! + SCI_REDO = 2011, + + //! + SCI_SETUNDOCOLLECTION = 2012, + + //! + SCI_SELECTALL = 2013, + + //! This message marks the current state of the text as the the save + //! point. This is usually done when the text is saved or loaded. + //! + //! \sa SCN_SAVEPOINTREACHED(), SCN_SAVEPOINTLEFT() + SCI_SETSAVEPOINT = 2014, + + //! + SCI_GETSTYLEDTEXT = 2015, + + //! + SCI_CANREDO = 2016, + + //! This message returns the line that contains a particular instance + //! of a marker. + //! \a wParam is the handle of the marker. + //! + //! \sa SCI_MARKERADD + SCI_MARKERLINEFROMHANDLE = 2017, + + //! This message removes a particular instance of a marker. + //! \a wParam is the handle of the marker. + //! + //! \sa SCI_MARKERADD + SCI_MARKERDELETEHANDLE = 2018, + + //! + SCI_GETUNDOCOLLECTION = 2019, + + //! + SCI_GETVIEWWS = 2020, + + //! + SCI_SETVIEWWS = 2021, + + //! + SCI_POSITIONFROMPOINT = 2022, + + //! + SCI_POSITIONFROMPOINTCLOSE = 2023, + + //! + SCI_GOTOLINE = 2024, + + //! This message clears the current selection and sets the current + //! position. + //! \a wParam is the new current position. + //! + //! \sa SCI_SETCURRENTPOS + SCI_GOTOPOS = 2025, + + //! This message sets the anchor. + //! \a wParam is the new anchor. + //! + //! \sa SCI_GETANCHOR + SCI_SETANCHOR = 2026, + + //! + SCI_GETCURLINE = 2027, + + //! This message returns the character position of the start of the + //! text that needs to be syntax styled. + //! + //! \sa SCN_STYLENEEDED() + SCI_GETENDSTYLED = 2028, + + //! + SCI_CONVERTEOLS = 2029, + + //! + SCI_GETEOLMODE = 2030, + + //! + SCI_SETEOLMODE = 2031, + + //! + SCI_STARTSTYLING = 2032, + + //! + SCI_SETSTYLING = 2033, + + //! + SCI_GETBUFFEREDDRAW = 2034, + + //! + SCI_SETBUFFEREDDRAW = 2035, + + //! + SCI_SETTABWIDTH = 2036, + + //! + SCI_GETTABWIDTH = 2121, + + //! + SCI_SETCODEPAGE = 2037, + + //! + SCI_SETUSEPALETTE = 2039, + + //! This message sets the symbol used to draw one of 32 markers. Some + //! markers have pre-defined uses, see the SC_MARKNUM_* values. + //! \a wParam is the number of the marker. + //! \a lParam is the marker symbol and is one of the SC_MARK_* values. + //! + //! \sa SCI_MARKERADD, SCI_MARKERDEFINEPIXMAP + SCI_MARKERDEFINE = 2040, + + //! This message sets the foreground colour used to draw a marker. A + //! colour is represented as a 24 bit value. The 8 least significant + //! bits correspond to red, the middle 8 bits correspond to green, and + //! the 8 most significant bits correspond to blue. The default value + //! is 0x000000. + //! \a wParam is the number of the marker. + //! \a lParam is the colour. + //! + //! \sa SCI_MARKERSETBACK + SCI_MARKERSETFORE = 2041, + + //! This message sets the background colour used to draw a marker. A + //! colour is represented as a 24 bit value. The 8 least significant + //! bits correspond to red, the middle 8 bits correspond to green, and + //! the 8 most significant bits correspond to blue. The default value + //! is 0xffffff. + //! \a wParam is the number of the marker. + //! \a lParam is the colour. + //! + //! \sa SCI_MARKERSETFORE + SCI_MARKERSETBACK = 2042, + + //! This message adds a marker to a line. A handle for the marker is + //! returned which can be used to track the marker's position. + //! \a wParam is the line number. + //! \a lParam is the number of the marker. + //! + //! \sa SCI_MARKERDELETE, SCI_MARKERDELETEALL, + //! SCI_MARKERDELETEHANDLE + SCI_MARKERADD = 2043, + + //! This message deletes a marker from a line. + //! \a wParam is the line number. + //! \a lParam is the number of the marker. + //! + //! \sa SCI_MARKERADD, SCI_MARKERDELETEALL + SCI_MARKERDELETE = 2044, + + //! This message deletes all occurences of a marker. + //! \a wParam is the number of the marker. If \a wParam is -1 then all + //! markers are removed. + //! + //! \sa SCI_MARKERADD, SCI_MARKERDELETE + SCI_MARKERDELETEALL = 2045, + + //! This message returns the 32 bit mask of markers at a line. + //! \a wParam is the line number. + SCI_MARKERGET = 2046, + + //! This message looks for the next line to contain at least one marker + //! contained in a 32 bit mask of markers and returns the line number. + //! \a wParam is the line number to start the search from. + //! \a lParam is the mask of markers to search for. + //! + //! \sa SCI_MARKERPREVIOUS + SCI_MARKERNEXT = 2047, + + //! This message looks for the previous line to contain at least one + //! marker contained in a 32 bit mask of markers and returns the line + //! number. + //! \a wParam is the line number to start the search from. + //! \a lParam is the mask of markers to search for. + //! + //! \sa SCI_MARKERNEXT + SCI_MARKERPREVIOUS = 2048, + + //! This message sets the symbol used to draw one of the 32 markers to + //! a pixmap. Pixmaps use the SC_MARK_PIXMAP marker symbol. + //! \a wParam is the number of the marker. + //! \a lParam is a pointer to a QPixmap instance. Note that in other + //! ports of Scintilla this is a pointer to either raw or textual XPM + //! image data. + //! + //! \sa SCI_MARKERDEFINE + SCI_MARKERDEFINEPIXMAP = 2049, + + //! This message sets what can be displayed in a margin. + //! \a wParam is the number of the margin: 0, 1 or 2. + //! \a lParam is the logical or of the SC_MARGIN_* values. + //! + //! \sa SCI_GETMARGINTYPEN + SCI_SETMARGINTYPEN = 2240, + + //! This message returns what can be displayed in a margin. + //! \a wParam is the number of the margin: 0, 1 or 2. + //! + //! \sa SCI_SETMARGINTYPEN + SCI_GETMARGINTYPEN = 2241, + + //! This message sets the width of a margin in pixels. + //! \a wParam is the number of the margin: 0, 1 or 2. + //! \a lParam is the new margin width. + //! + //! \sa SCI_GETMARGINWIDTHN + SCI_SETMARGINWIDTHN = 2242, + + //! This message returns the width of a margin in pixels. + //! \a wParam is the number of the margin: 0, 1 or 2. + //! + //! \sa SCI_SETMARGINWIDTHN + SCI_GETMARGINWIDTHN = 2243, + + //! This message sets the mask of a margin. The mask is a 32 value + //! with one bit for each possible marker. If a bit is set then the + //! corresponding marker is displayed. By default, all markers are + //! displayed. + //! \a wParam is the number of the margin: 0, 1 or 2. + //! \a lParam is the new margin mask. + //! + //! \sa SCI_GETMARGINMASKN, SCI_MARKERDEFINE + SCI_SETMARGINMASKN = 2244, + + //! This message returns the mask of a margin. + //! \a wParam is the number of the margin: 0, 1 or 2. + //! + //! \sa SCI_SETMARGINMASKN + SCI_GETMARGINMASKN = 2245, + + //! This message sets the sensitivity of a margin to mouse clicks. + //! \a wParam is the number of the margin: 0, 1 or 2. + //! \a lParam is non-zero to make the margin sensitive to mouse clicks. + //! When the mouse is clicked the SCN_MARGINCLICK() signal is emitted. + //! + //! \sa SCI_GETMARGINSENSITIVEN, SCN_MARGINCLICK() + SCI_SETMARGINSENSITIVEN = 2246, + + //! This message returns the sensitivity of a margin to mouse clicks. + //! \a wParam is the number of the margin: 0, 1 or 2. + //! + //! \sa SCI_SETMARGINSENSITIVEN, SCN_MARGINCLICK() + SCI_GETMARGINSENSITIVEN = 2247, + + //! + SCI_STYLECLEARALL = 2050, + + //! + SCI_STYLESETFORE = 2051, + + //! + SCI_STYLESETBACK = 2052, + + //! + SCI_STYLESETBOLD = 2053, + + //! + SCI_STYLESETITALIC = 2054, + + //! + SCI_STYLESETSIZE = 2055, + + //! + SCI_STYLESETFONT = 2056, + + //! + SCI_STYLESETEOLFILLED = 2057, + + //! + SCI_STYLERESETDEFAULT = 2058, + + //! + SCI_STYLESETUNDERLINE = 2059, + + //! + SCI_STYLESETCASE = 2060, + + //! + SCI_STYLESETCHARACTERSET = 2066, + + //! + SCI_SETSELFORE = 2067, + + //! + SCI_SETSELBACK = 2068, + + //! + SCI_SETCARETFORE = 2069, + + //! + SCI_ASSIGNCMDKEY = 2070, + + //! + SCI_CLEARCMDKEY = 2071, + + //! + SCI_CLEARALLCMDKEYS = 2072, + + //! + SCI_SETSTYLINGEX = 2073, + + //! + SCI_STYLESETVISIBLE = 2074, + + //! + SCI_GETCARETPERIOD = 2075, + + //! + SCI_SETCARETPERIOD = 2076, + + //! + SCI_SETWORDCHARS = 2077, + + //! + SCI_BEGINUNDOACTION = 2078, + + //! + SCI_ENDUNDOACTION = 2079, + + //! + SCI_INDICSETSTYLE = 2080, + + //! + SCI_INDICGETSTYLE = 2081, + + //! + SCI_INDICSETFORE = 2082, + + //! + SCI_INDICGETFORE = 2083, + + //! + SCI_SETWHITESPACEFORE = 2084, + + //! + SCI_SETWHITESPACEBACK = 2085, + + //! + SCI_SETSTYLEBITS = 2090, + + //! + SCI_GETSTYLEBITS = 2091, + + //! + SCI_SETLINESTATE = 2092, + + //! + SCI_GETLINESTATE = 2093, + + //! + SCI_GETMAXLINESTATE = 2094, + + //! + SCI_GETCARETLINEVISIBLE = 2095, + + //! + SCI_SETCARETLINEVISIBLE = 2096, + + //! + SCI_GETCARETLINEBACK = 2097, + + //! + SCI_SETCARETLINEBACK = 2098, + + //! + SCI_STYLESETCHANGEABLE = 2099, + + //! + SCI_AUTOCSHOW = 2100, + + //! + SCI_AUTOCCANCEL = 2101, + + //! + SCI_AUTOCACTIVE = 2102, + + //! + SCI_AUTOCPOSSTART = 2103, + + //! + SCI_AUTOCCOMPLETE = 2104, + + //! + SCI_AUTOCSTOPS = 2105, + + //! + SCI_AUTOCSETSEPARATOR = 2106, + + //! + SCI_AUTOCGETSEPARATOR = 2107, + + //! + SCI_AUTOCSELECT = 2108, + + //! + SCI_AUTOCSETCANCELATSTART = 2110, + + //! + SCI_AUTOCGETCANCELATSTART = 2111, + + //! + SCI_AUTOCSETFILLUPS = 2112, + + //! + SCI_AUTOCSETCHOOSESINGLE = 2113, + + //! + SCI_AUTOCGETCHOOSESINGLE = 2114, + + //! + SCI_AUTOCSETIGNORECASE = 2115, + + //! + SCI_AUTOCGETIGNORECASE = 2116, + + //! + SCI_USERLISTSHOW = 2117, + + //! + SCI_AUTOCSETAUTOHIDE = 2118, + + //! + SCI_AUTOCGETAUTOHIDE = 2119, + + //! + SCI_AUTOCSETDROPRESTOFWORD = 2270, + + //! + SCI_AUTOCGETDROPRESTOFWORD = 2271, + + //! + SCI_SETINDENT = 2122, + + //! + SCI_GETINDENT = 2123, + + //! + SCI_SETUSETABS = 2124, + + //! + SCI_GETUSETABS = 2125, + + //! + SCI_SETLINEINDENTATION = 2126, + + //! + SCI_GETLINEINDENTATION = 2127, + + //! + SCI_GETLINEINDENTPOSITION = 2128, + + //! + SCI_GETCOLUMN = 2129, + + //! + SCI_SETHSCROLLBAR = 2130, + + //! + SCI_GETHSCROLLBAR = 2131, + + //! + SCI_SETINDENTATIONGUIDES = 2132, + + //! + SCI_GETINDENTATIONGUIDES = 2133, + + //! + SCI_SETHIGHLIGHTGUIDE = 2134, + + //! + SCI_GETHIGHLIGHTGUIDE = 2135, + + //! + SCI_GETLINEENDPOSITION = 2136, + + //! + SCI_GETCODEPAGE = 2137, + + //! + SCI_GETCARETFORE = 2138, + + //! + SCI_GETUSEPALETTE = 2139, + + //! This message returns a non-zero value if the document is read-only. + //! + //! \sa SCI_SETREADONLY + SCI_GETREADONLY = 2140, + + //! This message sets the current position. + //! \a wParam is the new current position. + //! + //! \sa SCI_GETCURRENTPOS + SCI_SETCURRENTPOS = 2141, + + //! + SCI_SETSELECTIONSTART = 2142, + + //! + SCI_GETSELECTIONSTART = 2143, + + //! + SCI_SETSELECTIONEND = 2144, + + //! + SCI_GETSELECTIONEND = 2145, + + //! + SCI_SETPRINTMAGNIFICATION = 2146, + + //! + SCI_GETPRINTMAGNIFICATION = 2147, + + //! + SCI_SETPRINTCOLOURMODE = 2148, + + //! + SCI_GETPRINTCOLOURMODE = 2149, + + //! + SCI_FINDTEXT = 2150, + + //! + SCI_FORMATRANGE = 2151, + + //! + SCI_GETFIRSTVISIBLELINE = 2152, + + //! + SCI_GETLINE = 2153, + + //! + SCI_GETLINECOUNT = 2154, + + //! + SCI_SETMARGINLEFT = 2155, + + //! + SCI_GETMARGINLEFT = 2156, + + //! + SCI_SETMARGINRIGHT = 2157, + + //! + SCI_GETMARGINRIGHT = 2158, + + //! This message returns a non-zero value if the document has been + //! modified. + SCI_GETMODIFY = 2159, + + //! + SCI_SETSEL = 2160, + + //! + SCI_GETSELTEXT = 2161, + + //! + SCI_GETTEXTRANGE = 2162, + + //! + SCI_HIDESELECTION = 2163, + + //! + SCI_POINTXFROMPOSITION = 2164, + + //! + SCI_POINTYFROMPOSITION = 2165, + + //! + SCI_LINEFROMPOSITION = 2166, + + //! + SCI_POSITIONFROMLINE = 2167, + + //! + SCI_LINESCROLL = 2168, + + //! + SCI_SCROLLCARET = 2169, + + //! + SCI_REPLACESEL = 2170, + + //! This message sets the read-only state of the document. + //! \a wParam is the new read-only state of the document. + //! + //! \sa SCI_GETREADONLY + SCI_SETREADONLY = 2171, + + //! + SCI_NULL = 2172, + + //! + SCI_CANPASTE = 2173, + + //! + SCI_CANUNDO = 2174, + + //! This message empties the undo buffer. + SCI_EMPTYUNDOBUFFER = 2175, + + //! + SCI_UNDO = 2176, + + //! + SCI_CUT = 2177, + + //! + SCI_COPY = 2178, + + //! + SCI_PASTE = 2179, + + //! + SCI_CLEAR = 2180, + + //! This message sets the text of the document. + //! \a wParam is unused. + //! \a lParam is the new text of the document. + //! + //! \sa SCI_GETTEXT + SCI_SETTEXT = 2181, + + //! This message gets the text of the document. + //! \a wParam is size of the buffer that the text is copied to. + //! \a lParam is the address of the buffer that the text is copied to. + //! + //! \sa SCI_SETTEXT + SCI_GETTEXT = 2182, + + //! This message returns the length of the document. + SCI_GETTEXTLENGTH = 2183, + + //! + SCI_GETDIRECTFUNCTION = 2184, + + //! + SCI_GETDIRECTPOINTER = 2185, + + //! + SCI_SETOVERTYPE = 2186, + + //! + SCI_GETOVERTYPE = 2187, + + //! + SCI_SETCARETWIDTH = 2188, + + //! + SCI_GETCARETWIDTH = 2189, + + //! + SCI_SETTARGETSTART = 2190, + + //! + SCI_GETTARGETSTART = 2191, + + //! + SCI_SETTARGETEND = 2192, + + //! + SCI_GETTARGETEND = 2193, + + //! + SCI_REPLACETARGET = 2194, + + //! + SCI_REPLACETARGETRE = 2195, + + //! + SCI_SEARCHINTARGET = 2197, + + //! + SCI_SETSEARCHFLAGS = 2198, + + //! + SCI_GETSEARCHFLAGS = 2199, + + //! + SCI_CALLTIPSHOW = 2200, + + //! + SCI_CALLTIPCANCEL = 2201, + + //! + SCI_CALLTIPACTIVE = 2202, + + //! + SCI_CALLTIPPOSSTART = 2203, + + //! + SCI_CALLTIPSETHLT = 2204, + + //! + SCI_CALLTIPSETBACK = 2205, + + //! + SCI_CALLTIPSETFORE = 2206, + + //! + SCI_CALLTIPSETFOREHLT = 2207, + + //! + SCI_AUTOCSETMAXWIDTH = 2208, + + //! + SCI_AUTOCGETMAXWIDTH = 2209, + + //! This message is not implemented. + SCI_AUTOCSETMAXHEIGHT = 2210, + + //! + SCI_AUTOCGETMAXHEIGHT = 2211, + + //! + SCI_CALLTIPUSESTYLE = 2212, + + //! + SCI_VISIBLEFROMDOCLINE = 2220, + + //! + SCI_DOCLINEFROMVISIBLE = 2221, + + //! + SCI_SETFOLDLEVEL = 2222, + + //! + SCI_GETFOLDLEVEL = 2223, + + //! + SCI_GETLASTCHILD = 2224, + + //! + SCI_GETFOLDPARENT = 2225, + + //! + SCI_SHOWLINES = 2226, + + //! + SCI_HIDELINES = 2227, + + //! + SCI_GETLINEVISIBLE = 2228, + + //! + SCI_SETFOLDEXPANDED = 2229, + + //! + SCI_GETFOLDEXPANDED = 2230, + + //! + SCI_TOGGLEFOLD = 2231, + + //! + SCI_ENSUREVISIBLE = 2232, + + //! + SCI_SETFOLDFLAGS = 2233, + + //! + SCI_ENSUREVISIBLEENFORCEPOLICY = 2234, + + //! + SCI_WRAPCOUNT = 2235, + + //! + SCI_SETTABINDENTS = 2260, + + //! + SCI_GETTABINDENTS = 2261, + + //! + SCI_SETBACKSPACEUNINDENTS = 2262, + + //! + SCI_GETBACKSPACEUNINDENTS = 2263, + + //! + SCI_SETMOUSEDWELLTIME = 2264, + + //! + SCI_GETMOUSEDWELLTIME = 2265, + + //! + SCI_WORDSTARTPOSITION = 2266, + + //! + SCI_WORDENDPOSITION = 2267, + + //! + SCI_SETWRAPMODE = 2268, + + //! + SCI_GETWRAPMODE = 2269, + + //! + SCI_SETLAYOUTCACHE = 2272, + + //! + SCI_GETLAYOUTCACHE = 2273, + + //! + SCI_SETSCROLLWIDTH = 2274, + + //! + SCI_GETSCROLLWIDTH = 2275, + + //! This message returns the width of some text when rendered in a + //! particular style. + //! \a wParam is the style number and is one of the STYLE_* values or + //! one of the styles defined by a lexer. + //! \a lParam is a pointer to the text. + SCI_TEXTWIDTH = 2276, + + //! + SCI_SETENDATLASTLINE = 2277, + + //! + SCI_GETENDATLASTLINE = 2278, + + //! + SCI_TEXTHEIGHT = 2279, + + //! + SCI_SETVSCROLLBAR = 2280, + + //! + SCI_GETVSCROLLBAR = 2281, + + //! + SCI_APPENDTEXT = 2282, + + //! + SCI_GETTWOPHASEDRAW = 2283, + + //! + SCI_SETTWOPHASEDRAW = 2284, + + //! + SCI_AUTOCGETTYPESEPARATOR = 2285, + + //! + SCI_AUTOCSETTYPESEPARATOR = 2286, + + //! + SCI_TARGETFROMSELECTION = 2287, + + //! + SCI_LINESJOIN = 2288, + + //! + SCI_LINESSPLIT = 2289, + + //! + SCI_SETFOLDMARGINCOLOUR = 2290, + + //! + SCI_SETFOLDMARGINHICOLOUR = 2291, + + //! + SCI_LINEDOWN = 2300, + + //! + SCI_LINEDOWNEXTEND = 2301, + + //! + SCI_LINEUP = 2302, + + //! + SCI_LINEUPEXTEND = 2303, + + //! + SCI_CHARLEFT = 2304, + + //! + SCI_CHARLEFTEXTEND = 2305, + + //! + SCI_CHARRIGHT = 2306, + + //! + SCI_CHARRIGHTEXTEND = 2307, + + //! + SCI_WORDLEFT = 2308, + + //! + SCI_WORDLEFTEXTEND = 2309, + + //! + SCI_WORDRIGHT = 2310, + + //! + SCI_WORDRIGHTEXTEND = 2311, + + //! + SCI_HOME = 2312, + + //! + SCI_HOMEEXTEND = 2313, + + //! + SCI_LINEEND = 2314, + + //! + SCI_LINEENDEXTEND = 2315, + + //! + SCI_DOCUMENTSTART = 2316, + + //! + SCI_DOCUMENTSTARTEXTEND = 2317, + + //! + SCI_DOCUMENTEND = 2318, + + //! + SCI_DOCUMENTENDEXTEND = 2319, + + //! + SCI_PAGEUP = 2320, + + //! + SCI_PAGEUPEXTEND = 2321, + + //! + SCI_PAGEDOWN = 2322, + + //! + SCI_PAGEDOWNEXTEND = 2323, + + //! + SCI_EDITTOGGLEOVERTYPE = 2324, + + //! + SCI_CANCEL = 2325, + + //! + SCI_DELETEBACK = 2326, + + //! + SCI_TAB = 2327, + + //! + SCI_BACKTAB = 2328, + + //! + SCI_NEWLINE = 2329, + + //! + SCI_FORMFEED = 2330, + + //! + SCI_VCHOME = 2331, + + //! + SCI_VCHOMEEXTEND = 2332, + + //! + SCI_ZOOMIN = 2333, + + //! + SCI_ZOOMOUT = 2334, + + //! + SCI_DELWORDLEFT = 2335, + + //! + SCI_DELWORDRIGHT = 2336, + + //! + SCI_LINECUT = 2337, + + //! + SCI_LINEDELETE = 2338, + + //! + SCI_LINETRANSPOSE = 2339, + + //! + SCI_LOWERCASE = 2340, + + //! + SCI_UPPERCASE = 2341, + + //! + SCI_LINESCROLLDOWN = 2342, + + //! + SCI_LINESCROLLUP = 2343, + + //! + SCI_DELETEBACKNOTLINE = 2344, + + //! + SCI_HOMEDISPLAY = 2345, + + //! + SCI_HOMEDISPLAYEXTEND = 2346, + + //! + SCI_LINEENDDISPLAY = 2347, + + //! + SCI_LINEENDDISPLAYEXTEND = 2348, + + //! + SCI_MOVECARETINSIDEVIEW = 2401, + + //! + SCI_LINELENGTH = 2350, + + //! + SCI_BRACEHIGHLIGHT = 2351, + + //! + SCI_BRACEBADLIGHT = 2352, + + //! + SCI_BRACEMATCH = 2353, + + //! + SCI_GETVIEWEOL = 2355, + + //! + SCI_SETVIEWEOL = 2356, + + //! + SCI_GETDOCPOINTER = 2357, + + //! + SCI_SETDOCPOINTER = 2358, + + //! + SCI_SETMODEVENTMASK = 2359, + + //! + SCI_GETEDGECOLUMN = 2360, + + //! + SCI_SETEDGECOLUMN = 2361, + + //! + SCI_GETEDGEMODE = 2362, + + //! + SCI_SETEDGEMODE = 2363, + + //! + SCI_GETEDGECOLOUR = 2364, + + //! + SCI_SETEDGECOLOUR = 2365, + + //! + SCI_SEARCHANCHOR = 2366, + + //! + SCI_SEARCHNEXT = 2367, + + //! + SCI_SEARCHPREV = 2368, + + //! + SCI_LINESONSCREEN = 2370, + + //! + SCI_USEPOPUP = 2371, + + //! + SCI_SELECTIONISRECTANGLE = 2372, + + //! + SCI_SETZOOM = 2373, + + //! + SCI_GETZOOM = 2374, + + //! + SCI_CREATEDOCUMENT = 2375, + + //! + SCI_ADDREFDOCUMENT = 2376, + + //! + SCI_RELEASEDOCUMENT = 2377, + + //! + SCI_GETMODEVENTMASK = 2378, + + //! + SCI_SETFOCUS = 2380, + + //! + SCI_GETFOCUS = 2381, + + //! + SCI_SETSTATUS = 2382, + + //! + SCI_GETSTATUS = 2383, + + //! + SCI_SETMOUSEDOWNCAPTURES = 2384, + + //! + SCI_GETMOUSEDOWNCAPTURES = 2385, + + //! + SCI_SETCURSOR = 2386, + + //! + SCI_GETCURSOR = 2387, + + //! + SCI_SETCONTROLCHARSYMBOL = 2388, + + //! + SCI_GETCONTROLCHARSYMBOL = 2389, + + //! + SCI_WORDPARTLEFT = 2390, + + //! + SCI_WORDPARTLEFTEXTEND = 2391, + + //! + SCI_WORDPARTRIGHT = 2392, + + //! + SCI_WORDPARTRIGHTEXTEND = 2393, + + //! + SCI_SETVISIBLEPOLICY = 2394, + + //! + SCI_DELLINELEFT = 2395, + + //! + SCI_DELLINERIGHT = 2396, + + //! + SCI_SETXOFFSET = 2397, + + //! + SCI_GETXOFFSET = 2398, + + //! + SCI_CHOOSECARETX = 2399, + + //! + SCI_GRABFOCUS = 2400, + + //! + SCI_SETXCARETPOLICY = 2402, + + //! + SCI_SETYCARETPOLICY = 2403, + + //! + SCI_LINEDUPLICATE = 2404, + + //! This message takes a copy of an image and registers it so that it + //! can be refered to by a unique integer identifier. + //! \a wParam is the image's identifier. + //! \a lParam is a pointer to a QPixmap instance. Note that in other + //! ports of Scintilla this is a pointer to either raw or textual XPM + //! image data. + //! + //! \sa SCI_CLEARREGISTEREDIMAGES + SCI_REGISTERIMAGE = 2405, + + //! + SCI_SETPRINTWRAPMODE = 2406, + + //! + SCI_GETPRINTWRAPMODE = 2407, + + //! This message de-registers all currently registered images. + //! + //! \sa SCI_REGISTERIMAGE + SCI_CLEARREGISTEREDIMAGES = 2408, + + //! + SCI_STYLESETHOTSPOT = 2409, + + //! + SCI_SETHOTSPOTACTIVEFORE = 2410, + + //! + SCI_SETHOTSPOTACTIVEBACK = 2411, + + //! + SCI_SETHOTSPOTACTIVEUNDERLINE = 2412, + + //! + SCI_PARADOWN = 2413, + + //! + SCI_PARADOWNEXTEND = 2414, + + //! + SCI_PARAUP = 2415, + + //! + SCI_PARAUPEXTEND = 2416, + + //! + SCI_POSITIONBEFORE = 2417, + + //! + SCI_POSITIONAFTER = 2418, + + //! + SCI_COPYRANGE = 2419, + + //! + SCI_COPYTEXT = 2420, + + //! + SCI_SETSELECTIONMODE = 2422, + + //! + SCI_GETSELECTIONMODE = 2423, + + //! + SCI_GETLINESELSTARTPOSITION = 2424, + + //! + SCI_GETLINESELENDPOSITION = 2425, + + //! + SCI_LINEDOWNRECTEXTEND = 2426, + + //! + SCI_LINEUPRECTEXTEND = 2427, + + //! + SCI_CHARLEFTRECTEXTEND = 2428, + + //! + SCI_CHARRIGHTRECTEXTEND = 2429, + + //! + SCI_HOMERECTEXTEND = 2430, + + //! + SCI_VCHOMERECTEXTEND = 2431, + + //! + SCI_LINEENDRECTEXTEND = 2432, + + //! + SCI_PAGEUPRECTEXTEND = 2433, + + //! + SCI_PAGEDOWNRECTEXTEND = 2434, + + //! + SCI_STUTTEREDPAGEUP = 2435, + + //! + SCI_STUTTEREDPAGEUPEXTEND = 2436, + + //! + SCI_STUTTEREDPAGEDOWN = 2437, + + //! + SCI_STUTTEREDPAGEDOWNEXTEND = 2438, + + //! + SCI_WORDLEFTEND = 2439, + + //! + SCI_WORDLEFTENDEXTEND = 2440, + + //! + SCI_WORDRIGHTEND = 2441, + + //! + SCI_WORDRIGHTENDEXTEND = 2442, + + //! + SCI_SETWHITESPACECHARS = 2443, + + //! + SCI_SETCHARSDEFAULT = 2444, + + //! + SCI_AUTOCGETCURRENT = 2445, + + //! + SCI_ALLOCATE = 2446, + + //! + SCI_HOMEWRAP = 2349, + + //! + SCI_HOMEWRAPEXTEND = 2450, + + //! + SCI_LINEENDWRAP = 2451, + + //! + SCI_LINEENDWRAPEXTEND = 2452, + + //! + SCI_VCHOMEWRAP = 2453, + + //! + SCI_VCHOMEWRAPEXTEND = 2454, + + //! + SCI_LINECOPY = 2455, + + //! + SCI_FINDCOLUMN = 2456, + + //! + SCI_GETCARETSTICKY = 2457, + + //! + SCI_SETCARETSTICKY = 2458, + + //! + SCI_TOGGLECARETSTICKY = 2459, + + //! + SCI_SETWRAPVISUALFLAGS = 2460, + + //! + SCI_GETWRAPVISUALFLAGS = 2461, + + //! + SCI_SETWRAPVISUALFLAGSLOCATION = 2462, + + //! + SCI_GETWRAPVISUALFLAGSLOCATION = 2463, + + //! + SCI_SETWRAPSTARTINDENT = 2464, + + //! + SCI_GETWRAPSTARTINDENT = 2465, + + //! + SCI_MARKERADDSET = 2466, + + //! + SCI_SETPASTECONVERTENDINGS = 2467, + + //! + SCI_GETPASTECONVERTENDINGS = 2468, + + //! + SCI_SELECTIONDUPLICATE = 2469, + + //! + SCI_SETCARETLINEBACKALPHA = 2470, + + //! + SCI_GETCARETLINEBACKALPHA = 2471, + + //! + SCI_MARKERSETALPHA = 2476, + + //! + SCI_GETSELALPHA = 2477, + + //! + SCI_SETSELALPHA = 2478, + + //! + SCI_GETSELEOLFILLED = 2479, + + //! + SCI_SETSELEOLFILLED = 2480, + + //! + SCI_STYLEGETFORE = 2481, + + //! + SCI_STYLEGETBACK = 2482, + + //! + SCI_STYLEGETBOLD = 2483, + + //! + SCI_STYLEGETITALIC = 2484, + + //! + SCI_STYLEGETSIZE = 2485, + + //! + SCI_STYLEGETFONT = 2486, + + //! + SCI_STYLEGETEOLFILLED = 2487, + + //! + SCI_STYLEGETUNDERLINE = 2488, + + //! + SCI_STYLEGETCASE = 2489, + + //! + SCI_STYLEGETCHARACTERSET = 2490, + + //! + SCI_STYLEGETVISIBLE = 2491, + + //! + SCI_STYLEGETCHANGEABLE = 2492, + + //! + SCI_STYLEGETHOTSPOT = 2493, + + //! + SCI_GETHOTSPOTACTIVEFORE = 2494, + + //! + SCI_GETHOTSPOTACTIVEBACK = 2495, + + //! + SCI_GETHOTSPOTACTIVEUNDERLINE = 2496, + + //! + SCI_GETHOTSPOTSINGLELINE = 2497, + + //! + SCI_SETINDICATORCURRENT = 2500, + + //! + SCI_GETINDICATORCURRENT = 2501, + + //! + SCI_SETINDICATORVALUE = 2502, + + //! + SCI_GETINDICATORVALUE = 2503, + + //! + SCI_INDICATORFILLRANGE = 2504, + + //! + SCI_INDICATORCLEARRANGE = 2505, + + //! + SCI_INDICATORALLONFOR = 2506, + + //! + SCI_INDICATORVALUEAT = 2507, + + //! + SCI_INDICATORSTART = 2508, + + //! + SCI_INDICATOREND = 2509, + + //! + SCI_INDICSETUNDER = 2510, + + //! + SCI_INDICGETUNDER = 2511, + + //! + SCI_SETCARETSTYLE = 2512, + + //! + SCI_GETCARETSTYLE = 2513, + + //! + SCI_SETPOSITIONCACHE = 2514, + + //! + SCI_GETPOSITIONCACHE = 2515, + + //! + SCI_SETSCROLLWIDTHTRACKING = 2516, + + //! + SCI_GETSCROLLWIDTHTRACKING = 2517, + + //! + SCI_DELWORDRIGHTEND = 2518, + + //! This message copies the selection. If the selection is empty then + //! copy the line with the caret. + SCI_COPYALLOWLINE = 2519, + + //! This message returns a pointer to the document text. Any + //! subsequent message will invalidate the pointer. + SCI_GETCHARACTERPOINTER = 2520, + + //! + SCI_SETKEYSUNICODE = 2521, + + //! + SCI_GETKEYSUNICODE = 2522, + + //! + SCI_INDICSETALPHA = 2523, + + //! + SCI_INDICGETALPHA = 2524, + + //! + SCI_SETEXTRAASCENT = 2525, + + //! + SCI_GETEXTRAASCENT = 2526, + + //! + SCI_SETEXTRADESCENT = 2527, + + //! + SCI_GETEXTRADESCENT = 2528, + + //! + SCI_MARKERSYMBOLDEFINED = 2529, + + //! + SCI_MARGINSETTEXT = 2530, + + //! + SCI_MARGINGETTEXT = 2531, + + //! + SCI_MARGINSETSTYLE = 2532, + + //! + SCI_MARGINGETSTYLE = 2533, + + //! + SCI_MARGINSETSTYLES = 2534, + + //! + SCI_MARGINGETSTYLES = 2535, + + //! + SCI_MARGINTEXTCLEARALL = 2536, + + //! + SCI_MARGINSETSTYLEOFFSET = 2537, + + //! + SCI_MARGINGETSTYLEOFFSET = 2538, + + //! + SCI_ANNOTATIONSETTEXT = 2540, + + //! + SCI_ANNOTATIONGETTEXT = 2541, + + //! + SCI_ANNOTATIONSETSTYLE = 2542, + + //! + SCI_ANNOTATIONGETSTYLE = 2543, + + //! + SCI_ANNOTATIONSETSTYLES = 2544, + + //! + SCI_ANNOTATIONGETSTYLES = 2545, + + //! + SCI_ANNOTATIONGETLINES = 2546, + + //! + SCI_ANNOTATIONCLEARALL = 2547, + + //! + SCI_ANNOTATIONSETVISIBLE = 2548, + + //! + SCI_ANNOTATIONGETVISIBLE = 2549, + + //! + SCI_ANNOTATIONSETSTYLEOFFSET = 2550, + + //! + SCI_ANNOTATIONGETSTYLEOFFSET = 2551, + + //! + SCI_ADDUNDOACTION = 2560, + + //! + SCI_STARTRECORD = 3001, + + //! + SCI_STOPRECORD = 3002, + + //! This message sets the number of the lexer to use for syntax + //! styling. + //! \a wParam is the number of the lexer and is one of the SCLEX_* + //! values. + SCI_SETLEXER = 4001, + + //! This message returns the number of the lexer being used for syntax + //! styling. + SCI_GETLEXER = 4002, + + //! + SCI_COLOURISE = 4003, + + //! + SCI_SETPROPERTY = 4004, + + //! + SCI_SETKEYWORDS = 4005, + + //! This message sets the name of the lexer to use for syntax styling. + //! \a wParam is unused. + //! \a lParam is the name of the lexer. + SCI_SETLEXERLANGUAGE = 4006, + + //! + SCI_LOADLEXERLIBRARY = 4007, + + //! + SCI_GETPROPERTY = 4008, + + //! + SCI_GETPROPERTYEXPANDED = 4009, + + //! + SCI_GETPROPERTYINT = 4010, + + //! + SCI_GETSTYLEBITSNEEDED = 4011 + }; + + enum + { + SC_ALPHA_TRANSPARENT = 0, + SC_ALPHA_OPAQUE = 255, + SC_ALPHA_NOALPHA = 256 + }; + + enum + { + SC_WRAPVISUALFLAG_NONE = 0x0000, + SC_WRAPVISUALFLAG_END = 0x0001, + SC_WRAPVISUALFLAG_START = 0x0002 + }; + + enum + { + SC_WRAPVISUALFLAGLOC_DEFAULT = 0x0000, + SC_WRAPVISUALFLAGLOC_END_BY_TEXT = 0x0001, + SC_WRAPVISUALFLAGLOC_START_BY_TEXT = 0x0002 + }; + + //! This enum defines the different selection modes. + //! + //! \sa SCI_GETSELECTIONMODE, SCI_SETSELECTIONMODE + enum + { + SC_SEL_STREAM = 0, + SC_SEL_RECTANGLE = 1, + SC_SEL_LINES = 2 + }; + + enum + { + SCWS_INVISIBLE = 0, + SCWS_VISIBLEALWAYS = 1, + SCWS_VISIBLEAFTERINDENT = 2 + }; + + enum + { + SC_EOL_CRLF = 0, + SC_EOL_CR = 1, + SC_EOL_LF = 2 + }; + + enum + { + SC_CP_DBCS = 1, + SC_CP_UTF8 = 65001 + }; + + //! This enum defines the different marker symbols. + //! + //! \sa SCI_MARKERDEFINE + enum + { + //! A circle. + SC_MARK_CIRCLE = 0, + + //! A rectangle. + SC_MARK_ROUNDRECT = 1, + + //! A triangle pointing to the right. + SC_MARK_ARROW = 2, + + //! A smaller rectangle. + SC_MARK_SMALLRECT = 3, + + //! An arrow pointing to the right. + SC_MARK_SHORTARROW = 4, + + //! An invisible marker that allows code to track the movement + //! of lines. + SC_MARK_EMPTY = 5, + + //! A triangle pointing down. + SC_MARK_ARROWDOWN = 6, + + //! A drawn minus sign. + SC_MARK_MINUS = 7, + + //! A drawn plus sign. + SC_MARK_PLUS = 8, + + //! A vertical line drawn in the background colour. + SC_MARK_VLINE = 9, + + //! A bottom left corner drawn in the background colour. + SC_MARK_LCORNER = 10, + + //! A vertical line with a centre right horizontal line drawn + //! in the background colour. + SC_MARK_TCORNER = 11, + + //! A drawn plus sign in a box. + SC_MARK_BOXPLUS = 12, + + //! A drawn plus sign in a connected box. + SC_MARK_BOXPLUSCONNECTED = 13, + + //! A drawn minus sign in a box. + SC_MARK_BOXMINUS = 14, + + //! A drawn minus sign in a connected box. + SC_MARK_BOXMINUSCONNECTED = 15, + + //! A rounded bottom left corner drawn in the background + //! colour. + SC_MARK_LCORNERCURVE = 16, + + //! A vertical line with a centre right curved line drawn in + //! the background colour. + SC_MARK_TCORNERCURVE = 17, + + //! A drawn plus sign in a circle. + SC_MARK_CIRCLEPLUS = 18, + + //! A drawn plus sign in a connected box. + SC_MARK_CIRCLEPLUSCONNECTED = 19, + + //! A drawn minus sign in a circle. + SC_MARK_CIRCLEMINUS = 20, + + //! A drawn minus sign in a connected circle. + SC_MARK_CIRCLEMINUSCONNECTED = 21, + + //! No symbol is drawn but the line of text is drawn with the + //! same background colour. + SC_MARK_BACKGROUND = 22, + + //! Three drawn dots. + SC_MARK_DOTDOTDOT = 23, + + //! Three drawn arrows pointing right. + SC_MARK_ARROWS = 24, + + //! An XPM format pixmap. + SC_MARK_PIXMAP = 25, + + //! A full rectangle (ie. the margin background). + SC_MARK_FULLRECT = 26, + + //! A left rectangle (ie. part of the margin background). + SC_MARK_LEFTRECT = 27, + + //! The value is available for plugins to use. + SC_MARK_AVAILABLE = 28, + + //! Characters can be used as symbols by adding this to the ASCII value + //! of the character. + SC_MARK_CHARACTER = 10000 + }; + + enum + { + SC_MARKNUM_FOLDEREND = 25, + SC_MARKNUM_FOLDEROPENMID = 26, + SC_MARKNUM_FOLDERMIDTAIL = 27, + SC_MARKNUM_FOLDERTAIL = 28, + SC_MARKNUM_FOLDERSUB = 29, + SC_MARKNUM_FOLDER = 30, + SC_MARKNUM_FOLDEROPEN = 31, + SC_MASK_FOLDERS = 0xfe000000 + }; + + //! This enum defines what can be displayed in a margin. + //! + //! \sa SCI_GETMARGINTYPEN, SCI_SETMARGINTYPEN + enum + { + //! The margin can display symbols. Note that all margins can display + //! symbols. + SC_MARGIN_SYMBOL = 0, + + //! The margin will display line numbers. + SC_MARGIN_NUMBER = 1, + + //! The margin's background color will be set to the default background + //! color. + SC_MARGIN_BACK = 2, + + //! The margin's background color will be set to the default foreground + //! color. + SC_MARGIN_FORE = 3, + + //! The margin will display text. + SC_MARGIN_TEXT = 4, + + //! The margin will display right justified text. + SC_MARGIN_RTEXT = 5 + }; + + enum + { + STYLE_DEFAULT = 32, + STYLE_LINENUMBER = 33, + STYLE_BRACELIGHT = 34, + STYLE_BRACEBAD = 35, + STYLE_CONTROLCHAR = 36, + STYLE_INDENTGUIDE = 37, + STYLE_CALLTIP = 38, + STYLE_LASTPREDEFINED = 39, + STYLE_MAX = 255 + }; + + enum + { + SC_CHARSET_ANSI = 0, + SC_CHARSET_DEFAULT = 1, + SC_CHARSET_BALTIC = 186, + SC_CHARSET_CHINESEBIG5 = 136, + SC_CHARSET_EASTEUROPE = 238, + SC_CHARSET_GB2312 = 134, + SC_CHARSET_GREEK = 161, + SC_CHARSET_HANGUL = 129, + SC_CHARSET_MAC = 77, + SC_CHARSET_OEM = 255, + SC_CHARSET_RUSSIAN = 204, + SC_CHARSET_SHIFTJIS = 128, + SC_CHARSET_SYMBOL = 2, + SC_CHARSET_TURKISH = 162, + SC_CHARSET_JOHAB = 130, + SC_CHARSET_HEBREW = 177, + SC_CHARSET_ARABIC = 178, + SC_CHARSET_VIETNAMESE = 163, + SC_CHARSET_THAI = 222, + SC_CHARSET_8859_15 = 1000 + }; + + enum + { + SC_CASE_MIXED = 0, + SC_CASE_UPPER = 1, + SC_CASE_LOWER = 2 + }; + + //! This enum defines the different indentation guide views. + //! + //! \sa SCI_GETINDENTATIONGUIDES, SCI_SETINDENTATIONGUIDES + enum + { + //! No indentation guides are shown. + SC_IV_NONE = 0, + + //! Indentation guides are shown inside real indentation white space. + SC_IV_REAL = 1, + + //! Indentation guides are shown beyond the actual indentation up to + //! the level of the next non-empty line. If the previous non-empty + //! line was a fold header then indentation guides are shown for one + //! more level of indent than that line. This setting is good for + //! Python. + SC_IV_LOOKFORWARD = 2, + + //! Indentation guides are shown beyond the actual indentation up to + //! the level of the next non-empty line or previous non-empty line + //! whichever is the greater. This setting is good for most languages. + SC_IV_LOOKBOTH = 3 + }; + + enum + { + INDIC_MAX = 31, + INDIC_PLAIN = 0, + INDIC_SQUIGGLE = 1, + INDIC_TT = 2, + INDIC_DIAGONAL = 3, + INDIC_STRIKE = 4, + INDIC_HIDDEN = 5, + INDIC_BOX = 6, + INDIC_ROUNDBOX = 7, + INDIC_CONTAINER = 8, + INDIC0_MASK = 0x20, + INDIC1_MASK = 0x40, + INDIC2_MASK = 0x80, + INDICS_MASK = 0xe0 + }; + + enum + { + SC_PRINT_NORMAL = 0, + SC_PRINT_INVERTLIGHT = 1, + SC_PRINT_BLACKONWHITE = 2, + SC_PRINT_COLOURONWHITE = 3, + SC_PRINT_COLOURONWHITEDEFAULTBG = 4 + }; + + enum + { + SCFIND_WHOLEWORD = 2, + SCFIND_MATCHCASE = 4, + SCFIND_WORDSTART = 0x00100000, + SCFIND_REGEXP = 0x00200000, + SCFIND_POSIX = 0x00400000 + }; + + enum + { + SC_FOLDLEVELBASE = 0x00400, + SC_FOLDLEVELWHITEFLAG = 0x01000, + SC_FOLDLEVELHEADERFLAG = 0x02000, + SC_FOLDLEVELNUMBERMASK = 0x00fff + }; + + enum + { + SC_FOLDFLAG_LINEBEFORE_EXPANDED = 0x0002, + SC_FOLDFLAG_LINEBEFORE_CONTRACTED = 0x0004, + SC_FOLDFLAG_LINEAFTER_EXPANDED = 0x0008, + SC_FOLDFLAG_LINEAFTER_CONTRACTED = 0x0010, + SC_FOLDFLAG_LEVELNUMBERS = 0x0040 + }; + + enum + { + SC_TIME_FOREVER = 10000000 + }; + + enum + { + SC_WRAP_NONE = 0, + SC_WRAP_WORD = 1, + SC_WRAP_CHAR = 2 + }; + + enum + { + SC_CACHE_NONE = 0, + SC_CACHE_CARET = 1, + SC_CACHE_PAGE = 2, + SC_CACHE_DOCUMENT = 3 + }; + + enum + { + ANNOTATION_HIDDEN = 0, + ANNOTATION_STANDARD = 1, + ANNOTATION_BOXED = 2 + }; + + enum + { + EDGE_NONE = 0, + EDGE_LINE = 1, + EDGE_BACKGROUND = 2 + }; + + enum + { + SC_CURSORNORMAL = -1, + SC_CURSORWAIT = 4 + }; + + enum + { + UNDO_MAY_COALESCE = 1 + }; + + enum + { + VISIBLE_SLOP = 0x01, + VISIBLE_STRICT = 0x04 + }; + + enum + { + CARET_SLOP = 0x01, + CARET_STRICT = 0x04, + CARET_JUMPS = 0x10, + CARET_EVEN = 0x08 + }; + + enum + { + CARETSTYLE_INVISIBLE = 0, + CARETSTYLE_LINE = 1, + CARETSTYLE_BLOCK = 2 + }; + + enum + { + SC_MOD_INSERTTEXT = 0x1, + SC_MOD_DELETETEXT = 0x2, + SC_MOD_CHANGESTYLE = 0x4, + SC_MOD_CHANGEFOLD = 0x8, + SC_PERFORMED_USER = 0x10, + SC_PERFORMED_UNDO = 0x20, + SC_PERFORMED_REDO = 0x40, + SC_MULTISTEPUNDOREDO = 0x80, + SC_LASTSTEPINUNDOREDO = 0x100, + SC_MOD_CHANGEMARKER = 0x200, + SC_MOD_BEFOREINSERT = 0x400, + SC_MOD_BEFOREDELETE = 0x800, + SC_MULTILINEUNDOREDO = 0x1000, + SC_STARTACTION = 0x2000, + SC_MOD_CHANGEINDICATOR = 0x4000, + SC_MOD_CHANGELINESTATE = 0x8000, + SC_MOD_CHANGEMARGIN = 0x10000, + SC_MOD_CHANGEANNOTATION = 0x20000, + SC_MOD_CONTAINER = 0x40000, + SC_MODEVENTMASKALL = 0x7ffff + }; + + enum + { + SCK_DOWN = 300, + SCK_UP = 301, + SCK_LEFT = 302, + SCK_RIGHT = 303, + SCK_HOME = 304, + SCK_END = 305, + SCK_PRIOR = 306, + SCK_NEXT = 307, + SCK_DELETE = 308, + SCK_INSERT = 309, + SCK_ESCAPE = 7, + SCK_BACK = 8, + SCK_TAB = 9, + SCK_RETURN = 13, + SCK_ADD = 310, + SCK_SUBTRACT = 311, + SCK_DIVIDE = 312, + SCK_WIN = 313, + SCK_RWIN = 314, + SCK_MENU = 315 + }; + + //! This enum defines the different modifier keys. + enum + { + //! No modifier key. + SCMOD_NORM = 0, + + //! Shift key. + SCMOD_SHIFT = 1, + + //! Control key. + SCMOD_CTRL = 2, + + //! Alt key. + SCMOD_ALT = 4 + }; + + //! This enum defines the different language lexers. + //! + //! \sa SCI_GETLEXER, SCI_SETLEXER + enum + { + //! No lexer is selected and the SCN_STYLENEEDED signal is emitted so + //! that the application can style the text as needed. This is the + //! default. + SCLEX_CONTAINER = 0, + + //! Select the null lexer that does no syntax styling. + SCLEX_NULL = 1, + + //! Select the Python lexer. + SCLEX_PYTHON = 2, + + //! Select the C++ lexer. + SCLEX_CPP = 3, + + //! Select the HTML lexer. + SCLEX_HTML = 4, + + //! Select the XML lexer. + SCLEX_XML = 5, + + //! Select the Perl lexer. + SCLEX_PERL = 6, + + //! Select the SQL lexer. + SCLEX_SQL = 7, + + //! Select the Visual Basic lexer. + SCLEX_VB = 8, + + //! Select the lexer for properties style files. + SCLEX_PROPERTIES = 9, + + //! Select the lexer for error list style files. + SCLEX_ERRORLIST = 10, + + //! Select the Makefile lexer. + SCLEX_MAKEFILE = 11, + + //! Select the Windows batch file lexer. + SCLEX_BATCH = 12, + + //! Select the LaTex lexer. + SCLEX_LATEX = 14, + + //! Select the Lua lexer. + SCLEX_LUA = 15, + + //! Select the lexer for diff output. + SCLEX_DIFF = 16, + + //! Select the lexer for Apache configuration files. + SCLEX_CONF = 17, + + //! Select the Pascal lexer. + SCLEX_PASCAL = 18, + + //! Select the Avenue lexer. + SCLEX_AVE = 19, + + //! Select the Ada lexer. + SCLEX_ADA = 20, + + //! Select the Lisp lexer. + SCLEX_LISP = 21, + + //! Select the Ruby lexer. + SCLEX_RUBY = 22, + + //! Select the Eiffel lexer. + SCLEX_EIFFEL = 23, + + //! Select the Eiffel lexer folding at keywords. + SCLEX_EIFFELKW = 24, + + //! Select the Tcl lexer. + SCLEX_TCL = 25, + + //! Select the lexer for nnCron files. + SCLEX_NNCRONTAB = 26, + + //! Select the Bullant lexer. + SCLEX_BULLANT = 27, + + //! Select the VBScript lexer. + SCLEX_VBSCRIPT = 28, + + //! Select the ASP lexer. + SCLEX_ASP = SCLEX_HTML, + + //! Select the PHP lexer. + SCLEX_PHP = SCLEX_HTML, + + //! Select the Baan lexer. + SCLEX_BAAN = 31, + + //! Select the Matlab lexer. + SCLEX_MATLAB = 32, + + //! Select the Scriptol lexer. + SCLEX_SCRIPTOL = 33, + + //! Select the assembler lexer. + SCLEX_ASM = 34, + + //! Select the C++ lexer with case insensitive keywords. + SCLEX_CPPNOCASE = 35, + + //! Select the FORTRAN lexer. + SCLEX_FORTRAN = 36, + + //! Select the FORTRAN77 lexer. + SCLEX_F77 = 37, + + //! Select the CSS lexer. + SCLEX_CSS = 38, + + //! Select the POV lexer. + SCLEX_POV = 39, + + //! Select the Basser Lout typesetting language lexer. + SCLEX_LOUT = 40, + + //! Select the EScript lexer. + SCLEX_ESCRIPT = 41, + + //! Select the PostScript lexer. + SCLEX_PS = 42, + + //! Select the NSIS lexer. + SCLEX_NSIS = 43, + + //! Select the MMIX assembly language lexer. + SCLEX_MMIXAL = 44, + + //! Select the Clarion lexer. + SCLEX_CLW = 45, + + //! Select the Clarion lexer with case insensitive keywords. + SCLEX_CLWNOCASE = 46, + + //! Select the MPT text log file lexer. + SCLEX_LOT = 47, + + //! Select the YAML lexer. + SCLEX_YAML = 48, + + //! Select the TeX lexer. + SCLEX_TEX = 49, + + //! Select the Metapost lexer. + SCLEX_METAPOST = 50, + + //! Select the PowerBASIC lexer. + SCLEX_POWERBASIC = 51, + + //! Select the Forth lexer. + SCLEX_FORTH = 52, + + //! Select the Erlang lexer. + SCLEX_ERLANG = 53, + + //! Select the Octave lexer. + SCLEX_OCTAVE = 54, + + //! Select the MS SQL lexer. + SCLEX_MSSQL = 55, + + //! Select the Verilog lexer. + SCLEX_VERILOG = 56, + + //! Select the KIX-Scripts lexer. + SCLEX_KIX = 57, + + //! Select the Gui4Cli lexer. + SCLEX_GUI4CLI = 58, + + //! Select the Specman E lexer. + SCLEX_SPECMAN = 59, + + //! Select the AutoIt3 lexer. + SCLEX_AU3 = 60, + + //! Select the APDL lexer. + SCLEX_APDL = 61, + + //! Select the Bash lexer. + SCLEX_BASH = 62, + + //! Select the ASN.1 lexer. + SCLEX_ASN1 = 63, + + //! Select the VHDL lexer. + SCLEX_VHDL = 64, + + //! Select the Caml lexer. + SCLEX_CAML = 65, + + //! Select the BlitzBasic lexer. + SCLEX_BLITZBASIC = 66, + + //! Select the PureBasic lexer. + SCLEX_PUREBASIC = 67, + + //! Select the Haskell lexer. + SCLEX_HASKELL = 68, + + //! Select the PHPScript lexer. + SCLEX_PHPSCRIPT = 69, + + //! Select the TADS3 lexer. + SCLEX_TADS3 = 70, + + //! Select the REBOL lexer. + SCLEX_REBOL = 71, + + //! Select the Smalltalk lexer. + SCLEX_SMALLTALK = 72, + + //! Select the FlagShip lexer. + SCLEX_FLAGSHIP = 73, + + //! Select the Csound lexer. + SCLEX_CSOUND = 74, + + //! Select the FreeBasic lexer. + SCLEX_FREEBASIC = 75, + + //! Select the InnoSetup lexer. + SCLEX_INNOSETUP = 76, + + //! Select the Opal lexer. + SCLEX_OPAL = 77, + + //! Select the Spice lexer. + SCLEX_SPICE = 78, + + //! Select the D lexer. + SCLEX_D = 79, + + //! Select the CMake lexer. + SCLEX_CMAKE = 80, + + //! Select the GAP lexer. + SCLEX_GAP = 81, + + //! Select the PLM lexer. + SCLEX_PLM = 82, + + //! Select the Progress lexer. + SCLEX_PROGRESS = 83, + + //! Select the Abaqus lexer. + SCLEX_ABAQUS = 84, + + //! Select the Asymptote lexer. + SCLEX_ASYMPTOTE = 85, + + //! Select the R lexer. + SCLEX_R = 86, + + //! Select the MagikSF lexer. + SCLEX_MAGIK = 87, + + //! Select the PowerShell lexer. + SCLEX_POWERSHELL = 88, + + //! Select the MySQL lexer. + SCLEX_MYSQL = 89, + + //! Select the gettext .po file lexer. + SCLEX_PO = 90, + + //! Select the TAL lexer. + SCLEX_TAL = 91, + + //! Select the COBOL lexer. + SCLEX_COBOL = 92, + + //! Select the TACL lexer. + SCLEX_TACL = 93, + + //! Select the Sorcus lexer. + SCLEX_SORCUS = 94, + + //! Select the PowerPro lexer. + SCLEX_POWERPRO = 95, + + //! Select the Nimrod lexer. + SCLEX_NIMROD = 96, + + //! Select the SML lexer. + SCLEX_SML = 97 + }; + + //! Construct an empty QsciScintillaBase with parent \a parent. + explicit QsciScintillaBase(QWidget *parent = 0); + + //! Destroys the QsciScintillaBase instance. + virtual ~QsciScintillaBase(); + + //! Returns a pointer to a QsciScintillaBase instance, or 0 if there isn't + //! one. This can be used by the higher level API to send messages that + //! aren't associated with a particular instance. + static QsciScintillaBase *pool(); + + //! Send the Scintilla message \a msg with the optional parameters \a + //! wParam and \a lParam. + long SendScintilla(unsigned int msg, unsigned long wParam = 0, + long lParam = 0) const; + + //! \overload + long SendScintilla(unsigned int msg, unsigned long wParam, + void *lParam) const; + + //! \overload + long SendScintilla(unsigned int msg, unsigned long wParam, + const char *lParam) const; + + //! \overload + long SendScintilla(unsigned int msg, const char *lParam) const; + + //! \overload + long SendScintilla(unsigned int msg, const char *wParam, + const char *lParam) const; + + //! \overload + long SendScintilla(unsigned int msg, long wParam) const; + + //! \overload + long SendScintilla(unsigned int msg, int wParam) const; + + //! \overload + long SendScintilla(unsigned int msg, long cpMin, long cpMax, + char *lpstrText) const; + + //! \overload + long SendScintilla(unsigned int msg, unsigned long wParam, + const QColor &col) const; + + //! \overload + long SendScintilla(unsigned int msg, const QColor &col) const; + + //! \overload + long SendScintilla(unsigned int msg, unsigned long wParam, QPainter *hdc, + const QRect &rc, long cpMin, long cpMax) const; + + //! \overload + long SendScintilla(unsigned int msg, unsigned long wParam, + const QPixmap &lParam) const; + + //! Send the Scintilla message \a msg and return a pointer result. + void *SendScintillaPtrResult(unsigned int msg) const; + + +signals: + //! This signal is emitted when text is selected or de-selected. + //! \a yes is true if text has been selected and false if text has been + //! deselected. + void QSCN_SELCHANGED(bool yes); + + //! This signal is emitted when the user cancels an auto-completion list. + //! + //! \sa SCN_AUTOCSELECTION() + void SCN_AUTOCCANCELLED(); + + //! This signal is emitted when the user deletes a character when an + //! auto-completion list is active. + void SCN_AUTOCCHARDELETED(); + + //! This signal is emitted when the user selects an item in an + //! auto-completion list. It is emitted before the selection is inserted. + //! The insertion can be cancelled by sending an SCI_AUTOCANCEL message + //! from a connected slot. + //! \a selection is the text of the selection. + //! \a position is the start position of the word being completed. + //! + //! \sa SCN_AUTOCCANCELLED() + void SCN_AUTOCSELECTION(const char *selection, int position); + + //! This signal is emitted when the document has changed for any reason. + void SCEN_CHANGE(); + + //! This signal ir emitted when the user clicks on a calltip. + //! \a direction is 1 if the user clicked on the up arrow, 2 if the user + //! clicked on the down arrow, and 0 if the user clicked elsewhere. + void SCN_CALLTIPCLICK(int direction); + + //! This signal is emitted whenever the user enters an ordinary character + //! into the text. + //! \a charadded is the character. It can be used to decide to display a + //! call tip or an auto-completion list. + void SCN_CHARADDED(int charadded); + + //! This signal is emitted when the user double clicks. + //! \a position is the position in the text where the click occured. + //! \a line is the number of the line in the text where the click occured. + //! \a modifiers is the logical or of the modifier keys that were pressed + //! when the user double clicked. + void SCN_DOUBLECLICK(int position, int line, int modifiers); + + //! + void SCN_DWELLEND(int, int, int); + + //! + void SCN_DWELLSTART(int, int, int); + + //! This signal is emitted when the user clicks on text in a style with the + //! hotspot attribute set. + //! \a position is the position in the text where the click occured. + //! \a modifiers is the logical or of the modifier keys that were pressed + //! when the user clicked. + void SCN_HOTSPOTCLICK(int position, int modifiers); + + //! This signal is emitted when the user double clicks on text in a style + //! with the hotspot attribute set. + //! \a position is the position in the text where the double click occured. + //! \a modifiers is the logical or of the modifier keys that were pressed + //! when the user double clicked. + void SCN_HOTSPOTDOUBLECLICK(int position, int modifiers); + + //! This signal is emitted when the user clicks on text that has an + //! indicator. + //! \a position is the position in the text where the click occured. + //! \a modifiers is the logical or of the modifier keys that were pressed + //! when the user clicked. + void SCN_INDICATORCLICK(int position, int modifiers); + + //! This signal is emitted when the user releases the mouse button on text + //! that has an indicator. + //! \a position is the position in the text where the release occured. + //! \a modifiers is the logical or of the modifier keys that were pressed + //! when the user released. + void SCN_INDICATORRELEASE(int position, int modifiers); + + //! This signal is emitted when a recordable editor command has been + //! executed. + void SCN_MACRORECORD(unsigned int, unsigned long, void *); + + //! This signal is emitted when the user clicks on a sensitive margin. + //! \a position is the position of the start of the line against which the + //! user clicked. + //! \a modifiers is the logical or of the modifier keys that were pressed + //! when the user clicked. + //! \a margin is the number of the margin the user clicked in: 0, 1 or 2. + //! + //! \sa SCI_GETMARGINSENSITIVEN, SCI_SETMARGINSENSITIVEN + void SCN_MARGINCLICK(int position, int modifiers, int margin); + + //! + void SCN_MODIFIED(int, int, const char *, int, int, int, int, int, int, int); + + //! This signal is emitted when the user attempts to modify read-only + //! text. + void SCN_MODIFYATTEMPTRO(); + + //! + void SCN_NEEDSHOWN(int, int); + + //! This signal is emitted when painting has been completed. It is useful + //! to trigger some other change but to have the paint be done first to + //! appear more reponsive to the user. + void SCN_PAINTED(); + + //! This signal is emitted when the current state of the text no longer + //! corresponds to the state of the text at the save point. + //! + //! \sa SCI_SETSAVEPOINT, SCN_SAVEPOINTREACHED() + void SCN_SAVEPOINTLEFT(); + + //! This signal is emitted when the current state of the text corresponds + //! to the state of the text at the save point. This allows feedback to be + //! given to the user as to whether the text has been modified since it was + //! last saved. + //! + //! \sa SCI_SETSAVEPOINT, SCN_SAVEPOINTLEFT() + void SCN_SAVEPOINTREACHED(); + + //! This signal is emitted when a range of text needs to be syntax styled. + //! The range is from the value returned by the SCI_GETENDSTYLED message + //! and \a position. It is only emitted if the currently selected lexer is + //! SCLEX_CONTAINER. + //! + //! \sa SCI_COLOURISE, SCI_GETENDSTYLED + void SCN_STYLENEEDED(int position); + + //! + void SCN_UPDATEUI(); + + //! + void SCN_USERLISTSELECTION(const char *, int); + + //! + void SCN_ZOOM(); + +protected: + //! Returns true if the contents of a MIME data object can be decoded and + //! inserted into the document. It is called during drag and paste + //! operations. + //! \a source is the MIME data object. + //! + //! \sa fromMimeData(), toMimeData() + virtual bool canInsertFromMimeData(const QMimeData *source) const; + + //! Returns the text decoded from a MIME data object. It is called when a + //! drag and drop is completed and when text is pasted from the clipboard. + //! \a source is the MIME data object. + //! + //! \sa canInsertFromMimeData(), toMimeData() + virtual QString fromMimeData(const QMimeData *source) const; + + //! Returns a new MIME data object that encodes some text. It is called + //! when a drag and drop is started and when the selection is copied to the + //! clipboard. Ownership of the object is passed to the caller. + //! \a text is the text to encode. + //! + //! \sa canInsertFromMimeData(), fromMimeData() + virtual QMimeData *toMimeData(const QString &text) const; + + //! Re-implemented to handle the context menu. + virtual void contextMenuEvent(QContextMenuEvent *e); + + //! Re-implemented to handle drag enters. + virtual void dragEnterEvent(QDragEnterEvent *e); + + //! Re-implemented to handle drag leaves. + virtual void dragLeaveEvent(QDragLeaveEvent *e); + + //! Re-implemented to handle drag moves. + virtual void dragMoveEvent(QDragMoveEvent *e); + + //! Re-implemented to handle drops. + virtual void dropEvent(QDropEvent *e); + + //! Re-implemented to tell Scintilla it has the focus. + virtual void focusInEvent(QFocusEvent *e); + + //! Re-implemented to tell Scintilla it has lost the focus. + virtual void focusOutEvent(QFocusEvent *e); + + //! Re-implemented to allow tabs to be entered as text. + virtual bool focusNextPrevChild(bool next); + + //! Re-implemented to handle key presses. + virtual void keyPressEvent(QKeyEvent *e); + + //! Re-implemented to handle composed characters. + virtual void inputMethodEvent(QInputMethodEvent *e); + + //! Re-implemented to handle mouse double-clicks. + virtual void mouseDoubleClickEvent(QMouseEvent *e); + + //! Re-implemented to handle mouse moves. + virtual void mouseMoveEvent(QMouseEvent *e); + + //! Re-implemented to handle mouse presses. + virtual void mousePressEvent(QMouseEvent *e); + + //! Re-implemented to handle mouse releases. + virtual void mouseReleaseEvent(QMouseEvent *e); + + //! Re-implemented to paint the viewport. + virtual void paintEvent(QPaintEvent *e); + + //! Re-implemented to handle resizes. + virtual void resizeEvent(QResizeEvent *e); + + //! \internal Re-implemented to handle scrolling. + virtual void scrollContentsBy(int dx, int dy); + +private slots: + void handleTimer(); + void handleVSb(int value); + void handleHSb(int value); + void handleSelection(); + +private: + // This is needed to allow ScintillaQt to emit this class's signals. + friend class ScintillaQt; + + ScintillaQt *sci; + QPoint triple_click_at; + QTimer triple_click; + + void acceptAction(QDropEvent *e); + + QsciScintillaBase(const QsciScintillaBase &); + QsciScintillaBase &operator=(const QsciScintillaBase &); +}; + +#ifdef __APPLE__ +} +#endif + +#endif diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qt/qscistyle.cpp b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qt/qscistyle.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..15d8e98adf --- /dev/null +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qt/qscistyle.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,245 @@ +// This module implements the QsciStyle class. +// +// Copyright (c) 2010 Riverbank Computing Limited +// +// This file is part of QScintilla. +// +// This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General Public +// License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free Software +// Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2 and LICENSE.GPL3 +// included in the packaging of this file. Alternatively you may (at +// your option) use any later version of the GNU General Public +// License if such license has been publicly approved by Riverbank +// Computing Limited (or its successors, if any) and the KDE Free Qt +// Foundation. In addition, as a special exception, Riverbank gives you +// certain additional rights. These rights are described in the Riverbank +// GPL Exception version 1.1, which can be found in the file +// GPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package. +// +// Please review the following information to ensure GNU General +// Public Licensing requirements will be met: +// http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/. If +// you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please +// review the following information: +// http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview +// or contact the sales department at sales@riverbankcomputing.com. +// +// This file is provided AS IS with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING THE +// WARRANTY OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. + + +#include "qscistyle.h" + +#include + +#include "qsciscintillabase.h" + + +// A ctor. +QsciStyle::QsciStyle(int style) +{ + init(style); + + QPalette pal = QApplication::palette(); + setColor(pal.text().color()); + setPaper(pal.base().color()); + + setFont(QApplication::font()); + setEolFill(false); +} + + +// A ctor. +QsciStyle::QsciStyle(int style, const QString &description, + const QColor &color, const QColor &paper, const QFont &font, + bool eol_fill) +{ + init(style); + + setDescription(description); + + setColor(color); + setPaper(paper); + + setFont(font); + setEolFill(eol_fill); +} + + +// Initialisation common to all ctors. +void QsciStyle::init(int style) +{ + // The next style number to allocate. + static int next_style_nr = QsciScintillaBase::STYLE_MAX; + + // See if a new style should be allocated. Note that we allow styles to be + // passed in that are bigger than STYLE_MAX because the styles used for + // annotations are allowed to be. + if (style < 0) + { + // Note that we don't deal with the situation where the newly allocated + // style number has already been used explicitly. + if (next_style_nr > QsciScintillaBase::STYLE_LASTPREDEFINED) + style = next_style_nr--; + } + + style_nr = style; + + // Initialise the minor attributes. + setTextCase(QsciStyle::OriginalCase); + setVisible(true); + setChangeable(true); + setHotspot(false); +} + + +// Set the color attribute. +void QsciStyle::setColor(const QColor &color) +{ + style_color = color; + + if (style_nr >= 0) + { + QsciScintillaBase *sci = QsciScintillaBase::pool(); + + if (sci) + sci->SendScintilla(QsciScintillaBase::SCI_STYLESETFORE, style_nr, + style_color); + } +} + + +// Set the paper attribute. +void QsciStyle::setPaper(const QColor &paper) +{ + style_paper = paper; + + if (style_nr >= 0) + { + QsciScintillaBase *sci = QsciScintillaBase::pool(); + + if (sci) + sci->SendScintilla(QsciScintillaBase::SCI_STYLESETBACK, style_nr, + style_paper); + } +} + + +// Set the font attribute. +void QsciStyle::setFont(const QFont &font) +{ + style_font = font; + + if (style_nr >= 0) + { + QsciScintillaBase *sci = QsciScintillaBase::pool(); + + if (sci) + { + sci->SendScintilla(QsciScintillaBase::SCI_STYLESETFONT, style_nr, + style_font.family().toAscii().data()); + sci->SendScintilla(QsciScintillaBase::SCI_STYLESETSIZE, style_nr, + style_font.pointSize()); + sci->SendScintilla(QsciScintillaBase::SCI_STYLESETBOLD, style_nr, + style_font.bold()); + sci->SendScintilla(QsciScintillaBase::SCI_STYLESETITALIC, style_nr, + style_font.italic()); + sci->SendScintilla(QsciScintillaBase::SCI_STYLESETUNDERLINE, + style_nr, style_font.underline()); + } + } +} + + +// Set the eol fill attribute. +void QsciStyle::setEolFill(bool eol_fill) +{ + style_eol_fill = eol_fill; + + if (style_nr >= 0) + { + QsciScintillaBase *sci = QsciScintillaBase::pool(); + + if (sci) + sci->SendScintilla(QsciScintillaBase::SCI_STYLESETEOLFILLED, + style_nr, style_eol_fill); + } +} + + +// Set the text case attribute. +void QsciStyle::setTextCase(QsciStyle::TextCase text_case) +{ + style_case = text_case; + + if (style_nr >= 0) + { + QsciScintillaBase *sci = QsciScintillaBase::pool(); + + if (sci) + sci->SendScintilla(QsciScintillaBase::SCI_STYLESETCASE, style_nr, + (long)style_case); + } +} + + +// Set the visible attribute. +void QsciStyle::setVisible(bool visible) +{ + style_visible = visible; + + if (style_nr >= 0) + { + QsciScintillaBase *sci = QsciScintillaBase::pool(); + + if (sci) + sci->SendScintilla(QsciScintillaBase::SCI_STYLESETVISIBLE, + style_nr, style_visible); + } +} + + +// Set the changeable attribute. +void QsciStyle::setChangeable(bool changeable) +{ + style_changeable = changeable; + + if (style_nr >= 0) + { + QsciScintillaBase *sci = QsciScintillaBase::pool(); + + if (sci) + sci->SendScintilla(QsciScintillaBase::SCI_STYLESETCHANGEABLE, + style_nr, style_changeable); + } +} + + +// Set the hotspot attribute. +void QsciStyle::setHotspot(bool hotspot) +{ + style_hotspot = hotspot; + + if (style_nr >= 0) + { + QsciScintillaBase *sci = QsciScintillaBase::pool(); + + if (sci) + sci->SendScintilla(QsciScintillaBase::SCI_STYLESETHOTSPOT, + style_nr, style_hotspot); + } +} + + +// Refresh the style. +void QsciStyle::refresh() +{ + setColor(color()); + setPaper(paper()); + setFont(font()); + setEolFill(eolFill()); + setTextCase(textCase()); + setVisible(visible()); + setChangeable(changeable()); + setHotspot(hotspot()); +} diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qt/qscistyle.h b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qt/qscistyle.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..24a876323b --- /dev/null +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qt/qscistyle.h @@ -0,0 +1,201 @@ +// This module defines interface to the QsciStyle class. +// +// Copyright (c) 2010 Riverbank Computing Limited +// +// This file is part of QScintilla. +// +// This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General Public +// License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free Software +// Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2 and LICENSE.GPL3 +// included in the packaging of this file. Alternatively you may (at +// your option) use any later version of the GNU General Public +// License if such license has been publicly approved by Riverbank +// Computing Limited (or its successors, if any) and the KDE Free Qt +// Foundation. In addition, as a special exception, Riverbank gives you +// certain additional rights. These rights are described in the Riverbank +// GPL Exception version 1.1, which can be found in the file +// GPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package. +// +// Please review the following information to ensure GNU General +// Public Licensing requirements will be met: +// http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/. If +// you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please +// review the following information: +// http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview +// or contact the sales department at sales@riverbankcomputing.com. +// +// This file is provided AS IS with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING THE +// WARRANTY OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. + + +#ifndef QSCISTYLE_H +#define QSCISTYLE_H + +#ifdef __APPLE__ +extern "C++" { +#endif + +#include +#include +#include + +#include + + +//! \brief The QsciStyle class encapsulates all the attributes of a style. +//! +//! Each character of a document has an associated style which determines how +//! the character is displayed, e.g. its font and color. A style is identified +//! by a number. Lexers define styles for each of the language's features so +//! that they are displayed differently. Some style numbers have hard-coded +//! meanings, e.g. the style used for call tips. +class QSCINTILLA_EXPORT QsciStyle +{ +public: + //! This enum defines the different ways the displayed case of the text can + //! be changed. + enum TextCase { + //! The text is displayed as its original case. + OriginalCase = 0, + + //! The text is displayed as upper case. + UpperCase = 1, + + //! The text is displayed as lower case. + LowerCase = 2 + }; + + //! Constructs a QsciStyle instance for style number \a style. If \a style + //! is negative then a new style number is automatically allocated. + QsciStyle(int style = -1); + + //! Constructs a QsciStyle instance for style number \a style. If \a style + //! is negative then a new style number is automatically allocated. The + //! styles description, color, paper color, font and end-of-line fill are + //! set to \a description, \a color, \a paper, \a font and \a eol_fill + //! respectively. + QsciStyle(int style, const QString &description, const QColor &color, + const QColor &paper, const QFont &font, bool eol_fill = false); + + //! Returns the number of the style. + int style() const {return style_nr;} + + //! The style's description is set to \a description. + //! + //! \sa description() + void setDescription(const QString &description) {style_description = description;} + + //! Returns the style's description. + //! + //! \sa setDescription() + QString description() const {return style_description;} + + //! The style's foreground color is set to \a color. The default is taken + //! from the application's default palette. + //! + //! \sa color() + void setColor(const QColor &color); + + //! Returns the style's foreground color. + //! + //! \sa setColor() + QColor color() const {return style_color;} + + //! The style's background color is set to \a paper. The default is taken + //! from the application's default palette. + //! + //! \sa paper() + void setPaper(const QColor &paper); + + //! Returns the style's background color. + //! + //! \sa setPaper() + QColor paper() const {return style_paper;} + + //! The style's font is set to \a font. The default is the application's + //! default font. + //! + //! \sa font() + void setFont(const QFont &font); + + //! Returns the style's font. + //! + //! \sa setFont() + QFont font() const {return style_font;} + + //! The style's end-of-line fill is set to \a fill. The default is false. + //! + //! \sa eolFill() + void setEolFill(bool fill); + + //! Returns the style's end-of-line fill. + //! + //! \sa setEolFill() + bool eolFill() const {return style_eol_fill;} + + //! The style's text case is set to \a text_case. The default is + //! OriginalCase. + //! + //! \sa textCase() + void setTextCase(TextCase text_case); + + //! Returns the style's text case. + //! + //! \sa setTextCase() + TextCase textCase() const {return style_case;} + + //! The style's visibility is set to \a visible. The default is true. + //! + //! \sa visible() + void setVisible(bool visible); + + //! Returns the style's visibility. + //! + //! \sa setVisible() + bool visible() const {return style_visible;} + + //! The style's changeability is set to \a changeable. The default is + //! true. + //! + //! \sa changeable() + void setChangeable(bool changeable); + + //! Returns the style's changeability. + //! + //! \sa setChangeable() + bool changeable() const {return style_changeable;} + + //! The style's sensitivity to mouse clicks is set to \a hotspot. The + //! default is false. + //! + //! \sa hotspot() + void setHotspot(bool hotspot); + + //! Returns the style's sensitivity to mouse clicks. + //! + //! \sa setHotspot() + bool hotspot() const {return style_hotspot;} + + //! Refresh the style settings. + void refresh(); + +private: + int style_nr; + QString style_description; + QColor style_color; + QColor style_paper; + QFont style_font; + bool style_eol_fill; + TextCase style_case; + bool style_visible; + bool style_changeable; + bool style_hotspot; + + void init(int style); +}; + +#ifdef __APPLE__ +} +#endif + +#endif diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qt/qscistyledtext.cpp b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qt/qscistyledtext.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d190ce25a1 --- /dev/null +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qt/qscistyledtext.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +// This module implements the QsciStyledText class. +// +// Copyright (c) 2010 Riverbank Computing Limited +// +// This file is part of QScintilla. +// +// This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General Public +// License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free Software +// Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2 and LICENSE.GPL3 +// included in the packaging of this file. Alternatively you may (at +// your option) use any later version of the GNU General Public +// License if such license has been publicly approved by Riverbank +// Computing Limited (or its successors, if any) and the KDE Free Qt +// Foundation. In addition, as a special exception, Riverbank gives you +// certain additional rights. These rights are described in the Riverbank +// GPL Exception version 1.1, which can be found in the file +// GPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package. +// +// Please review the following information to ensure GNU General +// Public Licensing requirements will be met: +// http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/. If +// you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please +// review the following information: +// http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview +// or contact the sales department at sales@riverbankcomputing.com. +// +// This file is provided AS IS with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING THE +// WARRANTY OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. + + +#include "qscistyledtext.h" + +#include "qscistyle.h" + + +// A ctor. +QsciStyledText::QsciStyledText(const QString &text, int style) + : styled_text(text), style_nr(style) +{ +} + + +// A ctor. +QsciStyledText::QsciStyledText(const QString &text, const QsciStyle &style) + : styled_text(text), style_nr(style.style()) +{ +} diff --git a/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qt/qscistyledtext.h b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qt/qscistyledtext.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e164748d79 --- /dev/null +++ b/harbour/contrib/hbide/qscintilla/qt/qscistyledtext.h @@ -0,0 +1,75 @@ +// This module defines interface to the QsciStyledText class. +// +// Copyright (c) 2010 Riverbank Computing Limited +// +// This file is part of QScintilla. +// +// This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General Public +// License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free Software +// Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2 and LICENSE.GPL3 +// included in the packaging of this file. Alternatively you may (at +// your option) use any later version of the GNU General Public +// License if such license has been publicly approved by Riverbank +// Computing Limited (or its successors, if any) and the KDE Free Qt +// Foundation. In addition, as a special exception, Riverbank gives you +// certain additional rights. These rights are described in the Riverbank +// GPL Exception version 1.1, which can be found in the file +// GPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package. +// +// Please review the following information to ensure GNU General +// Public Licensing requirements will be met: +// http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/. If +// you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please +// review the following information: +// http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview +// or contact the sales department at sales@riverbankcomputing.com. +// +// This file is provided AS IS with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING THE +// WARRANTY OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. + + +#ifndef QSCISTYLEDTEXT_H +#define QSCISTYLEDTEXT_H + +#ifdef __APPLE__ +extern "C++" { +#endif + +#include + +#include + + +class QsciStyle; + + +//! \brief The QsciStyledText class is a container for a piece of text and the +//! style used to display the text. +class QSCINTILLA_EXPORT QsciStyledText +{ +public: + //! Constructs a QsciStyledText instance for text \a text and style number + //! \a style. + QsciStyledText(const QString &text, int style); + + //! Constructs a QsciStyledText instance for text \a text and style \a + //! style. + QsciStyledText(const QString &text, const QsciStyle &style); + + + //! Returns a reference to the text. + const QString &text() const {return styled_text;} + + //! Returns the number of the style. + int style() const {return style_nr;} + +private: + QString styled_text; + int style_nr; +}; + +#ifdef __APPLE__ +} +#endif + +#endif